")
-
- // inject the contents of the document in, removing the scripts
- // to avoid any 'Permission Denied' errors in IE
- .append( responseText.replace( rscript, "" ) )
-
- // Locate the specified elements
- .find( selector ) :
-
- // If not, just inject the full result
- responseText );
-
- });
-
- return this;
-};
-
-// Attach a bunch of functions for handling common AJAX events
-jQuery.each( "ajaxStart ajaxStop ajaxComplete ajaxError ajaxSuccess ajaxSend".split( " " ), function( i, o ){
- jQuery.fn[ o ] = function( f ){
- return this.on( o, f );
- };
-});
-
-jQuery.each( [ "get", "post" ], function( i, method ) {
- jQuery[ method ] = function( url, data, callback, type ) {
- // shift arguments if data argument was omitted
- if ( jQuery.isFunction( data ) ) {
- type = type || callback;
- callback = data;
- data = undefined;
- }
-
- return jQuery.ajax({
- type: method,
- url: url,
- data: data,
- success: callback,
- dataType: type
- });
- };
-});
-
-jQuery.extend({
-
- getScript: function( url, callback ) {
- return jQuery.get( url, undefined, callback, "script" );
- },
-
- getJSON: function( url, data, callback ) {
- return jQuery.get( url, data, callback, "json" );
- },
-
- // Creates a full fledged settings object into target
- // with both ajaxSettings and settings fields.
- // If target is omitted, writes into ajaxSettings.
- ajaxSetup: function( target, settings ) {
- if ( settings ) {
- // Building a settings object
- ajaxExtend( target, jQuery.ajaxSettings );
- } else {
- // Extending ajaxSettings
- settings = target;
- target = jQuery.ajaxSettings;
- }
- ajaxExtend( target, settings );
- return target;
- },
-
- ajaxSettings: {
- url: ajaxLocation,
- isLocal: rlocalProtocol.test( ajaxLocParts[ 1 ] ),
- global: true,
- type: "GET",
- contentType: "application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=UTF-8",
- processData: true,
- async: true,
- /*
- timeout: 0,
- data: null,
- dataType: null,
- username: null,
- password: null,
- cache: null,
- throws: false,
- traditional: false,
- headers: {},
- */
-
- accepts: {
- xml: "application/xml, text/xml",
- html: "text/html",
- text: "text/plain",
- json: "application/json, text/javascript",
- "*": allTypes
- },
-
- contents: {
- xml: /xml/,
- html: /html/,
- json: /json/
- },
-
- responseFields: {
- xml: "responseXML",
- text: "responseText"
- },
-
- // List of data converters
- // 1) key format is "source_type destination_type" (a single space in-between)
- // 2) the catchall symbol "*" can be used for source_type
- converters: {
-
- // Convert anything to text
- "* text": window.String,
-
- // Text to html (true = no transformation)
- "text html": true,
-
- // Evaluate text as a json expression
- "text json": jQuery.parseJSON,
-
- // Parse text as xml
- "text xml": jQuery.parseXML
- },
-
- // For options that shouldn't be deep extended:
- // you can add your own custom options here if
- // and when you create one that shouldn't be
- // deep extended (see ajaxExtend)
- flatOptions: {
- context: true,
- url: true
- }
- },
-
- ajaxPrefilter: addToPrefiltersOrTransports( prefilters ),
- ajaxTransport: addToPrefiltersOrTransports( transports ),
-
- // Main method
- ajax: function( url, options ) {
-
- // If url is an object, simulate pre-1.5 signature
- if ( typeof url === "object" ) {
- options = url;
- url = undefined;
- }
-
- // Force options to be an object
- options = options || {};
-
- var // ifModified key
- ifModifiedKey,
- // Response headers
- responseHeadersString,
- responseHeaders,
- // transport
- transport,
- // timeout handle
- timeoutTimer,
- // Cross-domain detection vars
- parts,
- // To know if global events are to be dispatched
- fireGlobals,
- // Loop variable
- i,
- // Create the final options object
- s = jQuery.ajaxSetup( {}, options ),
- // Callbacks context
- callbackContext = s.context || s,
- // Context for global events
- // It's the callbackContext if one was provided in the options
- // and if it's a DOM node or a jQuery collection
- globalEventContext = callbackContext !== s &&
- ( callbackContext.nodeType || callbackContext instanceof jQuery ) ?
- jQuery( callbackContext ) : jQuery.event,
- // Deferreds
- deferred = jQuery.Deferred(),
- completeDeferred = jQuery.Callbacks( "once memory" ),
- // Status-dependent callbacks
- statusCode = s.statusCode || {},
- // Headers (they are sent all at once)
- requestHeaders = {},
- requestHeadersNames = {},
- // The jqXHR state
- state = 0,
- // Default abort message
- strAbort = "canceled",
- // Fake xhr
- jqXHR = {
-
- readyState: 0,
-
- // Caches the header
- setRequestHeader: function( name, value ) {
- if ( !state ) {
- var lname = name.toLowerCase();
- name = requestHeadersNames[ lname ] = requestHeadersNames[ lname ] || name;
- requestHeaders[ name ] = value;
- }
- return this;
- },
-
- // Raw string
- getAllResponseHeaders: function() {
- return state === 2 ? responseHeadersString : null;
- },
-
- // Builds headers hashtable if needed
- getResponseHeader: function( key ) {
- var match;
- if ( state === 2 ) {
- if ( !responseHeaders ) {
- responseHeaders = {};
- while( ( match = rheaders.exec( responseHeadersString ) ) ) {
- responseHeaders[ match[1].toLowerCase() ] = match[ 2 ];
- }
- }
- match = responseHeaders[ key.toLowerCase() ];
- }
- return match === undefined ? null : match;
- },
-
- // Overrides response content-type header
- overrideMimeType: function( type ) {
- if ( !state ) {
- s.mimeType = type;
- }
- return this;
- },
-
- // Cancel the request
- abort: function( statusText ) {
- statusText = statusText || strAbort;
- if ( transport ) {
- transport.abort( statusText );
- }
- done( 0, statusText );
- return this;
- }
- };
-
- // Callback for when everything is done
- // It is defined here because jslint complains if it is declared
- // at the end of the function (which would be more logical and readable)
- function done( status, nativeStatusText, responses, headers ) {
- var isSuccess, success, error, response, modified,
- statusText = nativeStatusText;
-
- // Called once
- if ( state === 2 ) {
- return;
- }
-
- // State is "done" now
- state = 2;
-
- // Clear timeout if it exists
- if ( timeoutTimer ) {
- clearTimeout( timeoutTimer );
- }
-
- // Dereference transport for early garbage collection
- // (no matter how long the jqXHR object will be used)
- transport = undefined;
-
- // Cache response headers
- responseHeadersString = headers || "";
-
- // Set readyState
- jqXHR.readyState = status > 0 ? 4 : 0;
-
- // Get response data
- if ( responses ) {
- response = ajaxHandleResponses( s, jqXHR, responses );
- }
-
- // If successful, handle type chaining
- if ( status >= 200 && status < 300 || status === 304 ) {
-
- // Set the If-Modified-Since and/or If-None-Match header, if in ifModified mode.
- if ( s.ifModified ) {
-
- modified = jqXHR.getResponseHeader("Last-Modified");
- if ( modified ) {
- jQuery.lastModified[ ifModifiedKey ] = modified;
- }
- modified = jqXHR.getResponseHeader("Etag");
- if ( modified ) {
- jQuery.etag[ ifModifiedKey ] = modified;
- }
- }
-
- // If not modified
- if ( status === 304 ) {
-
- statusText = "notmodified";
- isSuccess = true;
-
- // If we have data
- } else {
-
- isSuccess = ajaxConvert( s, response );
- statusText = isSuccess.state;
- success = isSuccess.data;
- error = isSuccess.error;
- isSuccess = !error;
- }
- } else {
- // We extract error from statusText
- // then normalize statusText and status for non-aborts
- error = statusText;
- if ( !statusText || status ) {
- statusText = "error";
- if ( status < 0 ) {
- status = 0;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Set data for the fake xhr object
- jqXHR.status = status;
- jqXHR.statusText = ( nativeStatusText || statusText ) + "";
-
- // Success/Error
- if ( isSuccess ) {
- deferred.resolveWith( callbackContext, [ success, statusText, jqXHR ] );
- } else {
- deferred.rejectWith( callbackContext, [ jqXHR, statusText, error ] );
- }
-
- // Status-dependent callbacks
- jqXHR.statusCode( statusCode );
- statusCode = undefined;
-
- if ( fireGlobals ) {
- globalEventContext.trigger( "ajax" + ( isSuccess ? "Success" : "Error" ),
- [ jqXHR, s, isSuccess ? success : error ] );
- }
-
- // Complete
- completeDeferred.fireWith( callbackContext, [ jqXHR, statusText ] );
-
- if ( fireGlobals ) {
- globalEventContext.trigger( "ajaxComplete", [ jqXHR, s ] );
- // Handle the global AJAX counter
- if ( !( --jQuery.active ) ) {
- jQuery.event.trigger( "ajaxStop" );
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Attach deferreds
- deferred.promise( jqXHR );
- jqXHR.success = jqXHR.done;
- jqXHR.error = jqXHR.fail;
- jqXHR.complete = completeDeferred.add;
-
- // Status-dependent callbacks
- jqXHR.statusCode = function( map ) {
- if ( map ) {
- var tmp;
- if ( state < 2 ) {
- for ( tmp in map ) {
- statusCode[ tmp ] = [ statusCode[tmp], map[tmp] ];
- }
- } else {
- tmp = map[ jqXHR.status ];
- jqXHR.always( tmp );
- }
- }
- return this;
- };
-
- // Remove hash character (#7531: and string promotion)
- // Add protocol if not provided (#5866: IE7 issue with protocol-less urls)
- // We also use the url parameter if available
- s.url = ( ( url || s.url ) + "" ).replace( rhash, "" ).replace( rprotocol, ajaxLocParts[ 1 ] + "//" );
-
- // Extract dataTypes list
- s.dataTypes = jQuery.trim( s.dataType || "*" ).toLowerCase().split( core_rspace );
-
- // A cross-domain request is in order when we have a protocol:host:port mismatch
- if ( s.crossDomain == null ) {
- parts = rurl.exec( s.url.toLowerCase() );
- s.crossDomain = !!( parts &&
- ( parts[ 1 ] !== ajaxLocParts[ 1 ] || parts[ 2 ] !== ajaxLocParts[ 2 ] ||
- ( parts[ 3 ] || ( parts[ 1 ] === "http:" ? 80 : 443 ) ) !=
- ( ajaxLocParts[ 3 ] || ( ajaxLocParts[ 1 ] === "http:" ? 80 : 443 ) ) )
- );
- }
-
- // Convert data if not already a string
- if ( s.data && s.processData && typeof s.data !== "string" ) {
- s.data = jQuery.param( s.data, s.traditional );
- }
-
- // Apply prefilters
- inspectPrefiltersOrTransports( prefilters, s, options, jqXHR );
-
- // If request was aborted inside a prefilter, stop there
- if ( state === 2 ) {
- return jqXHR;
- }
-
- // We can fire global events as of now if asked to
- fireGlobals = s.global;
-
- // Uppercase the type
- s.type = s.type.toUpperCase();
-
- // Determine if request has content
- s.hasContent = !rnoContent.test( s.type );
-
- // Watch for a new set of requests
- if ( fireGlobals && jQuery.active++ === 0 ) {
- jQuery.event.trigger( "ajaxStart" );
- }
-
- // More options handling for requests with no content
- if ( !s.hasContent ) {
-
- // If data is available, append data to url
- if ( s.data ) {
- s.url += ( rquery.test( s.url ) ? "&" : "?" ) + s.data;
- // #9682: remove data so that it's not used in an eventual retry
- delete s.data;
- }
-
- // Get ifModifiedKey before adding the anti-cache parameter
- ifModifiedKey = s.url;
-
- // Add anti-cache in url if needed
- if ( s.cache === false ) {
-
- var ts = jQuery.now(),
- // try replacing _= if it is there
- ret = s.url.replace( rts, "$1_=" + ts );
-
- // if nothing was replaced, add timestamp to the end
- s.url = ret + ( ( ret === s.url ) ? ( rquery.test( s.url ) ? "&" : "?" ) + "_=" + ts : "" );
- }
- }
-
- // Set the correct header, if data is being sent
- if ( s.data && s.hasContent && s.contentType !== false || options.contentType ) {
- jqXHR.setRequestHeader( "Content-Type", s.contentType );
- }
-
- // Set the If-Modified-Since and/or If-None-Match header, if in ifModified mode.
- if ( s.ifModified ) {
- ifModifiedKey = ifModifiedKey || s.url;
- if ( jQuery.lastModified[ ifModifiedKey ] ) {
- jqXHR.setRequestHeader( "If-Modified-Since", jQuery.lastModified[ ifModifiedKey ] );
- }
- if ( jQuery.etag[ ifModifiedKey ] ) {
- jqXHR.setRequestHeader( "If-None-Match", jQuery.etag[ ifModifiedKey ] );
- }
- }
-
- // Set the Accepts header for the server, depending on the dataType
- jqXHR.setRequestHeader(
- "Accept",
- s.dataTypes[ 0 ] && s.accepts[ s.dataTypes[0] ] ?
- s.accepts[ s.dataTypes[0] ] + ( s.dataTypes[ 0 ] !== "*" ? ", " + allTypes + "; q=0.01" : "" ) :
- s.accepts[ "*" ]
- );
-
- // Check for headers option
- for ( i in s.headers ) {
- jqXHR.setRequestHeader( i, s.headers[ i ] );
- }
-
- // Allow custom headers/mimetypes and early abort
- if ( s.beforeSend && ( s.beforeSend.call( callbackContext, jqXHR, s ) === false || state === 2 ) ) {
- // Abort if not done already and return
- return jqXHR.abort();
-
- }
-
- // aborting is no longer a cancellation
- strAbort = "abort";
-
- // Install callbacks on deferreds
- for ( i in { success: 1, error: 1, complete: 1 } ) {
- jqXHR[ i ]( s[ i ] );
- }
-
- // Get transport
- transport = inspectPrefiltersOrTransports( transports, s, options, jqXHR );
-
- // If no transport, we auto-abort
- if ( !transport ) {
- done( -1, "No Transport" );
- } else {
- jqXHR.readyState = 1;
- // Send global event
- if ( fireGlobals ) {
- globalEventContext.trigger( "ajaxSend", [ jqXHR, s ] );
- }
- // Timeout
- if ( s.async && s.timeout > 0 ) {
- timeoutTimer = setTimeout( function(){
- jqXHR.abort( "timeout" );
- }, s.timeout );
- }
-
- try {
- state = 1;
- transport.send( requestHeaders, done );
- } catch (e) {
- // Propagate exception as error if not done
- if ( state < 2 ) {
- done( -1, e );
- // Simply rethrow otherwise
- } else {
- throw e;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return jqXHR;
- },
-
- // Counter for holding the number of active queries
- active: 0,
-
- // Last-Modified header cache for next request
- lastModified: {},
- etag: {}
-
-});
-
-/* Handles responses to an ajax request:
- * - sets all responseXXX fields accordingly
- * - finds the right dataType (mediates between content-type and expected dataType)
- * - returns the corresponding response
- */
-function ajaxHandleResponses( s, jqXHR, responses ) {
-
- var ct, type, finalDataType, firstDataType,
- contents = s.contents,
- dataTypes = s.dataTypes,
- responseFields = s.responseFields;
-
- // Fill responseXXX fields
- for ( type in responseFields ) {
- if ( type in responses ) {
- jqXHR[ responseFields[type] ] = responses[ type ];
- }
- }
-
- // Remove auto dataType and get content-type in the process
- while( dataTypes[ 0 ] === "*" ) {
- dataTypes.shift();
- if ( ct === undefined ) {
- ct = s.mimeType || jqXHR.getResponseHeader( "content-type" );
- }
- }
-
- // Check if we're dealing with a known content-type
- if ( ct ) {
- for ( type in contents ) {
- if ( contents[ type ] && contents[ type ].test( ct ) ) {
- dataTypes.unshift( type );
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Check to see if we have a response for the expected dataType
- if ( dataTypes[ 0 ] in responses ) {
- finalDataType = dataTypes[ 0 ];
- } else {
- // Try convertible dataTypes
- for ( type in responses ) {
- if ( !dataTypes[ 0 ] || s.converters[ type + " " + dataTypes[0] ] ) {
- finalDataType = type;
- break;
- }
- if ( !firstDataType ) {
- firstDataType = type;
- }
- }
- // Or just use first one
- finalDataType = finalDataType || firstDataType;
- }
-
- // If we found a dataType
- // We add the dataType to the list if needed
- // and return the corresponding response
- if ( finalDataType ) {
- if ( finalDataType !== dataTypes[ 0 ] ) {
- dataTypes.unshift( finalDataType );
- }
- return responses[ finalDataType ];
- }
-}
-
-// Chain conversions given the request and the original response
-function ajaxConvert( s, response ) {
-
- var conv, conv2, current, tmp,
- // Work with a copy of dataTypes in case we need to modify it for conversion
- dataTypes = s.dataTypes.slice(),
- prev = dataTypes[ 0 ],
- converters = {},
- i = 0;
-
- // Apply the dataFilter if provided
- if ( s.dataFilter ) {
- response = s.dataFilter( response, s.dataType );
- }
-
- // Create converters map with lowercased keys
- if ( dataTypes[ 1 ] ) {
- for ( conv in s.converters ) {
- converters[ conv.toLowerCase() ] = s.converters[ conv ];
- }
- }
-
- // Convert to each sequential dataType, tolerating list modification
- for ( ; (current = dataTypes[++i]); ) {
-
- // There's only work to do if current dataType is non-auto
- if ( current !== "*" ) {
-
- // Convert response if prev dataType is non-auto and differs from current
- if ( prev !== "*" && prev !== current ) {
-
- // Seek a direct converter
- conv = converters[ prev + " " + current ] || converters[ "* " + current ];
-
- // If none found, seek a pair
- if ( !conv ) {
- for ( conv2 in converters ) {
-
- // If conv2 outputs current
- tmp = conv2.split(" ");
- if ( tmp[ 1 ] === current ) {
-
- // If prev can be converted to accepted input
- conv = converters[ prev + " " + tmp[ 0 ] ] ||
- converters[ "* " + tmp[ 0 ] ];
- if ( conv ) {
- // Condense equivalence converters
- if ( conv === true ) {
- conv = converters[ conv2 ];
-
- // Otherwise, insert the intermediate dataType
- } else if ( converters[ conv2 ] !== true ) {
- current = tmp[ 0 ];
- dataTypes.splice( i--, 0, current );
- }
-
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Apply converter (if not an equivalence)
- if ( conv !== true ) {
-
- // Unless errors are allowed to bubble, catch and return them
- if ( conv && s["throws"] ) {
- response = conv( response );
- } else {
- try {
- response = conv( response );
- } catch ( e ) {
- return { state: "parsererror", error: conv ? e : "No conversion from " + prev + " to " + current };
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Update prev for next iteration
- prev = current;
- }
- }
-
- return { state: "success", data: response };
-}
-var oldCallbacks = [],
- rquestion = /\?/,
- rjsonp = /(=)\?(?=&|$)|\?\?/,
- nonce = jQuery.now();
-
-// Default jsonp settings
-jQuery.ajaxSetup({
- jsonp: "callback",
- jsonpCallback: function() {
- var callback = oldCallbacks.pop() || ( jQuery.expando + "_" + ( nonce++ ) );
- this[ callback ] = true;
- return callback;
- }
-});
-
-// Detect, normalize options and install callbacks for jsonp requests
-jQuery.ajaxPrefilter( "json jsonp", function( s, originalSettings, jqXHR ) {
-
- var callbackName, overwritten, responseContainer,
- data = s.data,
- url = s.url,
- hasCallback = s.jsonp !== false,
- replaceInUrl = hasCallback && rjsonp.test( url ),
- replaceInData = hasCallback && !replaceInUrl && typeof data === "string" &&
- !( s.contentType || "" ).indexOf("application/x-www-form-urlencoded") &&
- rjsonp.test( data );
-
- // Handle iff the expected data type is "jsonp" or we have a parameter to set
- if ( s.dataTypes[ 0 ] === "jsonp" || replaceInUrl || replaceInData ) {
-
- // Get callback name, remembering preexisting value associated with it
- callbackName = s.jsonpCallback = jQuery.isFunction( s.jsonpCallback ) ?
- s.jsonpCallback() :
- s.jsonpCallback;
- overwritten = window[ callbackName ];
-
- // Insert callback into url or form data
- if ( replaceInUrl ) {
- s.url = url.replace( rjsonp, "$1" + callbackName );
- } else if ( replaceInData ) {
- s.data = data.replace( rjsonp, "$1" + callbackName );
- } else if ( hasCallback ) {
- s.url += ( rquestion.test( url ) ? "&" : "?" ) + s.jsonp + "=" + callbackName;
- }
-
- // Use data converter to retrieve json after script execution
- s.converters["script json"] = function() {
- if ( !responseContainer ) {
- jQuery.error( callbackName + " was not called" );
- }
- return responseContainer[ 0 ];
- };
-
- // force json dataType
- s.dataTypes[ 0 ] = "json";
-
- // Install callback
- window[ callbackName ] = function() {
- responseContainer = arguments;
- };
-
- // Clean-up function (fires after converters)
- jqXHR.always(function() {
- // Restore preexisting value
- window[ callbackName ] = overwritten;
-
- // Save back as free
- if ( s[ callbackName ] ) {
- // make sure that re-using the options doesn't screw things around
- s.jsonpCallback = originalSettings.jsonpCallback;
-
- // save the callback name for future use
- oldCallbacks.push( callbackName );
- }
-
- // Call if it was a function and we have a response
- if ( responseContainer && jQuery.isFunction( overwritten ) ) {
- overwritten( responseContainer[ 0 ] );
- }
-
- responseContainer = overwritten = undefined;
- });
-
- // Delegate to script
- return "script";
- }
-});
-// Install script dataType
-jQuery.ajaxSetup({
- accepts: {
- script: "text/javascript, application/javascript, application/ecmascript, application/x-ecmascript"
- },
- contents: {
- script: /javascript|ecmascript/
- },
- converters: {
- "text script": function( text ) {
- jQuery.globalEval( text );
- return text;
- }
- }
-});
-
-// Handle cache's special case and global
-jQuery.ajaxPrefilter( "script", function( s ) {
- if ( s.cache === undefined ) {
- s.cache = false;
- }
- if ( s.crossDomain ) {
- s.type = "GET";
- s.global = false;
- }
-});
-
-// Bind script tag hack transport
-jQuery.ajaxTransport( "script", function(s) {
-
- // This transport only deals with cross domain requests
- if ( s.crossDomain ) {
-
- var script,
- head = document.head || document.getElementsByTagName( "head" )[0] || document.documentElement;
-
- return {
-
- send: function( _, callback ) {
-
- script = document.createElement( "script" );
-
- script.async = "async";
-
- if ( s.scriptCharset ) {
- script.charset = s.scriptCharset;
- }
-
- script.src = s.url;
-
- // Attach handlers for all browsers
- script.onload = script.onreadystatechange = function( _, isAbort ) {
-
- if ( isAbort || !script.readyState || /loaded|complete/.test( script.readyState ) ) {
-
- // Handle memory leak in IE
- script.onload = script.onreadystatechange = null;
-
- // Remove the script
- if ( head && script.parentNode ) {
- head.removeChild( script );
- }
-
- // Dereference the script
- script = undefined;
-
- // Callback if not abort
- if ( !isAbort ) {
- callback( 200, "success" );
- }
- }
- };
- // Use insertBefore instead of appendChild to circumvent an IE6 bug.
- // This arises when a base node is used (#2709 and #4378).
- head.insertBefore( script, head.firstChild );
- },
-
- abort: function() {
- if ( script ) {
- script.onload( 0, 1 );
- }
- }
- };
- }
-});
-var xhrCallbacks,
- // #5280: Internet Explorer will keep connections alive if we don't abort on unload
- xhrOnUnloadAbort = window.ActiveXObject ? function() {
- // Abort all pending requests
- for ( var key in xhrCallbacks ) {
- xhrCallbacks[ key ]( 0, 1 );
- }
- } : false,
- xhrId = 0;
-
-// Functions to create xhrs
-function createStandardXHR() {
- try {
- return new window.XMLHttpRequest();
- } catch( e ) {}
-}
-
-function createActiveXHR() {
- try {
- return new window.ActiveXObject( "Microsoft.XMLHTTP" );
- } catch( e ) {}
-}
-
-// Create the request object
-// (This is still attached to ajaxSettings for backward compatibility)
-jQuery.ajaxSettings.xhr = window.ActiveXObject ?
- /* Microsoft failed to properly
- * implement the XMLHttpRequest in IE7 (can't request local files),
- * so we use the ActiveXObject when it is available
- * Additionally XMLHttpRequest can be disabled in IE7/IE8 so
- * we need a fallback.
- */
- function() {
- return !this.isLocal && createStandardXHR() || createActiveXHR();
- } :
- // For all other browsers, use the standard XMLHttpRequest object
- createStandardXHR;
-
-// Determine support properties
-(function( xhr ) {
- jQuery.extend( jQuery.support, {
- ajax: !!xhr,
- cors: !!xhr && ( "withCredentials" in xhr )
- });
-})( jQuery.ajaxSettings.xhr() );
-
-// Create transport if the browser can provide an xhr
-if ( jQuery.support.ajax ) {
-
- jQuery.ajaxTransport(function( s ) {
- // Cross domain only allowed if supported through XMLHttpRequest
- if ( !s.crossDomain || jQuery.support.cors ) {
-
- var callback;
-
- return {
- send: function( headers, complete ) {
-
- // Get a new xhr
- var handle, i,
- xhr = s.xhr();
-
- // Open the socket
- // Passing null username, generates a login popup on Opera (#2865)
- if ( s.username ) {
- xhr.open( s.type, s.url, s.async, s.username, s.password );
- } else {
- xhr.open( s.type, s.url, s.async );
- }
-
- // Apply custom fields if provided
- if ( s.xhrFields ) {
- for ( i in s.xhrFields ) {
- xhr[ i ] = s.xhrFields[ i ];
- }
- }
-
- // Override mime type if needed
- if ( s.mimeType && xhr.overrideMimeType ) {
- xhr.overrideMimeType( s.mimeType );
- }
-
- // X-Requested-With header
- // For cross-domain requests, seeing as conditions for a preflight are
- // akin to a jigsaw puzzle, we simply never set it to be sure.
- // (it can always be set on a per-request basis or even using ajaxSetup)
- // For same-domain requests, won't change header if already provided.
- if ( !s.crossDomain && !headers["X-Requested-With"] ) {
- headers[ "X-Requested-With" ] = "XMLHttpRequest";
- }
-
- // Need an extra try/catch for cross domain requests in Firefox 3
- try {
- for ( i in headers ) {
- xhr.setRequestHeader( i, headers[ i ] );
- }
- } catch( _ ) {}
-
- // Do send the request
- // This may raise an exception which is actually
- // handled in jQuery.ajax (so no try/catch here)
- xhr.send( ( s.hasContent && s.data ) || null );
-
- // Listener
- callback = function( _, isAbort ) {
-
- var status,
- statusText,
- responseHeaders,
- responses,
- xml;
-
- // Firefox throws exceptions when accessing properties
- // of an xhr when a network error occurred
- // http://helpful.knobs-dials.com/index.php/Component_returned_failure_code:_0x80040111_(NS_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE)
- try {
-
- // Was never called and is aborted or complete
- if ( callback && ( isAbort || xhr.readyState === 4 ) ) {
-
- // Only called once
- callback = undefined;
-
- // Do not keep as active anymore
- if ( handle ) {
- xhr.onreadystatechange = jQuery.noop;
- if ( xhrOnUnloadAbort ) {
- delete xhrCallbacks[ handle ];
- }
- }
-
- // If it's an abort
- if ( isAbort ) {
- // Abort it manually if needed
- if ( xhr.readyState !== 4 ) {
- xhr.abort();
- }
- } else {
- status = xhr.status;
- responseHeaders = xhr.getAllResponseHeaders();
- responses = {};
- xml = xhr.responseXML;
-
- // Construct response list
- if ( xml && xml.documentElement /* #4958 */ ) {
- responses.xml = xml;
- }
-
- // When requesting binary data, IE6-9 will throw an exception
- // on any attempt to access responseText (#11426)
- try {
- responses.text = xhr.responseText;
- } catch( e ) {
- }
-
- // Firefox throws an exception when accessing
- // statusText for faulty cross-domain requests
- try {
- statusText = xhr.statusText;
- } catch( e ) {
- // We normalize with Webkit giving an empty statusText
- statusText = "";
- }
-
- // Filter status for non standard behaviors
-
- // If the request is local and we have data: assume a success
- // (success with no data won't get notified, that's the best we
- // can do given current implementations)
- if ( !status && s.isLocal && !s.crossDomain ) {
- status = responses.text ? 200 : 404;
- // IE - #1450: sometimes returns 1223 when it should be 204
- } else if ( status === 1223 ) {
- status = 204;
- }
- }
- }
- } catch( firefoxAccessException ) {
- if ( !isAbort ) {
- complete( -1, firefoxAccessException );
- }
- }
-
- // Call complete if needed
- if ( responses ) {
- complete( status, statusText, responses, responseHeaders );
- }
- };
-
- if ( !s.async ) {
- // if we're in sync mode we fire the callback
- callback();
- } else if ( xhr.readyState === 4 ) {
- // (IE6 & IE7) if it's in cache and has been
- // retrieved directly we need to fire the callback
- setTimeout( callback, 0 );
- } else {
- handle = ++xhrId;
- if ( xhrOnUnloadAbort ) {
- // Create the active xhrs callbacks list if needed
- // and attach the unload handler
- if ( !xhrCallbacks ) {
- xhrCallbacks = {};
- jQuery( window ).unload( xhrOnUnloadAbort );
- }
- // Add to list of active xhrs callbacks
- xhrCallbacks[ handle ] = callback;
- }
- xhr.onreadystatechange = callback;
- }
- },
-
- abort: function() {
- if ( callback ) {
- callback(0,1);
- }
- }
- };
- }
- });
-}
-var fxNow, timerId,
- rfxtypes = /^(?:toggle|show|hide)$/,
- rfxnum = new RegExp( "^(?:([-+])=|)(" + core_pnum + ")([a-z%]*)$", "i" ),
- rrun = /queueHooks$/,
- animationPrefilters = [ defaultPrefilter ],
- tweeners = {
- "*": [function( prop, value ) {
- var end, unit,
- tween = this.createTween( prop, value ),
- parts = rfxnum.exec( value ),
- target = tween.cur(),
- start = +target || 0,
- scale = 1,
- maxIterations = 20;
-
- if ( parts ) {
- end = +parts[2];
- unit = parts[3] || ( jQuery.cssNumber[ prop ] ? "" : "px" );
-
- // We need to compute starting value
- if ( unit !== "px" && start ) {
- // Iteratively approximate from a nonzero starting point
- // Prefer the current property, because this process will be trivial if it uses the same units
- // Fallback to end or a simple constant
- start = jQuery.css( tween.elem, prop, true ) || end || 1;
-
- do {
- // If previous iteration zeroed out, double until we get *something*
- // Use a string for doubling factor so we don't accidentally see scale as unchanged below
- scale = scale || ".5";
-
- // Adjust and apply
- start = start / scale;
- jQuery.style( tween.elem, prop, start + unit );
-
- // Update scale, tolerating zero or NaN from tween.cur()
- // And breaking the loop if scale is unchanged or perfect, or if we've just had enough
- } while ( scale !== (scale = tween.cur() / target) && scale !== 1 && --maxIterations );
- }
-
- tween.unit = unit;
- tween.start = start;
- // If a +=/-= token was provided, we're doing a relative animation
- tween.end = parts[1] ? start + ( parts[1] + 1 ) * end : end;
- }
- return tween;
- }]
- };
-
-// Animations created synchronously will run synchronously
-function createFxNow() {
- setTimeout(function() {
- fxNow = undefined;
- }, 0 );
- return ( fxNow = jQuery.now() );
-}
-
-function createTweens( animation, props ) {
- jQuery.each( props, function( prop, value ) {
- var collection = ( tweeners[ prop ] || [] ).concat( tweeners[ "*" ] ),
- index = 0,
- length = collection.length;
- for ( ; index < length; index++ ) {
- if ( collection[ index ].call( animation, prop, value ) ) {
-
- // we're done with this property
- return;
- }
- }
- });
-}
-
-function Animation( elem, properties, options ) {
- var result,
- index = 0,
- tweenerIndex = 0,
- length = animationPrefilters.length,
- deferred = jQuery.Deferred().always( function() {
- // don't match elem in the :animated selector
- delete tick.elem;
- }),
- tick = function() {
- var currentTime = fxNow || createFxNow(),
- remaining = Math.max( 0, animation.startTime + animation.duration - currentTime ),
- // archaic crash bug won't allow us to use 1 - ( 0.5 || 0 ) (#12497)
- temp = remaining / animation.duration || 0,
- percent = 1 - temp,
- index = 0,
- length = animation.tweens.length;
-
- for ( ; index < length ; index++ ) {
- animation.tweens[ index ].run( percent );
- }
-
- deferred.notifyWith( elem, [ animation, percent, remaining ]);
-
- if ( percent < 1 && length ) {
- return remaining;
- } else {
- deferred.resolveWith( elem, [ animation ] );
- return false;
- }
- },
- animation = deferred.promise({
- elem: elem,
- props: jQuery.extend( {}, properties ),
- opts: jQuery.extend( true, { specialEasing: {} }, options ),
- originalProperties: properties,
- originalOptions: options,
- startTime: fxNow || createFxNow(),
- duration: options.duration,
- tweens: [],
- createTween: function( prop, end, easing ) {
- var tween = jQuery.Tween( elem, animation.opts, prop, end,
- animation.opts.specialEasing[ prop ] || animation.opts.easing );
- animation.tweens.push( tween );
- return tween;
- },
- stop: function( gotoEnd ) {
- var index = 0,
- // if we are going to the end, we want to run all the tweens
- // otherwise we skip this part
- length = gotoEnd ? animation.tweens.length : 0;
-
- for ( ; index < length ; index++ ) {
- animation.tweens[ index ].run( 1 );
- }
-
- // resolve when we played the last frame
- // otherwise, reject
- if ( gotoEnd ) {
- deferred.resolveWith( elem, [ animation, gotoEnd ] );
- } else {
- deferred.rejectWith( elem, [ animation, gotoEnd ] );
- }
- return this;
- }
- }),
- props = animation.props;
-
- propFilter( props, animation.opts.specialEasing );
-
- for ( ; index < length ; index++ ) {
- result = animationPrefilters[ index ].call( animation, elem, props, animation.opts );
- if ( result ) {
- return result;
- }
- }
-
- createTweens( animation, props );
-
- if ( jQuery.isFunction( animation.opts.start ) ) {
- animation.opts.start.call( elem, animation );
- }
-
- jQuery.fx.timer(
- jQuery.extend( tick, {
- anim: animation,
- queue: animation.opts.queue,
- elem: elem
- })
- );
-
- // attach callbacks from options
- return animation.progress( animation.opts.progress )
- .done( animation.opts.done, animation.opts.complete )
- .fail( animation.opts.fail )
- .always( animation.opts.always );
-}
-
-function propFilter( props, specialEasing ) {
- var index, name, easing, value, hooks;
-
- // camelCase, specialEasing and expand cssHook pass
- for ( index in props ) {
- name = jQuery.camelCase( index );
- easing = specialEasing[ name ];
- value = props[ index ];
- if ( jQuery.isArray( value ) ) {
- easing = value[ 1 ];
- value = props[ index ] = value[ 0 ];
- }
-
- if ( index !== name ) {
- props[ name ] = value;
- delete props[ index ];
- }
-
- hooks = jQuery.cssHooks[ name ];
- if ( hooks && "expand" in hooks ) {
- value = hooks.expand( value );
- delete props[ name ];
-
- // not quite $.extend, this wont overwrite keys already present.
- // also - reusing 'index' from above because we have the correct "name"
- for ( index in value ) {
- if ( !( index in props ) ) {
- props[ index ] = value[ index ];
- specialEasing[ index ] = easing;
- }
- }
- } else {
- specialEasing[ name ] = easing;
- }
- }
-}
-
-jQuery.Animation = jQuery.extend( Animation, {
-
- tweener: function( props, callback ) {
- if ( jQuery.isFunction( props ) ) {
- callback = props;
- props = [ "*" ];
- } else {
- props = props.split(" ");
- }
-
- var prop,
- index = 0,
- length = props.length;
-
- for ( ; index < length ; index++ ) {
- prop = props[ index ];
- tweeners[ prop ] = tweeners[ prop ] || [];
- tweeners[ prop ].unshift( callback );
- }
- },
-
- prefilter: function( callback, prepend ) {
- if ( prepend ) {
- animationPrefilters.unshift( callback );
- } else {
- animationPrefilters.push( callback );
- }
- }
-});
-
-function defaultPrefilter( elem, props, opts ) {
- var index, prop, value, length, dataShow, toggle, tween, hooks, oldfire,
- anim = this,
- style = elem.style,
- orig = {},
- handled = [],
- hidden = elem.nodeType && isHidden( elem );
-
- // handle queue: false promises
- if ( !opts.queue ) {
- hooks = jQuery._queueHooks( elem, "fx" );
- if ( hooks.unqueued == null ) {
- hooks.unqueued = 0;
- oldfire = hooks.empty.fire;
- hooks.empty.fire = function() {
- if ( !hooks.unqueued ) {
- oldfire();
- }
- };
- }
- hooks.unqueued++;
-
- anim.always(function() {
- // doing this makes sure that the complete handler will be called
- // before this completes
- anim.always(function() {
- hooks.unqueued--;
- if ( !jQuery.queue( elem, "fx" ).length ) {
- hooks.empty.fire();
- }
- });
- });
- }
-
- // height/width overflow pass
- if ( elem.nodeType === 1 && ( "height" in props || "width" in props ) ) {
- // Make sure that nothing sneaks out
- // Record all 3 overflow attributes because IE does not
- // change the overflow attribute when overflowX and
- // overflowY are set to the same value
- opts.overflow = [ style.overflow, style.overflowX, style.overflowY ];
-
- // Set display property to inline-block for height/width
- // animations on inline elements that are having width/height animated
- if ( jQuery.css( elem, "display" ) === "inline" &&
- jQuery.css( elem, "float" ) === "none" ) {
-
- // inline-level elements accept inline-block;
- // block-level elements need to be inline with layout
- if ( !jQuery.support.inlineBlockNeedsLayout || css_defaultDisplay( elem.nodeName ) === "inline" ) {
- style.display = "inline-block";
-
- } else {
- style.zoom = 1;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if ( opts.overflow ) {
- style.overflow = "hidden";
- if ( !jQuery.support.shrinkWrapBlocks ) {
- anim.done(function() {
- style.overflow = opts.overflow[ 0 ];
- style.overflowX = opts.overflow[ 1 ];
- style.overflowY = opts.overflow[ 2 ];
- });
- }
- }
-
-
- // show/hide pass
- for ( index in props ) {
- value = props[ index ];
- if ( rfxtypes.exec( value ) ) {
- delete props[ index ];
- toggle = toggle || value === "toggle";
- if ( value === ( hidden ? "hide" : "show" ) ) {
- continue;
- }
- handled.push( index );
- }
- }
-
- length = handled.length;
- if ( length ) {
- dataShow = jQuery._data( elem, "fxshow" ) || jQuery._data( elem, "fxshow", {} );
- if ( "hidden" in dataShow ) {
- hidden = dataShow.hidden;
- }
-
- // store state if its toggle - enables .stop().toggle() to "reverse"
- if ( toggle ) {
- dataShow.hidden = !hidden;
- }
- if ( hidden ) {
- jQuery( elem ).show();
- } else {
- anim.done(function() {
- jQuery( elem ).hide();
- });
- }
- anim.done(function() {
- var prop;
- jQuery.removeData( elem, "fxshow", true );
- for ( prop in orig ) {
- jQuery.style( elem, prop, orig[ prop ] );
- }
- });
- for ( index = 0 ; index < length ; index++ ) {
- prop = handled[ index ];
- tween = anim.createTween( prop, hidden ? dataShow[ prop ] : 0 );
- orig[ prop ] = dataShow[ prop ] || jQuery.style( elem, prop );
-
- if ( !( prop in dataShow ) ) {
- dataShow[ prop ] = tween.start;
- if ( hidden ) {
- tween.end = tween.start;
- tween.start = prop === "width" || prop === "height" ? 1 : 0;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-function Tween( elem, options, prop, end, easing ) {
- return new Tween.prototype.init( elem, options, prop, end, easing );
-}
-jQuery.Tween = Tween;
-
-Tween.prototype = {
- constructor: Tween,
- init: function( elem, options, prop, end, easing, unit ) {
- this.elem = elem;
- this.prop = prop;
- this.easing = easing || "swing";
- this.options = options;
- this.start = this.now = this.cur();
- this.end = end;
- this.unit = unit || ( jQuery.cssNumber[ prop ] ? "" : "px" );
- },
- cur: function() {
- var hooks = Tween.propHooks[ this.prop ];
-
- return hooks && hooks.get ?
- hooks.get( this ) :
- Tween.propHooks._default.get( this );
- },
- run: function( percent ) {
- var eased,
- hooks = Tween.propHooks[ this.prop ];
-
- if ( this.options.duration ) {
- this.pos = eased = jQuery.easing[ this.easing ](
- percent, this.options.duration * percent, 0, 1, this.options.duration
- );
- } else {
- this.pos = eased = percent;
- }
- this.now = ( this.end - this.start ) * eased + this.start;
-
- if ( this.options.step ) {
- this.options.step.call( this.elem, this.now, this );
- }
-
- if ( hooks && hooks.set ) {
- hooks.set( this );
- } else {
- Tween.propHooks._default.set( this );
- }
- return this;
- }
-};
-
-Tween.prototype.init.prototype = Tween.prototype;
-
-Tween.propHooks = {
- _default: {
- get: function( tween ) {
- var result;
-
- if ( tween.elem[ tween.prop ] != null &&
- (!tween.elem.style || tween.elem.style[ tween.prop ] == null) ) {
- return tween.elem[ tween.prop ];
- }
-
- // passing any value as a 4th parameter to .css will automatically
- // attempt a parseFloat and fallback to a string if the parse fails
- // so, simple values such as "10px" are parsed to Float.
- // complex values such as "rotate(1rad)" are returned as is.
- result = jQuery.css( tween.elem, tween.prop, false, "" );
- // Empty strings, null, undefined and "auto" are converted to 0.
- return !result || result === "auto" ? 0 : result;
- },
- set: function( tween ) {
- // use step hook for back compat - use cssHook if its there - use .style if its
- // available and use plain properties where available
- if ( jQuery.fx.step[ tween.prop ] ) {
- jQuery.fx.step[ tween.prop ]( tween );
- } else if ( tween.elem.style && ( tween.elem.style[ jQuery.cssProps[ tween.prop ] ] != null || jQuery.cssHooks[ tween.prop ] ) ) {
- jQuery.style( tween.elem, tween.prop, tween.now + tween.unit );
- } else {
- tween.elem[ tween.prop ] = tween.now;
- }
- }
- }
-};
-
-// Remove in 2.0 - this supports IE8's panic based approach
-// to setting things on disconnected nodes
-
-Tween.propHooks.scrollTop = Tween.propHooks.scrollLeft = {
- set: function( tween ) {
- if ( tween.elem.nodeType && tween.elem.parentNode ) {
- tween.elem[ tween.prop ] = tween.now;
- }
- }
-};
-
-jQuery.each([ "toggle", "show", "hide" ], function( i, name ) {
- var cssFn = jQuery.fn[ name ];
- jQuery.fn[ name ] = function( speed, easing, callback ) {
- return speed == null || typeof speed === "boolean" ||
- // special check for .toggle( handler, handler, ... )
- ( !i && jQuery.isFunction( speed ) && jQuery.isFunction( easing ) ) ?
- cssFn.apply( this, arguments ) :
- this.animate( genFx( name, true ), speed, easing, callback );
- };
-});
-
-jQuery.fn.extend({
- fadeTo: function( speed, to, easing, callback ) {
-
- // show any hidden elements after setting opacity to 0
- return this.filter( isHidden ).css( "opacity", 0 ).show()
-
- // animate to the value specified
- .end().animate({ opacity: to }, speed, easing, callback );
- },
- animate: function( prop, speed, easing, callback ) {
- var empty = jQuery.isEmptyObject( prop ),
- optall = jQuery.speed( speed, easing, callback ),
- doAnimation = function() {
- // Operate on a copy of prop so per-property easing won't be lost
- var anim = Animation( this, jQuery.extend( {}, prop ), optall );
-
- // Empty animations resolve immediately
- if ( empty ) {
- anim.stop( true );
- }
- };
-
- return empty || optall.queue === false ?
- this.each( doAnimation ) :
- this.queue( optall.queue, doAnimation );
- },
- stop: function( type, clearQueue, gotoEnd ) {
- var stopQueue = function( hooks ) {
- var stop = hooks.stop;
- delete hooks.stop;
- stop( gotoEnd );
- };
-
- if ( typeof type !== "string" ) {
- gotoEnd = clearQueue;
- clearQueue = type;
- type = undefined;
- }
- if ( clearQueue && type !== false ) {
- this.queue( type || "fx", [] );
- }
-
- return this.each(function() {
- var dequeue = true,
- index = type != null && type + "queueHooks",
- timers = jQuery.timers,
- data = jQuery._data( this );
-
- if ( index ) {
- if ( data[ index ] && data[ index ].stop ) {
- stopQueue( data[ index ] );
- }
- } else {
- for ( index in data ) {
- if ( data[ index ] && data[ index ].stop && rrun.test( index ) ) {
- stopQueue( data[ index ] );
- }
- }
- }
-
- for ( index = timers.length; index--; ) {
- if ( timers[ index ].elem === this && (type == null || timers[ index ].queue === type) ) {
- timers[ index ].anim.stop( gotoEnd );
- dequeue = false;
- timers.splice( index, 1 );
- }
- }
-
- // start the next in the queue if the last step wasn't forced
- // timers currently will call their complete callbacks, which will dequeue
- // but only if they were gotoEnd
- if ( dequeue || !gotoEnd ) {
- jQuery.dequeue( this, type );
- }
- });
- }
-});
-
-// Generate parameters to create a standard animation
-function genFx( type, includeWidth ) {
- var which,
- attrs = { height: type },
- i = 0;
-
- // if we include width, step value is 1 to do all cssExpand values,
- // if we don't include width, step value is 2 to skip over Left and Right
- includeWidth = includeWidth? 1 : 0;
- for( ; i < 4 ; i += 2 - includeWidth ) {
- which = cssExpand[ i ];
- attrs[ "margin" + which ] = attrs[ "padding" + which ] = type;
- }
-
- if ( includeWidth ) {
- attrs.opacity = attrs.width = type;
- }
-
- return attrs;
-}
-
-// Generate shortcuts for custom animations
-jQuery.each({
- slideDown: genFx("show"),
- slideUp: genFx("hide"),
- slideToggle: genFx("toggle"),
- fadeIn: { opacity: "show" },
- fadeOut: { opacity: "hide" },
- fadeToggle: { opacity: "toggle" }
-}, function( name, props ) {
- jQuery.fn[ name ] = function( speed, easing, callback ) {
- return this.animate( props, speed, easing, callback );
- };
-});
-
-jQuery.speed = function( speed, easing, fn ) {
- var opt = speed && typeof speed === "object" ? jQuery.extend( {}, speed ) : {
- complete: fn || !fn && easing ||
- jQuery.isFunction( speed ) && speed,
- duration: speed,
- easing: fn && easing || easing && !jQuery.isFunction( easing ) && easing
- };
-
- opt.duration = jQuery.fx.off ? 0 : typeof opt.duration === "number" ? opt.duration :
- opt.duration in jQuery.fx.speeds ? jQuery.fx.speeds[ opt.duration ] : jQuery.fx.speeds._default;
-
- // normalize opt.queue - true/undefined/null -> "fx"
- if ( opt.queue == null || opt.queue === true ) {
- opt.queue = "fx";
- }
-
- // Queueing
- opt.old = opt.complete;
-
- opt.complete = function() {
- if ( jQuery.isFunction( opt.old ) ) {
- opt.old.call( this );
- }
-
- if ( opt.queue ) {
- jQuery.dequeue( this, opt.queue );
- }
- };
-
- return opt;
-};
-
-jQuery.easing = {
- linear: function( p ) {
- return p;
- },
- swing: function( p ) {
- return 0.5 - Math.cos( p*Math.PI ) / 2;
- }
-};
-
-jQuery.timers = [];
-jQuery.fx = Tween.prototype.init;
-jQuery.fx.tick = function() {
- var timer,
- timers = jQuery.timers,
- i = 0;
-
- fxNow = jQuery.now();
-
- for ( ; i < timers.length; i++ ) {
- timer = timers[ i ];
- // Checks the timer has not already been removed
- if ( !timer() && timers[ i ] === timer ) {
- timers.splice( i--, 1 );
- }
- }
-
- if ( !timers.length ) {
- jQuery.fx.stop();
- }
- fxNow = undefined;
-};
-
-jQuery.fx.timer = function( timer ) {
- if ( timer() && jQuery.timers.push( timer ) && !timerId ) {
- timerId = setInterval( jQuery.fx.tick, jQuery.fx.interval );
- }
-};
-
-jQuery.fx.interval = 13;
-
-jQuery.fx.stop = function() {
- clearInterval( timerId );
- timerId = null;
-};
-
-jQuery.fx.speeds = {
- slow: 600,
- fast: 200,
- // Default speed
- _default: 400
-};
-
-// Back Compat <1.8 extension point
-jQuery.fx.step = {};
-
-if ( jQuery.expr && jQuery.expr.filters ) {
- jQuery.expr.filters.animated = function( elem ) {
- return jQuery.grep(jQuery.timers, function( fn ) {
- return elem === fn.elem;
- }).length;
- };
-}
-var rroot = /^(?:body|html)$/i;
-
-jQuery.fn.offset = function( options ) {
- if ( arguments.length ) {
- return options === undefined ?
- this :
- this.each(function( i ) {
- jQuery.offset.setOffset( this, options, i );
- });
- }
-
- var docElem, body, win, clientTop, clientLeft, scrollTop, scrollLeft,
- box = { top: 0, left: 0 },
- elem = this[ 0 ],
- doc = elem && elem.ownerDocument;
-
- if ( !doc ) {
- return;
- }
-
- if ( (body = doc.body) === elem ) {
- return jQuery.offset.bodyOffset( elem );
- }
-
- docElem = doc.documentElement;
-
- // Make sure it's not a disconnected DOM node
- if ( !jQuery.contains( docElem, elem ) ) {
- return box;
- }
-
- // If we don't have gBCR, just use 0,0 rather than error
- // BlackBerry 5, iOS 3 (original iPhone)
- if ( typeof elem.getBoundingClientRect !== "undefined" ) {
- box = elem.getBoundingClientRect();
- }
- win = getWindow( doc );
- clientTop = docElem.clientTop || body.clientTop || 0;
- clientLeft = docElem.clientLeft || body.clientLeft || 0;
- scrollTop = win.pageYOffset || docElem.scrollTop;
- scrollLeft = win.pageXOffset || docElem.scrollLeft;
- return {
- top: box.top + scrollTop - clientTop,
- left: box.left + scrollLeft - clientLeft
- };
-};
-
-jQuery.offset = {
-
- bodyOffset: function( body ) {
- var top = body.offsetTop,
- left = body.offsetLeft;
-
- if ( jQuery.support.doesNotIncludeMarginInBodyOffset ) {
- top += parseFloat( jQuery.css(body, "marginTop") ) || 0;
- left += parseFloat( jQuery.css(body, "marginLeft") ) || 0;
- }
-
- return { top: top, left: left };
- },
-
- setOffset: function( elem, options, i ) {
- var position = jQuery.css( elem, "position" );
-
- // set position first, in-case top/left are set even on static elem
- if ( position === "static" ) {
- elem.style.position = "relative";
- }
-
- var curElem = jQuery( elem ),
- curOffset = curElem.offset(),
- curCSSTop = jQuery.css( elem, "top" ),
- curCSSLeft = jQuery.css( elem, "left" ),
- calculatePosition = ( position === "absolute" || position === "fixed" ) && jQuery.inArray("auto", [curCSSTop, curCSSLeft]) > -1,
- props = {}, curPosition = {}, curTop, curLeft;
-
- // need to be able to calculate position if either top or left is auto and position is either absolute or fixed
- if ( calculatePosition ) {
- curPosition = curElem.position();
- curTop = curPosition.top;
- curLeft = curPosition.left;
- } else {
- curTop = parseFloat( curCSSTop ) || 0;
- curLeft = parseFloat( curCSSLeft ) || 0;
- }
-
- if ( jQuery.isFunction( options ) ) {
- options = options.call( elem, i, curOffset );
- }
-
- if ( options.top != null ) {
- props.top = ( options.top - curOffset.top ) + curTop;
- }
- if ( options.left != null ) {
- props.left = ( options.left - curOffset.left ) + curLeft;
- }
-
- if ( "using" in options ) {
- options.using.call( elem, props );
- } else {
- curElem.css( props );
- }
- }
-};
-
-
-jQuery.fn.extend({
-
- position: function() {
- if ( !this[0] ) {
- return;
- }
-
- var elem = this[0],
-
- // Get *real* offsetParent
- offsetParent = this.offsetParent(),
-
- // Get correct offsets
- offset = this.offset(),
- parentOffset = rroot.test(offsetParent[0].nodeName) ? { top: 0, left: 0 } : offsetParent.offset();
-
- // Subtract element margins
- // note: when an element has margin: auto the offsetLeft and marginLeft
- // are the same in Safari causing offset.left to incorrectly be 0
- offset.top -= parseFloat( jQuery.css(elem, "marginTop") ) || 0;
- offset.left -= parseFloat( jQuery.css(elem, "marginLeft") ) || 0;
-
- // Add offsetParent borders
- parentOffset.top += parseFloat( jQuery.css(offsetParent[0], "borderTopWidth") ) || 0;
- parentOffset.left += parseFloat( jQuery.css(offsetParent[0], "borderLeftWidth") ) || 0;
-
- // Subtract the two offsets
- return {
- top: offset.top - parentOffset.top,
- left: offset.left - parentOffset.left
- };
- },
-
- offsetParent: function() {
- return this.map(function() {
- var offsetParent = this.offsetParent || document.body;
- while ( offsetParent && (!rroot.test(offsetParent.nodeName) && jQuery.css(offsetParent, "position") === "static") ) {
- offsetParent = offsetParent.offsetParent;
- }
- return offsetParent || document.body;
- });
- }
-});
-
-
-// Create scrollLeft and scrollTop methods
-jQuery.each( {scrollLeft: "pageXOffset", scrollTop: "pageYOffset"}, function( method, prop ) {
- var top = /Y/.test( prop );
-
- jQuery.fn[ method ] = function( val ) {
- return jQuery.access( this, function( elem, method, val ) {
- var win = getWindow( elem );
-
- if ( val === undefined ) {
- return win ? (prop in win) ? win[ prop ] :
- win.document.documentElement[ method ] :
- elem[ method ];
- }
-
- if ( win ) {
- win.scrollTo(
- !top ? val : jQuery( win ).scrollLeft(),
- top ? val : jQuery( win ).scrollTop()
- );
-
- } else {
- elem[ method ] = val;
- }
- }, method, val, arguments.length, null );
- };
-});
-
-function getWindow( elem ) {
- return jQuery.isWindow( elem ) ?
- elem :
- elem.nodeType === 9 ?
- elem.defaultView || elem.parentWindow :
- false;
-}
-// Create innerHeight, innerWidth, height, width, outerHeight and outerWidth methods
-jQuery.each( { Height: "height", Width: "width" }, function( name, type ) {
- jQuery.each( { padding: "inner" + name, content: type, "": "outer" + name }, function( defaultExtra, funcName ) {
- // margin is only for outerHeight, outerWidth
- jQuery.fn[ funcName ] = function( margin, value ) {
- var chainable = arguments.length && ( defaultExtra || typeof margin !== "boolean" ),
- extra = defaultExtra || ( margin === true || value === true ? "margin" : "border" );
-
- return jQuery.access( this, function( elem, type, value ) {
- var doc;
-
- if ( jQuery.isWindow( elem ) ) {
- // As of 5/8/2012 this will yield incorrect results for Mobile Safari, but there
- // isn't a whole lot we can do. See pull request at this URL for discussion:
- // https://github.com/jquery/jquery/pull/764
- return elem.document.documentElement[ "client" + name ];
- }
-
- // Get document width or height
- if ( elem.nodeType === 9 ) {
- doc = elem.documentElement;
-
- // Either scroll[Width/Height] or offset[Width/Height] or client[Width/Height], whichever is greatest
- // unfortunately, this causes bug #3838 in IE6/8 only, but there is currently no good, small way to fix it.
- return Math.max(
- elem.body[ "scroll" + name ], doc[ "scroll" + name ],
- elem.body[ "offset" + name ], doc[ "offset" + name ],
- doc[ "client" + name ]
- );
- }
-
- return value === undefined ?
- // Get width or height on the element, requesting but not forcing parseFloat
- jQuery.css( elem, type, value, extra ) :
-
- // Set width or height on the element
- jQuery.style( elem, type, value, extra );
- }, type, chainable ? margin : undefined, chainable, null );
- };
- });
-});
-// Expose jQuery to the global object
-window.jQuery = window.$ = jQuery;
-
-// Expose jQuery as an AMD module, but only for AMD loaders that
-// understand the issues with loading multiple versions of jQuery
-// in a page that all might call define(). The loader will indicate
-// they have special allowances for multiple jQuery versions by
-// specifying define.amd.jQuery = true. Register as a named module,
-// since jQuery can be concatenated with other files that may use define,
-// but not use a proper concatenation script that understands anonymous
-// AMD modules. A named AMD is safest and most robust way to register.
-// Lowercase jquery is used because AMD module names are derived from
-// file names, and jQuery is normally delivered in a lowercase file name.
-// Do this after creating the global so that if an AMD module wants to call
-// noConflict to hide this version of jQuery, it will work.
-if ( typeof define === "function" && define.amd && define.amd.jQuery ) {
- define( "jquery", [], function () { return jQuery; } );
-}
-
-})( window );
diff --git a/Web/Scripts/jquery-1.8.3.min.js b/Web/Scripts/jquery-1.8.3.min.js
deleted file mode 100644
index 3883779..0000000
--- a/Web/Scripts/jquery-1.8.3.min.js
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-/*! jQuery v1.8.3 jquery.com | jquery.org/license */
-(function(e,t){function _(e){var t=M[e]={};return v.each(e.split(y),function(e,n){t[n]=!0}),t}function H(e,n,r){if(r===t&&e.nodeType===1){var i="data-"+n.replace(P,"-$1").toLowerCase();r=e.getAttribute(i);if(typeof r=="string"){try{r=r==="true"?!0:r==="false"?!1:r==="null"?null:+r+""===r?+r:D.test(r)?v.parseJSON(r):r}catch(s){}v.data(e,n,r)}else r=t}return r}function B(e){var t;for(t in e){if(t==="data"&&v.isEmptyObject(e[t]))continue;if(t!=="toJSON")return!1}return!0}function et(){return!1}function tt(){return!0}function ut(e){return!e||!e.parentNode||e.parentNode.nodeType===11}function at(e,t){do e=e[t];while(e&&e.nodeType!==1);return e}function ft(e,t,n){t=t||0;if(v.isFunction(t))return v.grep(e,function(e,r){var i=!!t.call(e,r,e);return i===n});if(t.nodeType)return v.grep(e,function(e,r){return e===t===n});if(typeof t=="string"){var r=v.grep(e,function(e){return e.nodeType===1});if(it.test(t))return v.filter(t,r,!n);t=v.filter(t,r)}return v.grep(e,function(e,r){return v.inArray(e,t)>=0===n})}function lt(e){var t=ct.split("|"),n=e.createDocumentFragment();if(n.createElement)while(t.length)n.createElement(t.pop());return n}function Lt(e,t){return e.getElementsByTagName(t)[0]||e.appendChild(e.ownerDocument.createElement(t))}function At(e,t){if(t.nodeType!==1||!v.hasData(e))return;var n,r,i,s=v._data(e),o=v._data(t,s),u=s.events;if(u){delete o.handle,o.events={};for(n in u)for(r=0,i=u[n].length;r
").appendTo(i.body),n=t.css("display");t.remove();if(n==="none"||n===""){Pt=i.body.appendChild(Pt||v.extend(i.createElement("iframe"),{frameBorder:0,width:0,height:0}));if(!Ht||!Pt.createElement)Ht=(Pt.contentWindow||Pt.contentDocument).document,Ht.write(""),Ht.close();t=Ht.body.appendChild(Ht.createElement(e)),n=Dt(t,"display"),i.body.removeChild(Pt)}return Wt[e]=n,n}function fn(e,t,n,r){var i;if(v.isArray(t))v.each(t,function(t,i){n||sn.test(e)?r(e,i):fn(e+"["+(typeof i=="object"?t:"")+"]",i,n,r)});else if(!n&&v.type(t)==="object")for(i in t)fn(e+"["+i+"]",t[i],n,r);else r(e,t)}function Cn(e){return function(t,n){typeof t!="string"&&(n=t,t="*");var r,i,s,o=t.toLowerCase().split(y),u=0,a=o.length;if(v.isFunction(n))for(;u)[^>]*$|#([\w\-]*)$)/,E=/^<(\w+)\s*\/?>(?:<\/\1>|)$/,S=/^[\],:{}\s]*$/,x=/(?:^|:|,)(?:\s*\[)+/g,T=/\\(?:["\\\/bfnrt]|u[\da-fA-F]{4})/g,N=/"[^"\\\r\n]*"|true|false|null|-?(?:\d\d*\.|)\d+(?:[eE][\-+]?\d+|)/g,C=/^-ms-/,k=/-([\da-z])/gi,L=function(e,t){return(t+"").toUpperCase()},A=function(){i.addEventListener?(i.removeEventListener("DOMContentLoaded",A,!1),v.ready()):i.readyState==="complete"&&(i.detachEvent("onreadystatechange",A),v.ready())},O={};v.fn=v.prototype={constructor:v,init:function(e,n,r){var s,o,u,a;if(!e)return this;if(e.nodeType)return this.context=this[0]=e,this.length=1,this;if(typeof e=="string"){e.charAt(0)==="<"&&e.charAt(e.length-1)===">"&&e.length>=3?s=[null,e,null]:s=w.exec(e);if(s&&(s[1]||!n)){if(s[1])return n=n instanceof v?n[0]:n,a=n&&n.nodeType?n.ownerDocument||n:i,e=v.parseHTML(s[1],a,!0),E.test(s[1])&&v.isPlainObject(n)&&this.attr.call(e,n,!0),v.merge(this,e);o=i.getElementById(s[2]);if(o&&o.parentNode){if(o.id!==s[2])return r.find(e);this.length=1,this[0]=o}return this.context=i,this.selector=e,this}return!n||n.jquery?(n||r).find(e):this.constructor(n).find(e)}return v.isFunction(e)?r.ready(e):(e.selector!==t&&(this.selector=e.selector,this.context=e.context),v.makeArray(e,this))},selector:"",jquery:"1.8.3",length:0,size:function(){return this.length},toArray:function(){return l.call(this)},get:function(e){return e==null?this.toArray():e<0?this[this.length+e]:this[e]},pushStack:function(e,t,n){var r=v.merge(this.constructor(),e);return r.prevObject=this,r.context=this.context,t==="find"?r.selector=this.selector+(this.selector?" ":"")+n:t&&(r.selector=this.selector+"."+t+"("+n+")"),r},each:function(e,t){return v.each(this,e,t)},ready:function(e){return v.ready.promise().done(e),this},eq:function(e){return e=+e,e===-1?this.slice(e):this.slice(e,e+1)},first:function(){return this.eq(0)},last:function(){return this.eq(-1)},slice:function(){return this.pushStack(l.apply(this,arguments),"slice",l.call(arguments).join(","))},map:function(e){return this.pushStack(v.map(this,function(t,n){return e.call(t,n,t)}))},end:function(){return this.prevObject||this.constructor(null)},push:f,sort:[].sort,splice:[].splice},v.fn.init.prototype=v.fn,v.extend=v.fn.extend=function(){var e,n,r,i,s,o,u=arguments[0]||{},a=1,f=arguments.length,l=!1;typeof u=="boolean"&&(l=u,u=arguments[1]||{},a=2),typeof u!="object"&&!v.isFunction(u)&&(u={}),f===a&&(u=this,--a);for(;a0)return;r.resolveWith(i,[v]),v.fn.trigger&&v(i).trigger("ready").off("ready")},isFunction:function(e){return v.type(e)==="function"},isArray:Array.isArray||function(e){return v.type(e)==="array"},isWindow:function(e){return e!=null&&e==e.window},isNumeric:function(e){return!isNaN(parseFloat(e))&&isFinite(e)},type:function(e){return e==null?String(e):O[h.call(e)]||"object"},isPlainObject:function(e){if(!e||v.type(e)!=="object"||e.nodeType||v.isWindow(e))return!1;try{if(e.constructor&&!p.call(e,"constructor")&&!p.call(e.constructor.prototype,"isPrototypeOf"))return!1}catch(n){return!1}var r;for(r in e);return r===t||p.call(e,r)},isEmptyObject:function(e){var t;for(t in e)return!1;return!0},error:function(e){throw new Error(e)},parseHTML:function(e,t,n){var r;return!e||typeof e!="string"?null:(typeof t=="boolean"&&(n=t,t=0),t=t||i,(r=E.exec(e))?[t.createElement(r[1])]:(r=v.buildFragment([e],t,n?null:[]),v.merge([],(r.cacheable?v.clone(r.fragment):r.fragment).childNodes)))},parseJSON:function(t){if(!t||typeof t!="string")return null;t=v.trim(t);if(e.JSON&&e.JSON.parse)return e.JSON.parse(t);if(S.test(t.replace(T,"@").replace(N,"]").replace(x,"")))return(new Function("return "+t))();v.error("Invalid JSON: "+t)},parseXML:function(n){var r,i;if(!n||typeof n!="string")return null;try{e.DOMParser?(i=new DOMParser,r=i.parseFromString(n,"text/xml")):(r=new ActiveXObject("Microsoft.XMLDOM"),r.async="false",r.loadXML(n))}catch(s){r=t}return(!r||!r.documentElement||r.getElementsByTagName("parsererror").length)&&v.error("Invalid XML: "+n),r},noop:function(){},globalEval:function(t){t&&g.test(t)&&(e.execScript||function(t){e.eval.call(e,t)})(t)},camelCase:function(e){return e.replace(C,"ms-").replace(k,L)},nodeName:function(e,t){return e.nodeName&&e.nodeName.toLowerCase()===t.toLowerCase()},each:function(e,n,r){var i,s=0,o=e.length,u=o===t||v.isFunction(e);if(r){if(u){for(i in e)if(n.apply(e[i],r)===!1)break}else for(;s0&&e[0]&&e[a-1]||a===0||v.isArray(e));if(f)for(;u-1)a.splice(n,1),i&&(n<=o&&o--,n<=u&&u--)}),this},has:function(e){return v.inArray(e,a)>-1},empty:function(){return a=[],this},disable:function(){return a=f=n=t,this},disabled:function(){return!a},lock:function(){return f=t,n||c.disable(),this},locked:function(){return!f},fireWith:function(e,t){return t=t||[],t=[e,t.slice?t.slice():t],a&&(!r||f)&&(i?f.push(t):l(t)),this},fire:function(){return c.fireWith(this,arguments),this},fired:function(){return!!r}};return c},v.extend({Deferred:function(e){var t=[["resolve","done",v.Callbacks("once memory"),"resolved"],["reject","fail",v.Callbacks("once memory"),"rejected"],["notify","progress",v.Callbacks("memory")]],n="pending",r={state:function(){return n},always:function(){return i.done(arguments).fail(arguments),this},then:function(){var e=arguments;return v.Deferred(function(n){v.each(t,function(t,r){var s=r[0],o=e[t];i[r[1]](v.isFunction(o)?function(){var e=o.apply(this,arguments);e&&v.isFunction(e.promise)?e.promise().done(n.resolve).fail(n.reject).progress(n.notify):n[s+"With"](this===i?n:this,[e])}:n[s])}),e=null}).promise()},promise:function(e){return e!=null?v.extend(e,r):r}},i={};return r.pipe=r.then,v.each(t,function(e,s){var o=s[2],u=s[3];r[s[1]]=o.add,u&&o.add(function(){n=u},t[e^1][2].disable,t[2][2].lock),i[s[0]]=o.fire,i[s[0]+"With"]=o.fireWith}),r.promise(i),e&&e.call(i,i),i},when:function(e){var t=0,n=l.call(arguments),r=n.length,i=r!==1||e&&v.isFunction(e.promise)?r:0,s=i===1?e:v.Deferred(),o=function(e,t,n){return function(r){t[e]=this,n[e]=arguments.length>1?l.call(arguments):r,n===u?s.notifyWith(t,n):--i||s.resolveWith(t,n)}},u,a,f;if(r>1){u=new Array(r),a=new Array(r),f=new Array(r);for(;ta
",r.firstChild.style.width="5px",t.shrinkWrapBlocks=r.offsetWidth!==3,n.style.zoom=1),a.removeChild(n),n=r=s=o=null}),a.removeChild(p),n=r=s=o=u=a=p=null,t}();var D=/(?:\{[\s\S]*\}|\[[\s\S]*\])$/,P=/([A-Z])/g;v.extend({cache:{},deletedIds:[],uuid:0,expando:"jQuery"+(v.fn.jquery+Math.random()).replace(/\D/g,""),noData:{embed:!0,object:"clsid:D27CDB6E-AE6D-11cf-96B8-444553540000",applet:!0},hasData:function(e){return e=e.nodeType?v.cache[e[v.expando]]:e[v.expando],!!e&&!B(e)},data:function(e,n,r,i){if(!v.acceptData(e))return;var s,o,u=v.expando,a=typeof n=="string",f=e.nodeType,l=f?v.cache:e,c=f?e[u]:e[u]&&u;if((!c||!l[c]||!i&&!l[c].data)&&a&&r===t)return;c||(f?e[u]=c=v.deletedIds.pop()||v.guid++:c=u),l[c]||(l[c]={},f||(l[c].toJSON=v.noop));if(typeof n=="object"||typeof n=="function")i?l[c]=v.extend(l[c],n):l[c].data=v.extend(l[c].data,n);return s=l[c],i||(s.data||(s.data={}),s=s.data),r!==t&&(s[v.camelCase(n)]=r),a?(o=s[n],o==null&&(o=s[v.camelCase(n)])):o=s,o},removeData:function(e,t,n){if(!v.acceptData(e))return;var r,i,s,o=e.nodeType,u=o?v.cache:e,a=o?e[v.expando]:v.expando;if(!u[a])return;if(t){r=n?u[a]:u[a].data;if(r){v.isArray(t)||(t in r?t=[t]:(t=v.camelCase(t),t in r?t=[t]:t=t.split(" ")));for(i=0,s=t.length;i1,null,!1))},removeData:function(e){return this.each(function(){v.removeData(this,e)})}}),v.extend({queue:function(e,t,n){var r;if(e)return t=(t||"fx")+"queue",r=v._data(e,t),n&&(!r||v.isArray(n)?r=v._data(e,t,v.makeArray(n)):r.push(n)),r||[]},dequeue:function(e,t){t=t||"fx";var n=v.queue(e,t),r=n.length,i=n.shift(),s=v._queueHooks(e,t),o=function(){v.dequeue(e,t)};i==="inprogress"&&(i=n.shift(),r--),i&&(t==="fx"&&n.unshift("inprogress"),delete s.stop,i.call(e,o,s)),!r&&s&&s.empty.fire()},_queueHooks:function(e,t){var n=t+"queueHooks";return v._data(e,n)||v._data(e,n,{empty:v.Callbacks("once memory").add(function(){v.removeData(e,t+"queue",!0),v.removeData(e,n,!0)})})}}),v.fn.extend({queue:function(e,n){var r=2;return typeof e!="string"&&(n=e,e="fx",r--),arguments.length1)},removeAttr:function(e){return this.each(function(){v.removeAttr(this,e)})},prop:function(e,t){return v.access(this,v.prop,e,t,arguments.length>1)},removeProp:function(e){return e=v.propFix[e]||e,this.each(function(){try{this[e]=t,delete this[e]}catch(n){}})},addClass:function(e){var t,n,r,i,s,o,u;if(v.isFunction(e))return this.each(function(t){v(this).addClass(e.call(this,t,this.className))});if(e&&typeof e=="string"){t=e.split(y);for(n=0,r=this.length;n=0)r=r.replace(" "+n[s]+" "," ");i.className=e?v.trim(r):""}}}return this},toggleClass:function(e,t){var n=typeof e,r=typeof t=="boolean";return v.isFunction(e)?this.each(function(n){v(this).toggleClass(e.call(this,n,this.className,t),t)}):this.each(function(){if(n==="string"){var i,s=0,o=v(this),u=t,a=e.split(y);while(i=a[s++])u=r?u:!o.hasClass(i),o[u?"addClass":"removeClass"](i)}else if(n==="undefined"||n==="boolean")this.className&&v._data(this,"__className__",this.className),this.className=this.className||e===!1?"":v._data(this,"__className__")||""})},hasClass:function(e){var t=" "+e+" ",n=0,r=this.length;for(;n=0)return!0;return!1},val:function(e){var n,r,i,s=this[0];if(!arguments.length){if(s)return n=v.valHooks[s.type]||v.valHooks[s.nodeName.toLowerCase()],n&&"get"in n&&(r=n.get(s,"value"))!==t?r:(r=s.value,typeof r=="string"?r.replace(R,""):r==null?"":r);return}return i=v.isFunction(e),this.each(function(r){var s,o=v(this);if(this.nodeType!==1)return;i?s=e.call(this,r,o.val()):s=e,s==null?s="":typeof s=="number"?s+="":v.isArray(s)&&(s=v.map(s,function(e){return e==null?"":e+""})),n=v.valHooks[this.type]||v.valHooks[this.nodeName.toLowerCase()];if(!n||!("set"in n)||n.set(this,s,"value")===t)this.value=s})}}),v.extend({valHooks:{option:{get:function(e){var t=e.attributes.value;return!t||t.specified?e.value:e.text}},select:{get:function(e){var t,n,r=e.options,i=e.selectedIndex,s=e.type==="select-one"||i<0,o=s?null:[],u=s?i+1:r.length,a=i<0?u:s?i:0;for(;a=0}),n.length||(e.selectedIndex=-1),n}}},attrFn:{},attr:function(e,n,r,i){var s,o,u,a=e.nodeType;if(!e||a===3||a===8||a===2)return;if(i&&v.isFunction(v.fn[n]))return v(e)[n](r);if(typeof e.getAttribute=="undefined")return v.prop(e,n,r);u=a!==1||!v.isXMLDoc(e),u&&(n=n.toLowerCase(),o=v.attrHooks[n]||(X.test(n)?F:j));if(r!==t){if(r===null){v.removeAttr(e,n);return}return o&&"set"in o&&u&&(s=o.set(e,r,n))!==t?s:(e.setAttribute(n,r+""),r)}return o&&"get"in o&&u&&(s=o.get(e,n))!==null?s:(s=e.getAttribute(n),s===null?t:s)},removeAttr:function(e,t){var n,r,i,s,o=0;if(t&&e.nodeType===1){r=t.split(y);for(;o=0}})});var $=/^(?:textarea|input|select)$/i,J=/^([^\.]*|)(?:\.(.+)|)$/,K=/(?:^|\s)hover(\.\S+|)\b/,Q=/^key/,G=/^(?:mouse|contextmenu)|click/,Y=/^(?:focusinfocus|focusoutblur)$/,Z=function(e){return v.event.special.hover?e:e.replace(K,"mouseenter$1 mouseleave$1")};v.event={add:function(e,n,r,i,s){var o,u,a,f,l,c,h,p,d,m,g;if(e.nodeType===3||e.nodeType===8||!n||!r||!(o=v._data(e)))return;r.handler&&(d=r,r=d.handler,s=d.selector),r.guid||(r.guid=v.guid++),a=o.events,a||(o.events=a={}),u=o.handle,u||(o.handle=u=function(e){return typeof v=="undefined"||!!e&&v.event.triggered===e.type?t:v.event.dispatch.apply(u.elem,arguments)},u.elem=e),n=v.trim(Z(n)).split(" ");for(f=0;f=0&&(y=y.slice(0,-1),a=!0),y.indexOf(".")>=0&&(b=y.split("."),y=b.shift(),b.sort());if((!s||v.event.customEvent[y])&&!v.event.global[y])return;n=typeof n=="object"?n[v.expando]?n:new v.Event(y,n):new v.Event(y),n.type=y,n.isTrigger=!0,n.exclusive=a,n.namespace=b.join("."),n.namespace_re=n.namespace?new RegExp("(^|\\.)"+b.join("\\.(?:.*\\.|)")+"(\\.|$)"):null,h=y.indexOf(":")<0?"on"+y:"";if(!s){u=v.cache;for(f in u)u[f].events&&u[f].events[y]&&v.event.trigger(n,r,u[f].handle.elem,!0);return}n.result=t,n.target||(n.target=s),r=r!=null?v.makeArray(r):[],r.unshift(n),p=v.event.special[y]||{};if(p.trigger&&p.trigger.apply(s,r)===!1)return;m=[[s,p.bindType||y]];if(!o&&!p.noBubble&&!v.isWindow(s)){g=p.delegateType||y,l=Y.test(g+y)?s:s.parentNode;for(c=s;l;l=l.parentNode)m.push([l,g]),c=l;c===(s.ownerDocument||i)&&m.push([c.defaultView||c.parentWindow||e,g])}for(f=0;f=0:v.find(h,this,null,[s]).length),u[h]&&f.push(c);f.length&&w.push({elem:s,matches:f})}d.length>m&&w.push({elem:this,matches:d.slice(m)});for(r=0;r0?this.on(t,null,e,n):this.trigger(t)},Q.test(t)&&(v.event.fixHooks[t]=v.event.keyHooks),G.test(t)&&(v.event.fixHooks[t]=v.event.mouseHooks)}),function(e,t){function nt(e,t,n,r){n=n||[],t=t||g;var i,s,a,f,l=t.nodeType;if(!e||typeof e!="string")return n;if(l!==1&&l!==9)return[];a=o(t);if(!a&&!r)if(i=R.exec(e))if(f=i[1]){if(l===9){s=t.getElementById(f);if(!s||!s.parentNode)return n;if(s.id===f)return n.push(s),n}else if(t.ownerDocument&&(s=t.ownerDocument.getElementById(f))&&u(t,s)&&s.id===f)return n.push(s),n}else{if(i[2])return S.apply(n,x.call(t.getElementsByTagName(e),0)),n;if((f=i[3])&&Z&&t.getElementsByClassName)return S.apply(n,x.call(t.getElementsByClassName(f),0)),n}return vt(e.replace(j,"$1"),t,n,r,a)}function rt(e){return function(t){var n=t.nodeName.toLowerCase();return n==="input"&&t.type===e}}function it(e){return function(t){var n=t.nodeName.toLowerCase();return(n==="input"||n==="button")&&t.type===e}}function st(e){return N(function(t){return t=+t,N(function(n,r){var i,s=e([],n.length,t),o=s.length;while(o--)n[i=s[o]]&&(n[i]=!(r[i]=n[i]))})})}function ot(e,t,n){if(e===t)return n;var r=e.nextSibling;while(r){if(r===t)return-1;r=r.nextSibling}return 1}function ut(e,t){var n,r,s,o,u,a,f,l=L[d][e+" "];if(l)return t?0:l.slice(0);u=e,a=[],f=i.preFilter;while(u){if(!n||(r=F.exec(u)))r&&(u=u.slice(r[0].length)||u),a.push(s=[]);n=!1;if(r=I.exec(u))s.push(n=new m(r.shift())),u=u.slice(n.length),n.type=r[0].replace(j," ");for(o in i.filter)(r=J[o].exec(u))&&(!f[o]||(r=f[o](r)))&&(s.push(n=new m(r.shift())),u=u.slice(n.length),n.type=o,n.matches=r);if(!n)break}return t?u.length:u?nt.error(e):L(e,a).slice(0)}function at(e,t,r){var i=t.dir,s=r&&t.dir==="parentNode",o=w++;return t.first?function(t,n,r){while(t=t[i])if(s||t.nodeType===1)return e(t,n,r)}:function(t,r,u){if(!u){var a,f=b+" "+o+" ",l=f+n;while(t=t[i])if(s||t.nodeType===1){if((a=t[d])===l)return t.sizset;if(typeof a=="string"&&a.indexOf(f)===0){if(t.sizset)return t}else{t[d]=l;if(e(t,r,u))return t.sizset=!0,t;t.sizset=!1}}}else while(t=t[i])if(s||t.nodeType===1)if(e(t,r,u))return t}}function ft(e){return e.length>1?function(t,n,r){var i=e.length;while(i--)if(!e[i](t,n,r))return!1;return!0}:e[0]}function lt(e,t,n,r,i){var s,o=[],u=0,a=e.length,f=t!=null;for(;u-1&&(s[f]=!(o[f]=c))}}else g=lt(g===o?g.splice(d,g.length):g),i?i(null,o,g,a):S.apply(o,g)})}function ht(e){var t,n,r,s=e.length,o=i.relative[e[0].type],u=o||i.relative[" "],a=o?1:0,f=at(function(e){return e===t},u,!0),l=at(function(e){return T.call(t,e)>-1},u,!0),h=[function(e,n,r){return!o&&(r||n!==c)||((t=n).nodeType?f(e,n,r):l(e,n,r))}];for(;a1&&ft(h),a>1&&e.slice(0,a-1).join("").replace(j,"$1"),n,a0,s=e.length>0,o=function(u,a,f,l,h){var p,d,v,m=[],y=0,w="0",x=u&&[],T=h!=null,N=c,C=u||s&&i.find.TAG("*",h&&a.parentNode||a),k=b+=N==null?1:Math.E;T&&(c=a!==g&&a,n=o.el);for(;(p=C[w])!=null;w++){if(s&&p){for(d=0;v=e[d];d++)if(v(p,a,f)){l.push(p);break}T&&(b=k,n=++o.el)}r&&((p=!v&&p)&&y--,u&&x.push(p))}y+=w;if(r&&w!==y){for(d=0;v=t[d];d++)v(x,m,a,f);if(u){if(y>0)while(w--)!x[w]&&!m[w]&&(m[w]=E.call(l));m=lt(m)}S.apply(l,m),T&&!u&&m.length>0&&y+t.length>1&&nt.uniqueSort(l)}return T&&(b=k,c=N),x};return o.el=0,r?N(o):o}function dt(e,t,n){var r=0,i=t.length;for(;r2&&(f=u[0]).type==="ID"&&t.nodeType===9&&!s&&i.relative[u[1].type]){t=i.find.ID(f.matches[0].replace($,""),t,s)[0];if(!t)return n;e=e.slice(u.shift().length)}for(o=J.POS.test(e)?-1:u.length-1;o>=0;o--){f=u[o];if(i.relative[l=f.type])break;if(c=i.find[l])if(r=c(f.matches[0].replace($,""),z.test(u[0].type)&&t.parentNode||t,s)){u.splice(o,1),e=r.length&&u.join("");if(!e)return S.apply(n,x.call(r,0)),n;break}}}return a(e,h)(r,t,s,n,z.test(e)),n}function mt(){}var n,r,i,s,o,u,a,f,l,c,h=!0,p="undefined",d=("sizcache"+Math.random()).replace(".",""),m=String,g=e.document,y=g.documentElement,b=0,w=0,E=[].pop,S=[].push,x=[].slice,T=[].indexOf||function(e){var t=0,n=this.length;for(;ti.cacheLength&&delete e[t.shift()],e[n+" "]=r},e)},k=C(),L=C(),A=C(),O="[\\x20\\t\\r\\n\\f]",M="(?:\\\\.|[-\\w]|[^\\x00-\\xa0])+",_=M.replace("w","w#"),D="([*^$|!~]?=)",P="\\["+O+"*("+M+")"+O+"*(?:"+D+O+"*(?:(['\"])((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\])*?)\\3|("+_+")|)|)"+O+"*\\]",H=":("+M+")(?:\\((?:(['\"])((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\])*?)\\2|([^()[\\]]*|(?:(?:"+P+")|[^:]|\\\\.)*|.*))\\)|)",B=":(even|odd|eq|gt|lt|nth|first|last)(?:\\("+O+"*((?:-\\d)?\\d*)"+O+"*\\)|)(?=[^-]|$)",j=new RegExp("^"+O+"+|((?:^|[^\\\\])(?:\\\\.)*)"+O+"+$","g"),F=new RegExp("^"+O+"*,"+O+"*"),I=new RegExp("^"+O+"*([\\x20\\t\\r\\n\\f>+~])"+O+"*"),q=new RegExp(H),R=/^(?:#([\w\-]+)|(\w+)|\.([\w\-]+))$/,U=/^:not/,z=/[\x20\t\r\n\f]*[+~]/,W=/:not\($/,X=/h\d/i,V=/input|select|textarea|button/i,$=/\\(?!\\)/g,J={ID:new RegExp("^#("+M+")"),CLASS:new RegExp("^\\.("+M+")"),NAME:new RegExp("^\\[name=['\"]?("+M+")['\"]?\\]"),TAG:new RegExp("^("+M.replace("w","w*")+")"),ATTR:new RegExp("^"+P),PSEUDO:new RegExp("^"+H),POS:new RegExp(B,"i"),CHILD:new RegExp("^:(only|nth|first|last)-child(?:\\("+O+"*(even|odd|(([+-]|)(\\d*)n|)"+O+"*(?:([+-]|)"+O+"*(\\d+)|))"+O+"*\\)|)","i"),needsContext:new RegExp("^"+O+"*[>+~]|"+B,"i")},K=function(e){var t=g.createElement("div");try{return e(t)}catch(n){return!1}finally{t=null}},Q=K(function(e){return e.appendChild(g.createComment("")),!e.getElementsByTagName("*").length}),G=K(function(e){return e.innerHTML="
",!e.getElementsByClassName||!e.getElementsByClassName("e").length?!1:(e.lastChild.className="e",e.getElementsByClassName("e").length===2)}),et=K(function(e){e.id=d+0,e.innerHTML="
",y.insertBefore(e,y.firstChild);var t=g.getElementsByName&&g.getElementsByName(d).length===2+g.getElementsByName(d+0).length;return r=!g.getElementById(d),y.removeChild(e),t});try{x.call(y.childNodes,0)[0].nodeType}catch(tt){x=function(e){var t,n=[];for(;t=this[e];e++)n.push(t);return n}}nt.matches=function(e,t){return nt(e,null,null,t)},nt.matchesSelector=function(e,t){return nt(t,null,null,[e]).length>0},s=nt.getText=function(e){var t,n="",r=0,i=e.nodeType;if(i){if(i===1||i===9||i===11){if(typeof e.textContent=="string")return e.textContent;for(e=e.firstChild;e;e=e.nextSibling)n+=s(e)}else if(i===3||i===4)return e.nodeValue}else for(;t=e[r];r++)n+=s(t);return n},o=nt.isXML=function(e){var t=e&&(e.ownerDocument||e).documentElement;return t?t.nodeName!=="HTML":!1},u=nt.contains=y.contains?function(e,t){var n=e.nodeType===9?e.documentElement:e,r=t&&t.parentNode;return e===r||!!(r&&r.nodeType===1&&n.contains&&n.contains(r))}:y.compareDocumentPosition?function(e,t){return t&&!!(e.compareDocumentPosition(t)&16)}:function(e,t){while(t=t.parentNode)if(t===e)return!0;return!1},nt.attr=function(e,t){var n,r=o(e);return r||(t=t.toLowerCase()),(n=i.attrHandle[t])?n(e):r||Y?e.getAttribute(t):(n=e.getAttributeNode(t),n?typeof e[t]=="boolean"?e[t]?t:null:n.specified?n.value:null:null)},i=nt.selectors={cacheLength:50,createPseudo:N,match:J,attrHandle:G?{}:{href:function(e){return e.getAttribute("href",2)},type:function(e){return e.getAttribute("type")}},find:{ID:r?function(e,t,n){if(typeof t.getElementById!==p&&!n){var r=t.getElementById(e);return r&&r.parentNode?[r]:[]}}:function(e,n,r){if(typeof n.getElementById!==p&&!r){var i=n.getElementById(e);return i?i.id===e||typeof i.getAttributeNode!==p&&i.getAttributeNode("id").value===e?[i]:t:[]}},TAG:Q?function(e,t){if(typeof t.getElementsByTagName!==p)return t.getElementsByTagName(e)}:function(e,t){var n=t.getElementsByTagName(e);if(e==="*"){var r,i=[],s=0;for(;r=n[s];s++)r.nodeType===1&&i.push(r);return i}return n},NAME:et&&function(e,t){if(typeof t.getElementsByName!==p)return t.getElementsByName(name)},CLASS:Z&&function(e,t,n){if(typeof t.getElementsByClassName!==p&&!n)return t.getElementsByClassName(e)}},relative:{">":{dir:"parentNode",first:!0}," ":{dir:"parentNode"},"+":{dir:"previousSibling",first:!0},"~":{dir:"previousSibling"}},preFilter:{ATTR:function(e){return e[1]=e[1].replace($,""),e[3]=(e[4]||e[5]||"").replace($,""),e[2]==="~="&&(e[3]=" "+e[3]+" "),e.slice(0,4)},CHILD:function(e){return e[1]=e[1].toLowerCase(),e[1]==="nth"?(e[2]||nt.error(e[0]),e[3]=+(e[3]?e[4]+(e[5]||1):2*(e[2]==="even"||e[2]==="odd")),e[4]=+(e[6]+e[7]||e[2]==="odd")):e[2]&&nt.error(e[0]),e},PSEUDO:function(e){var t,n;if(J.CHILD.test(e[0]))return null;if(e[3])e[2]=e[3];else if(t=e[4])q.test(t)&&(n=ut(t,!0))&&(n=t.indexOf(")",t.length-n)-t.length)&&(t=t.slice(0,n),e[0]=e[0].slice(0,n)),e[2]=t;return e.slice(0,3)}},filter:{ID:r?function(e){return e=e.replace($,""),function(t){return t.getAttribute("id")===e}}:function(e){return e=e.replace($,""),function(t){var n=typeof t.getAttributeNode!==p&&t.getAttributeNode("id");return n&&n.value===e}},TAG:function(e){return e==="*"?function(){return!0}:(e=e.replace($,"").toLowerCase(),function(t){return t.nodeName&&t.nodeName.toLowerCase()===e})},CLASS:function(e){var t=k[d][e+" "];return t||(t=new RegExp("(^|"+O+")"+e+"("+O+"|$)"))&&k(e,function(e){return t.test(e.className||typeof e.getAttribute!==p&&e.getAttribute("class")||"")})},ATTR:function(e,t,n){return function(r,i){var s=nt.attr(r,e);return s==null?t==="!=":t?(s+="",t==="="?s===n:t==="!="?s!==n:t==="^="?n&&s.indexOf(n)===0:t==="*="?n&&s.indexOf(n)>-1:t==="$="?n&&s.substr(s.length-n.length)===n:t==="~="?(" "+s+" ").indexOf(n)>-1:t==="|="?s===n||s.substr(0,n.length+1)===n+"-":!1):!0}},CHILD:function(e,t,n,r){return e==="nth"?function(e){var t,i,s=e.parentNode;if(n===1&&r===0)return!0;if(s){i=0;for(t=s.firstChild;t;t=t.nextSibling)if(t.nodeType===1){i++;if(e===t)break}}return i-=r,i===n||i%n===0&&i/n>=0}:function(t){var n=t;switch(e){case"only":case"first":while(n=n.previousSibling)if(n.nodeType===1)return!1;if(e==="first")return!0;n=t;case"last":while(n=n.nextSibling)if(n.nodeType===1)return!1;return!0}}},PSEUDO:function(e,t){var n,r=i.pseudos[e]||i.setFilters[e.toLowerCase()]||nt.error("unsupported pseudo: "+e);return r[d]?r(t):r.length>1?(n=[e,e,"",t],i.setFilters.hasOwnProperty(e.toLowerCase())?N(function(e,n){var i,s=r(e,t),o=s.length;while(o--)i=T.call(e,s[o]),e[i]=!(n[i]=s[o])}):function(e){return r(e,0,n)}):r}},pseudos:{not:N(function(e){var t=[],n=[],r=a(e.replace(j,"$1"));return r[d]?N(function(e,t,n,i){var s,o=r(e,null,i,[]),u=e.length;while(u--)if(s=o[u])e[u]=!(t[u]=s)}):function(e,i,s){return t[0]=e,r(t,null,s,n),!n.pop()}}),has:N(function(e){return function(t){return nt(e,t).length>0}}),contains:N(function(e){return function(t){return(t.textContent||t.innerText||s(t)).indexOf(e)>-1}}),enabled:function(e){return e.disabled===!1},disabled:function(e){return e.disabled===!0},checked:function(e){var t=e.nodeName.toLowerCase();return t==="input"&&!!e.checked||t==="option"&&!!e.selected},selected:function(e){return e.parentNode&&e.parentNode.selectedIndex,e.selected===!0},parent:function(e){return!i.pseudos.empty(e)},empty:function(e){var t;e=e.firstChild;while(e){if(e.nodeName>"@"||(t=e.nodeType)===3||t===4)return!1;e=e.nextSibling}return!0},header:function(e){return X.test(e.nodeName)},text:function(e){var t,n;return e.nodeName.toLowerCase()==="input"&&(t=e.type)==="text"&&((n=e.getAttribute("type"))==null||n.toLowerCase()===t)},radio:rt("radio"),checkbox:rt("checkbox"),file:rt("file"),password:rt("password"),image:rt("image"),submit:it("submit"),reset:it("reset"),button:function(e){var t=e.nodeName.toLowerCase();return t==="input"&&e.type==="button"||t==="button"},input:function(e){return V.test(e.nodeName)},focus:function(e){var t=e.ownerDocument;return e===t.activeElement&&(!t.hasFocus||t.hasFocus())&&!!(e.type||e.href||~e.tabIndex)},active:function(e){return e===e.ownerDocument.activeElement},first:st(function(){return[0]}),last:st(function(e,t){return[t-1]}),eq:st(function(e,t,n){return[n<0?n+t:n]}),even:st(function(e,t){for(var n=0;n=0;)e.push(r);return e}),gt:st(function(e,t,n){for(var r=n<0?n+t:n;++r
",e.querySelectorAll("[test^='']").length&&i.push("[*^$]="+O+"*(?:\"\"|'')"),e.innerHTML="0)for(i=r;i=0:v.filter(e,this).length>0:this.filter(e).length>0)},closest:function(e,t){var n,r=0,i=this.length,s=[],o=st.test(e)||typeof e!="string"?v(e,t||this.context):0;for(;r-1:v.find.matchesSelector(n,e)){s.push(n);break}n=n.parentNode}}return s=s.length>1?v.unique(s):s,this.pushStack(s,"closest",e)},index:function(e){return e?typeof e=="string"?v.inArray(this[0],v(e)):v.inArray(e.jquery?e[0]:e,this):this[0]&&this[0].parentNode?this.prevAll().length:-1},add:function(e,t){var n=typeof e=="string"?v(e,t):v.makeArray(e&&e.nodeType?[e]:e),r=v.merge(this.get(),n);return this.pushStack(ut(n[0])||ut(r[0])?r:v.unique(r))},addBack:function(e){return this.add(e==null?this.prevObject:this.prevObject.filter(e))}}),v.fn.andSelf=v.fn.addBack,v.each({parent:function(e){var t=e.parentNode;return t&&t.nodeType!==11?t:null},parents:function(e){return v.dir(e,"parentNode")},parentsUntil:function(e,t,n){return v.dir(e,"parentNode",n)},next:function(e){return at(e,"nextSibling")},prev:function(e){return at(e,"previousSibling")},nextAll:function(e){return v.dir(e,"nextSibling")},prevAll:function(e){return v.dir(e,"previousSibling")},nextUntil:function(e,t,n){return v.dir(e,"nextSibling",n)},prevUntil:function(e,t,n){return v.dir(e,"previousSibling",n)},siblings:function(e){return v.sibling((e.parentNode||{}).firstChild,e)},children:function(e){return v.sibling(e.firstChild)},contents:function(e){return v.nodeName(e,"iframe")?e.contentDocument||e.contentWindow.document:v.merge([],e.childNodes)}},function(e,t){v.fn[e]=function(n,r){var i=v.map(this,t,n);return nt.test(e)||(r=n),r&&typeof r=="string"&&(i=v.filter(r,i)),i=this.length>1&&!ot[e]?v.unique(i):i,this.length>1&&rt.test(e)&&(i=i.reverse()),this.pushStack(i,e,l.call(arguments).join(","))}}),v.extend({filter:function(e,t,n){return n&&(e=":not("+e+")"),t.length===1?v.find.matchesSelector(t[0],e)?[t[0]]:[]:v.find.matches(e,t)},dir:function(e,n,r){var i=[],s=e[n];while(s&&s.nodeType!==9&&(r===t||s.nodeType!==1||!v(s).is(r)))s.nodeType===1&&i.push(s),s=s[n];return i},sibling:function(e,t){var n=[];for(;e;e=e.nextSibling)e.nodeType===1&&e!==t&&n.push(e);return n}});var ct="abbr|article|aside|audio|bdi|canvas|data|datalist|details|figcaption|figure|footer|header|hgroup|mark|meter|nav|output|progress|section|summary|time|video",ht=/ jQuery\d+="(?:null|\d+)"/g,pt=/^\s+/,dt=/<(?!area|br|col|embed|hr|img|input|link|meta|param)(([\w:]+)[^>]*)\/>/gi,vt=/<([\w:]+)/,mt=/"," "],legend:[1,""," "],thead:[1,""],tr:[2,""],td:[3,""],col:[2,""],area:[1,""," "],_default:[0,"",""]},Ct=lt(i),kt=Ct.appendChild(i.createElement("div"));Nt.optgroup=Nt.option,Nt.tbody=Nt.tfoot=Nt.colgroup=Nt.caption=Nt.thead,Nt.th=Nt.td,v.support.htmlSerialize||(Nt._default=[1,"X","
"]),v.fn.extend({text:function(e){return v.access(this,function(e){return e===t?v.text(this):this.empty().append((this[0]&&this[0].ownerDocument||i).createTextNode(e))},null,e,arguments.length)},wrapAll:function(e){if(v.isFunction(e))return this.each(function(t){v(this).wrapAll(e.call(this,t))});if(this[0]){var t=v(e,this[0].ownerDocument).eq(0).clone(!0);this[0].parentNode&&t.insertBefore(this[0]),t.map(function(){var e=this;while(e.firstChild&&e.firstChild.nodeType===1)e=e.firstChild;return e}).append(this)}return this},wrapInner:function(e){return v.isFunction(e)?this.each(function(t){v(this).wrapInner(e.call(this,t))}):this.each(function(){var t=v(this),n=t.contents();n.length?n.wrapAll(e):t.append(e)})},wrap:function(e){var t=v.isFunction(e);return this.each(function(n){v(this).wrapAll(t?e.call(this,n):e)})},unwrap:function(){return this.parent().each(function(){v.nodeName(this,"body")||v(this).replaceWith(this.childNodes)}).end()},append:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,!0,function(e){(this.nodeType===1||this.nodeType===11)&&this.appendChild(e)})},prepend:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,!0,function(e){(this.nodeType===1||this.nodeType===11)&&this.insertBefore(e,this.firstChild)})},before:function(){if(!ut(this[0]))return this.domManip(arguments,!1,function(e){this.parentNode.insertBefore(e,this)});if(arguments.length){var e=v.clean(arguments);return this.pushStack(v.merge(e,this),"before",this.selector)}},after:function(){if(!ut(this[0]))return this.domManip(arguments,!1,function(e){this.parentNode.insertBefore(e,this.nextSibling)});if(arguments.length){var e=v.clean(arguments);return this.pushStack(v.merge(this,e),"after",this.selector)}},remove:function(e,t){var n,r=0;for(;(n=this[r])!=null;r++)if(!e||v.filter(e,[n]).length)!t&&n.nodeType===1&&(v.cleanData(n.getElementsByTagName("*")),v.cleanData([n])),n.parentNode&&n.parentNode.removeChild(n);return this},empty:function(){var e,t=0;for(;(e=this[t])!=null;t++){e.nodeType===1&&v.cleanData(e.getElementsByTagName("*"));while(e.firstChild)e.removeChild(e.firstChild)}return this},clone:function(e,t){return e=e==null?!1:e,t=t==null?e:t,this.map(function(){return v.clone(this,e,t)})},html:function(e){return v.access(this,function(e){var n=this[0]||{},r=0,i=this.length;if(e===t)return n.nodeType===1?n.innerHTML.replace(ht,""):t;if(typeof e=="string"&&!yt.test(e)&&(v.support.htmlSerialize||!wt.test(e))&&(v.support.leadingWhitespace||!pt.test(e))&&!Nt[(vt.exec(e)||["",""])[1].toLowerCase()]){e=e.replace(dt,"<$1>");try{for(;r1&&typeof f=="string"&&St.test(f))return this.each(function(){v(this).domManip(e,n,r)});if(v.isFunction(f))return this.each(function(i){var s=v(this);e[0]=f.call(this,i,n?s.html():t),s.domManip(e,n,r)});if(this[0]){i=v.buildFragment(e,this,l),o=i.fragment,s=o.firstChild,o.childNodes.length===1&&(o=s);if(s){n=n&&v.nodeName(s,"tr");for(u=i.cacheable||c-1;a0?this.clone(!0):this).get(),v(o[i])[t](r),s=s.concat(r);return this.pushStack(s,e,o.selector)}}),v.extend({clone:function(e,t,n){var r,i,s,o;v.support.html5Clone||v.isXMLDoc(e)||!wt.test("<"+e.nodeName+">")?o=e.cloneNode(!0):(kt.innerHTML=e.outerHTML,kt.removeChild(o=kt.firstChild));if((!v.support.noCloneEvent||!v.support.noCloneChecked)&&(e.nodeType===1||e.nodeType===11)&&!v.isXMLDoc(e)){Ot(e,o),r=Mt(e),i=Mt(o);for(s=0;r[s];++s)i[s]&&Ot(r[s],i[s])}if(t){At(e,o);if(n){r=Mt(e),i=Mt(o);for(s=0;r[s];++s)At(r[s],i[s])}}return r=i=null,o},clean:function(e,t,n,r){var s,o,u,a,f,l,c,h,p,d,m,g,y=t===i&&Ct,b=[];if(!t||typeof t.createDocumentFragment=="undefined")t=i;for(s=0;(u=e[s])!=null;s++){typeof u=="number"&&(u+="");if(!u)continue;if(typeof u=="string")if(!gt.test(u))u=t.createTextNode(u);else{y=y||lt(t),c=t.createElement("div"),y.appendChild(c),u=u.replace(dt,"<$1>"),a=(vt.exec(u)||["",""])[1].toLowerCase(),f=Nt[a]||Nt._default,l=f[0],c.innerHTML=f[1]+u+f[2];while(l--)c=c.lastChild;if(!v.support.tbody){h=mt.test(u),p=a==="table"&&!h?c.firstChild&&c.firstChild.childNodes:f[1]===""&&!h?c.childNodes:[];for(o=p.length-1;o>=0;--o)v.nodeName(p[o],"tbody")&&!p[o].childNodes.length&&p[o].parentNode.removeChild(p[o])}!v.support.leadingWhitespace&&pt.test(u)&&c.insertBefore(t.createTextNode(pt.exec(u)[0]),c.firstChild),u=c.childNodes,c.parentNode.removeChild(c)}u.nodeType?b.push(u):v.merge(b,u)}c&&(u=c=y=null);if(!v.support.appendChecked)for(s=0;(u=b[s])!=null;s++)v.nodeName(u,"input")?_t(u):typeof u.getElementsByTagName!="undefined"&&v.grep(u.getElementsByTagName("input"),_t);if(n){m=function(e){if(!e.type||xt.test(e.type))return r?r.push(e.parentNode?e.parentNode.removeChild(e):e):n.appendChild(e)};for(s=0;(u=b[s])!=null;s++)if(!v.nodeName(u,"script")||!m(u))n.appendChild(u),typeof u.getElementsByTagName!="undefined"&&(g=v.grep(v.merge([],u.getElementsByTagName("script")),m),b.splice.apply(b,[s+1,0].concat(g)),s+=g.length)}return b},cleanData:function(e,t){var n,r,i,s,o=0,u=v.expando,a=v.cache,f=v.support.deleteExpando,l=v.event.special;for(;(i=e[o])!=null;o++)if(t||v.acceptData(i)){r=i[u],n=r&&a[r];if(n){if(n.events)for(s in n.events)l[s]?v.event.remove(i,s):v.removeEvent(i,s,n.handle);a[r]&&(delete a[r],f?delete i[u]:i.removeAttribute?i.removeAttribute(u):i[u]=null,v.deletedIds.push(r))}}}}),function(){var e,t;v.uaMatch=function(e){e=e.toLowerCase();var t=/(chrome)[ \/]([\w.]+)/.exec(e)||/(webkit)[ \/]([\w.]+)/.exec(e)||/(opera)(?:.*version|)[ \/]([\w.]+)/.exec(e)||/(msie) ([\w.]+)/.exec(e)||e.indexOf("compatible")<0&&/(mozilla)(?:.*? rv:([\w.]+)|)/.exec(e)||[];return{browser:t[1]||"",version:t[2]||"0"}},e=v.uaMatch(o.userAgent),t={},e.browser&&(t[e.browser]=!0,t.version=e.version),t.chrome?t.webkit=!0:t.webkit&&(t.safari=!0),v.browser=t,v.sub=function(){function e(t,n){return new e.fn.init(t,n)}v.extend(!0,e,this),e.superclass=this,e.fn=e.prototype=this(),e.fn.constructor=e,e.sub=this.sub,e.fn.init=function(r,i){return i&&i instanceof v&&!(i instanceof e)&&(i=e(i)),v.fn.init.call(this,r,i,t)},e.fn.init.prototype=e.fn;var t=e(i);return e}}();var Dt,Pt,Ht,Bt=/alpha\([^)]*\)/i,jt=/opacity=([^)]*)/,Ft=/^(top|right|bottom|left)$/,It=/^(none|table(?!-c[ea]).+)/,qt=/^margin/,Rt=new RegExp("^("+m+")(.*)$","i"),Ut=new RegExp("^("+m+")(?!px)[a-z%]+$","i"),zt=new RegExp("^([-+])=("+m+")","i"),Wt={BODY:"block"},Xt={position:"absolute",visibility:"hidden",display:"block"},Vt={letterSpacing:0,fontWeight:400},$t=["Top","Right","Bottom","Left"],Jt=["Webkit","O","Moz","ms"],Kt=v.fn.toggle;v.fn.extend({css:function(e,n){return v.access(this,function(e,n,r){return r!==t?v.style(e,n,r):v.css(e,n)},e,n,arguments.length>1)},show:function(){return Yt(this,!0)},hide:function(){return Yt(this)},toggle:function(e,t){var n=typeof e=="boolean";return v.isFunction(e)&&v.isFunction(t)?Kt.apply(this,arguments):this.each(function(){(n?e:Gt(this))?v(this).show():v(this).hide()})}}),v.extend({cssHooks:{opacity:{get:function(e,t){if(t){var n=Dt(e,"opacity");return n===""?"1":n}}}},cssNumber:{fillOpacity:!0,fontWeight:!0,lineHeight:!0,opacity:!0,orphans:!0,widows:!0,zIndex:!0,zoom:!0},cssProps:{"float":v.support.cssFloat?"cssFloat":"styleFloat"},style:function(e,n,r,i){if(!e||e.nodeType===3||e.nodeType===8||!e.style)return;var s,o,u,a=v.camelCase(n),f=e.style;n=v.cssProps[a]||(v.cssProps[a]=Qt(f,a)),u=v.cssHooks[n]||v.cssHooks[a];if(r===t)return u&&"get"in u&&(s=u.get(e,!1,i))!==t?s:f[n];o=typeof r,o==="string"&&(s=zt.exec(r))&&(r=(s[1]+1)*s[2]+parseFloat(v.css(e,n)),o="number");if(r==null||o==="number"&&isNaN(r))return;o==="number"&&!v.cssNumber[a]&&(r+="px");if(!u||!("set"in u)||(r=u.set(e,r,i))!==t)try{f[n]=r}catch(l){}},css:function(e,n,r,i){var s,o,u,a=v.camelCase(n);return n=v.cssProps[a]||(v.cssProps[a]=Qt(e.style,a)),u=v.cssHooks[n]||v.cssHooks[a],u&&"get"in u&&(s=u.get(e,!0,i)),s===t&&(s=Dt(e,n)),s==="normal"&&n in Vt&&(s=Vt[n]),r||i!==t?(o=parseFloat(s),r||v.isNumeric(o)?o||0:s):s},swap:function(e,t,n){var r,i,s={};for(i in t)s[i]=e.style[i],e.style[i]=t[i];r=n.call(e);for(i in t)e.style[i]=s[i];return r}}),e.getComputedStyle?Dt=function(t,n){var r,i,s,o,u=e.getComputedStyle(t,null),a=t.style;return u&&(r=u.getPropertyValue(n)||u[n],r===""&&!v.contains(t.ownerDocument,t)&&(r=v.style(t,n)),Ut.test(r)&&qt.test(n)&&(i=a.width,s=a.minWidth,o=a.maxWidth,a.minWidth=a.maxWidth=a.width=r,r=u.width,a.width=i,a.minWidth=s,a.maxWidth=o)),r}:i.documentElement.currentStyle&&(Dt=function(e,t){var n,r,i=e.currentStyle&&e.currentStyle[t],s=e.style;return i==null&&s&&s[t]&&(i=s[t]),Ut.test(i)&&!Ft.test(t)&&(n=s.left,r=e.runtimeStyle&&e.runtimeStyle.left,r&&(e.runtimeStyle.left=e.currentStyle.left),s.left=t==="fontSize"?"1em":i,i=s.pixelLeft+"px",s.left=n,r&&(e.runtimeStyle.left=r)),i===""?"auto":i}),v.each(["height","width"],function(e,t){v.cssHooks[t]={get:function(e,n,r){if(n)return e.offsetWidth===0&&It.test(Dt(e,"display"))?v.swap(e,Xt,function(){return tn(e,t,r)}):tn(e,t,r)},set:function(e,n,r){return Zt(e,n,r?en(e,t,r,v.support.boxSizing&&v.css(e,"boxSizing")==="border-box"):0)}}}),v.support.opacity||(v.cssHooks.opacity={get:function(e,t){return jt.test((t&&e.currentStyle?e.currentStyle.filter:e.style.filter)||"")?.01*parseFloat(RegExp.$1)+"":t?"1":""},set:function(e,t){var n=e.style,r=e.currentStyle,i=v.isNumeric(t)?"alpha(opacity="+t*100+")":"",s=r&&r.filter||n.filter||"";n.zoom=1;if(t>=1&&v.trim(s.replace(Bt,""))===""&&n.removeAttribute){n.removeAttribute("filter");if(r&&!r.filter)return}n.filter=Bt.test(s)?s.replace(Bt,i):s+" "+i}}),v(function(){v.support.reliableMarginRight||(v.cssHooks.marginRight={get:function(e,t){return v.swap(e,{display:"inline-block"},function(){if(t)return Dt(e,"marginRight")})}}),!v.support.pixelPosition&&v.fn.position&&v.each(["top","left"],function(e,t){v.cssHooks[t]={get:function(e,n){if(n){var r=Dt(e,t);return Ut.test(r)?v(e).position()[t]+"px":r}}}})}),v.expr&&v.expr.filters&&(v.expr.filters.hidden=function(e){return e.offsetWidth===0&&e.offsetHeight===0||!v.support.reliableHiddenOffsets&&(e.style&&e.style.display||Dt(e,"display"))==="none"},v.expr.filters.visible=function(e){return!v.expr.filters.hidden(e)}),v.each({margin:"",padding:"",border:"Width"},function(e,t){v.cssHooks[e+t]={expand:function(n){var r,i=typeof n=="string"?n.split(" "):[n],s={};for(r=0;r<4;r++)s[e+$t[r]+t]=i[r]||i[r-2]||i[0];return s}},qt.test(e)||(v.cssHooks[e+t].set=Zt)});var rn=/%20/g,sn=/\[\]$/,on=/\r?\n/g,un=/^(?:color|date|datetime|datetime-local|email|hidden|month|number|password|range|search|tel|text|time|url|week)$/i,an=/^(?:select|textarea)/i;v.fn.extend({serialize:function(){return v.param(this.serializeArray())},serializeArray:function(){return this.map(function(){return this.elements?v.makeArray(this.elements):this}).filter(function(){return this.name&&!this.disabled&&(this.checked||an.test(this.nodeName)||un.test(this.type))}).map(function(e,t){var n=v(this).val();return n==null?null:v.isArray(n)?v.map(n,function(e,n){return{name:t.name,value:e.replace(on,"\r\n")}}):{name:t.name,value:n.replace(on,"\r\n")}}).get()}}),v.param=function(e,n){var r,i=[],s=function(e,t){t=v.isFunction(t)?t():t==null?"":t,i[i.length]=encodeURIComponent(e)+"="+encodeURIComponent(t)};n===t&&(n=v.ajaxSettings&&v.ajaxSettings.traditional);if(v.isArray(e)||e.jquery&&!v.isPlainObject(e))v.each(e,function(){s(this.name,this.value)});else for(r in e)fn(r,e[r],n,s);return i.join("&").replace(rn,"+")};var ln,cn,hn=/#.*$/,pn=/^(.*?):[ \t]*([^\r\n]*)\r?$/mg,dn=/^(?:about|app|app\-storage|.+\-extension|file|res|widget):$/,vn=/^(?:GET|HEAD)$/,mn=/^\/\//,gn=/\?/,yn=/)<[^<]*)*<\/script>/gi,bn=/([?&])_=[^&]*/,wn=/^([\w\+\.\-]+:)(?:\/\/([^\/?#:]*)(?::(\d+)|)|)/,En=v.fn.load,Sn={},xn={},Tn=["*/"]+["*"];try{cn=s.href}catch(Nn){cn=i.createElement("a"),cn.href="",cn=cn.href}ln=wn.exec(cn.toLowerCase())||[],v.fn.load=function(e,n,r){if(typeof e!="string"&&En)return En.apply(this,arguments);if(!this.length)return this;var i,s,o,u=this,a=e.indexOf(" ");return a>=0&&(i=e.slice(a,e.length),e=e.slice(0,a)),v.isFunction(n)?(r=n,n=t):n&&typeof n=="object"&&(s="POST"),v.ajax({url:e,type:s,dataType:"html",data:n,complete:function(e,t){r&&u.each(r,o||[e.responseText,t,e])}}).done(function(e){o=arguments,u.html(i?v("").append(e.replace(yn,"")).find(i):e)}),this},v.each("ajaxStart ajaxStop ajaxComplete ajaxError ajaxSuccess ajaxSend".split(" "),function(e,t){v.fn[t]=function(e){return this.on(t,e)}}),v.each(["get","post"],function(e,n){v[n]=function(e,r,i,s){return v.isFunction(r)&&(s=s||i,i=r,r=t),v.ajax({type:n,url:e,data:r,success:i,dataType:s})}}),v.extend({getScript:function(e,n){return v.get(e,t,n,"script")},getJSON:function(e,t,n){return v.get(e,t,n,"json")},ajaxSetup:function(e,t){return t?Ln(e,v.ajaxSettings):(t=e,e=v.ajaxSettings),Ln(e,t),e},ajaxSettings:{url:cn,isLocal:dn.test(ln[1]),global:!0,type:"GET",contentType:"application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=UTF-8",processData:!0,async:!0,accepts:{xml:"application/xml, text/xml",html:"text/html",text:"text/plain",json:"application/json, text/javascript","*":Tn},contents:{xml:/xml/,html:/html/,json:/json/},responseFields:{xml:"responseXML",text:"responseText"},converters:{"* text":e.String,"text html":!0,"text json":v.parseJSON,"text xml":v.parseXML},flatOptions:{context:!0,url:!0}},ajaxPrefilter:Cn(Sn),ajaxTransport:Cn(xn),ajax:function(e,n){function T(e,n,s,a){var l,y,b,w,S,T=n;if(E===2)return;E=2,u&&clearTimeout(u),o=t,i=a||"",x.readyState=e>0?4:0,s&&(w=An(c,x,s));if(e>=200&&e<300||e===304)c.ifModified&&(S=x.getResponseHeader("Last-Modified"),S&&(v.lastModified[r]=S),S=x.getResponseHeader("Etag"),S&&(v.etag[r]=S)),e===304?(T="notmodified",l=!0):(l=On(c,w),T=l.state,y=l.data,b=l.error,l=!b);else{b=T;if(!T||e)T="error",e<0&&(e=0)}x.status=e,x.statusText=(n||T)+"",l?d.resolveWith(h,[y,T,x]):d.rejectWith(h,[x,T,b]),x.statusCode(g),g=t,f&&p.trigger("ajax"+(l?"Success":"Error"),[x,c,l?y:b]),m.fireWith(h,[x,T]),f&&(p.trigger("ajaxComplete",[x,c]),--v.active||v.event.trigger("ajaxStop"))}typeof e=="object"&&(n=e,e=t),n=n||{};var r,i,s,o,u,a,f,l,c=v.ajaxSetup({},n),h=c.context||c,p=h!==c&&(h.nodeType||h instanceof v)?v(h):v.event,d=v.Deferred(),m=v.Callbacks("once memory"),g=c.statusCode||{},b={},w={},E=0,S="canceled",x={readyState:0,setRequestHeader:function(e,t){if(!E){var n=e.toLowerCase();e=w[n]=w[n]||e,b[e]=t}return this},getAllResponseHeaders:function(){return E===2?i:null},getResponseHeader:function(e){var n;if(E===2){if(!s){s={};while(n=pn.exec(i))s[n[1].toLowerCase()]=n[2]}n=s[e.toLowerCase()]}return n===t?null:n},overrideMimeType:function(e){return E||(c.mimeType=e),this},abort:function(e){return e=e||S,o&&o.abort(e),T(0,e),this}};d.promise(x),x.success=x.done,x.error=x.fail,x.complete=m.add,x.statusCode=function(e){if(e){var t;if(E<2)for(t in e)g[t]=[g[t],e[t]];else t=e[x.status],x.always(t)}return this},c.url=((e||c.url)+"").replace(hn,"").replace(mn,ln[1]+"//"),c.dataTypes=v.trim(c.dataType||"*").toLowerCase().split(y),c.crossDomain==null&&(a=wn.exec(c.url.toLowerCase()),c.crossDomain=!(!a||a[1]===ln[1]&&a[2]===ln[2]&&(a[3]||(a[1]==="http:"?80:443))==(ln[3]||(ln[1]==="http:"?80:443)))),c.data&&c.processData&&typeof c.data!="string"&&(c.data=v.param(c.data,c.traditional)),kn(Sn,c,n,x);if(E===2)return x;f=c.global,c.type=c.type.toUpperCase(),c.hasContent=!vn.test(c.type),f&&v.active++===0&&v.event.trigger("ajaxStart");if(!c.hasContent){c.data&&(c.url+=(gn.test(c.url)?"&":"?")+c.data,delete c.data),r=c.url;if(c.cache===!1){var N=v.now(),C=c.url.replace(bn,"$1_="+N);c.url=C+(C===c.url?(gn.test(c.url)?"&":"?")+"_="+N:"")}}(c.data&&c.hasContent&&c.contentType!==!1||n.contentType)&&x.setRequestHeader("Content-Type",c.contentType),c.ifModified&&(r=r||c.url,v.lastModified[r]&&x.setRequestHeader("If-Modified-Since",v.lastModified[r]),v.etag[r]&&x.setRequestHeader("If-None-Match",v.etag[r])),x.setRequestHeader("Accept",c.dataTypes[0]&&c.accepts[c.dataTypes[0]]?c.accepts[c.dataTypes[0]]+(c.dataTypes[0]!=="*"?", "+Tn+"; q=0.01":""):c.accepts["*"]);for(l in c.headers)x.setRequestHeader(l,c.headers[l]);if(!c.beforeSend||c.beforeSend.call(h,x,c)!==!1&&E!==2){S="abort";for(l in{success:1,error:1,complete:1})x[l](c[l]);o=kn(xn,c,n,x);if(!o)T(-1,"No Transport");else{x.readyState=1,f&&p.trigger("ajaxSend",[x,c]),c.async&&c.timeout>0&&(u=setTimeout(function(){x.abort("timeout")},c.timeout));try{E=1,o.send(b,T)}catch(k){if(!(E<2))throw k;T(-1,k)}}return x}return x.abort()},active:0,lastModified:{},etag:{}});var Mn=[],_n=/\?/,Dn=/(=)\?(?=&|$)|\?\?/,Pn=v.now();v.ajaxSetup({jsonp:"callback",jsonpCallback:function(){var e=Mn.pop()||v.expando+"_"+Pn++;return this[e]=!0,e}}),v.ajaxPrefilter("json jsonp",function(n,r,i){var s,o,u,a=n.data,f=n.url,l=n.jsonp!==!1,c=l&&Dn.test(f),h=l&&!c&&typeof a=="string"&&!(n.contentType||"").indexOf("application/x-www-form-urlencoded")&&Dn.test(a);if(n.dataTypes[0]==="jsonp"||c||h)return s=n.jsonpCallback=v.isFunction(n.jsonpCallback)?n.jsonpCallback():n.jsonpCallback,o=e[s],c?n.url=f.replace(Dn,"$1"+s):h?n.data=a.replace(Dn,"$1"+s):l&&(n.url+=(_n.test(f)?"&":"?")+n.jsonp+"="+s),n.converters["script json"]=function(){return u||v.error(s+" was not called"),u[0]},n.dataTypes[0]="json",e[s]=function(){u=arguments},i.always(function(){e[s]=o,n[s]&&(n.jsonpCallback=r.jsonpCallback,Mn.push(s)),u&&v.isFunction(o)&&o(u[0]),u=o=t}),"script"}),v.ajaxSetup({accepts:{script:"text/javascript, application/javascript, application/ecmascript, application/x-ecmascript"},contents:{script:/javascript|ecmascript/},converters:{"text script":function(e){return v.globalEval(e),e}}}),v.ajaxPrefilter("script",function(e){e.cache===t&&(e.cache=!1),e.crossDomain&&(e.type="GET",e.global=!1)}),v.ajaxTransport("script",function(e){if(e.crossDomain){var n,r=i.head||i.getElementsByTagName("head")[0]||i.documentElement;return{send:function(s,o){n=i.createElement("script"),n.async="async",e.scriptCharset&&(n.charset=e.scriptCharset),n.src=e.url,n.onload=n.onreadystatechange=function(e,i){if(i||!n.readyState||/loaded|complete/.test(n.readyState))n.onload=n.onreadystatechange=null,r&&n.parentNode&&r.removeChild(n),n=t,i||o(200,"success")},r.insertBefore(n,r.firstChild)},abort:function(){n&&n.onload(0,1)}}}});var Hn,Bn=e.ActiveXObject?function(){for(var e in Hn)Hn[e](0,1)}:!1,jn=0;v.ajaxSettings.xhr=e.ActiveXObject?function(){return!this.isLocal&&Fn()||In()}:Fn,function(e){v.extend(v.support,{ajax:!!e,cors:!!e&&"withCredentials"in e})}(v.ajaxSettings.xhr()),v.support.ajax&&v.ajaxTransport(function(n){if(!n.crossDomain||v.support.cors){var r;return{send:function(i,s){var o,u,a=n.xhr();n.username?a.open(n.type,n.url,n.async,n.username,n.password):a.open(n.type,n.url,n.async);if(n.xhrFields)for(u in n.xhrFields)a[u]=n.xhrFields[u];n.mimeType&&a.overrideMimeType&&a.overrideMimeType(n.mimeType),!n.crossDomain&&!i["X-Requested-With"]&&(i["X-Requested-With"]="XMLHttpRequest");try{for(u in i)a.setRequestHeader(u,i[u])}catch(f){}a.send(n.hasContent&&n.data||null),r=function(e,i){var u,f,l,c,h;try{if(r&&(i||a.readyState===4)){r=t,o&&(a.onreadystatechange=v.noop,Bn&&delete Hn[o]);if(i)a.readyState!==4&&a.abort();else{u=a.status,l=a.getAllResponseHeaders(),c={},h=a.responseXML,h&&h.documentElement&&(c.xml=h);try{c.text=a.responseText}catch(p){}try{f=a.statusText}catch(p){f=""}!u&&n.isLocal&&!n.crossDomain?u=c.text?200:404:u===1223&&(u=204)}}}catch(d){i||s(-1,d)}c&&s(u,f,c,l)},n.async?a.readyState===4?setTimeout(r,0):(o=++jn,Bn&&(Hn||(Hn={},v(e).unload(Bn)),Hn[o]=r),a.onreadystatechange=r):r()},abort:function(){r&&r(0,1)}}}});var qn,Rn,Un=/^(?:toggle|show|hide)$/,zn=new RegExp("^(?:([-+])=|)("+m+")([a-z%]*)$","i"),Wn=/queueHooks$/,Xn=[Gn],Vn={"*":[function(e,t){var n,r,i=this.createTween(e,t),s=zn.exec(t),o=i.cur(),u=+o||0,a=1,f=20;if(s){n=+s[2],r=s[3]||(v.cssNumber[e]?"":"px");if(r!=="px"&&u){u=v.css(i.elem,e,!0)||n||1;do a=a||".5",u/=a,v.style(i.elem,e,u+r);while(a!==(a=i.cur()/o)&&a!==1&&--f)}i.unit=r,i.start=u,i.end=s[1]?u+(s[1]+1)*n:n}return i}]};v.Animation=v.extend(Kn,{tweener:function(e,t){v.isFunction(e)?(t=e,e=["*"]):e=e.split(" ");var n,r=0,i=e.length;for(;r
-1,f={},l={},c,h;a?(l=i.position(),c=l.top,h=l.left):(c=parseFloat(o)||0,h=parseFloat(u)||0),v.isFunction(t)&&(t=t.call(e,n,s)),t.top!=null&&(f.top=t.top-s.top+c),t.left!=null&&(f.left=t.left-s.left+h),"using"in t?t.using.call(e,f):i.css(f)}},v.fn.extend({position:function(){if(!this[0])return;var e=this[0],t=this.offsetParent(),n=this.offset(),r=er.test(t[0].nodeName)?{top:0,left:0}:t.offset();return n.top-=parseFloat(v.css(e,"marginTop"))||0,n.left-=parseFloat(v.css(e,"marginLeft"))||0,r.top+=parseFloat(v.css(t[0],"borderTopWidth"))||0,r.left+=parseFloat(v.css(t[0],"borderLeftWidth"))||0,{top:n.top-r.top,left:n.left-r.left}},offsetParent:function(){return this.map(function(){var e=this.offsetParent||i.body;while(e&&!er.test(e.nodeName)&&v.css(e,"position")==="static")e=e.offsetParent;return e||i.body})}}),v.each({scrollLeft:"pageXOffset",scrollTop:"pageYOffset"},function(e,n){var r=/Y/.test(n);v.fn[e]=function(i){return v.access(this,function(e,i,s){var o=tr(e);if(s===t)return o?n in o?o[n]:o.document.documentElement[i]:e[i];o?o.scrollTo(r?v(o).scrollLeft():s,r?s:v(o).scrollTop()):e[i]=s},e,i,arguments.length,null)}}),v.each({Height:"height",Width:"width"},function(e,n){v.each({padding:"inner"+e,content:n,"":"outer"+e},function(r,i){v.fn[i]=function(i,s){var o=arguments.length&&(r||typeof i!="boolean"),u=r||(i===!0||s===!0?"margin":"border");return v.access(this,function(n,r,i){var s;return v.isWindow(n)?n.document.documentElement["client"+e]:n.nodeType===9?(s=n.documentElement,Math.max(n.body["scroll"+e],s["scroll"+e],n.body["offset"+e],s["offset"+e],s["client"+e])):i===t?v.css(n,r,i,u):v.style(n,r,i,u)},n,o?i:t,o,null)}})}),e.jQuery=e.$=v,typeof define=="function"&&define.amd&&define.amd.jQuery&&define("jquery",[],function(){return v})})(window);
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Web/Scripts/jquery-1.8.3.intellisense.js b/Web/Scripts/jquery-2.1.0.intellisense.js
similarity index 80%
rename from Web/Scripts/jquery-1.8.3.intellisense.js
rename to Web/Scripts/jquery-2.1.0.intellisense.js
index 5514196..a88b6c6 100644
--- a/Web/Scripts/jquery-1.8.3.intellisense.js
+++ b/Web/Scripts/jquery-2.1.0.intellisense.js
@@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
///
/// Perform an asynchronous HTTP (Ajax) request.
///
///
/// Perform an asynchronous HTTP (Ajax) request.
- ///
},
@@ -21,8 +21,15 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
},
'ajaxSetup': function() {
///
- /// Set default values for future Ajax requests.
- /// Set default values for future Ajax requests. Its use is not recommended.
+ ///
+ },
+ 'ajaxTransport': function() {
+ ///
+ /// Creates an object that handles the actual transmission of Ajax data.
+ ///
},
'boxModel': function() {
@@ -30,24 +37,25 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
/// Contains flags for the useragent, read from navigator.userAgent. We recommend against using this property; please try to use feature detection instead (see jQuery.support). jQuery.browser may be moved to a plugin in a future release of jQuery.
- /// Contains flags for the useragent, read from navigator.userAgent. This property was removed in jQuery 1.9 and is available only through the jQuery.migrate plugin. Please try to use feature detection instead.
+ /// The version number of the rendering engine for the user's browser.
+ /// The version number of the rendering engine for the user's browser. This property was removed in jQuery 1.9 and is available only through the jQuery.migrate plugin.
///
/// A multi-purpose callbacks list object that provides a powerful way to manage callback lists.
///
},
'contains': function() {
///
- /// Check to see if a DOM element is within another DOM element.
+ /// Check to see if a DOM element is a descendant of another DOM element.
///
},
@@ -68,6 +76,13 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
///
+ /// A constructor function that returns a chainable utility object with methods to register multiple callbacks into callback queues, invoke callback queues, and relay the success or failure state of any synchronous or asynchronous function.
+ ///
+ },
'dequeue': function() {
///
/// Execute the next function on the queue for the matched element.
@@ -106,11 +121,18 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
///
},
+ 'fn.extend': function() {
+ ///
+ /// Merge the contents of an object onto the jQuery prototype to provide new jQuery instance methods.
+ ///
+ },
'get': function() {
///
/// Load data from the server using a HTTP GET request.
///
/// Load JSON-encoded data from the server using a GET HTTP request.
///
@@ -164,7 +186,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
'inArray': function() {
///
/// Search for a specified value within an array and return its index (or -1 if not found).
- ///
/// Determine whether the argument is an array.
///
},
'isEmptyObject': function() {
///
- /// Check to see if an object is empty (contains no properties).
+ /// Check to see if an object is empty (contains no enumerable properties).
///
@@ -187,29 +209,29 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
'isFunction': function() {
///
/// Determine if the argument passed is a Javascript function object.
- ///
},
'isNumeric': function() {
///
/// Determines whether its argument is a number.
- ///
},
'isPlainObject': function() {
///
/// Check to see if an object is a plain object (created using "{}" or "new Object").
- ///
},
'isWindow': function() {
///
/// Determine whether the argument is a window.
- ///
},
'isXMLDoc': function() {
@@ -222,7 +244,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
'makeArray': function() {
///
/// Convert an array-like object into a true JavaScript array.
- ///
},
@@ -235,7 +257,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
///
///
/// Translate all items in an array or object to new array of items.
- ///
@@ -257,7 +279,6 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
},
'noop': function() {
/// An empty function.
- /// Return a number representing the current time.
@@ -266,16 +287,25 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
'param': function() {
///
/// Create a serialized representation of an array or object, suitable for use in a URL query string or Ajax request.
- ///
///
/// Create a serialized representation of an array or object, suitable for use in a URL query string or Ajax request.
- ///
},
+ 'parseHTML': function() {
+ ///
+ /// Parses a string into an array of DOM nodes.
+ ///
+ },
'parseJSON': function() {
///
/// Takes a well-formed JSON string and returns the resulting JavaScript object.
@@ -294,8 +324,8 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
///
/// Load data from the server using a HTTP POST request.
///
@@ -304,15 +334,29 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
///
/// Takes a function and returns a new one that will always have a particular context.
///
///
/// Takes a function and returns a new one that will always have a particular context.
- ///
+ ///
+ /// Takes a function and returns a new one that will always have a particular context.
+ ///
+ ///
+ /// Takes a function and returns a new one that will always have a particular context.
+ ///
},
'queue': function() {
///
@@ -356,7 +400,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery, {
'type': function() {
///
/// Determine the internal JavaScript [[Class]] of an object.
- ///
},
@@ -383,19 +427,27 @@ intellisense.annotate(_object, {
'add': function() {
///
/// Add a callback or a collection of callbacks to a callback list.
- ///
},
'disable': function() {
/// Disable a callback list from doing anything more.
+ /// Determine if the callbacks list has been disabled.
+ /// Remove all of the callbacks from a list.
+ ///
/// Call all of the callbacks with the given arguments
- ///
},
'fired': function() {
@@ -407,6 +459,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(_object, {
/// Call all callbacks in a list with the given context and arguments.
///
},
'has': function() {
@@ -418,6 +471,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(_object, {
},
'lock': function() {
/// Lock a callback list in its current state.
+ /// Determine if the callbacks list has been locked.
@@ -426,7 +480,8 @@ intellisense.annotate(_object, {
'remove': function() {
///
/// Remove a callback or a collection of callbacks from a callback list.
- ///
},
});
@@ -504,7 +559,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(_object, {
'progress': function() {
///
/// Add handlers to be called when the Deferred object generates progress notifications.
- ///
},
@@ -518,7 +573,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(_object, {
'reject': function() {
///
/// Reject a Deferred object and call any failCallbacks with the given args.
- ///
},
@@ -533,7 +588,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(_object, {
'resolve': function() {
///
/// Resolve a Deferred object and call any doneCallbacks with the given args.
- ///
},
@@ -551,17 +606,24 @@ intellisense.annotate(_object, {
},
'then': function() {
///
- /// Add handlers to be called when the Deferred object is resolved or rejected.
- /// Add handlers to be called when the Deferred object is resolved, rejected, or still in progress.
+ ///
///
- /// Add handlers to be called when the Deferred object is resolved or rejected.
+ /// Add handlers to be called when the Deferred object is resolved, rejected, or still in progress.
+ ///
+ ///
+ /// Add handlers to be called when the Deferred object is resolved, rejected, or still in progress.
///
},
});
@@ -576,7 +638,8 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.Event.prototype, {
/// An optional data map passed to an event method when the current executing handler is bound.
+ /// An optional object of data passed to an event method when the current executing handler is bound.
+ /// The element where the currently-called jQuery event handler was attached.
@@ -594,6 +657,10 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.Event.prototype, {
/// Returns whether event.stopPropagation() was ever called on this event object.
/// Indicates whether the META key was pressed when the event fired.
+ /// The namespace specified when the event was triggered.
///
///
/// Add elements to the set of matched elements.
- ///
///
@@ -670,10 +737,17 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
},
+ 'addBack': function() {
+ ///
+ /// Add the previous set of elements on the stack to the current set, optionally filtered by a selector.
+ ///
+ },
'addClass': function() {
///
/// Adds the specified class(es) to each of the set of matched elements.
- ///
///
@@ -685,8 +759,8 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'after': function() {
///
/// Insert content, specified by the parameter, after each element in the set of matched elements.
- ///
///
@@ -697,7 +771,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
},
'ajaxComplete': function() {
///
- /// Register a handler to be called when Ajax requests complete. This is an Ajax Event.
+ /// Register a handler to be called when Ajax requests complete. This is an AjaxEvent.
///
@@ -747,16 +821,16 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'animate': function() {
///
/// Perform a custom animation of a set of CSS properties.
- ///
///
/// Perform a custom animation of a set of CSS properties.
- ///
},
@@ -766,8 +840,8 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'append': function() {
///
/// Insert content, specified by the parameter, to the end of each element in the set of matched elements.
- ///
///
@@ -779,7 +853,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'appendTo': function() {
///
/// Insert every element in the set of matched elements to the end of the target.
- ///
},
@@ -787,12 +861,12 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
/// Set one or more attributes for the set of matched elements.
///
///
/// Set one or more attributes for the set of matched elements.
- ///
///
@@ -868,8 +942,8 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'before': function() {
///
/// Insert content, specified by the parameter, before each element in the set of matched elements.
- ///
///
@@ -882,20 +956,20 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
/// Attach a handler to an event for the elements.
///
///
/// Attach a handler to an event for the elements.
///
///
/// Attach a handler to an event for the elements.
- ///
},
@@ -907,7 +981,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "blur" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -923,7 +997,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "change" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -932,7 +1006,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
/// Selects all elements of type checkbox.
},
'checked': function() {
- /// Matches all elements that are checked.
+ /// Matches all elements that are checked or selected.
},
'child': function() {
///
@@ -969,7 +1043,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "click" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -989,23 +1063,23 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
},
'closest': function() {
///
- /// Get the first element that matches the selector, beginning at the current element and progressing up through the DOM tree.
+ /// For each element in the set, get the first element that matches the selector by testing the element itself and traversing up through its ancestors in the DOM tree.
///
///
- /// Get the first element that matches the selector, beginning at the current element and progressing up through the DOM tree.
+ /// For each element in the set, get the first element that matches the selector by testing the element itself and traversing up through its ancestors in the DOM tree.
///
///
- /// Get the first element that matches the selector, beginning at the current element and progressing up through the DOM tree.
+ /// For each element in the set, get the first element that matches the selector by testing the element itself and traversing up through its ancestors in the DOM tree.
///
///
- /// Get the first element that matches the selector, beginning at the current element and progressing up through the DOM tree.
+ /// For each element in the set, get the first element that matches the selector by testing the element itself and traversing up through its ancestors in the DOM tree.
///
@@ -1026,20 +1100,20 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
},
'css': function() {
///
- /// Set one or more CSS properties for the set of matched elements.
+ /// Set one or more CSS properties for the set of matched elements.
///
///
- /// Set one or more CSS properties for the set of matched elements.
+ /// Set one or more CSS properties for the set of matched elements.
///
///
- /// Set one or more CSS properties for the set of matched elements.
- /// Set one or more CSS properties for the set of matched elements.
+ ///
},
@@ -1064,7 +1138,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "dblclick" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -1089,14 +1163,14 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
/// Attach a handler to one or more events for all elements that match the selector, now or in the future, based on a specific set of root elements.
///
///
/// Attach a handler to one or more events for all elements that match the selector, now or in the future, based on a specific set of root elements.
///
},
@@ -1123,14 +1197,14 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
},
'die': function() {
///
- /// Remove an event handler previously attached using .live() from the elements.
+ /// Remove event handlers previously attached using .live() from the elements.
///
///
- /// Remove an event handler previously attached using .live() from the elements.
- /// Remove event handlers previously attached using .live() from the elements.
+ ///
},
@@ -1162,14 +1236,12 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
},
'eq': function() {
///
- /// Reduce the set of matched elements to the one at the specified index.
- /// Select the element at index n within the matched set.
+ ///
///
- /// Reduce the set of matched elements to the one at the specified index.
- /// Select the element at index n within the matched set.
+ ///
},
'error': function() {
@@ -1180,7 +1252,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "error" JavaScript event.
- ///
@@ -1191,56 +1263,71 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'fadeIn': function() {
///
/// Display the matched elements by fading them to opaque.
- ///
///
/// Display the matched elements by fading them to opaque.
- ///
+ ///
+ /// Display the matched elements by fading them to opaque.
+ ///
},
'fadeOut': function() {
///
/// Hide the matched elements by fading them to transparent.
- ///
///
/// Hide the matched elements by fading them to transparent.
- ///
+ ///
+ /// Hide the matched elements by fading them to transparent.
+ ///
},
'fadeTo': function() {
///
/// Adjust the opacity of the matched elements.
- ///
///
/// Adjust the opacity of the matched elements.
- ///
},
'fadeToggle': function() {
///
/// Display or hide the matched elements by animating their opacity.
- ///
+ ///
+ /// Display or hide the matched elements by animating their opacity.
+ ///
},
@@ -1286,12 +1373,22 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
},
+ 'finish': function() {
+ ///
+ /// Stop the currently-running animation, remove all queued animations, and complete all animations for the matched elements.
+ ///
+ },
'first': function() {
/// Selects the first matched element.
},
'first-child': function() {
/// Selects all elements that are the first child of their parent.
},
+ 'first-of-type': function() {
+ /// Selects all elements that are the first among siblings of the same element name.
+ },
'focus': function() {
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "focus" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
@@ -1300,7 +1397,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "focus" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -1313,7 +1410,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "focusin" event.
- ///
@@ -1326,16 +1423,16 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "focusout" JavaScript event.
- ///
},
'get': function() {
///
- /// Retrieve the DOM elements matched by the jQuery object.
+ /// Retrieve one of the DOM elements matched by the jQuery object.
///
},
'gt': function() {
@@ -1343,6 +1440,10 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
/// Select all elements at an index greater than index within the matched set.
///
+ /// Select all elements at an index greater than index within the matched set.
+ ///
},
'has': function() {
///
@@ -1369,7 +1470,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'height': function() {
///
/// Set the CSS height of every matched element.
- ///
///
@@ -1384,15 +1485,20 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'hide': function() {
///
/// Hide the matched elements.
- ///
///
/// Hide the matched elements.
- ///
+ ///
+ /// Hide the matched elements.
+ ///
},
@@ -1407,12 +1513,12 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'html': function() {
///
/// Set the HTML contents of each element in the set of matched elements.
- ///
///
/// Set the HTML contents of each element in the set of matched elements.
- ///
},
@@ -1433,7 +1539,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Search for a given element from among the matched elements.
- ///
},
@@ -1441,7 +1547,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
/// Accepts a string containing a CSS selector which is then used to match a set of elements.
///
///
@@ -1451,27 +1557,27 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Accepts a string containing a CSS selector which is then used to match a set of elements.
- ///
- ///
- /// Accepts a string containing a CSS selector which is then used to match a set of elements.
///
///
/// Accepts a string containing a CSS selector which is then used to match a set of elements.
- ///
+ ///
+ /// Accepts a string containing a CSS selector which is then used to match a set of elements.
+ ///
},
'innerHeight': function() {
/// Get the current computed height for the first element in the set of matched elements, including padding but not border.
- /// Get the current computed width for the first element in the set of matched elements, including padding but not border.
- /// Selects all input, textarea, select and button elements.
@@ -1479,14 +1585,14 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'insertAfter': function() {
///
/// Insert every element in the set of matched elements after the target.
- ///
},
'insertBefore': function() {
///
/// Insert every element in the set of matched elements before the target.
- ///
},
@@ -1524,7 +1630,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "keydown" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -1537,7 +1643,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "keypress" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -1550,17 +1656,26 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "keyup" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
},
+ 'lang': function() {
+ ///
+ /// Selects all elements of the specified language.
+ ///
+ },
'last': function() {
/// Selects the last matched element.
},
'last-child': function() {
/// Selects all elements that are the last child of their parent.
},
+ 'last-of-type': function() {
+ /// Selects all elements that are the last among siblings of the same element name.
+ },
'length': function() {
/// The number of elements in the jQuery object.
///
/// Attach an event handler for all elements which match the current selector, now and in the future.
///
///
/// Attach an event handler for all elements which match the current selector, now and in the future.
- ///
},
@@ -1593,7 +1708,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "load" JavaScript event.
- ///
@@ -1603,6 +1718,10 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
/// Select all elements at an index less than index within the matched set.
///
+ /// Select all elements at an index less than index within the matched set.
+ ///
},
'map': function() {
///
@@ -1619,7 +1738,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "mousedown" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -1632,7 +1751,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to be fired when the mouse enters an element, or trigger that handler on an element.
- ///
@@ -1645,7 +1764,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to be fired when the mouse leaves an element, or trigger that handler on an element.
- ///
@@ -1658,7 +1777,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "mousemove" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -1671,7 +1790,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "mouseout" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -1684,7 +1803,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "mouseover" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -1697,7 +1816,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "mouseup" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -1770,7 +1889,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Remove elements from the set of matched elements.
- ///
},
@@ -1780,6 +1899,24 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
+ /// Selects all elements that are the nth-child of their parent, counting from the last element to the first.
+ ///
+ },
+ 'nth-last-of-type': function() {
+ ///
+ /// Selects all elements that are the nth-child of their parent, counting from the last element to the first.
+ ///
+ },
+ 'nth-of-type': function() {
+ ///
+ /// Selects all elements that are the nth child of their parent in relation to siblings with the same element name.
+ ///
+ },
'odd': function() {
/// Selects odd elements, zero-indexed. See also even.
},
@@ -1793,7 +1930,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Remove an event handler.
- ///
@@ -1801,7 +1938,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'offset': function() {
///
/// Set the current coordinates of every element in the set of matched elements, relative to the document.
- ///
///
@@ -1825,7 +1962,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Attach an event handler function for one or more events to the selected elements.
- ///
/// Attach a handler to an event for the elements. The handler is executed at most once per element.
///
@@ -1849,7 +1986,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Attach a handler to an event for the elements. The handler is executed at most once per element.
- /// Selects all elements that are the only child of their parent.
},
+ 'only-of-type': function() {
+ /// Selects all elements that have no siblings with the same element name.
+ },
'outerHeight': function() {
///
/// Get the current computed height for the first element in the set of matched elements, including padding, border, and optionally margin. Returns an integer (without "px") representation of the value or null if called on an empty set of elements.
///
},
'outerWidth': function() {
///
/// Get the current computed width for the first element in the set of matched elements, including padding and border.
///
},
'parent': function() {
@@ -1910,8 +2050,8 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'prepend': function() {
///
/// Insert content, specified by the parameter, to the beginning of each element in the set of matched elements.
- ///
///
@@ -1923,7 +2063,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'prependTo': function() {
///
/// Insert every element in the set of matched elements to the beginning of the target.
- ///
},
@@ -1959,7 +2099,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
/// Return a Promise object to observe when all actions of a certain type bound to the collection, queued or not, have finished.
///
},
@@ -1967,12 +2107,12 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
/// Set one or more properties for the set of matched elements.
///
///
/// Set one or more properties for the set of matched elements.
- ///
///
@@ -1998,13 +2138,13 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
},
'queue': function() {
///
- /// Manipulate the queue of functions to be executed on the matched elements.
+ /// Manipulate the queue of functions to be executed, once for each matched element.
///
///
- /// Manipulate the queue of functions to be executed on the matched elements.
+ /// Manipulate the queue of functions to be executed, once for each matched element.
///
///
/// Remove a previously-stored piece of data.
- ///
},
'removeProp': function() {
///
/// Remove a property for the set of matched elements.
- ///
},
'replaceAll': function() {
///
/// Replace each target element with the set of matched elements.
- ///
},
'replaceWith': function() {
///
- /// Replace each element in the set of matched elements with the provided new content.
- /// Replace each element in the set of matched elements with the provided new content and return the set of elements that was removed.
+ ///
///
- /// Replace each element in the set of matched elements with the provided new content.
+ /// Replace each element in the set of matched elements with the provided new content and return the set of elements that was removed.
///
@@ -2095,11 +2235,14 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "resize" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
},
+ 'root': function() {
+ /// Selects the element that is the root of the document.
+ },
'scroll': function() {
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "scroll" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
@@ -2108,7 +2251,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "scroll" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -2135,7 +2278,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "select" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
@@ -2143,6 +2286,10 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'selected': function() {
/// Selects all elements that are selected.
},
+ 'selector': function() {
+ /// A selector representing selector passed to jQuery(), if any, when creating the original set.
+ /// Encode a set of form elements as a string for submission.
///
/// Display the matched elements.
- ///
///
/// Display the matched elements.
- ///
+ ///
+ /// Display the matched elements.
+ ///
},
@@ -2188,45 +2340,60 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'slideDown': function() {
///
/// Display the matched elements with a sliding motion.
- ///
///
/// Display the matched elements with a sliding motion.
- ///
+ ///
+ /// Display the matched elements with a sliding motion.
+ ///
},
'slideToggle': function() {
///
/// Display or hide the matched elements with a sliding motion.
- ///
///
/// Display or hide the matched elements with a sliding motion.
- ///
+ ///
+ /// Display or hide the matched elements with a sliding motion.
+ ///
},
'slideUp': function() {
///
/// Hide the matched elements with a sliding motion.
- ///
///
/// Hide the matched elements with a sliding motion.
- ///
+ ///
+ /// Hide the matched elements with a sliding motion.
+ ///
},
@@ -2253,11 +2420,14 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "submit" JavaScript event, or trigger that event on an element.
- ///
},
+ 'target': function() {
+ /// Selects the target element indicated by the fragment identifier of the document's URI.
+ },
'text': function() {
///
/// Set the content of each element in the set of matched elements to the specified text.
@@ -2277,15 +2447,20 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'toggle': function() {
///
/// Display or hide the matched elements.
- ///
///
/// Display or hide the matched elements.
- ///
+ ///
+ /// Display or hide the matched elements.
+ ///
///
@@ -2322,12 +2497,13 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
/// Execute all handlers and behaviors attached to the matched elements for the given event type.
///
///
/// Execute all handlers and behaviors attached to the matched elements for the given event type.
///
},
@@ -2375,7 +2551,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
/// Remove a handler from the event for all elements which match the current selector, based upon a specific set of root elements.
///
///
@@ -2392,7 +2568,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
///
///
/// Bind an event handler to the "unload" JavaScript event.
- ///
@@ -2404,7 +2580,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'val': function() {
///
/// Set the value of each element in the set of matched elements.
- ///
///
@@ -2419,7 +2595,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'width': function() {
///
/// Set the CSS width of each element in the set of matched elements.
- ///
///
@@ -2431,7 +2607,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'wrap': function() {
///
/// Wrap an HTML structure around each element in the set of matched elements.
- ///
///
@@ -2443,7 +2619,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(jQuery.fn, {
'wrapAll': function() {
///
/// Wrap an HTML structure around all elements in the set of matched elements.
- ///
},
@@ -2466,7 +2642,7 @@ intellisense.annotate(window, {
///
/// Accepts a string containing a CSS selector which is then used to match a set of elements.
///
///
@@ -2476,17 +2652,17 @@ intellisense.annotate(window, {
///
///
/// Accepts a string containing a CSS selector which is then used to match a set of elements.
- ///
- ///
- /// Accepts a string containing a CSS selector which is then used to match a set of elements.
///
///
/// Accepts a string containing a CSS selector which is then used to match a set of elements.
- ///
+ ///
+ /// Accepts a string containing a CSS selector which is then used to match a set of elements.
+ ///
},
diff --git a/Web/Scripts/jquery-2.1.0.js b/Web/Scripts/jquery-2.1.0.js
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7f4227
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Web/Scripts/jquery-2.1.0.js
@@ -0,0 +1,9111 @@
+/*!
+ * jQuery JavaScript Library v2.1.0
+ * http://jquery.com/
+ *
+ * Includes Sizzle.js
+ * http://sizzlejs.com/
+ *
+ * Copyright 2005, 2014 jQuery Foundation, Inc. and other contributors
+ * Released under the MIT license
+ * http://jquery.org/license
+ *
+ * Date: 2014-01-23T21:10Z
+ */
+
+(function( global, factory ) {
+
+ if ( typeof module === "object" && typeof module.exports === "object" ) {
+ // For CommonJS and CommonJS-like environments where a proper window is present,
+ // execute the factory and get jQuery
+ // For environments that do not inherently posses a window with a document
+ // (such as Node.js), expose a jQuery-making factory as module.exports
+ // This accentuates the need for the creation of a real window
+ // e.g. var jQuery = require("jquery")(window);
+ // See ticket #14549 for more info
+ module.exports = global.document ?
+ factory( global, true ) :
+ function( w ) {
+ if ( !w.document ) {
+ throw new Error( "jQuery requires a window with a document" );
+ }
+ return factory( w );
+ };
+ } else {
+ factory( global );
+ }
+
+// Pass this if window is not defined yet
+}(typeof window !== "undefined" ? window : this, function( window, noGlobal ) {
+
+// Can't do this because several apps including ASP.NET trace
+// the stack via arguments.caller.callee and Firefox dies if
+// you try to trace through "use strict" call chains. (#13335)
+// Support: Firefox 18+
+//
+
+var arr = [];
+
+var slice = arr.slice;
+
+var concat = arr.concat;
+
+var push = arr.push;
+
+var indexOf = arr.indexOf;
+
+var class2type = {};
+
+var toString = class2type.toString;
+
+var hasOwn = class2type.hasOwnProperty;
+
+var trim = "".trim;
+
+var support = {};
+
+
+
+var
+ // Use the correct document accordingly with window argument (sandbox)
+ document = window.document,
+
+ version = "2.1.0",
+
+ // Define a local copy of jQuery
+ jQuery = function( selector, context ) {
+ // The jQuery object is actually just the init constructor 'enhanced'
+ // Need init if jQuery is called (just allow error to be thrown if not included)
+ return new jQuery.fn.init( selector, context );
+ },
+
+ // Matches dashed string for camelizing
+ rmsPrefix = /^-ms-/,
+ rdashAlpha = /-([\da-z])/gi,
+
+ // Used by jQuery.camelCase as callback to replace()
+ fcamelCase = function( all, letter ) {
+ return letter.toUpperCase();
+ };
+
+jQuery.fn = jQuery.prototype = {
+ // The current version of jQuery being used
+ jquery: version,
+
+ constructor: jQuery,
+
+ // Start with an empty selector
+ selector: "",
+
+ // The default length of a jQuery object is 0
+ length: 0,
+
+ toArray: function() {
+ return slice.call( this );
+ },
+
+ // Get the Nth element in the matched element set OR
+ // Get the whole matched element set as a clean array
+ get: function( num ) {
+ return num != null ?
+
+ // Return a 'clean' array
+ ( num < 0 ? this[ num + this.length ] : this[ num ] ) :
+
+ // Return just the object
+ slice.call( this );
+ },
+
+ // Take an array of elements and push it onto the stack
+ // (returning the new matched element set)
+ pushStack: function( elems ) {
+
+ // Build a new jQuery matched element set
+ var ret = jQuery.merge( this.constructor(), elems );
+
+ // Add the old object onto the stack (as a reference)
+ ret.prevObject = this;
+ ret.context = this.context;
+
+ // Return the newly-formed element set
+ return ret;
+ },
+
+ // Execute a callback for every element in the matched set.
+ // (You can seed the arguments with an array of args, but this is
+ // only used internally.)
+ each: function( callback, args ) {
+ return jQuery.each( this, callback, args );
+ },
+
+ map: function( callback ) {
+ return this.pushStack( jQuery.map(this, function( elem, i ) {
+ return callback.call( elem, i, elem );
+ }));
+ },
+
+ slice: function() {
+ return this.pushStack( slice.apply( this, arguments ) );
+ },
+
+ first: function() {
+ return this.eq( 0 );
+ },
+
+ last: function() {
+ return this.eq( -1 );
+ },
+
+ eq: function( i ) {
+ var len = this.length,
+ j = +i + ( i < 0 ? len : 0 );
+ return this.pushStack( j >= 0 && j < len ? [ this[j] ] : [] );
+ },
+
+ end: function() {
+ return this.prevObject || this.constructor(null);
+ },
+
+ // For internal use only.
+ // Behaves like an Array's method, not like a jQuery method.
+ push: push,
+ sort: arr.sort,
+ splice: arr.splice
+};
+
+jQuery.extend = jQuery.fn.extend = function() {
+ var options, name, src, copy, copyIsArray, clone,
+ target = arguments[0] || {},
+ i = 1,
+ length = arguments.length,
+ deep = false;
+
+ // Handle a deep copy situation
+ if ( typeof target === "boolean" ) {
+ deep = target;
+
+ // skip the boolean and the target
+ target = arguments[ i ] || {};
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ // Handle case when target is a string or something (possible in deep copy)
+ if ( typeof target !== "object" && !jQuery.isFunction(target) ) {
+ target = {};
+ }
+
+ // extend jQuery itself if only one argument is passed
+ if ( i === length ) {
+ target = this;
+ i--;
+ }
+
+ for ( ; i < length; i++ ) {
+ // Only deal with non-null/undefined values
+ if ( (options = arguments[ i ]) != null ) {
+ // Extend the base object
+ for ( name in options ) {
+ src = target[ name ];
+ copy = options[ name ];
+
+ // Prevent never-ending loop
+ if ( target === copy ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // Recurse if we're merging plain objects or arrays
+ if ( deep && copy && ( jQuery.isPlainObject(copy) || (copyIsArray = jQuery.isArray(copy)) ) ) {
+ if ( copyIsArray ) {
+ copyIsArray = false;
+ clone = src && jQuery.isArray(src) ? src : [];
+
+ } else {
+ clone = src && jQuery.isPlainObject(src) ? src : {};
+ }
+
+ // Never move original objects, clone them
+ target[ name ] = jQuery.extend( deep, clone, copy );
+
+ // Don't bring in undefined values
+ } else if ( copy !== undefined ) {
+ target[ name ] = copy;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Return the modified object
+ return target;
+};
+
+jQuery.extend({
+ // Unique for each copy of jQuery on the page
+ expando: "jQuery" + ( version + Math.random() ).replace( /\D/g, "" ),
+
+ // Assume jQuery is ready without the ready module
+ isReady: true,
+
+ error: function( msg ) {
+ throw new Error( msg );
+ },
+
+ noop: function() {},
+
+ // See test/unit/core.js for details concerning isFunction.
+ // Since version 1.3, DOM methods and functions like alert
+ // aren't supported. They return false on IE (#2968).
+ isFunction: function( obj ) {
+ return jQuery.type(obj) === "function";
+ },
+
+ isArray: Array.isArray,
+
+ isWindow: function( obj ) {
+ return obj != null && obj === obj.window;
+ },
+
+ isNumeric: function( obj ) {
+ // parseFloat NaNs numeric-cast false positives (null|true|false|"")
+ // ...but misinterprets leading-number strings, particularly hex literals ("0x...")
+ // subtraction forces infinities to NaN
+ return obj - parseFloat( obj ) >= 0;
+ },
+
+ isPlainObject: function( obj ) {
+ // Not plain objects:
+ // - Any object or value whose internal [[Class]] property is not "[object Object]"
+ // - DOM nodes
+ // - window
+ if ( jQuery.type( obj ) !== "object" || obj.nodeType || jQuery.isWindow( obj ) ) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Support: Firefox <20
+ // The try/catch suppresses exceptions thrown when attempting to access
+ // the "constructor" property of certain host objects, ie. |window.location|
+ // https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=814622
+ try {
+ if ( obj.constructor &&
+ !hasOwn.call( obj.constructor.prototype, "isPrototypeOf" ) ) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ } catch ( e ) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // If the function hasn't returned already, we're confident that
+ // |obj| is a plain object, created by {} or constructed with new Object
+ return true;
+ },
+
+ isEmptyObject: function( obj ) {
+ var name;
+ for ( name in obj ) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+ },
+
+ type: function( obj ) {
+ if ( obj == null ) {
+ return obj + "";
+ }
+ // Support: Android < 4.0, iOS < 6 (functionish RegExp)
+ return typeof obj === "object" || typeof obj === "function" ?
+ class2type[ toString.call(obj) ] || "object" :
+ typeof obj;
+ },
+
+ // Evaluates a script in a global context
+ globalEval: function( code ) {
+ var script,
+ indirect = eval;
+
+ code = jQuery.trim( code );
+
+ if ( code ) {
+ // If the code includes a valid, prologue position
+ // strict mode pragma, execute code by injecting a
+ // script tag into the document.
+ if ( code.indexOf("use strict") === 1 ) {
+ script = document.createElement("script");
+ script.text = code;
+ document.head.appendChild( script ).parentNode.removeChild( script );
+ } else {
+ // Otherwise, avoid the DOM node creation, insertion
+ // and removal by using an indirect global eval
+ indirect( code );
+ }
+ }
+ },
+
+ // Convert dashed to camelCase; used by the css and data modules
+ // Microsoft forgot to hump their vendor prefix (#9572)
+ camelCase: function( string ) {
+ return string.replace( rmsPrefix, "ms-" ).replace( rdashAlpha, fcamelCase );
+ },
+
+ nodeName: function( elem, name ) {
+ return elem.nodeName && elem.nodeName.toLowerCase() === name.toLowerCase();
+ },
+
+ // args is for internal usage only
+ each: function( obj, callback, args ) {
+ var value,
+ i = 0,
+ length = obj.length,
+ isArray = isArraylike( obj );
+
+ if ( args ) {
+ if ( isArray ) {
+ for ( ; i < length; i++ ) {
+ value = callback.apply( obj[ i ], args );
+
+ if ( value === false ) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ for ( i in obj ) {
+ value = callback.apply( obj[ i ], args );
+
+ if ( value === false ) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // A special, fast, case for the most common use of each
+ } else {
+ if ( isArray ) {
+ for ( ; i < length; i++ ) {
+ value = callback.call( obj[ i ], i, obj[ i ] );
+
+ if ( value === false ) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ for ( i in obj ) {
+ value = callback.call( obj[ i ], i, obj[ i ] );
+
+ if ( value === false ) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return obj;
+ },
+
+ trim: function( text ) {
+ return text == null ? "" : trim.call( text );
+ },
+
+ // results is for internal usage only
+ makeArray: function( arr, results ) {
+ var ret = results || [];
+
+ if ( arr != null ) {
+ if ( isArraylike( Object(arr) ) ) {
+ jQuery.merge( ret,
+ typeof arr === "string" ?
+ [ arr ] : arr
+ );
+ } else {
+ push.call( ret, arr );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+ },
+
+ inArray: function( elem, arr, i ) {
+ return arr == null ? -1 : indexOf.call( arr, elem, i );
+ },
+
+ merge: function( first, second ) {
+ var len = +second.length,
+ j = 0,
+ i = first.length;
+
+ for ( ; j < len; j++ ) {
+ first[ i++ ] = second[ j ];
+ }
+
+ first.length = i;
+
+ return first;
+ },
+
+ grep: function( elems, callback, invert ) {
+ var callbackInverse,
+ matches = [],
+ i = 0,
+ length = elems.length,
+ callbackExpect = !invert;
+
+ // Go through the array, only saving the items
+ // that pass the validator function
+ for ( ; i < length; i++ ) {
+ callbackInverse = !callback( elems[ i ], i );
+ if ( callbackInverse !== callbackExpect ) {
+ matches.push( elems[ i ] );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return matches;
+ },
+
+ // arg is for internal usage only
+ map: function( elems, callback, arg ) {
+ var value,
+ i = 0,
+ length = elems.length,
+ isArray = isArraylike( elems ),
+ ret = [];
+
+ // Go through the array, translating each of the items to their new values
+ if ( isArray ) {
+ for ( ; i < length; i++ ) {
+ value = callback( elems[ i ], i, arg );
+
+ if ( value != null ) {
+ ret.push( value );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Go through every key on the object,
+ } else {
+ for ( i in elems ) {
+ value = callback( elems[ i ], i, arg );
+
+ if ( value != null ) {
+ ret.push( value );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Flatten any nested arrays
+ return concat.apply( [], ret );
+ },
+
+ // A global GUID counter for objects
+ guid: 1,
+
+ // Bind a function to a context, optionally partially applying any
+ // arguments.
+ proxy: function( fn, context ) {
+ var tmp, args, proxy;
+
+ if ( typeof context === "string" ) {
+ tmp = fn[ context ];
+ context = fn;
+ fn = tmp;
+ }
+
+ // Quick check to determine if target is callable, in the spec
+ // this throws a TypeError, but we will just return undefined.
+ if ( !jQuery.isFunction( fn ) ) {
+ return undefined;
+ }
+
+ // Simulated bind
+ args = slice.call( arguments, 2 );
+ proxy = function() {
+ return fn.apply( context || this, args.concat( slice.call( arguments ) ) );
+ };
+
+ // Set the guid of unique handler to the same of original handler, so it can be removed
+ proxy.guid = fn.guid = fn.guid || jQuery.guid++;
+
+ return proxy;
+ },
+
+ now: Date.now,
+
+ // jQuery.support is not used in Core but other projects attach their
+ // properties to it so it needs to exist.
+ support: support
+});
+
+// Populate the class2type map
+jQuery.each("Boolean Number String Function Array Date RegExp Object Error".split(" "), function(i, name) {
+ class2type[ "[object " + name + "]" ] = name.toLowerCase();
+});
+
+function isArraylike( obj ) {
+ var length = obj.length,
+ type = jQuery.type( obj );
+
+ if ( type === "function" || jQuery.isWindow( obj ) ) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if ( obj.nodeType === 1 && length ) {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return type === "array" || length === 0 ||
+ typeof length === "number" && length > 0 && ( length - 1 ) in obj;
+}
+var Sizzle =
+/*!
+ * Sizzle CSS Selector Engine v1.10.16
+ * http://sizzlejs.com/
+ *
+ * Copyright 2013 jQuery Foundation, Inc. and other contributors
+ * Released under the MIT license
+ * http://jquery.org/license
+ *
+ * Date: 2014-01-13
+ */
+(function( window ) {
+
+var i,
+ support,
+ Expr,
+ getText,
+ isXML,
+ compile,
+ outermostContext,
+ sortInput,
+ hasDuplicate,
+
+ // Local document vars
+ setDocument,
+ document,
+ docElem,
+ documentIsHTML,
+ rbuggyQSA,
+ rbuggyMatches,
+ matches,
+ contains,
+
+ // Instance-specific data
+ expando = "sizzle" + -(new Date()),
+ preferredDoc = window.document,
+ dirruns = 0,
+ done = 0,
+ classCache = createCache(),
+ tokenCache = createCache(),
+ compilerCache = createCache(),
+ sortOrder = function( a, b ) {
+ if ( a === b ) {
+ hasDuplicate = true;
+ }
+ return 0;
+ },
+
+ // General-purpose constants
+ strundefined = typeof undefined,
+ MAX_NEGATIVE = 1 << 31,
+
+ // Instance methods
+ hasOwn = ({}).hasOwnProperty,
+ arr = [],
+ pop = arr.pop,
+ push_native = arr.push,
+ push = arr.push,
+ slice = arr.slice,
+ // Use a stripped-down indexOf if we can't use a native one
+ indexOf = arr.indexOf || function( elem ) {
+ var i = 0,
+ len = this.length;
+ for ( ; i < len; i++ ) {
+ if ( this[i] === elem ) {
+ return i;
+ }
+ }
+ return -1;
+ },
+
+ booleans = "checked|selected|async|autofocus|autoplay|controls|defer|disabled|hidden|ismap|loop|multiple|open|readonly|required|scoped",
+
+ // Regular expressions
+
+ // Whitespace characters http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-selectors/#whitespace
+ whitespace = "[\\x20\\t\\r\\n\\f]",
+ // http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-syntax/#characters
+ characterEncoding = "(?:\\\\.|[\\w-]|[^\\x00-\\xa0])+",
+
+ // Loosely modeled on CSS identifier characters
+ // An unquoted value should be a CSS identifier http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-selectors/#attribute-selectors
+ // Proper syntax: http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#value-def-identifier
+ identifier = characterEncoding.replace( "w", "w#" ),
+
+ // Acceptable operators http://www.w3.org/TR/selectors/#attribute-selectors
+ attributes = "\\[" + whitespace + "*(" + characterEncoding + ")" + whitespace +
+ "*(?:([*^$|!~]?=)" + whitespace + "*(?:(['\"])((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\])*?)\\3|(" + identifier + ")|)|)" + whitespace + "*\\]",
+
+ // Prefer arguments quoted,
+ // then not containing pseudos/brackets,
+ // then attribute selectors/non-parenthetical expressions,
+ // then anything else
+ // These preferences are here to reduce the number of selectors
+ // needing tokenize in the PSEUDO preFilter
+ pseudos = ":(" + characterEncoding + ")(?:\\(((['\"])((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\])*?)\\3|((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\()[\\]]|" + attributes.replace( 3, 8 ) + ")*)|.*)\\)|)",
+
+ // Leading and non-escaped trailing whitespace, capturing some non-whitespace characters preceding the latter
+ rtrim = new RegExp( "^" + whitespace + "+|((?:^|[^\\\\])(?:\\\\.)*)" + whitespace + "+$", "g" ),
+
+ rcomma = new RegExp( "^" + whitespace + "*," + whitespace + "*" ),
+ rcombinators = new RegExp( "^" + whitespace + "*([>+~]|" + whitespace + ")" + whitespace + "*" ),
+
+ rattributeQuotes = new RegExp( "=" + whitespace + "*([^\\]'\"]*?)" + whitespace + "*\\]", "g" ),
+
+ rpseudo = new RegExp( pseudos ),
+ ridentifier = new RegExp( "^" + identifier + "$" ),
+
+ matchExpr = {
+ "ID": new RegExp( "^#(" + characterEncoding + ")" ),
+ "CLASS": new RegExp( "^\\.(" + characterEncoding + ")" ),
+ "TAG": new RegExp( "^(" + characterEncoding.replace( "w", "w*" ) + ")" ),
+ "ATTR": new RegExp( "^" + attributes ),
+ "PSEUDO": new RegExp( "^" + pseudos ),
+ "CHILD": new RegExp( "^:(only|first|last|nth|nth-last)-(child|of-type)(?:\\(" + whitespace +
+ "*(even|odd|(([+-]|)(\\d*)n|)" + whitespace + "*(?:([+-]|)" + whitespace +
+ "*(\\d+)|))" + whitespace + "*\\)|)", "i" ),
+ "bool": new RegExp( "^(?:" + booleans + ")$", "i" ),
+ // For use in libraries implementing .is()
+ // We use this for POS matching in `select`
+ "needsContext": new RegExp( "^" + whitespace + "*[>+~]|:(even|odd|eq|gt|lt|nth|first|last)(?:\\(" +
+ whitespace + "*((?:-\\d)?\\d*)" + whitespace + "*\\)|)(?=[^-]|$)", "i" )
+ },
+
+ rinputs = /^(?:input|select|textarea|button)$/i,
+ rheader = /^h\d$/i,
+
+ rnative = /^[^{]+\{\s*\[native \w/,
+
+ // Easily-parseable/retrievable ID or TAG or CLASS selectors
+ rquickExpr = /^(?:#([\w-]+)|(\w+)|\.([\w-]+))$/,
+
+ rsibling = /[+~]/,
+ rescape = /'|\\/g,
+
+ // CSS escapes http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#escaped-characters
+ runescape = new RegExp( "\\\\([\\da-f]{1,6}" + whitespace + "?|(" + whitespace + ")|.)", "ig" ),
+ funescape = function( _, escaped, escapedWhitespace ) {
+ var high = "0x" + escaped - 0x10000;
+ // NaN means non-codepoint
+ // Support: Firefox
+ // Workaround erroneous numeric interpretation of +"0x"
+ return high !== high || escapedWhitespace ?
+ escaped :
+ high < 0 ?
+ // BMP codepoint
+ String.fromCharCode( high + 0x10000 ) :
+ // Supplemental Plane codepoint (surrogate pair)
+ String.fromCharCode( high >> 10 | 0xD800, high & 0x3FF | 0xDC00 );
+ };
+
+// Optimize for push.apply( _, NodeList )
+try {
+ push.apply(
+ (arr = slice.call( preferredDoc.childNodes )),
+ preferredDoc.childNodes
+ );
+ // Support: Android<4.0
+ // Detect silently failing push.apply
+ arr[ preferredDoc.childNodes.length ].nodeType;
+} catch ( e ) {
+ push = { apply: arr.length ?
+
+ // Leverage slice if possible
+ function( target, els ) {
+ push_native.apply( target, slice.call(els) );
+ } :
+
+ // Support: IE<9
+ // Otherwise append directly
+ function( target, els ) {
+ var j = target.length,
+ i = 0;
+ // Can't trust NodeList.length
+ while ( (target[j++] = els[i++]) ) {}
+ target.length = j - 1;
+ }
+ };
+}
+
+function Sizzle( selector, context, results, seed ) {
+ var match, elem, m, nodeType,
+ // QSA vars
+ i, groups, old, nid, newContext, newSelector;
+
+ if ( ( context ? context.ownerDocument || context : preferredDoc ) !== document ) {
+ setDocument( context );
+ }
+
+ context = context || document;
+ results = results || [];
+
+ if ( !selector || typeof selector !== "string" ) {
+ return results;
+ }
+
+ if ( (nodeType = context.nodeType) !== 1 && nodeType !== 9 ) {
+ return [];
+ }
+
+ if ( documentIsHTML && !seed ) {
+
+ // Shortcuts
+ if ( (match = rquickExpr.exec( selector )) ) {
+ // Speed-up: Sizzle("#ID")
+ if ( (m = match[1]) ) {
+ if ( nodeType === 9 ) {
+ elem = context.getElementById( m );
+ // Check parentNode to catch when Blackberry 4.6 returns
+ // nodes that are no longer in the document (jQuery #6963)
+ if ( elem && elem.parentNode ) {
+ // Handle the case where IE, Opera, and Webkit return items
+ // by name instead of ID
+ if ( elem.id === m ) {
+ results.push( elem );
+ return results;
+ }
+ } else {
+ return results;
+ }
+ } else {
+ // Context is not a document
+ if ( context.ownerDocument && (elem = context.ownerDocument.getElementById( m )) &&
+ contains( context, elem ) && elem.id === m ) {
+ results.push( elem );
+ return results;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Speed-up: Sizzle("TAG")
+ } else if ( match[2] ) {
+ push.apply( results, context.getElementsByTagName( selector ) );
+ return results;
+
+ // Speed-up: Sizzle(".CLASS")
+ } else if ( (m = match[3]) && support.getElementsByClassName && context.getElementsByClassName ) {
+ push.apply( results, context.getElementsByClassName( m ) );
+ return results;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // QSA path
+ if ( support.qsa && (!rbuggyQSA || !rbuggyQSA.test( selector )) ) {
+ nid = old = expando;
+ newContext = context;
+ newSelector = nodeType === 9 && selector;
+
+ // qSA works strangely on Element-rooted queries
+ // We can work around this by specifying an extra ID on the root
+ // and working up from there (Thanks to Andrew Dupont for the technique)
+ // IE 8 doesn't work on object elements
+ if ( nodeType === 1 && context.nodeName.toLowerCase() !== "object" ) {
+ groups = tokenize( selector );
+
+ if ( (old = context.getAttribute("id")) ) {
+ nid = old.replace( rescape, "\\$&" );
+ } else {
+ context.setAttribute( "id", nid );
+ }
+ nid = "[id='" + nid + "'] ";
+
+ i = groups.length;
+ while ( i-- ) {
+ groups[i] = nid + toSelector( groups[i] );
+ }
+ newContext = rsibling.test( selector ) && testContext( context.parentNode ) || context;
+ newSelector = groups.join(",");
+ }
+
+ if ( newSelector ) {
+ try {
+ push.apply( results,
+ newContext.querySelectorAll( newSelector )
+ );
+ return results;
+ } catch(qsaError) {
+ } finally {
+ if ( !old ) {
+ context.removeAttribute("id");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // All others
+ return select( selector.replace( rtrim, "$1" ), context, results, seed );
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create key-value caches of limited size
+ * @returns {Function(string, Object)} Returns the Object data after storing it on itself with
+ * property name the (space-suffixed) string and (if the cache is larger than Expr.cacheLength)
+ * deleting the oldest entry
+ */
+function createCache() {
+ var keys = [];
+
+ function cache( key, value ) {
+ // Use (key + " ") to avoid collision with native prototype properties (see Issue #157)
+ if ( keys.push( key + " " ) > Expr.cacheLength ) {
+ // Only keep the most recent entries
+ delete cache[ keys.shift() ];
+ }
+ return (cache[ key + " " ] = value);
+ }
+ return cache;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Mark a function for special use by Sizzle
+ * @param {Function} fn The function to mark
+ */
+function markFunction( fn ) {
+ fn[ expando ] = true;
+ return fn;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Support testing using an element
+ * @param {Function} fn Passed the created div and expects a boolean result
+ */
+function assert( fn ) {
+ var div = document.createElement("div");
+
+ try {
+ return !!fn( div );
+ } catch (e) {
+ return false;
+ } finally {
+ // Remove from its parent by default
+ if ( div.parentNode ) {
+ div.parentNode.removeChild( div );
+ }
+ // release memory in IE
+ div = null;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adds the same handler for all of the specified attrs
+ * @param {String} attrs Pipe-separated list of attributes
+ * @param {Function} handler The method that will be applied
+ */
+function addHandle( attrs, handler ) {
+ var arr = attrs.split("|"),
+ i = attrs.length;
+
+ while ( i-- ) {
+ Expr.attrHandle[ arr[i] ] = handler;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Checks document order of two siblings
+ * @param {Element} a
+ * @param {Element} b
+ * @returns {Number} Returns less than 0 if a precedes b, greater than 0 if a follows b
+ */
+function siblingCheck( a, b ) {
+ var cur = b && a,
+ diff = cur && a.nodeType === 1 && b.nodeType === 1 &&
+ ( ~b.sourceIndex || MAX_NEGATIVE ) -
+ ( ~a.sourceIndex || MAX_NEGATIVE );
+
+ // Use IE sourceIndex if available on both nodes
+ if ( diff ) {
+ return diff;
+ }
+
+ // Check if b follows a
+ if ( cur ) {
+ while ( (cur = cur.nextSibling) ) {
+ if ( cur === b ) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return a ? 1 : -1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns a function to use in pseudos for input types
+ * @param {String} type
+ */
+function createInputPseudo( type ) {
+ return function( elem ) {
+ var name = elem.nodeName.toLowerCase();
+ return name === "input" && elem.type === type;
+ };
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns a function to use in pseudos for buttons
+ * @param {String} type
+ */
+function createButtonPseudo( type ) {
+ return function( elem ) {
+ var name = elem.nodeName.toLowerCase();
+ return (name === "input" || name === "button") && elem.type === type;
+ };
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns a function to use in pseudos for positionals
+ * @param {Function} fn
+ */
+function createPositionalPseudo( fn ) {
+ return markFunction(function( argument ) {
+ argument = +argument;
+ return markFunction(function( seed, matches ) {
+ var j,
+ matchIndexes = fn( [], seed.length, argument ),
+ i = matchIndexes.length;
+
+ // Match elements found at the specified indexes
+ while ( i-- ) {
+ if ( seed[ (j = matchIndexes[i]) ] ) {
+ seed[j] = !(matches[j] = seed[j]);
+ }
+ }
+ });
+ });
+}
+
+/**
+ * Checks a node for validity as a Sizzle context
+ * @param {Element|Object=} context
+ * @returns {Element|Object|Boolean} The input node if acceptable, otherwise a falsy value
+ */
+function testContext( context ) {
+ return context && typeof context.getElementsByTagName !== strundefined && context;
+}
+
+// Expose support vars for convenience
+support = Sizzle.support = {};
+
+/**
+ * Detects XML nodes
+ * @param {Element|Object} elem An element or a document
+ * @returns {Boolean} True iff elem is a non-HTML XML node
+ */
+isXML = Sizzle.isXML = function( elem ) {
+ // documentElement is verified for cases where it doesn't yet exist
+ // (such as loading iframes in IE - #4833)
+ var documentElement = elem && (elem.ownerDocument || elem).documentElement;
+ return documentElement ? documentElement.nodeName !== "HTML" : false;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Sets document-related variables once based on the current document
+ * @param {Element|Object} [doc] An element or document object to use to set the document
+ * @returns {Object} Returns the current document
+ */
+setDocument = Sizzle.setDocument = function( node ) {
+ var hasCompare,
+ doc = node ? node.ownerDocument || node : preferredDoc,
+ parent = doc.defaultView;
+
+ // If no document and documentElement is available, return
+ if ( doc === document || doc.nodeType !== 9 || !doc.documentElement ) {
+ return document;
+ }
+
+ // Set our document
+ document = doc;
+ docElem = doc.documentElement;
+
+ // Support tests
+ documentIsHTML = !isXML( doc );
+
+ // Support: IE>8
+ // If iframe document is assigned to "document" variable and if iframe has been reloaded,
+ // IE will throw "permission denied" error when accessing "document" variable, see jQuery #13936
+ // IE6-8 do not support the defaultView property so parent will be undefined
+ if ( parent && parent !== parent.top ) {
+ // IE11 does not have attachEvent, so all must suffer
+ if ( parent.addEventListener ) {
+ parent.addEventListener( "unload", function() {
+ setDocument();
+ }, false );
+ } else if ( parent.attachEvent ) {
+ parent.attachEvent( "onunload", function() {
+ setDocument();
+ });
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Attributes
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+ // Support: IE<8
+ // Verify that getAttribute really returns attributes and not properties (excepting IE8 booleans)
+ support.attributes = assert(function( div ) {
+ div.className = "i";
+ return !div.getAttribute("className");
+ });
+
+ /* getElement(s)By*
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+ // Check if getElementsByTagName("*") returns only elements
+ support.getElementsByTagName = assert(function( div ) {
+ div.appendChild( doc.createComment("") );
+ return !div.getElementsByTagName("*").length;
+ });
+
+ // Check if getElementsByClassName can be trusted
+ support.getElementsByClassName = rnative.test( doc.getElementsByClassName ) && assert(function( div ) {
+ div.innerHTML = "
";
+
+ // Support: Safari<4
+ // Catch class over-caching
+ div.firstChild.className = "i";
+ // Support: Opera<10
+ // Catch gEBCN failure to find non-leading classes
+ return div.getElementsByClassName("i").length === 2;
+ });
+
+ // Support: IE<10
+ // Check if getElementById returns elements by name
+ // The broken getElementById methods don't pick up programatically-set names,
+ // so use a roundabout getElementsByName test
+ support.getById = assert(function( div ) {
+ docElem.appendChild( div ).id = expando;
+ return !doc.getElementsByName || !doc.getElementsByName( expando ).length;
+ });
+
+ // ID find and filter
+ if ( support.getById ) {
+ Expr.find["ID"] = function( id, context ) {
+ if ( typeof context.getElementById !== strundefined && documentIsHTML ) {
+ var m = context.getElementById( id );
+ // Check parentNode to catch when Blackberry 4.6 returns
+ // nodes that are no longer in the document #6963
+ return m && m.parentNode ? [m] : [];
+ }
+ };
+ Expr.filter["ID"] = function( id ) {
+ var attrId = id.replace( runescape, funescape );
+ return function( elem ) {
+ return elem.getAttribute("id") === attrId;
+ };
+ };
+ } else {
+ // Support: IE6/7
+ // getElementById is not reliable as a find shortcut
+ delete Expr.find["ID"];
+
+ Expr.filter["ID"] = function( id ) {
+ var attrId = id.replace( runescape, funescape );
+ return function( elem ) {
+ var node = typeof elem.getAttributeNode !== strundefined && elem.getAttributeNode("id");
+ return node && node.value === attrId;
+ };
+ };
+ }
+
+ // Tag
+ Expr.find["TAG"] = support.getElementsByTagName ?
+ function( tag, context ) {
+ if ( typeof context.getElementsByTagName !== strundefined ) {
+ return context.getElementsByTagName( tag );
+ }
+ } :
+ function( tag, context ) {
+ var elem,
+ tmp = [],
+ i = 0,
+ results = context.getElementsByTagName( tag );
+
+ // Filter out possible comments
+ if ( tag === "*" ) {
+ while ( (elem = results[i++]) ) {
+ if ( elem.nodeType === 1 ) {
+ tmp.push( elem );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return tmp;
+ }
+ return results;
+ };
+
+ // Class
+ Expr.find["CLASS"] = support.getElementsByClassName && function( className, context ) {
+ if ( typeof context.getElementsByClassName !== strundefined && documentIsHTML ) {
+ return context.getElementsByClassName( className );
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* QSA/matchesSelector
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+ // QSA and matchesSelector support
+
+ // matchesSelector(:active) reports false when true (IE9/Opera 11.5)
+ rbuggyMatches = [];
+
+ // qSa(:focus) reports false when true (Chrome 21)
+ // We allow this because of a bug in IE8/9 that throws an error
+ // whenever `document.activeElement` is accessed on an iframe
+ // So, we allow :focus to pass through QSA all the time to avoid the IE error
+ // See http://bugs.jquery.com/ticket/13378
+ rbuggyQSA = [];
+
+ if ( (support.qsa = rnative.test( doc.querySelectorAll )) ) {
+ // Build QSA regex
+ // Regex strategy adopted from Diego Perini
+ assert(function( div ) {
+ // Select is set to empty string on purpose
+ // This is to test IE's treatment of not explicitly
+ // setting a boolean content attribute,
+ // since its presence should be enough
+ // http://bugs.jquery.com/ticket/12359
+ div.innerHTML = ") matching elements by id
+ for ( ; i !== len && (elem = elems[i]) != null; i++ ) {
+ if ( byElement && elem ) {
+ j = 0;
+ while ( (matcher = elementMatchers[j++]) ) {
+ if ( matcher( elem, context, xml ) ) {
+ results.push( elem );
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if ( outermost ) {
+ dirruns = dirrunsUnique;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Track unmatched elements for set filters
+ if ( bySet ) {
+ // They will have gone through all possible matchers
+ if ( (elem = !matcher && elem) ) {
+ matchedCount--;
+ }
+
+ // Lengthen the array for every element, matched or not
+ if ( seed ) {
+ unmatched.push( elem );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Apply set filters to unmatched elements
+ matchedCount += i;
+ if ( bySet && i !== matchedCount ) {
+ j = 0;
+ while ( (matcher = setMatchers[j++]) ) {
+ matcher( unmatched, setMatched, context, xml );
+ }
+
+ if ( seed ) {
+ // Reintegrate element matches to eliminate the need for sorting
+ if ( matchedCount > 0 ) {
+ while ( i-- ) {
+ if ( !(unmatched[i] || setMatched[i]) ) {
+ setMatched[i] = pop.call( results );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Discard index placeholder values to get only actual matches
+ setMatched = condense( setMatched );
+ }
+
+ // Add matches to results
+ push.apply( results, setMatched );
+
+ // Seedless set matches succeeding multiple successful matchers stipulate sorting
+ if ( outermost && !seed && setMatched.length > 0 &&
+ ( matchedCount + setMatchers.length ) > 1 ) {
+
+ Sizzle.uniqueSort( results );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Override manipulation of globals by nested matchers
+ if ( outermost ) {
+ dirruns = dirrunsUnique;
+ outermostContext = contextBackup;
+ }
+
+ return unmatched;
+ };
+
+ return bySet ?
+ markFunction( superMatcher ) :
+ superMatcher;
+}
+
+compile = Sizzle.compile = function( selector, group /* Internal Use Only */ ) {
+ var i,
+ setMatchers = [],
+ elementMatchers = [],
+ cached = compilerCache[ selector + " " ];
+
+ if ( !cached ) {
+ // Generate a function of recursive functions that can be used to check each element
+ if ( !group ) {
+ group = tokenize( selector );
+ }
+ i = group.length;
+ while ( i-- ) {
+ cached = matcherFromTokens( group[i] );
+ if ( cached[ expando ] ) {
+ setMatchers.push( cached );
+ } else {
+ elementMatchers.push( cached );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Cache the compiled function
+ cached = compilerCache( selector, matcherFromGroupMatchers( elementMatchers, setMatchers ) );
+ }
+ return cached;
+};
+
+function multipleContexts( selector, contexts, results ) {
+ var i = 0,
+ len = contexts.length;
+ for ( ; i < len; i++ ) {
+ Sizzle( selector, contexts[i], results );
+ }
+ return results;
+}
+
+function select( selector, context, results, seed ) {
+ var i, tokens, token, type, find,
+ match = tokenize( selector );
+
+ if ( !seed ) {
+ // Try to minimize operations if there is only one group
+ if ( match.length === 1 ) {
+
+ // Take a shortcut and set the context if the root selector is an ID
+ tokens = match[0] = match[0].slice( 0 );
+ if ( tokens.length > 2 && (token = tokens[0]).type === "ID" &&
+ support.getById && context.nodeType === 9 && documentIsHTML &&
+ Expr.relative[ tokens[1].type ] ) {
+
+ context = ( Expr.find["ID"]( token.matches[0].replace(runescape, funescape), context ) || [] )[0];
+ if ( !context ) {
+ return results;
+ }
+ selector = selector.slice( tokens.shift().value.length );
+ }
+
+ // Fetch a seed set for right-to-left matching
+ i = matchExpr["needsContext"].test( selector ) ? 0 : tokens.length;
+ while ( i-- ) {
+ token = tokens[i];
+
+ // Abort if we hit a combinator
+ if ( Expr.relative[ (type = token.type) ] ) {
+ break;
+ }
+ if ( (find = Expr.find[ type ]) ) {
+ // Search, expanding context for leading sibling combinators
+ if ( (seed = find(
+ token.matches[0].replace( runescape, funescape ),
+ rsibling.test( tokens[0].type ) && testContext( context.parentNode ) || context
+ )) ) {
+
+ // If seed is empty or no tokens remain, we can return early
+ tokens.splice( i, 1 );
+ selector = seed.length && toSelector( tokens );
+ if ( !selector ) {
+ push.apply( results, seed );
+ return results;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Compile and execute a filtering function
+ // Provide `match` to avoid retokenization if we modified the selector above
+ compile( selector, match )(
+ seed,
+ context,
+ !documentIsHTML,
+ results,
+ rsibling.test( selector ) && testContext( context.parentNode ) || context
+ );
+ return results;
+}
+
+// One-time assignments
+
+// Sort stability
+support.sortStable = expando.split("").sort( sortOrder ).join("") === expando;
+
+// Support: Chrome<14
+// Always assume duplicates if they aren't passed to the comparison function
+support.detectDuplicates = !!hasDuplicate;
+
+// Initialize against the default document
+setDocument();
+
+// Support: Webkit<537.32 - Safari 6.0.3/Chrome 25 (fixed in Chrome 27)
+// Detached nodes confoundingly follow *each other*
+support.sortDetached = assert(function( div1 ) {
+ // Should return 1, but returns 4 (following)
+ return div1.compareDocumentPosition( document.createElement("div") ) & 1;
+});
+
+// Support: IE<8
+// Prevent attribute/property "interpolation"
+// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms536429%28VS.85%29.aspx
+if ( !assert(function( div ) {
+ div.innerHTML = " to avoid XSS via location.hash (#9521)
+ // Strict HTML recognition (#11290: must start with <)
+ rquickExpr = /^(?:\s*(<[\w\W]+>)[^>]*|#([\w-]*))$/,
+
+ init = jQuery.fn.init = function( selector, context ) {
+ var match, elem;
+
+ // HANDLE: $(""), $(null), $(undefined), $(false)
+ if ( !selector ) {
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ // Handle HTML strings
+ if ( typeof selector === "string" ) {
+ if ( selector[0] === "<" && selector[ selector.length - 1 ] === ">" && selector.length >= 3 ) {
+ // Assume that strings that start and end with <> are HTML and skip the regex check
+ match = [ null, selector, null ];
+
+ } else {
+ match = rquickExpr.exec( selector );
+ }
+
+ // Match html or make sure no context is specified for #id
+ if ( match && (match[1] || !context) ) {
+
+ // HANDLE: $(html) -> $(array)
+ if ( match[1] ) {
+ context = context instanceof jQuery ? context[0] : context;
+
+ // scripts is true for back-compat
+ // Intentionally let the error be thrown if parseHTML is not present
+ jQuery.merge( this, jQuery.parseHTML(
+ match[1],
+ context && context.nodeType ? context.ownerDocument || context : document,
+ true
+ ) );
+
+ // HANDLE: $(html, props)
+ if ( rsingleTag.test( match[1] ) && jQuery.isPlainObject( context ) ) {
+ for ( match in context ) {
+ // Properties of context are called as methods if possible
+ if ( jQuery.isFunction( this[ match ] ) ) {
+ this[ match ]( context[ match ] );
+
+ // ...and otherwise set as attributes
+ } else {
+ this.attr( match, context[ match ] );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return this;
+
+ // HANDLE: $(#id)
+ } else {
+ elem = document.getElementById( match[2] );
+
+ // Check parentNode to catch when Blackberry 4.6 returns
+ // nodes that are no longer in the document #6963
+ if ( elem && elem.parentNode ) {
+ // Inject the element directly into the jQuery object
+ this.length = 1;
+ this[0] = elem;
+ }
+
+ this.context = document;
+ this.selector = selector;
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ // HANDLE: $(expr, $(...))
+ } else if ( !context || context.jquery ) {
+ return ( context || rootjQuery ).find( selector );
+
+ // HANDLE: $(expr, context)
+ // (which is just equivalent to: $(context).find(expr)
+ } else {
+ return this.constructor( context ).find( selector );
+ }
+
+ // HANDLE: $(DOMElement)
+ } else if ( selector.nodeType ) {
+ this.context = this[0] = selector;
+ this.length = 1;
+ return this;
+
+ // HANDLE: $(function)
+ // Shortcut for document ready
+ } else if ( jQuery.isFunction( selector ) ) {
+ return typeof rootjQuery.ready !== "undefined" ?
+ rootjQuery.ready( selector ) :
+ // Execute immediately if ready is not present
+ selector( jQuery );
+ }
+
+ if ( selector.selector !== undefined ) {
+ this.selector = selector.selector;
+ this.context = selector.context;
+ }
+
+ return jQuery.makeArray( selector, this );
+ };
+
+// Give the init function the jQuery prototype for later instantiation
+init.prototype = jQuery.fn;
+
+// Initialize central reference
+rootjQuery = jQuery( document );
+
+
+var rparentsprev = /^(?:parents|prev(?:Until|All))/,
+ // methods guaranteed to produce a unique set when starting from a unique set
+ guaranteedUnique = {
+ children: true,
+ contents: true,
+ next: true,
+ prev: true
+ };
+
+jQuery.extend({
+ dir: function( elem, dir, until ) {
+ var matched = [],
+ truncate = until !== undefined;
+
+ while ( (elem = elem[ dir ]) && elem.nodeType !== 9 ) {
+ if ( elem.nodeType === 1 ) {
+ if ( truncate && jQuery( elem ).is( until ) ) {
+ break;
+ }
+ matched.push( elem );
+ }
+ }
+ return matched;
+ },
+
+ sibling: function( n, elem ) {
+ var matched = [];
+
+ for ( ; n; n = n.nextSibling ) {
+ if ( n.nodeType === 1 && n !== elem ) {
+ matched.push( n );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return matched;
+ }
+});
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+ has: function( target ) {
+ var targets = jQuery( target, this ),
+ l = targets.length;
+
+ return this.filter(function() {
+ var i = 0;
+ for ( ; i < l; i++ ) {
+ if ( jQuery.contains( this, targets[i] ) ) {
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ });
+ },
+
+ closest: function( selectors, context ) {
+ var cur,
+ i = 0,
+ l = this.length,
+ matched = [],
+ pos = rneedsContext.test( selectors ) || typeof selectors !== "string" ?
+ jQuery( selectors, context || this.context ) :
+ 0;
+
+ for ( ; i < l; i++ ) {
+ for ( cur = this[i]; cur && cur !== context; cur = cur.parentNode ) {
+ // Always skip document fragments
+ if ( cur.nodeType < 11 && (pos ?
+ pos.index(cur) > -1 :
+
+ // Don't pass non-elements to Sizzle
+ cur.nodeType === 1 &&
+ jQuery.find.matchesSelector(cur, selectors)) ) {
+
+ matched.push( cur );
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return this.pushStack( matched.length > 1 ? jQuery.unique( matched ) : matched );
+ },
+
+ // Determine the position of an element within
+ // the matched set of elements
+ index: function( elem ) {
+
+ // No argument, return index in parent
+ if ( !elem ) {
+ return ( this[ 0 ] && this[ 0 ].parentNode ) ? this.first().prevAll().length : -1;
+ }
+
+ // index in selector
+ if ( typeof elem === "string" ) {
+ return indexOf.call( jQuery( elem ), this[ 0 ] );
+ }
+
+ // Locate the position of the desired element
+ return indexOf.call( this,
+
+ // If it receives a jQuery object, the first element is used
+ elem.jquery ? elem[ 0 ] : elem
+ );
+ },
+
+ add: function( selector, context ) {
+ return this.pushStack(
+ jQuery.unique(
+ jQuery.merge( this.get(), jQuery( selector, context ) )
+ )
+ );
+ },
+
+ addBack: function( selector ) {
+ return this.add( selector == null ?
+ this.prevObject : this.prevObject.filter(selector)
+ );
+ }
+});
+
+function sibling( cur, dir ) {
+ while ( (cur = cur[dir]) && cur.nodeType !== 1 ) {}
+ return cur;
+}
+
+jQuery.each({
+ parent: function( elem ) {
+ var parent = elem.parentNode;
+ return parent && parent.nodeType !== 11 ? parent : null;
+ },
+ parents: function( elem ) {
+ return jQuery.dir( elem, "parentNode" );
+ },
+ parentsUntil: function( elem, i, until ) {
+ return jQuery.dir( elem, "parentNode", until );
+ },
+ next: function( elem ) {
+ return sibling( elem, "nextSibling" );
+ },
+ prev: function( elem ) {
+ return sibling( elem, "previousSibling" );
+ },
+ nextAll: function( elem ) {
+ return jQuery.dir( elem, "nextSibling" );
+ },
+ prevAll: function( elem ) {
+ return jQuery.dir( elem, "previousSibling" );
+ },
+ nextUntil: function( elem, i, until ) {
+ return jQuery.dir( elem, "nextSibling", until );
+ },
+ prevUntil: function( elem, i, until ) {
+ return jQuery.dir( elem, "previousSibling", until );
+ },
+ siblings: function( elem ) {
+ return jQuery.sibling( ( elem.parentNode || {} ).firstChild, elem );
+ },
+ children: function( elem ) {
+ return jQuery.sibling( elem.firstChild );
+ },
+ contents: function( elem ) {
+ return elem.contentDocument || jQuery.merge( [], elem.childNodes );
+ }
+}, function( name, fn ) {
+ jQuery.fn[ name ] = function( until, selector ) {
+ var matched = jQuery.map( this, fn, until );
+
+ if ( name.slice( -5 ) !== "Until" ) {
+ selector = until;
+ }
+
+ if ( selector && typeof selector === "string" ) {
+ matched = jQuery.filter( selector, matched );
+ }
+
+ if ( this.length > 1 ) {
+ // Remove duplicates
+ if ( !guaranteedUnique[ name ] ) {
+ jQuery.unique( matched );
+ }
+
+ // Reverse order for parents* and prev-derivatives
+ if ( rparentsprev.test( name ) ) {
+ matched.reverse();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return this.pushStack( matched );
+ };
+});
+var rnotwhite = (/\S+/g);
+
+
+
+// String to Object options format cache
+var optionsCache = {};
+
+// Convert String-formatted options into Object-formatted ones and store in cache
+function createOptions( options ) {
+ var object = optionsCache[ options ] = {};
+ jQuery.each( options.match( rnotwhite ) || [], function( _, flag ) {
+ object[ flag ] = true;
+ });
+ return object;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a callback list using the following parameters:
+ *
+ * options: an optional list of space-separated options that will change how
+ * the callback list behaves or a more traditional option object
+ *
+ * By default a callback list will act like an event callback list and can be
+ * "fired" multiple times.
+ *
+ * Possible options:
+ *
+ * once: will ensure the callback list can only be fired once (like a Deferred)
+ *
+ * memory: will keep track of previous values and will call any callback added
+ * after the list has been fired right away with the latest "memorized"
+ * values (like a Deferred)
+ *
+ * unique: will ensure a callback can only be added once (no duplicate in the list)
+ *
+ * stopOnFalse: interrupt callings when a callback returns false
+ *
+ */
+jQuery.Callbacks = function( options ) {
+
+ // Convert options from String-formatted to Object-formatted if needed
+ // (we check in cache first)
+ options = typeof options === "string" ?
+ ( optionsCache[ options ] || createOptions( options ) ) :
+ jQuery.extend( {}, options );
+
+ var // Last fire value (for non-forgettable lists)
+ memory,
+ // Flag to know if list was already fired
+ fired,
+ // Flag to know if list is currently firing
+ firing,
+ // First callback to fire (used internally by add and fireWith)
+ firingStart,
+ // End of the loop when firing
+ firingLength,
+ // Index of currently firing callback (modified by remove if needed)
+ firingIndex,
+ // Actual callback list
+ list = [],
+ // Stack of fire calls for repeatable lists
+ stack = !options.once && [],
+ // Fire callbacks
+ fire = function( data ) {
+ memory = options.memory && data;
+ fired = true;
+ firingIndex = firingStart || 0;
+ firingStart = 0;
+ firingLength = list.length;
+ firing = true;
+ for ( ; list && firingIndex < firingLength; firingIndex++ ) {
+ if ( list[ firingIndex ].apply( data[ 0 ], data[ 1 ] ) === false && options.stopOnFalse ) {
+ memory = false; // To prevent further calls using add
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ firing = false;
+ if ( list ) {
+ if ( stack ) {
+ if ( stack.length ) {
+ fire( stack.shift() );
+ }
+ } else if ( memory ) {
+ list = [];
+ } else {
+ self.disable();
+ }
+ }
+ },
+ // Actual Callbacks object
+ self = {
+ // Add a callback or a collection of callbacks to the list
+ add: function() {
+ if ( list ) {
+ // First, we save the current length
+ var start = list.length;
+ (function add( args ) {
+ jQuery.each( args, function( _, arg ) {
+ var type = jQuery.type( arg );
+ if ( type === "function" ) {
+ if ( !options.unique || !self.has( arg ) ) {
+ list.push( arg );
+ }
+ } else if ( arg && arg.length && type !== "string" ) {
+ // Inspect recursively
+ add( arg );
+ }
+ });
+ })( arguments );
+ // Do we need to add the callbacks to the
+ // current firing batch?
+ if ( firing ) {
+ firingLength = list.length;
+ // With memory, if we're not firing then
+ // we should call right away
+ } else if ( memory ) {
+ firingStart = start;
+ fire( memory );
+ }
+ }
+ return this;
+ },
+ // Remove a callback from the list
+ remove: function() {
+ if ( list ) {
+ jQuery.each( arguments, function( _, arg ) {
+ var index;
+ while ( ( index = jQuery.inArray( arg, list, index ) ) > -1 ) {
+ list.splice( index, 1 );
+ // Handle firing indexes
+ if ( firing ) {
+ if ( index <= firingLength ) {
+ firingLength--;
+ }
+ if ( index <= firingIndex ) {
+ firingIndex--;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ });
+ }
+ return this;
+ },
+ // Check if a given callback is in the list.
+ // If no argument is given, return whether or not list has callbacks attached.
+ has: function( fn ) {
+ return fn ? jQuery.inArray( fn, list ) > -1 : !!( list && list.length );
+ },
+ // Remove all callbacks from the list
+ empty: function() {
+ list = [];
+ firingLength = 0;
+ return this;
+ },
+ // Have the list do nothing anymore
+ disable: function() {
+ list = stack = memory = undefined;
+ return this;
+ },
+ // Is it disabled?
+ disabled: function() {
+ return !list;
+ },
+ // Lock the list in its current state
+ lock: function() {
+ stack = undefined;
+ if ( !memory ) {
+ self.disable();
+ }
+ return this;
+ },
+ // Is it locked?
+ locked: function() {
+ return !stack;
+ },
+ // Call all callbacks with the given context and arguments
+ fireWith: function( context, args ) {
+ if ( list && ( !fired || stack ) ) {
+ args = args || [];
+ args = [ context, args.slice ? args.slice() : args ];
+ if ( firing ) {
+ stack.push( args );
+ } else {
+ fire( args );
+ }
+ }
+ return this;
+ },
+ // Call all the callbacks with the given arguments
+ fire: function() {
+ self.fireWith( this, arguments );
+ return this;
+ },
+ // To know if the callbacks have already been called at least once
+ fired: function() {
+ return !!fired;
+ }
+ };
+
+ return self;
+};
+
+
+jQuery.extend({
+
+ Deferred: function( func ) {
+ var tuples = [
+ // action, add listener, listener list, final state
+ [ "resolve", "done", jQuery.Callbacks("once memory"), "resolved" ],
+ [ "reject", "fail", jQuery.Callbacks("once memory"), "rejected" ],
+ [ "notify", "progress", jQuery.Callbacks("memory") ]
+ ],
+ state = "pending",
+ promise = {
+ state: function() {
+ return state;
+ },
+ always: function() {
+ deferred.done( arguments ).fail( arguments );
+ return this;
+ },
+ then: function( /* fnDone, fnFail, fnProgress */ ) {
+ var fns = arguments;
+ return jQuery.Deferred(function( newDefer ) {
+ jQuery.each( tuples, function( i, tuple ) {
+ var fn = jQuery.isFunction( fns[ i ] ) && fns[ i ];
+ // deferred[ done | fail | progress ] for forwarding actions to newDefer
+ deferred[ tuple[1] ](function() {
+ var returned = fn && fn.apply( this, arguments );
+ if ( returned && jQuery.isFunction( returned.promise ) ) {
+ returned.promise()
+ .done( newDefer.resolve )
+ .fail( newDefer.reject )
+ .progress( newDefer.notify );
+ } else {
+ newDefer[ tuple[ 0 ] + "With" ]( this === promise ? newDefer.promise() : this, fn ? [ returned ] : arguments );
+ }
+ });
+ });
+ fns = null;
+ }).promise();
+ },
+ // Get a promise for this deferred
+ // If obj is provided, the promise aspect is added to the object
+ promise: function( obj ) {
+ return obj != null ? jQuery.extend( obj, promise ) : promise;
+ }
+ },
+ deferred = {};
+
+ // Keep pipe for back-compat
+ promise.pipe = promise.then;
+
+ // Add list-specific methods
+ jQuery.each( tuples, function( i, tuple ) {
+ var list = tuple[ 2 ],
+ stateString = tuple[ 3 ];
+
+ // promise[ done | fail | progress ] = list.add
+ promise[ tuple[1] ] = list.add;
+
+ // Handle state
+ if ( stateString ) {
+ list.add(function() {
+ // state = [ resolved | rejected ]
+ state = stateString;
+
+ // [ reject_list | resolve_list ].disable; progress_list.lock
+ }, tuples[ i ^ 1 ][ 2 ].disable, tuples[ 2 ][ 2 ].lock );
+ }
+
+ // deferred[ resolve | reject | notify ]
+ deferred[ tuple[0] ] = function() {
+ deferred[ tuple[0] + "With" ]( this === deferred ? promise : this, arguments );
+ return this;
+ };
+ deferred[ tuple[0] + "With" ] = list.fireWith;
+ });
+
+ // Make the deferred a promise
+ promise.promise( deferred );
+
+ // Call given func if any
+ if ( func ) {
+ func.call( deferred, deferred );
+ }
+
+ // All done!
+ return deferred;
+ },
+
+ // Deferred helper
+ when: function( subordinate /* , ..., subordinateN */ ) {
+ var i = 0,
+ resolveValues = slice.call( arguments ),
+ length = resolveValues.length,
+
+ // the count of uncompleted subordinates
+ remaining = length !== 1 || ( subordinate && jQuery.isFunction( subordinate.promise ) ) ? length : 0,
+
+ // the master Deferred. If resolveValues consist of only a single Deferred, just use that.
+ deferred = remaining === 1 ? subordinate : jQuery.Deferred(),
+
+ // Update function for both resolve and progress values
+ updateFunc = function( i, contexts, values ) {
+ return function( value ) {
+ contexts[ i ] = this;
+ values[ i ] = arguments.length > 1 ? slice.call( arguments ) : value;
+ if ( values === progressValues ) {
+ deferred.notifyWith( contexts, values );
+ } else if ( !( --remaining ) ) {
+ deferred.resolveWith( contexts, values );
+ }
+ };
+ },
+
+ progressValues, progressContexts, resolveContexts;
+
+ // add listeners to Deferred subordinates; treat others as resolved
+ if ( length > 1 ) {
+ progressValues = new Array( length );
+ progressContexts = new Array( length );
+ resolveContexts = new Array( length );
+ for ( ; i < length; i++ ) {
+ if ( resolveValues[ i ] && jQuery.isFunction( resolveValues[ i ].promise ) ) {
+ resolveValues[ i ].promise()
+ .done( updateFunc( i, resolveContexts, resolveValues ) )
+ .fail( deferred.reject )
+ .progress( updateFunc( i, progressContexts, progressValues ) );
+ } else {
+ --remaining;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // if we're not waiting on anything, resolve the master
+ if ( !remaining ) {
+ deferred.resolveWith( resolveContexts, resolveValues );
+ }
+
+ return deferred.promise();
+ }
+});
+
+
+// The deferred used on DOM ready
+var readyList;
+
+jQuery.fn.ready = function( fn ) {
+ // Add the callback
+ jQuery.ready.promise().done( fn );
+
+ return this;
+};
+
+jQuery.extend({
+ // Is the DOM ready to be used? Set to true once it occurs.
+ isReady: false,
+
+ // A counter to track how many items to wait for before
+ // the ready event fires. See #6781
+ readyWait: 1,
+
+ // Hold (or release) the ready event
+ holdReady: function( hold ) {
+ if ( hold ) {
+ jQuery.readyWait++;
+ } else {
+ jQuery.ready( true );
+ }
+ },
+
+ // Handle when the DOM is ready
+ ready: function( wait ) {
+
+ // Abort if there are pending holds or we're already ready
+ if ( wait === true ? --jQuery.readyWait : jQuery.isReady ) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Remember that the DOM is ready
+ jQuery.isReady = true;
+
+ // If a normal DOM Ready event fired, decrement, and wait if need be
+ if ( wait !== true && --jQuery.readyWait > 0 ) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // If there are functions bound, to execute
+ readyList.resolveWith( document, [ jQuery ] );
+
+ // Trigger any bound ready events
+ if ( jQuery.fn.trigger ) {
+ jQuery( document ).trigger("ready").off("ready");
+ }
+ }
+});
+
+/**
+ * The ready event handler and self cleanup method
+ */
+function completed() {
+ document.removeEventListener( "DOMContentLoaded", completed, false );
+ window.removeEventListener( "load", completed, false );
+ jQuery.ready();
+}
+
+jQuery.ready.promise = function( obj ) {
+ if ( !readyList ) {
+
+ readyList = jQuery.Deferred();
+
+ // Catch cases where $(document).ready() is called after the browser event has already occurred.
+ // we once tried to use readyState "interactive" here, but it caused issues like the one
+ // discovered by ChrisS here: http://bugs.jquery.com/ticket/12282#comment:15
+ if ( document.readyState === "complete" ) {
+ // Handle it asynchronously to allow scripts the opportunity to delay ready
+ setTimeout( jQuery.ready );
+
+ } else {
+
+ // Use the handy event callback
+ document.addEventListener( "DOMContentLoaded", completed, false );
+
+ // A fallback to window.onload, that will always work
+ window.addEventListener( "load", completed, false );
+ }
+ }
+ return readyList.promise( obj );
+};
+
+// Kick off the DOM ready check even if the user does not
+jQuery.ready.promise();
+
+
+
+
+// Multifunctional method to get and set values of a collection
+// The value/s can optionally be executed if it's a function
+var access = jQuery.access = function( elems, fn, key, value, chainable, emptyGet, raw ) {
+ var i = 0,
+ len = elems.length,
+ bulk = key == null;
+
+ // Sets many values
+ if ( jQuery.type( key ) === "object" ) {
+ chainable = true;
+ for ( i in key ) {
+ jQuery.access( elems, fn, i, key[i], true, emptyGet, raw );
+ }
+
+ // Sets one value
+ } else if ( value !== undefined ) {
+ chainable = true;
+
+ if ( !jQuery.isFunction( value ) ) {
+ raw = true;
+ }
+
+ if ( bulk ) {
+ // Bulk operations run against the entire set
+ if ( raw ) {
+ fn.call( elems, value );
+ fn = null;
+
+ // ...except when executing function values
+ } else {
+ bulk = fn;
+ fn = function( elem, key, value ) {
+ return bulk.call( jQuery( elem ), value );
+ };
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ( fn ) {
+ for ( ; i < len; i++ ) {
+ fn( elems[i], key, raw ? value : value.call( elems[i], i, fn( elems[i], key ) ) );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return chainable ?
+ elems :
+
+ // Gets
+ bulk ?
+ fn.call( elems ) :
+ len ? fn( elems[0], key ) : emptyGet;
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether an object can have data
+ */
+jQuery.acceptData = function( owner ) {
+ // Accepts only:
+ // - Node
+ // - Node.ELEMENT_NODE
+ // - Node.DOCUMENT_NODE
+ // - Object
+ // - Any
+ /* jshint -W018 */
+ return owner.nodeType === 1 || owner.nodeType === 9 || !( +owner.nodeType );
+};
+
+
+function Data() {
+ // Support: Android < 4,
+ // Old WebKit does not have Object.preventExtensions/freeze method,
+ // return new empty object instead with no [[set]] accessor
+ Object.defineProperty( this.cache = {}, 0, {
+ get: function() {
+ return {};
+ }
+ });
+
+ this.expando = jQuery.expando + Math.random();
+}
+
+Data.uid = 1;
+Data.accepts = jQuery.acceptData;
+
+Data.prototype = {
+ key: function( owner ) {
+ // We can accept data for non-element nodes in modern browsers,
+ // but we should not, see #8335.
+ // Always return the key for a frozen object.
+ if ( !Data.accepts( owner ) ) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ var descriptor = {},
+ // Check if the owner object already has a cache key
+ unlock = owner[ this.expando ];
+
+ // If not, create one
+ if ( !unlock ) {
+ unlock = Data.uid++;
+
+ // Secure it in a non-enumerable, non-writable property
+ try {
+ descriptor[ this.expando ] = { value: unlock };
+ Object.defineProperties( owner, descriptor );
+
+ // Support: Android < 4
+ // Fallback to a less secure definition
+ } catch ( e ) {
+ descriptor[ this.expando ] = unlock;
+ jQuery.extend( owner, descriptor );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Ensure the cache object
+ if ( !this.cache[ unlock ] ) {
+ this.cache[ unlock ] = {};
+ }
+
+ return unlock;
+ },
+ set: function( owner, data, value ) {
+ var prop,
+ // There may be an unlock assigned to this node,
+ // if there is no entry for this "owner", create one inline
+ // and set the unlock as though an owner entry had always existed
+ unlock = this.key( owner ),
+ cache = this.cache[ unlock ];
+
+ // Handle: [ owner, key, value ] args
+ if ( typeof data === "string" ) {
+ cache[ data ] = value;
+
+ // Handle: [ owner, { properties } ] args
+ } else {
+ // Fresh assignments by object are shallow copied
+ if ( jQuery.isEmptyObject( cache ) ) {
+ jQuery.extend( this.cache[ unlock ], data );
+ // Otherwise, copy the properties one-by-one to the cache object
+ } else {
+ for ( prop in data ) {
+ cache[ prop ] = data[ prop ];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return cache;
+ },
+ get: function( owner, key ) {
+ // Either a valid cache is found, or will be created.
+ // New caches will be created and the unlock returned,
+ // allowing direct access to the newly created
+ // empty data object. A valid owner object must be provided.
+ var cache = this.cache[ this.key( owner ) ];
+
+ return key === undefined ?
+ cache : cache[ key ];
+ },
+ access: function( owner, key, value ) {
+ var stored;
+ // In cases where either:
+ //
+ // 1. No key was specified
+ // 2. A string key was specified, but no value provided
+ //
+ // Take the "read" path and allow the get method to determine
+ // which value to return, respectively either:
+ //
+ // 1. The entire cache object
+ // 2. The data stored at the key
+ //
+ if ( key === undefined ||
+ ((key && typeof key === "string") && value === undefined) ) {
+
+ stored = this.get( owner, key );
+
+ return stored !== undefined ?
+ stored : this.get( owner, jQuery.camelCase(key) );
+ }
+
+ // [*]When the key is not a string, or both a key and value
+ // are specified, set or extend (existing objects) with either:
+ //
+ // 1. An object of properties
+ // 2. A key and value
+ //
+ this.set( owner, key, value );
+
+ // Since the "set" path can have two possible entry points
+ // return the expected data based on which path was taken[*]
+ return value !== undefined ? value : key;
+ },
+ remove: function( owner, key ) {
+ var i, name, camel,
+ unlock = this.key( owner ),
+ cache = this.cache[ unlock ];
+
+ if ( key === undefined ) {
+ this.cache[ unlock ] = {};
+
+ } else {
+ // Support array or space separated string of keys
+ if ( jQuery.isArray( key ) ) {
+ // If "name" is an array of keys...
+ // When data is initially created, via ("key", "val") signature,
+ // keys will be converted to camelCase.
+ // Since there is no way to tell _how_ a key was added, remove
+ // both plain key and camelCase key. #12786
+ // This will only penalize the array argument path.
+ name = key.concat( key.map( jQuery.camelCase ) );
+ } else {
+ camel = jQuery.camelCase( key );
+ // Try the string as a key before any manipulation
+ if ( key in cache ) {
+ name = [ key, camel ];
+ } else {
+ // If a key with the spaces exists, use it.
+ // Otherwise, create an array by matching non-whitespace
+ name = camel;
+ name = name in cache ?
+ [ name ] : ( name.match( rnotwhite ) || [] );
+ }
+ }
+
+ i = name.length;
+ while ( i-- ) {
+ delete cache[ name[ i ] ];
+ }
+ }
+ },
+ hasData: function( owner ) {
+ return !jQuery.isEmptyObject(
+ this.cache[ owner[ this.expando ] ] || {}
+ );
+ },
+ discard: function( owner ) {
+ if ( owner[ this.expando ] ) {
+ delete this.cache[ owner[ this.expando ] ];
+ }
+ }
+};
+var data_priv = new Data();
+
+var data_user = new Data();
+
+
+
+/*
+ Implementation Summary
+
+ 1. Enforce API surface and semantic compatibility with 1.9.x branch
+ 2. Improve the module's maintainability by reducing the storage
+ paths to a single mechanism.
+ 3. Use the same single mechanism to support "private" and "user" data.
+ 4. _Never_ expose "private" data to user code (TODO: Drop _data, _removeData)
+ 5. Avoid exposing implementation details on user objects (eg. expando properties)
+ 6. Provide a clear path for implementation upgrade to WeakMap in 2014
+*/
+var rbrace = /^(?:\{[\w\W]*\}|\[[\w\W]*\])$/,
+ rmultiDash = /([A-Z])/g;
+
+function dataAttr( elem, key, data ) {
+ var name;
+
+ // If nothing was found internally, try to fetch any
+ // data from the HTML5 data-* attribute
+ if ( data === undefined && elem.nodeType === 1 ) {
+ name = "data-" + key.replace( rmultiDash, "-$1" ).toLowerCase();
+ data = elem.getAttribute( name );
+
+ if ( typeof data === "string" ) {
+ try {
+ data = data === "true" ? true :
+ data === "false" ? false :
+ data === "null" ? null :
+ // Only convert to a number if it doesn't change the string
+ +data + "" === data ? +data :
+ rbrace.test( data ) ? jQuery.parseJSON( data ) :
+ data;
+ } catch( e ) {}
+
+ // Make sure we set the data so it isn't changed later
+ data_user.set( elem, key, data );
+ } else {
+ data = undefined;
+ }
+ }
+ return data;
+}
+
+jQuery.extend({
+ hasData: function( elem ) {
+ return data_user.hasData( elem ) || data_priv.hasData( elem );
+ },
+
+ data: function( elem, name, data ) {
+ return data_user.access( elem, name, data );
+ },
+
+ removeData: function( elem, name ) {
+ data_user.remove( elem, name );
+ },
+
+ // TODO: Now that all calls to _data and _removeData have been replaced
+ // with direct calls to data_priv methods, these can be deprecated.
+ _data: function( elem, name, data ) {
+ return data_priv.access( elem, name, data );
+ },
+
+ _removeData: function( elem, name ) {
+ data_priv.remove( elem, name );
+ }
+});
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+ data: function( key, value ) {
+ var i, name, data,
+ elem = this[ 0 ],
+ attrs = elem && elem.attributes;
+
+ // Gets all values
+ if ( key === undefined ) {
+ if ( this.length ) {
+ data = data_user.get( elem );
+
+ if ( elem.nodeType === 1 && !data_priv.get( elem, "hasDataAttrs" ) ) {
+ i = attrs.length;
+ while ( i-- ) {
+ name = attrs[ i ].name;
+
+ if ( name.indexOf( "data-" ) === 0 ) {
+ name = jQuery.camelCase( name.slice(5) );
+ dataAttr( elem, name, data[ name ] );
+ }
+ }
+ data_priv.set( elem, "hasDataAttrs", true );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return data;
+ }
+
+ // Sets multiple values
+ if ( typeof key === "object" ) {
+ return this.each(function() {
+ data_user.set( this, key );
+ });
+ }
+
+ return access( this, function( value ) {
+ var data,
+ camelKey = jQuery.camelCase( key );
+
+ // The calling jQuery object (element matches) is not empty
+ // (and therefore has an element appears at this[ 0 ]) and the
+ // `value` parameter was not undefined. An empty jQuery object
+ // will result in `undefined` for elem = this[ 0 ] which will
+ // throw an exception if an attempt to read a data cache is made.
+ if ( elem && value === undefined ) {
+ // Attempt to get data from the cache
+ // with the key as-is
+ data = data_user.get( elem, key );
+ if ( data !== undefined ) {
+ return data;
+ }
+
+ // Attempt to get data from the cache
+ // with the key camelized
+ data = data_user.get( elem, camelKey );
+ if ( data !== undefined ) {
+ return data;
+ }
+
+ // Attempt to "discover" the data in
+ // HTML5 custom data-* attrs
+ data = dataAttr( elem, camelKey, undefined );
+ if ( data !== undefined ) {
+ return data;
+ }
+
+ // We tried really hard, but the data doesn't exist.
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Set the data...
+ this.each(function() {
+ // First, attempt to store a copy or reference of any
+ // data that might've been store with a camelCased key.
+ var data = data_user.get( this, camelKey );
+
+ // For HTML5 data-* attribute interop, we have to
+ // store property names with dashes in a camelCase form.
+ // This might not apply to all properties...*
+ data_user.set( this, camelKey, value );
+
+ // *... In the case of properties that might _actually_
+ // have dashes, we need to also store a copy of that
+ // unchanged property.
+ if ( key.indexOf("-") !== -1 && data !== undefined ) {
+ data_user.set( this, key, value );
+ }
+ });
+ }, null, value, arguments.length > 1, null, true );
+ },
+
+ removeData: function( key ) {
+ return this.each(function() {
+ data_user.remove( this, key );
+ });
+ }
+});
+
+
+jQuery.extend({
+ queue: function( elem, type, data ) {
+ var queue;
+
+ if ( elem ) {
+ type = ( type || "fx" ) + "queue";
+ queue = data_priv.get( elem, type );
+
+ // Speed up dequeue by getting out quickly if this is just a lookup
+ if ( data ) {
+ if ( !queue || jQuery.isArray( data ) ) {
+ queue = data_priv.access( elem, type, jQuery.makeArray(data) );
+ } else {
+ queue.push( data );
+ }
+ }
+ return queue || [];
+ }
+ },
+
+ dequeue: function( elem, type ) {
+ type = type || "fx";
+
+ var queue = jQuery.queue( elem, type ),
+ startLength = queue.length,
+ fn = queue.shift(),
+ hooks = jQuery._queueHooks( elem, type ),
+ next = function() {
+ jQuery.dequeue( elem, type );
+ };
+
+ // If the fx queue is dequeued, always remove the progress sentinel
+ if ( fn === "inprogress" ) {
+ fn = queue.shift();
+ startLength--;
+ }
+
+ if ( fn ) {
+
+ // Add a progress sentinel to prevent the fx queue from being
+ // automatically dequeued
+ if ( type === "fx" ) {
+ queue.unshift( "inprogress" );
+ }
+
+ // clear up the last queue stop function
+ delete hooks.stop;
+ fn.call( elem, next, hooks );
+ }
+
+ if ( !startLength && hooks ) {
+ hooks.empty.fire();
+ }
+ },
+
+ // not intended for public consumption - generates a queueHooks object, or returns the current one
+ _queueHooks: function( elem, type ) {
+ var key = type + "queueHooks";
+ return data_priv.get( elem, key ) || data_priv.access( elem, key, {
+ empty: jQuery.Callbacks("once memory").add(function() {
+ data_priv.remove( elem, [ type + "queue", key ] );
+ })
+ });
+ }
+});
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+ queue: function( type, data ) {
+ var setter = 2;
+
+ if ( typeof type !== "string" ) {
+ data = type;
+ type = "fx";
+ setter--;
+ }
+
+ if ( arguments.length < setter ) {
+ return jQuery.queue( this[0], type );
+ }
+
+ return data === undefined ?
+ this :
+ this.each(function() {
+ var queue = jQuery.queue( this, type, data );
+
+ // ensure a hooks for this queue
+ jQuery._queueHooks( this, type );
+
+ if ( type === "fx" && queue[0] !== "inprogress" ) {
+ jQuery.dequeue( this, type );
+ }
+ });
+ },
+ dequeue: function( type ) {
+ return this.each(function() {
+ jQuery.dequeue( this, type );
+ });
+ },
+ clearQueue: function( type ) {
+ return this.queue( type || "fx", [] );
+ },
+ // Get a promise resolved when queues of a certain type
+ // are emptied (fx is the type by default)
+ promise: function( type, obj ) {
+ var tmp,
+ count = 1,
+ defer = jQuery.Deferred(),
+ elements = this,
+ i = this.length,
+ resolve = function() {
+ if ( !( --count ) ) {
+ defer.resolveWith( elements, [ elements ] );
+ }
+ };
+
+ if ( typeof type !== "string" ) {
+ obj = type;
+ type = undefined;
+ }
+ type = type || "fx";
+
+ while ( i-- ) {
+ tmp = data_priv.get( elements[ i ], type + "queueHooks" );
+ if ( tmp && tmp.empty ) {
+ count++;
+ tmp.empty.add( resolve );
+ }
+ }
+ resolve();
+ return defer.promise( obj );
+ }
+});
+var pnum = (/[+-]?(?:\d*\.|)\d+(?:[eE][+-]?\d+|)/).source;
+
+var cssExpand = [ "Top", "Right", "Bottom", "Left" ];
+
+var isHidden = function( elem, el ) {
+ // isHidden might be called from jQuery#filter function;
+ // in that case, element will be second argument
+ elem = el || elem;
+ return jQuery.css( elem, "display" ) === "none" || !jQuery.contains( elem.ownerDocument, elem );
+ };
+
+var rcheckableType = (/^(?:checkbox|radio)$/i);
+
+
+
+(function() {
+ var fragment = document.createDocumentFragment(),
+ div = fragment.appendChild( document.createElement( "div" ) );
+
+ // #11217 - WebKit loses check when the name is after the checked attribute
+ div.innerHTML = " instance trees (#13180)
+ // Avoid non-left-click bubbling in Firefox (#3861)
+ if ( delegateCount && cur.nodeType && (!event.button || event.type !== "click") ) {
+
+ for ( ; cur !== this; cur = cur.parentNode || this ) {
+
+ // Don't process clicks on disabled elements (#6911, #8165, #11382, #11764)
+ if ( cur.disabled !== true || event.type !== "click" ) {
+ matches = [];
+ for ( i = 0; i < delegateCount; i++ ) {
+ handleObj = handlers[ i ];
+
+ // Don't conflict with Object.prototype properties (#13203)
+ sel = handleObj.selector + " ";
+
+ if ( matches[ sel ] === undefined ) {
+ matches[ sel ] = handleObj.needsContext ?
+ jQuery( sel, this ).index( cur ) >= 0 :
+ jQuery.find( sel, this, null, [ cur ] ).length;
+ }
+ if ( matches[ sel ] ) {
+ matches.push( handleObj );
+ }
+ }
+ if ( matches.length ) {
+ handlerQueue.push({ elem: cur, handlers: matches });
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Add the remaining (directly-bound) handlers
+ if ( delegateCount < handlers.length ) {
+ handlerQueue.push({ elem: this, handlers: handlers.slice( delegateCount ) });
+ }
+
+ return handlerQueue;
+ },
+
+ // Includes some event props shared by KeyEvent and MouseEvent
+ props: "altKey bubbles cancelable ctrlKey currentTarget eventPhase metaKey relatedTarget shiftKey target timeStamp view which".split(" "),
+
+ fixHooks: {},
+
+ keyHooks: {
+ props: "char charCode key keyCode".split(" "),
+ filter: function( event, original ) {
+
+ // Add which for key events
+ if ( event.which == null ) {
+ event.which = original.charCode != null ? original.charCode : original.keyCode;
+ }
+
+ return event;
+ }
+ },
+
+ mouseHooks: {
+ props: "button buttons clientX clientY offsetX offsetY pageX pageY screenX screenY toElement".split(" "),
+ filter: function( event, original ) {
+ var eventDoc, doc, body,
+ button = original.button;
+
+ // Calculate pageX/Y if missing and clientX/Y available
+ if ( event.pageX == null && original.clientX != null ) {
+ eventDoc = event.target.ownerDocument || document;
+ doc = eventDoc.documentElement;
+ body = eventDoc.body;
+
+ event.pageX = original.clientX + ( doc && doc.scrollLeft || body && body.scrollLeft || 0 ) - ( doc && doc.clientLeft || body && body.clientLeft || 0 );
+ event.pageY = original.clientY + ( doc && doc.scrollTop || body && body.scrollTop || 0 ) - ( doc && doc.clientTop || body && body.clientTop || 0 );
+ }
+
+ // Add which for click: 1 === left; 2 === middle; 3 === right
+ // Note: button is not normalized, so don't use it
+ if ( !event.which && button !== undefined ) {
+ event.which = ( button & 1 ? 1 : ( button & 2 ? 3 : ( button & 4 ? 2 : 0 ) ) );
+ }
+
+ return event;
+ }
+ },
+
+ fix: function( event ) {
+ if ( event[ jQuery.expando ] ) {
+ return event;
+ }
+
+ // Create a writable copy of the event object and normalize some properties
+ var i, prop, copy,
+ type = event.type,
+ originalEvent = event,
+ fixHook = this.fixHooks[ type ];
+
+ if ( !fixHook ) {
+ this.fixHooks[ type ] = fixHook =
+ rmouseEvent.test( type ) ? this.mouseHooks :
+ rkeyEvent.test( type ) ? this.keyHooks :
+ {};
+ }
+ copy = fixHook.props ? this.props.concat( fixHook.props ) : this.props;
+
+ event = new jQuery.Event( originalEvent );
+
+ i = copy.length;
+ while ( i-- ) {
+ prop = copy[ i ];
+ event[ prop ] = originalEvent[ prop ];
+ }
+
+ // Support: Cordova 2.5 (WebKit) (#13255)
+ // All events should have a target; Cordova deviceready doesn't
+ if ( !event.target ) {
+ event.target = document;
+ }
+
+ // Support: Safari 6.0+, Chrome < 28
+ // Target should not be a text node (#504, #13143)
+ if ( event.target.nodeType === 3 ) {
+ event.target = event.target.parentNode;
+ }
+
+ return fixHook.filter ? fixHook.filter( event, originalEvent ) : event;
+ },
+
+ special: {
+ load: {
+ // Prevent triggered image.load events from bubbling to window.load
+ noBubble: true
+ },
+ focus: {
+ // Fire native event if possible so blur/focus sequence is correct
+ trigger: function() {
+ if ( this !== safeActiveElement() && this.focus ) {
+ this.focus();
+ return false;
+ }
+ },
+ delegateType: "focusin"
+ },
+ blur: {
+ trigger: function() {
+ if ( this === safeActiveElement() && this.blur ) {
+ this.blur();
+ return false;
+ }
+ },
+ delegateType: "focusout"
+ },
+ click: {
+ // For checkbox, fire native event so checked state will be right
+ trigger: function() {
+ if ( this.type === "checkbox" && this.click && jQuery.nodeName( this, "input" ) ) {
+ this.click();
+ return false;
+ }
+ },
+
+ // For cross-browser consistency, don't fire native .click() on links
+ _default: function( event ) {
+ return jQuery.nodeName( event.target, "a" );
+ }
+ },
+
+ beforeunload: {
+ postDispatch: function( event ) {
+
+ // Support: Firefox 20+
+ // Firefox doesn't alert if the returnValue field is not set.
+ if ( event.result !== undefined ) {
+ event.originalEvent.returnValue = event.result;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ },
+
+ simulate: function( type, elem, event, bubble ) {
+ // Piggyback on a donor event to simulate a different one.
+ // Fake originalEvent to avoid donor's stopPropagation, but if the
+ // simulated event prevents default then we do the same on the donor.
+ var e = jQuery.extend(
+ new jQuery.Event(),
+ event,
+ {
+ type: type,
+ isSimulated: true,
+ originalEvent: {}
+ }
+ );
+ if ( bubble ) {
+ jQuery.event.trigger( e, null, elem );
+ } else {
+ jQuery.event.dispatch.call( elem, e );
+ }
+ if ( e.isDefaultPrevented() ) {
+ event.preventDefault();
+ }
+ }
+};
+
+jQuery.removeEvent = function( elem, type, handle ) {
+ if ( elem.removeEventListener ) {
+ elem.removeEventListener( type, handle, false );
+ }
+};
+
+jQuery.Event = function( src, props ) {
+ // Allow instantiation without the 'new' keyword
+ if ( !(this instanceof jQuery.Event) ) {
+ return new jQuery.Event( src, props );
+ }
+
+ // Event object
+ if ( src && src.type ) {
+ this.originalEvent = src;
+ this.type = src.type;
+
+ // Events bubbling up the document may have been marked as prevented
+ // by a handler lower down the tree; reflect the correct value.
+ this.isDefaultPrevented = src.defaultPrevented ||
+ // Support: Android < 4.0
+ src.defaultPrevented === undefined &&
+ src.getPreventDefault && src.getPreventDefault() ?
+ returnTrue :
+ returnFalse;
+
+ // Event type
+ } else {
+ this.type = src;
+ }
+
+ // Put explicitly provided properties onto the event object
+ if ( props ) {
+ jQuery.extend( this, props );
+ }
+
+ // Create a timestamp if incoming event doesn't have one
+ this.timeStamp = src && src.timeStamp || jQuery.now();
+
+ // Mark it as fixed
+ this[ jQuery.expando ] = true;
+};
+
+// jQuery.Event is based on DOM3 Events as specified by the ECMAScript Language Binding
+// http://www.w3.org/TR/2003/WD-DOM-Level-3-Events-20030331/ecma-script-binding.html
+jQuery.Event.prototype = {
+ isDefaultPrevented: returnFalse,
+ isPropagationStopped: returnFalse,
+ isImmediatePropagationStopped: returnFalse,
+
+ preventDefault: function() {
+ var e = this.originalEvent;
+
+ this.isDefaultPrevented = returnTrue;
+
+ if ( e && e.preventDefault ) {
+ e.preventDefault();
+ }
+ },
+ stopPropagation: function() {
+ var e = this.originalEvent;
+
+ this.isPropagationStopped = returnTrue;
+
+ if ( e && e.stopPropagation ) {
+ e.stopPropagation();
+ }
+ },
+ stopImmediatePropagation: function() {
+ this.isImmediatePropagationStopped = returnTrue;
+ this.stopPropagation();
+ }
+};
+
+// Create mouseenter/leave events using mouseover/out and event-time checks
+// Support: Chrome 15+
+jQuery.each({
+ mouseenter: "mouseover",
+ mouseleave: "mouseout"
+}, function( orig, fix ) {
+ jQuery.event.special[ orig ] = {
+ delegateType: fix,
+ bindType: fix,
+
+ handle: function( event ) {
+ var ret,
+ target = this,
+ related = event.relatedTarget,
+ handleObj = event.handleObj;
+
+ // For mousenter/leave call the handler if related is outside the target.
+ // NB: No relatedTarget if the mouse left/entered the browser window
+ if ( !related || (related !== target && !jQuery.contains( target, related )) ) {
+ event.type = handleObj.origType;
+ ret = handleObj.handler.apply( this, arguments );
+ event.type = fix;
+ }
+ return ret;
+ }
+ };
+});
+
+// Create "bubbling" focus and blur events
+// Support: Firefox, Chrome, Safari
+if ( !support.focusinBubbles ) {
+ jQuery.each({ focus: "focusin", blur: "focusout" }, function( orig, fix ) {
+
+ // Attach a single capturing handler on the document while someone wants focusin/focusout
+ var handler = function( event ) {
+ jQuery.event.simulate( fix, event.target, jQuery.event.fix( event ), true );
+ };
+
+ jQuery.event.special[ fix ] = {
+ setup: function() {
+ var doc = this.ownerDocument || this,
+ attaches = data_priv.access( doc, fix );
+
+ if ( !attaches ) {
+ doc.addEventListener( orig, handler, true );
+ }
+ data_priv.access( doc, fix, ( attaches || 0 ) + 1 );
+ },
+ teardown: function() {
+ var doc = this.ownerDocument || this,
+ attaches = data_priv.access( doc, fix ) - 1;
+
+ if ( !attaches ) {
+ doc.removeEventListener( orig, handler, true );
+ data_priv.remove( doc, fix );
+
+ } else {
+ data_priv.access( doc, fix, attaches );
+ }
+ }
+ };
+ });
+}
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+
+ on: function( types, selector, data, fn, /*INTERNAL*/ one ) {
+ var origFn, type;
+
+ // Types can be a map of types/handlers
+ if ( typeof types === "object" ) {
+ // ( types-Object, selector, data )
+ if ( typeof selector !== "string" ) {
+ // ( types-Object, data )
+ data = data || selector;
+ selector = undefined;
+ }
+ for ( type in types ) {
+ this.on( type, selector, data, types[ type ], one );
+ }
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ if ( data == null && fn == null ) {
+ // ( types, fn )
+ fn = selector;
+ data = selector = undefined;
+ } else if ( fn == null ) {
+ if ( typeof selector === "string" ) {
+ // ( types, selector, fn )
+ fn = data;
+ data = undefined;
+ } else {
+ // ( types, data, fn )
+ fn = data;
+ data = selector;
+ selector = undefined;
+ }
+ }
+ if ( fn === false ) {
+ fn = returnFalse;
+ } else if ( !fn ) {
+ return this;
+ }
+
+ if ( one === 1 ) {
+ origFn = fn;
+ fn = function( event ) {
+ // Can use an empty set, since event contains the info
+ jQuery().off( event );
+ return origFn.apply( this, arguments );
+ };
+ // Use same guid so caller can remove using origFn
+ fn.guid = origFn.guid || ( origFn.guid = jQuery.guid++ );
+ }
+ return this.each( function() {
+ jQuery.event.add( this, types, fn, data, selector );
+ });
+ },
+ one: function( types, selector, data, fn ) {
+ return this.on( types, selector, data, fn, 1 );
+ },
+ off: function( types, selector, fn ) {
+ var handleObj, type;
+ if ( types && types.preventDefault && types.handleObj ) {
+ // ( event ) dispatched jQuery.Event
+ handleObj = types.handleObj;
+ jQuery( types.delegateTarget ).off(
+ handleObj.namespace ? handleObj.origType + "." + handleObj.namespace : handleObj.origType,
+ handleObj.selector,
+ handleObj.handler
+ );
+ return this;
+ }
+ if ( typeof types === "object" ) {
+ // ( types-object [, selector] )
+ for ( type in types ) {
+ this.off( type, selector, types[ type ] );
+ }
+ return this;
+ }
+ if ( selector === false || typeof selector === "function" ) {
+ // ( types [, fn] )
+ fn = selector;
+ selector = undefined;
+ }
+ if ( fn === false ) {
+ fn = returnFalse;
+ }
+ return this.each(function() {
+ jQuery.event.remove( this, types, fn, selector );
+ });
+ },
+
+ trigger: function( type, data ) {
+ return this.each(function() {
+ jQuery.event.trigger( type, data, this );
+ });
+ },
+ triggerHandler: function( type, data ) {
+ var elem = this[0];
+ if ( elem ) {
+ return jQuery.event.trigger( type, data, elem, true );
+ }
+ }
+});
+
+
+var
+ rxhtmlTag = /<(?!area|br|col|embed|hr|img|input|link|meta|param)(([\w:]+)[^>]*)\/>/gi,
+ rtagName = /<([\w:]+)/,
+ rhtml = /<|&#?\w+;/,
+ rnoInnerhtml = /<(?:script|style|link)/i,
+ // checked="checked" or checked
+ rchecked = /checked\s*(?:[^=]|=\s*.checked.)/i,
+ rscriptType = /^$|\/(?:java|ecma)script/i,
+ rscriptTypeMasked = /^true\/(.*)/,
+ rcleanScript = /^\s*\s*$/g,
+
+ // We have to close these tags to support XHTML (#13200)
+ wrapMap = {
+
+ // Support: IE 9
+ option: [ 1, "", " " ],
+
+ thead: [ 1, "" ],
+ col: [ 2, "" ],
+ tr: [ 2, "" ],
+ td: [ 3, "" ],
+
+ _default: [ 0, "", "" ]
+ };
+
+// Support: IE 9
+wrapMap.optgroup = wrapMap.option;
+
+wrapMap.tbody = wrapMap.tfoot = wrapMap.colgroup = wrapMap.caption = wrapMap.thead;
+wrapMap.th = wrapMap.td;
+
+// Support: 1.x compatibility
+// Manipulating tables requires a tbody
+function manipulationTarget( elem, content ) {
+ return jQuery.nodeName( elem, "table" ) &&
+ jQuery.nodeName( content.nodeType !== 11 ? content : content.firstChild, "tr" ) ?
+
+ elem.getElementsByTagName("tbody")[0] ||
+ elem.appendChild( elem.ownerDocument.createElement("tbody") ) :
+ elem;
+}
+
+// Replace/restore the type attribute of script elements for safe DOM manipulation
+function disableScript( elem ) {
+ elem.type = (elem.getAttribute("type") !== null) + "/" + elem.type;
+ return elem;
+}
+function restoreScript( elem ) {
+ var match = rscriptTypeMasked.exec( elem.type );
+
+ if ( match ) {
+ elem.type = match[ 1 ];
+ } else {
+ elem.removeAttribute("type");
+ }
+
+ return elem;
+}
+
+// Mark scripts as having already been evaluated
+function setGlobalEval( elems, refElements ) {
+ var i = 0,
+ l = elems.length;
+
+ for ( ; i < l; i++ ) {
+ data_priv.set(
+ elems[ i ], "globalEval", !refElements || data_priv.get( refElements[ i ], "globalEval" )
+ );
+ }
+}
+
+function cloneCopyEvent( src, dest ) {
+ var i, l, type, pdataOld, pdataCur, udataOld, udataCur, events;
+
+ if ( dest.nodeType !== 1 ) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // 1. Copy private data: events, handlers, etc.
+ if ( data_priv.hasData( src ) ) {
+ pdataOld = data_priv.access( src );
+ pdataCur = data_priv.set( dest, pdataOld );
+ events = pdataOld.events;
+
+ if ( events ) {
+ delete pdataCur.handle;
+ pdataCur.events = {};
+
+ for ( type in events ) {
+ for ( i = 0, l = events[ type ].length; i < l; i++ ) {
+ jQuery.event.add( dest, type, events[ type ][ i ] );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // 2. Copy user data
+ if ( data_user.hasData( src ) ) {
+ udataOld = data_user.access( src );
+ udataCur = jQuery.extend( {}, udataOld );
+
+ data_user.set( dest, udataCur );
+ }
+}
+
+function getAll( context, tag ) {
+ var ret = context.getElementsByTagName ? context.getElementsByTagName( tag || "*" ) :
+ context.querySelectorAll ? context.querySelectorAll( tag || "*" ) :
+ [];
+
+ return tag === undefined || tag && jQuery.nodeName( context, tag ) ?
+ jQuery.merge( [ context ], ret ) :
+ ret;
+}
+
+// Support: IE >= 9
+function fixInput( src, dest ) {
+ var nodeName = dest.nodeName.toLowerCase();
+
+ // Fails to persist the checked state of a cloned checkbox or radio button.
+ if ( nodeName === "input" && rcheckableType.test( src.type ) ) {
+ dest.checked = src.checked;
+
+ // Fails to return the selected option to the default selected state when cloning options
+ } else if ( nodeName === "input" || nodeName === "textarea" ) {
+ dest.defaultValue = src.defaultValue;
+ }
+}
+
+jQuery.extend({
+ clone: function( elem, dataAndEvents, deepDataAndEvents ) {
+ var i, l, srcElements, destElements,
+ clone = elem.cloneNode( true ),
+ inPage = jQuery.contains( elem.ownerDocument, elem );
+
+ // Support: IE >= 9
+ // Fix Cloning issues
+ if ( !support.noCloneChecked && ( elem.nodeType === 1 || elem.nodeType === 11 ) &&
+ !jQuery.isXMLDoc( elem ) ) {
+
+ // We eschew Sizzle here for performance reasons: http://jsperf.com/getall-vs-sizzle/2
+ destElements = getAll( clone );
+ srcElements = getAll( elem );
+
+ for ( i = 0, l = srcElements.length; i < l; i++ ) {
+ fixInput( srcElements[ i ], destElements[ i ] );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Copy the events from the original to the clone
+ if ( dataAndEvents ) {
+ if ( deepDataAndEvents ) {
+ srcElements = srcElements || getAll( elem );
+ destElements = destElements || getAll( clone );
+
+ for ( i = 0, l = srcElements.length; i < l; i++ ) {
+ cloneCopyEvent( srcElements[ i ], destElements[ i ] );
+ }
+ } else {
+ cloneCopyEvent( elem, clone );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Preserve script evaluation history
+ destElements = getAll( clone, "script" );
+ if ( destElements.length > 0 ) {
+ setGlobalEval( destElements, !inPage && getAll( elem, "script" ) );
+ }
+
+ // Return the cloned set
+ return clone;
+ },
+
+ buildFragment: function( elems, context, scripts, selection ) {
+ var elem, tmp, tag, wrap, contains, j,
+ fragment = context.createDocumentFragment(),
+ nodes = [],
+ i = 0,
+ l = elems.length;
+
+ for ( ; i < l; i++ ) {
+ elem = elems[ i ];
+
+ if ( elem || elem === 0 ) {
+
+ // Add nodes directly
+ if ( jQuery.type( elem ) === "object" ) {
+ // Support: QtWebKit
+ // jQuery.merge because push.apply(_, arraylike) throws
+ jQuery.merge( nodes, elem.nodeType ? [ elem ] : elem );
+
+ // Convert non-html into a text node
+ } else if ( !rhtml.test( elem ) ) {
+ nodes.push( context.createTextNode( elem ) );
+
+ // Convert html into DOM nodes
+ } else {
+ tmp = tmp || fragment.appendChild( context.createElement("div") );
+
+ // Deserialize a standard representation
+ tag = ( rtagName.exec( elem ) || [ "", "" ] )[ 1 ].toLowerCase();
+ wrap = wrapMap[ tag ] || wrapMap._default;
+ tmp.innerHTML = wrap[ 1 ] + elem.replace( rxhtmlTag, "<$1>" ) + wrap[ 2 ];
+
+ // Descend through wrappers to the right content
+ j = wrap[ 0 ];
+ while ( j-- ) {
+ tmp = tmp.lastChild;
+ }
+
+ // Support: QtWebKit
+ // jQuery.merge because push.apply(_, arraylike) throws
+ jQuery.merge( nodes, tmp.childNodes );
+
+ // Remember the top-level container
+ tmp = fragment.firstChild;
+
+ // Fixes #12346
+ // Support: Webkit, IE
+ tmp.textContent = "";
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Remove wrapper from fragment
+ fragment.textContent = "";
+
+ i = 0;
+ while ( (elem = nodes[ i++ ]) ) {
+
+ // #4087 - If origin and destination elements are the same, and this is
+ // that element, do not do anything
+ if ( selection && jQuery.inArray( elem, selection ) !== -1 ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ contains = jQuery.contains( elem.ownerDocument, elem );
+
+ // Append to fragment
+ tmp = getAll( fragment.appendChild( elem ), "script" );
+
+ // Preserve script evaluation history
+ if ( contains ) {
+ setGlobalEval( tmp );
+ }
+
+ // Capture executables
+ if ( scripts ) {
+ j = 0;
+ while ( (elem = tmp[ j++ ]) ) {
+ if ( rscriptType.test( elem.type || "" ) ) {
+ scripts.push( elem );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return fragment;
+ },
+
+ cleanData: function( elems ) {
+ var data, elem, events, type, key, j,
+ special = jQuery.event.special,
+ i = 0;
+
+ for ( ; (elem = elems[ i ]) !== undefined; i++ ) {
+ if ( jQuery.acceptData( elem ) ) {
+ key = elem[ data_priv.expando ];
+
+ if ( key && (data = data_priv.cache[ key ]) ) {
+ events = Object.keys( data.events || {} );
+ if ( events.length ) {
+ for ( j = 0; (type = events[j]) !== undefined; j++ ) {
+ if ( special[ type ] ) {
+ jQuery.event.remove( elem, type );
+
+ // This is a shortcut to avoid jQuery.event.remove's overhead
+ } else {
+ jQuery.removeEvent( elem, type, data.handle );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if ( data_priv.cache[ key ] ) {
+ // Discard any remaining `private` data
+ delete data_priv.cache[ key ];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ // Discard any remaining `user` data
+ delete data_user.cache[ elem[ data_user.expando ] ];
+ }
+ }
+});
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+ text: function( value ) {
+ return access( this, function( value ) {
+ return value === undefined ?
+ jQuery.text( this ) :
+ this.empty().each(function() {
+ if ( this.nodeType === 1 || this.nodeType === 11 || this.nodeType === 9 ) {
+ this.textContent = value;
+ }
+ });
+ }, null, value, arguments.length );
+ },
+
+ append: function() {
+ return this.domManip( arguments, function( elem ) {
+ if ( this.nodeType === 1 || this.nodeType === 11 || this.nodeType === 9 ) {
+ var target = manipulationTarget( this, elem );
+ target.appendChild( elem );
+ }
+ });
+ },
+
+ prepend: function() {
+ return this.domManip( arguments, function( elem ) {
+ if ( this.nodeType === 1 || this.nodeType === 11 || this.nodeType === 9 ) {
+ var target = manipulationTarget( this, elem );
+ target.insertBefore( elem, target.firstChild );
+ }
+ });
+ },
+
+ before: function() {
+ return this.domManip( arguments, function( elem ) {
+ if ( this.parentNode ) {
+ this.parentNode.insertBefore( elem, this );
+ }
+ });
+ },
+
+ after: function() {
+ return this.domManip( arguments, function( elem ) {
+ if ( this.parentNode ) {
+ this.parentNode.insertBefore( elem, this.nextSibling );
+ }
+ });
+ },
+
+ remove: function( selector, keepData /* Internal Use Only */ ) {
+ var elem,
+ elems = selector ? jQuery.filter( selector, this ) : this,
+ i = 0;
+
+ for ( ; (elem = elems[i]) != null; i++ ) {
+ if ( !keepData && elem.nodeType === 1 ) {
+ jQuery.cleanData( getAll( elem ) );
+ }
+
+ if ( elem.parentNode ) {
+ if ( keepData && jQuery.contains( elem.ownerDocument, elem ) ) {
+ setGlobalEval( getAll( elem, "script" ) );
+ }
+ elem.parentNode.removeChild( elem );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return this;
+ },
+
+ empty: function() {
+ var elem,
+ i = 0;
+
+ for ( ; (elem = this[i]) != null; i++ ) {
+ if ( elem.nodeType === 1 ) {
+
+ // Prevent memory leaks
+ jQuery.cleanData( getAll( elem, false ) );
+
+ // Remove any remaining nodes
+ elem.textContent = "";
+ }
+ }
+
+ return this;
+ },
+
+ clone: function( dataAndEvents, deepDataAndEvents ) {
+ dataAndEvents = dataAndEvents == null ? false : dataAndEvents;
+ deepDataAndEvents = deepDataAndEvents == null ? dataAndEvents : deepDataAndEvents;
+
+ return this.map(function() {
+ return jQuery.clone( this, dataAndEvents, deepDataAndEvents );
+ });
+ },
+
+ html: function( value ) {
+ return access( this, function( value ) {
+ var elem = this[ 0 ] || {},
+ i = 0,
+ l = this.length;
+
+ if ( value === undefined && elem.nodeType === 1 ) {
+ return elem.innerHTML;
+ }
+
+ // See if we can take a shortcut and just use innerHTML
+ if ( typeof value === "string" && !rnoInnerhtml.test( value ) &&
+ !wrapMap[ ( rtagName.exec( value ) || [ "", "" ] )[ 1 ].toLowerCase() ] ) {
+
+ value = value.replace( rxhtmlTag, "<$1>" );
+
+ try {
+ for ( ; i < l; i++ ) {
+ elem = this[ i ] || {};
+
+ // Remove element nodes and prevent memory leaks
+ if ( elem.nodeType === 1 ) {
+ jQuery.cleanData( getAll( elem, false ) );
+ elem.innerHTML = value;
+ }
+ }
+
+ elem = 0;
+
+ // If using innerHTML throws an exception, use the fallback method
+ } catch( e ) {}
+ }
+
+ if ( elem ) {
+ this.empty().append( value );
+ }
+ }, null, value, arguments.length );
+ },
+
+ replaceWith: function() {
+ var arg = arguments[ 0 ];
+
+ // Make the changes, replacing each context element with the new content
+ this.domManip( arguments, function( elem ) {
+ arg = this.parentNode;
+
+ jQuery.cleanData( getAll( this ) );
+
+ if ( arg ) {
+ arg.replaceChild( elem, this );
+ }
+ });
+
+ // Force removal if there was no new content (e.g., from empty arguments)
+ return arg && (arg.length || arg.nodeType) ? this : this.remove();
+ },
+
+ detach: function( selector ) {
+ return this.remove( selector, true );
+ },
+
+ domManip: function( args, callback ) {
+
+ // Flatten any nested arrays
+ args = concat.apply( [], args );
+
+ var fragment, first, scripts, hasScripts, node, doc,
+ i = 0,
+ l = this.length,
+ set = this,
+ iNoClone = l - 1,
+ value = args[ 0 ],
+ isFunction = jQuery.isFunction( value );
+
+ // We can't cloneNode fragments that contain checked, in WebKit
+ if ( isFunction ||
+ ( l > 1 && typeof value === "string" &&
+ !support.checkClone && rchecked.test( value ) ) ) {
+ return this.each(function( index ) {
+ var self = set.eq( index );
+ if ( isFunction ) {
+ args[ 0 ] = value.call( this, index, self.html() );
+ }
+ self.domManip( args, callback );
+ });
+ }
+
+ if ( l ) {
+ fragment = jQuery.buildFragment( args, this[ 0 ].ownerDocument, false, this );
+ first = fragment.firstChild;
+
+ if ( fragment.childNodes.length === 1 ) {
+ fragment = first;
+ }
+
+ if ( first ) {
+ scripts = jQuery.map( getAll( fragment, "script" ), disableScript );
+ hasScripts = scripts.length;
+
+ // Use the original fragment for the last item instead of the first because it can end up
+ // being emptied incorrectly in certain situations (#8070).
+ for ( ; i < l; i++ ) {
+ node = fragment;
+
+ if ( i !== iNoClone ) {
+ node = jQuery.clone( node, true, true );
+
+ // Keep references to cloned scripts for later restoration
+ if ( hasScripts ) {
+ // Support: QtWebKit
+ // jQuery.merge because push.apply(_, arraylike) throws
+ jQuery.merge( scripts, getAll( node, "script" ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ callback.call( this[ i ], node, i );
+ }
+
+ if ( hasScripts ) {
+ doc = scripts[ scripts.length - 1 ].ownerDocument;
+
+ // Reenable scripts
+ jQuery.map( scripts, restoreScript );
+
+ // Evaluate executable scripts on first document insertion
+ for ( i = 0; i < hasScripts; i++ ) {
+ node = scripts[ i ];
+ if ( rscriptType.test( node.type || "" ) &&
+ !data_priv.access( node, "globalEval" ) && jQuery.contains( doc, node ) ) {
+
+ if ( node.src ) {
+ // Optional AJAX dependency, but won't run scripts if not present
+ if ( jQuery._evalUrl ) {
+ jQuery._evalUrl( node.src );
+ }
+ } else {
+ jQuery.globalEval( node.textContent.replace( rcleanScript, "" ) );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return this;
+ }
+});
+
+jQuery.each({
+ appendTo: "append",
+ prependTo: "prepend",
+ insertBefore: "before",
+ insertAfter: "after",
+ replaceAll: "replaceWith"
+}, function( name, original ) {
+ jQuery.fn[ name ] = function( selector ) {
+ var elems,
+ ret = [],
+ insert = jQuery( selector ),
+ last = insert.length - 1,
+ i = 0;
+
+ for ( ; i <= last; i++ ) {
+ elems = i === last ? this : this.clone( true );
+ jQuery( insert[ i ] )[ original ]( elems );
+
+ // Support: QtWebKit
+ // .get() because push.apply(_, arraylike) throws
+ push.apply( ret, elems.get() );
+ }
+
+ return this.pushStack( ret );
+ };
+});
+
+
+var iframe,
+ elemdisplay = {};
+
+/**
+ * Retrieve the actual display of a element
+ * @param {String} name nodeName of the element
+ * @param {Object} doc Document object
+ */
+// Called only from within defaultDisplay
+function actualDisplay( name, doc ) {
+ var elem = jQuery( doc.createElement( name ) ).appendTo( doc.body ),
+
+ // getDefaultComputedStyle might be reliably used only on attached element
+ display = window.getDefaultComputedStyle ?
+
+ // Use of this method is a temporary fix (more like optmization) until something better comes along,
+ // since it was removed from specification and supported only in FF
+ window.getDefaultComputedStyle( elem[ 0 ] ).display : jQuery.css( elem[ 0 ], "display" );
+
+ // We don't have any data stored on the element,
+ // so use "detach" method as fast way to get rid of the element
+ elem.detach();
+
+ return display;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Try to determine the default display value of an element
+ * @param {String} nodeName
+ */
+function defaultDisplay( nodeName ) {
+ var doc = document,
+ display = elemdisplay[ nodeName ];
+
+ if ( !display ) {
+ display = actualDisplay( nodeName, doc );
+
+ // If the simple way fails, read from inside an iframe
+ if ( display === "none" || !display ) {
+
+ // Use the already-created iframe if possible
+ iframe = (iframe || jQuery( "" )).appendTo( doc.documentElement );
+
+ // Always write a new HTML skeleton so Webkit and Firefox don't choke on reuse
+ doc = iframe[ 0 ].contentDocument;
+
+ // Support: IE
+ doc.write();
+ doc.close();
+
+ display = actualDisplay( nodeName, doc );
+ iframe.detach();
+ }
+
+ // Store the correct default display
+ elemdisplay[ nodeName ] = display;
+ }
+
+ return display;
+}
+var rmargin = (/^margin/);
+
+var rnumnonpx = new RegExp( "^(" + pnum + ")(?!px)[a-z%]+$", "i" );
+
+var getStyles = function( elem ) {
+ return elem.ownerDocument.defaultView.getComputedStyle( elem, null );
+ };
+
+
+
+function curCSS( elem, name, computed ) {
+ var width, minWidth, maxWidth, ret,
+ style = elem.style;
+
+ computed = computed || getStyles( elem );
+
+ // Support: IE9
+ // getPropertyValue is only needed for .css('filter') in IE9, see #12537
+ if ( computed ) {
+ ret = computed.getPropertyValue( name ) || computed[ name ];
+ }
+
+ if ( computed ) {
+
+ if ( ret === "" && !jQuery.contains( elem.ownerDocument, elem ) ) {
+ ret = jQuery.style( elem, name );
+ }
+
+ // Support: iOS < 6
+ // A tribute to the "awesome hack by Dean Edwards"
+ // iOS < 6 (at least) returns percentage for a larger set of values, but width seems to be reliably pixels
+ // this is against the CSSOM draft spec: http://dev.w3.org/csswg/cssom/#resolved-values
+ if ( rnumnonpx.test( ret ) && rmargin.test( name ) ) {
+
+ // Remember the original values
+ width = style.width;
+ minWidth = style.minWidth;
+ maxWidth = style.maxWidth;
+
+ // Put in the new values to get a computed value out
+ style.minWidth = style.maxWidth = style.width = ret;
+ ret = computed.width;
+
+ // Revert the changed values
+ style.width = width;
+ style.minWidth = minWidth;
+ style.maxWidth = maxWidth;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ret !== undefined ?
+ // Support: IE
+ // IE returns zIndex value as an integer.
+ ret + "" :
+ ret;
+}
+
+
+function addGetHookIf( conditionFn, hookFn ) {
+ // Define the hook, we'll check on the first run if it's really needed.
+ return {
+ get: function() {
+ if ( conditionFn() ) {
+ // Hook not needed (or it's not possible to use it due to missing dependency),
+ // remove it.
+ // Since there are no other hooks for marginRight, remove the whole object.
+ delete this.get;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Hook needed; redefine it so that the support test is not executed again.
+
+ return (this.get = hookFn).apply( this, arguments );
+ }
+ };
+}
+
+
+(function() {
+ var pixelPositionVal, boxSizingReliableVal,
+ // Support: Firefox, Android 2.3 (Prefixed box-sizing versions).
+ divReset = "padding:0;margin:0;border:0;display:block;-webkit-box-sizing:content-box;" +
+ "-moz-box-sizing:content-box;box-sizing:content-box",
+ docElem = document.documentElement,
+ container = document.createElement( "div" ),
+ div = document.createElement( "div" );
+
+ div.style.backgroundClip = "content-box";
+ div.cloneNode( true ).style.backgroundClip = "";
+ support.clearCloneStyle = div.style.backgroundClip === "content-box";
+
+ container.style.cssText = "border:0;width:0;height:0;position:absolute;top:0;left:-9999px;" +
+ "margin-top:1px";
+ container.appendChild( div );
+
+ // Executing both pixelPosition & boxSizingReliable tests require only one layout
+ // so they're executed at the same time to save the second computation.
+ function computePixelPositionAndBoxSizingReliable() {
+ // Support: Firefox, Android 2.3 (Prefixed box-sizing versions).
+ div.style.cssText = "-webkit-box-sizing:border-box;-moz-box-sizing:border-box;" +
+ "box-sizing:border-box;padding:1px;border:1px;display:block;width:4px;margin-top:1%;" +
+ "position:absolute;top:1%";
+ docElem.appendChild( container );
+
+ var divStyle = window.getComputedStyle( div, null );
+ pixelPositionVal = divStyle.top !== "1%";
+ boxSizingReliableVal = divStyle.width === "4px";
+
+ docElem.removeChild( container );
+ }
+
+ // Use window.getComputedStyle because jsdom on node.js will break without it.
+ if ( window.getComputedStyle ) {
+ jQuery.extend(support, {
+ pixelPosition: function() {
+ // This test is executed only once but we still do memoizing
+ // since we can use the boxSizingReliable pre-computing.
+ // No need to check if the test was already performed, though.
+ computePixelPositionAndBoxSizingReliable();
+ return pixelPositionVal;
+ },
+ boxSizingReliable: function() {
+ if ( boxSizingReliableVal == null ) {
+ computePixelPositionAndBoxSizingReliable();
+ }
+ return boxSizingReliableVal;
+ },
+ reliableMarginRight: function() {
+ // Support: Android 2.3
+ // Check if div with explicit width and no margin-right incorrectly
+ // gets computed margin-right based on width of container. (#3333)
+ // WebKit Bug 13343 - getComputedStyle returns wrong value for margin-right
+ // This support function is only executed once so no memoizing is needed.
+ var ret,
+ marginDiv = div.appendChild( document.createElement( "div" ) );
+ marginDiv.style.cssText = div.style.cssText = divReset;
+ marginDiv.style.marginRight = marginDiv.style.width = "0";
+ div.style.width = "1px";
+ docElem.appendChild( container );
+
+ ret = !parseFloat( window.getComputedStyle( marginDiv, null ).marginRight );
+
+ docElem.removeChild( container );
+
+ // Clean up the div for other support tests.
+ div.innerHTML = "";
+
+ return ret;
+ }
+ });
+ }
+})();
+
+
+// A method for quickly swapping in/out CSS properties to get correct calculations.
+jQuery.swap = function( elem, options, callback, args ) {
+ var ret, name,
+ old = {};
+
+ // Remember the old values, and insert the new ones
+ for ( name in options ) {
+ old[ name ] = elem.style[ name ];
+ elem.style[ name ] = options[ name ];
+ }
+
+ ret = callback.apply( elem, args || [] );
+
+ // Revert the old values
+ for ( name in options ) {
+ elem.style[ name ] = old[ name ];
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+};
+
+
+var
+ // swappable if display is none or starts with table except "table", "table-cell", or "table-caption"
+ // see here for display values: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/CSS/display
+ rdisplayswap = /^(none|table(?!-c[ea]).+)/,
+ rnumsplit = new RegExp( "^(" + pnum + ")(.*)$", "i" ),
+ rrelNum = new RegExp( "^([+-])=(" + pnum + ")", "i" ),
+
+ cssShow = { position: "absolute", visibility: "hidden", display: "block" },
+ cssNormalTransform = {
+ letterSpacing: 0,
+ fontWeight: 400
+ },
+
+ cssPrefixes = [ "Webkit", "O", "Moz", "ms" ];
+
+// return a css property mapped to a potentially vendor prefixed property
+function vendorPropName( style, name ) {
+
+ // shortcut for names that are not vendor prefixed
+ if ( name in style ) {
+ return name;
+ }
+
+ // check for vendor prefixed names
+ var capName = name[0].toUpperCase() + name.slice(1),
+ origName = name,
+ i = cssPrefixes.length;
+
+ while ( i-- ) {
+ name = cssPrefixes[ i ] + capName;
+ if ( name in style ) {
+ return name;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return origName;
+}
+
+function setPositiveNumber( elem, value, subtract ) {
+ var matches = rnumsplit.exec( value );
+ return matches ?
+ // Guard against undefined "subtract", e.g., when used as in cssHooks
+ Math.max( 0, matches[ 1 ] - ( subtract || 0 ) ) + ( matches[ 2 ] || "px" ) :
+ value;
+}
+
+function augmentWidthOrHeight( elem, name, extra, isBorderBox, styles ) {
+ var i = extra === ( isBorderBox ? "border" : "content" ) ?
+ // If we already have the right measurement, avoid augmentation
+ 4 :
+ // Otherwise initialize for horizontal or vertical properties
+ name === "width" ? 1 : 0,
+
+ val = 0;
+
+ for ( ; i < 4; i += 2 ) {
+ // both box models exclude margin, so add it if we want it
+ if ( extra === "margin" ) {
+ val += jQuery.css( elem, extra + cssExpand[ i ], true, styles );
+ }
+
+ if ( isBorderBox ) {
+ // border-box includes padding, so remove it if we want content
+ if ( extra === "content" ) {
+ val -= jQuery.css( elem, "padding" + cssExpand[ i ], true, styles );
+ }
+
+ // at this point, extra isn't border nor margin, so remove border
+ if ( extra !== "margin" ) {
+ val -= jQuery.css( elem, "border" + cssExpand[ i ] + "Width", true, styles );
+ }
+ } else {
+ // at this point, extra isn't content, so add padding
+ val += jQuery.css( elem, "padding" + cssExpand[ i ], true, styles );
+
+ // at this point, extra isn't content nor padding, so add border
+ if ( extra !== "padding" ) {
+ val += jQuery.css( elem, "border" + cssExpand[ i ] + "Width", true, styles );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return val;
+}
+
+function getWidthOrHeight( elem, name, extra ) {
+
+ // Start with offset property, which is equivalent to the border-box value
+ var valueIsBorderBox = true,
+ val = name === "width" ? elem.offsetWidth : elem.offsetHeight,
+ styles = getStyles( elem ),
+ isBorderBox = jQuery.css( elem, "boxSizing", false, styles ) === "border-box";
+
+ // some non-html elements return undefined for offsetWidth, so check for null/undefined
+ // svg - https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=649285
+ // MathML - https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=491668
+ if ( val <= 0 || val == null ) {
+ // Fall back to computed then uncomputed css if necessary
+ val = curCSS( elem, name, styles );
+ if ( val < 0 || val == null ) {
+ val = elem.style[ name ];
+ }
+
+ // Computed unit is not pixels. Stop here and return.
+ if ( rnumnonpx.test(val) ) {
+ return val;
+ }
+
+ // we need the check for style in case a browser which returns unreliable values
+ // for getComputedStyle silently falls back to the reliable elem.style
+ valueIsBorderBox = isBorderBox &&
+ ( support.boxSizingReliable() || val === elem.style[ name ] );
+
+ // Normalize "", auto, and prepare for extra
+ val = parseFloat( val ) || 0;
+ }
+
+ // use the active box-sizing model to add/subtract irrelevant styles
+ return ( val +
+ augmentWidthOrHeight(
+ elem,
+ name,
+ extra || ( isBorderBox ? "border" : "content" ),
+ valueIsBorderBox,
+ styles
+ )
+ ) + "px";
+}
+
+function showHide( elements, show ) {
+ var display, elem, hidden,
+ values = [],
+ index = 0,
+ length = elements.length;
+
+ for ( ; index < length; index++ ) {
+ elem = elements[ index ];
+ if ( !elem.style ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ values[ index ] = data_priv.get( elem, "olddisplay" );
+ display = elem.style.display;
+ if ( show ) {
+ // Reset the inline display of this element to learn if it is
+ // being hidden by cascaded rules or not
+ if ( !values[ index ] && display === "none" ) {
+ elem.style.display = "";
+ }
+
+ // Set elements which have been overridden with display: none
+ // in a stylesheet to whatever the default browser style is
+ // for such an element
+ if ( elem.style.display === "" && isHidden( elem ) ) {
+ values[ index ] = data_priv.access( elem, "olddisplay", defaultDisplay(elem.nodeName) );
+ }
+ } else {
+
+ if ( !values[ index ] ) {
+ hidden = isHidden( elem );
+
+ if ( display && display !== "none" || !hidden ) {
+ data_priv.set( elem, "olddisplay", hidden ? display : jQuery.css(elem, "display") );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Set the display of most of the elements in a second loop
+ // to avoid the constant reflow
+ for ( index = 0; index < length; index++ ) {
+ elem = elements[ index ];
+ if ( !elem.style ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ if ( !show || elem.style.display === "none" || elem.style.display === "" ) {
+ elem.style.display = show ? values[ index ] || "" : "none";
+ }
+ }
+
+ return elements;
+}
+
+jQuery.extend({
+ // Add in style property hooks for overriding the default
+ // behavior of getting and setting a style property
+ cssHooks: {
+ opacity: {
+ get: function( elem, computed ) {
+ if ( computed ) {
+ // We should always get a number back from opacity
+ var ret = curCSS( elem, "opacity" );
+ return ret === "" ? "1" : ret;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ },
+
+ // Don't automatically add "px" to these possibly-unitless properties
+ cssNumber: {
+ "columnCount": true,
+ "fillOpacity": true,
+ "fontWeight": true,
+ "lineHeight": true,
+ "opacity": true,
+ "order": true,
+ "orphans": true,
+ "widows": true,
+ "zIndex": true,
+ "zoom": true
+ },
+
+ // Add in properties whose names you wish to fix before
+ // setting or getting the value
+ cssProps: {
+ // normalize float css property
+ "float": "cssFloat"
+ },
+
+ // Get and set the style property on a DOM Node
+ style: function( elem, name, value, extra ) {
+ // Don't set styles on text and comment nodes
+ if ( !elem || elem.nodeType === 3 || elem.nodeType === 8 || !elem.style ) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure that we're working with the right name
+ var ret, type, hooks,
+ origName = jQuery.camelCase( name ),
+ style = elem.style;
+
+ name = jQuery.cssProps[ origName ] || ( jQuery.cssProps[ origName ] = vendorPropName( style, origName ) );
+
+ // gets hook for the prefixed version
+ // followed by the unprefixed version
+ hooks = jQuery.cssHooks[ name ] || jQuery.cssHooks[ origName ];
+
+ // Check if we're setting a value
+ if ( value !== undefined ) {
+ type = typeof value;
+
+ // convert relative number strings (+= or -=) to relative numbers. #7345
+ if ( type === "string" && (ret = rrelNum.exec( value )) ) {
+ value = ( ret[1] + 1 ) * ret[2] + parseFloat( jQuery.css( elem, name ) );
+ // Fixes bug #9237
+ type = "number";
+ }
+
+ // Make sure that null and NaN values aren't set. See: #7116
+ if ( value == null || value !== value ) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // If a number was passed in, add 'px' to the (except for certain CSS properties)
+ if ( type === "number" && !jQuery.cssNumber[ origName ] ) {
+ value += "px";
+ }
+
+ // Fixes #8908, it can be done more correctly by specifying setters in cssHooks,
+ // but it would mean to define eight (for every problematic property) identical functions
+ if ( !support.clearCloneStyle && value === "" && name.indexOf( "background" ) === 0 ) {
+ style[ name ] = "inherit";
+ }
+
+ // If a hook was provided, use that value, otherwise just set the specified value
+ if ( !hooks || !("set" in hooks) || (value = hooks.set( elem, value, extra )) !== undefined ) {
+ // Support: Chrome, Safari
+ // Setting style to blank string required to delete "style: x !important;"
+ style[ name ] = "";
+ style[ name ] = value;
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ // If a hook was provided get the non-computed value from there
+ if ( hooks && "get" in hooks && (ret = hooks.get( elem, false, extra )) !== undefined ) {
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ // Otherwise just get the value from the style object
+ return style[ name ];
+ }
+ },
+
+ css: function( elem, name, extra, styles ) {
+ var val, num, hooks,
+ origName = jQuery.camelCase( name );
+
+ // Make sure that we're working with the right name
+ name = jQuery.cssProps[ origName ] || ( jQuery.cssProps[ origName ] = vendorPropName( elem.style, origName ) );
+
+ // gets hook for the prefixed version
+ // followed by the unprefixed version
+ hooks = jQuery.cssHooks[ name ] || jQuery.cssHooks[ origName ];
+
+ // If a hook was provided get the computed value from there
+ if ( hooks && "get" in hooks ) {
+ val = hooks.get( elem, true, extra );
+ }
+
+ // Otherwise, if a way to get the computed value exists, use that
+ if ( val === undefined ) {
+ val = curCSS( elem, name, styles );
+ }
+
+ //convert "normal" to computed value
+ if ( val === "normal" && name in cssNormalTransform ) {
+ val = cssNormalTransform[ name ];
+ }
+
+ // Return, converting to number if forced or a qualifier was provided and val looks numeric
+ if ( extra === "" || extra ) {
+ num = parseFloat( val );
+ return extra === true || jQuery.isNumeric( num ) ? num || 0 : val;
+ }
+ return val;
+ }
+});
+
+jQuery.each([ "height", "width" ], function( i, name ) {
+ jQuery.cssHooks[ name ] = {
+ get: function( elem, computed, extra ) {
+ if ( computed ) {
+ // certain elements can have dimension info if we invisibly show them
+ // however, it must have a current display style that would benefit from this
+ return elem.offsetWidth === 0 && rdisplayswap.test( jQuery.css( elem, "display" ) ) ?
+ jQuery.swap( elem, cssShow, function() {
+ return getWidthOrHeight( elem, name, extra );
+ }) :
+ getWidthOrHeight( elem, name, extra );
+ }
+ },
+
+ set: function( elem, value, extra ) {
+ var styles = extra && getStyles( elem );
+ return setPositiveNumber( elem, value, extra ?
+ augmentWidthOrHeight(
+ elem,
+ name,
+ extra,
+ jQuery.css( elem, "boxSizing", false, styles ) === "border-box",
+ styles
+ ) : 0
+ );
+ }
+ };
+});
+
+// Support: Android 2.3
+jQuery.cssHooks.marginRight = addGetHookIf( support.reliableMarginRight,
+ function( elem, computed ) {
+ if ( computed ) {
+ // WebKit Bug 13343 - getComputedStyle returns wrong value for margin-right
+ // Work around by temporarily setting element display to inline-block
+ return jQuery.swap( elem, { "display": "inline-block" },
+ curCSS, [ elem, "marginRight" ] );
+ }
+ }
+);
+
+// These hooks are used by animate to expand properties
+jQuery.each({
+ margin: "",
+ padding: "",
+ border: "Width"
+}, function( prefix, suffix ) {
+ jQuery.cssHooks[ prefix + suffix ] = {
+ expand: function( value ) {
+ var i = 0,
+ expanded = {},
+
+ // assumes a single number if not a string
+ parts = typeof value === "string" ? value.split(" ") : [ value ];
+
+ for ( ; i < 4; i++ ) {
+ expanded[ prefix + cssExpand[ i ] + suffix ] =
+ parts[ i ] || parts[ i - 2 ] || parts[ 0 ];
+ }
+
+ return expanded;
+ }
+ };
+
+ if ( !rmargin.test( prefix ) ) {
+ jQuery.cssHooks[ prefix + suffix ].set = setPositiveNumber;
+ }
+});
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+ css: function( name, value ) {
+ return access( this, function( elem, name, value ) {
+ var styles, len,
+ map = {},
+ i = 0;
+
+ if ( jQuery.isArray( name ) ) {
+ styles = getStyles( elem );
+ len = name.length;
+
+ for ( ; i < len; i++ ) {
+ map[ name[ i ] ] = jQuery.css( elem, name[ i ], false, styles );
+ }
+
+ return map;
+ }
+
+ return value !== undefined ?
+ jQuery.style( elem, name, value ) :
+ jQuery.css( elem, name );
+ }, name, value, arguments.length > 1 );
+ },
+ show: function() {
+ return showHide( this, true );
+ },
+ hide: function() {
+ return showHide( this );
+ },
+ toggle: function( state ) {
+ if ( typeof state === "boolean" ) {
+ return state ? this.show() : this.hide();
+ }
+
+ return this.each(function() {
+ if ( isHidden( this ) ) {
+ jQuery( this ).show();
+ } else {
+ jQuery( this ).hide();
+ }
+ });
+ }
+});
+
+
+function Tween( elem, options, prop, end, easing ) {
+ return new Tween.prototype.init( elem, options, prop, end, easing );
+}
+jQuery.Tween = Tween;
+
+Tween.prototype = {
+ constructor: Tween,
+ init: function( elem, options, prop, end, easing, unit ) {
+ this.elem = elem;
+ this.prop = prop;
+ this.easing = easing || "swing";
+ this.options = options;
+ this.start = this.now = this.cur();
+ this.end = end;
+ this.unit = unit || ( jQuery.cssNumber[ prop ] ? "" : "px" );
+ },
+ cur: function() {
+ var hooks = Tween.propHooks[ this.prop ];
+
+ return hooks && hooks.get ?
+ hooks.get( this ) :
+ Tween.propHooks._default.get( this );
+ },
+ run: function( percent ) {
+ var eased,
+ hooks = Tween.propHooks[ this.prop ];
+
+ if ( this.options.duration ) {
+ this.pos = eased = jQuery.easing[ this.easing ](
+ percent, this.options.duration * percent, 0, 1, this.options.duration
+ );
+ } else {
+ this.pos = eased = percent;
+ }
+ this.now = ( this.end - this.start ) * eased + this.start;
+
+ if ( this.options.step ) {
+ this.options.step.call( this.elem, this.now, this );
+ }
+
+ if ( hooks && hooks.set ) {
+ hooks.set( this );
+ } else {
+ Tween.propHooks._default.set( this );
+ }
+ return this;
+ }
+};
+
+Tween.prototype.init.prototype = Tween.prototype;
+
+Tween.propHooks = {
+ _default: {
+ get: function( tween ) {
+ var result;
+
+ if ( tween.elem[ tween.prop ] != null &&
+ (!tween.elem.style || tween.elem.style[ tween.prop ] == null) ) {
+ return tween.elem[ tween.prop ];
+ }
+
+ // passing an empty string as a 3rd parameter to .css will automatically
+ // attempt a parseFloat and fallback to a string if the parse fails
+ // so, simple values such as "10px" are parsed to Float.
+ // complex values such as "rotate(1rad)" are returned as is.
+ result = jQuery.css( tween.elem, tween.prop, "" );
+ // Empty strings, null, undefined and "auto" are converted to 0.
+ return !result || result === "auto" ? 0 : result;
+ },
+ set: function( tween ) {
+ // use step hook for back compat - use cssHook if its there - use .style if its
+ // available and use plain properties where available
+ if ( jQuery.fx.step[ tween.prop ] ) {
+ jQuery.fx.step[ tween.prop ]( tween );
+ } else if ( tween.elem.style && ( tween.elem.style[ jQuery.cssProps[ tween.prop ] ] != null || jQuery.cssHooks[ tween.prop ] ) ) {
+ jQuery.style( tween.elem, tween.prop, tween.now + tween.unit );
+ } else {
+ tween.elem[ tween.prop ] = tween.now;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+};
+
+// Support: IE9
+// Panic based approach to setting things on disconnected nodes
+
+Tween.propHooks.scrollTop = Tween.propHooks.scrollLeft = {
+ set: function( tween ) {
+ if ( tween.elem.nodeType && tween.elem.parentNode ) {
+ tween.elem[ tween.prop ] = tween.now;
+ }
+ }
+};
+
+jQuery.easing = {
+ linear: function( p ) {
+ return p;
+ },
+ swing: function( p ) {
+ return 0.5 - Math.cos( p * Math.PI ) / 2;
+ }
+};
+
+jQuery.fx = Tween.prototype.init;
+
+// Back Compat <1.8 extension point
+jQuery.fx.step = {};
+
+
+
+
+var
+ fxNow, timerId,
+ rfxtypes = /^(?:toggle|show|hide)$/,
+ rfxnum = new RegExp( "^(?:([+-])=|)(" + pnum + ")([a-z%]*)$", "i" ),
+ rrun = /queueHooks$/,
+ animationPrefilters = [ defaultPrefilter ],
+ tweeners = {
+ "*": [ function( prop, value ) {
+ var tween = this.createTween( prop, value ),
+ target = tween.cur(),
+ parts = rfxnum.exec( value ),
+ unit = parts && parts[ 3 ] || ( jQuery.cssNumber[ prop ] ? "" : "px" ),
+
+ // Starting value computation is required for potential unit mismatches
+ start = ( jQuery.cssNumber[ prop ] || unit !== "px" && +target ) &&
+ rfxnum.exec( jQuery.css( tween.elem, prop ) ),
+ scale = 1,
+ maxIterations = 20;
+
+ if ( start && start[ 3 ] !== unit ) {
+ // Trust units reported by jQuery.css
+ unit = unit || start[ 3 ];
+
+ // Make sure we update the tween properties later on
+ parts = parts || [];
+
+ // Iteratively approximate from a nonzero starting point
+ start = +target || 1;
+
+ do {
+ // If previous iteration zeroed out, double until we get *something*
+ // Use a string for doubling factor so we don't accidentally see scale as unchanged below
+ scale = scale || ".5";
+
+ // Adjust and apply
+ start = start / scale;
+ jQuery.style( tween.elem, prop, start + unit );
+
+ // Update scale, tolerating zero or NaN from tween.cur()
+ // And breaking the loop if scale is unchanged or perfect, or if we've just had enough
+ } while ( scale !== (scale = tween.cur() / target) && scale !== 1 && --maxIterations );
+ }
+
+ // Update tween properties
+ if ( parts ) {
+ start = tween.start = +start || +target || 0;
+ tween.unit = unit;
+ // If a +=/-= token was provided, we're doing a relative animation
+ tween.end = parts[ 1 ] ?
+ start + ( parts[ 1 ] + 1 ) * parts[ 2 ] :
+ +parts[ 2 ];
+ }
+
+ return tween;
+ } ]
+ };
+
+// Animations created synchronously will run synchronously
+function createFxNow() {
+ setTimeout(function() {
+ fxNow = undefined;
+ });
+ return ( fxNow = jQuery.now() );
+}
+
+// Generate parameters to create a standard animation
+function genFx( type, includeWidth ) {
+ var which,
+ i = 0,
+ attrs = { height: type };
+
+ // if we include width, step value is 1 to do all cssExpand values,
+ // if we don't include width, step value is 2 to skip over Left and Right
+ includeWidth = includeWidth ? 1 : 0;
+ for ( ; i < 4 ; i += 2 - includeWidth ) {
+ which = cssExpand[ i ];
+ attrs[ "margin" + which ] = attrs[ "padding" + which ] = type;
+ }
+
+ if ( includeWidth ) {
+ attrs.opacity = attrs.width = type;
+ }
+
+ return attrs;
+}
+
+function createTween( value, prop, animation ) {
+ var tween,
+ collection = ( tweeners[ prop ] || [] ).concat( tweeners[ "*" ] ),
+ index = 0,
+ length = collection.length;
+ for ( ; index < length; index++ ) {
+ if ( (tween = collection[ index ].call( animation, prop, value )) ) {
+
+ // we're done with this property
+ return tween;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+function defaultPrefilter( elem, props, opts ) {
+ /* jshint validthis: true */
+ var prop, value, toggle, tween, hooks, oldfire, display,
+ anim = this,
+ orig = {},
+ style = elem.style,
+ hidden = elem.nodeType && isHidden( elem ),
+ dataShow = data_priv.get( elem, "fxshow" );
+
+ // handle queue: false promises
+ if ( !opts.queue ) {
+ hooks = jQuery._queueHooks( elem, "fx" );
+ if ( hooks.unqueued == null ) {
+ hooks.unqueued = 0;
+ oldfire = hooks.empty.fire;
+ hooks.empty.fire = function() {
+ if ( !hooks.unqueued ) {
+ oldfire();
+ }
+ };
+ }
+ hooks.unqueued++;
+
+ anim.always(function() {
+ // doing this makes sure that the complete handler will be called
+ // before this completes
+ anim.always(function() {
+ hooks.unqueued--;
+ if ( !jQuery.queue( elem, "fx" ).length ) {
+ hooks.empty.fire();
+ }
+ });
+ });
+ }
+
+ // height/width overflow pass
+ if ( elem.nodeType === 1 && ( "height" in props || "width" in props ) ) {
+ // Make sure that nothing sneaks out
+ // Record all 3 overflow attributes because IE9-10 do not
+ // change the overflow attribute when overflowX and
+ // overflowY are set to the same value
+ opts.overflow = [ style.overflow, style.overflowX, style.overflowY ];
+
+ // Set display property to inline-block for height/width
+ // animations on inline elements that are having width/height animated
+ display = jQuery.css( elem, "display" );
+ // Get default display if display is currently "none"
+ if ( display === "none" ) {
+ display = defaultDisplay( elem.nodeName );
+ }
+ if ( display === "inline" &&
+ jQuery.css( elem, "float" ) === "none" ) {
+
+ style.display = "inline-block";
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ( opts.overflow ) {
+ style.overflow = "hidden";
+ anim.always(function() {
+ style.overflow = opts.overflow[ 0 ];
+ style.overflowX = opts.overflow[ 1 ];
+ style.overflowY = opts.overflow[ 2 ];
+ });
+ }
+
+ // show/hide pass
+ for ( prop in props ) {
+ value = props[ prop ];
+ if ( rfxtypes.exec( value ) ) {
+ delete props[ prop ];
+ toggle = toggle || value === "toggle";
+ if ( value === ( hidden ? "hide" : "show" ) ) {
+
+ // If there is dataShow left over from a stopped hide or show and we are going to proceed with show, we should pretend to be hidden
+ if ( value === "show" && dataShow && dataShow[ prop ] !== undefined ) {
+ hidden = true;
+ } else {
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ orig[ prop ] = dataShow && dataShow[ prop ] || jQuery.style( elem, prop );
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ( !jQuery.isEmptyObject( orig ) ) {
+ if ( dataShow ) {
+ if ( "hidden" in dataShow ) {
+ hidden = dataShow.hidden;
+ }
+ } else {
+ dataShow = data_priv.access( elem, "fxshow", {} );
+ }
+
+ // store state if its toggle - enables .stop().toggle() to "reverse"
+ if ( toggle ) {
+ dataShow.hidden = !hidden;
+ }
+ if ( hidden ) {
+ jQuery( elem ).show();
+ } else {
+ anim.done(function() {
+ jQuery( elem ).hide();
+ });
+ }
+ anim.done(function() {
+ var prop;
+
+ data_priv.remove( elem, "fxshow" );
+ for ( prop in orig ) {
+ jQuery.style( elem, prop, orig[ prop ] );
+ }
+ });
+ for ( prop in orig ) {
+ tween = createTween( hidden ? dataShow[ prop ] : 0, prop, anim );
+
+ if ( !( prop in dataShow ) ) {
+ dataShow[ prop ] = tween.start;
+ if ( hidden ) {
+ tween.end = tween.start;
+ tween.start = prop === "width" || prop === "height" ? 1 : 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+function propFilter( props, specialEasing ) {
+ var index, name, easing, value, hooks;
+
+ // camelCase, specialEasing and expand cssHook pass
+ for ( index in props ) {
+ name = jQuery.camelCase( index );
+ easing = specialEasing[ name ];
+ value = props[ index ];
+ if ( jQuery.isArray( value ) ) {
+ easing = value[ 1 ];
+ value = props[ index ] = value[ 0 ];
+ }
+
+ if ( index !== name ) {
+ props[ name ] = value;
+ delete props[ index ];
+ }
+
+ hooks = jQuery.cssHooks[ name ];
+ if ( hooks && "expand" in hooks ) {
+ value = hooks.expand( value );
+ delete props[ name ];
+
+ // not quite $.extend, this wont overwrite keys already present.
+ // also - reusing 'index' from above because we have the correct "name"
+ for ( index in value ) {
+ if ( !( index in props ) ) {
+ props[ index ] = value[ index ];
+ specialEasing[ index ] = easing;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ specialEasing[ name ] = easing;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+function Animation( elem, properties, options ) {
+ var result,
+ stopped,
+ index = 0,
+ length = animationPrefilters.length,
+ deferred = jQuery.Deferred().always( function() {
+ // don't match elem in the :animated selector
+ delete tick.elem;
+ }),
+ tick = function() {
+ if ( stopped ) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ var currentTime = fxNow || createFxNow(),
+ remaining = Math.max( 0, animation.startTime + animation.duration - currentTime ),
+ // archaic crash bug won't allow us to use 1 - ( 0.5 || 0 ) (#12497)
+ temp = remaining / animation.duration || 0,
+ percent = 1 - temp,
+ index = 0,
+ length = animation.tweens.length;
+
+ for ( ; index < length ; index++ ) {
+ animation.tweens[ index ].run( percent );
+ }
+
+ deferred.notifyWith( elem, [ animation, percent, remaining ]);
+
+ if ( percent < 1 && length ) {
+ return remaining;
+ } else {
+ deferred.resolveWith( elem, [ animation ] );
+ return false;
+ }
+ },
+ animation = deferred.promise({
+ elem: elem,
+ props: jQuery.extend( {}, properties ),
+ opts: jQuery.extend( true, { specialEasing: {} }, options ),
+ originalProperties: properties,
+ originalOptions: options,
+ startTime: fxNow || createFxNow(),
+ duration: options.duration,
+ tweens: [],
+ createTween: function( prop, end ) {
+ var tween = jQuery.Tween( elem, animation.opts, prop, end,
+ animation.opts.specialEasing[ prop ] || animation.opts.easing );
+ animation.tweens.push( tween );
+ return tween;
+ },
+ stop: function( gotoEnd ) {
+ var index = 0,
+ // if we are going to the end, we want to run all the tweens
+ // otherwise we skip this part
+ length = gotoEnd ? animation.tweens.length : 0;
+ if ( stopped ) {
+ return this;
+ }
+ stopped = true;
+ for ( ; index < length ; index++ ) {
+ animation.tweens[ index ].run( 1 );
+ }
+
+ // resolve when we played the last frame
+ // otherwise, reject
+ if ( gotoEnd ) {
+ deferred.resolveWith( elem, [ animation, gotoEnd ] );
+ } else {
+ deferred.rejectWith( elem, [ animation, gotoEnd ] );
+ }
+ return this;
+ }
+ }),
+ props = animation.props;
+
+ propFilter( props, animation.opts.specialEasing );
+
+ for ( ; index < length ; index++ ) {
+ result = animationPrefilters[ index ].call( animation, elem, props, animation.opts );
+ if ( result ) {
+ return result;
+ }
+ }
+
+ jQuery.map( props, createTween, animation );
+
+ if ( jQuery.isFunction( animation.opts.start ) ) {
+ animation.opts.start.call( elem, animation );
+ }
+
+ jQuery.fx.timer(
+ jQuery.extend( tick, {
+ elem: elem,
+ anim: animation,
+ queue: animation.opts.queue
+ })
+ );
+
+ // attach callbacks from options
+ return animation.progress( animation.opts.progress )
+ .done( animation.opts.done, animation.opts.complete )
+ .fail( animation.opts.fail )
+ .always( animation.opts.always );
+}
+
+jQuery.Animation = jQuery.extend( Animation, {
+
+ tweener: function( props, callback ) {
+ if ( jQuery.isFunction( props ) ) {
+ callback = props;
+ props = [ "*" ];
+ } else {
+ props = props.split(" ");
+ }
+
+ var prop,
+ index = 0,
+ length = props.length;
+
+ for ( ; index < length ; index++ ) {
+ prop = props[ index ];
+ tweeners[ prop ] = tweeners[ prop ] || [];
+ tweeners[ prop ].unshift( callback );
+ }
+ },
+
+ prefilter: function( callback, prepend ) {
+ if ( prepend ) {
+ animationPrefilters.unshift( callback );
+ } else {
+ animationPrefilters.push( callback );
+ }
+ }
+});
+
+jQuery.speed = function( speed, easing, fn ) {
+ var opt = speed && typeof speed === "object" ? jQuery.extend( {}, speed ) : {
+ complete: fn || !fn && easing ||
+ jQuery.isFunction( speed ) && speed,
+ duration: speed,
+ easing: fn && easing || easing && !jQuery.isFunction( easing ) && easing
+ };
+
+ opt.duration = jQuery.fx.off ? 0 : typeof opt.duration === "number" ? opt.duration :
+ opt.duration in jQuery.fx.speeds ? jQuery.fx.speeds[ opt.duration ] : jQuery.fx.speeds._default;
+
+ // normalize opt.queue - true/undefined/null -> "fx"
+ if ( opt.queue == null || opt.queue === true ) {
+ opt.queue = "fx";
+ }
+
+ // Queueing
+ opt.old = opt.complete;
+
+ opt.complete = function() {
+ if ( jQuery.isFunction( opt.old ) ) {
+ opt.old.call( this );
+ }
+
+ if ( opt.queue ) {
+ jQuery.dequeue( this, opt.queue );
+ }
+ };
+
+ return opt;
+};
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+ fadeTo: function( speed, to, easing, callback ) {
+
+ // show any hidden elements after setting opacity to 0
+ return this.filter( isHidden ).css( "opacity", 0 ).show()
+
+ // animate to the value specified
+ .end().animate({ opacity: to }, speed, easing, callback );
+ },
+ animate: function( prop, speed, easing, callback ) {
+ var empty = jQuery.isEmptyObject( prop ),
+ optall = jQuery.speed( speed, easing, callback ),
+ doAnimation = function() {
+ // Operate on a copy of prop so per-property easing won't be lost
+ var anim = Animation( this, jQuery.extend( {}, prop ), optall );
+
+ // Empty animations, or finishing resolves immediately
+ if ( empty || data_priv.get( this, "finish" ) ) {
+ anim.stop( true );
+ }
+ };
+ doAnimation.finish = doAnimation;
+
+ return empty || optall.queue === false ?
+ this.each( doAnimation ) :
+ this.queue( optall.queue, doAnimation );
+ },
+ stop: function( type, clearQueue, gotoEnd ) {
+ var stopQueue = function( hooks ) {
+ var stop = hooks.stop;
+ delete hooks.stop;
+ stop( gotoEnd );
+ };
+
+ if ( typeof type !== "string" ) {
+ gotoEnd = clearQueue;
+ clearQueue = type;
+ type = undefined;
+ }
+ if ( clearQueue && type !== false ) {
+ this.queue( type || "fx", [] );
+ }
+
+ return this.each(function() {
+ var dequeue = true,
+ index = type != null && type + "queueHooks",
+ timers = jQuery.timers,
+ data = data_priv.get( this );
+
+ if ( index ) {
+ if ( data[ index ] && data[ index ].stop ) {
+ stopQueue( data[ index ] );
+ }
+ } else {
+ for ( index in data ) {
+ if ( data[ index ] && data[ index ].stop && rrun.test( index ) ) {
+ stopQueue( data[ index ] );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ for ( index = timers.length; index--; ) {
+ if ( timers[ index ].elem === this && (type == null || timers[ index ].queue === type) ) {
+ timers[ index ].anim.stop( gotoEnd );
+ dequeue = false;
+ timers.splice( index, 1 );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // start the next in the queue if the last step wasn't forced
+ // timers currently will call their complete callbacks, which will dequeue
+ // but only if they were gotoEnd
+ if ( dequeue || !gotoEnd ) {
+ jQuery.dequeue( this, type );
+ }
+ });
+ },
+ finish: function( type ) {
+ if ( type !== false ) {
+ type = type || "fx";
+ }
+ return this.each(function() {
+ var index,
+ data = data_priv.get( this ),
+ queue = data[ type + "queue" ],
+ hooks = data[ type + "queueHooks" ],
+ timers = jQuery.timers,
+ length = queue ? queue.length : 0;
+
+ // enable finishing flag on private data
+ data.finish = true;
+
+ // empty the queue first
+ jQuery.queue( this, type, [] );
+
+ if ( hooks && hooks.stop ) {
+ hooks.stop.call( this, true );
+ }
+
+ // look for any active animations, and finish them
+ for ( index = timers.length; index--; ) {
+ if ( timers[ index ].elem === this && timers[ index ].queue === type ) {
+ timers[ index ].anim.stop( true );
+ timers.splice( index, 1 );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // look for any animations in the old queue and finish them
+ for ( index = 0; index < length; index++ ) {
+ if ( queue[ index ] && queue[ index ].finish ) {
+ queue[ index ].finish.call( this );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // turn off finishing flag
+ delete data.finish;
+ });
+ }
+});
+
+jQuery.each([ "toggle", "show", "hide" ], function( i, name ) {
+ var cssFn = jQuery.fn[ name ];
+ jQuery.fn[ name ] = function( speed, easing, callback ) {
+ return speed == null || typeof speed === "boolean" ?
+ cssFn.apply( this, arguments ) :
+ this.animate( genFx( name, true ), speed, easing, callback );
+ };
+});
+
+// Generate shortcuts for custom animations
+jQuery.each({
+ slideDown: genFx("show"),
+ slideUp: genFx("hide"),
+ slideToggle: genFx("toggle"),
+ fadeIn: { opacity: "show" },
+ fadeOut: { opacity: "hide" },
+ fadeToggle: { opacity: "toggle" }
+}, function( name, props ) {
+ jQuery.fn[ name ] = function( speed, easing, callback ) {
+ return this.animate( props, speed, easing, callback );
+ };
+});
+
+jQuery.timers = [];
+jQuery.fx.tick = function() {
+ var timer,
+ i = 0,
+ timers = jQuery.timers;
+
+ fxNow = jQuery.now();
+
+ for ( ; i < timers.length; i++ ) {
+ timer = timers[ i ];
+ // Checks the timer has not already been removed
+ if ( !timer() && timers[ i ] === timer ) {
+ timers.splice( i--, 1 );
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ( !timers.length ) {
+ jQuery.fx.stop();
+ }
+ fxNow = undefined;
+};
+
+jQuery.fx.timer = function( timer ) {
+ jQuery.timers.push( timer );
+ if ( timer() ) {
+ jQuery.fx.start();
+ } else {
+ jQuery.timers.pop();
+ }
+};
+
+jQuery.fx.interval = 13;
+
+jQuery.fx.start = function() {
+ if ( !timerId ) {
+ timerId = setInterval( jQuery.fx.tick, jQuery.fx.interval );
+ }
+};
+
+jQuery.fx.stop = function() {
+ clearInterval( timerId );
+ timerId = null;
+};
+
+jQuery.fx.speeds = {
+ slow: 600,
+ fast: 200,
+ // Default speed
+ _default: 400
+};
+
+
+// Based off of the plugin by Clint Helfers, with permission.
+// http://blindsignals.com/index.php/2009/07/jquery-delay/
+jQuery.fn.delay = function( time, type ) {
+ time = jQuery.fx ? jQuery.fx.speeds[ time ] || time : time;
+ type = type || "fx";
+
+ return this.queue( type, function( next, hooks ) {
+ var timeout = setTimeout( next, time );
+ hooks.stop = function() {
+ clearTimeout( timeout );
+ };
+ });
+};
+
+
+(function() {
+ var input = document.createElement( "input" ),
+ select = document.createElement( "select" ),
+ opt = select.appendChild( document.createElement( "option" ) );
+
+ input.type = "checkbox";
+
+ // Support: iOS 5.1, Android 4.x, Android 2.3
+ // Check the default checkbox/radio value ("" on old WebKit; "on" elsewhere)
+ support.checkOn = input.value !== "";
+
+ // Must access the parent to make an option select properly
+ // Support: IE9, IE10
+ support.optSelected = opt.selected;
+
+ // Make sure that the options inside disabled selects aren't marked as disabled
+ // (WebKit marks them as disabled)
+ select.disabled = true;
+ support.optDisabled = !opt.disabled;
+
+ // Check if an input maintains its value after becoming a radio
+ // Support: IE9, IE10
+ input = document.createElement( "input" );
+ input.value = "t";
+ input.type = "radio";
+ support.radioValue = input.value === "t";
+})();
+
+
+var nodeHook, boolHook,
+ attrHandle = jQuery.expr.attrHandle;
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+ attr: function( name, value ) {
+ return access( this, jQuery.attr, name, value, arguments.length > 1 );
+ },
+
+ removeAttr: function( name ) {
+ return this.each(function() {
+ jQuery.removeAttr( this, name );
+ });
+ }
+});
+
+jQuery.extend({
+ attr: function( elem, name, value ) {
+ var hooks, ret,
+ nType = elem.nodeType;
+
+ // don't get/set attributes on text, comment and attribute nodes
+ if ( !elem || nType === 3 || nType === 8 || nType === 2 ) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Fallback to prop when attributes are not supported
+ if ( typeof elem.getAttribute === strundefined ) {
+ return jQuery.prop( elem, name, value );
+ }
+
+ // All attributes are lowercase
+ // Grab necessary hook if one is defined
+ if ( nType !== 1 || !jQuery.isXMLDoc( elem ) ) {
+ name = name.toLowerCase();
+ hooks = jQuery.attrHooks[ name ] ||
+ ( jQuery.expr.match.bool.test( name ) ? boolHook : nodeHook );
+ }
+
+ if ( value !== undefined ) {
+
+ if ( value === null ) {
+ jQuery.removeAttr( elem, name );
+
+ } else if ( hooks && "set" in hooks && (ret = hooks.set( elem, value, name )) !== undefined ) {
+ return ret;
+
+ } else {
+ elem.setAttribute( name, value + "" );
+ return value;
+ }
+
+ } else if ( hooks && "get" in hooks && (ret = hooks.get( elem, name )) !== null ) {
+ return ret;
+
+ } else {
+ ret = jQuery.find.attr( elem, name );
+
+ // Non-existent attributes return null, we normalize to undefined
+ return ret == null ?
+ undefined :
+ ret;
+ }
+ },
+
+ removeAttr: function( elem, value ) {
+ var name, propName,
+ i = 0,
+ attrNames = value && value.match( rnotwhite );
+
+ if ( attrNames && elem.nodeType === 1 ) {
+ while ( (name = attrNames[i++]) ) {
+ propName = jQuery.propFix[ name ] || name;
+
+ // Boolean attributes get special treatment (#10870)
+ if ( jQuery.expr.match.bool.test( name ) ) {
+ // Set corresponding property to false
+ elem[ propName ] = false;
+ }
+
+ elem.removeAttribute( name );
+ }
+ }
+ },
+
+ attrHooks: {
+ type: {
+ set: function( elem, value ) {
+ if ( !support.radioValue && value === "radio" &&
+ jQuery.nodeName( elem, "input" ) ) {
+ // Setting the type on a radio button after the value resets the value in IE6-9
+ // Reset value to default in case type is set after value during creation
+ var val = elem.value;
+ elem.setAttribute( "type", value );
+ if ( val ) {
+ elem.value = val;
+ }
+ return value;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+});
+
+// Hooks for boolean attributes
+boolHook = {
+ set: function( elem, value, name ) {
+ if ( value === false ) {
+ // Remove boolean attributes when set to false
+ jQuery.removeAttr( elem, name );
+ } else {
+ elem.setAttribute( name, name );
+ }
+ return name;
+ }
+};
+jQuery.each( jQuery.expr.match.bool.source.match( /\w+/g ), function( i, name ) {
+ var getter = attrHandle[ name ] || jQuery.find.attr;
+
+ attrHandle[ name ] = function( elem, name, isXML ) {
+ var ret, handle;
+ if ( !isXML ) {
+ // Avoid an infinite loop by temporarily removing this function from the getter
+ handle = attrHandle[ name ];
+ attrHandle[ name ] = ret;
+ ret = getter( elem, name, isXML ) != null ?
+ name.toLowerCase() :
+ null;
+ attrHandle[ name ] = handle;
+ }
+ return ret;
+ };
+});
+
+
+
+
+var rfocusable = /^(?:input|select|textarea|button)$/i;
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+ prop: function( name, value ) {
+ return access( this, jQuery.prop, name, value, arguments.length > 1 );
+ },
+
+ removeProp: function( name ) {
+ return this.each(function() {
+ delete this[ jQuery.propFix[ name ] || name ];
+ });
+ }
+});
+
+jQuery.extend({
+ propFix: {
+ "for": "htmlFor",
+ "class": "className"
+ },
+
+ prop: function( elem, name, value ) {
+ var ret, hooks, notxml,
+ nType = elem.nodeType;
+
+ // don't get/set properties on text, comment and attribute nodes
+ if ( !elem || nType === 3 || nType === 8 || nType === 2 ) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ notxml = nType !== 1 || !jQuery.isXMLDoc( elem );
+
+ if ( notxml ) {
+ // Fix name and attach hooks
+ name = jQuery.propFix[ name ] || name;
+ hooks = jQuery.propHooks[ name ];
+ }
+
+ if ( value !== undefined ) {
+ return hooks && "set" in hooks && (ret = hooks.set( elem, value, name )) !== undefined ?
+ ret :
+ ( elem[ name ] = value );
+
+ } else {
+ return hooks && "get" in hooks && (ret = hooks.get( elem, name )) !== null ?
+ ret :
+ elem[ name ];
+ }
+ },
+
+ propHooks: {
+ tabIndex: {
+ get: function( elem ) {
+ return elem.hasAttribute( "tabindex" ) || rfocusable.test( elem.nodeName ) || elem.href ?
+ elem.tabIndex :
+ -1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+});
+
+// Support: IE9+
+// Selectedness for an option in an optgroup can be inaccurate
+if ( !support.optSelected ) {
+ jQuery.propHooks.selected = {
+ get: function( elem ) {
+ var parent = elem.parentNode;
+ if ( parent && parent.parentNode ) {
+ parent.parentNode.selectedIndex;
+ }
+ return null;
+ }
+ };
+}
+
+jQuery.each([
+ "tabIndex",
+ "readOnly",
+ "maxLength",
+ "cellSpacing",
+ "cellPadding",
+ "rowSpan",
+ "colSpan",
+ "useMap",
+ "frameBorder",
+ "contentEditable"
+], function() {
+ jQuery.propFix[ this.toLowerCase() ] = this;
+});
+
+
+
+
+var rclass = /[\t\r\n\f]/g;
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+ addClass: function( value ) {
+ var classes, elem, cur, clazz, j, finalValue,
+ proceed = typeof value === "string" && value,
+ i = 0,
+ len = this.length;
+
+ if ( jQuery.isFunction( value ) ) {
+ return this.each(function( j ) {
+ jQuery( this ).addClass( value.call( this, j, this.className ) );
+ });
+ }
+
+ if ( proceed ) {
+ // The disjunction here is for better compressibility (see removeClass)
+ classes = ( value || "" ).match( rnotwhite ) || [];
+
+ for ( ; i < len; i++ ) {
+ elem = this[ i ];
+ cur = elem.nodeType === 1 && ( elem.className ?
+ ( " " + elem.className + " " ).replace( rclass, " " ) :
+ " "
+ );
+
+ if ( cur ) {
+ j = 0;
+ while ( (clazz = classes[j++]) ) {
+ if ( cur.indexOf( " " + clazz + " " ) < 0 ) {
+ cur += clazz + " ";
+ }
+ }
+
+ // only assign if different to avoid unneeded rendering.
+ finalValue = jQuery.trim( cur );
+ if ( elem.className !== finalValue ) {
+ elem.className = finalValue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return this;
+ },
+
+ removeClass: function( value ) {
+ var classes, elem, cur, clazz, j, finalValue,
+ proceed = arguments.length === 0 || typeof value === "string" && value,
+ i = 0,
+ len = this.length;
+
+ if ( jQuery.isFunction( value ) ) {
+ return this.each(function( j ) {
+ jQuery( this ).removeClass( value.call( this, j, this.className ) );
+ });
+ }
+ if ( proceed ) {
+ classes = ( value || "" ).match( rnotwhite ) || [];
+
+ for ( ; i < len; i++ ) {
+ elem = this[ i ];
+ // This expression is here for better compressibility (see addClass)
+ cur = elem.nodeType === 1 && ( elem.className ?
+ ( " " + elem.className + " " ).replace( rclass, " " ) :
+ ""
+ );
+
+ if ( cur ) {
+ j = 0;
+ while ( (clazz = classes[j++]) ) {
+ // Remove *all* instances
+ while ( cur.indexOf( " " + clazz + " " ) >= 0 ) {
+ cur = cur.replace( " " + clazz + " ", " " );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // only assign if different to avoid unneeded rendering.
+ finalValue = value ? jQuery.trim( cur ) : "";
+ if ( elem.className !== finalValue ) {
+ elem.className = finalValue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return this;
+ },
+
+ toggleClass: function( value, stateVal ) {
+ var type = typeof value;
+
+ if ( typeof stateVal === "boolean" && type === "string" ) {
+ return stateVal ? this.addClass( value ) : this.removeClass( value );
+ }
+
+ if ( jQuery.isFunction( value ) ) {
+ return this.each(function( i ) {
+ jQuery( this ).toggleClass( value.call(this, i, this.className, stateVal), stateVal );
+ });
+ }
+
+ return this.each(function() {
+ if ( type === "string" ) {
+ // toggle individual class names
+ var className,
+ i = 0,
+ self = jQuery( this ),
+ classNames = value.match( rnotwhite ) || [];
+
+ while ( (className = classNames[ i++ ]) ) {
+ // check each className given, space separated list
+ if ( self.hasClass( className ) ) {
+ self.removeClass( className );
+ } else {
+ self.addClass( className );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Toggle whole class name
+ } else if ( type === strundefined || type === "boolean" ) {
+ if ( this.className ) {
+ // store className if set
+ data_priv.set( this, "__className__", this.className );
+ }
+
+ // If the element has a class name or if we're passed "false",
+ // then remove the whole classname (if there was one, the above saved it).
+ // Otherwise bring back whatever was previously saved (if anything),
+ // falling back to the empty string if nothing was stored.
+ this.className = this.className || value === false ? "" : data_priv.get( this, "__className__" ) || "";
+ }
+ });
+ },
+
+ hasClass: function( selector ) {
+ var className = " " + selector + " ",
+ i = 0,
+ l = this.length;
+ for ( ; i < l; i++ ) {
+ if ( this[i].nodeType === 1 && (" " + this[i].className + " ").replace(rclass, " ").indexOf( className ) >= 0 ) {
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+ }
+});
+
+
+
+
+var rreturn = /\r/g;
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+ val: function( value ) {
+ var hooks, ret, isFunction,
+ elem = this[0];
+
+ if ( !arguments.length ) {
+ if ( elem ) {
+ hooks = jQuery.valHooks[ elem.type ] || jQuery.valHooks[ elem.nodeName.toLowerCase() ];
+
+ if ( hooks && "get" in hooks && (ret = hooks.get( elem, "value" )) !== undefined ) {
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ ret = elem.value;
+
+ return typeof ret === "string" ?
+ // handle most common string cases
+ ret.replace(rreturn, "") :
+ // handle cases where value is null/undef or number
+ ret == null ? "" : ret;
+ }
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ isFunction = jQuery.isFunction( value );
+
+ return this.each(function( i ) {
+ var val;
+
+ if ( this.nodeType !== 1 ) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if ( isFunction ) {
+ val = value.call( this, i, jQuery( this ).val() );
+ } else {
+ val = value;
+ }
+
+ // Treat null/undefined as ""; convert numbers to string
+ if ( val == null ) {
+ val = "";
+
+ } else if ( typeof val === "number" ) {
+ val += "";
+
+ } else if ( jQuery.isArray( val ) ) {
+ val = jQuery.map( val, function( value ) {
+ return value == null ? "" : value + "";
+ });
+ }
+
+ hooks = jQuery.valHooks[ this.type ] || jQuery.valHooks[ this.nodeName.toLowerCase() ];
+
+ // If set returns undefined, fall back to normal setting
+ if ( !hooks || !("set" in hooks) || hooks.set( this, val, "value" ) === undefined ) {
+ this.value = val;
+ }
+ });
+ }
+});
+
+jQuery.extend({
+ valHooks: {
+ select: {
+ get: function( elem ) {
+ var value, option,
+ options = elem.options,
+ index = elem.selectedIndex,
+ one = elem.type === "select-one" || index < 0,
+ values = one ? null : [],
+ max = one ? index + 1 : options.length,
+ i = index < 0 ?
+ max :
+ one ? index : 0;
+
+ // Loop through all the selected options
+ for ( ; i < max; i++ ) {
+ option = options[ i ];
+
+ // IE6-9 doesn't update selected after form reset (#2551)
+ if ( ( option.selected || i === index ) &&
+ // Don't return options that are disabled or in a disabled optgroup
+ ( support.optDisabled ? !option.disabled : option.getAttribute( "disabled" ) === null ) &&
+ ( !option.parentNode.disabled || !jQuery.nodeName( option.parentNode, "optgroup" ) ) ) {
+
+ // Get the specific value for the option
+ value = jQuery( option ).val();
+
+ // We don't need an array for one selects
+ if ( one ) {
+ return value;
+ }
+
+ // Multi-Selects return an array
+ values.push( value );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return values;
+ },
+
+ set: function( elem, value ) {
+ var optionSet, option,
+ options = elem.options,
+ values = jQuery.makeArray( value ),
+ i = options.length;
+
+ while ( i-- ) {
+ option = options[ i ];
+ if ( (option.selected = jQuery.inArray( jQuery(option).val(), values ) >= 0) ) {
+ optionSet = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // force browsers to behave consistently when non-matching value is set
+ if ( !optionSet ) {
+ elem.selectedIndex = -1;
+ }
+ return values;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+});
+
+// Radios and checkboxes getter/setter
+jQuery.each([ "radio", "checkbox" ], function() {
+ jQuery.valHooks[ this ] = {
+ set: function( elem, value ) {
+ if ( jQuery.isArray( value ) ) {
+ return ( elem.checked = jQuery.inArray( jQuery(elem).val(), value ) >= 0 );
+ }
+ }
+ };
+ if ( !support.checkOn ) {
+ jQuery.valHooks[ this ].get = function( elem ) {
+ // Support: Webkit
+ // "" is returned instead of "on" if a value isn't specified
+ return elem.getAttribute("value") === null ? "on" : elem.value;
+ };
+ }
+});
+
+
+
+
+// Return jQuery for attributes-only inclusion
+
+
+jQuery.each( ("blur focus focusin focusout load resize scroll unload click dblclick " +
+ "mousedown mouseup mousemove mouseover mouseout mouseenter mouseleave " +
+ "change select submit keydown keypress keyup error contextmenu").split(" "), function( i, name ) {
+
+ // Handle event binding
+ jQuery.fn[ name ] = function( data, fn ) {
+ return arguments.length > 0 ?
+ this.on( name, null, data, fn ) :
+ this.trigger( name );
+ };
+});
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+ hover: function( fnOver, fnOut ) {
+ return this.mouseenter( fnOver ).mouseleave( fnOut || fnOver );
+ },
+
+ bind: function( types, data, fn ) {
+ return this.on( types, null, data, fn );
+ },
+ unbind: function( types, fn ) {
+ return this.off( types, null, fn );
+ },
+
+ delegate: function( selector, types, data, fn ) {
+ return this.on( types, selector, data, fn );
+ },
+ undelegate: function( selector, types, fn ) {
+ // ( namespace ) or ( selector, types [, fn] )
+ return arguments.length === 1 ? this.off( selector, "**" ) : this.off( types, selector || "**", fn );
+ }
+});
+
+
+var nonce = jQuery.now();
+
+var rquery = (/\?/);
+
+
+
+// Support: Android 2.3
+// Workaround failure to string-cast null input
+jQuery.parseJSON = function( data ) {
+ return JSON.parse( data + "" );
+};
+
+
+// Cross-browser xml parsing
+jQuery.parseXML = function( data ) {
+ var xml, tmp;
+ if ( !data || typeof data !== "string" ) {
+ return null;
+ }
+
+ // Support: IE9
+ try {
+ tmp = new DOMParser();
+ xml = tmp.parseFromString( data, "text/xml" );
+ } catch ( e ) {
+ xml = undefined;
+ }
+
+ if ( !xml || xml.getElementsByTagName( "parsererror" ).length ) {
+ jQuery.error( "Invalid XML: " + data );
+ }
+ return xml;
+};
+
+
+var
+ // Document location
+ ajaxLocParts,
+ ajaxLocation,
+
+ rhash = /#.*$/,
+ rts = /([?&])_=[^&]*/,
+ rheaders = /^(.*?):[ \t]*([^\r\n]*)$/mg,
+ // #7653, #8125, #8152: local protocol detection
+ rlocalProtocol = /^(?:about|app|app-storage|.+-extension|file|res|widget):$/,
+ rnoContent = /^(?:GET|HEAD)$/,
+ rprotocol = /^\/\//,
+ rurl = /^([\w.+-]+:)(?:\/\/(?:[^\/?#]*@|)([^\/?#:]*)(?::(\d+)|)|)/,
+
+ /* Prefilters
+ * 1) They are useful to introduce custom dataTypes (see ajax/jsonp.js for an example)
+ * 2) These are called:
+ * - BEFORE asking for a transport
+ * - AFTER param serialization (s.data is a string if s.processData is true)
+ * 3) key is the dataType
+ * 4) the catchall symbol "*" can be used
+ * 5) execution will start with transport dataType and THEN continue down to "*" if needed
+ */
+ prefilters = {},
+
+ /* Transports bindings
+ * 1) key is the dataType
+ * 2) the catchall symbol "*" can be used
+ * 3) selection will start with transport dataType and THEN go to "*" if needed
+ */
+ transports = {},
+
+ // Avoid comment-prolog char sequence (#10098); must appease lint and evade compression
+ allTypes = "*/".concat("*");
+
+// #8138, IE may throw an exception when accessing
+// a field from window.location if document.domain has been set
+try {
+ ajaxLocation = location.href;
+} catch( e ) {
+ // Use the href attribute of an A element
+ // since IE will modify it given document.location
+ ajaxLocation = document.createElement( "a" );
+ ajaxLocation.href = "";
+ ajaxLocation = ajaxLocation.href;
+}
+
+// Segment location into parts
+ajaxLocParts = rurl.exec( ajaxLocation.toLowerCase() ) || [];
+
+// Base "constructor" for jQuery.ajaxPrefilter and jQuery.ajaxTransport
+function addToPrefiltersOrTransports( structure ) {
+
+ // dataTypeExpression is optional and defaults to "*"
+ return function( dataTypeExpression, func ) {
+
+ if ( typeof dataTypeExpression !== "string" ) {
+ func = dataTypeExpression;
+ dataTypeExpression = "*";
+ }
+
+ var dataType,
+ i = 0,
+ dataTypes = dataTypeExpression.toLowerCase().match( rnotwhite ) || [];
+
+ if ( jQuery.isFunction( func ) ) {
+ // For each dataType in the dataTypeExpression
+ while ( (dataType = dataTypes[i++]) ) {
+ // Prepend if requested
+ if ( dataType[0] === "+" ) {
+ dataType = dataType.slice( 1 ) || "*";
+ (structure[ dataType ] = structure[ dataType ] || []).unshift( func );
+
+ // Otherwise append
+ } else {
+ (structure[ dataType ] = structure[ dataType ] || []).push( func );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ };
+}
+
+// Base inspection function for prefilters and transports
+function inspectPrefiltersOrTransports( structure, options, originalOptions, jqXHR ) {
+
+ var inspected = {},
+ seekingTransport = ( structure === transports );
+
+ function inspect( dataType ) {
+ var selected;
+ inspected[ dataType ] = true;
+ jQuery.each( structure[ dataType ] || [], function( _, prefilterOrFactory ) {
+ var dataTypeOrTransport = prefilterOrFactory( options, originalOptions, jqXHR );
+ if ( typeof dataTypeOrTransport === "string" && !seekingTransport && !inspected[ dataTypeOrTransport ] ) {
+ options.dataTypes.unshift( dataTypeOrTransport );
+ inspect( dataTypeOrTransport );
+ return false;
+ } else if ( seekingTransport ) {
+ return !( selected = dataTypeOrTransport );
+ }
+ });
+ return selected;
+ }
+
+ return inspect( options.dataTypes[ 0 ] ) || !inspected[ "*" ] && inspect( "*" );
+}
+
+// A special extend for ajax options
+// that takes "flat" options (not to be deep extended)
+// Fixes #9887
+function ajaxExtend( target, src ) {
+ var key, deep,
+ flatOptions = jQuery.ajaxSettings.flatOptions || {};
+
+ for ( key in src ) {
+ if ( src[ key ] !== undefined ) {
+ ( flatOptions[ key ] ? target : ( deep || (deep = {}) ) )[ key ] = src[ key ];
+ }
+ }
+ if ( deep ) {
+ jQuery.extend( true, target, deep );
+ }
+
+ return target;
+}
+
+/* Handles responses to an ajax request:
+ * - finds the right dataType (mediates between content-type and expected dataType)
+ * - returns the corresponding response
+ */
+function ajaxHandleResponses( s, jqXHR, responses ) {
+
+ var ct, type, finalDataType, firstDataType,
+ contents = s.contents,
+ dataTypes = s.dataTypes;
+
+ // Remove auto dataType and get content-type in the process
+ while ( dataTypes[ 0 ] === "*" ) {
+ dataTypes.shift();
+ if ( ct === undefined ) {
+ ct = s.mimeType || jqXHR.getResponseHeader("Content-Type");
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Check if we're dealing with a known content-type
+ if ( ct ) {
+ for ( type in contents ) {
+ if ( contents[ type ] && contents[ type ].test( ct ) ) {
+ dataTypes.unshift( type );
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Check to see if we have a response for the expected dataType
+ if ( dataTypes[ 0 ] in responses ) {
+ finalDataType = dataTypes[ 0 ];
+ } else {
+ // Try convertible dataTypes
+ for ( type in responses ) {
+ if ( !dataTypes[ 0 ] || s.converters[ type + " " + dataTypes[0] ] ) {
+ finalDataType = type;
+ break;
+ }
+ if ( !firstDataType ) {
+ firstDataType = type;
+ }
+ }
+ // Or just use first one
+ finalDataType = finalDataType || firstDataType;
+ }
+
+ // If we found a dataType
+ // We add the dataType to the list if needed
+ // and return the corresponding response
+ if ( finalDataType ) {
+ if ( finalDataType !== dataTypes[ 0 ] ) {
+ dataTypes.unshift( finalDataType );
+ }
+ return responses[ finalDataType ];
+ }
+}
+
+/* Chain conversions given the request and the original response
+ * Also sets the responseXXX fields on the jqXHR instance
+ */
+function ajaxConvert( s, response, jqXHR, isSuccess ) {
+ var conv2, current, conv, tmp, prev,
+ converters = {},
+ // Work with a copy of dataTypes in case we need to modify it for conversion
+ dataTypes = s.dataTypes.slice();
+
+ // Create converters map with lowercased keys
+ if ( dataTypes[ 1 ] ) {
+ for ( conv in s.converters ) {
+ converters[ conv.toLowerCase() ] = s.converters[ conv ];
+ }
+ }
+
+ current = dataTypes.shift();
+
+ // Convert to each sequential dataType
+ while ( current ) {
+
+ if ( s.responseFields[ current ] ) {
+ jqXHR[ s.responseFields[ current ] ] = response;
+ }
+
+ // Apply the dataFilter if provided
+ if ( !prev && isSuccess && s.dataFilter ) {
+ response = s.dataFilter( response, s.dataType );
+ }
+
+ prev = current;
+ current = dataTypes.shift();
+
+ if ( current ) {
+
+ // There's only work to do if current dataType is non-auto
+ if ( current === "*" ) {
+
+ current = prev;
+
+ // Convert response if prev dataType is non-auto and differs from current
+ } else if ( prev !== "*" && prev !== current ) {
+
+ // Seek a direct converter
+ conv = converters[ prev + " " + current ] || converters[ "* " + current ];
+
+ // If none found, seek a pair
+ if ( !conv ) {
+ for ( conv2 in converters ) {
+
+ // If conv2 outputs current
+ tmp = conv2.split( " " );
+ if ( tmp[ 1 ] === current ) {
+
+ // If prev can be converted to accepted input
+ conv = converters[ prev + " " + tmp[ 0 ] ] ||
+ converters[ "* " + tmp[ 0 ] ];
+ if ( conv ) {
+ // Condense equivalence converters
+ if ( conv === true ) {
+ conv = converters[ conv2 ];
+
+ // Otherwise, insert the intermediate dataType
+ } else if ( converters[ conv2 ] !== true ) {
+ current = tmp[ 0 ];
+ dataTypes.unshift( tmp[ 1 ] );
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Apply converter (if not an equivalence)
+ if ( conv !== true ) {
+
+ // Unless errors are allowed to bubble, catch and return them
+ if ( conv && s[ "throws" ] ) {
+ response = conv( response );
+ } else {
+ try {
+ response = conv( response );
+ } catch ( e ) {
+ return { state: "parsererror", error: conv ? e : "No conversion from " + prev + " to " + current };
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return { state: "success", data: response };
+}
+
+jQuery.extend({
+
+ // Counter for holding the number of active queries
+ active: 0,
+
+ // Last-Modified header cache for next request
+ lastModified: {},
+ etag: {},
+
+ ajaxSettings: {
+ url: ajaxLocation,
+ type: "GET",
+ isLocal: rlocalProtocol.test( ajaxLocParts[ 1 ] ),
+ global: true,
+ processData: true,
+ async: true,
+ contentType: "application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=UTF-8",
+ /*
+ timeout: 0,
+ data: null,
+ dataType: null,
+ username: null,
+ password: null,
+ cache: null,
+ throws: false,
+ traditional: false,
+ headers: {},
+ */
+
+ accepts: {
+ "*": allTypes,
+ text: "text/plain",
+ html: "text/html",
+ xml: "application/xml, text/xml",
+ json: "application/json, text/javascript"
+ },
+
+ contents: {
+ xml: /xml/,
+ html: /html/,
+ json: /json/
+ },
+
+ responseFields: {
+ xml: "responseXML",
+ text: "responseText",
+ json: "responseJSON"
+ },
+
+ // Data converters
+ // Keys separate source (or catchall "*") and destination types with a single space
+ converters: {
+
+ // Convert anything to text
+ "* text": String,
+
+ // Text to html (true = no transformation)
+ "text html": true,
+
+ // Evaluate text as a json expression
+ "text json": jQuery.parseJSON,
+
+ // Parse text as xml
+ "text xml": jQuery.parseXML
+ },
+
+ // For options that shouldn't be deep extended:
+ // you can add your own custom options here if
+ // and when you create one that shouldn't be
+ // deep extended (see ajaxExtend)
+ flatOptions: {
+ url: true,
+ context: true
+ }
+ },
+
+ // Creates a full fledged settings object into target
+ // with both ajaxSettings and settings fields.
+ // If target is omitted, writes into ajaxSettings.
+ ajaxSetup: function( target, settings ) {
+ return settings ?
+
+ // Building a settings object
+ ajaxExtend( ajaxExtend( target, jQuery.ajaxSettings ), settings ) :
+
+ // Extending ajaxSettings
+ ajaxExtend( jQuery.ajaxSettings, target );
+ },
+
+ ajaxPrefilter: addToPrefiltersOrTransports( prefilters ),
+ ajaxTransport: addToPrefiltersOrTransports( transports ),
+
+ // Main method
+ ajax: function( url, options ) {
+
+ // If url is an object, simulate pre-1.5 signature
+ if ( typeof url === "object" ) {
+ options = url;
+ url = undefined;
+ }
+
+ // Force options to be an object
+ options = options || {};
+
+ var transport,
+ // URL without anti-cache param
+ cacheURL,
+ // Response headers
+ responseHeadersString,
+ responseHeaders,
+ // timeout handle
+ timeoutTimer,
+ // Cross-domain detection vars
+ parts,
+ // To know if global events are to be dispatched
+ fireGlobals,
+ // Loop variable
+ i,
+ // Create the final options object
+ s = jQuery.ajaxSetup( {}, options ),
+ // Callbacks context
+ callbackContext = s.context || s,
+ // Context for global events is callbackContext if it is a DOM node or jQuery collection
+ globalEventContext = s.context && ( callbackContext.nodeType || callbackContext.jquery ) ?
+ jQuery( callbackContext ) :
+ jQuery.event,
+ // Deferreds
+ deferred = jQuery.Deferred(),
+ completeDeferred = jQuery.Callbacks("once memory"),
+ // Status-dependent callbacks
+ statusCode = s.statusCode || {},
+ // Headers (they are sent all at once)
+ requestHeaders = {},
+ requestHeadersNames = {},
+ // The jqXHR state
+ state = 0,
+ // Default abort message
+ strAbort = "canceled",
+ // Fake xhr
+ jqXHR = {
+ readyState: 0,
+
+ // Builds headers hashtable if needed
+ getResponseHeader: function( key ) {
+ var match;
+ if ( state === 2 ) {
+ if ( !responseHeaders ) {
+ responseHeaders = {};
+ while ( (match = rheaders.exec( responseHeadersString )) ) {
+ responseHeaders[ match[1].toLowerCase() ] = match[ 2 ];
+ }
+ }
+ match = responseHeaders[ key.toLowerCase() ];
+ }
+ return match == null ? null : match;
+ },
+
+ // Raw string
+ getAllResponseHeaders: function() {
+ return state === 2 ? responseHeadersString : null;
+ },
+
+ // Caches the header
+ setRequestHeader: function( name, value ) {
+ var lname = name.toLowerCase();
+ if ( !state ) {
+ name = requestHeadersNames[ lname ] = requestHeadersNames[ lname ] || name;
+ requestHeaders[ name ] = value;
+ }
+ return this;
+ },
+
+ // Overrides response content-type header
+ overrideMimeType: function( type ) {
+ if ( !state ) {
+ s.mimeType = type;
+ }
+ return this;
+ },
+
+ // Status-dependent callbacks
+ statusCode: function( map ) {
+ var code;
+ if ( map ) {
+ if ( state < 2 ) {
+ for ( code in map ) {
+ // Lazy-add the new callback in a way that preserves old ones
+ statusCode[ code ] = [ statusCode[ code ], map[ code ] ];
+ }
+ } else {
+ // Execute the appropriate callbacks
+ jqXHR.always( map[ jqXHR.status ] );
+ }
+ }
+ return this;
+ },
+
+ // Cancel the request
+ abort: function( statusText ) {
+ var finalText = statusText || strAbort;
+ if ( transport ) {
+ transport.abort( finalText );
+ }
+ done( 0, finalText );
+ return this;
+ }
+ };
+
+ // Attach deferreds
+ deferred.promise( jqXHR ).complete = completeDeferred.add;
+ jqXHR.success = jqXHR.done;
+ jqXHR.error = jqXHR.fail;
+
+ // Remove hash character (#7531: and string promotion)
+ // Add protocol if not provided (prefilters might expect it)
+ // Handle falsy url in the settings object (#10093: consistency with old signature)
+ // We also use the url parameter if available
+ s.url = ( ( url || s.url || ajaxLocation ) + "" ).replace( rhash, "" )
+ .replace( rprotocol, ajaxLocParts[ 1 ] + "//" );
+
+ // Alias method option to type as per ticket #12004
+ s.type = options.method || options.type || s.method || s.type;
+
+ // Extract dataTypes list
+ s.dataTypes = jQuery.trim( s.dataType || "*" ).toLowerCase().match( rnotwhite ) || [ "" ];
+
+ // A cross-domain request is in order when we have a protocol:host:port mismatch
+ if ( s.crossDomain == null ) {
+ parts = rurl.exec( s.url.toLowerCase() );
+ s.crossDomain = !!( parts &&
+ ( parts[ 1 ] !== ajaxLocParts[ 1 ] || parts[ 2 ] !== ajaxLocParts[ 2 ] ||
+ ( parts[ 3 ] || ( parts[ 1 ] === "http:" ? "80" : "443" ) ) !==
+ ( ajaxLocParts[ 3 ] || ( ajaxLocParts[ 1 ] === "http:" ? "80" : "443" ) ) )
+ );
+ }
+
+ // Convert data if not already a string
+ if ( s.data && s.processData && typeof s.data !== "string" ) {
+ s.data = jQuery.param( s.data, s.traditional );
+ }
+
+ // Apply prefilters
+ inspectPrefiltersOrTransports( prefilters, s, options, jqXHR );
+
+ // If request was aborted inside a prefilter, stop there
+ if ( state === 2 ) {
+ return jqXHR;
+ }
+
+ // We can fire global events as of now if asked to
+ fireGlobals = s.global;
+
+ // Watch for a new set of requests
+ if ( fireGlobals && jQuery.active++ === 0 ) {
+ jQuery.event.trigger("ajaxStart");
+ }
+
+ // Uppercase the type
+ s.type = s.type.toUpperCase();
+
+ // Determine if request has content
+ s.hasContent = !rnoContent.test( s.type );
+
+ // Save the URL in case we're toying with the If-Modified-Since
+ // and/or If-None-Match header later on
+ cacheURL = s.url;
+
+ // More options handling for requests with no content
+ if ( !s.hasContent ) {
+
+ // If data is available, append data to url
+ if ( s.data ) {
+ cacheURL = ( s.url += ( rquery.test( cacheURL ) ? "&" : "?" ) + s.data );
+ // #9682: remove data so that it's not used in an eventual retry
+ delete s.data;
+ }
+
+ // Add anti-cache in url if needed
+ if ( s.cache === false ) {
+ s.url = rts.test( cacheURL ) ?
+
+ // If there is already a '_' parameter, set its value
+ cacheURL.replace( rts, "$1_=" + nonce++ ) :
+
+ // Otherwise add one to the end
+ cacheURL + ( rquery.test( cacheURL ) ? "&" : "?" ) + "_=" + nonce++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Set the If-Modified-Since and/or If-None-Match header, if in ifModified mode.
+ if ( s.ifModified ) {
+ if ( jQuery.lastModified[ cacheURL ] ) {
+ jqXHR.setRequestHeader( "If-Modified-Since", jQuery.lastModified[ cacheURL ] );
+ }
+ if ( jQuery.etag[ cacheURL ] ) {
+ jqXHR.setRequestHeader( "If-None-Match", jQuery.etag[ cacheURL ] );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Set the correct header, if data is being sent
+ if ( s.data && s.hasContent && s.contentType !== false || options.contentType ) {
+ jqXHR.setRequestHeader( "Content-Type", s.contentType );
+ }
+
+ // Set the Accepts header for the server, depending on the dataType
+ jqXHR.setRequestHeader(
+ "Accept",
+ s.dataTypes[ 0 ] && s.accepts[ s.dataTypes[0] ] ?
+ s.accepts[ s.dataTypes[0] ] + ( s.dataTypes[ 0 ] !== "*" ? ", " + allTypes + "; q=0.01" : "" ) :
+ s.accepts[ "*" ]
+ );
+
+ // Check for headers option
+ for ( i in s.headers ) {
+ jqXHR.setRequestHeader( i, s.headers[ i ] );
+ }
+
+ // Allow custom headers/mimetypes and early abort
+ if ( s.beforeSend && ( s.beforeSend.call( callbackContext, jqXHR, s ) === false || state === 2 ) ) {
+ // Abort if not done already and return
+ return jqXHR.abort();
+ }
+
+ // aborting is no longer a cancellation
+ strAbort = "abort";
+
+ // Install callbacks on deferreds
+ for ( i in { success: 1, error: 1, complete: 1 } ) {
+ jqXHR[ i ]( s[ i ] );
+ }
+
+ // Get transport
+ transport = inspectPrefiltersOrTransports( transports, s, options, jqXHR );
+
+ // If no transport, we auto-abort
+ if ( !transport ) {
+ done( -1, "No Transport" );
+ } else {
+ jqXHR.readyState = 1;
+
+ // Send global event
+ if ( fireGlobals ) {
+ globalEventContext.trigger( "ajaxSend", [ jqXHR, s ] );
+ }
+ // Timeout
+ if ( s.async && s.timeout > 0 ) {
+ timeoutTimer = setTimeout(function() {
+ jqXHR.abort("timeout");
+ }, s.timeout );
+ }
+
+ try {
+ state = 1;
+ transport.send( requestHeaders, done );
+ } catch ( e ) {
+ // Propagate exception as error if not done
+ if ( state < 2 ) {
+ done( -1, e );
+ // Simply rethrow otherwise
+ } else {
+ throw e;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Callback for when everything is done
+ function done( status, nativeStatusText, responses, headers ) {
+ var isSuccess, success, error, response, modified,
+ statusText = nativeStatusText;
+
+ // Called once
+ if ( state === 2 ) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // State is "done" now
+ state = 2;
+
+ // Clear timeout if it exists
+ if ( timeoutTimer ) {
+ clearTimeout( timeoutTimer );
+ }
+
+ // Dereference transport for early garbage collection
+ // (no matter how long the jqXHR object will be used)
+ transport = undefined;
+
+ // Cache response headers
+ responseHeadersString = headers || "";
+
+ // Set readyState
+ jqXHR.readyState = status > 0 ? 4 : 0;
+
+ // Determine if successful
+ isSuccess = status >= 200 && status < 300 || status === 304;
+
+ // Get response data
+ if ( responses ) {
+ response = ajaxHandleResponses( s, jqXHR, responses );
+ }
+
+ // Convert no matter what (that way responseXXX fields are always set)
+ response = ajaxConvert( s, response, jqXHR, isSuccess );
+
+ // If successful, handle type chaining
+ if ( isSuccess ) {
+
+ // Set the If-Modified-Since and/or If-None-Match header, if in ifModified mode.
+ if ( s.ifModified ) {
+ modified = jqXHR.getResponseHeader("Last-Modified");
+ if ( modified ) {
+ jQuery.lastModified[ cacheURL ] = modified;
+ }
+ modified = jqXHR.getResponseHeader("etag");
+ if ( modified ) {
+ jQuery.etag[ cacheURL ] = modified;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // if no content
+ if ( status === 204 || s.type === "HEAD" ) {
+ statusText = "nocontent";
+
+ // if not modified
+ } else if ( status === 304 ) {
+ statusText = "notmodified";
+
+ // If we have data, let's convert it
+ } else {
+ statusText = response.state;
+ success = response.data;
+ error = response.error;
+ isSuccess = !error;
+ }
+ } else {
+ // We extract error from statusText
+ // then normalize statusText and status for non-aborts
+ error = statusText;
+ if ( status || !statusText ) {
+ statusText = "error";
+ if ( status < 0 ) {
+ status = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Set data for the fake xhr object
+ jqXHR.status = status;
+ jqXHR.statusText = ( nativeStatusText || statusText ) + "";
+
+ // Success/Error
+ if ( isSuccess ) {
+ deferred.resolveWith( callbackContext, [ success, statusText, jqXHR ] );
+ } else {
+ deferred.rejectWith( callbackContext, [ jqXHR, statusText, error ] );
+ }
+
+ // Status-dependent callbacks
+ jqXHR.statusCode( statusCode );
+ statusCode = undefined;
+
+ if ( fireGlobals ) {
+ globalEventContext.trigger( isSuccess ? "ajaxSuccess" : "ajaxError",
+ [ jqXHR, s, isSuccess ? success : error ] );
+ }
+
+ // Complete
+ completeDeferred.fireWith( callbackContext, [ jqXHR, statusText ] );
+
+ if ( fireGlobals ) {
+ globalEventContext.trigger( "ajaxComplete", [ jqXHR, s ] );
+ // Handle the global AJAX counter
+ if ( !( --jQuery.active ) ) {
+ jQuery.event.trigger("ajaxStop");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return jqXHR;
+ },
+
+ getJSON: function( url, data, callback ) {
+ return jQuery.get( url, data, callback, "json" );
+ },
+
+ getScript: function( url, callback ) {
+ return jQuery.get( url, undefined, callback, "script" );
+ }
+});
+
+jQuery.each( [ "get", "post" ], function( i, method ) {
+ jQuery[ method ] = function( url, data, callback, type ) {
+ // shift arguments if data argument was omitted
+ if ( jQuery.isFunction( data ) ) {
+ type = type || callback;
+ callback = data;
+ data = undefined;
+ }
+
+ return jQuery.ajax({
+ url: url,
+ type: method,
+ dataType: type,
+ data: data,
+ success: callback
+ });
+ };
+});
+
+// Attach a bunch of functions for handling common AJAX events
+jQuery.each( [ "ajaxStart", "ajaxStop", "ajaxComplete", "ajaxError", "ajaxSuccess", "ajaxSend" ], function( i, type ) {
+ jQuery.fn[ type ] = function( fn ) {
+ return this.on( type, fn );
+ };
+});
+
+
+jQuery._evalUrl = function( url ) {
+ return jQuery.ajax({
+ url: url,
+ type: "GET",
+ dataType: "script",
+ async: false,
+ global: false,
+ "throws": true
+ });
+};
+
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+ wrapAll: function( html ) {
+ var wrap;
+
+ if ( jQuery.isFunction( html ) ) {
+ return this.each(function( i ) {
+ jQuery( this ).wrapAll( html.call(this, i) );
+ });
+ }
+
+ if ( this[ 0 ] ) {
+
+ // The elements to wrap the target around
+ wrap = jQuery( html, this[ 0 ].ownerDocument ).eq( 0 ).clone( true );
+
+ if ( this[ 0 ].parentNode ) {
+ wrap.insertBefore( this[ 0 ] );
+ }
+
+ wrap.map(function() {
+ var elem = this;
+
+ while ( elem.firstElementChild ) {
+ elem = elem.firstElementChild;
+ }
+
+ return elem;
+ }).append( this );
+ }
+
+ return this;
+ },
+
+ wrapInner: function( html ) {
+ if ( jQuery.isFunction( html ) ) {
+ return this.each(function( i ) {
+ jQuery( this ).wrapInner( html.call(this, i) );
+ });
+ }
+
+ return this.each(function() {
+ var self = jQuery( this ),
+ contents = self.contents();
+
+ if ( contents.length ) {
+ contents.wrapAll( html );
+
+ } else {
+ self.append( html );
+ }
+ });
+ },
+
+ wrap: function( html ) {
+ var isFunction = jQuery.isFunction( html );
+
+ return this.each(function( i ) {
+ jQuery( this ).wrapAll( isFunction ? html.call(this, i) : html );
+ });
+ },
+
+ unwrap: function() {
+ return this.parent().each(function() {
+ if ( !jQuery.nodeName( this, "body" ) ) {
+ jQuery( this ).replaceWith( this.childNodes );
+ }
+ }).end();
+ }
+});
+
+
+jQuery.expr.filters.hidden = function( elem ) {
+ // Support: Opera <= 12.12
+ // Opera reports offsetWidths and offsetHeights less than zero on some elements
+ return elem.offsetWidth <= 0 && elem.offsetHeight <= 0;
+};
+jQuery.expr.filters.visible = function( elem ) {
+ return !jQuery.expr.filters.hidden( elem );
+};
+
+
+
+
+var r20 = /%20/g,
+ rbracket = /\[\]$/,
+ rCRLF = /\r?\n/g,
+ rsubmitterTypes = /^(?:submit|button|image|reset|file)$/i,
+ rsubmittable = /^(?:input|select|textarea|keygen)/i;
+
+function buildParams( prefix, obj, traditional, add ) {
+ var name;
+
+ if ( jQuery.isArray( obj ) ) {
+ // Serialize array item.
+ jQuery.each( obj, function( i, v ) {
+ if ( traditional || rbracket.test( prefix ) ) {
+ // Treat each array item as a scalar.
+ add( prefix, v );
+
+ } else {
+ // Item is non-scalar (array or object), encode its numeric index.
+ buildParams( prefix + "[" + ( typeof v === "object" ? i : "" ) + "]", v, traditional, add );
+ }
+ });
+
+ } else if ( !traditional && jQuery.type( obj ) === "object" ) {
+ // Serialize object item.
+ for ( name in obj ) {
+ buildParams( prefix + "[" + name + "]", obj[ name ], traditional, add );
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ // Serialize scalar item.
+ add( prefix, obj );
+ }
+}
+
+// Serialize an array of form elements or a set of
+// key/values into a query string
+jQuery.param = function( a, traditional ) {
+ var prefix,
+ s = [],
+ add = function( key, value ) {
+ // If value is a function, invoke it and return its value
+ value = jQuery.isFunction( value ) ? value() : ( value == null ? "" : value );
+ s[ s.length ] = encodeURIComponent( key ) + "=" + encodeURIComponent( value );
+ };
+
+ // Set traditional to true for jQuery <= 1.3.2 behavior.
+ if ( traditional === undefined ) {
+ traditional = jQuery.ajaxSettings && jQuery.ajaxSettings.traditional;
+ }
+
+ // If an array was passed in, assume that it is an array of form elements.
+ if ( jQuery.isArray( a ) || ( a.jquery && !jQuery.isPlainObject( a ) ) ) {
+ // Serialize the form elements
+ jQuery.each( a, function() {
+ add( this.name, this.value );
+ });
+
+ } else {
+ // If traditional, encode the "old" way (the way 1.3.2 or older
+ // did it), otherwise encode params recursively.
+ for ( prefix in a ) {
+ buildParams( prefix, a[ prefix ], traditional, add );
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Return the resulting serialization
+ return s.join( "&" ).replace( r20, "+" );
+};
+
+jQuery.fn.extend({
+ serialize: function() {
+ return jQuery.param( this.serializeArray() );
+ },
+ serializeArray: function() {
+ return this.map(function() {
+ // Can add propHook for "elements" to filter or add form elements
+ var elements = jQuery.prop( this, "elements" );
+ return elements ? jQuery.makeArray( elements ) : this;
+ })
+ .filter(function() {
+ var type = this.type;
+
+ // Use .is( ":disabled" ) so that fieldset[disabled] works
+ return this.name && !jQuery( this ).is( ":disabled" ) &&
+ rsubmittable.test( this.nodeName ) && !rsubmitterTypes.test( type ) &&
+ ( this.checked || !rcheckableType.test( type ) );
+ })
+ .map(function( i, elem ) {
+ var val = jQuery( this ).val();
+
+ return val == null ?
+ null :
+ jQuery.isArray( val ) ?
+ jQuery.map( val, function( val ) {
+ return { name: elem.name, value: val.replace( rCRLF, "\r\n" ) };
+ }) :
+ { name: elem.name, value: val.replace( rCRLF, "\r\n" ) };
+ }).get();
+ }
+});
+
+
+jQuery.ajaxSettings.xhr = function() {
+ try {
+ return new XMLHttpRequest();
+ } catch( e ) {}
+};
+
+var xhrId = 0,
+ xhrCallbacks = {},
+ xhrSuccessStatus = {
+ // file protocol always yields status code 0, assume 200
+ 0: 200,
+ // Support: IE9
+ // #1450: sometimes IE returns 1223 when it should be 204
+ 1223: 204
+ },
+ xhrSupported = jQuery.ajaxSettings.xhr();
+
+// Support: IE9
+// Open requests must be manually aborted on unload (#5280)
+if ( window.ActiveXObject ) {
+ jQuery( window ).on( "unload", function() {
+ for ( var key in xhrCallbacks ) {
+ xhrCallbacks[ key ]();
+ }
+ });
+}
+
+support.cors = !!xhrSupported && ( "withCredentials" in xhrSupported );
+support.ajax = xhrSupported = !!xhrSupported;
+
+jQuery.ajaxTransport(function( options ) {
+ var callback;
+
+ // Cross domain only allowed if supported through XMLHttpRequest
+ if ( support.cors || xhrSupported && !options.crossDomain ) {
+ return {
+ send: function( headers, complete ) {
+ var i,
+ xhr = options.xhr(),
+ id = ++xhrId;
+
+ xhr.open( options.type, options.url, options.async, options.username, options.password );
+
+ // Apply custom fields if provided
+ if ( options.xhrFields ) {
+ for ( i in options.xhrFields ) {
+ xhr[ i ] = options.xhrFields[ i ];
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Override mime type if needed
+ if ( options.mimeType && xhr.overrideMimeType ) {
+ xhr.overrideMimeType( options.mimeType );
+ }
+
+ // X-Requested-With header
+ // For cross-domain requests, seeing as conditions for a preflight are
+ // akin to a jigsaw puzzle, we simply never set it to be sure.
+ // (it can always be set on a per-request basis or even using ajaxSetup)
+ // For same-domain requests, won't change header if already provided.
+ if ( !options.crossDomain && !headers["X-Requested-With"] ) {
+ headers["X-Requested-With"] = "XMLHttpRequest";
+ }
+
+ // Set headers
+ for ( i in headers ) {
+ xhr.setRequestHeader( i, headers[ i ] );
+ }
+
+ // Callback
+ callback = function( type ) {
+ return function() {
+ if ( callback ) {
+ delete xhrCallbacks[ id ];
+ callback = xhr.onload = xhr.onerror = null;
+
+ if ( type === "abort" ) {
+ xhr.abort();
+ } else if ( type === "error" ) {
+ complete(
+ // file: protocol always yields status 0; see #8605, #14207
+ xhr.status,
+ xhr.statusText
+ );
+ } else {
+ complete(
+ xhrSuccessStatus[ xhr.status ] || xhr.status,
+ xhr.statusText,
+ // Support: IE9
+ // Accessing binary-data responseText throws an exception
+ // (#11426)
+ typeof xhr.responseText === "string" ? {
+ text: xhr.responseText
+ } : undefined,
+ xhr.getAllResponseHeaders()
+ );
+ }
+ }
+ };
+ };
+
+ // Listen to events
+ xhr.onload = callback();
+ xhr.onerror = callback("error");
+
+ // Create the abort callback
+ callback = xhrCallbacks[ id ] = callback("abort");
+
+ // Do send the request
+ // This may raise an exception which is actually
+ // handled in jQuery.ajax (so no try/catch here)
+ xhr.send( options.hasContent && options.data || null );
+ },
+
+ abort: function() {
+ if ( callback ) {
+ callback();
+ }
+ }
+ };
+ }
+});
+
+
+
+
+// Install script dataType
+jQuery.ajaxSetup({
+ accepts: {
+ script: "text/javascript, application/javascript, application/ecmascript, application/x-ecmascript"
+ },
+ contents: {
+ script: /(?:java|ecma)script/
+ },
+ converters: {
+ "text script": function( text ) {
+ jQuery.globalEval( text );
+ return text;
+ }
+ }
+});
+
+// Handle cache's special case and crossDomain
+jQuery.ajaxPrefilter( "script", function( s ) {
+ if ( s.cache === undefined ) {
+ s.cache = false;
+ }
+ if ( s.crossDomain ) {
+ s.type = "GET";
+ }
+});
+
+// Bind script tag hack transport
+jQuery.ajaxTransport( "script", function( s ) {
+ // This transport only deals with cross domain requests
+ if ( s.crossDomain ) {
+ var script, callback;
+ return {
+ send: function( _, complete ) {
+ script = jQuery("
+
-
+
diff --git a/Web/Views/Shared/_Layout.login.cshtml b/Web/Views/Shared/_Layout.login.cshtml
index 342ef98..2886af9 100644
--- a/Web/Views/Shared/_Layout.login.cshtml
+++ b/Web/Views/Shared/_Layout.login.cshtml
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
Mileage Traker - ETHRA - @ViewBag.Title
4
-
- ..\packages\AutoMapper.2.2.1\lib\net40\AutoMapper.dll
+
+ False
+ ..\packages\AutoMapper.3.2.1\lib\net40\AutoMapper.dll
+
+
+ ..\packages\AutoMapper.3.2.1\lib\net40\AutoMapper.Net4.dll
False
@@ -55,17 +59,18 @@
..\packages\ExcelLibrary.1.2011.7.30\lib\ExcelLibrary.dll
-
+
False
- ..\packages\log4net.2.0.0\lib\net40-full\log4net.dll
+ ..\packages\log4net.2.0.3\lib\net40-full\log4net.dll
True
..\packages\Microsoft.Web.Infrastructure.1.0.0.0\lib\net40\Microsoft.Web.Infrastructure.dll
-
- ..\packages\MvcCheckBoxList.1.4.3.0\lib\MvcCheckBoxList.dll
+
+ False
+ ..\packages\MvcCheckBoxList.1.4.4.5\lib\net40\MvcCheckBoxList.dll
@@ -274,8 +288,6 @@
PreserveNewest
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net10-full/log4net.dll b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net10-full/log4net.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index e7243f1..0000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net10-full/log4net.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net10-full/log4net.xml b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net10-full/log4net.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f70d6e..0000000
--- a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net10-full/log4net.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30151 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- log4net
-
-
-
-
- Appender that logs to a database.
-
-
-
- http://www.connectionstrings.com/ .
-
-
- Records are written into the database either using a prepared
- statement or a stored procedure. The System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify a prepared statement
- or to System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify a stored
- procedure.
-
-
- The prepared statement text or the name of the stored procedure
- must be set in the
-
- The prepared statement or stored procedure can take a number
- of parameters. Parameters are added using the
-
-
- An example of a SQL Server table that could be logged to:
-
- CREATE TABLE [dbo].[Log] (
- [ID] [int] IDENTITY (1, 1) NOT NULL ,
- [Date] [datetime] NOT NULL ,
- [Thread] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Level] [varchar] (20) NOT NULL ,
- [Logger] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Message] [varchar] (4000) NOT NULL
- ) ON [PRIMARY]
-
-
-
- An example configuration to log to the above table:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Lance Nehring
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a
- number of events before logging them. For example the
-
- Subclasses should override the
- The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic
- buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using
- the
- A
-
- The buffering appender can be configured in a true then the
- buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving
- in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer.
- In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This class provides the code for common functionality, such
- as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements.
-
-
-
- Implementors should consider extending the
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logging event in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log a message into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for appenders that support bulk logging.
-
-
-
- This interface extends the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log an array of events into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to delay activate a configured object.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then this method must be called
- after its properties have been set before the component can be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's
-
-
-
- If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method
- will call
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and release resources.
-
-
-
- Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method
- delegates the closing of the appender to the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Test if the logging event should we output by this appender
-
- true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored
-
- This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set
- on this appender and also against the filters specified on this
- appender.
-
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain.
-
-
-
- The Filters are organized in a linked list.
-
-
- Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the
- back of the filter chain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold.
-
-
-
- If there is no threshold set, then the return value is always true .
-
-
-
- true if the
-
-
-
- Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override
- this method if resources need to be released.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses of
-
-
- A subclass must implement this method to perform
- logging of the
- This method will be called by
-
- To restrict the logging of events in the appender
- override the
-
-
-
-
- Append a bulk array of logging events.
-
-
-
- This base class implementation calls the
-
- A sub class that can better process a bulk array of events should
- override this method in addition to
-
-
-
-
- Called before
-
-
- This method is called by
-
- This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks
- made before the event is passed to the
-
- A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to
- this base class if it is overridden.
-
-
- true if the call to
-
-
- Renders the
- The event rendered as a string.
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Where possible use the alternative version of this method
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Use this method in preference to
-
-
-
-
- The layout of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The name of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The level threshold of this appender.
-
-
-
- There is no level threshold filtering by default.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The first filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- Set to null initially.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The last filter in the filter chain.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this appender is closed.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method
-
-
-
-
- StringWriter used to render events
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderSkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the threshold
-
- The threshold
-
-
- All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored
- by the appender.
-
-
- In configuration files this option is specified by setting the
- value of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The filter chain.
-
- The head of the filter chain filter chain.
-
-
- Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list
- and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The layout of the appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Tests if this appender requires a
-
-
- In the rather exceptional case, where the appender
- implementation admits a layout but can also work without it,
- then the appender should return true .
-
-
- This default implementation always returns false .
-
-
-
- true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
- The default buffer size.
-
-
- The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events.
- This is set to 512 by default.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- SendBuffer method.
-
-
- Protected constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
-
-
- Flushes any events that have been buffered.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
- true to flush the buffer of lossy events
-
-
- Flushes events that have been buffered. If false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in true .
- In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the
-
-
- If true then the buffer will always
- be emptied by calling this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance.
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked
- as not
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Stores the
-
- The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the
-
- -
-
The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is
- marked as not lossy (see
-
- -
-
An
-
-
-
- Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the buffer.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override
-
-
-
-
- Sends the events.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events.
-
-
-
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
- Set to
-
-
-
- The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events.
-
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator that causes the buffer to be sent immediately.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event causes the entire
- buffer to be sent immediately. This field can be null , which
- indicates that event triggering is not to be done. The evaluator
- can be set using the true then an
-
-
-
- Indicates if the appender should overwrite events in the cyclic buffer
- when it becomes full, or if the buffer should be flushed when the
- buffer is full.
-
-
- If this field is set to true then an
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator filters discarded events.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event that is discarded should
- really be discarded or if it should be sent to the appenders.
- This field can be null , which indicates that all discarded events will
- be discarded.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy.
-
-
- true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before
- delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer
- to be send to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before
- a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set
- false to prevent logging events
- from being lost.
-
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the
- logging events.
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
-
- The
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will
- immediately be sent (see
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the
-
- The value of the
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately
- be sent (see
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if only part of the logging event data
- should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the
- event data to be fixed and serialized. This will improve performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
- The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the parent method to close the database
-
-
-
- Closes the database command and database connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Inserts the events into the database.
-
-
-
- Insert all the events specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the command.
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified.
-
-
-
- The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been
- configured not to use transactions. See
-
-
-
-
- Formats the log message into database statement text.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide
- more control over the format of the database statement.
-
-
- Text that can be passed to a
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- This method is called whenever a new IDbConnection is needed (i.e. when a reconnect is necessary).
-
- An
-
-
-
- Resolves the connection string from the ConnectionString, ConnectionStringName, or AppSettingsKey
- property.
-
-
- ConnectiongStringName is only supported on .NET 2.0 and higher.
-
- A connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the
- database. This method resolves the type specified in the
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method to return a different type
- if necessary.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command and initialize the parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Connects to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing command.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing connection.
-
-
- Calls the IDbConnection's
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we are using a command object
-
-
-
- Set to true when the appender is to use a prepared
- statement or stored procedure to insert into the database.
-
-
-
-
-
- The list of
-
-
- The list of
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The database command.
-
-
-
-
- Database connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- String type name of the
-
-
-
- The text of the command.
-
-
-
-
- The command type.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AdoNetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to
- the database.
-
-
- The database connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- The connections string is specific to the connection type.
- See
-
- Connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "DSN=MS Access Database;UID=admin;PWD=;SystemDB=C:\data\System.mdw;SafeTransactions = 0;FIL=MS Access;DriverID = 25;DBQ=C:\data\train33.mdb"
-
- Another connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;UID=;PWD=;"
-
- Connection string for MS Access via OLE DB:
- "Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;"
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name of the
-
- The type name of the
-
-
- The type name of the ADO.NET provider to use.
-
-
- The default is to use the OLE DB provider.
-
-
- Use the OLE DB Provider. This is the default value.
- System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the MS SQL Server Provider.
- System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the ODBC Provider.
- Microsoft.Data.Odbc.OdbcConnection,Microsoft.Data.Odbc,version=1.0.3300.0,publicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089,culture=neutral
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for ODBC .NET Data Provider .
-
- Use the Oracle Provider.
- System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, System.Data.OracleClient, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for .NET Managed Provider for Oracle .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command text that is used to insert logging events
- into the database.
-
-
- The command text used to insert logging events into the database.
-
-
-
- Either the text of the prepared statement or the
- name of the stored procedure to execute to write into
- the database.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command type to execute.
-
-
- The command type to execute.
-
-
-
- This value may be either System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify
- that the System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify that the
-
-
- The default value is System.Data.CommandType.Text ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Should transactions be used to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- true if transactions should be used to insert logging events in
- the database, otherwise false . The default value is true .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether transactions should be used
- to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- When set a single transaction will be used to insert the buffered events
- into the database. Otherwise each event will be inserted without using
- an explicit transaction.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Should this appender try to reconnect to the database on error.
-
-
- true if the appender should try to reconnect to the database after an
- error has occurred, otherwise false . The default value is false ,
- i.e. not to try to reconnect.
-
-
-
- The default behaviour is for the appender not to try to reconnect to the
- database if an error occurs. Subsequent logging events are discarded.
-
-
- To force the appender to attempt to reconnect to the database set this
- property to true .
-
-
- When the appender attempts to connect to the database there may be a
- delay of up to the connection timeout specified in the connection string.
- This delay will block the calling application's thread.
- Until the connection can be reestablished this potential delay may occur multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Parameter type used by the
-
-
- This class provides the basic database parameter properties
- as defined by the
- This type can be subclassed to provide database specific
- functionality. The two methods that are called externally are
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class.
-
-
-
-
- Prepare the specified database command object.
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command object by adding
- this parameter to its collection of parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command.
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event using this parameters layout
- object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType
-
-
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this parameter.
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter. The parameter name
- must match up to a named parameter to the SQL stored procedure
- or prepared statement.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database type for this parameter.
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter. This property should
- be set to the database type from the
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the type from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the precision for this parameter.
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum number of digits used to represent the Value.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the precision from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the scale for this parameter.
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The number of decimal places to which Value is resolved.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the scale from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size for this parameter.
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the size from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences.
-
-
-
- AnsiColorTerminalAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific level of message to be set.
-
-
- This appender expects the terminal to understand the VT100 control set
- in order to interpret the color codes. If the terminal or console does not
- understand the control codes the behavior is not defined.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- When configuring the ANSI colored terminal appender, a mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan
- These color values cannot be combined together to make new colors.
-
-
- The attributes can be any combination of the following:
-
- Bright foreground is brighter Dim foreground is dimmer Underscore message is underlined Blink foreground is blinking (does not work on all terminals) Reverse foreground and background are reversed Hidden output is hidden Strikethrough message has a line through it
- While any of these attributes may be combined together not all combinations
- work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes
- no sense.
-
-
- Patrick Wagstrom
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Ansi code to reset terminal
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible display attributes
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the ANSI color attributes.
-
-
-
-
-
- text is bright
-
-
-
-
- text is dim
-
-
-
-
- text is underlined
-
-
-
-
- text is blinking
-
-
- Not all terminals support this attribute
-
-
-
-
- text and background colors are reversed
-
-
-
-
- text is hidden
-
-
-
-
- text is displayed with a strikethrough
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible foreground or background color values for
- use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The output can be in one for the following ANSI colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is black
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is magenta
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- An entry in the
-
-
- This is an abstract base class for types that are stored in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize any options defined on this entry
-
-
-
- Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialise based on their options
-
-
-
-
-
- The level that is the key for this mapping
-
-
- The
-
-
- Get or set the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a AppenderCollection instance.
-
-
- An AppenderCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- An empty readonly static AppenderCollection
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- AppenderCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given AppenderCollection .
-
- true if AppenderCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of AppenderCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the AppenderCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The specified AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the AppenderCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the AppenderCollection .
-
- An AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another AppenderCollection to the current AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- Return the collection elements as an array
-
- the array
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the AppenderCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the ASP.NET
-
-
-
- Diagnostic information and tracing messages that you specify are appended to the output
- of the page that is sent to the requesting browser. Optionally, you can view this information
- from a separate trace viewer (Trace.axd) that displays trace information for every page in a
- given application.
-
-
- Trace statements are processed and displayed only when tracing is enabled. You can control
- whether tracing is displayed to a page, to the trace viewer, or both.
-
-
- The logging event is passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace
- HttpContext.Current.Trace
- (
-
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The events are buffered in this appender until conditions are
- met to allow the appender to deliver the events to the attached
- appenders. See
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different
- thresholds and filters for the same appender at different locations
- within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching appenders to objects.
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- Add the specified appender. The implementation may
- choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Returns an attached appender with the null will be
- returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Gets a collection of attached appenders.
- If there are no attached appenders the
- implementation should return an empty
- collection rather than null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the events.
-
-
-
- Forwards the events to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this buffering appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes directly to the application's attached console
- not to the System.Console.Out or System.Console.Error TextWriter .
- The System.Console.Out and System.Console.Error streams can be
- programmatically redirected (for example NUnit does this to capture program output).
- This appender will ignore these redirections because it needs to use Win32
- API calls to colorize the output. To respect these redirections the
-
- When configuring the colored console appender, mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- combination of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan HighIntensity
-
-
- Rick Hobbs
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- The console output stream writer to write to
-
-
-
- This writer is not thread safe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible color values for use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is purple
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is intensified
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the true then the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Writes events to the system event log.
-
-
-
- The appender will fail if you try to write using an event source that doesn't exist unless it is running with local administrator privileges.
- See also http://logging.apache.org/log4net/release/faq.html#trouble-EventLog
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry can be
- set using the EventID property (
-
- The Category of the event log entry can be
- set using the Category property (
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
- When configuring the EventLogAppender a mapping can be
- specified to map a logging level to an event log entry type. For example:
-
-
- <mapping>
- <level value="ERROR" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Error" />
- </mapping>
- <mapping>
- <level value="DEBUG" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Information" />
- </mapping>
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and eventLogEntryType can be any value
- from the
- Error an error event Warning a warning event Information an informational event
-
-
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Thomas Voss
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an event log source
-
-
- Uses different API calls under NET_2_0
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Writes the event to the system event log using the
-
-
- If the event has an EventID property (see
-
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the equivalent
- The equivalent
-
- Because there are fewer applicable
-
-
-
- The log name is the section in the event logs where the messages
- are stored.
-
-
-
-
- Name of the application to use when logging. This appears in the
- application column of the event log named by
-
-
-
- The name of the machine which holds the event log. This is
- currently only allowed to be '.' i.e. the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to EventLogEntryType
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The event ID to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The event category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EventLogAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- The string name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- This is the name of the log as it appears in the Event Viewer
- tree. The default value is to log into the Application
- log, this is where most applications write their events. However
- if you need a separate log for your application (or applications)
- then you should set the
- This should not be used to distinguish your event log messages
- from those of other applications, the
-
-
-
-
- Property used to set the Application name. This appears in the
- event logs when logging.
-
-
- The string used to distinguish events from different sources.
-
-
- Sets the event log source property.
-
-
-
-
- This property is used to return the name of the computer to use
- when accessing the event logs. Currently, this is the current
- computer, denoted by a dot "."
-
-
- The string name of the machine holding the event log that
- will be logged into.
-
-
- This property cannot be changed. It is currently set to '.'
- i.e. the local machine. This may be changed in future.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The system security context used to write to the EventLog.
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the EventId to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the EventID property (
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The Category of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the Category property (
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and its event log entry type.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- Required property.
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to a file.
-
-
-
- Logging events are sent to the file specified by
- the
-
- The file can be opened in either append or overwrite mode
- by specifying the
-
- The layout's
-
- This appender will first try to open the file for writing when
-
- The
-
- All locking strategies have issues and you should seriously consider using a different strategy that
- avoids having multiple processes logging to the same file.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Rodrigo B. de Oliveira
- Douglas de la Torre
- Niall Daley
-
-
-
- Sends logging events to a
-
-
- An Appender that writes to a
-
- This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate
- writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that
- can open a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append.
-
-
-
- This method checks if an output target has been set and if a
- layout has been set.
-
-
- false if any of the preconditions fail.
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer
- before flushing the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed.
-
-
- Closed appenders cannot be reused.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Clears internal references to the underlying
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer
-
-
-
- This method is called when an event is logged and the
-
-
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logging events are not actually persisted if and when the application
- crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TextWriterAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end
- of each append operation.
-
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- append operation.
-
-
- If this option is set to false , then the underlying
- stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later
- time.
-
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in
- a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the
-
-
- The specified
-
- The
-
- Note: Logging to an unopened
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set the
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout, file and append mode.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout and file specified.
- The file will be appended to.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on the file appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This will cause the file to be opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes any previously opened file and calls the parent's
-
-
- Resets the filename and the file stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called to initialize the file writer
-
-
-
- Will be called for each logged message until the file is
- successfully opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Acquires the output file locks once before writing all the events to
- the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the previously opened file.
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- Calls
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- If there was already an opened file, then the previous file
- is closed first.
-
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer used for file output
-
-
-
- This implementation of
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to wrap the
- System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to
- wrap the
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we should append to the file
- or overwrite the file. The default is to append.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log file.
-
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the file stream.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics
-
-
-
-
- The locking model to use
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the FileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
- The path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
-
- If the path is relative it is taken as relative from
- the application base directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be
- appended to or overwritten.
-
-
- Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten.
-
-
-
- If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if
- it is set to true then the file will be appended to.
-
- The default value is true.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The default encoding set is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are three built in locking models,
-
- The default locking model is the
-
-
-
-
- Write only
-
-
-
- True asynchronous writes are not supported, the implementation forces a synchronous write.
-
-
-
-
- Exception base type for log4net.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Locking model base class
-
-
-
- Base class for the locking models available to the
-
-
-
-
- Open the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Helper method that creates a FileStream under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext.
-
-
-
- Typically called during OpenFile or AcquireLock.
-
-
- If the directory portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to close
-
- Does not set
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on
- behalf of.
-
-
- The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use.
-
-
- The value of this property will be set before
-
-
-
-
- Hold an exclusive lock on the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file once for writing and hold it open until
-
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the file lock for each write
-
-
-
- Opens the file once for each
-
-
-
-
- Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Provides cross-process file locking.
-
- Ron Grabowski
- Steve Wranovsky
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender forwards logging events to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different thresholds
- and filters for the same appender at different locations within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging event to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging events to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging events to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a local syslog service.
-
-
-
- This appender uses the POSIX libc library functions openlog , syslog , and closelog .
- If these functions are not available on the local system then this appender will not work!
-
-
- The functions openlog , syslog , and closelog are specified in SUSv2 and
- POSIX 1003.1-2001 standards. These are used to log messages to the local syslog service.
-
-
- This appender talks to a local syslog service. If you need to log to a remote syslog
- daemon and you cannot configure your local syslog service to do this you may be
- able to use the
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the
- string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the
- pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Open connection to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a log message.
-
-
-
- The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar
- to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported
- by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the
- format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format
- string to "%s" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Close descriptor used to write to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The log4net Level maps to a syslog severity using the
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facility defines which subsystem the logging comes from.
- This is set on the
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Stores logging events in an array.
-
-
-
- The memory appender stores all the logging events
- that are appended in an in-memory array.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Use the
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
- The events that have been logged
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Stores the
-
-
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
-
-
- The list of events that have been appended.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether only part of the logging event
- data should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the event
- data to be fixed and stored in the appender, hereby improving performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Logs entries by sending network messages using the
-
-
-
- You can send messages only to names that are active
- on the network. If you send the message to a user name,
- that user must be logged on and running the Messenger
- service to receive the message.
-
-
- The receiver will get a top most window displaying the
- messages one at a time, therefore this appender should
- not be used to deliver a high volume of messages.
-
-
- The following table lists some possible uses for this appender :
-
-
-
-
- Action
- Property Value(s)
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on the local machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a domain user account
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to all the names in a workgroup or domain
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message from the local machine to a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Note : security restrictions apply for sending
- network messages, see
-
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information
- using this appender from the local machine, named
- LOCAL_PC, to machine OPERATOR_PC :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The DNS or NetBIOS name of the server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
-
- The sender of the network message.
-
-
-
-
- The message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the appender.
-
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a buffer of information to a registered message alias.
-
-
-
- The following restrictions apply for sending network messages:
-
-
-
-
- Platform
- Requirements
-
- -
-
Windows NT
-
-
- No special group membership is required to send a network message.
-
-
- Admin, Accounts, Print, or Server Operator group membership is required to
- successfully send a network message on a remote server.
-
-
-
- -
-
Windows 2000 or later
-
-
- If you send a message on a domain controller that is running Active Directory,
- access is allowed or denied based on the access control list (ACL) for the securable
- object. The default ACL permits only Domain Admins and Account Operators to send a network message.
-
-
- On a member server or workstation, only Administrators and Server Operators can send a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For more information see Security Requirements for the Network Management Functions .
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is zero.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the sender of the message.
-
-
- The sender of the message.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the message is sent from the local computer.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
- The recipient of the message.
-
-
- This property should always be specified in order to send a message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
- DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
- For Windows NT 4.0 and earlier, the string should begin with \\.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the local computer is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the OutputDebugString system.
-
-
-
- OutputDebugStringAppender appends log events to the
- OutputDebugString system.
-
-
- The string is passed to the native OutputDebugString
- function.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
-
- The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to
- a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for for messages
- on UDP port 514.
-
-
- The syslog UDP protocol is not authenticated. Most syslog daemons
- do not accept remote log messages because of the security implications.
- You may be able to use the LocalSyslogAppender to talk to a local
- syslog service.
-
-
- There is an RFC 3164 that claims to document the BSD Syslog Protocol.
- This RFC can be seen here: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html.
- This appender generates what the RFC calls an "Original Device Message",
- i.e. does not include the TIMESTAMP or HOSTNAME fields. By observation
- this format of message will be accepted by all current syslog daemon
- implementations. The daemon will attach the current time and the source
- hostname or IP address to any messages received.
-
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a
- multicast group using an
-
-
- UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order.
-
-
- To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging
- events.
-
-
- When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding
- to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the
-
-
- This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent
- on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is
- encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such.
-
- IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0);
- UdpClient udpClient;
- byte[] buffer;
- string loggingEvent;
-
- try
- {
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080);
-
- while(true)
- {
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint);
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer);
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent);
- }
- }
- catch(Exception e)
- {
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString());
- }
-
-
- Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint
- Dim udpClient as UdpClient
- Dim buffer as Byte()
- Dim loggingEvent as String
-
- Try
- remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0)
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080)
- While True
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint)
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer)
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent)
- Wend
- Catch e As Exception
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString())
- End Try
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the
- IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gert Driesen
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
- The TCP port number assigned to
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using an UDP datagram.
-
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with
- this
-
-
- Disables the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the underlying
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to
- which the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number from which the
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the packet.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event
- will be sent.
-
-
-
- Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to
- 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so
- it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider
- supports multicasting.
-
-
- Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining
- the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined
- the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate
- them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest.
-
-
- Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below:
-
-
-
-
- IP Address
- Description
-
- -
-
224.0.0.1
-
-
- Sends a message to all system on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.2
-
-
- Sends a message to all routers on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.12
-
-
- The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges
- defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site .
-
-
- The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative
- addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically
- configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside
- of the local network.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
- The underlying
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to
- a local port.
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent.
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Syslog port 514
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
-
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The syslog severities.
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facilities
-
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to a remote logging sink.
-
-
-
- This Appender is designed to deliver events to a remote sink.
- That is any object that implements the
-
- The RemotingAppender buffers events before sending them. This allows it to
- make more efficient use of the remoting infrastructure.
-
- Once the buffer is full the events are still not sent immediately.
- They are scheduled to be sent using a pool thread. The effect is that
- the send occurs asynchronously. This is very important for a
- number of non obvious reasons. The remoting infrastructure will
- flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
- Because the events are sent asynchronously using pool threads it is possible to close
- this appender before all the queued events have been sent.
- When closing the appender attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but
- this will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If this appender is being closed because the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- The events are not sent immediately. They are scheduled to be sent
- using a pool thread. The effect is that the send occurs asynchronously.
- This is very important for a number of non obvious reasons. The remoting
- infrastructure will flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
-
-
- Override base class close.
-
-
-
- This method waits while there are queued work items. The events are
- sent asynchronously using
-
- This method attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but this
- method will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If the appender is being closed because the
-
-
-
-
- A work item is being queued into the thread pool
-
-
-
-
- A work item from the thread pool has completed
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- This method is designed to be used with the
-
-
-
- The URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
-
- The local proxy (.NET remoting) for the remote logging sink.
-
-
-
-
- The number of queued callbacks currently waiting or executing
-
-
-
-
- Event used to signal when there are no queued work items
-
-
- This event is set when there are no queued work items. In this
- state it is safe to close the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URL of the well-known object that will accept
- the logging events.
-
-
- The well-known URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
- The URL of the remoting sink that will accept logging events.
- The sink must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to deliver
-
- This interface must be implemented by a remoting sink
- if the
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
-
-
- Appender that rolls log files based on size or date or both.
-
-
-
- RollingFileAppender can roll log files based on size or date or both
- depending on the setting of the
-
- A of few additional optional features have been added:
-
- - Attach date pattern for current log file
- - Backup number increments for newer files
- - Infinite number of backups by file size
-
-
-
-
-
- For large or infinite numbers of backup files a
-
- When Date/Time based rolling is used setting
-
-
-
-
- Changing
-
-
-
- If Date/Time based rolling is enabled this appender will attempt to roll existing files
- in the directory without a Date/Time tag based on the last write date of the base log file.
- The appender only rolls the log file when a message is logged. If Date/Time based rolling
- is enabled then the appender will not roll the log file at the Date/Time boundary but
- at the point when the next message is logged after the boundary has been crossed.
-
-
-
- The
-
- When rolling a backup file necessitates deleting an older backup file the
- file to be deleted is moved to a temporary name before being deleted.
-
-
-
-
- A maximum number of backup files when rolling on date/time boundaries is not supported.
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Edward Smit
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RollingFileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes.
-
-
-
-
- Write out a logging event.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write out an array of logging events.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates and opens the file for logging. If
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Get the current output file name
-
- the output file name
-
- The output file name is based on the base fileName specified.
- If
-
-
-
- Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
-
-
-
-
- Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files
- that are similar to the base file name.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file
- pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
- - determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
- - initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher
- to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen.
- The highest count is either the first file (when count direction
- is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0).
- In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to extract a number from the end of the file name that indicates
- the number of the times the file has been rolled over.
-
-
- Certain date pattern extensions like yyyyMMdd will be parsed as valid backup indexes.
-
-
-
-
- Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for
- 'incremented' versions of the base file. Bumps the max
- count up to the highest count seen.
-
-
-
-
- Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied.
-
- The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied
-
- Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the
- most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point
- with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern
- supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day
- and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be
- and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check,
- scheduledFilename, and calls
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
- Resets curSizeRollBackups.
- If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile).
-
-
-
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
- true if the file exists
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
-
-
-
-
- Deletes the specified file if it exists.
-
-
-
- Delete a file if is exists.
- The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted.
- This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot
- be deleted, but it still can be moved.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll base on file size.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }. Moreover, File is
- renamed File.1 and closed.
-
-
- A new file is created to receive further log output.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
- This is called by
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time of the next window for the current rollpoint
-
- the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date
-
-
- Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method.
-
-
- The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant
- than the rollpoint from the current time. This should roll the time back to
- the start of the time window for the current rollpoint. Then we add 1 window
- worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the rollpoint.
-
-
-
-
-
- This object supplies the current date/time. Allows test code to plug in
- a method to control this class when testing date/time based rolling. The default
- implementation uses the underlying value of DateTime.Now.
-
-
-
-
- The date pattern. By default, the pattern is set to ".yyyy-MM-dd"
- meaning daily rollover.
-
-
-
-
- The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to
- or will be the file transferred to on roll over
- (based on staticLogFileName).
-
-
-
-
- The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename.
-
-
-
-
- Holds date of last roll over
-
-
-
-
- The type of rolling done
-
-
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB
-
-
-
-
- There is zero backup files by default
-
-
-
-
- How many sized based backups have been made so far
-
-
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
-
- The rolling mode used in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by date.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by size.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to always log to the same file.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
-
-
- FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly
-
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the strategy for determining the current date and time. The default
- implementation is to use LocalDateTime which internally calls through to DateTime.Now.
-
-
- An implementation of the
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The default strategy is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names
- when rolling over on date.
-
-
- The date pattern to be used for generating file names when rolling
- over on date.
-
-
-
- Takes a string in the same format as expected by
-
-
- This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over
- on date.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of backup files that are kept before
- the oldest is erased.
-
-
- The maximum number of backup files that are kept before the oldest is
- erased.
-
-
-
- If set to zero, then there will be no backup files and the log file
- will be truncated when it reaches
-
- If a negative number is supplied then no deletions will be made. Note
- that this could result in very slow performance as a large number of
- files are rolled over unless
-
- The maximum applies to each time based group of files and
- not the total.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size in bytes that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property is equivalent to
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB (10*1024*1024).
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property allows you to specify the maximum size with the
- suffixes "KB", "MB" or "GB" so that the size is interpreted being
- expressed respectively in kilobytes, megabytes or gigabytes.
-
-
- For example, the value "10KB" will be interpreted as 10240 bytes.
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB.
-
-
- If you have the option to set the maximum file size programmatically
- consider using the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling file count direction.
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
- Indicates if the current file is the lowest numbered file or the
- highest numbered file.
-
-
- By default newer files have lower numbers (
-
-
- The default file count direction is -1.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling style.
-
- The rolling style.
-
-
- The default rolling style is
-
- When set to false , otherwise
- the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling
- the file each time it is opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
- true if the file name extension should be preserved.
-
-
-
- By default file.log is rolled to file.log.yyyy-MM-dd or file.log.curSizeRollBackup.
- However, under Windows the new file name will loose any program associations as the
- extension is changed. Optionally file.log can be renamed to file.yyyy-MM-dd.log or
- file.curSizeRollBackup.log to maintain any program associations.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to
- the same file.
-
-
- true if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- By default file.log is always the current file. Optionally
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd for current formatted datePattern can by the currently
- logging file (or file.log.curSizeRollBackup or even
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd.curSizeRollBackup).
-
-
- This will make time based rollovers with a large number of backups
- much faster as the appender it won't have to rename all the backups!
-
-
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution.
- Well really once each time this appender is
- configured.
-
-
- Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to
- false on the RollingFileAppender , otherwise
- this appender would just be a normal file appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the size of the file
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based on both the size and date of the file
-
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log not based on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each minute
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each hour
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each day (midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each week
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each month
-
-
-
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send an e-mail when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors.
-
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Authentication and setting the server Port are only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
- For these features to be enabled you need to ensure that you are using a version of
- the log4net assembly that is built against the MS .NET 1.1 framework and that you are
- running the your application on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. On all other platforms only sending
- unauthenticated messages to a server listening on port 25 (the default) is supported.
-
-
- Authentication is supported by setting the
-
- To set the SMTP server port use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
- Send the email message
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be carbon copied (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be blind carbon copied.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the SMTP relay mail server to use to send
- the e-mail messages.
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Obsolete
-
-
- Use the BufferingAppenderSkeleton Fix methods instead
-
-
-
- Obsolete property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mode to use to authentication with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- Valid Authentication mode values are:
-
-
-
-
- The username to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The password to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening
-
-
- Server Port is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening. The default
- port is 25 . The Port can only be changed when running on
- the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the priority of the e-mail message
-
-
- One of the
-
-
- Sets the priority of the e-mails generated by this
- appender. The default priority is
-
- If you are using this appender to report errors then
- you may want to set the priority to
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Values for the
-
-
- SMTP authentication modes.
-
-
-
-
-
- No authentication
-
-
-
-
- Basic authentication.
-
-
- Requires a username and password to be supplied
-
-
-
-
- Integrated authentication
-
-
- Uses the Windows credentials from the current thread or process to authenticate.
-
-
-
-
- Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors. Rather than sending via smtp it writes a file into the
- directory specified by
-
-
- The configuration for this appender is identical to that of the SMTPAppender ,
- except that instead of specifying the SMTPAppender.SMTPHost you specify
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Niall Daley
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on this appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same
- as that used by the agent sending the messages.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages
-
-
-
- The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages
- back to the client.
- The output is provided in a telnet-friendly way so that a log can be monitored
- over a TCP/IP socket.
- This allows simple remote monitoring of application logging.
-
-
- The default
-
- Keith Long
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TelnetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the parent method to close the socket handler
-
-
-
- Closes all the outstanding connections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Create the socket handler and wait for connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The default value is 23 (the telnet port).
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Helper class to manage connected clients
-
-
-
- The SocketHandler class is used to accept connections from
- clients. It is threaded so that clients can connect/disconnect
- asynchronously.
-
-
-
-
-
- Opens a new server port on
-
-
- Creates a socket handler on the specified local server port.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a client to the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Remove a client from the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket
-
-
-
- On connection adds to the list of connections
- if there are two many open connections you will be disconnected
-
-
-
-
-
- Close all network connections
-
-
-
- Make sure we close all network connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this handler has active connections
-
-
- true if this handler has active connections
-
-
-
- This property will be true while this handler has
- active connections, that is at least one connection that
- the handler will attempt to send a message to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Create this
-
-
- Opens a stream writer on the socket.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the clients connection
-
-
-
- Close the socket connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string)
- method. The event's logger name is the default value for the category parameter
- of the Write method.
-
-
- Compact Framework Assert . When using the Compact Framework this
- appender will write to the
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a domain to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's domain to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target domain.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required domains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a repository to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's repository to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target repository.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required repositories.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
- The repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
- The name of the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to quickly configure a
-
-
- Allows very simple programmatic configuration of log4net.
-
-
- Only one appender can be configured using this configurator.
- The appender is set at the root of the hierarchy and all logging
- events will be delivered to that appender.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the BasicConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system with a default configuration.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net logging system using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the specified repository using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Base class for all log4net configuration attributes.
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be extended by
- specific configurators. This attribute allows the
- configurator to be parameterized by an assembly level
- attribute.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor used by subclasses.
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Abstract method implemented by a subclass. When this method is called
- the subclass should configure the
-
-
-
-
- Compare this instance to another ConfiguratorAttribute
-
- see
-
-
- Compares the priorities of the two
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging domain for the assembly.
-
-
-
- DomainAttribute is obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging domains. Each domain has its own
- logging repository. This attribute specified on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the domain. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging repository for the assembly.
-
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging repository. This attribute specified
- on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the repository. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Initialize the attribute with the name for the assembly's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the logging repository.
-
-
- The string name to use as the name of the repository associated with this
- assembly.
-
-
-
- This value does not have to be unique. Several assemblies can share the
- same repository. They will share the logging configuration of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
- The type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
-
- The type of the repository to create for the assembly.
- The type must implement the
-
- This will be the type of repository created when
- the repository is created. If multiple assemblies reference the
- same repository then the repository is only created once using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- If neither of the config has the same effect as not specifying the
-
- The
-
-
- Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once.
- When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration
- of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the
-
-
- If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from
- different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e.
- call the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Configure the repository using the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from the local file system
-
-
-
-
- Configure the specified repository using a
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from a URI
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfiguratorAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file.
-
-
- The filename of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with
- the application base directory (
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file.
-
-
- The extension of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified this is the extension for the configuration file.
- The path to the config file is built by using the application
- base directory (assembly file name and the config file extension.
-
-
- If the MyExt then
- possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or
- MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt .
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file.
-
-
- true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework
- will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time
- the file is modified.
-
-
- The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk.
- In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded
- from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk
- and therefore it may not be able to watch it.
-
-
- Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file
-
-
- The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section
- handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns
- the XML element that is the root of the section.
-
-
- Example of registering the log4net section handler :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- log4net configuration XML goes here
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the configuration section.
-
- The
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to
- the repository.
-
-
-
- Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the
- assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface used to create plugins.
-
-
-
- Interface used to create a plugin.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object.
-
- the new plugin instance
-
-
- Create and return a new plugin instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
- Where possible use the constructor that takes a
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute.
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the
-
- The plugin object.
-
-
-
- Returns a representation of the properties of this object.
-
-
-
- Overrides base class
-
- A representation of the properties of this object
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type for the plugin.
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name for the plugin.
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
- Where possible use the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Construct provider attribute with type specified
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Configures the SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- Creates a provider instance from the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SecurityContextProviderAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the provider to use.
-
-
- the type of the provider to use.
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration URI.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration data stream.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the specified repository using a log4net element.
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
- This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods
- to load the configuration from an
-
-
-
-
- Maps repository names to ConfigAndWatchHandler instances to allow a particular
- ConfigAndWatchHandler to dispose of its FileSystemWatcher when a repository is
- reconfigured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Class used to watch config files.
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification
- before reloading the config file.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the FileInfo used to configure the XmlConfigurator
-
-
-
-
- Holds the repository being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The timer used to compress the notification events.
-
-
-
-
- Watches file for changes. This object should be disposed when no longer
- needed to free system handles on the watched resources.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called by the timer when the configuration has been updated.
-
-
-
-
- Release the handles held by the watcher and timer.
-
-
-
-
- The implementation of the
-
-
- This
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not support retrieving assembly
- level attributes therefore unlike the DefaultRepositorySelector
- this selector does not examine the calling assembly for attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Interface used by the
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named
- The named
-
- Lookup a named
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository with the name specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
- An array of the
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository selector
-
-
-
- Create an new compact repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
- throw if
- throw if
-
-
-
- Get the
- The default
-
-
- The
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the named
- The named
-
-
- Get the named log4net-default-repository . Other repositories
- must be created using the
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the null then the
- default repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the repository specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the named repository already exists an exception will be thrown.
-
-
- If null then the default
- repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the CompactRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has been created
-
-
-
- Raises the LoggerRepositoryCreatedEvent
- event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- The default implementation of the
-
-
- Uses attributes defined on the calling assembly to determine how to
- configure the hierarchy for the repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository selector.
-
-
-
- Create an new repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
- The type of the
-
- The default values are to use the
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Returns the named repository. If null
- a
-
- Use
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- true to read and apply the assembly attributes
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the specified repository.
-
- The new repository.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Aliases a repository to an existing repository.
-
-
-
- The repository specified will be aliased to the repository when created.
- The repository must not already exist.
-
-
- When the repository is created it must utilize the same repository type as
- the repository it is aliased to, otherwise the aliasing will fail.
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Notifies the registered listeners that the repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the repository name and repository type for the specified assembly.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the repository using information from the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined plugins on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined aliases on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DefaultRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Defined error codes that can be passed to the
-
-
- Values passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- A general error
-
-
-
-
- Error while writing output
-
-
-
-
- Failed to flush file
-
-
-
-
- Failed to close file
-
-
-
-
- Unable to open output file
-
-
-
-
- No layout specified
-
-
-
-
- Failed to parse address
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers on an Exception type
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the type of the Exception
- passed to
-
- Drew Schaeffer
-
-
-
- Test if an
-
-
- Implementations of this interface allow certain appenders to decide
- when to perform an appender specific action.
-
-
- The action or behavior triggered is defined by the implementation.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Test if this event triggers the action
-
- true if this event triggers the action, otherwise false
-
- Return true if this event triggers the action
-
-
-
-
-
- The type that causes the trigger to fire.
-
-
-
-
- Causes subclasses of
-
-
-
- Default ctor to allow dynamic creation through a configurator.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an evaluator and initializes to trigger on
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the logging event Exception
- Type is false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the Exception Type of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- The type that triggers this evaluator.
-
-
-
-
- If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of
-
-
-
- Appenders may delegate their error handling to an
-
-
- Error handling is a particularly tedious to get right because by
- definition errors are hard to predict and to reproduce.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Interface for objects that require fixing.
-
-
-
- Interface that indicates that the object requires fixing before it
- can be taken outside the context of the appender's
-
-
- When objects that implement this interface are stored
- in the context properties maps
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a portable instance object that represents the current
- state of this object. The portable object can be stored
- and logged from any thread with identical results.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface that all loggers implement
-
-
-
- This interface supports logging events and testing if a level
- is enabled for logging.
-
-
- These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementor, ensure
- that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception
- to be thrown to the caller.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
- null to not log an exception.
-
-
- Generates a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers.
-
-
- All wrappers must implement this interface.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not
- be the same object as this object because of logger decorators.
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default set of levels recognized by the system.
-
-
-
- Each
-
- Levels have a numeric
-
- The levels that are recognized by log4net are set for each
-
- When logging at level INFO the actual level used is not LoggerRepository.LevelMap["INFO"] . The default value for this is
-
-
- Each level has a
-
- Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are:
-
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the
-
- A
-
-
- Returns the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares levels.
-
- true if the objects are equal.
-
- Compares the levels of
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code
-
- A hash code for the current
-
-
- Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data
- structures like a hash table.
-
-
- Returns the hash code of the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an
- indication of their relative values.
-
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
- This instance is less than
-
- -
-
Zero
- This instance is equal to
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
- This instance is greater than
- -or-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two specified
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- two values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
-
- -
-
Zero
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
- The name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
- The value of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
- The display name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance.
-
-
- A LevelCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- LevelCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given LevelCollection .
-
- true if LevelCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of LevelCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the LevelCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The specified LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the LevelCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection .
-
- An LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The threshold for triggering
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the event level
- is equal or higher than the false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- the threshold to trigger at
-
-
- The
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and Level object
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Mapping from level name to Level object. The
- level name is case insensitive
-
-
-
-
- Construct the level map
-
-
-
- Construct the level map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map
-
- the level in the map with the name specified
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map. The name of the level to lookup is taken
- from the
-
- If no level with the specified name is found then the
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a
- a Level from the map with the name specified
-
-
- Returns the null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
- all possible levels as a list of Level objects
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of caller location information.
-
-
-
- This class uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- When location information is not available the constant
- NA is returned. Current value of this string
- constant is ? .
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LocationInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
- The fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
- The file name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
- The line number of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
- The method name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information
-
-
- All available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stack frames from the stack trace of the caller making the log request
-
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
- This class is used by the wrapper managers (e.g.
-
- This manager also holds the log4net.RepositorySelector
- AppSetting in the applications config file to the fully qualified type name of the
- selector to use.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Hook the shutdown event
-
-
-
- On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the
- AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload > events.
- These are used to shutdown the log4net system as the application exits.
-
-
-
-
-
- Register for ProcessExit and DomainUnload events on the AppDomain
-
-
-
- This needs to be in a separate method because the events make
- a LinkDemand for the ControlAppDomain SecurityPermission. Because
- this is a LinkDemand it is demanded at JIT time. Therefore we cannot
- catch the exception in the method itself, we have to catch it in the
- caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Returns the default
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified assembly's repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to get pertinent version info.
-
- A string of version info.
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerManager class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the default repository selector
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository selector used by the
-
- The repository selector used by the
-
-
- The repository selector (
-
- The caller to
-
- This context is used by the selector to lookup a specific repository.
-
-
- For the full .NET Framework, the default repository is DefaultRepositorySelector ;
- for the .NET Compact Framework CompactRepositorySelector is the default
- repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
- This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- The logger that this object is wrapping
-
-
-
-
- Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not be the same object as this object
- because of logger decorators.
-
-
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Level of logging event.
-
-
-
- Level of logging event. Level cannot be Serializable
- because it is a flyweight. Due to its special serialization it
- cannot be declared final either.
-
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message.
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of thread
-
-
-
- The name of thread in which this logging event was generated
-
-
-
-
-
- The time the event was logged
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the user
-
-
-
- String representation of the user's windows name,
- like DOMAIN\username
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the identity.
-
-
-
- String representation of the current thread's principal identity.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Fix the MDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the NDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Fix the thread name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers location information
-
-
- CAUTION: Very slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers windows user name
-
-
- CAUTION: Slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the domain friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers principal name
-
-
- CAUTION: May be slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the exception text
-
-
-
-
- Fix the event properties. Active properties must implement
-
-
-
- No fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- All fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- Partial fields fixed
-
-
-
- This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of logging events.
-
-
-
- When an affirmative decision is made to log then a
-
-
- This class is of concern to those wishing to extend log4net.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the host name value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the user name value.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Except LoggingEvent are filled when actually needed. Call
-
- This method is called by the log4net framework
- to create a logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the repository is set.
-
-
-
-
- Write the rendered message to a TextWriter
-
-
-
- Unlike the
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
- Does a
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Calling false .
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Fixes instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
- true to not fix data that takes a long time to fix.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- The true . This setting will ignore the
-
- Set false to ensure that all
- settings are fixed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix the fields specified by the
-
-
- Only fields specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a composite property in this event
-
- the value for the property
-
-
- This event has composite properties that combine together properties from
- several different contexts in the following order:
-
- -
-
this events properties
-
- This event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all the composite properties in this event
-
- the
-
-
- See
-
- This method returns a single
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified Type of the calling
- logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method).
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The exception that was thrown.
-
-
- This is not serialized. The string representation
- is serialized instead.
-
-
-
-
- The repository that generated the logging event
-
-
- This is not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- The fix state for this event
-
-
- These flags indicate which fields have been fixed.
- Not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed)
-
-
- This is a seperate flag to m_fixFlags as it allows incrementel fixing and simpler
- changes in the caching strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time when the current process started.
-
-
- This is the time when this process started.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
- Tries to get the start time for the current process.
- Failing that it returns the time of the first call to
- this property.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating and therefore
- without the process start time being reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time of the logging event.
-
-
- The time of the logging event.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
- The name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the location information for this logging event.
-
-
- The location information for this logging event.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid message object.
- If the event is serialized the message object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the message the
-
-
- If there is no defined message object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid exception object.
- If the event is serialized the exception object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the exception the
-
-
- If there is no defined exception object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message, rendered through the
-
- The message rendered through the
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current thread.
-
-
- The name of the current thread, or the thread ID when
- the name is not available.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current user.
-
-
- The name of the current user, or NOT AVAILABLE when the
- underlying runtime has no support for retrieving the name of the
- current user.
-
-
-
- Calls WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name to get the name of
- the current windows user.
-
-
- To improve performance, we could cache the string representation of
- the name, and reuse that as long as the identity stayed constant.
- Once the identity changed, we would need to re-assign and re-render
- the string.
-
-
- However, the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() call seems to
- return different objects every time, so the current implementation
- doesn't do this type of caching.
-
-
- Timing for these operations:
-
-
-
- Method
- Results
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds
-
-
-
- This means we could speed things up almost 40 times by caching the
- value of the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name property, since
- this takes (8.04-0.20) = 7.84375 seconds.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
- The string name of the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
- Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get
- the name of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
- The AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
- This property is for events that have been added directly to
- this event. The aggregate properties (which include these
- event properties) can be retrieved using
-
- Once the properties have been fixed
-
-
-
-
- The fixed fields in this event
-
-
- The set of fields that are fixed in this event
-
-
-
- Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed.
- It is not possible to 'unfix' a field.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- This implementation of the
-
- This logger has methods to allow the caller to log at the following
- levels:
-
-
- -
-
DEBUG
-
- The DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
INFO
-
- The INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
WARN
-
- The WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
ERROR
-
- The ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
FATAL
-
- The FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
-
-
- The values for these levels and their semantic meanings can be changed by
- configuring the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into
- the log4net framework.
-
-
-
- Use the
-
- This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also
- has properties for determining if those logging levels are
- enabled in the current configuration.
-
-
- This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation
- specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual
- implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to
- do things differently.
-
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
- For some ILog interface log , when you write:
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in
- Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug
- enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this:
-
-
- private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled;
-
-
- Then when you come to log you can write:
-
-
- if (isDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way the debug enabled state is only queried once
- when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly
- variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant
- and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler.
-
-
- Of course if you use a static readonly variable to
- hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot
- change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging
- that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute
- speed or runtime flexibility.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG level. If this logger is
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO level. If this logger is
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN level. If this logger is
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR level. If this logger is
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL level. If this logger is
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG
- level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for DEBUG events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
-
- For some log Logger object, when you write:
-
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed, then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled())
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in IsDebugEnabled and once in
- the Debug . This is an insignificant overhead
- since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it
- takes to actually log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the INFO level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for INFO events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the WARN level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for WARN events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the ERROR level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for ERROR events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the FATAL level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for FATAL events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
- for example with operating system services. This can be used to impersonate
- a principal that has been granted privileges on the system resources.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- An null
-
-
- Impersonate this security context. Further calls on the current
- thread should now be made in the security context provided
- by this object. When the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- A configured component that interacts with potentially protected system
- resources uses a
-
- By default the
-
- This default behavior can be overridden by subclassing the
-
- An alternative is to use the log4net.Config.SecurityContextProviderAttribute
- This attribute can be applied to an assembly in the same way as the
- log4net.Config.XmlConfiguratorAttribute" . The attribute takes
- the type to use as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The default provider
-
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a SecurityContext for a consumer
-
- An impersonation context
-
-
- The default implementation is to return a
-
- Subclasses should override this method to provide their own
- behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
- The default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- The default provider is used by configured components that
- require a
-
- By default this is an instance of
-
- The default provider can be set programmatically by setting
- the value of this property to a sub class of
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers after specified number of seconds.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
- Robert Sevcik
-
-
-
- The default time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time of last check. This gets updated when the object is created and when the evaluator triggers.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the specified time period
- false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after.
- Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. This delegate
- is called from the
-
- The delegate to use is supplied to the
-
-
-
-
- Maps between logger objects and wrapper objects.
-
-
-
- This class maintains a mapping between
-
- New wrapper instances are created by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the specified logger
-
-
- If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null.
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper it it has previously been requested and
- returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then
- the
-
-
-
-
- Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the logger.
-
-
- This implementation uses the
-
-
-
-
- Called when a monitored repository shutdown event is received.
-
-
-
- This method is called when a
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for repository shutdown event.
-
-
-
-
- Map of logger repositories to hashtables of ILogger to ILoggerWrapper mappings
-
-
-
-
- The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects.
-
-
-
-
- Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the map of logger repositories.
-
-
- Map of logger repositories.
-
-
-
- Gets the hashtable that is keyed on
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render a
-
-
- Interface to abstract the rendering of a
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats the specified date as a string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601 .
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to render the date
- into a string using a precision up to the second. This method
- will be called at most once per second and the result will be
- reused if it is needed again during the same second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss,fff".
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Sub classes should override
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff"
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example,
- "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Angelika Schnagl
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats a DateTime in the format "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss"
- for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- The format info for the invariant culture.
-
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats the date specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats the
-
-
- Formats the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date using
-
-
- Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call
- the
-
-
-
-
- The format string used to format the
-
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- This filter drops all
-
-
- You can add this filter to the end of a filter chain to
- switch from the default "accept all unless instructed otherwise"
- filtering behavior to a "deny all unless instructed otherwise"
- behavior.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should extend this class to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should implement this interface to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Decide if the logging event should be logged through an appender.
-
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Points to the next filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the filter with the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Typically filter's options become active immediately on set,
- however this method must still be called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decide if the
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
- This method is marked abstract and must be implemented
- in a subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Always returns the integer constant
- Always returns
-
-
- Ignores the event being logged and just returns
-
-
-
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be dropped immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This filter is neutral with respect to the log event.
- The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision.
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be logged immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This is a very simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits two options true , if it is false then
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- flag to indicate if the filter should
-
-
-
- the
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Tests if the
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- This is a simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits three options true , if it is false
- then
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when matching a
-
-
-
- the minimum
-
-
-
- the maximum
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if the event should be logged.
-
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Set the minimum matched
-
-
- The minimum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the maximum matched
-
-
- The maximum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name.
-
-
-
- The works very similar to the true ,
- if it is false then
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The logger name string to substring match against the event
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in
- the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the
- logger name (using
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with layered properties the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string an event property
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the value for a
- specific event property
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The string to substring match against the message
-
-
-
-
- A string regex to match
-
-
-
-
- A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch)
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Initialize and precompile the Regex if required
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Sets the static string to match
-
-
-
- The string that will be substring matched against
- the rendered message. If the message contains this
- string then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- Sets the regular expression to match
-
-
-
- The regular expression pattern that will be matched against
- the rendered message. If the message matches this
- pattern then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- The key to use to lookup the string from the event properties
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The event property for the
-
-
-
-
- The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against.
-
-
-
- The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the
- properties collections the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Sets the "NDC" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer.
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the next pattern converter in the chains
-
- the next converter
-
-
- The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a sub class).
- Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting
-
-
-
- This method calls
-
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
-
-
- The option string to the converter
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an object to a
-
-
- Writes the Object to a writer. If the
-
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
- the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
- The formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
- The option for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
- false if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- false if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- If this converter handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the property should be set to true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this converter does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides access to the current HttpContext (
-
- This class handles the case when HttpContext.Current is null by writing
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net HttpContext item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
-
- Render the
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter pattern based on the
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception or the exception property specified
- by the Option value does not exist then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Recognized values for the Option parameter are:
-
-
- -
-
Message
-
- -
-
Source
-
- -
-
StackTrace
-
- -
-
TargetSite
-
- -
-
HelpLink
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the display name of the event
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for logger name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings
-
-
-
- This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string
- to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side.
- This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified.
-
-
- Subclasses should override the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the fully qualified string data
-
- the fully qualified name
-
-
- Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the
- precision is applied to it.
-
-
- Return the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
- Render the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the NamedPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the logger
-
- The fully qualified logger name
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event NDC
-
-
-
- Outputs the value of the event property named NDC .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event NDC to the output
-
-
-
- As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties
- this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converter to output the relative time of the event
-
-
-
- Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the relative time to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds.
- That is the number of milliseconds between the event
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects
-
- the time difference in milliseconds
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Adam Davies
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Michael Cromwell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the strack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the Name of the method
-
- This method was created, so this class could be used as a base class for StackTraceDetailPatternConverter
- string
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTracePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTraceDetailPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event thread name
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the ThreadName to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for the class name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the class
-
- The fully qualified type name for the caller location
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event user name
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- Uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event.
-
-
- This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple
- layouts (e.g.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format.
-
-
-
- This is the base implementation of the
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses must implement the
-
- Subclasses should set the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by layout objects
-
-
-
- An
-
- The layout can also supply
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
- If the caller does not have a
-
- StringWriter writer = new StringWriter();
- Layout.Format(writer, loggingEvent);
- string formattedEvent = writer.ToString();
-
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This is a MIME type e.g. "text/plain" .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handle exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The footer text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This method must be implemented by the subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method for easily formatting the logging event into a string variable.
-
-
- Creates a new StringWriter instance to store the formatted logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type is "text/plain"
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This base class uses the value "text/plain" .
- To change this value a subclass must override this
- property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this layout does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Constructs a ExceptionLayout
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- Part of the
-
- This method does nothing as options become effective immediately.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- Write the exception string to the
-
-
-
-
- Interface for raw layout objects
-
-
-
- Interface used to format a
-
- This interface should not be confused with the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adapts any
-
-
- Where an
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The layout to adapt
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new adapter
-
-
-
- Create the adapter for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- A flexible layout configurable with pattern string.
-
-
-
- The goal of this class is to conversion pattern .
-
-
- The conversion pattern is closely related to the conversion
- pattern of the printf function in C. A conversion pattern is
- composed of literal text and format control expressions called
- conversion specifiers .
-
-
- You are free to insert any literal text within the conversion
- pattern.
-
-
- Each conversion specifier starts with a percent sign (%) and is
- followed by optional format modifiers and a conversion
- pattern name . The conversion pattern name specifies the type of
- data, e.g. logger, level, date, thread name. The format
- modifiers control such things as field width, padding, left and
- right justification. The following is a simple example.
-
-
- Let the conversion pattern be "%-5level [%thread]: %message%newline" and assume
- that the log4net environment was set to use a PatternLayout. Then the
- statements
-
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestApp));
- log.Debug("Message 1");
- log.Warn("Message 2");
-
- would yield the output
-
- DEBUG [main]: Message 1
- WARN [main]: Message 2
-
-
- Note that there is no explicit separator between text and
- conversion specifiers. The pattern parser knows when it has reached
- the end of a conversion specifier when it reads a conversion
- character. In the example above the conversion specifier
- %-5level means the level of the logging event should be left
- justified to a width of five characters.
-
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
a
- Equivalent to appdomain
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the
- logging event was generated.
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-cache
-
-
- Used to output all cache items in the case of %aspnet-cache or just one named item if used as %aspnet-cache{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-context
-
-
- Used to output all context items in the case of %aspnet-context or just one named item if used as %aspnet-context{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-request
-
-
- Used to output all request parameters in the case of %aspnet-request or just one named param if used as %aspnet-request{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-session
-
-
- Used to output all session items in the case of %aspnet-session or just one named item if used as %aspnet-session{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
c
- Equivalent to logger
-
- -
-
C
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
class
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
d
- Equivalent to date
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
exception
-
-
- Used to output the exception passed in with the log message.
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
-
- -
-
F
- Equivalent to file
-
- -
-
file
-
-
- Used to output the file name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
l
- Equivalent to location
-
- -
-
L
- Equivalent to line
-
- -
-
location
-
-
- Used to output location information of the caller which generated
- the logging event.
-
-
- The location information depends on the CLI implementation but
- usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling
- method followed by the callers source the file name and line
- number between parentheses.
-
-
- The location information can be very useful. However, its
- generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided
- unless execution speed is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
level
-
-
- Used to output the level of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
line
-
-
- Used to output the line number from where the logging request
- was issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
logger
-
-
- Used to output the logger of the logging event. The
- logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by
- precision specifier , that is a decimal constant in
- brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the logger name will be
- printed. By default the logger name is printed in full.
-
-
- For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern
- %logger{2} will output "b.c".
-
-
-
- -
-
m
- Equivalent to message
-
- -
-
M
- Equivalent to method
-
- -
-
message
-
-
- Used to output the application supplied message associated with
- the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
mdc
-
-
- The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the
- combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility
- but is equivalent to property .
-
-
-
- -
-
method
-
-
- Used to output the method name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
n
- Equivalent to newline
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
ndc
-
-
- Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated
- with the thread that generated the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
p
- Equivalent to level
-
- -
-
P
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
properties
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output the an event specific property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the event properties
-
- The event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
r
- Equivalent to timestamp
-
- -
-
stacktrace
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktrace{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
stacktracedetail
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktracedetail{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...)
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
t
- Equivalent to thread
-
- -
-
timestamp
-
-
- Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start
- of the application until the creation of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
thread
-
-
- Used to output the name of the thread that generated the
- logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available.
-
-
-
- -
-
type
-
-
- Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller
- issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier
- can be optionally followed by precision specifier , that
- is a decimal constant in brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the class name will be
- printed. By default the class name is output in fully qualified form.
-
-
- For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the
- pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout".
-
-
- WARNING Generating the caller class information is
- slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is
- not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
u
- Equivalent to identity
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
w
- Equivalent to username
-
- -
-
x
- Equivalent to ndc
-
- -
-
X
- Equivalent to mdc
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the
- longer more descriptive pattern names.
-
-
- By default the relevant information is output as is. However,
- with the aid of format modifiers it is possible to change the
- minimum field width, the maximum field width and justification.
-
-
- The optional format modifier is placed between the percent sign
- and the conversion pattern name.
-
-
- The first optional format modifier is the left justification
- flag which is just the minus (-) character. Then comes the
- optional minimum field width modifier. This is a decimal
- constant that represents the minimum number of characters to
- output. If the data item requires fewer characters, it is padded on
- either the left or the right until the minimum width is
- reached. The default is to pad on the left (right justify) but you
- can specify right padding with the left justification flag. The
- padding character is space. If the data item is larger than the
- minimum field width, the field is expanded to accommodate the
- data. The value is never truncated.
-
-
- This behavior can be changed using the maximum field
- width modifier which is designated by a period followed by a
- decimal constant. If the data item is longer than the maximum
- field, then the extra characters are removed from the
- beginning of the data item and not from the end. For
- example, it the maximum field width is eight and the data item is
- ten characters long, then the first two characters of the data item
- are dropped. This behavior deviates from the printf function in C
- where truncation is done from the end.
-
-
- Below are various format modifier examples for the logger
- conversion specifier.
-
-
-
-
- Format modifier
- left justify
- minimum width
- maximum width
- comment
-
-
- %20logger
- false
- 20
- none
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20
- characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %-20logger
- true
- 20
- none
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger
- name is less than 20 characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %.30logger
- NA
- none
- 30
-
-
- Truncate from the beginning if the logger
- name is longer than 30 characters.
-
-
-
-
- %20.30logger false
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
- %-20.30logger
- true
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Note about caller location information. %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M
- all generate caller location information.
- Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
-
- This is a more detailed pattern.
- %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline
-
- A similar pattern except that the relative time is
- right padded if less than 6 digits, thread name is right padded if
- less than 15 characters and truncated if longer and the logger
- name is left padded if shorter than 30 characters and truncated if
- longer.
- %-6timestamp [%15.15thread] %-5level %30.30logger %ndc - %message%newline
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
- Currently set to the string "%message%newline"
- which just prints the application supplied message.
-
-
-
-
-
- A detailed conversion pattern
-
-
-
- A conversion pattern which includes Time, Thread, Logger, and Nested Context.
- Current value is %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline .
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
- This static map is overridden by the m_converterRegistry instance map
-
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternLayout only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
- Defines the builtin global rules.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern
-
-
-
- The default pattern just produces the application supplied message.
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- As per the
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern
-
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- When using this constructor the
-
-
-
-
- Create the pattern parser instance
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Parse the
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- Add a named pattern converter to this instance. This
- converter will be used in the formatting of the event.
- This method must be called before
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for the
-
-
- Used to convert objects to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types
- to a single target type. See
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Can the sourceType be converted to an
- true if the source type can be converted to
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the value to a
- the
-
-
- Convert the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawPropertyLayout
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the property for
- returns property value
-
-
- Looks up and returns the object value of the property
- named null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection.
-
-
- Value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection
-
-
-
- String name of the property to lookup in the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp
- in universal time use
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawUtcTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp
- in local time use
-
-
-
-
- A very simple layout
-
-
-
- SimpleLayout consists of the level of the log statement,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. For example,
-
- DEBUG - Hello world
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a SimpleLayout
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a simple formatted output.
-
-
-
- Formats the event as the level of the even,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The
- output is terminated by a newline.
-
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- The output of the external entity
- in a separate file to form a correct XML file.
-
-
- For example, if abc is the name of the file where
- the
-
- <?xml version="1.0" ?>
-
- <!DOCTYPE log4net:events SYSTEM "log4net-events.dtd" [<!ENTITY data SYSTEM "abc">]>
- <log4net:events version="1.2" xmlns:log4net="http://logging.apache.org/log4net/schemas/log4net-events-1.2>
- &data;
- </log4net:events>
-
-
- This approach enforces the independence of the
-
- The version attribute helps components to correctly
- interpret output generated by
-
- Alternatively the Header and Footer properties can be
- configured to output the correct XML header, open tag and close tag.
- When setting the Header and Footer properties it is essential
- that the underlying data store not be appendable otherwise the data
- will become invalid XML.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation
- to conform to a specific schema.
-
-
- Deriving classes must implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- The true , then the
- file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
- This method creates an
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if location information should be included in
- the XML events.
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace invalid chars with
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in
- the XML events.
-
-
- true if location information should be included in the XML
- events; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- If true , then the file
- name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with.
-
-
- Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the
- string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it
- to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more
- details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets
- Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names
- and the property values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the content type output by this layout.
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SmtpAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Builds a cache of the element names
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Override the base class
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all generated element names
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all element names
-
-
-
- The default prefix is log4net . Set this property
- to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string
- then no prefix will be written.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the message.
-
-
-
- By default the log message will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary
- data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be
- base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the property values.
-
-
-
- By default the properties will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain
- binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties
- will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements compatible with the log4j schema
-
-
-
- Formats the log events according to the http://logging.apache.org/log4j schema.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Actually do the writing of the xml
-
-
-
- Generate XML that is compatible with the log4j schema.
-
-
-
-
-
- The version of the log4j schema to use.
-
-
-
- Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- The default object Renderer.
-
-
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects and collections to strings.
-
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings
-
-
-
- Certain types require special case conversion to
- string form. This conversion is done by an object renderer.
- Object renderers implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows:
-
-
-
- Value
- Rendered String
-
- -
-
null
- "(null)"
-
-
- -
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: {a, b, c} .
-
-
- All collection classes that implement
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer).
-
-
- For example: key=value .
-
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Object.ToString()
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the array argument into a string
-
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the enumerator argument into a string
-
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- {a, b, c} .
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the DictionaryEntry argument into a string
-
-
-
- Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer). For example: key=value .
-
-
-
-
-
- Map class objects to an
-
-
- Maintains a mapping between types that require special
- rendering and the
-
- The object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render
- the object rendered as a string
-
-
- This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string.
- The alternative method
-
-
-
-
- Render
-
-
- Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified object type
-
- the renderer for
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified type
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
- Returns the renderer for the specified type.
- If no specific renderer has been defined the
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal function to recursively search interfaces
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
-
- Clear the map of renderers
-
-
-
- Clear the custom renderers defined by using
-
-
-
-
-
- Register an
-
-
- Register an object renderer for a specific source type.
- This renderer will be returned from a call to
-
-
-
-
- Get the default renderer instance
-
- the default renderer
-
-
- Get the default renderer
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repository plugins.
-
-
-
- Plugins define additional behavior that can be associated
- with a
-
- The log4net.Config.PluginAttribute can be used to
- attach plugins to repositories created using configuration
- attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches the plugin to the specified
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance.
-
-
- A PluginCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- PluginCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given PluginCollection .
-
- true if PluginCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of PluginCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the PluginCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The specified PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the PluginCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection .
-
- An PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
- The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
- The current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Map of repository plugins.
-
-
-
- This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are
- attached to a repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
- The
-
- If there already exists a plugin with the same name
- attached to the repository then the old plugin will
- be
-
-
-
-
- Removes a
-
-
- Remove a specific plugin from this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a
-
- The null if no plugin is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup a plugin by name. If the plugin is not found null
- will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all possible plugins as a list of
- All possible plugins as a list of
-
-
- Get a collection of all the plugins defined in this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name.
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this plugin.
-
-
-
-
- The repository this plugin is attached to.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
- The name of the plugin must not change one the
- plugin has been attached to a repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The repository for this plugin
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
-
-
-
- Plugin that listens for events from the
-
-
- This plugin publishes an instance of
-
- When an event is received it is relogged within the attached repository
- as if it had been raised locally.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Construct with sink Uri.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- When the plugin is shutdown the remote logging
- sink is disconnected.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RemoteLoggingServerPlugin class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URI of this sink.
-
-
- The URI of this sink.
-
-
-
- This is the name under which the object is marshaled.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers
-
-
- Internal class used to listen for logging events
- and deliver them to the local repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Logs the events to the repository.
-
-
-
- The events passed are logged to the
-
-
-
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance.
-
- null to indicate that this instance should live forever.
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance. This object should live forever
- therefore this implementation returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
- This default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface abstracts creation of
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- The
-
- Implement this interface to create new subclasses of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default internal subclass of
-
-
- This subclass has no additional behavior over the
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- Internal class used to provide implementation of
-
- This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the
- distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their
- evaluation. The
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- This constructor created a new
-
-
- This constructor is protected and designed to be used by
- a subclass that is not abstract.
-
-
- Loggers are constructed by
-
-
-
-
- Add
-
-
- Add
-
- If
-
-
-
-
- Look for the appender named as name
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null .
-
-
- Returns the named appender, or null if the appender is not found.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the named appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Deliver the
-
-
- Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at
- this . If no appenders could be found, emit a
- warning.
-
-
- This method calls all the appenders inherited from the
- hierarchy circumventing any evaluation of whether to log or not
- to log the particular log request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes all attached appenders implementing the
-
-
- Used to ensure that the appenders are correctly shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method. This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Generates a logging event and delivers it to the attached
- appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Logger class.
-
-
-
-
- The name of this logger.
-
-
-
-
- The assigned level of this logger.
-
-
-
- The level variable need not be
- assigned a value in which case it is inherited
- form the hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
- All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
- The hierarchy that this logger is a member of is stored
- here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper implementation of the
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if child loggers inherit their parents appenders
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable m_appenderAttachedImpl
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
- The parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
-
- Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy.
- The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
- true if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the effective level for this logger.
-
- The nearest level in the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a
- non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the
- root logger.
-
- The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as
- quickly as possible.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
- The hierarchy that this logger belongs to.
-
-
- This logger must be attached to a single
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- The assigned null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this logger
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the logger name.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new Logger
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Hierarchical organization of loggers
-
-
-
- The casual user should not have to deal with this class
- directly.
-
-
- This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and
- also maintaining the logger hierarchy. Implements the
-
-
- The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the
-
-
- In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor,
- then it creates a provision node for the ancestor and adds itself
- to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor add
- themselves to the previously created provision node.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Skeleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repositories.
-
-
-
- This interface is implemented by logger repositories. e.g.
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If the names logger exists it is returned, otherwise
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
- Shutting down a repository will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collection of internal messages captured during the most
- recent configuration process.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct the repository using specific properties
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with specified properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Return a new logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass.
- This base class implementation notifies the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this repository.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerRepositorySkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raise a configuration changed event on this repository
-
-
-
- Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should
- raise this event notification to notify listeners.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The string name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of this repository. The name is
- used to store and lookup the repositories
- stored by the
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Contains a list of internal messages captures during the
- last configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis
-
-
-
-
- Basic Configurator interface for repositories
-
-
-
- Interface used by basic configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appender
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure repository using XML
-
-
-
- Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified config
-
-
-
- The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by
- the implementation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties and a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Test if a logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array.
- The root logger is not included in the returned
- enumeration.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The Shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their
- default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this hierarchy.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured
-
- An array containing all the currently configured appenders
-
-
- Returns all the
-
- The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified
-
- true if the repository is disabled for the level argument, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will
- always return true .
-
-
- This method will return true if this repository is
- disabled for level object passed as parameter and
- false otherwise.
-
-
- See also the
-
-
-
-
- Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable
-
-
-
- This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal
- hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the
- logger hierarchy.
-
-
- You should really know what you are doing before
- invoking this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners
-
-
- Raises the logger creation event.
-
-
-
-
- Updates all the parents of the specified logger
-
-
-
- This method loops through all the potential parents of
-
-
- -
-
No entry for the potential parent of
-
- We create a ProvisionNode for this potential
- parent and insert
-
- -
-
The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent.
-
- The entry is
-
- -
-
The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent.
-
- We add
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace a
-
-
- We update the links for all the children that placed themselves
- in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a
- reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the
- children in 'pn'.
-
-
- We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'.
-
-
- If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of
- 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'.
-
-
- Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set
- c's parent field to log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
- Supports setting levels via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
- Supports setting property values via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Hierarchy class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event used to notify that a logger has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a logger is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Has no appender warning been emitted
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning
- about not having an appender warning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default
- The default
-
-
- The logger factory is used to create logger instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Value of the level
-
-
-
- If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked
- up for the current level with the same name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Name of the level
-
-
- The name of the level
-
-
-
- The name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Display name for the level
-
-
- The display name of the level
-
-
-
- The display name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used internally to accelerate hash table searches.
-
-
-
- Internal class used to improve performance of
- string keyed hashtables.
-
-
- The hashcode of the string is cached for reuse.
- The string is stored as an interned value.
- When comparing two
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct key with string name
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Stores the hashcode of the string and interns
- the string key to optimize comparisons.
-
-
- The Compact Framework 1.0 the
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code for the current instance.
-
- A hash code for the current instance.
-
-
- Returns the cached hashcode.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether two
-
- true if the specified false .
-
-
-
- Compares the references of the interned strings.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provision nodes are used where no logger instance has been specified
-
-
-
-
-
- A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of
- a logger that does not exist.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new provision node with child node
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- First, it cannot be assigned a null
- level. Second, since the root logger cannot have a parent, the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct a
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The root logger names itself as "root". However, the root
- logger cannot be retrieved by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RootLogger class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
- The assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Because the root logger cannot have a parent and its level
- must not be null this property just returns the
- value of
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- Setting the level of the root logger to a null reference
- may have catastrophic results. We prevent this here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct the configurator for a hierarchy
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse appenders by IDREF.
-
- The instance of the appender that the ref refers to.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an appender element.
-
- The appender instance or null when parsing failed.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the root logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the children of a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse the child elements of a <logger> element.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an object renderer.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a renderer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a level element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets a parameter on an object.
-
-
- The parameter name must correspond to a writable property
- on the object. The value of the parameter is a string,
- therefore this function will attempt to set a string
- property first. If unable to set a string property it
- will inspect the property and its argument type. It will
- attempt to call a static method called Parse on the
- type of the property. This method will take a single
- string argument and return a value that can be used to
- set the property.
-
-
-
-
- Test if an element has no attributes or child elements
-
- true if the element has any attributes or child elements, false otherwise
-
-
- Test if a Activator.CreateInstance .
-
- true if the type is creatable using a default constructor, false otherwise
-
-
- Look for a method on the
- the method info found
-
-
- The method must be a public instance method on the
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string value to a target type.
-
-
-
- An object of type null when the conversion could not be performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an object as specified in XML.
-
- The object or null
-
-
- Parse an XML element and create an object instance based on the configuration
- data.
-
-
- The type of the instance may be specified in the XML. If not
- specified then the
-
-
-
-
- key: appenderName, value: appender.
-
-
-
-
- The Hierarchy being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlHierarchyConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Writes name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The date and time is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone.
- To output the time in Universal time see
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date and time passed is in the local time zone.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentFolderPathPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the environment variable to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the IdentityPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern
-
-
-
- Writes the literal string value specified in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Set the next converter in the chain
-
- The next pattern converter
-
-
- Special case the building of the pattern converter chain
- for
-
-
-
-
- Write the literal to the output
-
-
-
- Override the formatting behavior to ignore the FormattingInfo
- because we have a literal instead.
-
-
- Writes the value of
-
-
-
-
- Convert this pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- This method is not used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a newline to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the system dependent line terminator to the output.
- This behavior can be overridden by setting the
-
-
- Option Value
- Output
-
- -
-
DOS
- DOS or Windows line terminator "\r\n"
-
- -
-
UNIX
- UNIX line terminator "\n"
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ProcessIdPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- This pattern converter reads the thread and global properties.
- The thread properties take priority over global properties.
- See
-
- If the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- A Pattern converter that generates a string of random characters
-
-
-
- The converter generates a string of random characters. By default
- the string is length 4. This can be changed by setting the
-
- The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters
- and numbers only.
-
-
- The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Shared random number generator
-
-
-
-
- Length of random string to generate. Default length 4.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RandomStringPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UserNamePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the UTC date time to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current date and time to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date is in Universal time when it is rendered.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for Boolean.
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to bool type.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Exception base type for conversion errors.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Register of type converters for specific types.
-
-
-
- Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between
- types.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor.
-
-
-
- This constructor defines the intrinsic type converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter instance for a specific type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookups the type converter to use as specified by the attributes on the
- destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the type converter.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- The type specified for the type converter must implement
- the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ConverterRegistry class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the encoding
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from a single type to arbitrary types.
- See
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the type supported by this converter can be converted to the
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the IPAddress
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Valid characters in an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. (Does not support subnets)
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternLayout
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Convert between string and
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the target type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternString
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the Type
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attribute used to associate a type converter
-
-
-
- Class and Interface level attribute that specifies a type converter
- to use with the associated type.
-
-
- To associate a type converter with a target type apply a
- TypeConverterAttribute to the target type. Specify the
- type of the type converter on the attribute.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type name
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- A straightforward implementation of the
-
-
- This is the default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Calls the DoAppende method on the
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup an attached appender by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- List of appenders
-
-
-
-
- Array of appenders, used to cache the m_appenderList
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderAttachedImpl class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders, or null if there
- are no attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The read only collection of all currently attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together.
-
-
-
- Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection
-
-
-
- Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added
- later.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary
-
- the flattened dictionary
-
-
- Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary
- containing the resultant values for the keys.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Looks up the value for the
-
- If none of the collections contain the specified key then
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for Context Properties implementations
-
-
-
- This class defines a basic property get set accessor
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types
-
-
-
- Pattern converter info class used during configuration by custom
- PatternString and PatternLayer converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern
-
-
-
- The name of the pattern in the format string
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the converter
-
-
-
- The value specified must extend the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclass of
-
-
- This writer counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The writer to forward messages to
-
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Flushes any buffered output
-
-
-
- Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written
- to the underlying device
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
-
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
- The format provider
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
- The line terminator to use
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
-
-
- The error handler instance to pass all errors to
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if this writer is closed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
- The error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
- true if this writer is closed, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
- The total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
-
- A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events.
-
-
-
- An array backed fixed size leaky bucket.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Appends a
- The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null .
-
-
- Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then
- null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped
- to make space for the new event, the event dropped is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer.
-
- The oldest logging event in the buffer
-
-
- Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it
- from the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array.
-
- An array of all the logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- If null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer.
-
- The maximum size of the buffer.
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of logging events in the buffer.
-
- The number of logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Adds an element with the provided key and value to the
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the
- false
-
- As the collection is empty the false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element with the specified key from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty dictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the element with the specified key.
-
- null
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored.
- If the index getter is called then null is returned.
- A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers
- in conversion modifiers.
-
-
-
- Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by
- the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Defaut Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
- The minimum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
- The maximum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled
- or not.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both
- storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied.
-
-
- This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently
- and are modified infrequently.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The read only copy of the properties.
-
-
-
- This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from
- reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property from the global context
-
-
-
- Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared
- with reading a value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the global context properties
-
-
-
-
- Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties
-
- the current global context properties
-
-
- This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class
- stores a readonly copy of the properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value.
- When the value is written a new read only copy of
- the properties is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Manages a mapping from levels to
-
-
- Manages an ordered mapping from
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialise a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
- If a
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the mapping for the specified level
-
- the null if no mapping found
-
-
- Lookup the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest
- mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the
-
-
- If no mapping could be found then null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize options
-
-
-
- Caches the sorted list of
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- This class stores its properties in a slot on the log4net.Util.LogicalThreadContextProperties .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Flag used to disable this context if we don't have permission to access the CallContext.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove the value for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doings so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the call context get data.
-
- The peroperties dictionary stored in the call context
-
- The
-
-
-
- Sets the call context data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LogicalThreadContextProperties class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Get or set the property value for the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly.
-
-
-
- Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is
- sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is
- doing.
-
-
- All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream
- whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output
- stream.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats Prefix, Source, and Message in the same format as the value
- sent to Console.Out and Trace.Write.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor that initializes logging by reading
- settings from the application configuration file.
-
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting
- controls internal debugging. This setting should be set
- to true to enable debugging.
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting
- suppresses all internal logging including error messages.
- This setting should be set to true to enable message
- suppression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raises the LogReceived event when an internal messages is received.
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal error messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard output stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard error stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default debug level
-
-
-
-
- In quietMode not even errors generate any output.
-
-
-
-
- The event raised when an internal message has been received.
-
-
-
-
- The Type that generated the internal message.
-
-
-
-
- The DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received.
-
-
-
-
- A string indicating the severity of the internal message.
-
-
- "log4net: ",
- "log4net:ERROR ",
- "log4net:WARN "
-
-
-
-
- The internal log message.
-
-
-
-
- The Exception related to the message.
-
-
- Optional. Will be null if no Exception was passed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging
- is enabled or disabled.
-
-
- true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise
- false .
-
-
-
- When set to true , internal debug level logging will be
- displayed.
-
-
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration
- file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. debugging is
- disabled.
-
-
-
-
- The following example enables internal debugging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output
- from internal logging, not even for errors.
-
-
- true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal
- logging, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be
- suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged.
- This option overrides the
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. internal logging is not
- disabled.
-
-
-
- The following example disables internal logging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Debug is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Warn is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Error is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subscribes to the LogLog.LogReceived event and stores messages
- to the supplied IList instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a native error code and message.
-
-
-
- Represents a Win32 platform native error.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the
- native Win32 FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier.
-
-
- The message corresponding with the specified message identifier.
-
-
-
- The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s)
- using the native FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return error information string
-
- error information string
-
-
- Return error information string
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats a message string.
-
- LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in
-
- The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a
- buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an
- already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message
- table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition
- in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier.
- The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded
- insert sequences if requested.
-
-
- To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message.
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output
- buffer, excluding the terminating null character.
-
-
- If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information,
- call
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
- The number of the native error.
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
- The message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance.
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current key from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an exception because the
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current value from the enumerator.
-
- The current value from the enumerator.
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current entry from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Get the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
- Private constructor for singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- null
-
- No impersonation is done and null is always returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists
- of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and
- ignoring all subsequent errors.
-
-
-
- The error message is processed using the LogLog sub-system.
-
-
- This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application
- from being flooded with error messages when logging fails.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the error handler back to its initial disabled state.
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Sends the error information to
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log an error
-
-
-
- Print a the error message passed as parameter on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- The date the error was recorded.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if it is the first error
-
-
-
-
- The message recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The exception recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The error code recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- String to prefix each message with
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OnlyOnceErrorHandler class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled. Logging is only enabled for the
- first error delivered to the
-
-
-
-
- The date the first error that trigged this error handler occured.
-
-
-
-
- The message from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
-
-
- The exception from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- May be
-
-
-
- The error code from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- Defaults to
-
-
-
- A convenience class to convert property values to specific types.
-
-
-
- Utility functions for converting types and parsing values.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to a
- The
-
-
- If true is returned.
- If false is returned.
- Otherwise,
-
-
-
-
- Parses a file size into a number.
-
- The
-
-
- Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a
- long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object.
-
-
- The object converted from a string or null when the
- conversion failed.
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try
- to convert the string value into the specified target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
- true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type.
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Instantiates an object given a class name.
-
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
- Performs variable substitution in string
- The result of the substitutions.
-
-
- The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and } .
-
-
- For example, if props contains key=value , then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}.");
-
-
-
- will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.".
-
-
- If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution
- defaults to an empty string.
-
-
- For example, if system properties contains no value for the key
- "nonExistentKey", then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]");
-
-
-
- will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []".
-
-
- An Exception is thrown if
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or
- more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object.
-
- true , ignore case; otherwise, regard case.
- An object of type
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OptionConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Most of the work of the
-
-
- The PatternParser processes a pattern string and
- returns a chain of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
- The head of a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
- the list of all the converter names
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches
-
-
-
- The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed literal
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed converter pattern
-
-
-
-
- Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter
- to the chain.
-
-
-
-
- The first pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- the last pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- The pattern
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types
-
-
-
- This map overrides the static s_globalRulesRegistry map.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the PatternParser class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
- The converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
-
-
- Sort strings by length
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This class implements a patterned string.
-
-
-
- This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded
- when the string is formatted.
-
-
- This class functions similarly to the PatternString
- does not render the properties of a specific
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain.
-
-
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the current date and time in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
env
-
-
- Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value
- of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable.
-
-
- The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
processid
-
-
- Used to output the system process ID for the current process.
-
-
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output a specific context property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- -
-
random
-
-
- Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of
- uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long.
- The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string.
-
-
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
- See the format modifiers supported by the patterns.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternString only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternString
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Initialize object options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the
- The
-
-
- Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses
- may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize
- custom conversion pattern name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Format the pattern to the
-
-
-
-
- Format the pattern as a string
-
- the pattern formatted as a string
-
-
- Format the pattern to a string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the pattern formatting string
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- String keyed object map.
-
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- String keyed object map that is read only.
-
-
-
- This collection is readonly and cannot be modified.
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The Hashtable used to store the properties data
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Copy Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Deserialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
- An array of all the keys.
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
- true if the dictionary contains the specified key
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
- The internal collection used to store the properties
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The number of properties in this collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- an enumerator
-
-
- Returns a
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- true if the collection contains the specified key
-
- Test if this collection contains a specified key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Store a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- false
-
-
-
- This collection is modifiable. This property always
- returns false .
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- The value for the key specified.
-
-
-
- Get or set a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
-
- Property Key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
-
- Property Value.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary
- to protect a writer from being closed by a client.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
- This method does nothing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers
-
-
-
- ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource.
- At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for
- multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a
- situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a
- ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple
- one-at-a-time lock, such as
-
- If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock
- implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore
- the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Acquires a reader lock
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the writer lock
-
-
-
- This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count on the writer lock
-
-
-
- ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count.
- When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
- The internal buffers are cleared and reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for system specific information.
-
-
-
- Utility class of static methods for system specific information.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Alexey Solofnenko
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize default values for private static fields.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly.
-
- The location of the assembly.
-
-
- This method does not guarantee to return the correct path
- to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to
- where the assembly was loaded from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the
- The fully qualified name for the
-
-
- This is equivalent to the Type.AssemblyQualifiedName property,
- but this method works on the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 as well as
- the full .NET runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the short name of the
- The short name of the
-
-
- The short name of the assembly is the
-
- Use this rather than Assembly.GetName().Name because that
- is not available on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do
- the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
- The file name of the assembly.
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly
- containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly
- then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the
- assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found
- in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified
- assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies
- will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
- A new Guid
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an
- the ArgumentOutOfRangeException object
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- The Compact Framework does not support the 3 parameter constructor for the
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup an application setting
-
- the value for the key, or null
-
-
- Configuration APIs are not supported under the Compact Framework
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
- The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the
- A new case-insensitive instance of the
-
-
- The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an empty array of types.
-
-
-
- The Type.EmptyTypes field is not available on
- the .NET Compact Framework 1.0.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Cache the host name for the current machine
-
-
-
-
- Cache the application friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
-
- Start time for the current process.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
- The system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
- The base directory path for the current
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the configuration file for the current
- The path to the configuration file for the current
-
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not have a concept of a configuration
- file. For this runtime, we use the entry assembly location as the root for
- the configuration file name.
-
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
- The path to the entry assembly.
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ID of the current thread.
-
- The ID of the current thread.
-
-
- On the .NET framework, the AppDomain.GetCurrentThreadId method
- is used to obtain the thread ID for the current thread. This is the
- operating system ID for the thread.
-
-
- On the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 it is not possible to get the
- operating system thread ID for the current thread. The native method
- GetCurrentThreadId is implemented inline in a header file
- and cannot be called.
-
-
- On the .NET Framework 2.0 the Thread.ManagedThreadId is used as this
- gives a stable id unrelated to the operating system thread ID which may
- change if the runtime is using fibers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The hostname or machine name
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The host name (Environment.MachineName ) for
- the current machine, or if neither of these are available
- then NOT AVAILABLE is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get this application's friendly name
-
-
- The friendly name of this application as a string
-
-
-
- If available the name of the application is retrieved from
- the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName .
-
-
- Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time for the current process.
-
-
-
- This is the time at which the log4net library was loaded into the
- AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime
- this is not the start time for the current process.
-
-
- The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its
- startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for
- the actual start time.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating, however this start time
- will be set per AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
- Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while
- outputting a string representation of an item.
-
-
- The default value is (null) . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
- Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
- The default value is NOT AVAILABLE . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialise the
-
-
-
- Format the string and arguments
-
- the formatted string
-
-
-
- Replaces the format item in a specified
-
- A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the
-
-
- This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the
- exception and arguments are returned in the result string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process an error during StringFormat
-
-
-
-
- Dump the contents of an array into a string builder
-
-
-
-
- Dump an object to a string
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemStringFormat class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The thread local data slot to use to store a PropertiesDictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doing so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The stack store.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
- Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after
- a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly.
- You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call
- the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- syntax.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from this stack.
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack.
-
-
- Remove the top context from this stack, and return
- it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an
- empty string (not
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message into this stack.
-
-
- An
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto this stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- The current context information.
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- Gets the current context information
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a cross thread portable version of this object
-
-
-
-
-
- The number of messages in the stack
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack
-
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack. That is
- the number of times
-
-
-
-
- Gets and sets the internal stack used by this
- The internal storage stack
-
-
- This property is provided only to support backward compatability
- of the
-
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Get the message.
-
- The message.
-
-
- Get the message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
- The full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Struct returned from the
-
-
- This struct implements the
-
-
-
-
- The ThreadContextStack internal stack
-
-
-
-
- The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
- The named stack
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to an
-
-
- The test is escaped either using XML escape entities
- or using CDATA sections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace invalid XML characters in text string
-
- A string that does not contain invalid XML characters.
-
-
- Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for
- details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets .
-
-
- This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string
- with the mask string specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text
-
- the number of times the substring occurs in the text
-
-
- The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself.
-
-
-
-
-
- Characters illegal in XML 1.0
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a Windows Account
-
-
-
- This
-
- How the impersonation is done depends on the value of
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the SecurityContext based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The security context will try to Logon the specified user account and
- capture a primary token for impersonation.
-
-
- The required
-
-
-
- Impersonate the Windows account specified by the
-
- An
-
-
- Depending on the
-
-
-
-
- Create a
- the
-
-
- Uses the Windows API call LogonUser to get a principal token for the account. This
- token is used to initialize the WindowsIdentity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
- The impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
-
- Impersonate either a user with user credentials or
- revert this thread to the credentials of the process.
- The value is one of the
-
- The default value is
-
- When the mode is set to
-
- When the mode is set to
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows username for this security context
-
-
- The Windows username for this security context
-
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
- The Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
-
- The default value for
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Sets the password for the Windows account specified by the
-
- The password for the Windows account specified by the
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- The impersonation modes for the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a user using the credentials supplied
-
-
-
-
- Revert this the thread to the credentials of the process
-
-
-
-
- Adds
-
-
- Helper class to expose the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Global Context.
-
-
-
- The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging
- information to be stored.
-
-
- The global context has a properties map and these properties can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of
- the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName;
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- The global context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides information about the environment the assembly has
- been built for.
-
-
-
- Version of the assembly
-
-
- Version of the framework targeted
-
-
- Type of framework targeted
-
-
- Does it target a client profile?
-
-
-
- Identifies the version and target for this assembly.
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Logical Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
- The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per
-
- The
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The logical thread stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class is used by client applications to request logger instances.
-
-
-
- This class has static methods that are used by a client to request
- a logger instance. The
-
- See the
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null .
-
-
- The logger found, or null if no logger could be found.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- repository.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- Get the currently defined loggers.
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- Get or create a logger.
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown a logger repository.
-
- Shuts down the default repository.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- default repository.
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the configuration of a repository
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
- Get the logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Get a logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Create a domain
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- Create a logger repository.
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the list of currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
- Get an array of all the
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified.
-
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
- The wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
-
-
- Create the
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- The wrapper map to use to hold the
-
-
-
- Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- The MDC class is similar to the mapped
- diagnostic contexts . A Mapped Diagnostic Context , or
- MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The MDC is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the context value identified by the
- The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found.
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- If the null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add an entry to the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Puts a context value (the
-
- If a value is already defined for the null then the key value mapping will be removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the key value mapping for the key specified.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all entries in the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument
- to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log
- output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple
- clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry
- from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs
- come into play.
-
-
- Note that NDCs are managed on a per thread basis. The NDC class
- is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the
- calling thread.
-
-
- How to push a message into the context
-
- using(NDC.Push("my context message"))
- {
- ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ...
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a clone of the stack of context information.
-
- A clone of the context info for this thread.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The results of this method can be passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Inherits the contextual information from another thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This thread will use the context information from the stack
- supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with
- the same contextual information as their parent threads. These
- contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that
- are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other.
- Call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from the stack.
-
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top
- of the stack.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Remove the top context from the stack, and return
- it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an
- empty string (not null ) is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message.
-
-
- An
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an NDC message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the context information for this thread. It is
- not required to call this method.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This method is not implemented.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context depth.
-
- The current context depth.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The number of context values pushed onto the context stack.
-
-
- Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then
- be restored using the
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging
- information to be stored.
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
- The thread context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The thread local stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net11-full/log4net.dll b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net11-full/log4net.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 528f17b..0000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net11-full/log4net.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net11-full/log4net.xml b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net11-full/log4net.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 669fb91..0000000
--- a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net11-full/log4net.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30174 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- log4net
-
-
-
-
- Appender that logs to a database.
-
-
-
- http://www.connectionstrings.com/ .
-
-
- Records are written into the database either using a prepared
- statement or a stored procedure. The System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify a prepared statement
- or to System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify a stored
- procedure.
-
-
- The prepared statement text or the name of the stored procedure
- must be set in the
-
- The prepared statement or stored procedure can take a number
- of parameters. Parameters are added using the
-
-
- An example of a SQL Server table that could be logged to:
-
- CREATE TABLE [dbo].[Log] (
- [ID] [int] IDENTITY (1, 1) NOT NULL ,
- [Date] [datetime] NOT NULL ,
- [Thread] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Level] [varchar] (20) NOT NULL ,
- [Logger] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Message] [varchar] (4000) NOT NULL
- ) ON [PRIMARY]
-
-
-
- An example configuration to log to the above table:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Lance Nehring
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a
- number of events before logging them. For example the
-
- Subclasses should override the
- The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic
- buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using
- the
- A
-
- The buffering appender can be configured in a true then the
- buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving
- in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer.
- In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This class provides the code for common functionality, such
- as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements.
-
-
-
- Implementors should consider extending the
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logging event in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log a message into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for appenders that support bulk logging.
-
-
-
- This interface extends the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log an array of events into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to delay activate a configured object.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then this method must be called
- after its properties have been set before the component can be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's
-
-
-
- If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method
- will call
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and release resources.
-
-
-
- Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method
- delegates the closing of the appender to the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Test if the logging event should we output by this appender
-
- true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored
-
- This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set
- on this appender and also against the filters specified on this
- appender.
-
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain.
-
-
-
- The Filters are organized in a linked list.
-
-
- Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the
- back of the filter chain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold.
-
-
-
- If there is no threshold set, then the return value is always true .
-
-
-
- true if the
-
-
-
- Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override
- this method if resources need to be released.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses of
-
-
- A subclass must implement this method to perform
- logging of the
- This method will be called by
-
- To restrict the logging of events in the appender
- override the
-
-
-
-
- Append a bulk array of logging events.
-
-
-
- This base class implementation calls the
-
- A sub class that can better process a bulk array of events should
- override this method in addition to
-
-
-
-
- Called before
-
-
- This method is called by
-
- This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks
- made before the event is passed to the
-
- A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to
- this base class if it is overridden.
-
-
- true if the call to
-
-
- Renders the
- The event rendered as a string.
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Where possible use the alternative version of this method
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Use this method in preference to
-
-
-
-
- The layout of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The name of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The level threshold of this appender.
-
-
-
- There is no level threshold filtering by default.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The first filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- Set to null initially.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The last filter in the filter chain.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this appender is closed.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method
-
-
-
-
- StringWriter used to render events
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderSkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the threshold
-
- The threshold
-
-
- All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored
- by the appender.
-
-
- In configuration files this option is specified by setting the
- value of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The filter chain.
-
- The head of the filter chain filter chain.
-
-
- Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list
- and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The layout of the appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Tests if this appender requires a
-
-
- In the rather exceptional case, where the appender
- implementation admits a layout but can also work without it,
- then the appender should return true .
-
-
- This default implementation always returns false .
-
-
-
- true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
- The default buffer size.
-
-
- The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events.
- This is set to 512 by default.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- SendBuffer method.
-
-
- Protected constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
-
-
- Flushes any events that have been buffered.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
- true to flush the buffer of lossy events
-
-
- Flushes events that have been buffered. If false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in true .
- In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the
-
-
- If true then the buffer will always
- be emptied by calling this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance.
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked
- as not
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Stores the
-
- The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the
-
- -
-
The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is
- marked as not lossy (see
-
- -
-
An
-
-
-
- Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the buffer.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override
-
-
-
-
- Sends the events.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events.
-
-
-
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
- Set to
-
-
-
- The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events.
-
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator that causes the buffer to be sent immediately.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event causes the entire
- buffer to be sent immediately. This field can be null , which
- indicates that event triggering is not to be done. The evaluator
- can be set using the true then an
-
-
-
- Indicates if the appender should overwrite events in the cyclic buffer
- when it becomes full, or if the buffer should be flushed when the
- buffer is full.
-
-
- If this field is set to true then an
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator filters discarded events.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event that is discarded should
- really be discarded or if it should be sent to the appenders.
- This field can be null , which indicates that all discarded events will
- be discarded.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy.
-
-
- true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before
- delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer
- to be send to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before
- a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set
- false to prevent logging events
- from being lost.
-
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the
- logging events.
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
-
- The
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will
- immediately be sent (see
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the
-
- The value of the
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately
- be sent (see
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if only part of the logging event data
- should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the
- event data to be fixed and serialized. This will improve performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
- The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the parent method to close the database
-
-
-
- Closes the database command and database connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Inserts the events into the database.
-
-
-
- Insert all the events specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the command.
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified.
-
-
-
- The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been
- configured not to use transactions. See
-
-
-
-
- Formats the log message into database statement text.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide
- more control over the format of the database statement.
-
-
- Text that can be passed to a
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- This method is called whenever a new IDbConnection is needed (i.e. when a reconnect is necessary).
-
- An
-
-
-
- Resolves the connection string from the ConnectionString, ConnectionStringName, or AppSettingsKey
- property.
-
-
- ConnectiongStringName is only supported on .NET 2.0 and higher.
-
- A connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the
- database. This method resolves the type specified in the
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method to return a different type
- if necessary.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command and initialize the parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Connects to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing command.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing connection.
-
-
- Calls the IDbConnection's
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we are using a command object
-
-
-
- Set to true when the appender is to use a prepared
- statement or stored procedure to insert into the database.
-
-
-
-
-
- The list of
-
-
- The list of
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The database command.
-
-
-
-
- Database connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- String type name of the
-
-
-
- The text of the command.
-
-
-
-
- The command type.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AdoNetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to
- the database.
-
-
- The database connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- The connections string is specific to the connection type.
- See
-
- Connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "DSN=MS Access Database;UID=admin;PWD=;SystemDB=C:\data\System.mdw;SafeTransactions = 0;FIL=MS Access;DriverID = 25;DBQ=C:\data\train33.mdb"
-
- Another connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;UID=;PWD=;"
-
- Connection string for MS Access via OLE DB:
- "Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;"
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name of the
-
- The type name of the
-
-
- The type name of the ADO.NET provider to use.
-
-
- The default is to use the OLE DB provider.
-
-
- Use the OLE DB Provider. This is the default value.
- System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the MS SQL Server Provider.
- System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the ODBC Provider.
- Microsoft.Data.Odbc.OdbcConnection,Microsoft.Data.Odbc,version=1.0.3300.0,publicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089,culture=neutral
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for ODBC .NET Data Provider .
-
- Use the Oracle Provider.
- System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, System.Data.OracleClient, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for .NET Managed Provider for Oracle .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command text that is used to insert logging events
- into the database.
-
-
- The command text used to insert logging events into the database.
-
-
-
- Either the text of the prepared statement or the
- name of the stored procedure to execute to write into
- the database.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command type to execute.
-
-
- The command type to execute.
-
-
-
- This value may be either System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify
- that the System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify that the
-
-
- The default value is System.Data.CommandType.Text ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Should transactions be used to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- true if transactions should be used to insert logging events in
- the database, otherwise false . The default value is true .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether transactions should be used
- to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- When set a single transaction will be used to insert the buffered events
- into the database. Otherwise each event will be inserted without using
- an explicit transaction.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Should this appender try to reconnect to the database on error.
-
-
- true if the appender should try to reconnect to the database after an
- error has occurred, otherwise false . The default value is false ,
- i.e. not to try to reconnect.
-
-
-
- The default behaviour is for the appender not to try to reconnect to the
- database if an error occurs. Subsequent logging events are discarded.
-
-
- To force the appender to attempt to reconnect to the database set this
- property to true .
-
-
- When the appender attempts to connect to the database there may be a
- delay of up to the connection timeout specified in the connection string.
- This delay will block the calling application's thread.
- Until the connection can be reestablished this potential delay may occur multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Parameter type used by the
-
-
- This class provides the basic database parameter properties
- as defined by the
- This type can be subclassed to provide database specific
- functionality. The two methods that are called externally are
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class.
-
-
-
-
- Prepare the specified database command object.
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command object by adding
- this parameter to its collection of parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command.
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event using this parameters layout
- object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType
-
-
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this parameter.
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter. The parameter name
- must match up to a named parameter to the SQL stored procedure
- or prepared statement.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database type for this parameter.
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter. This property should
- be set to the database type from the
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the type from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the precision for this parameter.
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum number of digits used to represent the Value.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the precision from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the scale for this parameter.
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The number of decimal places to which Value is resolved.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the scale from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size for this parameter.
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the size from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences.
-
-
-
- AnsiColorTerminalAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific level of message to be set.
-
-
- This appender expects the terminal to understand the VT100 control set
- in order to interpret the color codes. If the terminal or console does not
- understand the control codes the behavior is not defined.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- When configuring the ANSI colored terminal appender, a mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan
- These color values cannot be combined together to make new colors.
-
-
- The attributes can be any combination of the following:
-
- Bright foreground is brighter Dim foreground is dimmer Underscore message is underlined Blink foreground is blinking (does not work on all terminals) Reverse foreground and background are reversed Hidden output is hidden Strikethrough message has a line through it
- While any of these attributes may be combined together not all combinations
- work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes
- no sense.
-
-
- Patrick Wagstrom
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Ansi code to reset terminal
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible display attributes
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the ANSI color attributes.
-
-
-
-
-
- text is bright
-
-
-
-
- text is dim
-
-
-
-
- text is underlined
-
-
-
-
- text is blinking
-
-
- Not all terminals support this attribute
-
-
-
-
- text and background colors are reversed
-
-
-
-
- text is hidden
-
-
-
-
- text is displayed with a strikethrough
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible foreground or background color values for
- use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The output can be in one for the following ANSI colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is black
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is magenta
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- An entry in the
-
-
- This is an abstract base class for types that are stored in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize any options defined on this entry
-
-
-
- Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialise based on their options
-
-
-
-
-
- The level that is the key for this mapping
-
-
- The
-
-
- Get or set the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a AppenderCollection instance.
-
-
- An AppenderCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- An empty readonly static AppenderCollection
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- AppenderCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given AppenderCollection .
-
- true if AppenderCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of AppenderCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the AppenderCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The specified AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the AppenderCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the AppenderCollection .
-
- An AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another AppenderCollection to the current AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- Return the collection elements as an array
-
- the array
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the AppenderCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the ASP.NET
-
-
-
- Diagnostic information and tracing messages that you specify are appended to the output
- of the page that is sent to the requesting browser. Optionally, you can view this information
- from a separate trace viewer (Trace.axd) that displays trace information for every page in a
- given application.
-
-
- Trace statements are processed and displayed only when tracing is enabled. You can control
- whether tracing is displayed to a page, to the trace viewer, or both.
-
-
- The logging event is passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace
- HttpContext.Current.Trace
- (
-
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The events are buffered in this appender until conditions are
- met to allow the appender to deliver the events to the attached
- appenders. See
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different
- thresholds and filters for the same appender at different locations
- within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching appenders to objects.
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- Add the specified appender. The implementation may
- choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Returns an attached appender with the null will be
- returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Gets a collection of attached appenders.
- If there are no attached appenders the
- implementation should return an empty
- collection rather than null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the events.
-
-
-
- Forwards the events to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this buffering appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes directly to the application's attached console
- not to the System.Console.Out or System.Console.Error TextWriter .
- The System.Console.Out and System.Console.Error streams can be
- programmatically redirected (for example NUnit does this to capture program output).
- This appender will ignore these redirections because it needs to use Win32
- API calls to colorize the output. To respect these redirections the
-
- When configuring the colored console appender, mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- combination of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan HighIntensity
-
-
- Rick Hobbs
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- The console output stream writer to write to
-
-
-
- This writer is not thread safe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible color values for use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is purple
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is intensified
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the true then the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Writes events to the system event log.
-
-
-
- The appender will fail if you try to write using an event source that doesn't exist unless it is running with local administrator privileges.
- See also http://logging.apache.org/log4net/release/faq.html#trouble-EventLog
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry can be
- set using the EventID property (
-
- The Category of the event log entry can be
- set using the Category property (
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
- When configuring the EventLogAppender a mapping can be
- specified to map a logging level to an event log entry type. For example:
-
-
- <mapping>
- <level value="ERROR" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Error" />
- </mapping>
- <mapping>
- <level value="DEBUG" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Information" />
- </mapping>
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and eventLogEntryType can be any value
- from the
- Error an error event Warning a warning event Information an informational event
-
-
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Thomas Voss
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an event log source
-
-
- Uses different API calls under NET_2_0
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Writes the event to the system event log using the
-
-
- If the event has an EventID property (see
-
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the equivalent
- The equivalent
-
- Because there are fewer applicable
-
-
-
- The log name is the section in the event logs where the messages
- are stored.
-
-
-
-
- Name of the application to use when logging. This appears in the
- application column of the event log named by
-
-
-
- The name of the machine which holds the event log. This is
- currently only allowed to be '.' i.e. the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to EventLogEntryType
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The event ID to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The event category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EventLogAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- The string name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- This is the name of the log as it appears in the Event Viewer
- tree. The default value is to log into the Application
- log, this is where most applications write their events. However
- if you need a separate log for your application (or applications)
- then you should set the
- This should not be used to distinguish your event log messages
- from those of other applications, the
-
-
-
-
- Property used to set the Application name. This appears in the
- event logs when logging.
-
-
- The string used to distinguish events from different sources.
-
-
- Sets the event log source property.
-
-
-
-
- This property is used to return the name of the computer to use
- when accessing the event logs. Currently, this is the current
- computer, denoted by a dot "."
-
-
- The string name of the machine holding the event log that
- will be logged into.
-
-
- This property cannot be changed. It is currently set to '.'
- i.e. the local machine. This may be changed in future.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The system security context used to write to the EventLog.
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the EventId to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the EventID property (
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The Category of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the Category property (
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and its event log entry type.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- Required property.
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to a file.
-
-
-
- Logging events are sent to the file specified by
- the
-
- The file can be opened in either append or overwrite mode
- by specifying the
-
- The layout's
-
- This appender will first try to open the file for writing when
-
- The
-
- All locking strategies have issues and you should seriously consider using a different strategy that
- avoids having multiple processes logging to the same file.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Rodrigo B. de Oliveira
- Douglas de la Torre
- Niall Daley
-
-
-
- Sends logging events to a
-
-
- An Appender that writes to a
-
- This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate
- writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that
- can open a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append.
-
-
-
- This method checks if an output target has been set and if a
- layout has been set.
-
-
- false if any of the preconditions fail.
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer
- before flushing the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed.
-
-
- Closed appenders cannot be reused.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Clears internal references to the underlying
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer
-
-
-
- This method is called when an event is logged and the
-
-
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logging events are not actually persisted if and when the application
- crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TextWriterAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end
- of each append operation.
-
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- append operation.
-
-
- If this option is set to false , then the underlying
- stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later
- time.
-
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in
- a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the
-
-
- The specified
-
- The
-
- Note: Logging to an unopened
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set the
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout, file and append mode.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout and file specified.
- The file will be appended to.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on the file appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This will cause the file to be opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes any previously opened file and calls the parent's
-
-
- Resets the filename and the file stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called to initialize the file writer
-
-
-
- Will be called for each logged message until the file is
- successfully opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Acquires the output file locks once before writing all the events to
- the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the previously opened file.
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- Calls
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- If there was already an opened file, then the previous file
- is closed first.
-
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer used for file output
-
-
-
- This implementation of
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to wrap the
- System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to
- wrap the
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we should append to the file
- or overwrite the file. The default is to append.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log file.
-
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the file stream.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics
-
-
-
-
- The locking model to use
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the FileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
- The path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
-
- If the path is relative it is taken as relative from
- the application base directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be
- appended to or overwritten.
-
-
- Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten.
-
-
-
- If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if
- it is set to true then the file will be appended to.
-
- The default value is true.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The default encoding set is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are three built in locking models,
-
- The default locking model is the
-
-
-
-
- Write only
-
-
-
- True asynchronous writes are not supported, the implementation forces a synchronous write.
-
-
-
-
- Exception base type for log4net.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Locking model base class
-
-
-
- Base class for the locking models available to the
-
-
-
-
- Open the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Helper method that creates a FileStream under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext.
-
-
-
- Typically called during OpenFile or AcquireLock.
-
-
- If the directory portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to close
-
- Does not set
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on
- behalf of.
-
-
- The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use.
-
-
- The value of this property will be set before
-
-
-
-
- Hold an exclusive lock on the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file once for writing and hold it open until
-
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the file lock for each write
-
-
-
- Opens the file once for each
-
-
-
-
- Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Provides cross-process file locking.
-
- Ron Grabowski
- Steve Wranovsky
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender forwards logging events to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different thresholds
- and filters for the same appender at different locations within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging event to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging events to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging events to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a local syslog service.
-
-
-
- This appender uses the POSIX libc library functions openlog , syslog , and closelog .
- If these functions are not available on the local system then this appender will not work!
-
-
- The functions openlog , syslog , and closelog are specified in SUSv2 and
- POSIX 1003.1-2001 standards. These are used to log messages to the local syslog service.
-
-
- This appender talks to a local syslog service. If you need to log to a remote syslog
- daemon and you cannot configure your local syslog service to do this you may be
- able to use the
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the
- string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the
- pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Open connection to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a log message.
-
-
-
- The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar
- to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported
- by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the
- format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format
- string to "%s" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Close descriptor used to write to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The log4net Level maps to a syslog severity using the
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facility defines which subsystem the logging comes from.
- This is set on the
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Stores logging events in an array.
-
-
-
- The memory appender stores all the logging events
- that are appended in an in-memory array.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Use the
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
- The events that have been logged
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Stores the
-
-
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
-
-
- The list of events that have been appended.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether only part of the logging event
- data should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the event
- data to be fixed and stored in the appender, hereby improving performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Logs entries by sending network messages using the
-
-
-
- You can send messages only to names that are active
- on the network. If you send the message to a user name,
- that user must be logged on and running the Messenger
- service to receive the message.
-
-
- The receiver will get a top most window displaying the
- messages one at a time, therefore this appender should
- not be used to deliver a high volume of messages.
-
-
- The following table lists some possible uses for this appender :
-
-
-
-
- Action
- Property Value(s)
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on the local machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a domain user account
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to all the names in a workgroup or domain
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message from the local machine to a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Note : security restrictions apply for sending
- network messages, see
-
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information
- using this appender from the local machine, named
- LOCAL_PC, to machine OPERATOR_PC :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The DNS or NetBIOS name of the server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
-
- The sender of the network message.
-
-
-
-
- The message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the appender.
-
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a buffer of information to a registered message alias.
-
-
-
- The following restrictions apply for sending network messages:
-
-
-
-
- Platform
- Requirements
-
- -
-
Windows NT
-
-
- No special group membership is required to send a network message.
-
-
- Admin, Accounts, Print, or Server Operator group membership is required to
- successfully send a network message on a remote server.
-
-
-
- -
-
Windows 2000 or later
-
-
- If you send a message on a domain controller that is running Active Directory,
- access is allowed or denied based on the access control list (ACL) for the securable
- object. The default ACL permits only Domain Admins and Account Operators to send a network message.
-
-
- On a member server or workstation, only Administrators and Server Operators can send a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For more information see Security Requirements for the Network Management Functions .
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is zero.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the sender of the message.
-
-
- The sender of the message.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the message is sent from the local computer.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
- The recipient of the message.
-
-
- This property should always be specified in order to send a message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
- DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
- For Windows NT 4.0 and earlier, the string should begin with \\.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the local computer is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the OutputDebugString system.
-
-
-
- OutputDebugStringAppender appends log events to the
- OutputDebugString system.
-
-
- The string is passed to the native OutputDebugString
- function.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
-
- The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to
- a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for for messages
- on UDP port 514.
-
-
- The syslog UDP protocol is not authenticated. Most syslog daemons
- do not accept remote log messages because of the security implications.
- You may be able to use the LocalSyslogAppender to talk to a local
- syslog service.
-
-
- There is an RFC 3164 that claims to document the BSD Syslog Protocol.
- This RFC can be seen here: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html.
- This appender generates what the RFC calls an "Original Device Message",
- i.e. does not include the TIMESTAMP or HOSTNAME fields. By observation
- this format of message will be accepted by all current syslog daemon
- implementations. The daemon will attach the current time and the source
- hostname or IP address to any messages received.
-
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a
- multicast group using an
-
-
- UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order.
-
-
- To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging
- events.
-
-
- When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding
- to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the
-
-
- This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent
- on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is
- encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such.
-
- IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0);
- UdpClient udpClient;
- byte[] buffer;
- string loggingEvent;
-
- try
- {
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080);
-
- while(true)
- {
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint);
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer);
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent);
- }
- }
- catch(Exception e)
- {
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString());
- }
-
-
- Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint
- Dim udpClient as UdpClient
- Dim buffer as Byte()
- Dim loggingEvent as String
-
- Try
- remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0)
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080)
- While True
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint)
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer)
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent)
- Wend
- Catch e As Exception
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString())
- End Try
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the
- IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gert Driesen
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
- The TCP port number assigned to
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using an UDP datagram.
-
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with
- this
-
-
- Disables the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the underlying
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to
- which the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number from which the
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the packet.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event
- will be sent.
-
-
-
- Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to
- 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so
- it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider
- supports multicasting.
-
-
- Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining
- the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined
- the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate
- them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest.
-
-
- Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below:
-
-
-
-
- IP Address
- Description
-
- -
-
224.0.0.1
-
-
- Sends a message to all system on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.2
-
-
- Sends a message to all routers on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.12
-
-
- The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges
- defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site .
-
-
- The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative
- addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically
- configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside
- of the local network.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
- The underlying
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to
- a local port.
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent.
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Syslog port 514
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
-
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The syslog severities.
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facilities
-
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to a remote logging sink.
-
-
-
- This Appender is designed to deliver events to a remote sink.
- That is any object that implements the
-
- The RemotingAppender buffers events before sending them. This allows it to
- make more efficient use of the remoting infrastructure.
-
- Once the buffer is full the events are still not sent immediately.
- They are scheduled to be sent using a pool thread. The effect is that
- the send occurs asynchronously. This is very important for a
- number of non obvious reasons. The remoting infrastructure will
- flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
- Because the events are sent asynchronously using pool threads it is possible to close
- this appender before all the queued events have been sent.
- When closing the appender attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but
- this will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If this appender is being closed because the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- The events are not sent immediately. They are scheduled to be sent
- using a pool thread. The effect is that the send occurs asynchronously.
- This is very important for a number of non obvious reasons. The remoting
- infrastructure will flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
-
-
- Override base class close.
-
-
-
- This method waits while there are queued work items. The events are
- sent asynchronously using
-
- This method attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but this
- method will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If the appender is being closed because the
-
-
-
-
- A work item is being queued into the thread pool
-
-
-
-
- A work item from the thread pool has completed
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- This method is designed to be used with the
-
-
-
- The URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
-
- The local proxy (.NET remoting) for the remote logging sink.
-
-
-
-
- The number of queued callbacks currently waiting or executing
-
-
-
-
- Event used to signal when there are no queued work items
-
-
- This event is set when there are no queued work items. In this
- state it is safe to close the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URL of the well-known object that will accept
- the logging events.
-
-
- The well-known URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
- The URL of the remoting sink that will accept logging events.
- The sink must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to deliver
-
- This interface must be implemented by a remoting sink
- if the
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
-
-
- Appender that rolls log files based on size or date or both.
-
-
-
- RollingFileAppender can roll log files based on size or date or both
- depending on the setting of the
-
- A of few additional optional features have been added:
-
- - Attach date pattern for current log file
- - Backup number increments for newer files
- - Infinite number of backups by file size
-
-
-
-
-
- For large or infinite numbers of backup files a
-
- When Date/Time based rolling is used setting
-
-
-
-
- Changing
-
-
-
- If Date/Time based rolling is enabled this appender will attempt to roll existing files
- in the directory without a Date/Time tag based on the last write date of the base log file.
- The appender only rolls the log file when a message is logged. If Date/Time based rolling
- is enabled then the appender will not roll the log file at the Date/Time boundary but
- at the point when the next message is logged after the boundary has been crossed.
-
-
-
- The
-
- When rolling a backup file necessitates deleting an older backup file the
- file to be deleted is moved to a temporary name before being deleted.
-
-
-
-
- A maximum number of backup files when rolling on date/time boundaries is not supported.
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Edward Smit
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RollingFileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes.
-
-
-
-
- Write out a logging event.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write out an array of logging events.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates and opens the file for logging. If
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Get the current output file name
-
- the output file name
-
- The output file name is based on the base fileName specified.
- If
-
-
-
- Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
-
-
-
-
- Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files
- that are similar to the base file name.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file
- pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
- - determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
- - initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher
- to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen.
- The highest count is either the first file (when count direction
- is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0).
- In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to extract a number from the end of the file name that indicates
- the number of the times the file has been rolled over.
-
-
- Certain date pattern extensions like yyyyMMdd will be parsed as valid backup indexes.
-
-
-
-
- Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for
- 'incremented' versions of the base file. Bumps the max
- count up to the highest count seen.
-
-
-
-
- Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied.
-
- The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied
-
- Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the
- most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point
- with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern
- supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day
- and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be
- and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check,
- scheduledFilename, and calls
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
- Resets curSizeRollBackups.
- If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile).
-
-
-
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
- true if the file exists
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
-
-
-
-
- Deletes the specified file if it exists.
-
-
-
- Delete a file if is exists.
- The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted.
- This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot
- be deleted, but it still can be moved.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll base on file size.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }. Moreover, File is
- renamed File.1 and closed.
-
-
- A new file is created to receive further log output.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
- This is called by
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time of the next window for the current rollpoint
-
- the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date
-
-
- Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method.
-
-
- The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant
- than the rollpoint from the current time. This should roll the time back to
- the start of the time window for the current rollpoint. Then we add 1 window
- worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the rollpoint.
-
-
-
-
-
- This object supplies the current date/time. Allows test code to plug in
- a method to control this class when testing date/time based rolling. The default
- implementation uses the underlying value of DateTime.Now.
-
-
-
-
- The date pattern. By default, the pattern is set to ".yyyy-MM-dd"
- meaning daily rollover.
-
-
-
-
- The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to
- or will be the file transferred to on roll over
- (based on staticLogFileName).
-
-
-
-
- The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename.
-
-
-
-
- Holds date of last roll over
-
-
-
-
- The type of rolling done
-
-
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB
-
-
-
-
- There is zero backup files by default
-
-
-
-
- How many sized based backups have been made so far
-
-
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
-
- The rolling mode used in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by date.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by size.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to always log to the same file.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
-
-
- FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly
-
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the strategy for determining the current date and time. The default
- implementation is to use LocalDateTime which internally calls through to DateTime.Now.
- DateTime.UtcNow may be used on frameworks newer than .NET 1.0 by specifying
-
-
- An implementation of the
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are two built strategies for determining the current date and time,
-
-
- The default strategy is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names
- when rolling over on date.
-
-
- The date pattern to be used for generating file names when rolling
- over on date.
-
-
-
- Takes a string in the same format as expected by
-
-
- This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over
- on date.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of backup files that are kept before
- the oldest is erased.
-
-
- The maximum number of backup files that are kept before the oldest is
- erased.
-
-
-
- If set to zero, then there will be no backup files and the log file
- will be truncated when it reaches
-
- If a negative number is supplied then no deletions will be made. Note
- that this could result in very slow performance as a large number of
- files are rolled over unless
-
- The maximum applies to each time based group of files and
- not the total.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size in bytes that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property is equivalent to
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB (10*1024*1024).
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property allows you to specify the maximum size with the
- suffixes "KB", "MB" or "GB" so that the size is interpreted being
- expressed respectively in kilobytes, megabytes or gigabytes.
-
-
- For example, the value "10KB" will be interpreted as 10240 bytes.
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB.
-
-
- If you have the option to set the maximum file size programmatically
- consider using the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling file count direction.
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
- Indicates if the current file is the lowest numbered file or the
- highest numbered file.
-
-
- By default newer files have lower numbers (
-
-
- The default file count direction is -1.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling style.
-
- The rolling style.
-
-
- The default rolling style is
-
- When set to false , otherwise
- the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling
- the file each time it is opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
- true if the file name extension should be preserved.
-
-
-
- By default file.log is rolled to file.log.yyyy-MM-dd or file.log.curSizeRollBackup.
- However, under Windows the new file name will loose any program associations as the
- extension is changed. Optionally file.log can be renamed to file.yyyy-MM-dd.log or
- file.curSizeRollBackup.log to maintain any program associations.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to
- the same file.
-
-
- true if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- By default file.log is always the current file. Optionally
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd for current formatted datePattern can by the currently
- logging file (or file.log.curSizeRollBackup or even
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd.curSizeRollBackup).
-
-
- This will make time based rollovers with a large number of backups
- much faster as the appender it won't have to rename all the backups!
-
-
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution.
- Well really once each time this appender is
- configured.
-
-
- Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to
- false on the RollingFileAppender , otherwise
- this appender would just be a normal file appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the size of the file
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based on both the size and date of the file
-
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log not based on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each minute
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each hour
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each day (midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each week
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each month
-
-
-
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send an e-mail when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors.
-
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Authentication and setting the server Port are only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
- For these features to be enabled you need to ensure that you are using a version of
- the log4net assembly that is built against the MS .NET 1.1 framework and that you are
- running the your application on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. On all other platforms only sending
- unauthenticated messages to a server listening on port 25 (the default) is supported.
-
-
- Authentication is supported by setting the
-
- To set the SMTP server port use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
- Send the email message
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be carbon copied (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be blind carbon copied.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the SMTP relay mail server to use to send
- the e-mail messages.
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Obsolete
-
-
- Use the BufferingAppenderSkeleton Fix methods instead
-
-
-
- Obsolete property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mode to use to authentication with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- Valid Authentication mode values are:
-
-
-
-
- The username to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The password to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening
-
-
- Server Port is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening. The default
- port is 25 . The Port can only be changed when running on
- the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the priority of the e-mail message
-
-
- One of the
-
-
- Sets the priority of the e-mails generated by this
- appender. The default priority is
-
- If you are using this appender to report errors then
- you may want to set the priority to
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Values for the
-
-
- SMTP authentication modes.
-
-
-
-
-
- No authentication
-
-
-
-
- Basic authentication.
-
-
- Requires a username and password to be supplied
-
-
-
-
- Integrated authentication
-
-
- Uses the Windows credentials from the current thread or process to authenticate.
-
-
-
-
- Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors. Rather than sending via smtp it writes a file into the
- directory specified by
-
-
- The configuration for this appender is identical to that of the SMTPAppender ,
- except that instead of specifying the SMTPAppender.SMTPHost you specify
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Niall Daley
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on this appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same
- as that used by the agent sending the messages.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages
-
-
-
- The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages
- back to the client.
- The output is provided in a telnet-friendly way so that a log can be monitored
- over a TCP/IP socket.
- This allows simple remote monitoring of application logging.
-
-
- The default
-
- Keith Long
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TelnetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the parent method to close the socket handler
-
-
-
- Closes all the outstanding connections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Create the socket handler and wait for connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The default value is 23 (the telnet port).
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Helper class to manage connected clients
-
-
-
- The SocketHandler class is used to accept connections from
- clients. It is threaded so that clients can connect/disconnect
- asynchronously.
-
-
-
-
-
- Opens a new server port on
-
-
- Creates a socket handler on the specified local server port.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a client to the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Remove a client from the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket
-
-
-
- On connection adds to the list of connections
- if there are two many open connections you will be disconnected
-
-
-
-
-
- Close all network connections
-
-
-
- Make sure we close all network connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this handler has active connections
-
-
- true if this handler has active connections
-
-
-
- This property will be true while this handler has
- active connections, that is at least one connection that
- the handler will attempt to send a message to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Create this
-
-
- Opens a stream writer on the socket.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the clients connection
-
-
-
- Close the socket connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string)
- method. The event's logger name is the default value for the category parameter
- of the Write method.
-
-
- Compact Framework Assert . When using the Compact Framework this
- appender will write to the
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a domain to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's domain to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target domain.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required domains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a repository to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's repository to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target repository.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required repositories.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
- The repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
- The name of the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to quickly configure a
-
-
- Allows very simple programmatic configuration of log4net.
-
-
- Only one appender can be configured using this configurator.
- The appender is set at the root of the hierarchy and all logging
- events will be delivered to that appender.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the BasicConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system with a default configuration.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net logging system using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the specified repository using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Base class for all log4net configuration attributes.
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be extended by
- specific configurators. This attribute allows the
- configurator to be parameterized by an assembly level
- attribute.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor used by subclasses.
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Abstract method implemented by a subclass. When this method is called
- the subclass should configure the
-
-
-
-
- Compare this instance to another ConfiguratorAttribute
-
- see
-
-
- Compares the priorities of the two
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging domain for the assembly.
-
-
-
- DomainAttribute is obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging domains. Each domain has its own
- logging repository. This attribute specified on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the domain. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging repository for the assembly.
-
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging repository. This attribute specified
- on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the repository. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Initialize the attribute with the name for the assembly's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the logging repository.
-
-
- The string name to use as the name of the repository associated with this
- assembly.
-
-
-
- This value does not have to be unique. Several assemblies can share the
- same repository. They will share the logging configuration of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
- The type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
-
- The type of the repository to create for the assembly.
- The type must implement the
-
- This will be the type of repository created when
- the repository is created. If multiple assemblies reference the
- same repository then the repository is only created once using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- If neither of the config has the same effect as not specifying the
-
- The
-
-
- Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once.
- When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration
- of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the
-
-
- If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from
- different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e.
- call the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Configure the repository using the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from the local file system
-
-
-
-
- Configure the specified repository using a
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from a URI
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfiguratorAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file.
-
-
- The filename of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with
- the application base directory (
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file.
-
-
- The extension of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified this is the extension for the configuration file.
- The path to the config file is built by using the application
- base directory (assembly file name and the config file extension.
-
-
- If the MyExt then
- possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or
- MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt .
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file.
-
-
- true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework
- will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time
- the file is modified.
-
-
- The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk.
- In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded
- from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk
- and therefore it may not be able to watch it.
-
-
- Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file
-
-
- The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section
- handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns
- the XML element that is the root of the section.
-
-
- Example of registering the log4net section handler :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- log4net configuration XML goes here
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the configuration section.
-
- The
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to
- the repository.
-
-
-
- Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the
- assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface used to create plugins.
-
-
-
- Interface used to create a plugin.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object.
-
- the new plugin instance
-
-
- Create and return a new plugin instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
- Where possible use the constructor that takes a
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute.
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the
-
- The plugin object.
-
-
-
- Returns a representation of the properties of this object.
-
-
-
- Overrides base class
-
- A representation of the properties of this object
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type for the plugin.
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name for the plugin.
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
- Where possible use the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Construct provider attribute with type specified
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Configures the SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- Creates a provider instance from the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SecurityContextProviderAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the provider to use.
-
-
- the type of the provider to use.
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration URI.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration data stream.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the specified repository using a log4net element.
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
- This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods
- to load the configuration from an
-
-
-
-
- Maps repository names to ConfigAndWatchHandler instances to allow a particular
- ConfigAndWatchHandler to dispose of its FileSystemWatcher when a repository is
- reconfigured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Class used to watch config files.
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification
- before reloading the config file.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the FileInfo used to configure the XmlConfigurator
-
-
-
-
- Holds the repository being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The timer used to compress the notification events.
-
-
-
-
- Watches file for changes. This object should be disposed when no longer
- needed to free system handles on the watched resources.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called by the timer when the configuration has been updated.
-
-
-
-
- Release the handles held by the watcher and timer.
-
-
-
-
- The implementation of the
-
-
- This
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not support retrieving assembly
- level attributes therefore unlike the DefaultRepositorySelector
- this selector does not examine the calling assembly for attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Interface used by the
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named
- The named
-
- Lookup a named
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository with the name specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
- An array of the
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository selector
-
-
-
- Create an new compact repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
- throw if
- throw if
-
-
-
- Get the
- The default
-
-
- The
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the named
- The named
-
-
- Get the named log4net-default-repository . Other repositories
- must be created using the
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the null then the
- default repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the repository specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the named repository already exists an exception will be thrown.
-
-
- If null then the default
- repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the CompactRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has been created
-
-
-
- Raises the LoggerRepositoryCreatedEvent
- event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- The default implementation of the
-
-
- Uses attributes defined on the calling assembly to determine how to
- configure the hierarchy for the repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository selector.
-
-
-
- Create an new repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
- The type of the
-
- The default values are to use the
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Returns the named repository. If null
- a
-
- Use
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- true to read and apply the assembly attributes
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the specified repository.
-
- The new repository.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Aliases a repository to an existing repository.
-
-
-
- The repository specified will be aliased to the repository when created.
- The repository must not already exist.
-
-
- When the repository is created it must utilize the same repository type as
- the repository it is aliased to, otherwise the aliasing will fail.
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Notifies the registered listeners that the repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the repository name and repository type for the specified assembly.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the repository using information from the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined plugins on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined aliases on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DefaultRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Defined error codes that can be passed to the
-
-
- Values passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- A general error
-
-
-
-
- Error while writing output
-
-
-
-
- Failed to flush file
-
-
-
-
- Failed to close file
-
-
-
-
- Unable to open output file
-
-
-
-
- No layout specified
-
-
-
-
- Failed to parse address
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers on an Exception type
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the type of the Exception
- passed to
-
- Drew Schaeffer
-
-
-
- Test if an
-
-
- Implementations of this interface allow certain appenders to decide
- when to perform an appender specific action.
-
-
- The action or behavior triggered is defined by the implementation.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Test if this event triggers the action
-
- true if this event triggers the action, otherwise false
-
- Return true if this event triggers the action
-
-
-
-
-
- The type that causes the trigger to fire.
-
-
-
-
- Causes subclasses of
-
-
-
- Default ctor to allow dynamic creation through a configurator.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an evaluator and initializes to trigger on
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the logging event Exception
- Type is false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the Exception Type of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- The type that triggers this evaluator.
-
-
-
-
- If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of
-
-
-
- Appenders may delegate their error handling to an
-
-
- Error handling is a particularly tedious to get right because by
- definition errors are hard to predict and to reproduce.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Interface for objects that require fixing.
-
-
-
- Interface that indicates that the object requires fixing before it
- can be taken outside the context of the appender's
-
-
- When objects that implement this interface are stored
- in the context properties maps
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a portable instance object that represents the current
- state of this object. The portable object can be stored
- and logged from any thread with identical results.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface that all loggers implement
-
-
-
- This interface supports logging events and testing if a level
- is enabled for logging.
-
-
- These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementor, ensure
- that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception
- to be thrown to the caller.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
- null to not log an exception.
-
-
- Generates a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers.
-
-
- All wrappers must implement this interface.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not
- be the same object as this object because of logger decorators.
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default set of levels recognized by the system.
-
-
-
- Each
-
- Levels have a numeric
-
- The levels that are recognized by log4net are set for each
-
- When logging at level INFO the actual level used is not LoggerRepository.LevelMap["INFO"] . The default value for this is
-
-
- Each level has a
-
- Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are:
-
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the
-
- A
-
-
- Returns the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares levels.
-
- true if the objects are equal.
-
- Compares the levels of
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code
-
- A hash code for the current
-
-
- Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data
- structures like a hash table.
-
-
- Returns the hash code of the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an
- indication of their relative values.
-
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
- This instance is less than
-
- -
-
Zero
- This instance is equal to
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
- This instance is greater than
- -or-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two specified
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- two values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
-
- -
-
Zero
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
- The name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
- The value of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
- The display name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance.
-
-
- A LevelCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- LevelCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given LevelCollection .
-
- true if LevelCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of LevelCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the LevelCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The specified LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the LevelCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection .
-
- An LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The threshold for triggering
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the event level
- is equal or higher than the false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- the threshold to trigger at
-
-
- The
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and Level object
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Mapping from level name to Level object. The
- level name is case insensitive
-
-
-
-
- Construct the level map
-
-
-
- Construct the level map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map
-
- the level in the map with the name specified
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map. The name of the level to lookup is taken
- from the
-
- If no level with the specified name is found then the
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a
- a Level from the map with the name specified
-
-
- Returns the null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
- all possible levels as a list of Level objects
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of caller location information.
-
-
-
- This class uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- When location information is not available the constant
- NA is returned. Current value of this string
- constant is ? .
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LocationInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
- The fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
- The file name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
- The line number of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
- The method name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information
-
-
- All available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stack frames from the stack trace of the caller making the log request
-
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
- This class is used by the wrapper managers (e.g.
-
- This manager also holds the log4net.RepositorySelector
- AppSetting in the applications config file to the fully qualified type name of the
- selector to use.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Hook the shutdown event
-
-
-
- On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the
- AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload > events.
- These are used to shutdown the log4net system as the application exits.
-
-
-
-
-
- Register for ProcessExit and DomainUnload events on the AppDomain
-
-
-
- This needs to be in a separate method because the events make
- a LinkDemand for the ControlAppDomain SecurityPermission. Because
- this is a LinkDemand it is demanded at JIT time. Therefore we cannot
- catch the exception in the method itself, we have to catch it in the
- caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Returns the default
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified assembly's repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to get pertinent version info.
-
- A string of version info.
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerManager class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the default repository selector
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository selector used by the
-
- The repository selector used by the
-
-
- The repository selector (
-
- The caller to
-
- This context is used by the selector to lookup a specific repository.
-
-
- For the full .NET Framework, the default repository is DefaultRepositorySelector ;
- for the .NET Compact Framework CompactRepositorySelector is the default
- repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
- This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- The logger that this object is wrapping
-
-
-
-
- Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not be the same object as this object
- because of logger decorators.
-
-
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Level of logging event.
-
-
-
- Level of logging event. Level cannot be Serializable
- because it is a flyweight. Due to its special serialization it
- cannot be declared final either.
-
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message.
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of thread
-
-
-
- The name of thread in which this logging event was generated
-
-
-
-
-
- The time the event was logged
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the user
-
-
-
- String representation of the user's windows name,
- like DOMAIN\username
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the identity.
-
-
-
- String representation of the current thread's principal identity.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Fix the MDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the NDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Fix the thread name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers location information
-
-
- CAUTION: Very slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers windows user name
-
-
- CAUTION: Slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the domain friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers principal name
-
-
- CAUTION: May be slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the exception text
-
-
-
-
- Fix the event properties. Active properties must implement
-
-
-
- No fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- All fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- Partial fields fixed
-
-
-
- This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of logging events.
-
-
-
- When an affirmative decision is made to log then a
-
-
- This class is of concern to those wishing to extend log4net.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the host name value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the user name value.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Except LoggingEvent are filled when actually needed. Call
-
- This method is called by the log4net framework
- to create a logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the repository is set.
-
-
-
-
- Write the rendered message to a TextWriter
-
-
-
- Unlike the
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
- Does a
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Calling false .
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Fixes instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
- true to not fix data that takes a long time to fix.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- The true . This setting will ignore the
-
- Set false to ensure that all
- settings are fixed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix the fields specified by the
-
-
- Only fields specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a composite property in this event
-
- the value for the property
-
-
- This event has composite properties that combine together properties from
- several different contexts in the following order:
-
- -
-
this events properties
-
- This event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all the composite properties in this event
-
- the
-
-
- See
-
- This method returns a single
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified Type of the calling
- logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method).
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The exception that was thrown.
-
-
- This is not serialized. The string representation
- is serialized instead.
-
-
-
-
- The repository that generated the logging event
-
-
- This is not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- The fix state for this event
-
-
- These flags indicate which fields have been fixed.
- Not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed)
-
-
- This is a seperate flag to m_fixFlags as it allows incrementel fixing and simpler
- changes in the caching strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time when the current process started.
-
-
- This is the time when this process started.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
- Tries to get the start time for the current process.
- Failing that it returns the time of the first call to
- this property.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating and therefore
- without the process start time being reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time of the logging event.
-
-
- The time of the logging event.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
- The name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the location information for this logging event.
-
-
- The location information for this logging event.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid message object.
- If the event is serialized the message object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the message the
-
-
- If there is no defined message object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid exception object.
- If the event is serialized the exception object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the exception the
-
-
- If there is no defined exception object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message, rendered through the
-
- The message rendered through the
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current thread.
-
-
- The name of the current thread, or the thread ID when
- the name is not available.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current user.
-
-
- The name of the current user, or NOT AVAILABLE when the
- underlying runtime has no support for retrieving the name of the
- current user.
-
-
-
- Calls WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name to get the name of
- the current windows user.
-
-
- To improve performance, we could cache the string representation of
- the name, and reuse that as long as the identity stayed constant.
- Once the identity changed, we would need to re-assign and re-render
- the string.
-
-
- However, the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() call seems to
- return different objects every time, so the current implementation
- doesn't do this type of caching.
-
-
- Timing for these operations:
-
-
-
- Method
- Results
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds
-
-
-
- This means we could speed things up almost 40 times by caching the
- value of the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name property, since
- this takes (8.04-0.20) = 7.84375 seconds.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
- The string name of the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
- Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get
- the name of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
- The AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
- This property is for events that have been added directly to
- this event. The aggregate properties (which include these
- event properties) can be retrieved using
-
- Once the properties have been fixed
-
-
-
-
- The fixed fields in this event
-
-
- The set of fields that are fixed in this event
-
-
-
- Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed.
- It is not possible to 'unfix' a field.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- This implementation of the
-
- This logger has methods to allow the caller to log at the following
- levels:
-
-
- -
-
DEBUG
-
- The DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
INFO
-
- The INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
WARN
-
- The WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
ERROR
-
- The ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
FATAL
-
- The FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
-
-
- The values for these levels and their semantic meanings can be changed by
- configuring the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into
- the log4net framework.
-
-
-
- Use the
-
- This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also
- has properties for determining if those logging levels are
- enabled in the current configuration.
-
-
- This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation
- specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual
- implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to
- do things differently.
-
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
- For some ILog interface log , when you write:
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in
- Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug
- enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this:
-
-
- private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled;
-
-
- Then when you come to log you can write:
-
-
- if (isDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way the debug enabled state is only queried once
- when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly
- variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant
- and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler.
-
-
- Of course if you use a static readonly variable to
- hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot
- change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging
- that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute
- speed or runtime flexibility.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG level. If this logger is
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO level. If this logger is
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN level. If this logger is
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR level. If this logger is
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL level. If this logger is
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG
- level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for DEBUG events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
-
- For some log Logger object, when you write:
-
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed, then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled())
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in IsDebugEnabled and once in
- the Debug . This is an insignificant overhead
- since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it
- takes to actually log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the INFO level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for INFO events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the WARN level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for WARN events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the ERROR level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for ERROR events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the FATAL level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for FATAL events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
- for example with operating system services. This can be used to impersonate
- a principal that has been granted privileges on the system resources.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- An null
-
-
- Impersonate this security context. Further calls on the current
- thread should now be made in the security context provided
- by this object. When the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- A configured component that interacts with potentially protected system
- resources uses a
-
- By default the
-
- This default behavior can be overridden by subclassing the
-
- An alternative is to use the log4net.Config.SecurityContextProviderAttribute
- This attribute can be applied to an assembly in the same way as the
- log4net.Config.XmlConfiguratorAttribute" . The attribute takes
- the type to use as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The default provider
-
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a SecurityContext for a consumer
-
- An impersonation context
-
-
- The default implementation is to return a
-
- Subclasses should override this method to provide their own
- behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
- The default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- The default provider is used by configured components that
- require a
-
- By default this is an instance of
-
- The default provider can be set programmatically by setting
- the value of this property to a sub class of
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers after specified number of seconds.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
- Robert Sevcik
-
-
-
- The default time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time of last check. This gets updated when the object is created and when the evaluator triggers.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the specified time period
- false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after.
- Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. This delegate
- is called from the
-
- The delegate to use is supplied to the
-
-
-
-
- Maps between logger objects and wrapper objects.
-
-
-
- This class maintains a mapping between
-
- New wrapper instances are created by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the specified logger
-
-
- If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null.
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper it it has previously been requested and
- returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then
- the
-
-
-
-
- Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the logger.
-
-
- This implementation uses the
-
-
-
-
- Called when a monitored repository shutdown event is received.
-
-
-
- This method is called when a
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for repository shutdown event.
-
-
-
-
- Map of logger repositories to hashtables of ILogger to ILoggerWrapper mappings
-
-
-
-
- The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects.
-
-
-
-
- Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the map of logger repositories.
-
-
- Map of logger repositories.
-
-
-
- Gets the hashtable that is keyed on
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render a
-
-
- Interface to abstract the rendering of a
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats the specified date as a string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601 .
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to render the date
- into a string using a precision up to the second. This method
- will be called at most once per second and the result will be
- reused if it is needed again during the same second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss,fff".
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Sub classes should override
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff"
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example,
- "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Angelika Schnagl
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats a DateTime in the format "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss"
- for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- The format info for the invariant culture.
-
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats the date specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats the
-
-
- Formats the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date using
-
-
- Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call
- the
-
-
-
-
- The format string used to format the
-
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- This filter drops all
-
-
- You can add this filter to the end of a filter chain to
- switch from the default "accept all unless instructed otherwise"
- filtering behavior to a "deny all unless instructed otherwise"
- behavior.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should extend this class to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should implement this interface to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Decide if the logging event should be logged through an appender.
-
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Points to the next filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the filter with the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Typically filter's options become active immediately on set,
- however this method must still be called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decide if the
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
- This method is marked abstract and must be implemented
- in a subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Always returns the integer constant
- Always returns
-
-
- Ignores the event being logged and just returns
-
-
-
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be dropped immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This filter is neutral with respect to the log event.
- The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision.
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be logged immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This is a very simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits two options true , if it is false then
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- flag to indicate if the filter should
-
-
-
- the
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Tests if the
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- This is a simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits three options true , if it is false
- then
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when matching a
-
-
-
- the minimum
-
-
-
- the maximum
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if the event should be logged.
-
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Set the minimum matched
-
-
- The minimum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the maximum matched
-
-
- The maximum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name.
-
-
-
- The works very similar to the true ,
- if it is false then
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The logger name string to substring match against the event
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in
- the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the
- logger name (using
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with layered properties the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string an event property
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the value for a
- specific event property
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The string to substring match against the message
-
-
-
-
- A string regex to match
-
-
-
-
- A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch)
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Initialize and precompile the Regex if required
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Sets the static string to match
-
-
-
- The string that will be substring matched against
- the rendered message. If the message contains this
- string then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- Sets the regular expression to match
-
-
-
- The regular expression pattern that will be matched against
- the rendered message. If the message matches this
- pattern then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- The key to use to lookup the string from the event properties
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The event property for the
-
-
-
-
- The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against.
-
-
-
- The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the
- properties collections the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Sets the "NDC" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer.
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the next pattern converter in the chains
-
- the next converter
-
-
- The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a sub class).
- Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting
-
-
-
- This method calls
-
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
-
-
- The option string to the converter
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an object to a
-
-
- Writes the Object to a writer. If the
-
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
- the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
- The formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
- The option for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
- false if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- false if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- If this converter handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the property should be set to true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this converter does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides access to the current HttpContext (
-
- This class handles the case when HttpContext.Current is null by writing
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net HttpContext item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
-
- Render the
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter pattern based on the
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception or the exception property specified
- by the Option value does not exist then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Recognized values for the Option parameter are:
-
-
- -
-
Message
-
- -
-
Source
-
- -
-
StackTrace
-
- -
-
TargetSite
-
- -
-
HelpLink
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the display name of the event
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for logger name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings
-
-
-
- This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string
- to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side.
- This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified.
-
-
- Subclasses should override the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the fully qualified string data
-
- the fully qualified name
-
-
- Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the
- precision is applied to it.
-
-
- Return the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
- Render the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the NamedPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the logger
-
- The fully qualified logger name
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event NDC
-
-
-
- Outputs the value of the event property named NDC .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event NDC to the output
-
-
-
- As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties
- this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converter to output the relative time of the event
-
-
-
- Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the relative time to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds.
- That is the number of milliseconds between the event
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects
-
- the time difference in milliseconds
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Adam Davies
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Michael Cromwell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the strack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the Name of the method
-
- This method was created, so this class could be used as a base class for StackTraceDetailPatternConverter
- string
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTracePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTraceDetailPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event thread name
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the ThreadName to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for the class name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the class
-
- The fully qualified type name for the caller location
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event user name
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- Uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event.
-
-
- This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple
- layouts (e.g.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format.
-
-
-
- This is the base implementation of the
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses must implement the
-
- Subclasses should set the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by layout objects
-
-
-
- An
-
- The layout can also supply
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
- If the caller does not have a
-
- StringWriter writer = new StringWriter();
- Layout.Format(writer, loggingEvent);
- string formattedEvent = writer.ToString();
-
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This is a MIME type e.g. "text/plain" .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handle exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The footer text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This method must be implemented by the subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method for easily formatting the logging event into a string variable.
-
-
- Creates a new StringWriter instance to store the formatted logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type is "text/plain"
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This base class uses the value "text/plain" .
- To change this value a subclass must override this
- property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this layout does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Constructs a ExceptionLayout
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- Part of the
-
- This method does nothing as options become effective immediately.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- Write the exception string to the
-
-
-
-
- Interface for raw layout objects
-
-
-
- Interface used to format a
-
- This interface should not be confused with the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adapts any
-
-
- Where an
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The layout to adapt
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new adapter
-
-
-
- Create the adapter for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- A flexible layout configurable with pattern string.
-
-
-
- The goal of this class is to conversion pattern .
-
-
- The conversion pattern is closely related to the conversion
- pattern of the printf function in C. A conversion pattern is
- composed of literal text and format control expressions called
- conversion specifiers .
-
-
- You are free to insert any literal text within the conversion
- pattern.
-
-
- Each conversion specifier starts with a percent sign (%) and is
- followed by optional format modifiers and a conversion
- pattern name . The conversion pattern name specifies the type of
- data, e.g. logger, level, date, thread name. The format
- modifiers control such things as field width, padding, left and
- right justification. The following is a simple example.
-
-
- Let the conversion pattern be "%-5level [%thread]: %message%newline" and assume
- that the log4net environment was set to use a PatternLayout. Then the
- statements
-
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestApp));
- log.Debug("Message 1");
- log.Warn("Message 2");
-
- would yield the output
-
- DEBUG [main]: Message 1
- WARN [main]: Message 2
-
-
- Note that there is no explicit separator between text and
- conversion specifiers. The pattern parser knows when it has reached
- the end of a conversion specifier when it reads a conversion
- character. In the example above the conversion specifier
- %-5level means the level of the logging event should be left
- justified to a width of five characters.
-
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
a
- Equivalent to appdomain
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the
- logging event was generated.
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-cache
-
-
- Used to output all cache items in the case of %aspnet-cache or just one named item if used as %aspnet-cache{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-context
-
-
- Used to output all context items in the case of %aspnet-context or just one named item if used as %aspnet-context{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-request
-
-
- Used to output all request parameters in the case of %aspnet-request or just one named param if used as %aspnet-request{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-session
-
-
- Used to output all session items in the case of %aspnet-session or just one named item if used as %aspnet-session{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
c
- Equivalent to logger
-
- -
-
C
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
class
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
d
- Equivalent to date
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
exception
-
-
- Used to output the exception passed in with the log message.
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
-
- -
-
F
- Equivalent to file
-
- -
-
file
-
-
- Used to output the file name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
l
- Equivalent to location
-
- -
-
L
- Equivalent to line
-
- -
-
location
-
-
- Used to output location information of the caller which generated
- the logging event.
-
-
- The location information depends on the CLI implementation but
- usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling
- method followed by the callers source the file name and line
- number between parentheses.
-
-
- The location information can be very useful. However, its
- generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided
- unless execution speed is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
level
-
-
- Used to output the level of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
line
-
-
- Used to output the line number from where the logging request
- was issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
logger
-
-
- Used to output the logger of the logging event. The
- logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by
- precision specifier , that is a decimal constant in
- brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the logger name will be
- printed. By default the logger name is printed in full.
-
-
- For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern
- %logger{2} will output "b.c".
-
-
-
- -
-
m
- Equivalent to message
-
- -
-
M
- Equivalent to method
-
- -
-
message
-
-
- Used to output the application supplied message associated with
- the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
mdc
-
-
- The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the
- combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility
- but is equivalent to property .
-
-
-
- -
-
method
-
-
- Used to output the method name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
n
- Equivalent to newline
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
ndc
-
-
- Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated
- with the thread that generated the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
p
- Equivalent to level
-
- -
-
P
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
properties
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output the an event specific property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the event properties
-
- The event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
r
- Equivalent to timestamp
-
- -
-
stacktrace
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktrace{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
stacktracedetail
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktracedetail{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...)
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
t
- Equivalent to thread
-
- -
-
timestamp
-
-
- Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start
- of the application until the creation of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
thread
-
-
- Used to output the name of the thread that generated the
- logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available.
-
-
-
- -
-
type
-
-
- Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller
- issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier
- can be optionally followed by precision specifier , that
- is a decimal constant in brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the class name will be
- printed. By default the class name is output in fully qualified form.
-
-
- For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the
- pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout".
-
-
- WARNING Generating the caller class information is
- slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is
- not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
u
- Equivalent to identity
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
w
- Equivalent to username
-
- -
-
x
- Equivalent to ndc
-
- -
-
X
- Equivalent to mdc
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the
- longer more descriptive pattern names.
-
-
- By default the relevant information is output as is. However,
- with the aid of format modifiers it is possible to change the
- minimum field width, the maximum field width and justification.
-
-
- The optional format modifier is placed between the percent sign
- and the conversion pattern name.
-
-
- The first optional format modifier is the left justification
- flag which is just the minus (-) character. Then comes the
- optional minimum field width modifier. This is a decimal
- constant that represents the minimum number of characters to
- output. If the data item requires fewer characters, it is padded on
- either the left or the right until the minimum width is
- reached. The default is to pad on the left (right justify) but you
- can specify right padding with the left justification flag. The
- padding character is space. If the data item is larger than the
- minimum field width, the field is expanded to accommodate the
- data. The value is never truncated.
-
-
- This behavior can be changed using the maximum field
- width modifier which is designated by a period followed by a
- decimal constant. If the data item is longer than the maximum
- field, then the extra characters are removed from the
- beginning of the data item and not from the end. For
- example, it the maximum field width is eight and the data item is
- ten characters long, then the first two characters of the data item
- are dropped. This behavior deviates from the printf function in C
- where truncation is done from the end.
-
-
- Below are various format modifier examples for the logger
- conversion specifier.
-
-
-
-
- Format modifier
- left justify
- minimum width
- maximum width
- comment
-
-
- %20logger
- false
- 20
- none
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20
- characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %-20logger
- true
- 20
- none
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger
- name is less than 20 characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %.30logger
- NA
- none
- 30
-
-
- Truncate from the beginning if the logger
- name is longer than 30 characters.
-
-
-
-
- %20.30logger false
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
- %-20.30logger
- true
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Note about caller location information. %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M
- all generate caller location information.
- Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
-
- This is a more detailed pattern.
- %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline
-
- A similar pattern except that the relative time is
- right padded if less than 6 digits, thread name is right padded if
- less than 15 characters and truncated if longer and the logger
- name is left padded if shorter than 30 characters and truncated if
- longer.
- %-6timestamp [%15.15thread] %-5level %30.30logger %ndc - %message%newline
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
- Currently set to the string "%message%newline"
- which just prints the application supplied message.
-
-
-
-
-
- A detailed conversion pattern
-
-
-
- A conversion pattern which includes Time, Thread, Logger, and Nested Context.
- Current value is %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline .
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
- This static map is overridden by the m_converterRegistry instance map
-
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternLayout only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
- Defines the builtin global rules.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern
-
-
-
- The default pattern just produces the application supplied message.
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- As per the
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern
-
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- When using this constructor the
-
-
-
-
- Create the pattern parser instance
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Parse the
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- Add a named pattern converter to this instance. This
- converter will be used in the formatting of the event.
- This method must be called before
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for the
-
-
- Used to convert objects to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types
- to a single target type. See
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Can the sourceType be converted to an
- true if the source type can be converted to
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the value to a
- the
-
-
- Convert the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawPropertyLayout
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the property for
- returns property value
-
-
- Looks up and returns the object value of the property
- named null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection.
-
-
- Value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection
-
-
-
- String name of the property to lookup in the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp
- in universal time use
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawUtcTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp
- in local time use
-
-
-
-
- A very simple layout
-
-
-
- SimpleLayout consists of the level of the log statement,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. For example,
-
- DEBUG - Hello world
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a SimpleLayout
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a simple formatted output.
-
-
-
- Formats the event as the level of the even,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The
- output is terminated by a newline.
-
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- The output of the external entity
- in a separate file to form a correct XML file.
-
-
- For example, if abc is the name of the file where
- the
-
- <?xml version="1.0" ?>
-
- <!DOCTYPE log4net:events SYSTEM "log4net-events.dtd" [<!ENTITY data SYSTEM "abc">]>
- <log4net:events version="1.2" xmlns:log4net="http://logging.apache.org/log4net/schemas/log4net-events-1.2>
- &data;
- </log4net:events>
-
-
- This approach enforces the independence of the
-
- The version attribute helps components to correctly
- interpret output generated by
-
- Alternatively the Header and Footer properties can be
- configured to output the correct XML header, open tag and close tag.
- When setting the Header and Footer properties it is essential
- that the underlying data store not be appendable otherwise the data
- will become invalid XML.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation
- to conform to a specific schema.
-
-
- Deriving classes must implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- The true , then the
- file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
- This method creates an
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if location information should be included in
- the XML events.
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace invalid chars with
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in
- the XML events.
-
-
- true if location information should be included in the XML
- events; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- If true , then the file
- name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with.
-
-
- Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the
- string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it
- to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more
- details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets
- Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names
- and the property values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the content type output by this layout.
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SmtpAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Builds a cache of the element names
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Override the base class
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all generated element names
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all element names
-
-
-
- The default prefix is log4net . Set this property
- to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string
- then no prefix will be written.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the message.
-
-
-
- By default the log message will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary
- data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be
- base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the property values.
-
-
-
- By default the properties will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain
- binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties
- will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements compatible with the log4j schema
-
-
-
- Formats the log events according to the http://logging.apache.org/log4j schema.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Actually do the writing of the xml
-
-
-
- Generate XML that is compatible with the log4j schema.
-
-
-
-
-
- The version of the log4j schema to use.
-
-
-
- Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- The default object Renderer.
-
-
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects and collections to strings.
-
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings
-
-
-
- Certain types require special case conversion to
- string form. This conversion is done by an object renderer.
- Object renderers implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows:
-
-
-
- Value
- Rendered String
-
- -
-
null
- "(null)"
-
-
- -
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: {a, b, c} .
-
-
- All collection classes that implement
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer).
-
-
- For example: key=value .
-
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Object.ToString()
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the array argument into a string
-
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the enumerator argument into a string
-
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- {a, b, c} .
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the DictionaryEntry argument into a string
-
-
-
- Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer). For example: key=value .
-
-
-
-
-
- Map class objects to an
-
-
- Maintains a mapping between types that require special
- rendering and the
-
- The object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render
- the object rendered as a string
-
-
- This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string.
- The alternative method
-
-
-
-
- Render
-
-
- Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified object type
-
- the renderer for
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified type
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
- Returns the renderer for the specified type.
- If no specific renderer has been defined the
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal function to recursively search interfaces
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
-
- Clear the map of renderers
-
-
-
- Clear the custom renderers defined by using
-
-
-
-
-
- Register an
-
-
- Register an object renderer for a specific source type.
- This renderer will be returned from a call to
-
-
-
-
- Get the default renderer instance
-
- the default renderer
-
-
- Get the default renderer
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repository plugins.
-
-
-
- Plugins define additional behavior that can be associated
- with a
-
- The log4net.Config.PluginAttribute can be used to
- attach plugins to repositories created using configuration
- attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches the plugin to the specified
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance.
-
-
- A PluginCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- PluginCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given PluginCollection .
-
- true if PluginCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of PluginCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the PluginCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The specified PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the PluginCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection .
-
- An PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
- The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
- The current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Map of repository plugins.
-
-
-
- This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are
- attached to a repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
- The
-
- If there already exists a plugin with the same name
- attached to the repository then the old plugin will
- be
-
-
-
-
- Removes a
-
-
- Remove a specific plugin from this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a
-
- The null if no plugin is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup a plugin by name. If the plugin is not found null
- will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all possible plugins as a list of
- All possible plugins as a list of
-
-
- Get a collection of all the plugins defined in this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name.
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this plugin.
-
-
-
-
- The repository this plugin is attached to.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
- The name of the plugin must not change one the
- plugin has been attached to a repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The repository for this plugin
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
-
-
-
- Plugin that listens for events from the
-
-
- This plugin publishes an instance of
-
- When an event is received it is relogged within the attached repository
- as if it had been raised locally.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Construct with sink Uri.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- When the plugin is shutdown the remote logging
- sink is disconnected.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RemoteLoggingServerPlugin class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URI of this sink.
-
-
- The URI of this sink.
-
-
-
- This is the name under which the object is marshaled.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers
-
-
- Internal class used to listen for logging events
- and deliver them to the local repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Logs the events to the repository.
-
-
-
- The events passed are logged to the
-
-
-
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance.
-
- null to indicate that this instance should live forever.
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance. This object should live forever
- therefore this implementation returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
- This default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface abstracts creation of
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- The
-
- Implement this interface to create new subclasses of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default internal subclass of
-
-
- This subclass has no additional behavior over the
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- Internal class used to provide implementation of
-
- This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the
- distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their
- evaluation. The
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- This constructor created a new
-
-
- This constructor is protected and designed to be used by
- a subclass that is not abstract.
-
-
- Loggers are constructed by
-
-
-
-
- Add
-
-
- Add
-
- If
-
-
-
-
- Look for the appender named as name
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null .
-
-
- Returns the named appender, or null if the appender is not found.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the named appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Deliver the
-
-
- Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at
- this . If no appenders could be found, emit a
- warning.
-
-
- This method calls all the appenders inherited from the
- hierarchy circumventing any evaluation of whether to log or not
- to log the particular log request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes all attached appenders implementing the
-
-
- Used to ensure that the appenders are correctly shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method. This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Generates a logging event and delivers it to the attached
- appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Logger class.
-
-
-
-
- The name of this logger.
-
-
-
-
- The assigned level of this logger.
-
-
-
- The level variable need not be
- assigned a value in which case it is inherited
- form the hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
- All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
- The hierarchy that this logger is a member of is stored
- here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper implementation of the
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if child loggers inherit their parents appenders
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable m_appenderAttachedImpl
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
- The parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
-
- Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy.
- The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
- true if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the effective level for this logger.
-
- The nearest level in the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a
- non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the
- root logger.
-
- The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as
- quickly as possible.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
- The hierarchy that this logger belongs to.
-
-
- This logger must be attached to a single
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- The assigned null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this logger
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the logger name.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new Logger
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Hierarchical organization of loggers
-
-
-
- The casual user should not have to deal with this class
- directly.
-
-
- This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and
- also maintaining the logger hierarchy. Implements the
-
-
- The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the
-
-
- In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor,
- then it creates a provision node for the ancestor and adds itself
- to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor add
- themselves to the previously created provision node.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Skeleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repositories.
-
-
-
- This interface is implemented by logger repositories. e.g.
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If the names logger exists it is returned, otherwise
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
- Shutting down a repository will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collection of internal messages captured during the most
- recent configuration process.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct the repository using specific properties
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with specified properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Return a new logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass.
- This base class implementation notifies the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this repository.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerRepositorySkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raise a configuration changed event on this repository
-
-
-
- Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should
- raise this event notification to notify listeners.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The string name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of this repository. The name is
- used to store and lookup the repositories
- stored by the
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Contains a list of internal messages captures during the
- last configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis
-
-
-
-
- Basic Configurator interface for repositories
-
-
-
- Interface used by basic configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appender
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure repository using XML
-
-
-
- Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified config
-
-
-
- The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by
- the implementation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties and a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Test if a logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array.
- The root logger is not included in the returned
- enumeration.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The Shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their
- default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this hierarchy.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured
-
- An array containing all the currently configured appenders
-
-
- Returns all the
-
- The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified
-
- true if the repository is disabled for the level argument, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will
- always return true .
-
-
- This method will return true if this repository is
- disabled for level object passed as parameter and
- false otherwise.
-
-
- See also the
-
-
-
-
- Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable
-
-
-
- This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal
- hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the
- logger hierarchy.
-
-
- You should really know what you are doing before
- invoking this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners
-
-
- Raises the logger creation event.
-
-
-
-
- Updates all the parents of the specified logger
-
-
-
- This method loops through all the potential parents of
-
-
- -
-
No entry for the potential parent of
-
- We create a ProvisionNode for this potential
- parent and insert
-
- -
-
The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent.
-
- The entry is
-
- -
-
The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent.
-
- We add
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace a
-
-
- We update the links for all the children that placed themselves
- in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a
- reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the
- children in 'pn'.
-
-
- We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'.
-
-
- If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of
- 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'.
-
-
- Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set
- c's parent field to log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
- Supports setting levels via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
- Supports setting property values via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Hierarchy class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event used to notify that a logger has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a logger is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Has no appender warning been emitted
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning
- about not having an appender warning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default
- The default
-
-
- The logger factory is used to create logger instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Value of the level
-
-
-
- If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked
- up for the current level with the same name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Name of the level
-
-
- The name of the level
-
-
-
- The name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Display name for the level
-
-
- The display name of the level
-
-
-
- The display name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used internally to accelerate hash table searches.
-
-
-
- Internal class used to improve performance of
- string keyed hashtables.
-
-
- The hashcode of the string is cached for reuse.
- The string is stored as an interned value.
- When comparing two
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct key with string name
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Stores the hashcode of the string and interns
- the string key to optimize comparisons.
-
-
- The Compact Framework 1.0 the
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code for the current instance.
-
- A hash code for the current instance.
-
-
- Returns the cached hashcode.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether two
-
- true if the specified false .
-
-
-
- Compares the references of the interned strings.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provision nodes are used where no logger instance has been specified
-
-
-
-
-
- A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of
- a logger that does not exist.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new provision node with child node
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- First, it cannot be assigned a null
- level. Second, since the root logger cannot have a parent, the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct a
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The root logger names itself as "root". However, the root
- logger cannot be retrieved by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RootLogger class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
- The assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Because the root logger cannot have a parent and its level
- must not be null this property just returns the
- value of
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- Setting the level of the root logger to a null reference
- may have catastrophic results. We prevent this here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct the configurator for a hierarchy
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse appenders by IDREF.
-
- The instance of the appender that the ref refers to.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an appender element.
-
- The appender instance or null when parsing failed.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the root logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the children of a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse the child elements of a <logger> element.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an object renderer.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a renderer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a level element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets a parameter on an object.
-
-
- The parameter name must correspond to a writable property
- on the object. The value of the parameter is a string,
- therefore this function will attempt to set a string
- property first. If unable to set a string property it
- will inspect the property and its argument type. It will
- attempt to call a static method called Parse on the
- type of the property. This method will take a single
- string argument and return a value that can be used to
- set the property.
-
-
-
-
- Test if an element has no attributes or child elements
-
- true if the element has any attributes or child elements, false otherwise
-
-
- Test if a Activator.CreateInstance .
-
- true if the type is creatable using a default constructor, false otherwise
-
-
- Look for a method on the
- the method info found
-
-
- The method must be a public instance method on the
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string value to a target type.
-
-
-
- An object of type null when the conversion could not be performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an object as specified in XML.
-
- The object or null
-
-
- Parse an XML element and create an object instance based on the configuration
- data.
-
-
- The type of the instance may be specified in the XML. If not
- specified then the
-
-
-
-
- key: appenderName, value: appender.
-
-
-
-
- The Hierarchy being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlHierarchyConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Writes name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The date and time is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone.
- To output the time in Universal time see
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date and time passed is in the local time zone.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentFolderPathPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the environment variable to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the IdentityPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern
-
-
-
- Writes the literal string value specified in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Set the next converter in the chain
-
- The next pattern converter
-
-
- Special case the building of the pattern converter chain
- for
-
-
-
-
- Write the literal to the output
-
-
-
- Override the formatting behavior to ignore the FormattingInfo
- because we have a literal instead.
-
-
- Writes the value of
-
-
-
-
- Convert this pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- This method is not used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a newline to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the system dependent line terminator to the output.
- This behavior can be overridden by setting the
-
-
- Option Value
- Output
-
- -
-
DOS
- DOS or Windows line terminator "\r\n"
-
- -
-
UNIX
- UNIX line terminator "\n"
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ProcessIdPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- This pattern converter reads the thread and global properties.
- The thread properties take priority over global properties.
- See
-
- If the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- A Pattern converter that generates a string of random characters
-
-
-
- The converter generates a string of random characters. By default
- the string is length 4. This can be changed by setting the
-
- The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters
- and numbers only.
-
-
- The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Shared random number generator
-
-
-
-
- Length of random string to generate. Default length 4.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RandomStringPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UserNamePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the UTC date time to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current date and time to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date is in Universal time when it is rendered.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for Boolean.
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to bool type.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Exception base type for conversion errors.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Register of type converters for specific types.
-
-
-
- Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between
- types.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor.
-
-
-
- This constructor defines the intrinsic type converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter instance for a specific type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookups the type converter to use as specified by the attributes on the
- destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the type converter.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- The type specified for the type converter must implement
- the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ConverterRegistry class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the encoding
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from a single type to arbitrary types.
- See
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the type supported by this converter can be converted to the
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the IPAddress
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Valid characters in an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. (Does not support subnets)
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternLayout
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Convert between string and
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the target type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternString
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the Type
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attribute used to associate a type converter
-
-
-
- Class and Interface level attribute that specifies a type converter
- to use with the associated type.
-
-
- To associate a type converter with a target type apply a
- TypeConverterAttribute to the target type. Specify the
- type of the type converter on the attribute.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type name
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- A straightforward implementation of the
-
-
- This is the default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Calls the DoAppende method on the
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup an attached appender by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- List of appenders
-
-
-
-
- Array of appenders, used to cache the m_appenderList
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderAttachedImpl class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders, or null if there
- are no attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The read only collection of all currently attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together.
-
-
-
- Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection
-
-
-
- Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added
- later.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary
-
- the flattened dictionary
-
-
- Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary
- containing the resultant values for the keys.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Looks up the value for the
-
- If none of the collections contain the specified key then
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for Context Properties implementations
-
-
-
- This class defines a basic property get set accessor
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types
-
-
-
- Pattern converter info class used during configuration by custom
- PatternString and PatternLayer converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern
-
-
-
- The name of the pattern in the format string
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the converter
-
-
-
- The value specified must extend the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclass of
-
-
- This writer counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The writer to forward messages to
-
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Flushes any buffered output
-
-
-
- Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written
- to the underlying device
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
-
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
- The format provider
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
- The line terminator to use
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
-
-
- The error handler instance to pass all errors to
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if this writer is closed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
- The error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
- true if this writer is closed, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
- The total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
-
- A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events.
-
-
-
- An array backed fixed size leaky bucket.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Appends a
- The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null .
-
-
- Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then
- null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped
- to make space for the new event, the event dropped is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer.
-
- The oldest logging event in the buffer
-
-
- Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it
- from the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array.
-
- An array of all the logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- If null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer.
-
- The maximum size of the buffer.
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of logging events in the buffer.
-
- The number of logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Adds an element with the provided key and value to the
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the
- false
-
- As the collection is empty the false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element with the specified key from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty dictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the element with the specified key.
-
- null
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored.
- If the index getter is called then null is returned.
- A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers
- in conversion modifiers.
-
-
-
- Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by
- the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Defaut Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
- The minimum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
- The maximum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled
- or not.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both
- storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied.
-
-
- This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently
- and are modified infrequently.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The read only copy of the properties.
-
-
-
- This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from
- reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property from the global context
-
-
-
- Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared
- with reading a value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the global context properties
-
-
-
-
- Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties
-
- the current global context properties
-
-
- This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class
- stores a readonly copy of the properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value.
- When the value is written a new read only copy of
- the properties is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Manages a mapping from levels to
-
-
- Manages an ordered mapping from
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialise a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
- If a
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the mapping for the specified level
-
- the null if no mapping found
-
-
- Lookup the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest
- mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the
-
-
- If no mapping could be found then null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize options
-
-
-
- Caches the sorted list of
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- This class stores its properties in a slot on the log4net.Util.LogicalThreadContextProperties .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Flag used to disable this context if we don't have permission to access the CallContext.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove the value for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doings so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the call context get data.
-
- The peroperties dictionary stored in the call context
-
- The
-
-
-
- Sets the call context data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LogicalThreadContextProperties class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Get or set the property value for the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly.
-
-
-
- Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is
- sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is
- doing.
-
-
- All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream
- whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output
- stream.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats Prefix, Source, and Message in the same format as the value
- sent to Console.Out and Trace.Write.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor that initializes logging by reading
- settings from the application configuration file.
-
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting
- controls internal debugging. This setting should be set
- to true to enable debugging.
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting
- suppresses all internal logging including error messages.
- This setting should be set to true to enable message
- suppression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raises the LogReceived event when an internal messages is received.
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal error messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard output stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard error stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default debug level
-
-
-
-
- In quietMode not even errors generate any output.
-
-
-
-
- The event raised when an internal message has been received.
-
-
-
-
- The Type that generated the internal message.
-
-
-
-
- The DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received.
-
-
-
-
- A string indicating the severity of the internal message.
-
-
- "log4net: ",
- "log4net:ERROR ",
- "log4net:WARN "
-
-
-
-
- The internal log message.
-
-
-
-
- The Exception related to the message.
-
-
- Optional. Will be null if no Exception was passed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging
- is enabled or disabled.
-
-
- true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise
- false .
-
-
-
- When set to true , internal debug level logging will be
- displayed.
-
-
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration
- file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. debugging is
- disabled.
-
-
-
-
- The following example enables internal debugging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output
- from internal logging, not even for errors.
-
-
- true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal
- logging, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be
- suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged.
- This option overrides the
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. internal logging is not
- disabled.
-
-
-
- The following example disables internal logging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Debug is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Warn is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Error is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subscribes to the LogLog.LogReceived event and stores messages
- to the supplied IList instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a native error code and message.
-
-
-
- Represents a Win32 platform native error.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the
- native Win32 FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier.
-
-
- The message corresponding with the specified message identifier.
-
-
-
- The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s)
- using the native FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return error information string
-
- error information string
-
-
- Return error information string
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats a message string.
-
- LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in
-
- The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a
- buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an
- already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message
- table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition
- in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier.
- The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded
- insert sequences if requested.
-
-
- To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message.
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output
- buffer, excluding the terminating null character.
-
-
- If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information,
- call
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
- The number of the native error.
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
- The message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance.
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current key from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an exception because the
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current value from the enumerator.
-
- The current value from the enumerator.
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current entry from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Get the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
- Private constructor for singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- null
-
- No impersonation is done and null is always returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists
- of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and
- ignoring all subsequent errors.
-
-
-
- The error message is processed using the LogLog sub-system.
-
-
- This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application
- from being flooded with error messages when logging fails.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the error handler back to its initial disabled state.
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Sends the error information to
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log an error
-
-
-
- Print a the error message passed as parameter on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- The date the error was recorded.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if it is the first error
-
-
-
-
- The message recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The exception recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The error code recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- String to prefix each message with
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OnlyOnceErrorHandler class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled. Logging is only enabled for the
- first error delivered to the
-
-
-
-
- The date the first error that trigged this error handler occured.
-
-
-
-
- The message from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
-
-
- The exception from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- May be
-
-
-
- The error code from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- Defaults to
-
-
-
- A convenience class to convert property values to specific types.
-
-
-
- Utility functions for converting types and parsing values.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to a
- The
-
-
- If true is returned.
- If false is returned.
- Otherwise,
-
-
-
-
- Parses a file size into a number.
-
- The
-
-
- Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a
- long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object.
-
-
- The object converted from a string or null when the
- conversion failed.
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try
- to convert the string value into the specified target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
- true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type.
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Instantiates an object given a class name.
-
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
- Performs variable substitution in string
- The result of the substitutions.
-
-
- The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and } .
-
-
- For example, if props contains key=value , then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}.");
-
-
-
- will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.".
-
-
- If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution
- defaults to an empty string.
-
-
- For example, if system properties contains no value for the key
- "nonExistentKey", then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]");
-
-
-
- will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []".
-
-
- An Exception is thrown if
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or
- more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object.
-
- true , ignore case; otherwise, regard case.
- An object of type
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OptionConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Most of the work of the
-
-
- The PatternParser processes a pattern string and
- returns a chain of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
- The head of a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
- the list of all the converter names
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches
-
-
-
- The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed literal
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed converter pattern
-
-
-
-
- Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter
- to the chain.
-
-
-
-
- The first pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- the last pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- The pattern
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types
-
-
-
- This map overrides the static s_globalRulesRegistry map.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the PatternParser class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
- The converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
-
-
- Sort strings by length
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This class implements a patterned string.
-
-
-
- This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded
- when the string is formatted.
-
-
- This class functions similarly to the PatternString
- does not render the properties of a specific
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain.
-
-
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the current date and time in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
env
-
-
- Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value
- of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable.
-
-
- The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
processid
-
-
- Used to output the system process ID for the current process.
-
-
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output a specific context property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- -
-
random
-
-
- Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of
- uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long.
- The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string.
-
-
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
- See the format modifiers supported by the patterns.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternString only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternString
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Initialize object options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the
- The
-
-
- Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses
- may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize
- custom conversion pattern name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Format the pattern to the
-
-
-
-
- Format the pattern as a string
-
- the pattern formatted as a string
-
-
- Format the pattern to a string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the pattern formatting string
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- String keyed object map.
-
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- String keyed object map that is read only.
-
-
-
- This collection is readonly and cannot be modified.
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The Hashtable used to store the properties data
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Copy Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Deserialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
- An array of all the keys.
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
- true if the dictionary contains the specified key
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
- The internal collection used to store the properties
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The number of properties in this collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- an enumerator
-
-
- Returns a
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- true if the collection contains the specified key
-
- Test if this collection contains a specified key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Store a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- false
-
-
-
- This collection is modifiable. This property always
- returns false .
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- The value for the key specified.
-
-
-
- Get or set a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
-
- Property Key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
-
- Property Value.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary
- to protect a writer from being closed by a client.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
- This method does nothing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers
-
-
-
- ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource.
- At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for
- multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a
- situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a
- ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple
- one-at-a-time lock, such as
-
- If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock
- implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore
- the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Acquires a reader lock
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the writer lock
-
-
-
- This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count on the writer lock
-
-
-
- ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count.
- When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
- The internal buffers are cleared and reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for system specific information.
-
-
-
- Utility class of static methods for system specific information.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Alexey Solofnenko
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize default values for private static fields.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly.
-
- The location of the assembly.
-
-
- This method does not guarantee to return the correct path
- to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to
- where the assembly was loaded from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the
- The fully qualified name for the
-
-
- This is equivalent to the Type.AssemblyQualifiedName property,
- but this method works on the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 as well as
- the full .NET runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the short name of the
- The short name of the
-
-
- The short name of the assembly is the
-
- Use this rather than Assembly.GetName().Name because that
- is not available on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do
- the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
- The file name of the assembly.
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly
- containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly
- then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the
- assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found
- in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified
- assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies
- will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
- A new Guid
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an
- the ArgumentOutOfRangeException object
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- The Compact Framework does not support the 3 parameter constructor for the
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup an application setting
-
- the value for the key, or null
-
-
- Configuration APIs are not supported under the Compact Framework
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
- The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the
- A new case-insensitive instance of the
-
-
- The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an empty array of types.
-
-
-
- The Type.EmptyTypes field is not available on
- the .NET Compact Framework 1.0.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Cache the host name for the current machine
-
-
-
-
- Cache the application friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
-
- Start time for the current process.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
- The system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
- The base directory path for the current
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the configuration file for the current
- The path to the configuration file for the current
-
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not have a concept of a configuration
- file. For this runtime, we use the entry assembly location as the root for
- the configuration file name.
-
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
- The path to the entry assembly.
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ID of the current thread.
-
- The ID of the current thread.
-
-
- On the .NET framework, the AppDomain.GetCurrentThreadId method
- is used to obtain the thread ID for the current thread. This is the
- operating system ID for the thread.
-
-
- On the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 it is not possible to get the
- operating system thread ID for the current thread. The native method
- GetCurrentThreadId is implemented inline in a header file
- and cannot be called.
-
-
- On the .NET Framework 2.0 the Thread.ManagedThreadId is used as this
- gives a stable id unrelated to the operating system thread ID which may
- change if the runtime is using fibers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The hostname or machine name
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The host name (Environment.MachineName ) for
- the current machine, or if neither of these are available
- then NOT AVAILABLE is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get this application's friendly name
-
-
- The friendly name of this application as a string
-
-
-
- If available the name of the application is retrieved from
- the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName .
-
-
- Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time for the current process.
-
-
-
- This is the time at which the log4net library was loaded into the
- AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime
- this is not the start time for the current process.
-
-
- The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its
- startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for
- the actual start time.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating, however this start time
- will be set per AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
- Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while
- outputting a string representation of an item.
-
-
- The default value is (null) . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
- Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
- The default value is NOT AVAILABLE . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialise the
-
-
-
- Format the string and arguments
-
- the formatted string
-
-
-
- Replaces the format item in a specified
-
- A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the
-
-
- This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the
- exception and arguments are returned in the result string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process an error during StringFormat
-
-
-
-
- Dump the contents of an array into a string builder
-
-
-
-
- Dump an object to a string
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemStringFormat class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The thread local data slot to use to store a PropertiesDictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doing so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The stack store.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
- Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after
- a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly.
- You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call
- the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- syntax.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from this stack.
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack.
-
-
- Remove the top context from this stack, and return
- it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an
- empty string (not
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message into this stack.
-
-
- An
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto this stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- The current context information.
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- Gets the current context information
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a cross thread portable version of this object
-
-
-
-
-
- The number of messages in the stack
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack
-
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack. That is
- the number of times
-
-
-
-
- Gets and sets the internal stack used by this
- The internal storage stack
-
-
- This property is provided only to support backward compatability
- of the
-
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Get the message.
-
- The message.
-
-
- Get the message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
- The full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Struct returned from the
-
-
- This struct implements the
-
-
-
-
- The ThreadContextStack internal stack
-
-
-
-
- The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
- The named stack
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to an
-
-
- The test is escaped either using XML escape entities
- or using CDATA sections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace invalid XML characters in text string
-
- A string that does not contain invalid XML characters.
-
-
- Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for
- details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets .
-
-
- This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string
- with the mask string specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text
-
- the number of times the substring occurs in the text
-
-
- The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself.
-
-
-
-
-
- Characters illegal in XML 1.0
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a Windows Account
-
-
-
- This
-
- How the impersonation is done depends on the value of
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the SecurityContext based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The security context will try to Logon the specified user account and
- capture a primary token for impersonation.
-
-
- The required
-
-
-
- Impersonate the Windows account specified by the
-
- An
-
-
- Depending on the
-
-
-
-
- Create a
- the
-
-
- Uses the Windows API call LogonUser to get a principal token for the account. This
- token is used to initialize the WindowsIdentity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
- The impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
-
- Impersonate either a user with user credentials or
- revert this thread to the credentials of the process.
- The value is one of the
-
- The default value is
-
- When the mode is set to
-
- When the mode is set to
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows username for this security context
-
-
- The Windows username for this security context
-
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
- The Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
-
- The default value for
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Sets the password for the Windows account specified by the
-
- The password for the Windows account specified by the
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- The impersonation modes for the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a user using the credentials supplied
-
-
-
-
- Revert this the thread to the credentials of the process
-
-
-
-
- Adds
-
-
- Helper class to expose the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Global Context.
-
-
-
- The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging
- information to be stored.
-
-
- The global context has a properties map and these properties can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of
- the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName;
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- The global context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides information about the environment the assembly has
- been built for.
-
-
-
- Version of the assembly
-
-
- Version of the framework targeted
-
-
- Type of framework targeted
-
-
- Does it target a client profile?
-
-
-
- Identifies the version and target for this assembly.
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Logical Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
- The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per
-
- The
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The logical thread stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class is used by client applications to request logger instances.
-
-
-
- This class has static methods that are used by a client to request
- a logger instance. The
-
- See the
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null .
-
-
- The logger found, or null if no logger could be found.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- repository.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- Get the currently defined loggers.
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- Get or create a logger.
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown a logger repository.
-
- Shuts down the default repository.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- default repository.
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the configuration of a repository
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
- Get the logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Get a logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Create a domain
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- Create a logger repository.
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the list of currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
- Get an array of all the
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified.
-
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
- The wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
-
-
- Create the
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- The wrapper map to use to hold the
-
-
-
- Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- The MDC class is similar to the mapped
- diagnostic contexts . A Mapped Diagnostic Context , or
- MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The MDC is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the context value identified by the
- The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found.
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- If the null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add an entry to the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Puts a context value (the
-
- If a value is already defined for the null then the key value mapping will be removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the key value mapping for the key specified.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all entries in the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument
- to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log
- output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple
- clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry
- from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs
- come into play.
-
-
- Note that NDCs are managed on a per thread basis. The NDC class
- is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the
- calling thread.
-
-
- How to push a message into the context
-
- using(NDC.Push("my context message"))
- {
- ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ...
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a clone of the stack of context information.
-
- A clone of the context info for this thread.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The results of this method can be passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Inherits the contextual information from another thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This thread will use the context information from the stack
- supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with
- the same contextual information as their parent threads. These
- contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that
- are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other.
- Call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from the stack.
-
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top
- of the stack.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Remove the top context from the stack, and return
- it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an
- empty string (not null ) is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message.
-
-
- An
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an NDC message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the context information for this thread. It is
- not required to call this method.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This method is not implemented.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context depth.
-
- The current context depth.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The number of context values pushed onto the context stack.
-
-
- Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then
- be restored using the
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging
- information to be stored.
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
- The thread context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The thread local stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net20-cf/log4net.dll b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net20-cf/log4net.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index def929b..0000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net20-cf/log4net.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net20-cf/log4net.xml b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net20-cf/log4net.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a41c8b..0000000
--- a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net20-cf/log4net.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26056 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- log4net
-
-
-
-
- Appender that logs to a database.
-
-
-
- http://www.connectionstrings.com/ .
-
-
- Records are written into the database either using a prepared
- statement or a stored procedure. The System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify a prepared statement
- or to System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify a stored
- procedure.
-
-
- The prepared statement text or the name of the stored procedure
- must be set in the
-
- The prepared statement or stored procedure can take a number
- of parameters. Parameters are added using the
-
-
- An example of a SQL Server table that could be logged to:
-
- CREATE TABLE [dbo].[Log] (
- [ID] [int] IDENTITY (1, 1) NOT NULL ,
- [Date] [datetime] NOT NULL ,
- [Thread] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Level] [varchar] (20) NOT NULL ,
- [Logger] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Message] [varchar] (4000) NOT NULL
- ) ON [PRIMARY]
-
-
-
- An example configuration to log to the above table:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Lance Nehring
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a
- number of events before logging them. For example the
-
- Subclasses should override the
- The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic
- buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using
- the
- A
-
- The buffering appender can be configured in a true then the
- buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving
- in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer.
- In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This class provides the code for common functionality, such
- as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements.
-
-
-
- Implementors should consider extending the
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logging event in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log a message into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for appenders that support bulk logging.
-
-
-
- This interface extends the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log an array of events into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to delay activate a configured object.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then this method must be called
- after its properties have been set before the component can be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's
-
-
-
- If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method
- will call
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and release resources.
-
-
-
- Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method
- delegates the closing of the appender to the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Test if the logging event should we output by this appender
-
- true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored
-
- This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set
- on this appender and also against the filters specified on this
- appender.
-
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain.
-
-
-
- The Filters are organized in a linked list.
-
-
- Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the
- back of the filter chain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold.
-
-
-
- If there is no threshold set, then the return value is always true .
-
-
-
- true if the
-
-
-
- Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override
- this method if resources need to be released.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses of
-
-
- A subclass must implement this method to perform
- logging of the
- This method will be called by
-
- To restrict the logging of events in the appender
- override the
-
-
-
-
- Append a bulk array of logging events.
-
-
-
- This base class implementation calls the
-
- A sub class that can better process a bulk array of events should
- override this method in addition to
-
-
-
-
- Called before
-
-
- This method is called by
-
- This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks
- made before the event is passed to the
-
- A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to
- this base class if it is overridden.
-
-
- true if the call to
-
-
- Renders the
- The event rendered as a string.
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Where possible use the alternative version of this method
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Use this method in preference to
-
-
-
-
- The layout of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The name of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The level threshold of this appender.
-
-
-
- There is no level threshold filtering by default.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The first filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- Set to null initially.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The last filter in the filter chain.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this appender is closed.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method
-
-
-
-
- StringWriter used to render events
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderSkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the threshold
-
- The threshold
-
-
- All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored
- by the appender.
-
-
- In configuration files this option is specified by setting the
- value of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The filter chain.
-
- The head of the filter chain filter chain.
-
-
- Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list
- and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The layout of the appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Tests if this appender requires a
-
-
- In the rather exceptional case, where the appender
- implementation admits a layout but can also work without it,
- then the appender should return true .
-
-
- This default implementation always returns false .
-
-
-
- true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
- The default buffer size.
-
-
- The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events.
- This is set to 512 by default.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- SendBuffer method.
-
-
- Protected constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
-
-
- Flushes any events that have been buffered.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
- true to flush the buffer of lossy events
-
-
- Flushes events that have been buffered. If false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in true .
- In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the
-
-
- If true then the buffer will always
- be emptied by calling this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance.
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked
- as not
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Stores the
-
- The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the
-
- -
-
The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is
- marked as not lossy (see
-
- -
-
An
-
-
-
- Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the buffer.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override
-
-
-
-
- Sends the events.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events.
-
-
-
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
- Set to
-
-
-
- The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events.
-
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator that causes the buffer to be sent immediately.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event causes the entire
- buffer to be sent immediately. This field can be null , which
- indicates that event triggering is not to be done. The evaluator
- can be set using the true then an
-
-
-
- Indicates if the appender should overwrite events in the cyclic buffer
- when it becomes full, or if the buffer should be flushed when the
- buffer is full.
-
-
- If this field is set to true then an
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator filters discarded events.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event that is discarded should
- really be discarded or if it should be sent to the appenders.
- This field can be null , which indicates that all discarded events will
- be discarded.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy.
-
-
- true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before
- delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer
- to be send to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before
- a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set
- false to prevent logging events
- from being lost.
-
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the
- logging events.
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
-
- The
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will
- immediately be sent (see
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the
-
- The value of the
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately
- be sent (see
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if only part of the logging event data
- should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the
- event data to be fixed and serialized. This will improve performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
- The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the parent method to close the database
-
-
-
- Closes the database command and database connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Inserts the events into the database.
-
-
-
- Insert all the events specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the command.
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified.
-
-
-
- The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been
- configured not to use transactions. See
-
-
-
-
- Formats the log message into database statement text.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide
- more control over the format of the database statement.
-
-
- Text that can be passed to a
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- This method is called whenever a new IDbConnection is needed (i.e. when a reconnect is necessary).
-
- An
-
-
-
- Resolves the connection string from the ConnectionString, ConnectionStringName, or AppSettingsKey
- property.
-
-
- ConnectiongStringName is only supported on .NET 2.0 and higher.
-
- A connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the
- database. This method resolves the type specified in the
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method to return a different type
- if necessary.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command and initialize the parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Connects to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing command.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing connection.
-
-
- Calls the IDbConnection's
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we are using a command object
-
-
-
- Set to true when the appender is to use a prepared
- statement or stored procedure to insert into the database.
-
-
-
-
-
- The list of
-
-
- The list of
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The database command.
-
-
-
-
- Database connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- String type name of the
-
-
-
- The text of the command.
-
-
-
-
- The command type.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AdoNetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to
- the database.
-
-
- The database connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- The connections string is specific to the connection type.
- See
-
- Connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "DSN=MS Access Database;UID=admin;PWD=;SystemDB=C:\data\System.mdw;SafeTransactions = 0;FIL=MS Access;DriverID = 25;DBQ=C:\data\train33.mdb"
-
- Another connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;UID=;PWD=;"
-
- Connection string for MS Access via OLE DB:
- "Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;"
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name of the
-
- The type name of the
-
-
- The type name of the ADO.NET provider to use.
-
-
- The default is to use the OLE DB provider.
-
-
- Use the OLE DB Provider. This is the default value.
- System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the MS SQL Server Provider.
- System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the ODBC Provider.
- Microsoft.Data.Odbc.OdbcConnection,Microsoft.Data.Odbc,version=1.0.3300.0,publicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089,culture=neutral
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for ODBC .NET Data Provider .
-
- Use the Oracle Provider.
- System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, System.Data.OracleClient, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for .NET Managed Provider for Oracle .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command text that is used to insert logging events
- into the database.
-
-
- The command text used to insert logging events into the database.
-
-
-
- Either the text of the prepared statement or the
- name of the stored procedure to execute to write into
- the database.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command type to execute.
-
-
- The command type to execute.
-
-
-
- This value may be either System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify
- that the System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify that the
-
-
- The default value is System.Data.CommandType.Text ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Should transactions be used to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- true if transactions should be used to insert logging events in
- the database, otherwise false . The default value is true .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether transactions should be used
- to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- When set a single transaction will be used to insert the buffered events
- into the database. Otherwise each event will be inserted without using
- an explicit transaction.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Should this appender try to reconnect to the database on error.
-
-
- true if the appender should try to reconnect to the database after an
- error has occurred, otherwise false . The default value is false ,
- i.e. not to try to reconnect.
-
-
-
- The default behaviour is for the appender not to try to reconnect to the
- database if an error occurs. Subsequent logging events are discarded.
-
-
- To force the appender to attempt to reconnect to the database set this
- property to true .
-
-
- When the appender attempts to connect to the database there may be a
- delay of up to the connection timeout specified in the connection string.
- This delay will block the calling application's thread.
- Until the connection can be reestablished this potential delay may occur multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Parameter type used by the
-
-
- This class provides the basic database parameter properties
- as defined by the
- This type can be subclassed to provide database specific
- functionality. The two methods that are called externally are
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class.
-
-
-
-
- Prepare the specified database command object.
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command object by adding
- this parameter to its collection of parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command.
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event using this parameters layout
- object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType
-
-
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this parameter.
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter. The parameter name
- must match up to a named parameter to the SQL stored procedure
- or prepared statement.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database type for this parameter.
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter. This property should
- be set to the database type from the
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the type from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the precision for this parameter.
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum number of digits used to represent the Value.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the precision from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the scale for this parameter.
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The number of decimal places to which Value is resolved.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the scale from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size for this parameter.
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the size from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences.
-
-
-
- AnsiColorTerminalAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific level of message to be set.
-
-
- This appender expects the terminal to understand the VT100 control set
- in order to interpret the color codes. If the terminal or console does not
- understand the control codes the behavior is not defined.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- When configuring the ANSI colored terminal appender, a mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan
- These color values cannot be combined together to make new colors.
-
-
- The attributes can be any combination of the following:
-
- Bright foreground is brighter Dim foreground is dimmer Underscore message is underlined Blink foreground is blinking (does not work on all terminals) Reverse foreground and background are reversed Hidden output is hidden Strikethrough message has a line through it
- While any of these attributes may be combined together not all combinations
- work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes
- no sense.
-
-
- Patrick Wagstrom
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Ansi code to reset terminal
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible display attributes
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the ANSI color attributes.
-
-
-
-
-
- text is bright
-
-
-
-
- text is dim
-
-
-
-
- text is underlined
-
-
-
-
- text is blinking
-
-
- Not all terminals support this attribute
-
-
-
-
- text and background colors are reversed
-
-
-
-
- text is hidden
-
-
-
-
- text is displayed with a strikethrough
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible foreground or background color values for
- use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The output can be in one for the following ANSI colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is black
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is magenta
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- An entry in the
-
-
- This is an abstract base class for types that are stored in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize any options defined on this entry
-
-
-
- Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialise based on their options
-
-
-
-
-
- The level that is the key for this mapping
-
-
- The
-
-
- Get or set the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a AppenderCollection instance.
-
-
- An AppenderCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- An empty readonly static AppenderCollection
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- AppenderCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given AppenderCollection .
-
- true if AppenderCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of AppenderCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the AppenderCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The specified AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the AppenderCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the AppenderCollection .
-
- An AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another AppenderCollection to the current AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- Return the collection elements as an array
-
- the array
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the AppenderCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The events are buffered in this appender until conditions are
- met to allow the appender to deliver the events to the attached
- appenders. See
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different
- thresholds and filters for the same appender at different locations
- within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching appenders to objects.
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- Add the specified appender. The implementation may
- choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Returns an attached appender with the null will be
- returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Gets a collection of attached appenders.
- If there are no attached appenders the
- implementation should return an empty
- collection rather than null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the events.
-
-
-
- Forwards the events to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this buffering appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the true then the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to a file.
-
-
-
- Logging events are sent to the file specified by
- the
-
- The file can be opened in either append or overwrite mode
- by specifying the
-
- The layout's
-
- This appender will first try to open the file for writing when
-
- The
-
- All locking strategies have issues and you should seriously consider using a different strategy that
- avoids having multiple processes logging to the same file.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Rodrigo B. de Oliveira
- Douglas de la Torre
- Niall Daley
-
-
-
- Sends logging events to a
-
-
- An Appender that writes to a
-
- This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate
- writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that
- can open a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append.
-
-
-
- This method checks if an output target has been set and if a
- layout has been set.
-
-
- false if any of the preconditions fail.
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer
- before flushing the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed.
-
-
- Closed appenders cannot be reused.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Clears internal references to the underlying
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer
-
-
-
- This method is called when an event is logged and the
-
-
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logging events are not actually persisted if and when the application
- crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TextWriterAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end
- of each append operation.
-
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- append operation.
-
-
- If this option is set to false , then the underlying
- stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later
- time.
-
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in
- a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the
-
-
- The specified
-
- The
-
- Note: Logging to an unopened
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set the
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout, file and append mode.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout and file specified.
- The file will be appended to.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on the file appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This will cause the file to be opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes any previously opened file and calls the parent's
-
-
- Resets the filename and the file stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called to initialize the file writer
-
-
-
- Will be called for each logged message until the file is
- successfully opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Acquires the output file locks once before writing all the events to
- the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the previously opened file.
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- Calls
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- If there was already an opened file, then the previous file
- is closed first.
-
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer used for file output
-
-
-
- This implementation of
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to wrap the
- System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to
- wrap the
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we should append to the file
- or overwrite the file. The default is to append.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log file.
-
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the file stream.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics
-
-
-
-
- The locking model to use
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the FileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
- The path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
-
- If the path is relative it is taken as relative from
- the application base directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be
- appended to or overwritten.
-
-
- Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten.
-
-
-
- If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if
- it is set to true then the file will be appended to.
-
- The default value is true.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The default encoding set is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are two built in locking models,
-
- The default locking model is the
-
-
-
-
- Write only
-
-
-
- True asynchronous writes are not supported, the implementation forces a synchronous write.
-
-
-
-
- Exception base type for log4net.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Locking model base class
-
-
-
- Base class for the locking models available to the
-
-
-
-
- Open the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Helper method that creates a FileStream under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext.
-
-
-
- Typically called during OpenFile or AcquireLock.
-
-
- If the directory portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to close
-
- Does not set
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on
- behalf of.
-
-
- The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use.
-
-
- The value of this property will be set before
-
-
-
-
- Hold an exclusive lock on the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file once for writing and hold it open until
-
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the file lock for each write
-
-
-
- Opens the file once for each
-
-
-
-
- Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- This appender forwards logging events to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different thresholds
- and filters for the same appender at different locations within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging event to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging events to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging events to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Stores logging events in an array.
-
-
-
- The memory appender stores all the logging events
- that are appended in an in-memory array.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Use the
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
- The events that have been logged
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Stores the
-
-
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
-
-
- The list of events that have been appended.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether only part of the logging event
- data should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the event
- data to be fixed and stored in the appender, hereby improving performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the OutputDebugString system.
-
-
-
- OutputDebugStringAppender appends log events to the
- OutputDebugString system.
-
-
- The string is passed to the native OutputDebugString
- function.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
-
- The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to
- a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for for messages
- on UDP port 514.
-
-
- The syslog UDP protocol is not authenticated. Most syslog daemons
- do not accept remote log messages because of the security implications.
- You may be able to use the LocalSyslogAppender to talk to a local
- syslog service.
-
-
- There is an RFC 3164 that claims to document the BSD Syslog Protocol.
- This RFC can be seen here: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html.
- This appender generates what the RFC calls an "Original Device Message",
- i.e. does not include the TIMESTAMP or HOSTNAME fields. By observation
- this format of message will be accepted by all current syslog daemon
- implementations. The daemon will attach the current time and the source
- hostname or IP address to any messages received.
-
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a
- multicast group using an
-
-
- UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order.
-
-
- To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging
- events.
-
-
- When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding
- to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the
-
-
- This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent
- on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is
- encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such.
-
- IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0);
- UdpClient udpClient;
- byte[] buffer;
- string loggingEvent;
-
- try
- {
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080);
-
- while(true)
- {
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint);
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer);
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent);
- }
- }
- catch(Exception e)
- {
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString());
- }
-
-
- Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint
- Dim udpClient as UdpClient
- Dim buffer as Byte()
- Dim loggingEvent as String
-
- Try
- remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0)
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080)
-
- While True
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint)
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer)
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent)
- Wend
- Catch e As Exception
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString())
- End Try
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the
- IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gert Driesen
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
- The TCP port number assigned to
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using an UDP datagram.
-
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with
- this
-
-
- Disables the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the underlying
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to
- which the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number from which the
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the packet.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event
- will be sent.
-
-
-
- Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to
- 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so
- it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider
- supports multicasting.
-
-
- Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining
- the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined
- the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate
- them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest.
-
-
- Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below:
-
-
-
-
- IP Address
- Description
-
- -
-
224.0.0.1
-
-
- Sends a message to all system on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.2
-
-
- Sends a message to all routers on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.12
-
-
- The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges
- defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site .
-
-
- The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative
- addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically
- configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside
- of the local network.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
- The underlying
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to
- a local port.
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent.
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Syslog port 514
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
-
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The syslog severities.
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facilities
-
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Appender that rolls log files based on size or date or both.
-
-
-
- RollingFileAppender can roll log files based on size or date or both
- depending on the setting of the
-
- A of few additional optional features have been added:
-
- - Attach date pattern for current log file
- - Backup number increments for newer files
- - Infinite number of backups by file size
-
-
-
-
-
- For large or infinite numbers of backup files a
-
- When Date/Time based rolling is used setting
-
-
-
-
- Changing
-
-
-
- If Date/Time based rolling is enabled this appender will attempt to roll existing files
- in the directory without a Date/Time tag based on the last write date of the base log file.
- The appender only rolls the log file when a message is logged. If Date/Time based rolling
- is enabled then the appender will not roll the log file at the Date/Time boundary but
- at the point when the next message is logged after the boundary has been crossed.
-
-
-
- The
-
- When rolling a backup file necessitates deleting an older backup file the
- file to be deleted is moved to a temporary name before being deleted.
-
-
-
-
- A maximum number of backup files when rolling on date/time boundaries is not supported.
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Edward Smit
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RollingFileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes.
-
-
-
-
- Write out a logging event.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write out an array of logging events.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates and opens the file for logging. If
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Get the current output file name
-
- the output file name
-
- The output file name is based on the base fileName specified.
- If
-
-
-
- Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
-
-
-
-
- Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files
- that are similar to the base file name.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file
- pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
- - determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
- - initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher
- to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen.
- The highest count is either the first file (when count direction
- is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0).
- In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to extract a number from the end of the file name that indicates
- the number of the times the file has been rolled over.
-
-
- Certain date pattern extensions like yyyyMMdd will be parsed as valid backup indexes.
-
-
-
-
- Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for
- 'incremented' versions of the base file. Bumps the max
- count up to the highest count seen.
-
-
-
-
- Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied.
-
- The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied
-
- Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the
- most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point
- with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern
- supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day
- and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be
- and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check,
- scheduledFilename, and calls
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
- Resets curSizeRollBackups.
- If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile).
-
-
-
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
- true if the file exists
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
-
-
-
-
- Deletes the specified file if it exists.
-
-
-
- Delete a file if is exists.
- The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted.
- This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot
- be deleted, but it still can be moved.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll base on file size.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }. Moreover, File is
- renamed File.1 and closed.
-
-
- A new file is created to receive further log output.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
- This is called by
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time of the next window for the current rollpoint
-
- the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date
-
-
- Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method.
-
-
- The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant
- than the rollpoint from the current time. This should roll the time back to
- the start of the time window for the current rollpoint. Then we add 1 window
- worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the rollpoint.
-
-
-
-
-
- This object supplies the current date/time. Allows test code to plug in
- a method to control this class when testing date/time based rolling. The default
- implementation uses the underlying value of DateTime.Now.
-
-
-
-
- The date pattern. By default, the pattern is set to ".yyyy-MM-dd"
- meaning daily rollover.
-
-
-
-
- The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to
- or will be the file transferred to on roll over
- (based on staticLogFileName).
-
-
-
-
- The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename.
-
-
-
-
- Holds date of last roll over
-
-
-
-
- The type of rolling done
-
-
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB
-
-
-
-
- There is zero backup files by default
-
-
-
-
- How many sized based backups have been made so far
-
-
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
-
- The rolling mode used in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by date.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by size.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to always log to the same file.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
-
-
- FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly
-
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the strategy for determining the current date and time. The default
- implementation is to use LocalDateTime which internally calls through to DateTime.Now.
-
-
- An implementation of the
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The default strategy is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names
- when rolling over on date.
-
-
- The date pattern to be used for generating file names when rolling
- over on date.
-
-
-
- Takes a string in the same format as expected by
-
-
- This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over
- on date.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of backup files that are kept before
- the oldest is erased.
-
-
- The maximum number of backup files that are kept before the oldest is
- erased.
-
-
-
- If set to zero, then there will be no backup files and the log file
- will be truncated when it reaches
-
- If a negative number is supplied then no deletions will be made. Note
- that this could result in very slow performance as a large number of
- files are rolled over unless
-
- The maximum applies to each time based group of files and
- not the total.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size in bytes that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property is equivalent to
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB (10*1024*1024).
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property allows you to specify the maximum size with the
- suffixes "KB", "MB" or "GB" so that the size is interpreted being
- expressed respectively in kilobytes, megabytes or gigabytes.
-
-
- For example, the value "10KB" will be interpreted as 10240 bytes.
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB.
-
-
- If you have the option to set the maximum file size programmatically
- consider using the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling file count direction.
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
- Indicates if the current file is the lowest numbered file or the
- highest numbered file.
-
-
- By default newer files have lower numbers (
-
-
- The default file count direction is -1.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling style.
-
- The rolling style.
-
-
- The default rolling style is
-
- When set to false , otherwise
- the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling
- the file each time it is opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
- true if the file name extension should be preserved.
-
-
-
- By default file.log is rolled to file.log.yyyy-MM-dd or file.log.curSizeRollBackup.
- However, under Windows the new file name will loose any program associations as the
- extension is changed. Optionally file.log can be renamed to file.yyyy-MM-dd.log or
- file.curSizeRollBackup.log to maintain any program associations.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to
- the same file.
-
-
- true if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- By default file.log is always the current file. Optionally
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd for current formatted datePattern can by the currently
- logging file (or file.log.curSizeRollBackup or even
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd.curSizeRollBackup).
-
-
- This will make time based rollovers with a large number of backups
- much faster as the appender it won't have to rename all the backups!
-
-
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution.
- Well really once each time this appender is
- configured.
-
-
- Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to
- false on the RollingFileAppender , otherwise
- this appender would just be a normal file appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the size of the file
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based on both the size and date of the file
-
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log not based on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each minute
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each hour
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each day (midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each week
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each month
-
-
-
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors. Rather than sending via smtp it writes a file into the
- directory specified by
-
-
- The configuration for this appender is identical to that of the SMTPAppender ,
- except that instead of specifying the SMTPAppender.SMTPHost you specify
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Niall Daley
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on this appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same
- as that used by the agent sending the messages.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages
-
-
-
- The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages
- back to the client.
- The output is provided in a telnet-friendly way so that a log can be monitored
- over a TCP/IP socket.
- This allows simple remote monitoring of application logging.
-
-
- The default
-
- Keith Long
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TelnetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the parent method to close the socket handler
-
-
-
- Closes all the outstanding connections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Create the socket handler and wait for connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The default value is 23 (the telnet port).
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Helper class to manage connected clients
-
-
-
- The SocketHandler class is used to accept connections from
- clients. It is threaded so that clients can connect/disconnect
- asynchronously.
-
-
-
-
-
- Opens a new server port on
-
-
- Creates a socket handler on the specified local server port.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a client to the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Remove a client from the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket
-
-
-
- On connection adds to the list of connections
- if there are two many open connections you will be disconnected
-
-
-
-
-
- Close all network connections
-
-
-
- Make sure we close all network connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this handler has active connections
-
-
- true if this handler has active connections
-
-
-
- This property will be true while this handler has
- active connections, that is at least one connection that
- the handler will attempt to send a message to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Create this
-
-
- Opens a stream writer on the socket.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the clients connection
-
-
-
- Close the socket connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string)
- method. The event's logger name is the default value for the category parameter
- of the Write method.
-
-
- Compact Framework Assert . When using the Compact Framework this
- appender will write to the
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to quickly configure a
-
-
- Allows very simple programmatic configuration of log4net.
-
-
- Only one appender can be configured using this configurator.
- The appender is set at the root of the hierarchy and all logging
- events will be delivered to that appender.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the BasicConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system with a default configuration.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net logging system using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the specified repository using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration URI.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration data stream.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the specified repository using a log4net element.
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
- This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods
- to load the configuration from an
-
-
-
-
- Maps repository names to ConfigAndWatchHandler instances to allow a particular
- ConfigAndWatchHandler to dispose of its FileSystemWatcher when a repository is
- reconfigured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The implementation of the
-
-
- This
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not support retrieving assembly
- level attributes therefore unlike the DefaultRepositorySelector
- this selector does not examine the calling assembly for attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Interface used by the
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named
- The named
-
- Lookup a named
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository with the name specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
- An array of the
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository selector
-
-
-
- Create an new compact repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
- throw if
- throw if
-
-
-
- Get the
- The default
-
-
- The
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the named
- The named
-
-
- Get the named log4net-default-repository . Other repositories
- must be created using the
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the null then the
- default repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the repository specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the named repository already exists an exception will be thrown.
-
-
- If null then the default
- repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the CompactRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has been created
-
-
-
- Raises the LoggerRepositoryCreatedEvent
- event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Defined error codes that can be passed to the
-
-
- Values passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- A general error
-
-
-
-
- Error while writing output
-
-
-
-
- Failed to flush file
-
-
-
-
- Failed to close file
-
-
-
-
- Unable to open output file
-
-
-
-
- No layout specified
-
-
-
-
- Failed to parse address
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers on an Exception type
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the type of the Exception
- passed to
-
- Drew Schaeffer
-
-
-
- Test if an
-
-
- Implementations of this interface allow certain appenders to decide
- when to perform an appender specific action.
-
-
- The action or behavior triggered is defined by the implementation.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Test if this event triggers the action
-
- true if this event triggers the action, otherwise false
-
- Return true if this event triggers the action
-
-
-
-
-
- The type that causes the trigger to fire.
-
-
-
-
- Causes subclasses of
-
-
-
- Default ctor to allow dynamic creation through a configurator.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an evaluator and initializes to trigger on
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the logging event Exception
- Type is false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the Exception Type of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- The type that triggers this evaluator.
-
-
-
-
- If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of
-
-
-
- Appenders may delegate their error handling to an
-
-
- Error handling is a particularly tedious to get right because by
- definition errors are hard to predict and to reproduce.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Interface for objects that require fixing.
-
-
-
- Interface that indicates that the object requires fixing before it
- can be taken outside the context of the appender's
-
-
- When objects that implement this interface are stored
- in the context properties maps
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a portable instance object that represents the current
- state of this object. The portable object can be stored
- and logged from any thread with identical results.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface that all loggers implement
-
-
-
- This interface supports logging events and testing if a level
- is enabled for logging.
-
-
- These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementor, ensure
- that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception
- to be thrown to the caller.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
- null to not log an exception.
-
-
- Generates a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers.
-
-
- All wrappers must implement this interface.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not
- be the same object as this object because of logger decorators.
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default set of levels recognized by the system.
-
-
-
- Each
-
- Levels have a numeric
-
- The levels that are recognized by log4net are set for each
-
- When logging at level INFO the actual level used is not LoggerRepository.LevelMap["INFO"] . The default value for this is
-
-
- Each level has a
-
- Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are:
-
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the
-
- A
-
-
- Returns the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares levels.
-
- true if the objects are equal.
-
- Compares the levels of
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code
-
- A hash code for the current
-
-
- Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data
- structures like a hash table.
-
-
- Returns the hash code of the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an
- indication of their relative values.
-
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
- This instance is less than
-
- -
-
Zero
- This instance is equal to
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
- This instance is greater than
- -or-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two specified
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- two values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
-
- -
-
Zero
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
- The name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
- The value of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
- The display name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance.
-
-
- A LevelCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- LevelCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given LevelCollection .
-
- true if LevelCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of LevelCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the LevelCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The specified LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the LevelCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection .
-
- An LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The threshold for triggering
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the event level
- is equal or higher than the false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- the threshold to trigger at
-
-
- The
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and Level object
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Mapping from level name to Level object. The
- level name is case insensitive
-
-
-
-
- Construct the level map
-
-
-
- Construct the level map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map
-
- the level in the map with the name specified
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map. The name of the level to lookup is taken
- from the
-
- If no level with the specified name is found then the
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a
- a Level from the map with the name specified
-
-
- Returns the null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
- all possible levels as a list of Level objects
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of caller location information.
-
-
-
- This class uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- When location information is not available the constant
- NA is returned. Current value of this string
- constant is ? .
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LocationInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
- The fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
- The file name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
- The line number of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
- The method name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information
-
-
- All available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
- This class is used by the wrapper managers (e.g.
-
- This manager also holds the log4net.RepositorySelector
- AppSetting in the applications config file to the fully qualified type name of the
- selector to use.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Hook the shutdown event
-
-
-
- On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the
- AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload > events.
- These are used to shutdown the log4net system as the application exits.
-
-
-
-
-
- Register for ProcessExit and DomainUnload events on the AppDomain
-
-
-
- This needs to be in a separate method because the events make
- a LinkDemand for the ControlAppDomain SecurityPermission. Because
- this is a LinkDemand it is demanded at JIT time. Therefore we cannot
- catch the exception in the method itself, we have to catch it in the
- caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Returns the default
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified assembly's repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to get pertinent version info.
-
- A string of version info.
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerManager class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the default repository selector
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository selector used by the
-
- The repository selector used by the
-
-
- The repository selector (
-
- The caller to
-
- This context is used by the selector to lookup a specific repository.
-
-
- For the full .NET Framework, the default repository is DefaultRepositorySelector ;
- for the .NET Compact Framework CompactRepositorySelector is the default
- repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
- This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- The logger that this object is wrapping
-
-
-
-
- Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not be the same object as this object
- because of logger decorators.
-
-
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Level of logging event.
-
-
-
- Level of logging event. Level cannot be Serializable
- because it is a flyweight. Due to its special serialization it
- cannot be declared final either.
-
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message.
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of thread
-
-
-
- The name of thread in which this logging event was generated
-
-
-
-
-
- The time the event was logged
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the user
-
-
-
- String representation of the user's windows name,
- like DOMAIN\username
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the identity.
-
-
-
- String representation of the current thread's principal identity.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Fix the MDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the NDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Fix the thread name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers location information
-
-
- CAUTION: Very slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers windows user name
-
-
- CAUTION: Slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the domain friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers principal name
-
-
- CAUTION: May be slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the exception text
-
-
-
-
- Fix the event properties. Active properties must implement
-
-
-
- No fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- All fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- Partial fields fixed
-
-
-
- This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of logging events.
-
-
-
- When an affirmative decision is made to log then a
-
-
- This class is of concern to those wishing to extend log4net.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the host name value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the user name value.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Except LoggingEvent are filled when actually needed. Call
-
- This method is called by the log4net framework
- to create a logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the repository is set.
-
-
-
-
- Write the rendered message to a TextWriter
-
-
-
- Unlike the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
- Does a
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Calling false .
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Fixes instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
- true to not fix data that takes a long time to fix.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- The true . This setting will ignore the
-
- Set false to ensure that all
- settings are fixed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix the fields specified by the
-
-
- Only fields specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a composite property in this event
-
- the value for the property
-
-
- This event has composite properties that combine together properties from
- several different contexts in the following order:
-
- -
-
this events properties
-
- This event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all the composite properties in this event
-
- the
-
-
- See
-
- This method returns a single
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified Type of the calling
- logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method).
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The exception that was thrown.
-
-
- This is not serialized. The string representation
- is serialized instead.
-
-
-
-
- The repository that generated the logging event
-
-
- This is not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- The fix state for this event
-
-
- These flags indicate which fields have been fixed.
- Not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed)
-
-
- This is a seperate flag to m_fixFlags as it allows incrementel fixing and simpler
- changes in the caching strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time when the current process started.
-
-
- This is the time when this process started.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
- Tries to get the start time for the current process.
- Failing that it returns the time of the first call to
- this property.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating and therefore
- without the process start time being reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time of the logging event.
-
-
- The time of the logging event.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
- The name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the location information for this logging event.
-
-
- The location information for this logging event.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid message object.
- If the event is serialized the message object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the message the
-
-
- If there is no defined message object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid exception object.
- If the event is serialized the exception object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the exception the
-
-
- If there is no defined exception object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message, rendered through the
-
- The message rendered through the
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current thread.
-
-
- The name of the current thread, or the thread ID when
- the name is not available.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current user.
-
-
- The name of the current user, or NOT AVAILABLE when the
- underlying runtime has no support for retrieving the name of the
- current user.
-
-
-
- Calls WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name to get the name of
- the current windows user.
-
-
- To improve performance, we could cache the string representation of
- the name, and reuse that as long as the identity stayed constant.
- Once the identity changed, we would need to re-assign and re-render
- the string.
-
-
- However, the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() call seems to
- return different objects every time, so the current implementation
- doesn't do this type of caching.
-
-
- Timing for these operations:
-
-
-
- Method
- Results
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds
-
-
-
- This means we could speed things up almost 40 times by caching the
- value of the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name property, since
- this takes (8.04-0.20) = 7.84375 seconds.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
- The string name of the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
- Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get
- the name of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
- The AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
- This property is for events that have been added directly to
- this event. The aggregate properties (which include these
- event properties) can be retrieved using
-
- Once the properties have been fixed
-
-
-
-
- The fixed fields in this event
-
-
- The set of fields that are fixed in this event
-
-
-
- Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed.
- It is not possible to 'unfix' a field.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- This implementation of the
-
- This logger has methods to allow the caller to log at the following
- levels:
-
-
- -
-
DEBUG
-
- The DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
INFO
-
- The INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
WARN
-
- The WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
ERROR
-
- The ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
FATAL
-
- The FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
-
-
- The values for these levels and their semantic meanings can be changed by
- configuring the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into
- the log4net framework.
-
-
-
- Use the
-
- This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also
- has properties for determining if those logging levels are
- enabled in the current configuration.
-
-
- This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation
- specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual
- implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to
- do things differently.
-
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
- For some ILog interface log , when you write:
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in
- Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug
- enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this:
-
-
- private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled;
-
-
- Then when you come to log you can write:
-
-
- if (isDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way the debug enabled state is only queried once
- when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly
- variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant
- and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler.
-
-
- Of course if you use a static readonly variable to
- hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot
- change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging
- that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute
- speed or runtime flexibility.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG level. If this logger is
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO level. If this logger is
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN level. If this logger is
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR level. If this logger is
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL level. If this logger is
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG
- level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for DEBUG events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
-
- For some log Logger object, when you write:
-
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed, then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled())
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in IsDebugEnabled and once in
- the Debug . This is an insignificant overhead
- since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it
- takes to actually log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the INFO level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for INFO events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the WARN level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for WARN events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the ERROR level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for ERROR events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the FATAL level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for FATAL events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
- for example with operating system services. This can be used to impersonate
- a principal that has been granted privileges on the system resources.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- An null
-
-
- Impersonate this security context. Further calls on the current
- thread should now be made in the security context provided
- by this object. When the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- A configured component that interacts with potentially protected system
- resources uses a
-
- By default the
-
- This default behavior can be overridden by subclassing the
-
- An alternative is to use the log4net.Config.SecurityContextProviderAttribute
- This attribute can be applied to an assembly in the same way as the
- log4net.Config.XmlConfiguratorAttribute" . The attribute takes
- the type to use as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The default provider
-
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a SecurityContext for a consumer
-
- An impersonation context
-
-
- The default implementation is to return a
-
- Subclasses should override this method to provide their own
- behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
- The default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- The default provider is used by configured components that
- require a
-
- By default this is an instance of
-
- The default provider can be set programmatically by setting
- the value of this property to a sub class of
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers after specified number of seconds.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
- Robert Sevcik
-
-
-
- The default time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time of last check. This gets updated when the object is created and when the evaluator triggers.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the specified time period
- false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after.
- Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. This delegate
- is called from the
-
- The delegate to use is supplied to the
-
-
-
-
- Maps between logger objects and wrapper objects.
-
-
-
- This class maintains a mapping between
-
- New wrapper instances are created by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the specified logger
-
-
- If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null.
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper it it has previously been requested and
- returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then
- the
-
-
-
-
- Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the logger.
-
-
- This implementation uses the
-
-
-
-
- Called when a monitored repository shutdown event is received.
-
-
-
- This method is called when a
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for repository shutdown event.
-
-
-
-
- Map of logger repositories to hashtables of ILogger to ILoggerWrapper mappings
-
-
-
-
- The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects.
-
-
-
-
- Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the map of logger repositories.
-
-
- Map of logger repositories.
-
-
-
- Gets the hashtable that is keyed on
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render a
-
-
- Interface to abstract the rendering of a
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats the specified date as a string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601 .
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to render the date
- into a string using a precision up to the second. This method
- will be called at most once per second and the result will be
- reused if it is needed again during the same second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss,fff".
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Sub classes should override
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff"
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example,
- "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Angelika Schnagl
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats a DateTime in the format "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss"
- for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- The format info for the invariant culture.
-
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats the date specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats the
-
-
- Formats the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date using
-
-
- Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call
- the
-
-
-
-
- The format string used to format the
-
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- This filter drops all
-
-
- You can add this filter to the end of a filter chain to
- switch from the default "accept all unless instructed otherwise"
- filtering behavior to a "deny all unless instructed otherwise"
- behavior.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should extend this class to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should implement this interface to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Decide if the logging event should be logged through an appender.
-
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Points to the next filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the filter with the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Typically filter's options become active immediately on set,
- however this method must still be called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decide if the
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
- This method is marked abstract and must be implemented
- in a subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Always returns the integer constant
- Always returns
-
-
- Ignores the event being logged and just returns
-
-
-
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be dropped immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This filter is neutral with respect to the log event.
- The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision.
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be logged immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This is a very simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits two options true , if it is false then
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- flag to indicate if the filter should
-
-
-
- the
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Tests if the
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- This is a simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits three options true , if it is false
- then
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when matching a
-
-
-
- the minimum
-
-
-
- the maximum
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if the event should be logged.
-
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Set the minimum matched
-
-
- The minimum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the maximum matched
-
-
- The maximum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name.
-
-
-
- The works very similar to the true ,
- if it is false then
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The logger name string to substring match against the event
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in
- the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the
- logger name (using
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with layered properties the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string an event property
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the value for a
- specific event property
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The string to substring match against the message
-
-
-
-
- A string regex to match
-
-
-
-
- A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch)
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Initialize and precompile the Regex if required
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Sets the static string to match
-
-
-
- The string that will be substring matched against
- the rendered message. If the message contains this
- string then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- Sets the regular expression to match
-
-
-
- The regular expression pattern that will be matched against
- the rendered message. If the message matches this
- pattern then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- The key to use to lookup the string from the event properties
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The event property for the
-
-
-
-
- The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against.
-
-
-
- The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the
- properties collections the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Sets the "NDC" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer.
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the next pattern converter in the chains
-
- the next converter
-
-
- The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a sub class).
- Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting
-
-
-
- This method calls
-
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
-
-
- The option string to the converter
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an object to a
-
-
- Writes the Object to a writer. If the
-
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
- the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
- The formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
- The option for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
- false if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- false if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- If this converter handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the property should be set to true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this converter does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
-
- Render the
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter pattern based on the
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception or the exception property specified
- by the Option value does not exist then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Recognized values for the Option parameter are:
-
-
- -
-
Message
-
- -
-
Source
-
- -
-
StackTrace
-
- -
-
TargetSite
-
- -
-
HelpLink
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the display name of the event
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for logger name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings
-
-
-
- This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string
- to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side.
- This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified.
-
-
- Subclasses should override the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the fully qualified string data
-
- the fully qualified name
-
-
- Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the
- precision is applied to it.
-
-
- Return the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
- Render the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the NamedPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the logger
-
- The fully qualified logger name
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event NDC
-
-
-
- Outputs the value of the event property named NDC .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event NDC to the output
-
-
-
- As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties
- this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converter to output the relative time of the event
-
-
-
- Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the relative time to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds.
- That is the number of milliseconds between the event
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects
-
- the time difference in milliseconds
-
-
-
- Converter to include event thread name
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the ThreadName to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for the class name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the class
-
- The fully qualified type name for the caller location
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event user name
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- Uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event.
-
-
- This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple
- layouts (e.g.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format.
-
-
-
- This is the base implementation of the
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses must implement the
-
- Subclasses should set the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by layout objects
-
-
-
- An
-
- The layout can also supply
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
- If the caller does not have a
-
- StringWriter writer = new StringWriter();
- Layout.Format(writer, loggingEvent);
- string formattedEvent = writer.ToString();
-
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This is a MIME type e.g. "text/plain" .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handle exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The footer text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This method must be implemented by the subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method for easily formatting the logging event into a string variable.
-
-
- Creates a new StringWriter instance to store the formatted logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type is "text/plain"
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This base class uses the value "text/plain" .
- To change this value a subclass must override this
- property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this layout does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Constructs a ExceptionLayout
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- Part of the
-
- This method does nothing as options become effective immediately.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- Write the exception string to the
-
-
-
-
- Interface for raw layout objects
-
-
-
- Interface used to format a
-
- This interface should not be confused with the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adapts any
-
-
- Where an
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The layout to adapt
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new adapter
-
-
-
- Create the adapter for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- A flexible layout configurable with pattern string.
-
-
-
- The goal of this class is to conversion pattern .
-
-
- The conversion pattern is closely related to the conversion
- pattern of the printf function in C. A conversion pattern is
- composed of literal text and format control expressions called
- conversion specifiers .
-
-
- You are free to insert any literal text within the conversion
- pattern.
-
-
- Each conversion specifier starts with a percent sign (%) and is
- followed by optional format modifiers and a conversion
- pattern name . The conversion pattern name specifies the type of
- data, e.g. logger, level, date, thread name. The format
- modifiers control such things as field width, padding, left and
- right justification. The following is a simple example.
-
-
- Let the conversion pattern be "%-5level [%thread]: %message%newline" and assume
- that the log4net environment was set to use a PatternLayout. Then the
- statements
-
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestApp));
- log.Debug("Message 1");
- log.Warn("Message 2");
-
- would yield the output
-
- DEBUG [main]: Message 1
- WARN [main]: Message 2
-
-
- Note that there is no explicit separator between text and
- conversion specifiers. The pattern parser knows when it has reached
- the end of a conversion specifier when it reads a conversion
- character. In the example above the conversion specifier
- %-5level means the level of the logging event should be left
- justified to a width of five characters.
-
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
a
- Equivalent to appdomain
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the
- logging event was generated.
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-cache
-
-
- Used to output all cache items in the case of %aspnet-cache or just one named item if used as %aspnet-cache{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-context
-
-
- Used to output all context items in the case of %aspnet-context or just one named item if used as %aspnet-context{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-request
-
-
- Used to output all request parameters in the case of %aspnet-request or just one named param if used as %aspnet-request{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-session
-
-
- Used to output all session items in the case of %aspnet-session or just one named item if used as %aspnet-session{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
c
- Equivalent to logger
-
- -
-
C
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
class
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
d
- Equivalent to date
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
exception
-
-
- Used to output the exception passed in with the log message.
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
-
- -
-
F
- Equivalent to file
-
- -
-
file
-
-
- Used to output the file name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
l
- Equivalent to location
-
- -
-
L
- Equivalent to line
-
- -
-
location
-
-
- Used to output location information of the caller which generated
- the logging event.
-
-
- The location information depends on the CLI implementation but
- usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling
- method followed by the callers source the file name and line
- number between parentheses.
-
-
- The location information can be very useful. However, its
- generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided
- unless execution speed is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
level
-
-
- Used to output the level of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
line
-
-
- Used to output the line number from where the logging request
- was issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
logger
-
-
- Used to output the logger of the logging event. The
- logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by
- precision specifier , that is a decimal constant in
- brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the logger name will be
- printed. By default the logger name is printed in full.
-
-
- For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern
- %logger{2} will output "b.c".
-
-
-
- -
-
m
- Equivalent to message
-
- -
-
M
- Equivalent to method
-
- -
-
message
-
-
- Used to output the application supplied message associated with
- the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
mdc
-
-
- The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the
- combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility
- but is equivalent to property .
-
-
-
- -
-
method
-
-
- Used to output the method name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
n
- Equivalent to newline
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
ndc
-
-
- Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated
- with the thread that generated the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
p
- Equivalent to level
-
- -
-
P
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
properties
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output the an event specific property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the event properties
-
- The event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
r
- Equivalent to timestamp
-
- -
-
stacktrace
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktrace{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
stacktracedetail
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktracedetail{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...)
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
t
- Equivalent to thread
-
- -
-
timestamp
-
-
- Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start
- of the application until the creation of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
thread
-
-
- Used to output the name of the thread that generated the
- logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available.
-
-
-
- -
-
type
-
-
- Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller
- issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier
- can be optionally followed by precision specifier , that
- is a decimal constant in brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the class name will be
- printed. By default the class name is output in fully qualified form.
-
-
- For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the
- pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout".
-
-
- WARNING Generating the caller class information is
- slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is
- not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
u
- Equivalent to identity
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
w
- Equivalent to username
-
- -
-
x
- Equivalent to ndc
-
- -
-
X
- Equivalent to mdc
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the
- longer more descriptive pattern names.
-
-
- By default the relevant information is output as is. However,
- with the aid of format modifiers it is possible to change the
- minimum field width, the maximum field width and justification.
-
-
- The optional format modifier is placed between the percent sign
- and the conversion pattern name.
-
-
- The first optional format modifier is the left justification
- flag which is just the minus (-) character. Then comes the
- optional minimum field width modifier. This is a decimal
- constant that represents the minimum number of characters to
- output. If the data item requires fewer characters, it is padded on
- either the left or the right until the minimum width is
- reached. The default is to pad on the left (right justify) but you
- can specify right padding with the left justification flag. The
- padding character is space. If the data item is larger than the
- minimum field width, the field is expanded to accommodate the
- data. The value is never truncated.
-
-
- This behavior can be changed using the maximum field
- width modifier which is designated by a period followed by a
- decimal constant. If the data item is longer than the maximum
- field, then the extra characters are removed from the
- beginning of the data item and not from the end. For
- example, it the maximum field width is eight and the data item is
- ten characters long, then the first two characters of the data item
- are dropped. This behavior deviates from the printf function in C
- where truncation is done from the end.
-
-
- Below are various format modifier examples for the logger
- conversion specifier.
-
-
-
-
- Format modifier
- left justify
- minimum width
- maximum width
- comment
-
-
- %20logger
- false
- 20
- none
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20
- characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %-20logger
- true
- 20
- none
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger
- name is less than 20 characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %.30logger
- NA
- none
- 30
-
-
- Truncate from the beginning if the logger
- name is longer than 30 characters.
-
-
-
-
- %20.30logger false
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
- %-20.30logger
- true
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Note about caller location information. %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M
- all generate caller location information.
- Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
-
- This is a more detailed pattern.
- %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline
-
- A similar pattern except that the relative time is
- right padded if less than 6 digits, thread name is right padded if
- less than 15 characters and truncated if longer and the logger
- name is left padded if shorter than 30 characters and truncated if
- longer.
- %-6timestamp [%15.15thread] %-5level %30.30logger %ndc - %message%newline
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
- Currently set to the string "%message%newline"
- which just prints the application supplied message.
-
-
-
-
-
- A detailed conversion pattern
-
-
-
- A conversion pattern which includes Time, Thread, Logger, and Nested Context.
- Current value is %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline .
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
- This static map is overridden by the m_converterRegistry instance map
-
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternLayout only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
- Defines the builtin global rules.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern
-
-
-
- The default pattern just produces the application supplied message.
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- As per the
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern
-
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- When using this constructor the
-
-
-
-
- Create the pattern parser instance
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Parse the
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- Add a named pattern converter to this instance. This
- converter will be used in the formatting of the event.
- This method must be called before
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for the
-
-
- Used to convert objects to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types
- to a single target type. See
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Can the sourceType be converted to an
- true if the source type can be converted to
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the value to a
- the
-
-
- Convert the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawPropertyLayout
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the property for
- returns property value
-
-
- Looks up and returns the object value of the property
- named null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection.
-
-
- Value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection
-
-
-
- String name of the property to lookup in the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp
- in universal time use
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawUtcTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp
- in local time use
-
-
-
-
- A very simple layout
-
-
-
- SimpleLayout consists of the level of the log statement,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. For example,
-
- DEBUG - Hello world
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a SimpleLayout
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a simple formatted output.
-
-
-
- Formats the event as the level of the even,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The
- output is terminated by a newline.
-
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- The output of the external entity
- in a separate file to form a correct XML file.
-
-
- For example, if abc is the name of the file where
- the
-
- <?xml version="1.0" ?>
-
- <!DOCTYPE log4net:events SYSTEM "log4net-events.dtd" [<!ENTITY data SYSTEM "abc">]>
-
- <log4net:events version="1.2" xmlns:log4net="http://logging.apache.org/log4net/schemas/log4net-events-1.2>
- &data;
- </log4net:events>
-
-
- This approach enforces the independence of the
-
- The version attribute helps components to correctly
- interpret output generated by
-
- Alternatively the Header and Footer properties can be
- configured to output the correct XML header, open tag and close tag.
- When setting the Header and Footer properties it is essential
- that the underlying data store not be appendable otherwise the data
- will become invalid XML.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation
- to conform to a specific schema.
-
-
- Deriving classes must implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- The true , then the
- file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
- This method creates an
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if location information should be included in
- the XML events.
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace invalid chars with
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in
- the XML events.
-
-
- true if location information should be included in the XML
- events; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- If true , then the file
- name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with.
-
-
- Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the
- string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it
- to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more
- details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets
- Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names
- and the property values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the content type output by this layout.
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SmtpAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Builds a cache of the element names
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Override the base class
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all generated element names
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all element names
-
-
-
- The default prefix is log4net . Set this property
- to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string
- then no prefix will be written.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the message.
-
-
-
- By default the log message will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary
- data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be
- base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the property values.
-
-
-
- By default the properties will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain
- binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties
- will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements compatible with the log4j schema
-
-
-
- Formats the log events according to the http://logging.apache.org/log4j schema.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Actually do the writing of the xml
-
-
-
- Generate XML that is compatible with the log4j schema.
-
-
-
-
-
- The version of the log4j schema to use.
-
-
-
- Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- The default object Renderer.
-
-
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects and collections to strings.
-
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings
-
-
-
- Certain types require special case conversion to
- string form. This conversion is done by an object renderer.
- Object renderers implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows:
-
-
-
- Value
- Rendered String
-
- -
-
null
- "(null)"
-
-
- -
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: {a, b, c} .
-
-
- All collection classes that implement
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer).
-
-
- For example: key=value .
-
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Object.ToString()
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the array argument into a string
-
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the enumerator argument into a string
-
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- {a, b, c} .
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the DictionaryEntry argument into a string
-
-
-
- Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer). For example: key=value .
-
-
-
-
-
- Map class objects to an
-
-
- Maintains a mapping between types that require special
- rendering and the
-
- The object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render
- the object rendered as a string
-
-
- This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string.
- The alternative method
-
-
-
-
- Render
-
-
- Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified object type
-
- the renderer for
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified type
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
- Returns the renderer for the specified type.
- If no specific renderer has been defined the
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal function to recursively search interfaces
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
-
- Clear the map of renderers
-
-
-
- Clear the custom renderers defined by using
-
-
-
-
-
- Register an
-
-
- Register an object renderer for a specific source type.
- This renderer will be returned from a call to
-
-
-
-
- Get the default renderer instance
-
- the default renderer
-
-
- Get the default renderer
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repository plugins.
-
-
-
- Plugins define additional behavior that can be associated
- with a
-
- The log4net.Config.PluginAttribute can be used to
- attach plugins to repositories created using configuration
- attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches the plugin to the specified
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to create plugins.
-
-
-
- Interface used to create a plugin.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object.
-
- the new plugin instance
-
-
- Create and return a new plugin instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance.
-
-
- A PluginCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- PluginCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given PluginCollection .
-
- true if PluginCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of PluginCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the PluginCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The specified PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the PluginCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection .
-
- An PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
- The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
- The current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Map of repository plugins.
-
-
-
- This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are
- attached to a repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
- The
-
- If there already exists a plugin with the same name
- attached to the repository then the old plugin will
- be
-
-
-
-
- Removes a
-
-
- Remove a specific plugin from this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a
-
- The null if no plugin is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup a plugin by name. If the plugin is not found null
- will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all possible plugins as a list of
- All possible plugins as a list of
-
-
- Get a collection of all the plugins defined in this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name.
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this plugin.
-
-
-
-
- The repository this plugin is attached to.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
- The name of the plugin must not change one the
- plugin has been attached to a repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The repository for this plugin
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
- This default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface abstracts creation of
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- The
-
- Implement this interface to create new subclasses of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default internal subclass of
-
-
- This subclass has no additional behavior over the
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- Internal class used to provide implementation of
-
- This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the
- distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their
- evaluation. The
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- This constructor created a new
-
-
- This constructor is protected and designed to be used by
- a subclass that is not abstract.
-
-
- Loggers are constructed by
-
-
-
-
- Add
-
-
- Add
-
- If
-
-
-
-
- Look for the appender named as name
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null .
-
-
- Returns the named appender, or null if the appender is not found.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the named appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Deliver the
-
-
- Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at
- this . If no appenders could be found, emit a
- warning.
-
-
- This method calls all the appenders inherited from the
- hierarchy circumventing any evaluation of whether to log or not
- to log the particular log request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes all attached appenders implementing the
-
-
- Used to ensure that the appenders are correctly shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method. This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Generates a logging event and delivers it to the attached
- appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Logger class.
-
-
-
-
- The name of this logger.
-
-
-
-
- The assigned level of this logger.
-
-
-
- The level variable need not be
- assigned a value in which case it is inherited
- form the hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
- All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
- The hierarchy that this logger is a member of is stored
- here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper implementation of the
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if child loggers inherit their parents appenders
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable m_appenderAttachedImpl
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
- The parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
-
- Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy.
- The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
- true if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the effective level for this logger.
-
- The nearest level in the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a
- non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the
- root logger.
-
- The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as
- quickly as possible.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
- The hierarchy that this logger belongs to.
-
-
- This logger must be attached to a single
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- The assigned null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this logger
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the logger name.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new Logger
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Hierarchical organization of loggers
-
-
-
- The casual user should not have to deal with this class
- directly.
-
-
- This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and
- also maintaining the logger hierarchy. Implements the
-
-
- The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the
-
-
- In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor,
- then it creates a provision node for the ancestor and adds itself
- to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor add
- themselves to the previously created provision node.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Skeleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repositories.
-
-
-
- This interface is implemented by logger repositories. e.g.
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If the names logger exists it is returned, otherwise
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
- Shutting down a repository will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collection of internal messages captured during the most
- recent configuration process.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct the repository using specific properties
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with specified properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Return a new logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass.
- This base class implementation notifies the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this repository.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerRepositorySkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raise a configuration changed event on this repository
-
-
-
- Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should
- raise this event notification to notify listeners.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The string name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of this repository. The name is
- used to store and lookup the repositories
- stored by the
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Contains a list of internal messages captures during the
- last configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis
-
-
-
-
- Basic Configurator interface for repositories
-
-
-
- Interface used by basic configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appender
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure repository using XML
-
-
-
- Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified config
-
-
-
- The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by
- the implementation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties and a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Test if a logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array.
- The root logger is not included in the returned
- enumeration.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The Shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their
- default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this hierarchy.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured
-
- An array containing all the currently configured appenders
-
-
- Returns all the
-
- The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified
-
- true if the repository is disabled for the level argument, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will
- always return true .
-
-
- This method will return true if this repository is
- disabled for level object passed as parameter and
- false otherwise.
-
-
- See also the
-
-
-
-
- Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable
-
-
-
- This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal
- hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the
- logger hierarchy.
-
-
- You should really know what you are doing before
- invoking this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners
-
-
- Raises the logger creation event.
-
-
-
-
- Updates all the parents of the specified logger
-
-
-
- This method loops through all the potential parents of
-
-
- -
-
No entry for the potential parent of
-
- We create a ProvisionNode for this potential
- parent and insert
-
- -
-
The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent.
-
- The entry is
-
- -
-
The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent.
-
- We add
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace a
-
-
- We update the links for all the children that placed themselves
- in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a
- reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the
- children in 'pn'.
-
-
- We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'.
-
-
- If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of
- 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'.
-
-
- Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set
- c's parent field to log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
- Supports setting levels via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
- Supports setting property values via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Hierarchy class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event used to notify that a logger has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a logger is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Has no appender warning been emitted
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning
- about not having an appender warning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default
- The default
-
-
- The logger factory is used to create logger instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Value of the level
-
-
-
- If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked
- up for the current level with the same name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Name of the level
-
-
- The name of the level
-
-
-
- The name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Display name for the level
-
-
- The display name of the level
-
-
-
- The display name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used internally to accelerate hash table searches.
-
-
-
- Internal class used to improve performance of
- string keyed hashtables.
-
-
- The hashcode of the string is cached for reuse.
- The string is stored as an interned value.
- When comparing two
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct key with string name
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Stores the hashcode of the string and interns
- the string key to optimize comparisons.
-
-
- The Compact Framework 1.0 the
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code for the current instance.
-
- A hash code for the current instance.
-
-
- Returns the cached hashcode.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether two
-
- true if the specified false .
-
-
-
- Compares the references of the interned strings.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provision nodes are used where no logger instance has been specified
-
-
-
-
-
- A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of
- a logger that does not exist.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new provision node with child node
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- First, it cannot be assigned a null
- level. Second, since the root logger cannot have a parent, the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct a
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The root logger names itself as "root". However, the root
- logger cannot be retrieved by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RootLogger class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
- The assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Because the root logger cannot have a parent and its level
- must not be null this property just returns the
- value of
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- Setting the level of the root logger to a null reference
- may have catastrophic results. We prevent this here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct the configurator for a hierarchy
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse appenders by IDREF.
-
- The instance of the appender that the ref refers to.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an appender element.
-
- The appender instance or null when parsing failed.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the root logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the children of a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse the child elements of a <logger> element.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an object renderer.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a renderer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a level element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets a parameter on an object.
-
-
- The parameter name must correspond to a writable property
- on the object. The value of the parameter is a string,
- therefore this function will attempt to set a string
- property first. If unable to set a string property it
- will inspect the property and its argument type. It will
- attempt to call a static method called Parse on the
- type of the property. This method will take a single
- string argument and return a value that can be used to
- set the property.
-
-
-
-
- Test if an element has no attributes or child elements
-
- true if the element has any attributes or child elements, false otherwise
-
-
- Test if a Activator.CreateInstance .
-
- true if the type is creatable using a default constructor, false otherwise
-
-
- Look for a method on the
- the method info found
-
-
- The method must be a public instance method on the
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string value to a target type.
-
-
-
- An object of type null when the conversion could not be performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an object as specified in XML.
-
- The object or null
-
-
- Parse an XML element and create an object instance based on the configuration
- data.
-
-
- The type of the instance may be specified in the XML. If not
- specified then the
-
-
-
-
- key: appenderName, value: appender.
-
-
-
-
- The Hierarchy being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlHierarchyConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Writes name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The date and time is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone.
- To output the time in Universal time see
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date and time passed is in the local time zone.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the IdentityPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern
-
-
-
- Writes the literal string value specified in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Set the next converter in the chain
-
- The next pattern converter
-
-
- Special case the building of the pattern converter chain
- for
-
-
-
-
- Write the literal to the output
-
-
-
- Override the formatting behavior to ignore the FormattingInfo
- because we have a literal instead.
-
-
- Writes the value of
-
-
-
-
- Convert this pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- This method is not used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a newline to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the system dependent line terminator to the output.
- This behavior can be overridden by setting the
-
-
- Option Value
- Output
-
- -
-
DOS
- DOS or Windows line terminator "\r\n"
-
- -
-
UNIX
- UNIX line terminator "\n"
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ProcessIdPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- This pattern converter reads the thread and global properties.
- The thread properties take priority over global properties.
- See
-
- If the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- A Pattern converter that generates a string of random characters
-
-
-
- The converter generates a string of random characters. By default
- the string is length 4. This can be changed by setting the
-
- The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters
- and numbers only.
-
-
- The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Shared random number generator
-
-
-
-
- Length of random string to generate. Default length 4.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RandomStringPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UserNamePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the UTC date time to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current date and time to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date is in Universal time when it is rendered.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for Boolean.
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to bool type.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Exception base type for conversion errors.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Register of type converters for specific types.
-
-
-
- Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between
- types.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor.
-
-
-
- This constructor defines the intrinsic type converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter instance for a specific type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookups the type converter to use as specified by the attributes on the
- destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the type converter.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- The type specified for the type converter must implement
- the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ConverterRegistry class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the encoding
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from a single type to arbitrary types.
- See
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the type supported by this converter can be converted to the
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the IPAddress
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Valid characters in an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. (Does not support subnets)
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternLayout
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Convert between string and
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the target type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternString
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the Type
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attribute used to associate a type converter
-
-
-
- Class and Interface level attribute that specifies a type converter
- to use with the associated type.
-
-
- To associate a type converter with a target type apply a
- TypeConverterAttribute to the target type. Specify the
- type of the type converter on the attribute.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type name
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- A straightforward implementation of the
-
-
- This is the default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Calls the DoAppende method on the
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup an attached appender by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- List of appenders
-
-
-
-
- Array of appenders, used to cache the m_appenderList
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderAttachedImpl class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders, or null if there
- are no attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The read only collection of all currently attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together.
-
-
-
- Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection
-
-
-
- Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added
- later.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary
-
- the flattened dictionary
-
-
- Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary
- containing the resultant values for the keys.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Looks up the value for the
-
- If none of the collections contain the specified key then
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for Context Properties implementations
-
-
-
- This class defines a basic property get set accessor
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types
-
-
-
- Pattern converter info class used during configuration by custom
- PatternString and PatternLayer converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern
-
-
-
- The name of the pattern in the format string
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the converter
-
-
-
- The value specified must extend the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclass of
-
-
- This writer counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The writer to forward messages to
-
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Flushes any buffered output
-
-
-
- Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written
- to the underlying device
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
-
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
- The format provider
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
- The line terminator to use
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
-
-
- The error handler instance to pass all errors to
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if this writer is closed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
- The error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
- true if this writer is closed, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
- The total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
-
- A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events.
-
-
-
- An array backed fixed size leaky bucket.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Appends a
- The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null .
-
-
- Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then
- null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped
- to make space for the new event, the event dropped is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer.
-
- The oldest logging event in the buffer
-
-
- Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it
- from the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array.
-
- An array of all the logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- If null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer.
-
- The maximum size of the buffer.
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of logging events in the buffer.
-
- The number of logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Adds an element with the provided key and value to the
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the
- false
-
- As the collection is empty the false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element with the specified key from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty dictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the element with the specified key.
-
- null
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored.
- If the index getter is called then null is returned.
- A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers
- in conversion modifiers.
-
-
-
- Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by
- the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Defaut Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
- The minimum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
- The maximum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled
- or not.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both
- storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied.
-
-
- This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently
- and are modified infrequently.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The read only copy of the properties.
-
-
-
- This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from
- reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property from the global context
-
-
-
- Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared
- with reading a value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the global context properties
-
-
-
-
- Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties
-
- the current global context properties
-
-
- This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class
- stores a readonly copy of the properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value.
- When the value is written a new read only copy of
- the properties is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Manages a mapping from levels to
-
-
- Manages an ordered mapping from
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialise a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
- If a
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the mapping for the specified level
-
- the null if no mapping found
-
-
- Lookup the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest
- mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the
-
-
- If no mapping could be found then null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize options
-
-
-
- Caches the sorted list of
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly.
-
-
-
- Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is
- sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is
- doing.
-
-
- All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream
- whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output
- stream.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats Prefix, Source, and Message in the same format as the value
- sent to Console.Out and Trace.Write.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor that initializes logging by reading
- settings from the application configuration file.
-
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting
- controls internal debugging. This setting should be set
- to true to enable debugging.
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting
- suppresses all internal logging including error messages.
- This setting should be set to true to enable message
- suppression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raises the LogReceived event when an internal messages is received.
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal error messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard output stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard error stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default debug level
-
-
-
-
- In quietMode not even errors generate any output.
-
-
-
-
- The event raised when an internal message has been received.
-
-
-
-
- The Type that generated the internal message.
-
-
-
-
- The DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received.
-
-
-
-
- A string indicating the severity of the internal message.
-
-
- "log4net: ",
- "log4net:ERROR ",
- "log4net:WARN "
-
-
-
-
- The internal log message.
-
-
-
-
- The Exception related to the message.
-
-
- Optional. Will be null if no Exception was passed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging
- is enabled or disabled.
-
-
- true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise
- false .
-
-
-
- When set to true , internal debug level logging will be
- displayed.
-
-
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration
- file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. debugging is
- disabled.
-
-
-
-
- The following example enables internal debugging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output
- from internal logging, not even for errors.
-
-
- true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal
- logging, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be
- suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged.
- This option overrides the
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. internal logging is not
- disabled.
-
-
-
- The following example disables internal logging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Debug is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Warn is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Error is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subscribes to the LogLog.LogReceived event and stores messages
- to the supplied IList instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a native error code and message.
-
-
-
- Represents a Win32 platform native error.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the
- native Win32 FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier.
-
-
- The message corresponding with the specified message identifier.
-
-
-
- The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s)
- using the native FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return error information string
-
- error information string
-
-
- Return error information string
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats a message string.
-
- LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in
-
- The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a
- buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an
- already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message
- table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition
- in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier.
- The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded
- insert sequences if requested.
-
-
- To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message.
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output
- buffer, excluding the terminating null character.
-
-
- If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information,
- call
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
- The number of the native error.
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
- The message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance.
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current key from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an exception because the
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current value from the enumerator.
-
- The current value from the enumerator.
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current entry from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Get the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
- Private constructor for singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- null
-
- No impersonation is done and null is always returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists
- of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and
- ignoring all subsequent errors.
-
-
-
- The error message is processed using the LogLog sub-system.
-
-
- This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application
- from being flooded with error messages when logging fails.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the error handler back to its initial disabled state.
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Sends the error information to
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log an error
-
-
-
- Print a the error message passed as parameter on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- The date the error was recorded.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if it is the first error
-
-
-
-
- The message recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The exception recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The error code recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- String to prefix each message with
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OnlyOnceErrorHandler class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled. Logging is only enabled for the
- first error delivered to the
-
-
-
-
- The date the first error that trigged this error handler occured.
-
-
-
-
- The message from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
-
-
- The exception from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- May be
-
-
-
- The error code from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- Defaults to
-
-
-
- A convenience class to convert property values to specific types.
-
-
-
- Utility functions for converting types and parsing values.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to a
- The
-
-
- If true is returned.
- If false is returned.
- Otherwise,
-
-
-
-
- Parses a file size into a number.
-
- The
-
-
- Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a
- long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object.
-
-
- The object converted from a string or null when the
- conversion failed.
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try
- to convert the string value into the specified target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
- true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type.
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Instantiates an object given a class name.
-
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
- Performs variable substitution in string
- The result of the substitutions.
-
-
- The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and } .
-
-
- For example, if props contains key=value , then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}.");
-
-
-
- will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.".
-
-
- If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution
- defaults to an empty string.
-
-
- For example, if system properties contains no value for the key
- "nonExistentKey", then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]");
-
-
-
- will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []".
-
-
- An Exception is thrown if
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or
- more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object.
-
- true , ignore case; otherwise, regard case.
- An object of type
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OptionConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Most of the work of the
-
-
- The PatternParser processes a pattern string and
- returns a chain of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
- The head of a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
- the list of all the converter names
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches
-
-
-
- The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed literal
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed converter pattern
-
-
-
-
- Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter
- to the chain.
-
-
-
-
- The first pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- the last pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- The pattern
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types
-
-
-
- This map overrides the static s_globalRulesRegistry map.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the PatternParser class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
- The converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
-
-
- Sort strings by length
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This class implements a patterned string.
-
-
-
- This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded
- when the string is formatted.
-
-
- This class functions similarly to the PatternString
- does not render the properties of a specific
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain.
-
-
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the current date and time in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
env
-
-
- Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value
- of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable.
-
-
- The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
processid
-
-
- Used to output the system process ID for the current process.
-
-
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output a specific context property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- -
-
random
-
-
- Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of
- uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long.
- The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string.
-
-
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
- See the format modifiers supported by the patterns.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternString only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternString
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Initialize object options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the
- The
-
-
- Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses
- may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize
- custom conversion pattern name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Format the pattern to the
-
-
-
-
- Format the pattern as a string
-
- the pattern formatted as a string
-
-
- Format the pattern to a string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the pattern formatting string
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- String keyed object map.
-
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- String keyed object map that is read only.
-
-
-
- This collection is readonly and cannot be modified.
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The Hashtable used to store the properties data
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Copy Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
- An array of all the keys.
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
- true if the dictionary contains the specified key
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
- The internal collection used to store the properties
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The number of properties in this collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- an enumerator
-
-
- Returns a
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- true if the collection contains the specified key
-
- Test if this collection contains a specified key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Store a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- false
-
-
-
- This collection is modifiable. This property always
- returns false .
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- The value for the key specified.
-
-
-
- Get or set a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
-
- Property Key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
-
- Property Value.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary
- to protect a writer from being closed by a client.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
- This method does nothing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers
-
-
-
- ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource.
- At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for
- multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a
- situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a
- ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple
- one-at-a-time lock, such as
-
- If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock
- implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore
- the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Acquires a reader lock
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the writer lock
-
-
-
- This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count on the writer lock
-
-
-
- ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count.
- When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
- The internal buffers are cleared and reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for system specific information.
-
-
-
- Utility class of static methods for system specific information.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Alexey Solofnenko
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize default values for private static fields.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly.
-
- The location of the assembly.
-
-
- This method does not guarantee to return the correct path
- to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to
- where the assembly was loaded from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the
- The fully qualified name for the
-
-
- This is equivalent to the Type.AssemblyQualifiedName property,
- but this method works on the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 as well as
- the full .NET runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the short name of the
- The short name of the
-
-
- The short name of the assembly is the
-
- Use this rather than Assembly.GetName().Name because that
- is not available on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do
- the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
- The file name of the assembly.
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly
- containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly
- then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the
- assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found
- in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified
- assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies
- will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
- A new Guid
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an
- the ArgumentOutOfRangeException object
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- The Compact Framework does not support the 3 parameter constructor for the
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup an application setting
-
- the value for the key, or null
-
-
- Configuration APIs are not supported under the Compact Framework
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
- The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the
- A new case-insensitive instance of the
-
-
- The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an empty array of types.
-
-
-
- The Type.EmptyTypes field is not available on
- the .NET Compact Framework 1.0.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Cache the host name for the current machine
-
-
-
-
- Cache the application friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
-
- Start time for the current process.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
- The system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
- The base directory path for the current
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the configuration file for the current
- The path to the configuration file for the current
-
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not have a concept of a configuration
- file. For this runtime, we use the entry assembly location as the root for
- the configuration file name.
-
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
- The path to the entry assembly.
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ID of the current thread.
-
- The ID of the current thread.
-
-
- On the .NET framework, the AppDomain.GetCurrentThreadId method
- is used to obtain the thread ID for the current thread. This is the
- operating system ID for the thread.
-
-
- On the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 it is not possible to get the
- operating system thread ID for the current thread. The native method
- GetCurrentThreadId is implemented inline in a header file
- and cannot be called.
-
-
- On the .NET Framework 2.0 the Thread.ManagedThreadId is used as this
- gives a stable id unrelated to the operating system thread ID which may
- change if the runtime is using fibers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The hostname or machine name
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The host name (Environment.MachineName ) for
- the current machine, or if neither of these are available
- then NOT AVAILABLE is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get this application's friendly name
-
-
- The friendly name of this application as a string
-
-
-
- If available the name of the application is retrieved from
- the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName .
-
-
- Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time for the current process.
-
-
-
- This is the time at which the log4net library was loaded into the
- AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime
- this is not the start time for the current process.
-
-
- The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its
- startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for
- the actual start time.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating, however this start time
- will be set per AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
- Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while
- outputting a string representation of an item.
-
-
- The default value is (null) . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
- Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
- The default value is NOT AVAILABLE . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialise the
-
-
-
- Format the string and arguments
-
- the formatted string
-
-
-
- Replaces the format item in a specified
-
- A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the
-
-
- This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the
- exception and arguments are returned in the result string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process an error during StringFormat
-
-
-
-
- Dump the contents of an array into a string builder
-
-
-
-
- Dump an object to a string
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemStringFormat class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The thread local data slot to use to store a PropertiesDictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doing so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The stack store.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
- Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after
- a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly.
- You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call
- the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- syntax.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from this stack.
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack.
-
-
- Remove the top context from this stack, and return
- it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an
- empty string (not
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message into this stack.
-
-
- An
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto this stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- The current context information.
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- Gets the current context information
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a cross thread portable version of this object
-
-
-
-
-
- The number of messages in the stack
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack
-
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack. That is
- the number of times
-
-
-
-
- Gets and sets the internal stack used by this
- The internal storage stack
-
-
- This property is provided only to support backward compatability
- of the
-
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Get the message.
-
- The message.
-
-
- Get the message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
- The full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Struct returned from the
-
-
- This struct implements the
-
-
-
-
- The ThreadContextStack internal stack
-
-
-
-
- The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
- The named stack
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to an
-
-
- The test is escaped either using XML escape entities
- or using CDATA sections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace invalid XML characters in text string
-
- A string that does not contain invalid XML characters.
-
-
- Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for
- details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets .
-
-
- This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string
- with the mask string specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text
-
- the number of times the substring occurs in the text
-
-
- The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself.
-
-
-
-
-
- Characters illegal in XML 1.0
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Global Context.
-
-
-
- The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging
- information to be stored.
-
-
- The global context has a properties map and these properties can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of
- the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName;
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- The global context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides information about the environment the assembly has
- been built for.
-
-
-
- Version of the assembly
-
-
- Version of the framework targeted
-
-
- Type of framework targeted
-
-
- Does it target a client profile?
-
-
-
- Identifies the version and target for this assembly.
-
-
-
-
- This class is used by client applications to request logger instances.
-
-
-
- This class has static methods that are used by a client to request
- a logger instance. The
-
- See the
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null .
-
-
- The logger found, or null if no logger could be found.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- repository.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- Get the currently defined loggers.
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- Get or create a logger.
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown a logger repository.
-
- Shuts down the default repository.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- default repository.
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the configuration of a repository
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
- Get the logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Get a logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Create a domain
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- Create a logger repository.
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the list of currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
- Get an array of all the
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified.
-
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
- The wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
-
-
- Create the
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- The wrapper map to use to hold the
-
-
-
- Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- The MDC class is similar to the mapped
- diagnostic contexts . A Mapped Diagnostic Context , or
- MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The MDC is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the context value identified by the
- The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found.
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- If the null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add an entry to the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Puts a context value (the
-
- If a value is already defined for the null then the key value mapping will be removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the key value mapping for the key specified.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all entries in the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument
- to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log
- output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple
- clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry
- from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs
- come into play.
-
-
- Note that NDCs are managed on a per thread basis. The NDC class
- is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the
- calling thread.
-
-
- How to push a message into the context
-
- using(NDC.Push("my context message"))
- {
- ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ...
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a clone of the stack of context information.
-
- A clone of the context info for this thread.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The results of this method can be passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Inherits the contextual information from another thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This thread will use the context information from the stack
- supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with
- the same contextual information as their parent threads. These
- contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that
- are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other.
- Call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from the stack.
-
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top
- of the stack.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Remove the top context from the stack, and return
- it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an
- empty string (not null ) is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message.
-
-
- An
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an NDC message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the context information for this thread. It is
- not required to call this method.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This method is not implemented.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context depth.
-
- The current context depth.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The number of context values pushed onto the context stack.
-
-
- Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then
- be restored using the
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging
- information to be stored.
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
- The thread context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The thread local stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net20-full/log4net.dll b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net20-full/log4net.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a56a3e..0000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net20-full/log4net.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net20-full/log4net.xml b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net20-full/log4net.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bee140..0000000
--- a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net20-full/log4net.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30205 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- log4net
-
-
-
-
- Appender that logs to a database.
-
-
-
- http://www.connectionstrings.com/ .
-
-
- Records are written into the database either using a prepared
- statement or a stored procedure. The System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify a prepared statement
- or to System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify a stored
- procedure.
-
-
- The prepared statement text or the name of the stored procedure
- must be set in the
-
- The prepared statement or stored procedure can take a number
- of parameters. Parameters are added using the
-
-
- An example of a SQL Server table that could be logged to:
-
- CREATE TABLE [dbo].[Log] (
- [ID] [int] IDENTITY (1, 1) NOT NULL ,
- [Date] [datetime] NOT NULL ,
- [Thread] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Level] [varchar] (20) NOT NULL ,
- [Logger] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Message] [varchar] (4000) NOT NULL
- ) ON [PRIMARY]
-
-
-
- An example configuration to log to the above table:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Lance Nehring
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a
- number of events before logging them. For example the
-
- Subclasses should override the
- The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic
- buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using
- the
- A
-
- The buffering appender can be configured in a true then the
- buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving
- in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer.
- In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This class provides the code for common functionality, such
- as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements.
-
-
-
- Implementors should consider extending the
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logging event in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log a message into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for appenders that support bulk logging.
-
-
-
- This interface extends the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log an array of events into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to delay activate a configured object.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then this method must be called
- after its properties have been set before the component can be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's
-
-
-
- If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method
- will call
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and release resources.
-
-
-
- Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method
- delegates the closing of the appender to the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Test if the logging event should we output by this appender
-
- true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored
-
- This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set
- on this appender and also against the filters specified on this
- appender.
-
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain.
-
-
-
- The Filters are organized in a linked list.
-
-
- Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the
- back of the filter chain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold.
-
-
-
- If there is no threshold set, then the return value is always true .
-
-
-
- true if the
-
-
-
- Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override
- this method if resources need to be released.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses of
-
-
- A subclass must implement this method to perform
- logging of the
- This method will be called by
-
- To restrict the logging of events in the appender
- override the
-
-
-
-
- Append a bulk array of logging events.
-
-
-
- This base class implementation calls the
-
- A sub class that can better process a bulk array of events should
- override this method in addition to
-
-
-
-
- Called before
-
-
- This method is called by
-
- This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks
- made before the event is passed to the
-
- A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to
- this base class if it is overridden.
-
-
- true if the call to
-
-
- Renders the
- The event rendered as a string.
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Where possible use the alternative version of this method
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Use this method in preference to
-
-
-
-
- The layout of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The name of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The level threshold of this appender.
-
-
-
- There is no level threshold filtering by default.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The first filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- Set to null initially.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The last filter in the filter chain.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this appender is closed.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method
-
-
-
-
- StringWriter used to render events
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderSkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the threshold
-
- The threshold
-
-
- All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored
- by the appender.
-
-
- In configuration files this option is specified by setting the
- value of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The filter chain.
-
- The head of the filter chain filter chain.
-
-
- Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list
- and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The layout of the appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Tests if this appender requires a
-
-
- In the rather exceptional case, where the appender
- implementation admits a layout but can also work without it,
- then the appender should return true .
-
-
- This default implementation always returns false .
-
-
-
- true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
- The default buffer size.
-
-
- The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events.
- This is set to 512 by default.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- SendBuffer method.
-
-
- Protected constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
-
-
- Flushes any events that have been buffered.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
- true to flush the buffer of lossy events
-
-
- Flushes events that have been buffered. If false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in true .
- In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the
-
-
- If true then the buffer will always
- be emptied by calling this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance.
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked
- as not
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Stores the
-
- The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the
-
- -
-
The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is
- marked as not lossy (see
-
- -
-
An
-
-
-
- Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the buffer.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override
-
-
-
-
- Sends the events.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events.
-
-
-
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
- Set to
-
-
-
- The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events.
-
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator that causes the buffer to be sent immediately.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event causes the entire
- buffer to be sent immediately. This field can be null , which
- indicates that event triggering is not to be done. The evaluator
- can be set using the true then an
-
-
-
- Indicates if the appender should overwrite events in the cyclic buffer
- when it becomes full, or if the buffer should be flushed when the
- buffer is full.
-
-
- If this field is set to true then an
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator filters discarded events.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event that is discarded should
- really be discarded or if it should be sent to the appenders.
- This field can be null , which indicates that all discarded events will
- be discarded.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy.
-
-
- true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before
- delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer
- to be send to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before
- a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set
- false to prevent logging events
- from being lost.
-
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the
- logging events.
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
-
- The
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will
- immediately be sent (see
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the
-
- The value of the
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately
- be sent (see
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if only part of the logging event data
- should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the
- event data to be fixed and serialized. This will improve performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
- The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the parent method to close the database
-
-
-
- Closes the database command and database connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Inserts the events into the database.
-
-
-
- Insert all the events specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the command.
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified.
-
-
-
- The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been
- configured not to use transactions. See
-
-
-
-
- Formats the log message into database statement text.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide
- more control over the format of the database statement.
-
-
- Text that can be passed to a
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- This method is called whenever a new IDbConnection is needed (i.e. when a reconnect is necessary).
-
- An
-
-
-
- Resolves the connection string from the ConnectionString, ConnectionStringName, or AppSettingsKey
- property.
-
-
- ConnectiongStringName is only supported on .NET 2.0 and higher.
-
- A connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the
- database. This method resolves the type specified in the
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method to return a different type
- if necessary.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command and initialize the parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Connects to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing command.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing connection.
-
-
- Calls the IDbConnection's
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we are using a command object
-
-
-
- Set to true when the appender is to use a prepared
- statement or stored procedure to insert into the database.
-
-
-
-
-
- The list of
-
-
- The list of
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The database command.
-
-
-
-
- Database connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The connectionStrings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- String type name of the
-
-
-
- The text of the command.
-
-
-
-
- The command type.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AdoNetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to
- the database.
-
-
- The database connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- The connections string is specific to the connection type.
- See
-
- Connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "DSN=MS Access Database;UID=admin;PWD=;SystemDB=C:\data\System.mdw;SafeTransactions = 0;FIL=MS Access;DriverID = 25;DBQ=C:\data\train33.mdb"
-
- Another connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;UID=;PWD=;"
-
- Connection string for MS Access via OLE DB:
- "Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;"
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The connectionStrings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
- This property requires at least .NET 2.0.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name of the
-
- The type name of the
-
-
- The type name of the ADO.NET provider to use.
-
-
- The default is to use the OLE DB provider.
-
-
- Use the OLE DB Provider. This is the default value.
- System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the MS SQL Server Provider.
- System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the ODBC Provider.
- Microsoft.Data.Odbc.OdbcConnection,Microsoft.Data.Odbc,version=1.0.3300.0,publicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089,culture=neutral
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for ODBC .NET Data Provider .
-
- Use the Oracle Provider.
- System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, System.Data.OracleClient, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for .NET Managed Provider for Oracle .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command text that is used to insert logging events
- into the database.
-
-
- The command text used to insert logging events into the database.
-
-
-
- Either the text of the prepared statement or the
- name of the stored procedure to execute to write into
- the database.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command type to execute.
-
-
- The command type to execute.
-
-
-
- This value may be either System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify
- that the System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify that the
-
-
- The default value is System.Data.CommandType.Text ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Should transactions be used to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- true if transactions should be used to insert logging events in
- the database, otherwise false . The default value is true .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether transactions should be used
- to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- When set a single transaction will be used to insert the buffered events
- into the database. Otherwise each event will be inserted without using
- an explicit transaction.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Should this appender try to reconnect to the database on error.
-
-
- true if the appender should try to reconnect to the database after an
- error has occurred, otherwise false . The default value is false ,
- i.e. not to try to reconnect.
-
-
-
- The default behaviour is for the appender not to try to reconnect to the
- database if an error occurs. Subsequent logging events are discarded.
-
-
- To force the appender to attempt to reconnect to the database set this
- property to true .
-
-
- When the appender attempts to connect to the database there may be a
- delay of up to the connection timeout specified in the connection string.
- This delay will block the calling application's thread.
- Until the connection can be reestablished this potential delay may occur multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Parameter type used by the
-
-
- This class provides the basic database parameter properties
- as defined by the
- This type can be subclassed to provide database specific
- functionality. The two methods that are called externally are
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class.
-
-
-
-
- Prepare the specified database command object.
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command object by adding
- this parameter to its collection of parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command.
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event using this parameters layout
- object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType
-
-
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this parameter.
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter. The parameter name
- must match up to a named parameter to the SQL stored procedure
- or prepared statement.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database type for this parameter.
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter. This property should
- be set to the database type from the
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the type from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the precision for this parameter.
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum number of digits used to represent the Value.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the precision from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the scale for this parameter.
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The number of decimal places to which Value is resolved.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the scale from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size for this parameter.
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the size from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences.
-
-
-
- AnsiColorTerminalAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific level of message to be set.
-
-
- This appender expects the terminal to understand the VT100 control set
- in order to interpret the color codes. If the terminal or console does not
- understand the control codes the behavior is not defined.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- When configuring the ANSI colored terminal appender, a mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan
- These color values cannot be combined together to make new colors.
-
-
- The attributes can be any combination of the following:
-
- Bright foreground is brighter Dim foreground is dimmer Underscore message is underlined Blink foreground is blinking (does not work on all terminals) Reverse foreground and background are reversed Hidden output is hidden Strikethrough message has a line through it
- While any of these attributes may be combined together not all combinations
- work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes
- no sense.
-
-
- Patrick Wagstrom
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Ansi code to reset terminal
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible display attributes
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the ANSI color attributes.
-
-
-
-
-
- text is bright
-
-
-
-
- text is dim
-
-
-
-
- text is underlined
-
-
-
-
- text is blinking
-
-
- Not all terminals support this attribute
-
-
-
-
- text and background colors are reversed
-
-
-
-
- text is hidden
-
-
-
-
- text is displayed with a strikethrough
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible foreground or background color values for
- use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The output can be in one for the following ANSI colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is black
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is magenta
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- An entry in the
-
-
- This is an abstract base class for types that are stored in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize any options defined on this entry
-
-
-
- Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialise based on their options
-
-
-
-
-
- The level that is the key for this mapping
-
-
- The
-
-
- Get or set the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a AppenderCollection instance.
-
-
- An AppenderCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- An empty readonly static AppenderCollection
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- AppenderCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given AppenderCollection .
-
- true if AppenderCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of AppenderCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the AppenderCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The specified AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the AppenderCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the AppenderCollection .
-
- An AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another AppenderCollection to the current AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- Return the collection elements as an array
-
- the array
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the AppenderCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the ASP.NET
-
-
-
- Diagnostic information and tracing messages that you specify are appended to the output
- of the page that is sent to the requesting browser. Optionally, you can view this information
- from a separate trace viewer (Trace.axd) that displays trace information for every page in a
- given application.
-
-
- Trace statements are processed and displayed only when tracing is enabled. You can control
- whether tracing is displayed to a page, to the trace viewer, or both.
-
-
- The logging event is passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace
- HttpContext.Current.Trace
- (
-
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The events are buffered in this appender until conditions are
- met to allow the appender to deliver the events to the attached
- appenders. See
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different
- thresholds and filters for the same appender at different locations
- within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching appenders to objects.
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- Add the specified appender. The implementation may
- choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Returns an attached appender with the null will be
- returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Gets a collection of attached appenders.
- If there are no attached appenders the
- implementation should return an empty
- collection rather than null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the events.
-
-
-
- Forwards the events to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this buffering appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes directly to the application's attached console
- not to the System.Console.Out or System.Console.Error TextWriter .
- The System.Console.Out and System.Console.Error streams can be
- programmatically redirected (for example NUnit does this to capture program output).
- This appender will ignore these redirections because it needs to use Win32
- API calls to colorize the output. To respect these redirections the
-
- When configuring the colored console appender, mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- combination of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan HighIntensity
-
-
- Rick Hobbs
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- The console output stream writer to write to
-
-
-
- This writer is not thread safe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible color values for use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is purple
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is intensified
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the true then the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Writes events to the system event log.
-
-
-
- The appender will fail if you try to write using an event source that doesn't exist unless it is running with local administrator privileges.
- See also http://logging.apache.org/log4net/release/faq.html#trouble-EventLog
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry can be
- set using the EventID property (
-
- The Category of the event log entry can be
- set using the Category property (
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
- When configuring the EventLogAppender a mapping can be
- specified to map a logging level to an event log entry type. For example:
-
-
- <mapping>
- <level value="ERROR" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Error" />
- </mapping>
- <mapping>
- <level value="DEBUG" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Information" />
- </mapping>
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and eventLogEntryType can be any value
- from the
- Error an error event Warning a warning event Information an informational event
-
-
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Thomas Voss
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an event log source
-
-
- Uses different API calls under NET_2_0
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Writes the event to the system event log using the
-
-
- If the event has an EventID property (see
-
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the equivalent
- The equivalent
-
- Because there are fewer applicable
-
-
-
- The log name is the section in the event logs where the messages
- are stored.
-
-
-
-
- Name of the application to use when logging. This appears in the
- application column of the event log named by
-
-
-
- The name of the machine which holds the event log. This is
- currently only allowed to be '.' i.e. the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to EventLogEntryType
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The event ID to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The event category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EventLogAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- The string name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- This is the name of the log as it appears in the Event Viewer
- tree. The default value is to log into the Application
- log, this is where most applications write their events. However
- if you need a separate log for your application (or applications)
- then you should set the
- This should not be used to distinguish your event log messages
- from those of other applications, the
-
-
-
-
- Property used to set the Application name. This appears in the
- event logs when logging.
-
-
- The string used to distinguish events from different sources.
-
-
- Sets the event log source property.
-
-
-
-
- This property is used to return the name of the computer to use
- when accessing the event logs. Currently, this is the current
- computer, denoted by a dot "."
-
-
- The string name of the machine holding the event log that
- will be logged into.
-
-
- This property cannot be changed. It is currently set to '.'
- i.e. the local machine. This may be changed in future.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The system security context used to write to the EventLog.
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the EventId to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the EventID property (
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The Category of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the Category property (
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and its event log entry type.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- Required property.
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to a file.
-
-
-
- Logging events are sent to the file specified by
- the
-
- The file can be opened in either append or overwrite mode
- by specifying the
-
- The layout's
-
- This appender will first try to open the file for writing when
-
- The
-
- All locking strategies have issues and you should seriously consider using a different strategy that
- avoids having multiple processes logging to the same file.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Rodrigo B. de Oliveira
- Douglas de la Torre
- Niall Daley
-
-
-
- Sends logging events to a
-
-
- An Appender that writes to a
-
- This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate
- writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that
- can open a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append.
-
-
-
- This method checks if an output target has been set and if a
- layout has been set.
-
-
- false if any of the preconditions fail.
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer
- before flushing the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed.
-
-
- Closed appenders cannot be reused.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Clears internal references to the underlying
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer
-
-
-
- This method is called when an event is logged and the
-
-
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logging events are not actually persisted if and when the application
- crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TextWriterAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end
- of each append operation.
-
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- append operation.
-
-
- If this option is set to false , then the underlying
- stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later
- time.
-
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in
- a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the
-
-
- The specified
-
- The
-
- Note: Logging to an unopened
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set the
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout, file and append mode.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout and file specified.
- The file will be appended to.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on the file appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This will cause the file to be opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes any previously opened file and calls the parent's
-
-
- Resets the filename and the file stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called to initialize the file writer
-
-
-
- Will be called for each logged message until the file is
- successfully opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Acquires the output file locks once before writing all the events to
- the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the previously opened file.
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- Calls
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- If there was already an opened file, then the previous file
- is closed first.
-
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer used for file output
-
-
-
- This implementation of
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to wrap the
- System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to
- wrap the
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we should append to the file
- or overwrite the file. The default is to append.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log file.
-
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the file stream.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics
-
-
-
-
- The locking model to use
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the FileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
- The path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
-
- If the path is relative it is taken as relative from
- the application base directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be
- appended to or overwritten.
-
-
- Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten.
-
-
-
- If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if
- it is set to true then the file will be appended to.
-
- The default value is true.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The default encoding set is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are three built in locking models,
-
- The default locking model is the
-
-
-
-
- Write only
-
-
-
- True asynchronous writes are not supported, the implementation forces a synchronous write.
-
-
-
-
- Exception base type for log4net.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Locking model base class
-
-
-
- Base class for the locking models available to the
-
-
-
-
- Open the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Helper method that creates a FileStream under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext.
-
-
-
- Typically called during OpenFile or AcquireLock.
-
-
- If the directory portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to close
-
- Does not set
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on
- behalf of.
-
-
- The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use.
-
-
- The value of this property will be set before
-
-
-
-
- Hold an exclusive lock on the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file once for writing and hold it open until
-
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the file lock for each write
-
-
-
- Opens the file once for each
-
-
-
-
- Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Provides cross-process file locking.
-
- Ron Grabowski
- Steve Wranovsky
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender forwards logging events to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different thresholds
- and filters for the same appender at different locations within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging event to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging events to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging events to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a local syslog service.
-
-
-
- This appender uses the POSIX libc library functions openlog , syslog , and closelog .
- If these functions are not available on the local system then this appender will not work!
-
-
- The functions openlog , syslog , and closelog are specified in SUSv2 and
- POSIX 1003.1-2001 standards. These are used to log messages to the local syslog service.
-
-
- This appender talks to a local syslog service. If you need to log to a remote syslog
- daemon and you cannot configure your local syslog service to do this you may be
- able to use the
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the
- string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the
- pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Open connection to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a log message.
-
-
-
- The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar
- to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported
- by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the
- format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format
- string to "%s" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Close descriptor used to write to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The log4net Level maps to a syslog severity using the
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facility defines which subsystem the logging comes from.
- This is set on the
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Stores logging events in an array.
-
-
-
- The memory appender stores all the logging events
- that are appended in an in-memory array.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Use the
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
- The events that have been logged
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Stores the
-
-
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
-
-
- The list of events that have been appended.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether only part of the logging event
- data should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the event
- data to be fixed and stored in the appender, hereby improving performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Logs entries by sending network messages using the
-
-
-
- You can send messages only to names that are active
- on the network. If you send the message to a user name,
- that user must be logged on and running the Messenger
- service to receive the message.
-
-
- The receiver will get a top most window displaying the
- messages one at a time, therefore this appender should
- not be used to deliver a high volume of messages.
-
-
- The following table lists some possible uses for this appender :
-
-
-
-
- Action
- Property Value(s)
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on the local machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a domain user account
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to all the names in a workgroup or domain
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message from the local machine to a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Note : security restrictions apply for sending
- network messages, see
-
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information
- using this appender from the local machine, named
- LOCAL_PC, to machine OPERATOR_PC :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The DNS or NetBIOS name of the server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
-
- The sender of the network message.
-
-
-
-
- The message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the appender.
-
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a buffer of information to a registered message alias.
-
-
-
- The following restrictions apply for sending network messages:
-
-
-
-
- Platform
- Requirements
-
- -
-
Windows NT
-
-
- No special group membership is required to send a network message.
-
-
- Admin, Accounts, Print, or Server Operator group membership is required to
- successfully send a network message on a remote server.
-
-
-
- -
-
Windows 2000 or later
-
-
- If you send a message on a domain controller that is running Active Directory,
- access is allowed or denied based on the access control list (ACL) for the securable
- object. The default ACL permits only Domain Admins and Account Operators to send a network message.
-
-
- On a member server or workstation, only Administrators and Server Operators can send a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For more information see Security Requirements for the Network Management Functions .
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is zero.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the sender of the message.
-
-
- The sender of the message.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the message is sent from the local computer.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
- The recipient of the message.
-
-
- This property should always be specified in order to send a message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
- DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
- For Windows NT 4.0 and earlier, the string should begin with \\.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the local computer is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the OutputDebugString system.
-
-
-
- OutputDebugStringAppender appends log events to the
- OutputDebugString system.
-
-
- The string is passed to the native OutputDebugString
- function.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
-
- The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to
- a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for for messages
- on UDP port 514.
-
-
- The syslog UDP protocol is not authenticated. Most syslog daemons
- do not accept remote log messages because of the security implications.
- You may be able to use the LocalSyslogAppender to talk to a local
- syslog service.
-
-
- There is an RFC 3164 that claims to document the BSD Syslog Protocol.
- This RFC can be seen here: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html.
- This appender generates what the RFC calls an "Original Device Message",
- i.e. does not include the TIMESTAMP or HOSTNAME fields. By observation
- this format of message will be accepted by all current syslog daemon
- implementations. The daemon will attach the current time and the source
- hostname or IP address to any messages received.
-
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a
- multicast group using an
-
-
- UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order.
-
-
- To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging
- events.
-
-
- When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding
- to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the
-
-
- This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent
- on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is
- encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such.
-
- IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0);
- UdpClient udpClient;
- byte[] buffer;
- string loggingEvent;
-
- try
- {
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080);
-
- while(true)
- {
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint);
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer);
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent);
- }
- }
- catch(Exception e)
- {
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString());
- }
-
-
- Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint
- Dim udpClient as UdpClient
- Dim buffer as Byte()
- Dim loggingEvent as String
-
- Try
- remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0)
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080)
-
- While True
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint)
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer)
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent)
- Wend
- Catch e As Exception
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString())
- End Try
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the
- IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gert Driesen
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
- The TCP port number assigned to
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using an UDP datagram.
-
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with
- this
-
-
- Disables the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the underlying
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to
- which the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number from which the
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the packet.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event
- will be sent.
-
-
-
- Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to
- 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so
- it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider
- supports multicasting.
-
-
- Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining
- the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined
- the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate
- them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest.
-
-
- Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below:
-
-
-
-
- IP Address
- Description
-
- -
-
224.0.0.1
-
-
- Sends a message to all system on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.2
-
-
- Sends a message to all routers on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.12
-
-
- The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges
- defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site .
-
-
- The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative
- addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically
- configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside
- of the local network.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
- The underlying
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to
- a local port.
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent.
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Syslog port 514
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
-
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The syslog severities.
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facilities
-
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to a remote logging sink.
-
-
-
- This Appender is designed to deliver events to a remote sink.
- That is any object that implements the
-
- The RemotingAppender buffers events before sending them. This allows it to
- make more efficient use of the remoting infrastructure.
-
- Once the buffer is full the events are still not sent immediately.
- They are scheduled to be sent using a pool thread. The effect is that
- the send occurs asynchronously. This is very important for a
- number of non obvious reasons. The remoting infrastructure will
- flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
- Because the events are sent asynchronously using pool threads it is possible to close
- this appender before all the queued events have been sent.
- When closing the appender attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but
- this will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If this appender is being closed because the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- The events are not sent immediately. They are scheduled to be sent
- using a pool thread. The effect is that the send occurs asynchronously.
- This is very important for a number of non obvious reasons. The remoting
- infrastructure will flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
-
-
- Override base class close.
-
-
-
- This method waits while there are queued work items. The events are
- sent asynchronously using
-
- This method attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but this
- method will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If the appender is being closed because the
-
-
-
-
- A work item is being queued into the thread pool
-
-
-
-
- A work item from the thread pool has completed
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- This method is designed to be used with the
-
-
-
- The URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
-
- The local proxy (.NET remoting) for the remote logging sink.
-
-
-
-
- The number of queued callbacks currently waiting or executing
-
-
-
-
- Event used to signal when there are no queued work items
-
-
- This event is set when there are no queued work items. In this
- state it is safe to close the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URL of the well-known object that will accept
- the logging events.
-
-
- The well-known URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
- The URL of the remoting sink that will accept logging events.
- The sink must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to deliver
-
- This interface must be implemented by a remoting sink
- if the
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
-
-
- Appender that rolls log files based on size or date or both.
-
-
-
- RollingFileAppender can roll log files based on size or date or both
- depending on the setting of the
-
- A of few additional optional features have been added:
-
- - Attach date pattern for current log file
- - Backup number increments for newer files
- - Infinite number of backups by file size
-
-
-
-
-
- For large or infinite numbers of backup files a
-
- When Date/Time based rolling is used setting
-
-
-
-
- Changing
-
-
-
- If Date/Time based rolling is enabled this appender will attempt to roll existing files
- in the directory without a Date/Time tag based on the last write date of the base log file.
- The appender only rolls the log file when a message is logged. If Date/Time based rolling
- is enabled then the appender will not roll the log file at the Date/Time boundary but
- at the point when the next message is logged after the boundary has been crossed.
-
-
-
- The
-
- When rolling a backup file necessitates deleting an older backup file the
- file to be deleted is moved to a temporary name before being deleted.
-
-
-
-
- A maximum number of backup files when rolling on date/time boundaries is not supported.
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Edward Smit
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RollingFileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes.
-
-
-
-
- Write out a logging event.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write out an array of logging events.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates and opens the file for logging. If
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Get the current output file name
-
- the output file name
-
- The output file name is based on the base fileName specified.
- If
-
-
-
- Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
-
-
-
-
- Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files
- that are similar to the base file name.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file
- pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
- - determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
- - initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher
- to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen.
- The highest count is either the first file (when count direction
- is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0).
- In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to extract a number from the end of the file name that indicates
- the number of the times the file has been rolled over.
-
-
- Certain date pattern extensions like yyyyMMdd will be parsed as valid backup indexes.
-
-
-
-
- Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for
- 'incremented' versions of the base file. Bumps the max
- count up to the highest count seen.
-
-
-
-
- Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied.
-
- The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied
-
- Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the
- most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point
- with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern
- supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day
- and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be
- and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check,
- scheduledFilename, and calls
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
- Resets curSizeRollBackups.
- If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile).
-
-
-
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
- true if the file exists
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
-
-
-
-
- Deletes the specified file if it exists.
-
-
-
- Delete a file if is exists.
- The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted.
- This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot
- be deleted, but it still can be moved.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll base on file size.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }. Moreover, File is
- renamed File.1 and closed.
-
-
- A new file is created to receive further log output.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
- This is called by
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time of the next window for the current rollpoint
-
- the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date
-
-
- Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method.
-
-
- The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant
- than the rollpoint from the current time. This should roll the time back to
- the start of the time window for the current rollpoint. Then we add 1 window
- worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the rollpoint.
-
-
-
-
-
- This object supplies the current date/time. Allows test code to plug in
- a method to control this class when testing date/time based rolling. The default
- implementation uses the underlying value of DateTime.Now.
-
-
-
-
- The date pattern. By default, the pattern is set to ".yyyy-MM-dd"
- meaning daily rollover.
-
-
-
-
- The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to
- or will be the file transferred to on roll over
- (based on staticLogFileName).
-
-
-
-
- The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename.
-
-
-
-
- Holds date of last roll over
-
-
-
-
- The type of rolling done
-
-
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB
-
-
-
-
- There is zero backup files by default
-
-
-
-
- How many sized based backups have been made so far
-
-
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
-
- The rolling mode used in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by date.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by size.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to always log to the same file.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
-
-
- FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly
-
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the strategy for determining the current date and time. The default
- implementation is to use LocalDateTime which internally calls through to DateTime.Now.
- DateTime.UtcNow may be used on frameworks newer than .NET 1.0 by specifying
-
-
- An implementation of the
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are two built strategies for determining the current date and time,
-
-
- The default strategy is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names
- when rolling over on date.
-
-
- The date pattern to be used for generating file names when rolling
- over on date.
-
-
-
- Takes a string in the same format as expected by
-
-
- This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over
- on date.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of backup files that are kept before
- the oldest is erased.
-
-
- The maximum number of backup files that are kept before the oldest is
- erased.
-
-
-
- If set to zero, then there will be no backup files and the log file
- will be truncated when it reaches
-
- If a negative number is supplied then no deletions will be made. Note
- that this could result in very slow performance as a large number of
- files are rolled over unless
-
- The maximum applies to each time based group of files and
- not the total.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size in bytes that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property is equivalent to
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB (10*1024*1024).
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property allows you to specify the maximum size with the
- suffixes "KB", "MB" or "GB" so that the size is interpreted being
- expressed respectively in kilobytes, megabytes or gigabytes.
-
-
- For example, the value "10KB" will be interpreted as 10240 bytes.
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB.
-
-
- If you have the option to set the maximum file size programmatically
- consider using the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling file count direction.
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
- Indicates if the current file is the lowest numbered file or the
- highest numbered file.
-
-
- By default newer files have lower numbers (
-
-
- The default file count direction is -1.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling style.
-
- The rolling style.
-
-
- The default rolling style is
-
- When set to false , otherwise
- the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling
- the file each time it is opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
- true if the file name extension should be preserved.
-
-
-
- By default file.log is rolled to file.log.yyyy-MM-dd or file.log.curSizeRollBackup.
- However, under Windows the new file name will loose any program associations as the
- extension is changed. Optionally file.log can be renamed to file.yyyy-MM-dd.log or
- file.curSizeRollBackup.log to maintain any program associations.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to
- the same file.
-
-
- true if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- By default file.log is always the current file. Optionally
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd for current formatted datePattern can by the currently
- logging file (or file.log.curSizeRollBackup or even
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd.curSizeRollBackup).
-
-
- This will make time based rollovers with a large number of backups
- much faster as the appender it won't have to rename all the backups!
-
-
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution.
- Well really once each time this appender is
- configured.
-
-
- Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to
- false on the RollingFileAppender , otherwise
- this appender would just be a normal file appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the size of the file
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based on both the size and date of the file
-
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log not based on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each minute
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each hour
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each day (midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each week
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each month
-
-
-
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send an e-mail when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors.
-
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Authentication and setting the server Port are only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
- For these features to be enabled you need to ensure that you are using a version of
- the log4net assembly that is built against the MS .NET 1.1 framework and that you are
- running the your application on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. On all other platforms only sending
- unauthenticated messages to a server listening on port 25 (the default) is supported.
-
-
- Authentication is supported by setting the
-
- To set the SMTP server port use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
- Send the email message
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be carbon copied (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be blind carbon copied.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the SMTP relay mail server to use to send
- the e-mail messages.
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Obsolete
-
-
- Use the BufferingAppenderSkeleton Fix methods instead
-
-
-
- Obsolete property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mode to use to authentication with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- Valid Authentication mode values are:
-
-
-
-
- The username to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The password to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening
-
-
- Server Port is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening. The default
- port is 25 . The Port can only be changed when running on
- the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the priority of the e-mail message
-
-
- One of the
-
-
- Sets the priority of the e-mails generated by this
- appender. The default priority is
-
- If you are using this appender to report errors then
- you may want to set the priority to
-
-
-
-
- Enable or disable use of SSL when sending e-mail message
-
-
- This is available on MS .NET 2.0 runtime and higher
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the reply-to e-mail address.
-
-
- This is available on MS .NET 2.0 runtime and higher
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Values for the
-
-
- SMTP authentication modes.
-
-
-
-
-
- No authentication
-
-
-
-
- Basic authentication.
-
-
- Requires a username and password to be supplied
-
-
-
-
- Integrated authentication
-
-
- Uses the Windows credentials from the current thread or process to authenticate.
-
-
-
-
- Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors. Rather than sending via smtp it writes a file into the
- directory specified by
-
-
- The configuration for this appender is identical to that of the SMTPAppender ,
- except that instead of specifying the SMTPAppender.SMTPHost you specify
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Niall Daley
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on this appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same
- as that used by the agent sending the messages.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages
-
-
-
- The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages
- back to the client.
- The output is provided in a telnet-friendly way so that a log can be monitored
- over a TCP/IP socket.
- This allows simple remote monitoring of application logging.
-
-
- The default
-
- Keith Long
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TelnetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the parent method to close the socket handler
-
-
-
- Closes all the outstanding connections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Create the socket handler and wait for connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The default value is 23 (the telnet port).
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Helper class to manage connected clients
-
-
-
- The SocketHandler class is used to accept connections from
- clients. It is threaded so that clients can connect/disconnect
- asynchronously.
-
-
-
-
-
- Opens a new server port on
-
-
- Creates a socket handler on the specified local server port.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a client to the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Remove a client from the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket
-
-
-
- On connection adds to the list of connections
- if there are two many open connections you will be disconnected
-
-
-
-
-
- Close all network connections
-
-
-
- Make sure we close all network connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this handler has active connections
-
-
- true if this handler has active connections
-
-
-
- This property will be true while this handler has
- active connections, that is at least one connection that
- the handler will attempt to send a message to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Create this
-
-
- Opens a stream writer on the socket.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the clients connection
-
-
-
- Close the socket connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string)
- method. The event's logger name is the default value for the category parameter
- of the Write method.
-
-
- Compact Framework Assert . When using the Compact Framework this
- appender will write to the
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a domain to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's domain to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target domain.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required domains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a repository to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's repository to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target repository.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required repositories.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
- The repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
- The name of the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to quickly configure a
-
-
- Allows very simple programmatic configuration of log4net.
-
-
- Only one appender can be configured using this configurator.
- The appender is set at the root of the hierarchy and all logging
- events will be delivered to that appender.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the BasicConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system with a default configuration.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net logging system using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the specified repository using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Base class for all log4net configuration attributes.
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be extended by
- specific configurators. This attribute allows the
- configurator to be parameterized by an assembly level
- attribute.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor used by subclasses.
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Abstract method implemented by a subclass. When this method is called
- the subclass should configure the
-
-
-
-
- Compare this instance to another ConfiguratorAttribute
-
- see
-
-
- Compares the priorities of the two
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging domain for the assembly.
-
-
-
- DomainAttribute is obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging domains. Each domain has its own
- logging repository. This attribute specified on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the domain. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging repository for the assembly.
-
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging repository. This attribute specified
- on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the repository. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Initialize the attribute with the name for the assembly's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the logging repository.
-
-
- The string name to use as the name of the repository associated with this
- assembly.
-
-
-
- This value does not have to be unique. Several assemblies can share the
- same repository. They will share the logging configuration of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
- The type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
-
- The type of the repository to create for the assembly.
- The type must implement the
-
- This will be the type of repository created when
- the repository is created. If multiple assemblies reference the
- same repository then the repository is only created once using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- If neither of the config has the same effect as not specifying the
-
- The
-
-
- Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once.
- When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration
- of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the
-
-
- If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from
- different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e.
- call the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Configure the repository using the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from the local file system
-
-
-
-
- Configure the specified repository using a
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from a URI
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfiguratorAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file.
-
-
- The filename of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with
- the application base directory (
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file.
-
-
- The extension of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified this is the extension for the configuration file.
- The path to the config file is built by using the application
- base directory (assembly file name and the config file extension.
-
-
- If the MyExt then
- possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or
- MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt .
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file.
-
-
- true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework
- will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time
- the file is modified.
-
-
- The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk.
- In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded
- from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk
- and therefore it may not be able to watch it.
-
-
- Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file
-
-
- The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section
- handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns
- the XML element that is the root of the section.
-
-
- Example of registering the log4net section handler :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- log4net configuration XML goes here
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the configuration section.
-
- The
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to
- the repository.
-
-
-
- Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the
- assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface used to create plugins.
-
-
-
- Interface used to create a plugin.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object.
-
- the new plugin instance
-
-
- Create and return a new plugin instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
- Where possible use the constructor that takes a
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute.
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the
-
- The plugin object.
-
-
-
- Returns a representation of the properties of this object.
-
-
-
- Overrides base class
-
- A representation of the properties of this object
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type for the plugin.
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name for the plugin.
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
- Where possible use the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Construct provider attribute with type specified
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Configures the SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- Creates a provider instance from the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SecurityContextProviderAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the provider to use.
-
-
- the type of the provider to use.
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration URI.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration data stream.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the specified repository using a log4net element.
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
- This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods
- to load the configuration from an
-
-
-
-
- Maps repository names to ConfigAndWatchHandler instances to allow a particular
- ConfigAndWatchHandler to dispose of its FileSystemWatcher when a repository is
- reconfigured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Class used to watch config files.
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification
- before reloading the config file.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the FileInfo used to configure the XmlConfigurator
-
-
-
-
- Holds the repository being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The timer used to compress the notification events.
-
-
-
-
- Watches file for changes. This object should be disposed when no longer
- needed to free system handles on the watched resources.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called by the timer when the configuration has been updated.
-
-
-
-
- Release the handles held by the watcher and timer.
-
-
-
-
- The implementation of the
-
-
- This
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not support retrieving assembly
- level attributes therefore unlike the DefaultRepositorySelector
- this selector does not examine the calling assembly for attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Interface used by the
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named
- The named
-
- Lookup a named
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository with the name specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
- An array of the
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository selector
-
-
-
- Create an new compact repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
- throw if
- throw if
-
-
-
- Get the
- The default
-
-
- The
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the named
- The named
-
-
- Get the named log4net-default-repository . Other repositories
- must be created using the
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the null then the
- default repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the repository specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the named repository already exists an exception will be thrown.
-
-
- If null then the default
- repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the CompactRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has been created
-
-
-
- Raises the LoggerRepositoryCreatedEvent
- event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- The default implementation of the
-
-
- Uses attributes defined on the calling assembly to determine how to
- configure the hierarchy for the repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository selector.
-
-
-
- Create an new repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
- The type of the
-
- The default values are to use the
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Returns the named repository. If null
- a
-
- Use
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- true to read and apply the assembly attributes
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the specified repository.
-
- The new repository.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Aliases a repository to an existing repository.
-
-
-
- The repository specified will be aliased to the repository when created.
- The repository must not already exist.
-
-
- When the repository is created it must utilize the same repository type as
- the repository it is aliased to, otherwise the aliasing will fail.
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Notifies the registered listeners that the repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the repository name and repository type for the specified assembly.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the repository using information from the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined plugins on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined aliases on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DefaultRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Defined error codes that can be passed to the
-
-
- Values passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- A general error
-
-
-
-
- Error while writing output
-
-
-
-
- Failed to flush file
-
-
-
-
- Failed to close file
-
-
-
-
- Unable to open output file
-
-
-
-
- No layout specified
-
-
-
-
- Failed to parse address
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers on an Exception type
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the type of the Exception
- passed to
-
- Drew Schaeffer
-
-
-
- Test if an
-
-
- Implementations of this interface allow certain appenders to decide
- when to perform an appender specific action.
-
-
- The action or behavior triggered is defined by the implementation.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Test if this event triggers the action
-
- true if this event triggers the action, otherwise false
-
- Return true if this event triggers the action
-
-
-
-
-
- The type that causes the trigger to fire.
-
-
-
-
- Causes subclasses of
-
-
-
- Default ctor to allow dynamic creation through a configurator.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an evaluator and initializes to trigger on
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the logging event Exception
- Type is false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the Exception Type of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- The type that triggers this evaluator.
-
-
-
-
- If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of
-
-
-
- Appenders may delegate their error handling to an
-
-
- Error handling is a particularly tedious to get right because by
- definition errors are hard to predict and to reproduce.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Interface for objects that require fixing.
-
-
-
- Interface that indicates that the object requires fixing before it
- can be taken outside the context of the appender's
-
-
- When objects that implement this interface are stored
- in the context properties maps
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a portable instance object that represents the current
- state of this object. The portable object can be stored
- and logged from any thread with identical results.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface that all loggers implement
-
-
-
- This interface supports logging events and testing if a level
- is enabled for logging.
-
-
- These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementor, ensure
- that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception
- to be thrown to the caller.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
- null to not log an exception.
-
-
- Generates a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers.
-
-
- All wrappers must implement this interface.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not
- be the same object as this object because of logger decorators.
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default set of levels recognized by the system.
-
-
-
- Each
-
- Levels have a numeric
-
- The levels that are recognized by log4net are set for each
-
- When logging at level INFO the actual level used is not LoggerRepository.LevelMap["INFO"] . The default value for this is
-
-
- Each level has a
-
- Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are:
-
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the
-
- A
-
-
- Returns the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares levels.
-
- true if the objects are equal.
-
- Compares the levels of
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code
-
- A hash code for the current
-
-
- Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data
- structures like a hash table.
-
-
- Returns the hash code of the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an
- indication of their relative values.
-
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
- This instance is less than
-
- -
-
Zero
- This instance is equal to
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
- This instance is greater than
- -or-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two specified
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- two values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
-
- -
-
Zero
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
- The name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
- The value of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
- The display name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance.
-
-
- A LevelCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- LevelCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given LevelCollection .
-
- true if LevelCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of LevelCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the LevelCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The specified LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the LevelCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection .
-
- An LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The threshold for triggering
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the event level
- is equal or higher than the false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- the threshold to trigger at
-
-
- The
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and Level object
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Mapping from level name to Level object. The
- level name is case insensitive
-
-
-
-
- Construct the level map
-
-
-
- Construct the level map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map
-
- the level in the map with the name specified
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map. The name of the level to lookup is taken
- from the
-
- If no level with the specified name is found then the
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a
- a Level from the map with the name specified
-
-
- Returns the null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
- all possible levels as a list of Level objects
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of caller location information.
-
-
-
- This class uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- When location information is not available the constant
- NA is returned. Current value of this string
- constant is ? .
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LocationInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
- The fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
- The file name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
- The line number of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
- The method name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information
-
-
- All available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stack frames from the stack trace of the caller making the log request
-
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
- This class is used by the wrapper managers (e.g.
-
- This manager also holds the log4net.RepositorySelector
- AppSetting in the applications config file to the fully qualified type name of the
- selector to use.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Hook the shutdown event
-
-
-
- On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the
- AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload > events.
- These are used to shutdown the log4net system as the application exits.
-
-
-
-
-
- Register for ProcessExit and DomainUnload events on the AppDomain
-
-
-
- This needs to be in a separate method because the events make
- a LinkDemand for the ControlAppDomain SecurityPermission. Because
- this is a LinkDemand it is demanded at JIT time. Therefore we cannot
- catch the exception in the method itself, we have to catch it in the
- caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Returns the default
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified assembly's repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to get pertinent version info.
-
- A string of version info.
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerManager class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the default repository selector
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository selector used by the
-
- The repository selector used by the
-
-
- The repository selector (
-
- The caller to
-
- This context is used by the selector to lookup a specific repository.
-
-
- For the full .NET Framework, the default repository is DefaultRepositorySelector ;
- for the .NET Compact Framework CompactRepositorySelector is the default
- repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
- This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- The logger that this object is wrapping
-
-
-
-
- Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not be the same object as this object
- because of logger decorators.
-
-
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Level of logging event.
-
-
-
- Level of logging event. Level cannot be Serializable
- because it is a flyweight. Due to its special serialization it
- cannot be declared final either.
-
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message.
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of thread
-
-
-
- The name of thread in which this logging event was generated
-
-
-
-
-
- The time the event was logged
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the user
-
-
-
- String representation of the user's windows name,
- like DOMAIN\username
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the identity.
-
-
-
- String representation of the current thread's principal identity.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Fix the MDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the NDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Fix the thread name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers location information
-
-
- CAUTION: Very slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers windows user name
-
-
- CAUTION: Slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the domain friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers principal name
-
-
- CAUTION: May be slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the exception text
-
-
-
-
- Fix the event properties. Active properties must implement
-
-
-
- No fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- All fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- Partial fields fixed
-
-
-
- This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of logging events.
-
-
-
- When an affirmative decision is made to log then a
-
-
- This class is of concern to those wishing to extend log4net.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the host name value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the user name value.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Except LoggingEvent are filled when actually needed. Call
-
- This method is called by the log4net framework
- to create a logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the repository is set.
-
-
-
-
- Write the rendered message to a TextWriter
-
-
-
- Unlike the
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
- Does a
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Calling false .
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Fixes instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
- true to not fix data that takes a long time to fix.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- The true . This setting will ignore the
-
- Set false to ensure that all
- settings are fixed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix the fields specified by the
-
-
- Only fields specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a composite property in this event
-
- the value for the property
-
-
- This event has composite properties that combine together properties from
- several different contexts in the following order:
-
- -
-
this events properties
-
- This event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all the composite properties in this event
-
- the
-
-
- See
-
- This method returns a single
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified Type of the calling
- logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method).
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The exception that was thrown.
-
-
- This is not serialized. The string representation
- is serialized instead.
-
-
-
-
- The repository that generated the logging event
-
-
- This is not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- The fix state for this event
-
-
- These flags indicate which fields have been fixed.
- Not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed)
-
-
- This is a seperate flag to m_fixFlags as it allows incrementel fixing and simpler
- changes in the caching strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time when the current process started.
-
-
- This is the time when this process started.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
- Tries to get the start time for the current process.
- Failing that it returns the time of the first call to
- this property.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating and therefore
- without the process start time being reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time of the logging event.
-
-
- The time of the logging event.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
- The name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the location information for this logging event.
-
-
- The location information for this logging event.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid message object.
- If the event is serialized the message object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the message the
-
-
- If there is no defined message object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid exception object.
- If the event is serialized the exception object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the exception the
-
-
- If there is no defined exception object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message, rendered through the
-
- The message rendered through the
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current thread.
-
-
- The name of the current thread, or the thread ID when
- the name is not available.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current user.
-
-
- The name of the current user, or NOT AVAILABLE when the
- underlying runtime has no support for retrieving the name of the
- current user.
-
-
-
- Calls WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name to get the name of
- the current windows user.
-
-
- To improve performance, we could cache the string representation of
- the name, and reuse that as long as the identity stayed constant.
- Once the identity changed, we would need to re-assign and re-render
- the string.
-
-
- However, the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() call seems to
- return different objects every time, so the current implementation
- doesn't do this type of caching.
-
-
- Timing for these operations:
-
-
-
- Method
- Results
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds
-
-
-
- This means we could speed things up almost 40 times by caching the
- value of the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name property, since
- this takes (8.04-0.20) = 7.84375 seconds.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
- The string name of the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
- Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get
- the name of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
- The AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
- This property is for events that have been added directly to
- this event. The aggregate properties (which include these
- event properties) can be retrieved using
-
- Once the properties have been fixed
-
-
-
-
- The fixed fields in this event
-
-
- The set of fields that are fixed in this event
-
-
-
- Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed.
- It is not possible to 'unfix' a field.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- This implementation of the
-
- This logger has methods to allow the caller to log at the following
- levels:
-
-
- -
-
DEBUG
-
- The DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
INFO
-
- The INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
WARN
-
- The WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
ERROR
-
- The ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
FATAL
-
- The FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
-
-
- The values for these levels and their semantic meanings can be changed by
- configuring the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into
- the log4net framework.
-
-
-
- Use the
-
- This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also
- has properties for determining if those logging levels are
- enabled in the current configuration.
-
-
- This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation
- specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual
- implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to
- do things differently.
-
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
- For some ILog interface log , when you write:
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in
- Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug
- enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this:
-
-
- private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled;
-
-
- Then when you come to log you can write:
-
-
- if (isDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way the debug enabled state is only queried once
- when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly
- variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant
- and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler.
-
-
- Of course if you use a static readonly variable to
- hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot
- change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging
- that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute
- speed or runtime flexibility.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG level. If this logger is
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO level. If this logger is
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN level. If this logger is
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR level. If this logger is
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL level. If this logger is
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG
- level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for DEBUG events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
-
- For some log Logger object, when you write:
-
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed, then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled())
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in IsDebugEnabled and once in
- the Debug . This is an insignificant overhead
- since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it
- takes to actually log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the INFO level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for INFO events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the WARN level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for WARN events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the ERROR level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for ERROR events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the FATAL level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for FATAL events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
- for example with operating system services. This can be used to impersonate
- a principal that has been granted privileges on the system resources.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- An null
-
-
- Impersonate this security context. Further calls on the current
- thread should now be made in the security context provided
- by this object. When the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- A configured component that interacts with potentially protected system
- resources uses a
-
- By default the
-
- This default behavior can be overridden by subclassing the
-
- An alternative is to use the log4net.Config.SecurityContextProviderAttribute
- This attribute can be applied to an assembly in the same way as the
- log4net.Config.XmlConfiguratorAttribute" . The attribute takes
- the type to use as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The default provider
-
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a SecurityContext for a consumer
-
- An impersonation context
-
-
- The default implementation is to return a
-
- Subclasses should override this method to provide their own
- behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
- The default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- The default provider is used by configured components that
- require a
-
- By default this is an instance of
-
- The default provider can be set programmatically by setting
- the value of this property to a sub class of
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers after specified number of seconds.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
- Robert Sevcik
-
-
-
- The default time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time of last check. This gets updated when the object is created and when the evaluator triggers.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the specified time period
- false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after.
- Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. This delegate
- is called from the
-
- The delegate to use is supplied to the
-
-
-
-
- Maps between logger objects and wrapper objects.
-
-
-
- This class maintains a mapping between
-
- New wrapper instances are created by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the specified logger
-
-
- If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null.
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper it it has previously been requested and
- returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then
- the
-
-
-
-
- Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the logger.
-
-
- This implementation uses the
-
-
-
-
- Called when a monitored repository shutdown event is received.
-
-
-
- This method is called when a
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for repository shutdown event.
-
-
-
-
- Map of logger repositories to hashtables of ILogger to ILoggerWrapper mappings
-
-
-
-
- The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects.
-
-
-
-
- Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the map of logger repositories.
-
-
- Map of logger repositories.
-
-
-
- Gets the hashtable that is keyed on
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render a
-
-
- Interface to abstract the rendering of a
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats the specified date as a string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601 .
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to render the date
- into a string using a precision up to the second. This method
- will be called at most once per second and the result will be
- reused if it is needed again during the same second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss,fff".
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Sub classes should override
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff"
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example,
- "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Angelika Schnagl
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats a DateTime in the format "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss"
- for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- The format info for the invariant culture.
-
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats the date specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats the
-
-
- Formats the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date using
-
-
- Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call
- the
-
-
-
-
- The format string used to format the
-
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- This filter drops all
-
-
- You can add this filter to the end of a filter chain to
- switch from the default "accept all unless instructed otherwise"
- filtering behavior to a "deny all unless instructed otherwise"
- behavior.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should extend this class to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should implement this interface to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Decide if the logging event should be logged through an appender.
-
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Points to the next filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the filter with the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Typically filter's options become active immediately on set,
- however this method must still be called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decide if the
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
- This method is marked abstract and must be implemented
- in a subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Always returns the integer constant
- Always returns
-
-
- Ignores the event being logged and just returns
-
-
-
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be dropped immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This filter is neutral with respect to the log event.
- The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision.
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be logged immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This is a very simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits two options true , if it is false then
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- flag to indicate if the filter should
-
-
-
- the
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Tests if the
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- This is a simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits three options true , if it is false
- then
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when matching a
-
-
-
- the minimum
-
-
-
- the maximum
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if the event should be logged.
-
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Set the minimum matched
-
-
- The minimum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the maximum matched
-
-
- The maximum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name.
-
-
-
- The works very similar to the true ,
- if it is false then
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The logger name string to substring match against the event
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in
- the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the
- logger name (using
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with layered properties the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string an event property
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the value for a
- specific event property
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The string to substring match against the message
-
-
-
-
- A string regex to match
-
-
-
-
- A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch)
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Initialize and precompile the Regex if required
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Sets the static string to match
-
-
-
- The string that will be substring matched against
- the rendered message. If the message contains this
- string then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- Sets the regular expression to match
-
-
-
- The regular expression pattern that will be matched against
- the rendered message. If the message matches this
- pattern then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- The key to use to lookup the string from the event properties
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The event property for the
-
-
-
-
- The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against.
-
-
-
- The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the
- properties collections the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Sets the "NDC" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer.
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the next pattern converter in the chains
-
- the next converter
-
-
- The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a sub class).
- Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting
-
-
-
- This method calls
-
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
-
-
- The option string to the converter
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an object to a
-
-
- Writes the Object to a writer. If the
-
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
- the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
- The formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
- The option for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
- false if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- false if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- If this converter handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the property should be set to true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this converter does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides access to the current HttpContext (
-
- This class handles the case when HttpContext.Current is null by writing
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net HttpContext item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
-
- Render the
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter pattern based on the
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception or the exception property specified
- by the Option value does not exist then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Recognized values for the Option parameter are:
-
-
- -
-
Message
-
- -
-
Source
-
- -
-
StackTrace
-
- -
-
TargetSite
-
- -
-
HelpLink
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the display name of the event
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for logger name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings
-
-
-
- This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string
- to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side.
- This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified.
-
-
- Subclasses should override the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the fully qualified string data
-
- the fully qualified name
-
-
- Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the
- precision is applied to it.
-
-
- Return the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
- Render the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the NamedPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the logger
-
- The fully qualified logger name
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event NDC
-
-
-
- Outputs the value of the event property named NDC .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event NDC to the output
-
-
-
- As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties
- this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converter to output the relative time of the event
-
-
-
- Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the relative time to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds.
- That is the number of milliseconds between the event
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects
-
- the time difference in milliseconds
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Adam Davies
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Michael Cromwell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the strack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the Name of the method
-
- This method was created, so this class could be used as a base class for StackTraceDetailPatternConverter
- string
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTracePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTraceDetailPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event thread name
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the ThreadName to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for the class name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the class
-
- The fully qualified type name for the caller location
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event user name
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- Uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event.
-
-
- This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple
- layouts (e.g.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format.
-
-
-
- This is the base implementation of the
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses must implement the
-
- Subclasses should set the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by layout objects
-
-
-
- An
-
- The layout can also supply
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
- If the caller does not have a
-
- StringWriter writer = new StringWriter();
- Layout.Format(writer, loggingEvent);
- string formattedEvent = writer.ToString();
-
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This is a MIME type e.g. "text/plain" .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handle exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The footer text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This method must be implemented by the subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method for easily formatting the logging event into a string variable.
-
-
- Creates a new StringWriter instance to store the formatted logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type is "text/plain"
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This base class uses the value "text/plain" .
- To change this value a subclass must override this
- property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this layout does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Constructs a ExceptionLayout
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- Part of the
-
- This method does nothing as options become effective immediately.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- Write the exception string to the
-
-
-
-
- Interface for raw layout objects
-
-
-
- Interface used to format a
-
- This interface should not be confused with the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adapts any
-
-
- Where an
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The layout to adapt
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new adapter
-
-
-
- Create the adapter for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- A flexible layout configurable with pattern string.
-
-
-
- The goal of this class is to conversion pattern .
-
-
- The conversion pattern is closely related to the conversion
- pattern of the printf function in C. A conversion pattern is
- composed of literal text and format control expressions called
- conversion specifiers .
-
-
- You are free to insert any literal text within the conversion
- pattern.
-
-
- Each conversion specifier starts with a percent sign (%) and is
- followed by optional format modifiers and a conversion
- pattern name . The conversion pattern name specifies the type of
- data, e.g. logger, level, date, thread name. The format
- modifiers control such things as field width, padding, left and
- right justification. The following is a simple example.
-
-
- Let the conversion pattern be "%-5level [%thread]: %message%newline" and assume
- that the log4net environment was set to use a PatternLayout. Then the
- statements
-
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestApp));
- log.Debug("Message 1");
- log.Warn("Message 2");
-
- would yield the output
-
- DEBUG [main]: Message 1
- WARN [main]: Message 2
-
-
- Note that there is no explicit separator between text and
- conversion specifiers. The pattern parser knows when it has reached
- the end of a conversion specifier when it reads a conversion
- character. In the example above the conversion specifier
- %-5level means the level of the logging event should be left
- justified to a width of five characters.
-
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
a
- Equivalent to appdomain
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the
- logging event was generated.
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-cache
-
-
- Used to output all cache items in the case of %aspnet-cache or just one named item if used as %aspnet-cache{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-context
-
-
- Used to output all context items in the case of %aspnet-context or just one named item if used as %aspnet-context{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-request
-
-
- Used to output all request parameters in the case of %aspnet-request or just one named param if used as %aspnet-request{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-session
-
-
- Used to output all session items in the case of %aspnet-session or just one named item if used as %aspnet-session{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
c
- Equivalent to logger
-
- -
-
C
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
class
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
d
- Equivalent to date
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
exception
-
-
- Used to output the exception passed in with the log message.
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
-
- -
-
F
- Equivalent to file
-
- -
-
file
-
-
- Used to output the file name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
l
- Equivalent to location
-
- -
-
L
- Equivalent to line
-
- -
-
location
-
-
- Used to output location information of the caller which generated
- the logging event.
-
-
- The location information depends on the CLI implementation but
- usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling
- method followed by the callers source the file name and line
- number between parentheses.
-
-
- The location information can be very useful. However, its
- generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided
- unless execution speed is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
level
-
-
- Used to output the level of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
line
-
-
- Used to output the line number from where the logging request
- was issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
logger
-
-
- Used to output the logger of the logging event. The
- logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by
- precision specifier , that is a decimal constant in
- brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the logger name will be
- printed. By default the logger name is printed in full.
-
-
- For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern
- %logger{2} will output "b.c".
-
-
-
- -
-
m
- Equivalent to message
-
- -
-
M
- Equivalent to method
-
- -
-
message
-
-
- Used to output the application supplied message associated with
- the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
mdc
-
-
- The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the
- combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility
- but is equivalent to property .
-
-
-
- -
-
method
-
-
- Used to output the method name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
n
- Equivalent to newline
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
ndc
-
-
- Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated
- with the thread that generated the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
p
- Equivalent to level
-
- -
-
P
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
properties
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output the an event specific property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the event properties
-
- The event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
r
- Equivalent to timestamp
-
- -
-
stacktrace
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktrace{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
stacktracedetail
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktracedetail{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...)
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
t
- Equivalent to thread
-
- -
-
timestamp
-
-
- Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start
- of the application until the creation of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
thread
-
-
- Used to output the name of the thread that generated the
- logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available.
-
-
-
- -
-
type
-
-
- Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller
- issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier
- can be optionally followed by precision specifier , that
- is a decimal constant in brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the class name will be
- printed. By default the class name is output in fully qualified form.
-
-
- For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the
- pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout".
-
-
- WARNING Generating the caller class information is
- slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is
- not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
u
- Equivalent to identity
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
w
- Equivalent to username
-
- -
-
x
- Equivalent to ndc
-
- -
-
X
- Equivalent to mdc
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the
- longer more descriptive pattern names.
-
-
- By default the relevant information is output as is. However,
- with the aid of format modifiers it is possible to change the
- minimum field width, the maximum field width and justification.
-
-
- The optional format modifier is placed between the percent sign
- and the conversion pattern name.
-
-
- The first optional format modifier is the left justification
- flag which is just the minus (-) character. Then comes the
- optional minimum field width modifier. This is a decimal
- constant that represents the minimum number of characters to
- output. If the data item requires fewer characters, it is padded on
- either the left or the right until the minimum width is
- reached. The default is to pad on the left (right justify) but you
- can specify right padding with the left justification flag. The
- padding character is space. If the data item is larger than the
- minimum field width, the field is expanded to accommodate the
- data. The value is never truncated.
-
-
- This behavior can be changed using the maximum field
- width modifier which is designated by a period followed by a
- decimal constant. If the data item is longer than the maximum
- field, then the extra characters are removed from the
- beginning of the data item and not from the end. For
- example, it the maximum field width is eight and the data item is
- ten characters long, then the first two characters of the data item
- are dropped. This behavior deviates from the printf function in C
- where truncation is done from the end.
-
-
- Below are various format modifier examples for the logger
- conversion specifier.
-
-
-
-
- Format modifier
- left justify
- minimum width
- maximum width
- comment
-
-
- %20logger
- false
- 20
- none
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20
- characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %-20logger
- true
- 20
- none
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger
- name is less than 20 characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %.30logger
- NA
- none
- 30
-
-
- Truncate from the beginning if the logger
- name is longer than 30 characters.
-
-
-
-
- %20.30logger false
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
- %-20.30logger
- true
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Note about caller location information. %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M
- all generate caller location information.
- Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
-
- This is a more detailed pattern.
- %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline
-
- A similar pattern except that the relative time is
- right padded if less than 6 digits, thread name is right padded if
- less than 15 characters and truncated if longer and the logger
- name is left padded if shorter than 30 characters and truncated if
- longer.
- %-6timestamp [%15.15thread] %-5level %30.30logger %ndc - %message%newline
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
- Currently set to the string "%message%newline"
- which just prints the application supplied message.
-
-
-
-
-
- A detailed conversion pattern
-
-
-
- A conversion pattern which includes Time, Thread, Logger, and Nested Context.
- Current value is %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline .
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
- This static map is overridden by the m_converterRegistry instance map
-
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternLayout only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
- Defines the builtin global rules.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern
-
-
-
- The default pattern just produces the application supplied message.
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- As per the
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern
-
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- When using this constructor the
-
-
-
-
- Create the pattern parser instance
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Parse the
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- Add a named pattern converter to this instance. This
- converter will be used in the formatting of the event.
- This method must be called before
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for the
-
-
- Used to convert objects to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types
- to a single target type. See
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Can the sourceType be converted to an
- true if the source type can be converted to
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the value to a
- the
-
-
- Convert the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawPropertyLayout
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the property for
- returns property value
-
-
- Looks up and returns the object value of the property
- named null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection.
-
-
- Value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection
-
-
-
- String name of the property to lookup in the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp
- in universal time use
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawUtcTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp
- in local time use
-
-
-
-
- A very simple layout
-
-
-
- SimpleLayout consists of the level of the log statement,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. For example,
-
- DEBUG - Hello world
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a SimpleLayout
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a simple formatted output.
-
-
-
- Formats the event as the level of the even,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The
- output is terminated by a newline.
-
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- The output of the external entity
- in a separate file to form a correct XML file.
-
-
- For example, if abc is the name of the file where
- the
-
- <?xml version="1.0" ?>
-
- <!DOCTYPE log4net:events SYSTEM "log4net-events.dtd" [<!ENTITY data SYSTEM "abc">]>
-
- <log4net:events version="1.2" xmlns:log4net="http://logging.apache.org/log4net/schemas/log4net-events-1.2>
- &data;
- </log4net:events>
-
-
- This approach enforces the independence of the
-
- The version attribute helps components to correctly
- interpret output generated by
-
- Alternatively the Header and Footer properties can be
- configured to output the correct XML header, open tag and close tag.
- When setting the Header and Footer properties it is essential
- that the underlying data store not be appendable otherwise the data
- will become invalid XML.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation
- to conform to a specific schema.
-
-
- Deriving classes must implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- The true , then the
- file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
- This method creates an
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if location information should be included in
- the XML events.
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace invalid chars with
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in
- the XML events.
-
-
- true if location information should be included in the XML
- events; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- If true , then the file
- name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with.
-
-
- Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the
- string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it
- to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more
- details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets
- Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names
- and the property values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the content type output by this layout.
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SmtpAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Builds a cache of the element names
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Override the base class
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all generated element names
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all element names
-
-
-
- The default prefix is log4net . Set this property
- to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string
- then no prefix will be written.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the message.
-
-
-
- By default the log message will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary
- data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be
- base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the property values.
-
-
-
- By default the properties will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain
- binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties
- will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements compatible with the log4j schema
-
-
-
- Formats the log events according to the http://logging.apache.org/log4j schema.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Actually do the writing of the xml
-
-
-
- Generate XML that is compatible with the log4j schema.
-
-
-
-
-
- The version of the log4j schema to use.
-
-
-
- Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- The default object Renderer.
-
-
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects and collections to strings.
-
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings
-
-
-
- Certain types require special case conversion to
- string form. This conversion is done by an object renderer.
- Object renderers implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows:
-
-
-
- Value
- Rendered String
-
- -
-
null
- "(null)"
-
-
- -
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: {a, b, c} .
-
-
- All collection classes that implement
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer).
-
-
- For example: key=value .
-
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Object.ToString()
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the array argument into a string
-
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the enumerator argument into a string
-
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- {a, b, c} .
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the DictionaryEntry argument into a string
-
-
-
- Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer). For example: key=value .
-
-
-
-
-
- Map class objects to an
-
-
- Maintains a mapping between types that require special
- rendering and the
-
- The object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render
- the object rendered as a string
-
-
- This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string.
- The alternative method
-
-
-
-
- Render
-
-
- Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified object type
-
- the renderer for
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified type
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
- Returns the renderer for the specified type.
- If no specific renderer has been defined the
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal function to recursively search interfaces
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
-
- Clear the map of renderers
-
-
-
- Clear the custom renderers defined by using
-
-
-
-
-
- Register an
-
-
- Register an object renderer for a specific source type.
- This renderer will be returned from a call to
-
-
-
-
- Get the default renderer instance
-
- the default renderer
-
-
- Get the default renderer
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repository plugins.
-
-
-
- Plugins define additional behavior that can be associated
- with a
-
- The log4net.Config.PluginAttribute can be used to
- attach plugins to repositories created using configuration
- attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches the plugin to the specified
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance.
-
-
- A PluginCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- PluginCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given PluginCollection .
-
- true if PluginCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of PluginCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the PluginCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The specified PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the PluginCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection .
-
- An PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
- The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
- The current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Map of repository plugins.
-
-
-
- This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are
- attached to a repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
- The
-
- If there already exists a plugin with the same name
- attached to the repository then the old plugin will
- be
-
-
-
-
- Removes a
-
-
- Remove a specific plugin from this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a
-
- The null if no plugin is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup a plugin by name. If the plugin is not found null
- will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all possible plugins as a list of
- All possible plugins as a list of
-
-
- Get a collection of all the plugins defined in this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name.
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this plugin.
-
-
-
-
- The repository this plugin is attached to.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
- The name of the plugin must not change one the
- plugin has been attached to a repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The repository for this plugin
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
-
-
-
- Plugin that listens for events from the
-
-
- This plugin publishes an instance of
-
- When an event is received it is relogged within the attached repository
- as if it had been raised locally.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Construct with sink Uri.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- When the plugin is shutdown the remote logging
- sink is disconnected.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RemoteLoggingServerPlugin class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URI of this sink.
-
-
- The URI of this sink.
-
-
-
- This is the name under which the object is marshaled.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers
-
-
- Internal class used to listen for logging events
- and deliver them to the local repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Logs the events to the repository.
-
-
-
- The events passed are logged to the
-
-
-
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance.
-
- null to indicate that this instance should live forever.
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance. This object should live forever
- therefore this implementation returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
- This default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface abstracts creation of
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- The
-
- Implement this interface to create new subclasses of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default internal subclass of
-
-
- This subclass has no additional behavior over the
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- Internal class used to provide implementation of
-
- This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the
- distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their
- evaluation. The
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- This constructor created a new
-
-
- This constructor is protected and designed to be used by
- a subclass that is not abstract.
-
-
- Loggers are constructed by
-
-
-
-
- Add
-
-
- Add
-
- If
-
-
-
-
- Look for the appender named as name
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null .
-
-
- Returns the named appender, or null if the appender is not found.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the named appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Deliver the
-
-
- Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at
- this . If no appenders could be found, emit a
- warning.
-
-
- This method calls all the appenders inherited from the
- hierarchy circumventing any evaluation of whether to log or not
- to log the particular log request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes all attached appenders implementing the
-
-
- Used to ensure that the appenders are correctly shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method. This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Generates a logging event and delivers it to the attached
- appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Logger class.
-
-
-
-
- The name of this logger.
-
-
-
-
- The assigned level of this logger.
-
-
-
- The level variable need not be
- assigned a value in which case it is inherited
- form the hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
- All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
- The hierarchy that this logger is a member of is stored
- here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper implementation of the
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if child loggers inherit their parents appenders
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable m_appenderAttachedImpl
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
- The parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
-
- Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy.
- The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
- true if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the effective level for this logger.
-
- The nearest level in the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a
- non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the
- root logger.
-
- The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as
- quickly as possible.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
- The hierarchy that this logger belongs to.
-
-
- This logger must be attached to a single
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- The assigned null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this logger
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the logger name.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new Logger
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Hierarchical organization of loggers
-
-
-
- The casual user should not have to deal with this class
- directly.
-
-
- This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and
- also maintaining the logger hierarchy. Implements the
-
-
- The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the
-
-
- In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor,
- then it creates a provision node for the ancestor and adds itself
- to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor add
- themselves to the previously created provision node.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Skeleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repositories.
-
-
-
- This interface is implemented by logger repositories. e.g.
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If the names logger exists it is returned, otherwise
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
- Shutting down a repository will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collection of internal messages captured during the most
- recent configuration process.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct the repository using specific properties
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with specified properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Return a new logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass.
- This base class implementation notifies the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this repository.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerRepositorySkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raise a configuration changed event on this repository
-
-
-
- Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should
- raise this event notification to notify listeners.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The string name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of this repository. The name is
- used to store and lookup the repositories
- stored by the
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Contains a list of internal messages captures during the
- last configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis
-
-
-
-
- Basic Configurator interface for repositories
-
-
-
- Interface used by basic configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appender
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure repository using XML
-
-
-
- Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified config
-
-
-
- The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by
- the implementation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties and a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Test if a logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array.
- The root logger is not included in the returned
- enumeration.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The Shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their
- default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this hierarchy.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured
-
- An array containing all the currently configured appenders
-
-
- Returns all the
-
- The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified
-
- true if the repository is disabled for the level argument, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will
- always return true .
-
-
- This method will return true if this repository is
- disabled for level object passed as parameter and
- false otherwise.
-
-
- See also the
-
-
-
-
- Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable
-
-
-
- This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal
- hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the
- logger hierarchy.
-
-
- You should really know what you are doing before
- invoking this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners
-
-
- Raises the logger creation event.
-
-
-
-
- Updates all the parents of the specified logger
-
-
-
- This method loops through all the potential parents of
-
-
- -
-
No entry for the potential parent of
-
- We create a ProvisionNode for this potential
- parent and insert
-
- -
-
The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent.
-
- The entry is
-
- -
-
The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent.
-
- We add
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace a
-
-
- We update the links for all the children that placed themselves
- in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a
- reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the
- children in 'pn'.
-
-
- We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'.
-
-
- If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of
- 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'.
-
-
- Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set
- c's parent field to log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
- Supports setting levels via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
- Supports setting property values via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Hierarchy class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event used to notify that a logger has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a logger is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Has no appender warning been emitted
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning
- about not having an appender warning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default
- The default
-
-
- The logger factory is used to create logger instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Value of the level
-
-
-
- If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked
- up for the current level with the same name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Name of the level
-
-
- The name of the level
-
-
-
- The name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Display name for the level
-
-
- The display name of the level
-
-
-
- The display name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used internally to accelerate hash table searches.
-
-
-
- Internal class used to improve performance of
- string keyed hashtables.
-
-
- The hashcode of the string is cached for reuse.
- The string is stored as an interned value.
- When comparing two
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct key with string name
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Stores the hashcode of the string and interns
- the string key to optimize comparisons.
-
-
- The Compact Framework 1.0 the
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code for the current instance.
-
- A hash code for the current instance.
-
-
- Returns the cached hashcode.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether two
-
- true if the specified false .
-
-
-
- Compares the references of the interned strings.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provision nodes are used where no logger instance has been specified
-
-
-
-
-
- A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of
- a logger that does not exist.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new provision node with child node
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- First, it cannot be assigned a null
- level. Second, since the root logger cannot have a parent, the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct a
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The root logger names itself as "root". However, the root
- logger cannot be retrieved by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RootLogger class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
- The assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Because the root logger cannot have a parent and its level
- must not be null this property just returns the
- value of
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- Setting the level of the root logger to a null reference
- may have catastrophic results. We prevent this here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct the configurator for a hierarchy
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse appenders by IDREF.
-
- The instance of the appender that the ref refers to.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an appender element.
-
- The appender instance or null when parsing failed.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the root logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the children of a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse the child elements of a <logger> element.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an object renderer.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a renderer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a level element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets a parameter on an object.
-
-
- The parameter name must correspond to a writable property
- on the object. The value of the parameter is a string,
- therefore this function will attempt to set a string
- property first. If unable to set a string property it
- will inspect the property and its argument type. It will
- attempt to call a static method called Parse on the
- type of the property. This method will take a single
- string argument and return a value that can be used to
- set the property.
-
-
-
-
- Test if an element has no attributes or child elements
-
- true if the element has any attributes or child elements, false otherwise
-
-
- Test if a Activator.CreateInstance .
-
- true if the type is creatable using a default constructor, false otherwise
-
-
- Look for a method on the
- the method info found
-
-
- The method must be a public instance method on the
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string value to a target type.
-
-
-
- An object of type null when the conversion could not be performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an object as specified in XML.
-
- The object or null
-
-
- Parse an XML element and create an object instance based on the configuration
- data.
-
-
- The type of the instance may be specified in the XML. If not
- specified then the
-
-
-
-
- key: appenderName, value: appender.
-
-
-
-
- The Hierarchy being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlHierarchyConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Writes name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The date and time is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone.
- To output the time in Universal time see
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date and time passed is in the local time zone.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentFolderPathPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the environment variable to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the IdentityPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern
-
-
-
- Writes the literal string value specified in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Set the next converter in the chain
-
- The next pattern converter
-
-
- Special case the building of the pattern converter chain
- for
-
-
-
-
- Write the literal to the output
-
-
-
- Override the formatting behavior to ignore the FormattingInfo
- because we have a literal instead.
-
-
- Writes the value of
-
-
-
-
- Convert this pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- This method is not used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a newline to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the system dependent line terminator to the output.
- This behavior can be overridden by setting the
-
-
- Option Value
- Output
-
- -
-
DOS
- DOS or Windows line terminator "\r\n"
-
- -
-
UNIX
- UNIX line terminator "\n"
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ProcessIdPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- This pattern converter reads the thread and global properties.
- The thread properties take priority over global properties.
- See
-
- If the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- A Pattern converter that generates a string of random characters
-
-
-
- The converter generates a string of random characters. By default
- the string is length 4. This can be changed by setting the
-
- The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters
- and numbers only.
-
-
- The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Shared random number generator
-
-
-
-
- Length of random string to generate. Default length 4.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RandomStringPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UserNamePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the UTC date time to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current date and time to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date is in Universal time when it is rendered.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for Boolean.
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to bool type.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Exception base type for conversion errors.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Register of type converters for specific types.
-
-
-
- Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between
- types.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor.
-
-
-
- This constructor defines the intrinsic type converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter instance for a specific type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookups the type converter to use as specified by the attributes on the
- destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the type converter.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- The type specified for the type converter must implement
- the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ConverterRegistry class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the encoding
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from a single type to arbitrary types.
- See
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the type supported by this converter can be converted to the
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the IPAddress
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Valid characters in an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. (Does not support subnets)
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternLayout
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Convert between string and
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the target type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternString
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the Type
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attribute used to associate a type converter
-
-
-
- Class and Interface level attribute that specifies a type converter
- to use with the associated type.
-
-
- To associate a type converter with a target type apply a
- TypeConverterAttribute to the target type. Specify the
- type of the type converter on the attribute.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type name
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- A straightforward implementation of the
-
-
- This is the default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Calls the DoAppende method on the
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup an attached appender by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- List of appenders
-
-
-
-
- Array of appenders, used to cache the m_appenderList
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderAttachedImpl class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders, or null if there
- are no attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The read only collection of all currently attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together.
-
-
-
- Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection
-
-
-
- Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added
- later.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary
-
- the flattened dictionary
-
-
- Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary
- containing the resultant values for the keys.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Looks up the value for the
-
- If none of the collections contain the specified key then
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for Context Properties implementations
-
-
-
- This class defines a basic property get set accessor
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types
-
-
-
- Pattern converter info class used during configuration by custom
- PatternString and PatternLayer converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern
-
-
-
- The name of the pattern in the format string
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the converter
-
-
-
- The value specified must extend the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclass of
-
-
- This writer counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The writer to forward messages to
-
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Flushes any buffered output
-
-
-
- Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written
- to the underlying device
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
-
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
- The format provider
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
- The line terminator to use
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
-
-
- The error handler instance to pass all errors to
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if this writer is closed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
- The error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
- true if this writer is closed, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
- The total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
-
- A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events.
-
-
-
- An array backed fixed size leaky bucket.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Appends a
- The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null .
-
-
- Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then
- null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped
- to make space for the new event, the event dropped is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer.
-
- The oldest logging event in the buffer
-
-
- Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it
- from the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array.
-
- An array of all the logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- If null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer.
-
- The maximum size of the buffer.
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of logging events in the buffer.
-
- The number of logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Adds an element with the provided key and value to the
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the
- false
-
- As the collection is empty the false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element with the specified key from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty dictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the element with the specified key.
-
- null
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored.
- If the index getter is called then null is returned.
- A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers
- in conversion modifiers.
-
-
-
- Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by
- the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Defaut Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
- The minimum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
- The maximum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled
- or not.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both
- storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied.
-
-
- This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently
- and are modified infrequently.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The read only copy of the properties.
-
-
-
- This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from
- reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property from the global context
-
-
-
- Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared
- with reading a value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the global context properties
-
-
-
-
- Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties
-
- the current global context properties
-
-
- This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class
- stores a readonly copy of the properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value.
- When the value is written a new read only copy of
- the properties is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Manages a mapping from levels to
-
-
- Manages an ordered mapping from
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialise a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
- If a
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the mapping for the specified level
-
- the null if no mapping found
-
-
- Lookup the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest
- mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the
-
-
- If no mapping could be found then null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize options
-
-
-
- Caches the sorted list of
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- This class stores its properties in a slot on the log4net.Util.LogicalThreadContextProperties .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Flag used to disable this context if we don't have permission to access the CallContext.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove the value for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doings so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the call context get data.
-
- The peroperties dictionary stored in the call context
-
- The
-
-
-
- Sets the call context data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LogicalThreadContextProperties class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Get or set the property value for the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly.
-
-
-
- Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is
- sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is
- doing.
-
-
- All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream
- whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output
- stream.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats Prefix, Source, and Message in the same format as the value
- sent to Console.Out and Trace.Write.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor that initializes logging by reading
- settings from the application configuration file.
-
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting
- controls internal debugging. This setting should be set
- to true to enable debugging.
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting
- suppresses all internal logging including error messages.
- This setting should be set to true to enable message
- suppression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raises the LogReceived event when an internal messages is received.
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal error messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard output stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard error stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default debug level
-
-
-
-
- In quietMode not even errors generate any output.
-
-
-
-
- The event raised when an internal message has been received.
-
-
-
-
- The Type that generated the internal message.
-
-
-
-
- The DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received.
-
-
-
-
- A string indicating the severity of the internal message.
-
-
- "log4net: ",
- "log4net:ERROR ",
- "log4net:WARN "
-
-
-
-
- The internal log message.
-
-
-
-
- The Exception related to the message.
-
-
- Optional. Will be null if no Exception was passed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging
- is enabled or disabled.
-
-
- true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise
- false .
-
-
-
- When set to true , internal debug level logging will be
- displayed.
-
-
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration
- file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. debugging is
- disabled.
-
-
-
-
- The following example enables internal debugging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output
- from internal logging, not even for errors.
-
-
- true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal
- logging, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be
- suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged.
- This option overrides the
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. internal logging is not
- disabled.
-
-
-
- The following example disables internal logging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Debug is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Warn is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Error is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subscribes to the LogLog.LogReceived event and stores messages
- to the supplied IList instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a native error code and message.
-
-
-
- Represents a Win32 platform native error.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the
- native Win32 FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier.
-
-
- The message corresponding with the specified message identifier.
-
-
-
- The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s)
- using the native FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return error information string
-
- error information string
-
-
- Return error information string
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats a message string.
-
- LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in
-
- The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a
- buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an
- already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message
- table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition
- in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier.
- The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded
- insert sequences if requested.
-
-
- To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message.
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output
- buffer, excluding the terminating null character.
-
-
- If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information,
- call
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
- The number of the native error.
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
- The message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance.
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current key from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an exception because the
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current value from the enumerator.
-
- The current value from the enumerator.
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current entry from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Get the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
- Private constructor for singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- null
-
- No impersonation is done and null is always returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists
- of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and
- ignoring all subsequent errors.
-
-
-
- The error message is processed using the LogLog sub-system.
-
-
- This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application
- from being flooded with error messages when logging fails.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the error handler back to its initial disabled state.
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Sends the error information to
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log an error
-
-
-
- Print a the error message passed as parameter on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- The date the error was recorded.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if it is the first error
-
-
-
-
- The message recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The exception recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The error code recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- String to prefix each message with
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OnlyOnceErrorHandler class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled. Logging is only enabled for the
- first error delivered to the
-
-
-
-
- The date the first error that trigged this error handler occured.
-
-
-
-
- The message from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
-
-
- The exception from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- May be
-
-
-
- The error code from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- Defaults to
-
-
-
- A convenience class to convert property values to specific types.
-
-
-
- Utility functions for converting types and parsing values.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to a
- The
-
-
- If true is returned.
- If false is returned.
- Otherwise,
-
-
-
-
- Parses a file size into a number.
-
- The
-
-
- Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a
- long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object.
-
-
- The object converted from a string or null when the
- conversion failed.
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try
- to convert the string value into the specified target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
- true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type.
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Instantiates an object given a class name.
-
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
- Performs variable substitution in string
- The result of the substitutions.
-
-
- The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and } .
-
-
- For example, if props contains key=value , then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}.");
-
-
-
- will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.".
-
-
- If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution
- defaults to an empty string.
-
-
- For example, if system properties contains no value for the key
- "nonExistentKey", then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]");
-
-
-
- will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []".
-
-
- An Exception is thrown if
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or
- more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object.
-
- true , ignore case; otherwise, regard case.
- An object of type
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OptionConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Most of the work of the
-
-
- The PatternParser processes a pattern string and
- returns a chain of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
- The head of a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
- the list of all the converter names
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches
-
-
-
- The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed literal
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed converter pattern
-
-
-
-
- Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter
- to the chain.
-
-
-
-
- The first pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- the last pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- The pattern
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types
-
-
-
- This map overrides the static s_globalRulesRegistry map.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the PatternParser class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
- The converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
-
-
- Sort strings by length
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This class implements a patterned string.
-
-
-
- This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded
- when the string is formatted.
-
-
- This class functions similarly to the PatternString
- does not render the properties of a specific
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain.
-
-
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the current date and time in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
env
-
-
- Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value
- of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable.
-
-
- The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
processid
-
-
- Used to output the system process ID for the current process.
-
-
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output a specific context property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- -
-
random
-
-
- Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of
- uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long.
- The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string.
-
-
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
- See the format modifiers supported by the patterns.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternString only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternString
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Initialize object options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the
- The
-
-
- Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses
- may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize
- custom conversion pattern name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Format the pattern to the
-
-
-
-
- Format the pattern as a string
-
- the pattern formatted as a string
-
-
- Format the pattern to a string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the pattern formatting string
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- String keyed object map.
-
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- String keyed object map that is read only.
-
-
-
- This collection is readonly and cannot be modified.
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The Hashtable used to store the properties data
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Copy Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Deserialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
- An array of all the keys.
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
- true if the dictionary contains the specified key
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
- The internal collection used to store the properties
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The number of properties in this collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- an enumerator
-
-
- Returns a
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- true if the collection contains the specified key
-
- Test if this collection contains a specified key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Store a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- false
-
-
-
- This collection is modifiable. This property always
- returns false .
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- The value for the key specified.
-
-
-
- Get or set a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
-
- Property Key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
-
- Property Value.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary
- to protect a writer from being closed by a client.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
- This method does nothing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers
-
-
-
- ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource.
- At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for
- multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a
- situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a
- ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple
- one-at-a-time lock, such as
-
- If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock
- implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore
- the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Acquires a reader lock
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the writer lock
-
-
-
- This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count on the writer lock
-
-
-
- ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count.
- When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
- The internal buffers are cleared and reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for system specific information.
-
-
-
- Utility class of static methods for system specific information.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Alexey Solofnenko
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize default values for private static fields.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly.
-
- The location of the assembly.
-
-
- This method does not guarantee to return the correct path
- to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to
- where the assembly was loaded from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the
- The fully qualified name for the
-
-
- This is equivalent to the Type.AssemblyQualifiedName property,
- but this method works on the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 as well as
- the full .NET runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the short name of the
- The short name of the
-
-
- The short name of the assembly is the
-
- Use this rather than Assembly.GetName().Name because that
- is not available on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do
- the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
- The file name of the assembly.
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly
- containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly
- then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the
- assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found
- in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified
- assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies
- will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
- A new Guid
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an
- the ArgumentOutOfRangeException object
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- The Compact Framework does not support the 3 parameter constructor for the
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup an application setting
-
- the value for the key, or null
-
-
- Configuration APIs are not supported under the Compact Framework
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
- The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the
- A new case-insensitive instance of the
-
-
- The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an empty array of types.
-
-
-
- The Type.EmptyTypes field is not available on
- the .NET Compact Framework 1.0.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Cache the host name for the current machine
-
-
-
-
- Cache the application friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
-
- Start time for the current process.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
- The system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
- The base directory path for the current
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the configuration file for the current
- The path to the configuration file for the current
-
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not have a concept of a configuration
- file. For this runtime, we use the entry assembly location as the root for
- the configuration file name.
-
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
- The path to the entry assembly.
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ID of the current thread.
-
- The ID of the current thread.
-
-
- On the .NET framework, the AppDomain.GetCurrentThreadId method
- is used to obtain the thread ID for the current thread. This is the
- operating system ID for the thread.
-
-
- On the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 it is not possible to get the
- operating system thread ID for the current thread. The native method
- GetCurrentThreadId is implemented inline in a header file
- and cannot be called.
-
-
- On the .NET Framework 2.0 the Thread.ManagedThreadId is used as this
- gives a stable id unrelated to the operating system thread ID which may
- change if the runtime is using fibers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The hostname or machine name
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The host name (Environment.MachineName ) for
- the current machine, or if neither of these are available
- then NOT AVAILABLE is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get this application's friendly name
-
-
- The friendly name of this application as a string
-
-
-
- If available the name of the application is retrieved from
- the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName .
-
-
- Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time for the current process.
-
-
-
- This is the time at which the log4net library was loaded into the
- AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime
- this is not the start time for the current process.
-
-
- The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its
- startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for
- the actual start time.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating, however this start time
- will be set per AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
- Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while
- outputting a string representation of an item.
-
-
- The default value is (null) . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
- Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
- The default value is NOT AVAILABLE . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialise the
-
-
-
- Format the string and arguments
-
- the formatted string
-
-
-
- Replaces the format item in a specified
-
- A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the
-
-
- This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the
- exception and arguments are returned in the result string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process an error during StringFormat
-
-
-
-
- Dump the contents of an array into a string builder
-
-
-
-
- Dump an object to a string
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemStringFormat class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The thread local data slot to use to store a PropertiesDictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doing so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The stack store.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
- Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after
- a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly.
- You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call
- the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- syntax.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from this stack.
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack.
-
-
- Remove the top context from this stack, and return
- it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an
- empty string (not
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message into this stack.
-
-
- An
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto this stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- The current context information.
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- Gets the current context information
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a cross thread portable version of this object
-
-
-
-
-
- The number of messages in the stack
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack
-
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack. That is
- the number of times
-
-
-
-
- Gets and sets the internal stack used by this
- The internal storage stack
-
-
- This property is provided only to support backward compatability
- of the
-
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Get the message.
-
- The message.
-
-
- Get the message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
- The full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Struct returned from the
-
-
- This struct implements the
-
-
-
-
- The ThreadContextStack internal stack
-
-
-
-
- The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
- The named stack
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to an
-
-
- The test is escaped either using XML escape entities
- or using CDATA sections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace invalid XML characters in text string
-
- A string that does not contain invalid XML characters.
-
-
- Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for
- details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets .
-
-
- This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string
- with the mask string specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text
-
- the number of times the substring occurs in the text
-
-
- The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself.
-
-
-
-
-
- Characters illegal in XML 1.0
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a Windows Account
-
-
-
- This
-
- How the impersonation is done depends on the value of
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the SecurityContext based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The security context will try to Logon the specified user account and
- capture a primary token for impersonation.
-
-
- The required
-
-
-
- Impersonate the Windows account specified by the
-
- An
-
-
- Depending on the
-
-
-
-
- Create a
- the
-
-
- Uses the Windows API call LogonUser to get a principal token for the account. This
- token is used to initialize the WindowsIdentity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
- The impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
-
- Impersonate either a user with user credentials or
- revert this thread to the credentials of the process.
- The value is one of the
-
- The default value is
-
- When the mode is set to
-
- When the mode is set to
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows username for this security context
-
-
- The Windows username for this security context
-
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
- The Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
-
- The default value for
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Sets the password for the Windows account specified by the
-
- The password for the Windows account specified by the
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- The impersonation modes for the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a user using the credentials supplied
-
-
-
-
- Revert this the thread to the credentials of the process
-
-
-
-
- Adds
-
-
- Helper class to expose the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Global Context.
-
-
-
- The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging
- information to be stored.
-
-
- The global context has a properties map and these properties can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of
- the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName;
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- The global context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides information about the environment the assembly has
- been built for.
-
-
-
- Version of the assembly
-
-
- Version of the framework targeted
-
-
- Type of framework targeted
-
-
- Does it target a client profile?
-
-
-
- Identifies the version and target for this assembly.
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Logical Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
- The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per
-
- The
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The logical thread stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class is used by client applications to request logger instances.
-
-
-
- This class has static methods that are used by a client to request
- a logger instance. The
-
- See the
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null .
-
-
- The logger found, or null if no logger could be found.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- repository.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- Get the currently defined loggers.
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- Get or create a logger.
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown a logger repository.
-
- Shuts down the default repository.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- default repository.
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the configuration of a repository
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
- Get the logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Get a logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Create a domain
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- Create a logger repository.
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the list of currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
- Get an array of all the
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified.
-
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
- The wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
-
-
- Create the
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- The wrapper map to use to hold the
-
-
-
- Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- The MDC class is similar to the mapped
- diagnostic contexts . A Mapped Diagnostic Context , or
- MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The MDC is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the context value identified by the
- The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found.
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- If the null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add an entry to the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Puts a context value (the
-
- If a value is already defined for the null then the key value mapping will be removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the key value mapping for the key specified.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all entries in the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument
- to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log
- output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple
- clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry
- from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs
- come into play.
-
-
- Note that NDCs are managed on a per thread basis. The NDC class
- is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the
- calling thread.
-
-
- How to push a message into the context
-
- using(NDC.Push("my context message"))
- {
- ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ...
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a clone of the stack of context information.
-
- A clone of the context info for this thread.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The results of this method can be passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Inherits the contextual information from another thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This thread will use the context information from the stack
- supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with
- the same contextual information as their parent threads. These
- contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that
- are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other.
- Call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from the stack.
-
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top
- of the stack.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Remove the top context from the stack, and return
- it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an
- empty string (not null ) is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message.
-
-
- An
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an NDC message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the context information for this thread. It is
- not required to call this method.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This method is not implemented.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context depth.
-
- The current context depth.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The number of context values pushed onto the context stack.
-
-
- Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then
- be restored using the
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging
- information to be stored.
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
- The thread context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The thread local stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net35-client/log4net.dll b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net35-client/log4net.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 51a72f3..0000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net35-client/log4net.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net35-client/log4net.xml b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net35-client/log4net.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 51e5767..0000000
--- a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net35-client/log4net.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30000 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- log4net
-
-
-
-
- Appender that logs to a database.
-
-
-
- http://www.connectionstrings.com/ .
-
-
- Records are written into the database either using a prepared
- statement or a stored procedure. The System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify a prepared statement
- or to System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify a stored
- procedure.
-
-
- The prepared statement text or the name of the stored procedure
- must be set in the
-
- The prepared statement or stored procedure can take a number
- of parameters. Parameters are added using the
-
-
- An example of a SQL Server table that could be logged to:
-
- CREATE TABLE [dbo].[Log] (
- [ID] [int] IDENTITY (1, 1) NOT NULL ,
- [Date] [datetime] NOT NULL ,
- [Thread] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Level] [varchar] (20) NOT NULL ,
- [Logger] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Message] [varchar] (4000) NOT NULL
- ) ON [PRIMARY]
-
-
-
- An example configuration to log to the above table:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Lance Nehring
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a
- number of events before logging them. For example the
-
- Subclasses should override the
- The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic
- buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using
- the
- A
-
- The buffering appender can be configured in a true then the
- buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving
- in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer.
- In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This class provides the code for common functionality, such
- as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements.
-
-
-
- Implementors should consider extending the
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logging event in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log a message into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for appenders that support bulk logging.
-
-
-
- This interface extends the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log an array of events into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to delay activate a configured object.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then this method must be called
- after its properties have been set before the component can be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's
-
-
-
- If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method
- will call
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and release resources.
-
-
-
- Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method
- delegates the closing of the appender to the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Test if the logging event should we output by this appender
-
- true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored
-
- This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set
- on this appender and also against the filters specified on this
- appender.
-
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain.
-
-
-
- The Filters are organized in a linked list.
-
-
- Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the
- back of the filter chain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold.
-
-
-
- If there is no threshold set, then the return value is always true .
-
-
-
- true if the
-
-
-
- Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override
- this method if resources need to be released.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses of
-
-
- A subclass must implement this method to perform
- logging of the
- This method will be called by
-
- To restrict the logging of events in the appender
- override the
-
-
-
-
- Append a bulk array of logging events.
-
-
-
- This base class implementation calls the
-
- A sub class that can better process a bulk array of events should
- override this method in addition to
-
-
-
-
- Called before
-
-
- This method is called by
-
- This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks
- made before the event is passed to the
-
- A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to
- this base class if it is overridden.
-
-
- true if the call to
-
-
- Renders the
- The event rendered as a string.
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Where possible use the alternative version of this method
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Use this method in preference to
-
-
-
-
- The layout of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The name of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The level threshold of this appender.
-
-
-
- There is no level threshold filtering by default.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The first filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- Set to null initially.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The last filter in the filter chain.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this appender is closed.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method
-
-
-
-
- StringWriter used to render events
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderSkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the threshold
-
- The threshold
-
-
- All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored
- by the appender.
-
-
- In configuration files this option is specified by setting the
- value of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The filter chain.
-
- The head of the filter chain filter chain.
-
-
- Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list
- and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The layout of the appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Tests if this appender requires a
-
-
- In the rather exceptional case, where the appender
- implementation admits a layout but can also work without it,
- then the appender should return true .
-
-
- This default implementation always returns false .
-
-
-
- true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
- The default buffer size.
-
-
- The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events.
- This is set to 512 by default.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- SendBuffer method.
-
-
- Protected constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
-
-
- Flushes any events that have been buffered.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
- true to flush the buffer of lossy events
-
-
- Flushes events that have been buffered. If false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in true .
- In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the
-
-
- If true then the buffer will always
- be emptied by calling this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance.
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked
- as not
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Stores the
-
- The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the
-
- -
-
The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is
- marked as not lossy (see
-
- -
-
An
-
-
-
- Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the buffer.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override
-
-
-
-
- Sends the events.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events.
-
-
-
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
- Set to
-
-
-
- The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events.
-
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator that causes the buffer to be sent immediately.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event causes the entire
- buffer to be sent immediately. This field can be null , which
- indicates that event triggering is not to be done. The evaluator
- can be set using the true then an
-
-
-
- Indicates if the appender should overwrite events in the cyclic buffer
- when it becomes full, or if the buffer should be flushed when the
- buffer is full.
-
-
- If this field is set to true then an
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator filters discarded events.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event that is discarded should
- really be discarded or if it should be sent to the appenders.
- This field can be null , which indicates that all discarded events will
- be discarded.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy.
-
-
- true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before
- delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer
- to be send to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before
- a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set
- false to prevent logging events
- from being lost.
-
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the
- logging events.
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
-
- The
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will
- immediately be sent (see
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the
-
- The value of the
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately
- be sent (see
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if only part of the logging event data
- should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the
- event data to be fixed and serialized. This will improve performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
- The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the parent method to close the database
-
-
-
- Closes the database command and database connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Inserts the events into the database.
-
-
-
- Insert all the events specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the command.
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified.
-
-
-
- The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been
- configured not to use transactions. See
-
-
-
-
- Formats the log message into database statement text.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide
- more control over the format of the database statement.
-
-
- Text that can be passed to a
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- This method is called whenever a new IDbConnection is needed (i.e. when a reconnect is necessary).
-
- An
-
-
-
- Resolves the connection string from the ConnectionString, ConnectionStringName, or AppSettingsKey
- property.
-
-
- ConnectiongStringName is only supported on .NET 2.0 and higher.
-
- A connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the
- database. This method resolves the type specified in the
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method to return a different type
- if necessary.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command and initialize the parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Connects to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing command.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing connection.
-
-
- Calls the IDbConnection's
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we are using a command object
-
-
-
- Set to true when the appender is to use a prepared
- statement or stored procedure to insert into the database.
-
-
-
-
-
- The list of
-
-
- The list of
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The database command.
-
-
-
-
- Database connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The connectionStrings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- String type name of the
-
-
-
- The text of the command.
-
-
-
-
- The command type.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AdoNetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to
- the database.
-
-
- The database connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- The connections string is specific to the connection type.
- See
-
- Connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "DSN=MS Access Database;UID=admin;PWD=;SystemDB=C:\data\System.mdw;SafeTransactions = 0;FIL=MS Access;DriverID = 25;DBQ=C:\data\train33.mdb"
-
- Another connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;UID=;PWD=;"
-
- Connection string for MS Access via OLE DB:
- "Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;"
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The connectionStrings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
- This property requires at least .NET 2.0.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name of the
-
- The type name of the
-
-
- The type name of the ADO.NET provider to use.
-
-
- The default is to use the OLE DB provider.
-
-
- Use the OLE DB Provider. This is the default value.
- System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the MS SQL Server Provider.
- System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the ODBC Provider.
- Microsoft.Data.Odbc.OdbcConnection,Microsoft.Data.Odbc,version=1.0.3300.0,publicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089,culture=neutral
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for ODBC .NET Data Provider .
-
- Use the Oracle Provider.
- System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, System.Data.OracleClient, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for .NET Managed Provider for Oracle .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command text that is used to insert logging events
- into the database.
-
-
- The command text used to insert logging events into the database.
-
-
-
- Either the text of the prepared statement or the
- name of the stored procedure to execute to write into
- the database.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command type to execute.
-
-
- The command type to execute.
-
-
-
- This value may be either System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify
- that the System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify that the
-
-
- The default value is System.Data.CommandType.Text ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Should transactions be used to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- true if transactions should be used to insert logging events in
- the database, otherwise false . The default value is true .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether transactions should be used
- to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- When set a single transaction will be used to insert the buffered events
- into the database. Otherwise each event will be inserted without using
- an explicit transaction.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Should this appender try to reconnect to the database on error.
-
-
- true if the appender should try to reconnect to the database after an
- error has occurred, otherwise false . The default value is false ,
- i.e. not to try to reconnect.
-
-
-
- The default behaviour is for the appender not to try to reconnect to the
- database if an error occurs. Subsequent logging events are discarded.
-
-
- To force the appender to attempt to reconnect to the database set this
- property to true .
-
-
- When the appender attempts to connect to the database there may be a
- delay of up to the connection timeout specified in the connection string.
- This delay will block the calling application's thread.
- Until the connection can be reestablished this potential delay may occur multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Parameter type used by the
-
-
- This class provides the basic database parameter properties
- as defined by the
- This type can be subclassed to provide database specific
- functionality. The two methods that are called externally are
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class.
-
-
-
-
- Prepare the specified database command object.
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command object by adding
- this parameter to its collection of parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command.
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event using this parameters layout
- object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType
-
-
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this parameter.
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter. The parameter name
- must match up to a named parameter to the SQL stored procedure
- or prepared statement.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database type for this parameter.
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter. This property should
- be set to the database type from the
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the type from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the precision for this parameter.
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum number of digits used to represent the Value.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the precision from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the scale for this parameter.
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The number of decimal places to which Value is resolved.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the scale from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size for this parameter.
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the size from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences.
-
-
-
- AnsiColorTerminalAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific level of message to be set.
-
-
- This appender expects the terminal to understand the VT100 control set
- in order to interpret the color codes. If the terminal or console does not
- understand the control codes the behavior is not defined.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- When configuring the ANSI colored terminal appender, a mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan
- These color values cannot be combined together to make new colors.
-
-
- The attributes can be any combination of the following:
-
- Bright foreground is brighter Dim foreground is dimmer Underscore message is underlined Blink foreground is blinking (does not work on all terminals) Reverse foreground and background are reversed Hidden output is hidden Strikethrough message has a line through it
- While any of these attributes may be combined together not all combinations
- work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes
- no sense.
-
-
- Patrick Wagstrom
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Ansi code to reset terminal
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible display attributes
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the ANSI color attributes.
-
-
-
-
-
- text is bright
-
-
-
-
- text is dim
-
-
-
-
- text is underlined
-
-
-
-
- text is blinking
-
-
- Not all terminals support this attribute
-
-
-
-
- text and background colors are reversed
-
-
-
-
- text is hidden
-
-
-
-
- text is displayed with a strikethrough
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible foreground or background color values for
- use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The output can be in one for the following ANSI colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is black
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is magenta
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- An entry in the
-
-
- This is an abstract base class for types that are stored in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize any options defined on this entry
-
-
-
- Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialise based on their options
-
-
-
-
-
- The level that is the key for this mapping
-
-
- The
-
-
- Get or set the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a AppenderCollection instance.
-
-
- An AppenderCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- An empty readonly static AppenderCollection
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- AppenderCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given AppenderCollection .
-
- true if AppenderCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of AppenderCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the AppenderCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The specified AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the AppenderCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the AppenderCollection .
-
- An AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another AppenderCollection to the current AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- Return the collection elements as an array
-
- the array
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the AppenderCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The events are buffered in this appender until conditions are
- met to allow the appender to deliver the events to the attached
- appenders. See
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different
- thresholds and filters for the same appender at different locations
- within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching appenders to objects.
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- Add the specified appender. The implementation may
- choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Returns an attached appender with the null will be
- returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Gets a collection of attached appenders.
- If there are no attached appenders the
- implementation should return an empty
- collection rather than null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the events.
-
-
-
- Forwards the events to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this buffering appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes directly to the application's attached console
- not to the System.Console.Out or System.Console.Error TextWriter .
- The System.Console.Out and System.Console.Error streams can be
- programmatically redirected (for example NUnit does this to capture program output).
- This appender will ignore these redirections because it needs to use Win32
- API calls to colorize the output. To respect these redirections the
-
- When configuring the colored console appender, mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- combination of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan HighIntensity
-
-
- Rick Hobbs
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- The console output stream writer to write to
-
-
-
- This writer is not thread safe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible color values for use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is purple
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is intensified
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the true then the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Writes events to the system event log.
-
-
-
- The appender will fail if you try to write using an event source that doesn't exist unless it is running with local administrator privileges.
- See also http://logging.apache.org/log4net/release/faq.html#trouble-EventLog
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry can be
- set using the EventID property (
-
- The Category of the event log entry can be
- set using the Category property (
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
- When configuring the EventLogAppender a mapping can be
- specified to map a logging level to an event log entry type. For example:
-
-
- <mapping>
- <level value="ERROR" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Error" />
- </mapping>
- <mapping>
- <level value="DEBUG" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Information" />
- </mapping>
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and eventLogEntryType can be any value
- from the
- Error an error event Warning a warning event Information an informational event
-
-
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Thomas Voss
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an event log source
-
-
- Uses different API calls under NET_2_0
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Writes the event to the system event log using the
-
-
- If the event has an EventID property (see
-
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the equivalent
- The equivalent
-
- Because there are fewer applicable
-
-
-
- The log name is the section in the event logs where the messages
- are stored.
-
-
-
-
- Name of the application to use when logging. This appears in the
- application column of the event log named by
-
-
-
- The name of the machine which holds the event log. This is
- currently only allowed to be '.' i.e. the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to EventLogEntryType
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The event ID to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The event category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EventLogAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- The string name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- This is the name of the log as it appears in the Event Viewer
- tree. The default value is to log into the Application
- log, this is where most applications write their events. However
- if you need a separate log for your application (or applications)
- then you should set the
- This should not be used to distinguish your event log messages
- from those of other applications, the
-
-
-
-
- Property used to set the Application name. This appears in the
- event logs when logging.
-
-
- The string used to distinguish events from different sources.
-
-
- Sets the event log source property.
-
-
-
-
- This property is used to return the name of the computer to use
- when accessing the event logs. Currently, this is the current
- computer, denoted by a dot "."
-
-
- The string name of the machine holding the event log that
- will be logged into.
-
-
- This property cannot be changed. It is currently set to '.'
- i.e. the local machine. This may be changed in future.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The system security context used to write to the EventLog.
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the EventId to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the EventID property (
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The Category of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the Category property (
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and its event log entry type.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- Required property.
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to a file.
-
-
-
- Logging events are sent to the file specified by
- the
-
- The file can be opened in either append or overwrite mode
- by specifying the
-
- The layout's
-
- This appender will first try to open the file for writing when
-
- The
-
- All locking strategies have issues and you should seriously consider using a different strategy that
- avoids having multiple processes logging to the same file.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Rodrigo B. de Oliveira
- Douglas de la Torre
- Niall Daley
-
-
-
- Sends logging events to a
-
-
- An Appender that writes to a
-
- This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate
- writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that
- can open a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append.
-
-
-
- This method checks if an output target has been set and if a
- layout has been set.
-
-
- false if any of the preconditions fail.
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer
- before flushing the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed.
-
-
- Closed appenders cannot be reused.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Clears internal references to the underlying
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer
-
-
-
- This method is called when an event is logged and the
-
-
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logging events are not actually persisted if and when the application
- crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TextWriterAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end
- of each append operation.
-
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- append operation.
-
-
- If this option is set to false , then the underlying
- stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later
- time.
-
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in
- a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the
-
-
- The specified
-
- The
-
- Note: Logging to an unopened
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set the
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout, file and append mode.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout and file specified.
- The file will be appended to.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on the file appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This will cause the file to be opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes any previously opened file and calls the parent's
-
-
- Resets the filename and the file stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called to initialize the file writer
-
-
-
- Will be called for each logged message until the file is
- successfully opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Acquires the output file locks once before writing all the events to
- the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the previously opened file.
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- Calls
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- If there was already an opened file, then the previous file
- is closed first.
-
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer used for file output
-
-
-
- This implementation of
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to wrap the
- System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to
- wrap the
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we should append to the file
- or overwrite the file. The default is to append.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log file.
-
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the file stream.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics
-
-
-
-
- The locking model to use
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the FileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
- The path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
-
- If the path is relative it is taken as relative from
- the application base directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be
- appended to or overwritten.
-
-
- Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten.
-
-
-
- If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if
- it is set to true then the file will be appended to.
-
- The default value is true.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The default encoding set is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are three built in locking models,
-
- The default locking model is the
-
-
-
-
- Write only
-
-
-
- True asynchronous writes are not supported, the implementation forces a synchronous write.
-
-
-
-
- Exception base type for log4net.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Locking model base class
-
-
-
- Base class for the locking models available to the
-
-
-
-
- Open the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Helper method that creates a FileStream under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext.
-
-
-
- Typically called during OpenFile or AcquireLock.
-
-
- If the directory portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to close
-
- Does not set
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on
- behalf of.
-
-
- The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use.
-
-
- The value of this property will be set before
-
-
-
-
- Hold an exclusive lock on the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file once for writing and hold it open until
-
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the file lock for each write
-
-
-
- Opens the file once for each
-
-
-
-
- Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Provides cross-process file locking.
-
- Ron Grabowski
- Steve Wranovsky
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender forwards logging events to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different thresholds
- and filters for the same appender at different locations within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging event to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging events to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging events to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a local syslog service.
-
-
-
- This appender uses the POSIX libc library functions openlog , syslog , and closelog .
- If these functions are not available on the local system then this appender will not work!
-
-
- The functions openlog , syslog , and closelog are specified in SUSv2 and
- POSIX 1003.1-2001 standards. These are used to log messages to the local syslog service.
-
-
- This appender talks to a local syslog service. If you need to log to a remote syslog
- daemon and you cannot configure your local syslog service to do this you may be
- able to use the
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the
- string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the
- pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Open connection to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a log message.
-
-
-
- The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar
- to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported
- by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the
- format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format
- string to "%s" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Close descriptor used to write to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The log4net Level maps to a syslog severity using the
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facility defines which subsystem the logging comes from.
- This is set on the
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Stores logging events in an array.
-
-
-
- The memory appender stores all the logging events
- that are appended in an in-memory array.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Use the
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
- The events that have been logged
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Stores the
-
-
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
-
-
- The list of events that have been appended.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether only part of the logging event
- data should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the event
- data to be fixed and stored in the appender, hereby improving performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Logs entries by sending network messages using the
-
-
-
- You can send messages only to names that are active
- on the network. If you send the message to a user name,
- that user must be logged on and running the Messenger
- service to receive the message.
-
-
- The receiver will get a top most window displaying the
- messages one at a time, therefore this appender should
- not be used to deliver a high volume of messages.
-
-
- The following table lists some possible uses for this appender :
-
-
-
-
- Action
- Property Value(s)
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on the local machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a domain user account
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to all the names in a workgroup or domain
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message from the local machine to a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Note : security restrictions apply for sending
- network messages, see
-
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information
- using this appender from the local machine, named
- LOCAL_PC, to machine OPERATOR_PC :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The DNS or NetBIOS name of the server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
-
- The sender of the network message.
-
-
-
-
- The message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the appender.
-
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a buffer of information to a registered message alias.
-
-
-
- The following restrictions apply for sending network messages:
-
-
-
-
- Platform
- Requirements
-
- -
-
Windows NT
-
-
- No special group membership is required to send a network message.
-
-
- Admin, Accounts, Print, or Server Operator group membership is required to
- successfully send a network message on a remote server.
-
-
-
- -
-
Windows 2000 or later
-
-
- If you send a message on a domain controller that is running Active Directory,
- access is allowed or denied based on the access control list (ACL) for the securable
- object. The default ACL permits only Domain Admins and Account Operators to send a network message.
-
-
- On a member server or workstation, only Administrators and Server Operators can send a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For more information see Security Requirements for the Network Management Functions .
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is zero.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the sender of the message.
-
-
- The sender of the message.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the message is sent from the local computer.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
- The recipient of the message.
-
-
- This property should always be specified in order to send a message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
- DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
- For Windows NT 4.0 and earlier, the string should begin with \\.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the local computer is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the OutputDebugString system.
-
-
-
- OutputDebugStringAppender appends log events to the
- OutputDebugString system.
-
-
- The string is passed to the native OutputDebugString
- function.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
-
- The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to
- a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for for messages
- on UDP port 514.
-
-
- The syslog UDP protocol is not authenticated. Most syslog daemons
- do not accept remote log messages because of the security implications.
- You may be able to use the LocalSyslogAppender to talk to a local
- syslog service.
-
-
- There is an RFC 3164 that claims to document the BSD Syslog Protocol.
- This RFC can be seen here: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html.
- This appender generates what the RFC calls an "Original Device Message",
- i.e. does not include the TIMESTAMP or HOSTNAME fields. By observation
- this format of message will be accepted by all current syslog daemon
- implementations. The daemon will attach the current time and the source
- hostname or IP address to any messages received.
-
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a
- multicast group using an
-
-
- UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order.
-
-
- To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging
- events.
-
-
- When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding
- to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the
-
-
- This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent
- on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is
- encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such.
-
- IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0);
- UdpClient udpClient;
- byte[] buffer;
- string loggingEvent;
-
- try
- {
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080);
-
- while(true)
- {
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint);
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer);
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent);
- }
- }
- catch(Exception e)
- {
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString());
- }
-
-
- Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint
- Dim udpClient as UdpClient
- Dim buffer as Byte()
- Dim loggingEvent as String
-
- Try
- remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0)
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080)
-
- While True
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint)
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer)
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent)
- Wend
- Catch e As Exception
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString())
- End Try
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the
- IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gert Driesen
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
- The TCP port number assigned to
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using an UDP datagram.
-
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with
- this
-
-
- Disables the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the underlying
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to
- which the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number from which the
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the packet.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event
- will be sent.
-
-
-
- Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to
- 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so
- it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider
- supports multicasting.
-
-
- Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining
- the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined
- the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate
- them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest.
-
-
- Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below:
-
-
-
-
- IP Address
- Description
-
- -
-
224.0.0.1
-
-
- Sends a message to all system on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.2
-
-
- Sends a message to all routers on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.12
-
-
- The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges
- defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site .
-
-
- The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative
- addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically
- configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside
- of the local network.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
- The underlying
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to
- a local port.
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent.
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Syslog port 514
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
-
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The syslog severities.
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facilities
-
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to a remote logging sink.
-
-
-
- This Appender is designed to deliver events to a remote sink.
- That is any object that implements the
-
- The RemotingAppender buffers events before sending them. This allows it to
- make more efficient use of the remoting infrastructure.
-
- Once the buffer is full the events are still not sent immediately.
- They are scheduled to be sent using a pool thread. The effect is that
- the send occurs asynchronously. This is very important for a
- number of non obvious reasons. The remoting infrastructure will
- flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
- Because the events are sent asynchronously using pool threads it is possible to close
- this appender before all the queued events have been sent.
- When closing the appender attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but
- this will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If this appender is being closed because the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- The events are not sent immediately. They are scheduled to be sent
- using a pool thread. The effect is that the send occurs asynchronously.
- This is very important for a number of non obvious reasons. The remoting
- infrastructure will flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
-
-
- Override base class close.
-
-
-
- This method waits while there are queued work items. The events are
- sent asynchronously using
-
- This method attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but this
- method will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If the appender is being closed because the
-
-
-
-
- A work item is being queued into the thread pool
-
-
-
-
- A work item from the thread pool has completed
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- This method is designed to be used with the
-
-
-
- The URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
-
- The local proxy (.NET remoting) for the remote logging sink.
-
-
-
-
- The number of queued callbacks currently waiting or executing
-
-
-
-
- Event used to signal when there are no queued work items
-
-
- This event is set when there are no queued work items. In this
- state it is safe to close the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URL of the well-known object that will accept
- the logging events.
-
-
- The well-known URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
- The URL of the remoting sink that will accept logging events.
- The sink must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to deliver
-
- This interface must be implemented by a remoting sink
- if the
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
-
-
- Appender that rolls log files based on size or date or both.
-
-
-
- RollingFileAppender can roll log files based on size or date or both
- depending on the setting of the
-
- A of few additional optional features have been added:
-
- - Attach date pattern for current log file
- - Backup number increments for newer files
- - Infinite number of backups by file size
-
-
-
-
-
- For large or infinite numbers of backup files a
-
- When Date/Time based rolling is used setting
-
-
-
-
- Changing
-
-
-
- If Date/Time based rolling is enabled this appender will attempt to roll existing files
- in the directory without a Date/Time tag based on the last write date of the base log file.
- The appender only rolls the log file when a message is logged. If Date/Time based rolling
- is enabled then the appender will not roll the log file at the Date/Time boundary but
- at the point when the next message is logged after the boundary has been crossed.
-
-
-
- The
-
- When rolling a backup file necessitates deleting an older backup file the
- file to be deleted is moved to a temporary name before being deleted.
-
-
-
-
- A maximum number of backup files when rolling on date/time boundaries is not supported.
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Edward Smit
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RollingFileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes.
-
-
-
-
- Write out a logging event.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write out an array of logging events.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates and opens the file for logging. If
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Get the current output file name
-
- the output file name
-
- The output file name is based on the base fileName specified.
- If
-
-
-
- Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
-
-
-
-
- Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files
- that are similar to the base file name.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file
- pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
- - determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
- - initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher
- to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen.
- The highest count is either the first file (when count direction
- is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0).
- In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to extract a number from the end of the file name that indicates
- the number of the times the file has been rolled over.
-
-
- Certain date pattern extensions like yyyyMMdd will be parsed as valid backup indexes.
-
-
-
-
- Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for
- 'incremented' versions of the base file. Bumps the max
- count up to the highest count seen.
-
-
-
-
- Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied.
-
- The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied
-
- Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the
- most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point
- with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern
- supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day
- and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be
- and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check,
- scheduledFilename, and calls
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
- Resets curSizeRollBackups.
- If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile).
-
-
-
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
- true if the file exists
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
-
-
-
-
- Deletes the specified file if it exists.
-
-
-
- Delete a file if is exists.
- The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted.
- This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot
- be deleted, but it still can be moved.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll base on file size.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }. Moreover, File is
- renamed File.1 and closed.
-
-
- A new file is created to receive further log output.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
- This is called by
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time of the next window for the current rollpoint
-
- the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date
-
-
- Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method.
-
-
- The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant
- than the rollpoint from the current time. This should roll the time back to
- the start of the time window for the current rollpoint. Then we add 1 window
- worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the rollpoint.
-
-
-
-
-
- This object supplies the current date/time. Allows test code to plug in
- a method to control this class when testing date/time based rolling. The default
- implementation uses the underlying value of DateTime.Now.
-
-
-
-
- The date pattern. By default, the pattern is set to ".yyyy-MM-dd"
- meaning daily rollover.
-
-
-
-
- The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to
- or will be the file transferred to on roll over
- (based on staticLogFileName).
-
-
-
-
- The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename.
-
-
-
-
- Holds date of last roll over
-
-
-
-
- The type of rolling done
-
-
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB
-
-
-
-
- There is zero backup files by default
-
-
-
-
- How many sized based backups have been made so far
-
-
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
-
- The rolling mode used in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by date.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by size.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to always log to the same file.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
-
-
- FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly
-
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the strategy for determining the current date and time. The default
- implementation is to use LocalDateTime which internally calls through to DateTime.Now.
- DateTime.UtcNow may be used on frameworks newer than .NET 1.0 by specifying
-
-
- An implementation of the
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are two built strategies for determining the current date and time,
-
-
- The default strategy is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names
- when rolling over on date.
-
-
- The date pattern to be used for generating file names when rolling
- over on date.
-
-
-
- Takes a string in the same format as expected by
-
-
- This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over
- on date.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of backup files that are kept before
- the oldest is erased.
-
-
- The maximum number of backup files that are kept before the oldest is
- erased.
-
-
-
- If set to zero, then there will be no backup files and the log file
- will be truncated when it reaches
-
- If a negative number is supplied then no deletions will be made. Note
- that this could result in very slow performance as a large number of
- files are rolled over unless
-
- The maximum applies to each time based group of files and
- not the total.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size in bytes that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property is equivalent to
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB (10*1024*1024).
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property allows you to specify the maximum size with the
- suffixes "KB", "MB" or "GB" so that the size is interpreted being
- expressed respectively in kilobytes, megabytes or gigabytes.
-
-
- For example, the value "10KB" will be interpreted as 10240 bytes.
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB.
-
-
- If you have the option to set the maximum file size programmatically
- consider using the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling file count direction.
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
- Indicates if the current file is the lowest numbered file or the
- highest numbered file.
-
-
- By default newer files have lower numbers (
-
-
- The default file count direction is -1.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling style.
-
- The rolling style.
-
-
- The default rolling style is
-
- When set to false , otherwise
- the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling
- the file each time it is opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
- true if the file name extension should be preserved.
-
-
-
- By default file.log is rolled to file.log.yyyy-MM-dd or file.log.curSizeRollBackup.
- However, under Windows the new file name will loose any program associations as the
- extension is changed. Optionally file.log can be renamed to file.yyyy-MM-dd.log or
- file.curSizeRollBackup.log to maintain any program associations.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to
- the same file.
-
-
- true if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- By default file.log is always the current file. Optionally
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd for current formatted datePattern can by the currently
- logging file (or file.log.curSizeRollBackup or even
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd.curSizeRollBackup).
-
-
- This will make time based rollovers with a large number of backups
- much faster as the appender it won't have to rename all the backups!
-
-
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution.
- Well really once each time this appender is
- configured.
-
-
- Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to
- false on the RollingFileAppender , otherwise
- this appender would just be a normal file appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the size of the file
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based on both the size and date of the file
-
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log not based on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each minute
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each hour
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each day (midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each week
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each month
-
-
-
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send an e-mail when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors.
-
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Authentication and setting the server Port are only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
- For these features to be enabled you need to ensure that you are using a version of
- the log4net assembly that is built against the MS .NET 1.1 framework and that you are
- running the your application on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. On all other platforms only sending
- unauthenticated messages to a server listening on port 25 (the default) is supported.
-
-
- Authentication is supported by setting the
-
- To set the SMTP server port use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
- Send the email message
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be carbon copied (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be blind carbon copied.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the SMTP relay mail server to use to send
- the e-mail messages.
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Obsolete
-
-
- Use the BufferingAppenderSkeleton Fix methods instead
-
-
-
- Obsolete property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mode to use to authentication with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- Valid Authentication mode values are:
-
-
-
-
- The username to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The password to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening
-
-
- Server Port is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening. The default
- port is 25 . The Port can only be changed when running on
- the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the priority of the e-mail message
-
-
- One of the
-
-
- Sets the priority of the e-mails generated by this
- appender. The default priority is
-
- If you are using this appender to report errors then
- you may want to set the priority to
-
-
-
-
- Enable or disable use of SSL when sending e-mail message
-
-
- This is available on MS .NET 2.0 runtime and higher
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the reply-to e-mail address.
-
-
- This is available on MS .NET 2.0 runtime and higher
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Values for the
-
-
- SMTP authentication modes.
-
-
-
-
-
- No authentication
-
-
-
-
- Basic authentication.
-
-
- Requires a username and password to be supplied
-
-
-
-
- Integrated authentication
-
-
- Uses the Windows credentials from the current thread or process to authenticate.
-
-
-
-
- Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors. Rather than sending via smtp it writes a file into the
- directory specified by
-
-
- The configuration for this appender is identical to that of the SMTPAppender ,
- except that instead of specifying the SMTPAppender.SMTPHost you specify
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Niall Daley
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on this appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same
- as that used by the agent sending the messages.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages
-
-
-
- The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages
- back to the client.
- The output is provided in a telnet-friendly way so that a log can be monitored
- over a TCP/IP socket.
- This allows simple remote monitoring of application logging.
-
-
- The default
-
- Keith Long
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TelnetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the parent method to close the socket handler
-
-
-
- Closes all the outstanding connections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Create the socket handler and wait for connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The default value is 23 (the telnet port).
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Helper class to manage connected clients
-
-
-
- The SocketHandler class is used to accept connections from
- clients. It is threaded so that clients can connect/disconnect
- asynchronously.
-
-
-
-
-
- Opens a new server port on
-
-
- Creates a socket handler on the specified local server port.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a client to the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Remove a client from the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket
-
-
-
- On connection adds to the list of connections
- if there are two many open connections you will be disconnected
-
-
-
-
-
- Close all network connections
-
-
-
- Make sure we close all network connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this handler has active connections
-
-
- true if this handler has active connections
-
-
-
- This property will be true while this handler has
- active connections, that is at least one connection that
- the handler will attempt to send a message to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Create this
-
-
- Opens a stream writer on the socket.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the clients connection
-
-
-
- Close the socket connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string)
- method. The event's logger name is the default value for the category parameter
- of the Write method.
-
-
- Compact Framework Assert . When using the Compact Framework this
- appender will write to the
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a domain to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's domain to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target domain.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required domains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a repository to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's repository to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target repository.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required repositories.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
- The repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
- The name of the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to quickly configure a
-
-
- Allows very simple programmatic configuration of log4net.
-
-
- Only one appender can be configured using this configurator.
- The appender is set at the root of the hierarchy and all logging
- events will be delivered to that appender.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the BasicConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system with a default configuration.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net logging system using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the specified repository using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Base class for all log4net configuration attributes.
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be extended by
- specific configurators. This attribute allows the
- configurator to be parameterized by an assembly level
- attribute.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor used by subclasses.
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Abstract method implemented by a subclass. When this method is called
- the subclass should configure the
-
-
-
-
- Compare this instance to another ConfiguratorAttribute
-
- see
-
-
- Compares the priorities of the two
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging domain for the assembly.
-
-
-
- DomainAttribute is obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging domains. Each domain has its own
- logging repository. This attribute specified on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the domain. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging repository for the assembly.
-
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging repository. This attribute specified
- on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the repository. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Initialize the attribute with the name for the assembly's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the logging repository.
-
-
- The string name to use as the name of the repository associated with this
- assembly.
-
-
-
- This value does not have to be unique. Several assemblies can share the
- same repository. They will share the logging configuration of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
- The type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
-
- The type of the repository to create for the assembly.
- The type must implement the
-
- This will be the type of repository created when
- the repository is created. If multiple assemblies reference the
- same repository then the repository is only created once using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- If neither of the config has the same effect as not specifying the
-
- The
-
-
- Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once.
- When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration
- of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the
-
-
- If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from
- different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e.
- call the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Configure the repository using the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from the local file system
-
-
-
-
- Configure the specified repository using a
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from a URI
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfiguratorAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file.
-
-
- The filename of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with
- the application base directory (
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file.
-
-
- The extension of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified this is the extension for the configuration file.
- The path to the config file is built by using the application
- base directory (assembly file name and the config file extension.
-
-
- If the MyExt then
- possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or
- MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt .
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file.
-
-
- true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework
- will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time
- the file is modified.
-
-
- The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk.
- In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded
- from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk
- and therefore it may not be able to watch it.
-
-
- Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file
-
-
- The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section
- handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns
- the XML element that is the root of the section.
-
-
- Example of registering the log4net section handler :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- log4net configuration XML goes here
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the configuration section.
-
- The
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to
- the repository.
-
-
-
- Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the
- assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface used to create plugins.
-
-
-
- Interface used to create a plugin.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object.
-
- the new plugin instance
-
-
- Create and return a new plugin instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
- Where possible use the constructor that takes a
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute.
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the
-
- The plugin object.
-
-
-
- Returns a representation of the properties of this object.
-
-
-
- Overrides base class
-
- A representation of the properties of this object
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type for the plugin.
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name for the plugin.
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
- Where possible use the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Construct provider attribute with type specified
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Configures the SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- Creates a provider instance from the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SecurityContextProviderAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the provider to use.
-
-
- the type of the provider to use.
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration URI.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration data stream.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the specified repository using a log4net element.
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
- This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods
- to load the configuration from an
-
-
-
-
- Maps repository names to ConfigAndWatchHandler instances to allow a particular
- ConfigAndWatchHandler to dispose of its FileSystemWatcher when a repository is
- reconfigured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Class used to watch config files.
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification
- before reloading the config file.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the FileInfo used to configure the XmlConfigurator
-
-
-
-
- Holds the repository being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The timer used to compress the notification events.
-
-
-
-
- Watches file for changes. This object should be disposed when no longer
- needed to free system handles on the watched resources.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called by the timer when the configuration has been updated.
-
-
-
-
- Release the handles held by the watcher and timer.
-
-
-
-
- The implementation of the
-
-
- This
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not support retrieving assembly
- level attributes therefore unlike the DefaultRepositorySelector
- this selector does not examine the calling assembly for attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Interface used by the
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named
- The named
-
- Lookup a named
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository with the name specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
- An array of the
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository selector
-
-
-
- Create an new compact repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
- throw if
- throw if
-
-
-
- Get the
- The default
-
-
- The
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the named
- The named
-
-
- Get the named log4net-default-repository . Other repositories
- must be created using the
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the null then the
- default repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the repository specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the named repository already exists an exception will be thrown.
-
-
- If null then the default
- repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the CompactRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has been created
-
-
-
- Raises the LoggerRepositoryCreatedEvent
- event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- The default implementation of the
-
-
- Uses attributes defined on the calling assembly to determine how to
- configure the hierarchy for the repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository selector.
-
-
-
- Create an new repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
- The type of the
-
- The default values are to use the
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Returns the named repository. If null
- a
-
- Use
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- true to read and apply the assembly attributes
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the specified repository.
-
- The new repository.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Aliases a repository to an existing repository.
-
-
-
- The repository specified will be aliased to the repository when created.
- The repository must not already exist.
-
-
- When the repository is created it must utilize the same repository type as
- the repository it is aliased to, otherwise the aliasing will fail.
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Notifies the registered listeners that the repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the repository name and repository type for the specified assembly.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the repository using information from the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined plugins on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined aliases on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DefaultRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Defined error codes that can be passed to the
-
-
- Values passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- A general error
-
-
-
-
- Error while writing output
-
-
-
-
- Failed to flush file
-
-
-
-
- Failed to close file
-
-
-
-
- Unable to open output file
-
-
-
-
- No layout specified
-
-
-
-
- Failed to parse address
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers on an Exception type
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the type of the Exception
- passed to
-
- Drew Schaeffer
-
-
-
- Test if an
-
-
- Implementations of this interface allow certain appenders to decide
- when to perform an appender specific action.
-
-
- The action or behavior triggered is defined by the implementation.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Test if this event triggers the action
-
- true if this event triggers the action, otherwise false
-
- Return true if this event triggers the action
-
-
-
-
-
- The type that causes the trigger to fire.
-
-
-
-
- Causes subclasses of
-
-
-
- Default ctor to allow dynamic creation through a configurator.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an evaluator and initializes to trigger on
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the logging event Exception
- Type is false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the Exception Type of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- The type that triggers this evaluator.
-
-
-
-
- If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of
-
-
-
- Appenders may delegate their error handling to an
-
-
- Error handling is a particularly tedious to get right because by
- definition errors are hard to predict and to reproduce.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Interface for objects that require fixing.
-
-
-
- Interface that indicates that the object requires fixing before it
- can be taken outside the context of the appender's
-
-
- When objects that implement this interface are stored
- in the context properties maps
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a portable instance object that represents the current
- state of this object. The portable object can be stored
- and logged from any thread with identical results.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface that all loggers implement
-
-
-
- This interface supports logging events and testing if a level
- is enabled for logging.
-
-
- These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementor, ensure
- that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception
- to be thrown to the caller.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
- null to not log an exception.
-
-
- Generates a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers.
-
-
- All wrappers must implement this interface.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not
- be the same object as this object because of logger decorators.
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default set of levels recognized by the system.
-
-
-
- Each
-
- Levels have a numeric
-
- The levels that are recognized by log4net are set for each
-
- When logging at level INFO the actual level used is not LoggerRepository.LevelMap["INFO"] . The default value for this is
-
-
- Each level has a
-
- Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are:
-
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the
-
- A
-
-
- Returns the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares levels.
-
- true if the objects are equal.
-
- Compares the levels of
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code
-
- A hash code for the current
-
-
- Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data
- structures like a hash table.
-
-
- Returns the hash code of the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an
- indication of their relative values.
-
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
- This instance is less than
-
- -
-
Zero
- This instance is equal to
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
- This instance is greater than
- -or-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two specified
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- two values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
-
- -
-
Zero
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
- The name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
- The value of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
- The display name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance.
-
-
- A LevelCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- LevelCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given LevelCollection .
-
- true if LevelCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of LevelCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the LevelCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The specified LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the LevelCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection .
-
- An LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The threshold for triggering
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the event level
- is equal or higher than the false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- the threshold to trigger at
-
-
- The
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and Level object
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Mapping from level name to Level object. The
- level name is case insensitive
-
-
-
-
- Construct the level map
-
-
-
- Construct the level map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map
-
- the level in the map with the name specified
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map. The name of the level to lookup is taken
- from the
-
- If no level with the specified name is found then the
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a
- a Level from the map with the name specified
-
-
- Returns the null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
- all possible levels as a list of Level objects
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of caller location information.
-
-
-
- This class uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- When location information is not available the constant
- NA is returned. Current value of this string
- constant is ? .
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LocationInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
- The fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
- The file name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
- The line number of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
- The method name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information
-
-
- All available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stack frames from the stack trace of the caller making the log request
-
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
- This class is used by the wrapper managers (e.g.
-
- This manager also holds the log4net.RepositorySelector
- AppSetting in the applications config file to the fully qualified type name of the
- selector to use.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Hook the shutdown event
-
-
-
- On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the
- AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload > events.
- These are used to shutdown the log4net system as the application exits.
-
-
-
-
-
- Register for ProcessExit and DomainUnload events on the AppDomain
-
-
-
- This needs to be in a separate method because the events make
- a LinkDemand for the ControlAppDomain SecurityPermission. Because
- this is a LinkDemand it is demanded at JIT time. Therefore we cannot
- catch the exception in the method itself, we have to catch it in the
- caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Returns the default
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified assembly's repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to get pertinent version info.
-
- A string of version info.
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerManager class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the default repository selector
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository selector used by the
-
- The repository selector used by the
-
-
- The repository selector (
-
- The caller to
-
- This context is used by the selector to lookup a specific repository.
-
-
- For the full .NET Framework, the default repository is DefaultRepositorySelector ;
- for the .NET Compact Framework CompactRepositorySelector is the default
- repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
- This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- The logger that this object is wrapping
-
-
-
-
- Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not be the same object as this object
- because of logger decorators.
-
-
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Level of logging event.
-
-
-
- Level of logging event. Level cannot be Serializable
- because it is a flyweight. Due to its special serialization it
- cannot be declared final either.
-
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message.
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of thread
-
-
-
- The name of thread in which this logging event was generated
-
-
-
-
-
- The time the event was logged
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the user
-
-
-
- String representation of the user's windows name,
- like DOMAIN\username
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the identity.
-
-
-
- String representation of the current thread's principal identity.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Fix the MDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the NDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Fix the thread name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers location information
-
-
- CAUTION: Very slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers windows user name
-
-
- CAUTION: Slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the domain friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers principal name
-
-
- CAUTION: May be slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the exception text
-
-
-
-
- Fix the event properties. Active properties must implement
-
-
-
- No fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- All fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- Partial fields fixed
-
-
-
- This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of logging events.
-
-
-
- When an affirmative decision is made to log then a
-
-
- This class is of concern to those wishing to extend log4net.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the host name value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the user name value.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Except LoggingEvent are filled when actually needed. Call
-
- This method is called by the log4net framework
- to create a logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the repository is set.
-
-
-
-
- Write the rendered message to a TextWriter
-
-
-
- Unlike the
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
- Does a
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Calling false .
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Fixes instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
- true to not fix data that takes a long time to fix.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- The true . This setting will ignore the
-
- Set false to ensure that all
- settings are fixed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix the fields specified by the
-
-
- Only fields specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a composite property in this event
-
- the value for the property
-
-
- This event has composite properties that combine together properties from
- several different contexts in the following order:
-
- -
-
this events properties
-
- This event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all the composite properties in this event
-
- the
-
-
- See
-
- This method returns a single
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified Type of the calling
- logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method).
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The exception that was thrown.
-
-
- This is not serialized. The string representation
- is serialized instead.
-
-
-
-
- The repository that generated the logging event
-
-
- This is not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- The fix state for this event
-
-
- These flags indicate which fields have been fixed.
- Not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed)
-
-
- This is a seperate flag to m_fixFlags as it allows incrementel fixing and simpler
- changes in the caching strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time when the current process started.
-
-
- This is the time when this process started.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
- Tries to get the start time for the current process.
- Failing that it returns the time of the first call to
- this property.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating and therefore
- without the process start time being reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time of the logging event.
-
-
- The time of the logging event.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
- The name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the location information for this logging event.
-
-
- The location information for this logging event.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid message object.
- If the event is serialized the message object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the message the
-
-
- If there is no defined message object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid exception object.
- If the event is serialized the exception object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the exception the
-
-
- If there is no defined exception object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message, rendered through the
-
- The message rendered through the
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current thread.
-
-
- The name of the current thread, or the thread ID when
- the name is not available.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current user.
-
-
- The name of the current user, or NOT AVAILABLE when the
- underlying runtime has no support for retrieving the name of the
- current user.
-
-
-
- Calls WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name to get the name of
- the current windows user.
-
-
- To improve performance, we could cache the string representation of
- the name, and reuse that as long as the identity stayed constant.
- Once the identity changed, we would need to re-assign and re-render
- the string.
-
-
- However, the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() call seems to
- return different objects every time, so the current implementation
- doesn't do this type of caching.
-
-
- Timing for these operations:
-
-
-
- Method
- Results
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds
-
-
-
- This means we could speed things up almost 40 times by caching the
- value of the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name property, since
- this takes (8.04-0.20) = 7.84375 seconds.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
- The string name of the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
- Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get
- the name of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
- The AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
- This property is for events that have been added directly to
- this event. The aggregate properties (which include these
- event properties) can be retrieved using
-
- Once the properties have been fixed
-
-
-
-
- The fixed fields in this event
-
-
- The set of fields that are fixed in this event
-
-
-
- Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed.
- It is not possible to 'unfix' a field.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- This implementation of the
-
- This logger has methods to allow the caller to log at the following
- levels:
-
-
- -
-
DEBUG
-
- The DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
INFO
-
- The INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
WARN
-
- The WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
ERROR
-
- The ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
FATAL
-
- The FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
-
-
- The values for these levels and their semantic meanings can be changed by
- configuring the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into
- the log4net framework.
-
-
-
- Use the
-
- This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also
- has properties for determining if those logging levels are
- enabled in the current configuration.
-
-
- This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation
- specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual
- implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to
- do things differently.
-
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
- For some ILog interface log , when you write:
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in
- Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug
- enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this:
-
-
- private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled;
-
-
- Then when you come to log you can write:
-
-
- if (isDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way the debug enabled state is only queried once
- when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly
- variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant
- and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler.
-
-
- Of course if you use a static readonly variable to
- hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot
- change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging
- that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute
- speed or runtime flexibility.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG level. If this logger is
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO level. If this logger is
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN level. If this logger is
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR level. If this logger is
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL level. If this logger is
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG
- level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for DEBUG events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
-
- For some log Logger object, when you write:
-
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed, then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled())
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in IsDebugEnabled and once in
- the Debug . This is an insignificant overhead
- since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it
- takes to actually log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the INFO level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for INFO events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the WARN level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for WARN events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the ERROR level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for ERROR events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the FATAL level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for FATAL events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
- for example with operating system services. This can be used to impersonate
- a principal that has been granted privileges on the system resources.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- An null
-
-
- Impersonate this security context. Further calls on the current
- thread should now be made in the security context provided
- by this object. When the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- A configured component that interacts with potentially protected system
- resources uses a
-
- By default the
-
- This default behavior can be overridden by subclassing the
-
- An alternative is to use the log4net.Config.SecurityContextProviderAttribute
- This attribute can be applied to an assembly in the same way as the
- log4net.Config.XmlConfiguratorAttribute" . The attribute takes
- the type to use as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The default provider
-
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a SecurityContext for a consumer
-
- An impersonation context
-
-
- The default implementation is to return a
-
- Subclasses should override this method to provide their own
- behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
- The default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- The default provider is used by configured components that
- require a
-
- By default this is an instance of
-
- The default provider can be set programmatically by setting
- the value of this property to a sub class of
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers after specified number of seconds.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
- Robert Sevcik
-
-
-
- The default time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time of last check. This gets updated when the object is created and when the evaluator triggers.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the specified time period
- false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after.
- Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. This delegate
- is called from the
-
- The delegate to use is supplied to the
-
-
-
-
- Maps between logger objects and wrapper objects.
-
-
-
- This class maintains a mapping between
-
- New wrapper instances are created by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the specified logger
-
-
- If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null.
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper it it has previously been requested and
- returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then
- the
-
-
-
-
- Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the logger.
-
-
- This implementation uses the
-
-
-
-
- Called when a monitored repository shutdown event is received.
-
-
-
- This method is called when a
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for repository shutdown event.
-
-
-
-
- Map of logger repositories to hashtables of ILogger to ILoggerWrapper mappings
-
-
-
-
- The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects.
-
-
-
-
- Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the map of logger repositories.
-
-
- Map of logger repositories.
-
-
-
- Gets the hashtable that is keyed on
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render a
-
-
- Interface to abstract the rendering of a
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats the specified date as a string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601 .
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to render the date
- into a string using a precision up to the second. This method
- will be called at most once per second and the result will be
- reused if it is needed again during the same second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss,fff".
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Sub classes should override
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff"
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example,
- "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Angelika Schnagl
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats a DateTime in the format "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss"
- for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- The format info for the invariant culture.
-
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats the date specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats the
-
-
- Formats the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date using
-
-
- Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call
- the
-
-
-
-
- The format string used to format the
-
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- This filter drops all
-
-
- You can add this filter to the end of a filter chain to
- switch from the default "accept all unless instructed otherwise"
- filtering behavior to a "deny all unless instructed otherwise"
- behavior.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should extend this class to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should implement this interface to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Decide if the logging event should be logged through an appender.
-
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Points to the next filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the filter with the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Typically filter's options become active immediately on set,
- however this method must still be called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decide if the
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
- This method is marked abstract and must be implemented
- in a subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Always returns the integer constant
- Always returns
-
-
- Ignores the event being logged and just returns
-
-
-
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be dropped immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This filter is neutral with respect to the log event.
- The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision.
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be logged immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This is a very simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits two options true , if it is false then
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- flag to indicate if the filter should
-
-
-
- the
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Tests if the
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- This is a simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits three options true , if it is false
- then
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when matching a
-
-
-
- the minimum
-
-
-
- the maximum
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if the event should be logged.
-
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Set the minimum matched
-
-
- The minimum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the maximum matched
-
-
- The maximum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name.
-
-
-
- The works very similar to the true ,
- if it is false then
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The logger name string to substring match against the event
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in
- the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the
- logger name (using
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with layered properties the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string an event property
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the value for a
- specific event property
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The string to substring match against the message
-
-
-
-
- A string regex to match
-
-
-
-
- A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch)
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Initialize and precompile the Regex if required
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Sets the static string to match
-
-
-
- The string that will be substring matched against
- the rendered message. If the message contains this
- string then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- Sets the regular expression to match
-
-
-
- The regular expression pattern that will be matched against
- the rendered message. If the message matches this
- pattern then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- The key to use to lookup the string from the event properties
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The event property for the
-
-
-
-
- The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against.
-
-
-
- The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the
- properties collections the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Sets the "NDC" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer.
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the next pattern converter in the chains
-
- the next converter
-
-
- The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a sub class).
- Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting
-
-
-
- This method calls
-
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
-
-
- The option string to the converter
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an object to a
-
-
- Writes the Object to a writer. If the
-
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
- the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
- The formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
- The option for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
- false if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- false if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- If this converter handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the property should be set to true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this converter does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
-
- Render the
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter pattern based on the
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception or the exception property specified
- by the Option value does not exist then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Recognized values for the Option parameter are:
-
-
- -
-
Message
-
- -
-
Source
-
- -
-
StackTrace
-
- -
-
TargetSite
-
- -
-
HelpLink
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the display name of the event
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for logger name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings
-
-
-
- This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string
- to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side.
- This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified.
-
-
- Subclasses should override the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the fully qualified string data
-
- the fully qualified name
-
-
- Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the
- precision is applied to it.
-
-
- Return the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
- Render the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the NamedPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the logger
-
- The fully qualified logger name
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event NDC
-
-
-
- Outputs the value of the event property named NDC .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event NDC to the output
-
-
-
- As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties
- this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converter to output the relative time of the event
-
-
-
- Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the relative time to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds.
- That is the number of milliseconds between the event
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects
-
- the time difference in milliseconds
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Adam Davies
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Michael Cromwell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the strack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the Name of the method
-
- This method was created, so this class could be used as a base class for StackTraceDetailPatternConverter
- string
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTracePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTraceDetailPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event thread name
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the ThreadName to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for the class name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the class
-
- The fully qualified type name for the caller location
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event user name
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- Uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event.
-
-
- This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple
- layouts (e.g.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format.
-
-
-
- This is the base implementation of the
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses must implement the
-
- Subclasses should set the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by layout objects
-
-
-
- An
-
- The layout can also supply
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
- If the caller does not have a
-
- StringWriter writer = new StringWriter();
- Layout.Format(writer, loggingEvent);
- string formattedEvent = writer.ToString();
-
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This is a MIME type e.g. "text/plain" .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handle exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The footer text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This method must be implemented by the subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method for easily formatting the logging event into a string variable.
-
-
- Creates a new StringWriter instance to store the formatted logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type is "text/plain"
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This base class uses the value "text/plain" .
- To change this value a subclass must override this
- property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this layout does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Constructs a ExceptionLayout
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- Part of the
-
- This method does nothing as options become effective immediately.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- Write the exception string to the
-
-
-
-
- Interface for raw layout objects
-
-
-
- Interface used to format a
-
- This interface should not be confused with the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adapts any
-
-
- Where an
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The layout to adapt
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new adapter
-
-
-
- Create the adapter for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- A flexible layout configurable with pattern string.
-
-
-
- The goal of this class is to conversion pattern .
-
-
- The conversion pattern is closely related to the conversion
- pattern of the printf function in C. A conversion pattern is
- composed of literal text and format control expressions called
- conversion specifiers .
-
-
- You are free to insert any literal text within the conversion
- pattern.
-
-
- Each conversion specifier starts with a percent sign (%) and is
- followed by optional format modifiers and a conversion
- pattern name . The conversion pattern name specifies the type of
- data, e.g. logger, level, date, thread name. The format
- modifiers control such things as field width, padding, left and
- right justification. The following is a simple example.
-
-
- Let the conversion pattern be "%-5level [%thread]: %message%newline" and assume
- that the log4net environment was set to use a PatternLayout. Then the
- statements
-
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestApp));
- log.Debug("Message 1");
- log.Warn("Message 2");
-
- would yield the output
-
- DEBUG [main]: Message 1
- WARN [main]: Message 2
-
-
- Note that there is no explicit separator between text and
- conversion specifiers. The pattern parser knows when it has reached
- the end of a conversion specifier when it reads a conversion
- character. In the example above the conversion specifier
- %-5level means the level of the logging event should be left
- justified to a width of five characters.
-
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
a
- Equivalent to appdomain
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the
- logging event was generated.
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-cache
-
-
- Used to output all cache items in the case of %aspnet-cache or just one named item if used as %aspnet-cache{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-context
-
-
- Used to output all context items in the case of %aspnet-context or just one named item if used as %aspnet-context{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-request
-
-
- Used to output all request parameters in the case of %aspnet-request or just one named param if used as %aspnet-request{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-session
-
-
- Used to output all session items in the case of %aspnet-session or just one named item if used as %aspnet-session{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
c
- Equivalent to logger
-
- -
-
C
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
class
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
d
- Equivalent to date
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
exception
-
-
- Used to output the exception passed in with the log message.
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
-
- -
-
F
- Equivalent to file
-
- -
-
file
-
-
- Used to output the file name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
l
- Equivalent to location
-
- -
-
L
- Equivalent to line
-
- -
-
location
-
-
- Used to output location information of the caller which generated
- the logging event.
-
-
- The location information depends on the CLI implementation but
- usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling
- method followed by the callers source the file name and line
- number between parentheses.
-
-
- The location information can be very useful. However, its
- generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided
- unless execution speed is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
level
-
-
- Used to output the level of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
line
-
-
- Used to output the line number from where the logging request
- was issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
logger
-
-
- Used to output the logger of the logging event. The
- logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by
- precision specifier , that is a decimal constant in
- brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the logger name will be
- printed. By default the logger name is printed in full.
-
-
- For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern
- %logger{2} will output "b.c".
-
-
-
- -
-
m
- Equivalent to message
-
- -
-
M
- Equivalent to method
-
- -
-
message
-
-
- Used to output the application supplied message associated with
- the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
mdc
-
-
- The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the
- combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility
- but is equivalent to property .
-
-
-
- -
-
method
-
-
- Used to output the method name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
n
- Equivalent to newline
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
ndc
-
-
- Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated
- with the thread that generated the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
p
- Equivalent to level
-
- -
-
P
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
properties
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output the an event specific property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the event properties
-
- The event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
r
- Equivalent to timestamp
-
- -
-
stacktrace
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktrace{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
stacktracedetail
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktracedetail{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...)
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
t
- Equivalent to thread
-
- -
-
timestamp
-
-
- Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start
- of the application until the creation of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
thread
-
-
- Used to output the name of the thread that generated the
- logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available.
-
-
-
- -
-
type
-
-
- Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller
- issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier
- can be optionally followed by precision specifier , that
- is a decimal constant in brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the class name will be
- printed. By default the class name is output in fully qualified form.
-
-
- For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the
- pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout".
-
-
- WARNING Generating the caller class information is
- slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is
- not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
u
- Equivalent to identity
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
w
- Equivalent to username
-
- -
-
x
- Equivalent to ndc
-
- -
-
X
- Equivalent to mdc
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the
- longer more descriptive pattern names.
-
-
- By default the relevant information is output as is. However,
- with the aid of format modifiers it is possible to change the
- minimum field width, the maximum field width and justification.
-
-
- The optional format modifier is placed between the percent sign
- and the conversion pattern name.
-
-
- The first optional format modifier is the left justification
- flag which is just the minus (-) character. Then comes the
- optional minimum field width modifier. This is a decimal
- constant that represents the minimum number of characters to
- output. If the data item requires fewer characters, it is padded on
- either the left or the right until the minimum width is
- reached. The default is to pad on the left (right justify) but you
- can specify right padding with the left justification flag. The
- padding character is space. If the data item is larger than the
- minimum field width, the field is expanded to accommodate the
- data. The value is never truncated.
-
-
- This behavior can be changed using the maximum field
- width modifier which is designated by a period followed by a
- decimal constant. If the data item is longer than the maximum
- field, then the extra characters are removed from the
- beginning of the data item and not from the end. For
- example, it the maximum field width is eight and the data item is
- ten characters long, then the first two characters of the data item
- are dropped. This behavior deviates from the printf function in C
- where truncation is done from the end.
-
-
- Below are various format modifier examples for the logger
- conversion specifier.
-
-
-
-
- Format modifier
- left justify
- minimum width
- maximum width
- comment
-
-
- %20logger
- false
- 20
- none
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20
- characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %-20logger
- true
- 20
- none
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger
- name is less than 20 characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %.30logger
- NA
- none
- 30
-
-
- Truncate from the beginning if the logger
- name is longer than 30 characters.
-
-
-
-
- %20.30logger false
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
- %-20.30logger
- true
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Note about caller location information. %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M
- all generate caller location information.
- Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
-
- This is a more detailed pattern.
- %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline
-
- A similar pattern except that the relative time is
- right padded if less than 6 digits, thread name is right padded if
- less than 15 characters and truncated if longer and the logger
- name is left padded if shorter than 30 characters and truncated if
- longer.
- %-6timestamp [%15.15thread] %-5level %30.30logger %ndc - %message%newline
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
- Currently set to the string "%message%newline"
- which just prints the application supplied message.
-
-
-
-
-
- A detailed conversion pattern
-
-
-
- A conversion pattern which includes Time, Thread, Logger, and Nested Context.
- Current value is %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline .
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
- This static map is overridden by the m_converterRegistry instance map
-
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternLayout only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
- Defines the builtin global rules.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern
-
-
-
- The default pattern just produces the application supplied message.
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- As per the
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern
-
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- When using this constructor the
-
-
-
-
- Create the pattern parser instance
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Parse the
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- Add a named pattern converter to this instance. This
- converter will be used in the formatting of the event.
- This method must be called before
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for the
-
-
- Used to convert objects to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types
- to a single target type. See
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Can the sourceType be converted to an
- true if the source type can be converted to
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the value to a
- the
-
-
- Convert the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawPropertyLayout
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the property for
- returns property value
-
-
- Looks up and returns the object value of the property
- named null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection.
-
-
- Value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection
-
-
-
- String name of the property to lookup in the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp
- in universal time use
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawUtcTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp
- in local time use
-
-
-
-
- A very simple layout
-
-
-
- SimpleLayout consists of the level of the log statement,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. For example,
-
- DEBUG - Hello world
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a SimpleLayout
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a simple formatted output.
-
-
-
- Formats the event as the level of the even,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The
- output is terminated by a newline.
-
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- The output of the external entity
- in a separate file to form a correct XML file.
-
-
- For example, if abc is the name of the file where
- the
-
- <?xml version="1.0" ?>
-
- <!DOCTYPE log4net:events SYSTEM "log4net-events.dtd" [<!ENTITY data SYSTEM "abc">]>
-
- <log4net:events version="1.2" xmlns:log4net="http://logging.apache.org/log4net/schemas/log4net-events-1.2>
- &data;
- </log4net:events>
-
-
- This approach enforces the independence of the
-
- The version attribute helps components to correctly
- interpret output generated by
-
- Alternatively the Header and Footer properties can be
- configured to output the correct XML header, open tag and close tag.
- When setting the Header and Footer properties it is essential
- that the underlying data store not be appendable otherwise the data
- will become invalid XML.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation
- to conform to a specific schema.
-
-
- Deriving classes must implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- The true , then the
- file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
- This method creates an
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if location information should be included in
- the XML events.
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace invalid chars with
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in
- the XML events.
-
-
- true if location information should be included in the XML
- events; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- If true , then the file
- name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with.
-
-
- Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the
- string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it
- to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more
- details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets
- Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names
- and the property values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the content type output by this layout.
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SmtpAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Builds a cache of the element names
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Override the base class
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all generated element names
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all element names
-
-
-
- The default prefix is log4net . Set this property
- to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string
- then no prefix will be written.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the message.
-
-
-
- By default the log message will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary
- data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be
- base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the property values.
-
-
-
- By default the properties will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain
- binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties
- will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements compatible with the log4j schema
-
-
-
- Formats the log events according to the http://logging.apache.org/log4j schema.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Actually do the writing of the xml
-
-
-
- Generate XML that is compatible with the log4j schema.
-
-
-
-
-
- The version of the log4j schema to use.
-
-
-
- Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- The default object Renderer.
-
-
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects and collections to strings.
-
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings
-
-
-
- Certain types require special case conversion to
- string form. This conversion is done by an object renderer.
- Object renderers implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows:
-
-
-
- Value
- Rendered String
-
- -
-
null
- "(null)"
-
-
- -
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: {a, b, c} .
-
-
- All collection classes that implement
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer).
-
-
- For example: key=value .
-
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Object.ToString()
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the array argument into a string
-
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the enumerator argument into a string
-
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- {a, b, c} .
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the DictionaryEntry argument into a string
-
-
-
- Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer). For example: key=value .
-
-
-
-
-
- Map class objects to an
-
-
- Maintains a mapping between types that require special
- rendering and the
-
- The object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render
- the object rendered as a string
-
-
- This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string.
- The alternative method
-
-
-
-
- Render
-
-
- Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified object type
-
- the renderer for
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified type
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
- Returns the renderer for the specified type.
- If no specific renderer has been defined the
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal function to recursively search interfaces
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
-
- Clear the map of renderers
-
-
-
- Clear the custom renderers defined by using
-
-
-
-
-
- Register an
-
-
- Register an object renderer for a specific source type.
- This renderer will be returned from a call to
-
-
-
-
- Get the default renderer instance
-
- the default renderer
-
-
- Get the default renderer
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repository plugins.
-
-
-
- Plugins define additional behavior that can be associated
- with a
-
- The log4net.Config.PluginAttribute can be used to
- attach plugins to repositories created using configuration
- attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches the plugin to the specified
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance.
-
-
- A PluginCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- PluginCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given PluginCollection .
-
- true if PluginCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of PluginCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the PluginCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The specified PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the PluginCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection .
-
- An PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
- The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
- The current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Map of repository plugins.
-
-
-
- This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are
- attached to a repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
- The
-
- If there already exists a plugin with the same name
- attached to the repository then the old plugin will
- be
-
-
-
-
- Removes a
-
-
- Remove a specific plugin from this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a
-
- The null if no plugin is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup a plugin by name. If the plugin is not found null
- will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all possible plugins as a list of
- All possible plugins as a list of
-
-
- Get a collection of all the plugins defined in this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name.
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this plugin.
-
-
-
-
- The repository this plugin is attached to.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
- The name of the plugin must not change one the
- plugin has been attached to a repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The repository for this plugin
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
-
-
-
- Plugin that listens for events from the
-
-
- This plugin publishes an instance of
-
- When an event is received it is relogged within the attached repository
- as if it had been raised locally.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Construct with sink Uri.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- When the plugin is shutdown the remote logging
- sink is disconnected.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RemoteLoggingServerPlugin class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URI of this sink.
-
-
- The URI of this sink.
-
-
-
- This is the name under which the object is marshaled.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers
-
-
- Internal class used to listen for logging events
- and deliver them to the local repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Logs the events to the repository.
-
-
-
- The events passed are logged to the
-
-
-
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance.
-
- null to indicate that this instance should live forever.
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance. This object should live forever
- therefore this implementation returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
- This default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface abstracts creation of
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- The
-
- Implement this interface to create new subclasses of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default internal subclass of
-
-
- This subclass has no additional behavior over the
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- Internal class used to provide implementation of
-
- This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the
- distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their
- evaluation. The
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- This constructor created a new
-
-
- This constructor is protected and designed to be used by
- a subclass that is not abstract.
-
-
- Loggers are constructed by
-
-
-
-
- Add
-
-
- Add
-
- If
-
-
-
-
- Look for the appender named as name
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null .
-
-
- Returns the named appender, or null if the appender is not found.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the named appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Deliver the
-
-
- Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at
- this . If no appenders could be found, emit a
- warning.
-
-
- This method calls all the appenders inherited from the
- hierarchy circumventing any evaluation of whether to log or not
- to log the particular log request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes all attached appenders implementing the
-
-
- Used to ensure that the appenders are correctly shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method. This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Generates a logging event and delivers it to the attached
- appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Logger class.
-
-
-
-
- The name of this logger.
-
-
-
-
- The assigned level of this logger.
-
-
-
- The level variable need not be
- assigned a value in which case it is inherited
- form the hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
- All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
- The hierarchy that this logger is a member of is stored
- here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper implementation of the
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if child loggers inherit their parents appenders
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable m_appenderAttachedImpl
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
- The parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
-
- Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy.
- The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
- true if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the effective level for this logger.
-
- The nearest level in the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a
- non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the
- root logger.
-
- The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as
- quickly as possible.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
- The hierarchy that this logger belongs to.
-
-
- This logger must be attached to a single
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- The assigned null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this logger
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the logger name.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new Logger
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Hierarchical organization of loggers
-
-
-
- The casual user should not have to deal with this class
- directly.
-
-
- This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and
- also maintaining the logger hierarchy. Implements the
-
-
- The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the
-
-
- In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor,
- then it creates a provision node for the ancestor and adds itself
- to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor add
- themselves to the previously created provision node.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Skeleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repositories.
-
-
-
- This interface is implemented by logger repositories. e.g.
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If the names logger exists it is returned, otherwise
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
- Shutting down a repository will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collection of internal messages captured during the most
- recent configuration process.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct the repository using specific properties
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with specified properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Return a new logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass.
- This base class implementation notifies the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this repository.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerRepositorySkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raise a configuration changed event on this repository
-
-
-
- Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should
- raise this event notification to notify listeners.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The string name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of this repository. The name is
- used to store and lookup the repositories
- stored by the
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Contains a list of internal messages captures during the
- last configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis
-
-
-
-
- Basic Configurator interface for repositories
-
-
-
- Interface used by basic configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appender
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure repository using XML
-
-
-
- Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified config
-
-
-
- The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by
- the implementation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties and a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Test if a logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array.
- The root logger is not included in the returned
- enumeration.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The Shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their
- default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this hierarchy.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured
-
- An array containing all the currently configured appenders
-
-
- Returns all the
-
- The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified
-
- true if the repository is disabled for the level argument, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will
- always return true .
-
-
- This method will return true if this repository is
- disabled for level object passed as parameter and
- false otherwise.
-
-
- See also the
-
-
-
-
- Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable
-
-
-
- This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal
- hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the
- logger hierarchy.
-
-
- You should really know what you are doing before
- invoking this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners
-
-
- Raises the logger creation event.
-
-
-
-
- Updates all the parents of the specified logger
-
-
-
- This method loops through all the potential parents of
-
-
- -
-
No entry for the potential parent of
-
- We create a ProvisionNode for this potential
- parent and insert
-
- -
-
The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent.
-
- The entry is
-
- -
-
The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent.
-
- We add
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace a
-
-
- We update the links for all the children that placed themselves
- in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a
- reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the
- children in 'pn'.
-
-
- We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'.
-
-
- If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of
- 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'.
-
-
- Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set
- c's parent field to log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
- Supports setting levels via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
- Supports setting property values via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Hierarchy class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event used to notify that a logger has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a logger is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Has no appender warning been emitted
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning
- about not having an appender warning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default
- The default
-
-
- The logger factory is used to create logger instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Value of the level
-
-
-
- If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked
- up for the current level with the same name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Name of the level
-
-
- The name of the level
-
-
-
- The name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Display name for the level
-
-
- The display name of the level
-
-
-
- The display name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used internally to accelerate hash table searches.
-
-
-
- Internal class used to improve performance of
- string keyed hashtables.
-
-
- The hashcode of the string is cached for reuse.
- The string is stored as an interned value.
- When comparing two
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct key with string name
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Stores the hashcode of the string and interns
- the string key to optimize comparisons.
-
-
- The Compact Framework 1.0 the
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code for the current instance.
-
- A hash code for the current instance.
-
-
- Returns the cached hashcode.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether two
-
- true if the specified false .
-
-
-
- Compares the references of the interned strings.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provision nodes are used where no logger instance has been specified
-
-
-
-
-
- A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of
- a logger that does not exist.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new provision node with child node
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- First, it cannot be assigned a null
- level. Second, since the root logger cannot have a parent, the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct a
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The root logger names itself as "root". However, the root
- logger cannot be retrieved by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RootLogger class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
- The assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Because the root logger cannot have a parent and its level
- must not be null this property just returns the
- value of
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- Setting the level of the root logger to a null reference
- may have catastrophic results. We prevent this here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct the configurator for a hierarchy
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse appenders by IDREF.
-
- The instance of the appender that the ref refers to.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an appender element.
-
- The appender instance or null when parsing failed.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the root logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the children of a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse the child elements of a <logger> element.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an object renderer.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a renderer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a level element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets a parameter on an object.
-
-
- The parameter name must correspond to a writable property
- on the object. The value of the parameter is a string,
- therefore this function will attempt to set a string
- property first. If unable to set a string property it
- will inspect the property and its argument type. It will
- attempt to call a static method called Parse on the
- type of the property. This method will take a single
- string argument and return a value that can be used to
- set the property.
-
-
-
-
- Test if an element has no attributes or child elements
-
- true if the element has any attributes or child elements, false otherwise
-
-
- Test if a Activator.CreateInstance .
-
- true if the type is creatable using a default constructor, false otherwise
-
-
- Look for a method on the
- the method info found
-
-
- The method must be a public instance method on the
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string value to a target type.
-
-
-
- An object of type null when the conversion could not be performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an object as specified in XML.
-
- The object or null
-
-
- Parse an XML element and create an object instance based on the configuration
- data.
-
-
- The type of the instance may be specified in the XML. If not
- specified then the
-
-
-
-
- key: appenderName, value: appender.
-
-
-
-
- The Hierarchy being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlHierarchyConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Writes name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The date and time is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone.
- To output the time in Universal time see
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date and time passed is in the local time zone.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentFolderPathPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the environment variable to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the IdentityPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern
-
-
-
- Writes the literal string value specified in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Set the next converter in the chain
-
- The next pattern converter
-
-
- Special case the building of the pattern converter chain
- for
-
-
-
-
- Write the literal to the output
-
-
-
- Override the formatting behavior to ignore the FormattingInfo
- because we have a literal instead.
-
-
- Writes the value of
-
-
-
-
- Convert this pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- This method is not used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a newline to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the system dependent line terminator to the output.
- This behavior can be overridden by setting the
-
-
- Option Value
- Output
-
- -
-
DOS
- DOS or Windows line terminator "\r\n"
-
- -
-
UNIX
- UNIX line terminator "\n"
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ProcessIdPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- This pattern converter reads the thread and global properties.
- The thread properties take priority over global properties.
- See
-
- If the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- A Pattern converter that generates a string of random characters
-
-
-
- The converter generates a string of random characters. By default
- the string is length 4. This can be changed by setting the
-
- The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters
- and numbers only.
-
-
- The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Shared random number generator
-
-
-
-
- Length of random string to generate. Default length 4.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RandomStringPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UserNamePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the UTC date time to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current date and time to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date is in Universal time when it is rendered.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for Boolean.
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to bool type.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Exception base type for conversion errors.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Register of type converters for specific types.
-
-
-
- Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between
- types.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor.
-
-
-
- This constructor defines the intrinsic type converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter instance for a specific type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookups the type converter to use as specified by the attributes on the
- destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the type converter.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- The type specified for the type converter must implement
- the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ConverterRegistry class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the encoding
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from a single type to arbitrary types.
- See
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the type supported by this converter can be converted to the
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the IPAddress
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Valid characters in an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. (Does not support subnets)
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternLayout
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Convert between string and
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the target type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternString
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the Type
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attribute used to associate a type converter
-
-
-
- Class and Interface level attribute that specifies a type converter
- to use with the associated type.
-
-
- To associate a type converter with a target type apply a
- TypeConverterAttribute to the target type. Specify the
- type of the type converter on the attribute.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type name
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- A straightforward implementation of the
-
-
- This is the default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Calls the DoAppende method on the
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup an attached appender by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- List of appenders
-
-
-
-
- Array of appenders, used to cache the m_appenderList
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderAttachedImpl class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders, or null if there
- are no attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The read only collection of all currently attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together.
-
-
-
- Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection
-
-
-
- Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added
- later.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary
-
- the flattened dictionary
-
-
- Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary
- containing the resultant values for the keys.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Looks up the value for the
-
- If none of the collections contain the specified key then
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for Context Properties implementations
-
-
-
- This class defines a basic property get set accessor
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types
-
-
-
- Pattern converter info class used during configuration by custom
- PatternString and PatternLayer converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern
-
-
-
- The name of the pattern in the format string
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the converter
-
-
-
- The value specified must extend the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclass of
-
-
- This writer counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The writer to forward messages to
-
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Flushes any buffered output
-
-
-
- Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written
- to the underlying device
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
-
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
- The format provider
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
- The line terminator to use
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
-
-
- The error handler instance to pass all errors to
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if this writer is closed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
- The error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
- true if this writer is closed, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
- The total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
-
- A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events.
-
-
-
- An array backed fixed size leaky bucket.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Appends a
- The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null .
-
-
- Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then
- null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped
- to make space for the new event, the event dropped is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer.
-
- The oldest logging event in the buffer
-
-
- Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it
- from the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array.
-
- An array of all the logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- If null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer.
-
- The maximum size of the buffer.
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of logging events in the buffer.
-
- The number of logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Adds an element with the provided key and value to the
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the
- false
-
- As the collection is empty the false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element with the specified key from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty dictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the element with the specified key.
-
- null
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored.
- If the index getter is called then null is returned.
- A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers
- in conversion modifiers.
-
-
-
- Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by
- the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Defaut Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
- The minimum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
- The maximum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled
- or not.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both
- storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied.
-
-
- This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently
- and are modified infrequently.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The read only copy of the properties.
-
-
-
- This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from
- reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property from the global context
-
-
-
- Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared
- with reading a value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the global context properties
-
-
-
-
- Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties
-
- the current global context properties
-
-
- This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class
- stores a readonly copy of the properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value.
- When the value is written a new read only copy of
- the properties is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Manages a mapping from levels to
-
-
- Manages an ordered mapping from
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialise a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
- If a
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the mapping for the specified level
-
- the null if no mapping found
-
-
- Lookup the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest
- mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the
-
-
- If no mapping could be found then null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize options
-
-
-
- Caches the sorted list of
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- This class stores its properties in a slot on the log4net.Util.LogicalThreadContextProperties .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Flag used to disable this context if we don't have permission to access the CallContext.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove the value for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doings so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the call context get data.
-
- The peroperties dictionary stored in the call context
-
- The
-
-
-
- Sets the call context data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LogicalThreadContextProperties class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Get or set the property value for the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly.
-
-
-
- Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is
- sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is
- doing.
-
-
- All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream
- whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output
- stream.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats Prefix, Source, and Message in the same format as the value
- sent to Console.Out and Trace.Write.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor that initializes logging by reading
- settings from the application configuration file.
-
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting
- controls internal debugging. This setting should be set
- to true to enable debugging.
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting
- suppresses all internal logging including error messages.
- This setting should be set to true to enable message
- suppression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raises the LogReceived event when an internal messages is received.
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal error messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard output stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard error stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default debug level
-
-
-
-
- In quietMode not even errors generate any output.
-
-
-
-
- The event raised when an internal message has been received.
-
-
-
-
- The Type that generated the internal message.
-
-
-
-
- The DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received.
-
-
-
-
- A string indicating the severity of the internal message.
-
-
- "log4net: ",
- "log4net:ERROR ",
- "log4net:WARN "
-
-
-
-
- The internal log message.
-
-
-
-
- The Exception related to the message.
-
-
- Optional. Will be null if no Exception was passed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging
- is enabled or disabled.
-
-
- true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise
- false .
-
-
-
- When set to true , internal debug level logging will be
- displayed.
-
-
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration
- file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. debugging is
- disabled.
-
-
-
-
- The following example enables internal debugging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output
- from internal logging, not even for errors.
-
-
- true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal
- logging, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be
- suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged.
- This option overrides the
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. internal logging is not
- disabled.
-
-
-
- The following example disables internal logging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Debug is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Warn is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Error is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subscribes to the LogLog.LogReceived event and stores messages
- to the supplied IList instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a native error code and message.
-
-
-
- Represents a Win32 platform native error.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the
- native Win32 FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier.
-
-
- The message corresponding with the specified message identifier.
-
-
-
- The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s)
- using the native FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return error information string
-
- error information string
-
-
- Return error information string
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats a message string.
-
- LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in
-
- The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a
- buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an
- already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message
- table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition
- in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier.
- The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded
- insert sequences if requested.
-
-
- To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message.
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output
- buffer, excluding the terminating null character.
-
-
- If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information,
- call
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
- The number of the native error.
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
- The message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance.
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current key from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an exception because the
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current value from the enumerator.
-
- The current value from the enumerator.
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current entry from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Get the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
- Private constructor for singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- null
-
- No impersonation is done and null is always returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists
- of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and
- ignoring all subsequent errors.
-
-
-
- The error message is processed using the LogLog sub-system.
-
-
- This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application
- from being flooded with error messages when logging fails.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the error handler back to its initial disabled state.
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Sends the error information to
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log an error
-
-
-
- Print a the error message passed as parameter on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- The date the error was recorded.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if it is the first error
-
-
-
-
- The message recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The exception recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The error code recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- String to prefix each message with
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OnlyOnceErrorHandler class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled. Logging is only enabled for the
- first error delivered to the
-
-
-
-
- The date the first error that trigged this error handler occured.
-
-
-
-
- The message from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
-
-
- The exception from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- May be
-
-
-
- The error code from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- Defaults to
-
-
-
- A convenience class to convert property values to specific types.
-
-
-
- Utility functions for converting types and parsing values.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to a
- The
-
-
- If true is returned.
- If false is returned.
- Otherwise,
-
-
-
-
- Parses a file size into a number.
-
- The
-
-
- Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a
- long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object.
-
-
- The object converted from a string or null when the
- conversion failed.
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try
- to convert the string value into the specified target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
- true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type.
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Instantiates an object given a class name.
-
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
- Performs variable substitution in string
- The result of the substitutions.
-
-
- The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and } .
-
-
- For example, if props contains key=value , then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}.");
-
-
-
- will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.".
-
-
- If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution
- defaults to an empty string.
-
-
- For example, if system properties contains no value for the key
- "nonExistentKey", then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]");
-
-
-
- will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []".
-
-
- An Exception is thrown if
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or
- more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object.
-
- true , ignore case; otherwise, regard case.
- An object of type
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OptionConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Most of the work of the
-
-
- The PatternParser processes a pattern string and
- returns a chain of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
- The head of a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
- the list of all the converter names
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches
-
-
-
- The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed literal
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed converter pattern
-
-
-
-
- Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter
- to the chain.
-
-
-
-
- The first pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- the last pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- The pattern
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types
-
-
-
- This map overrides the static s_globalRulesRegistry map.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the PatternParser class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
- The converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
-
-
- Sort strings by length
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This class implements a patterned string.
-
-
-
- This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded
- when the string is formatted.
-
-
- This class functions similarly to the PatternString
- does not render the properties of a specific
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain.
-
-
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the current date and time in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
env
-
-
- Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value
- of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable.
-
-
- The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
processid
-
-
- Used to output the system process ID for the current process.
-
-
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output a specific context property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- -
-
random
-
-
- Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of
- uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long.
- The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string.
-
-
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
- See the format modifiers supported by the patterns.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternString only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternString
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Initialize object options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the
- The
-
-
- Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses
- may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize
- custom conversion pattern name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Format the pattern to the
-
-
-
-
- Format the pattern as a string
-
- the pattern formatted as a string
-
-
- Format the pattern to a string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the pattern formatting string
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- String keyed object map.
-
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- String keyed object map that is read only.
-
-
-
- This collection is readonly and cannot be modified.
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The Hashtable used to store the properties data
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Copy Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Deserialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
- An array of all the keys.
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
- true if the dictionary contains the specified key
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
- The internal collection used to store the properties
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The number of properties in this collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- an enumerator
-
-
- Returns a
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- true if the collection contains the specified key
-
- Test if this collection contains a specified key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Store a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- false
-
-
-
- This collection is modifiable. This property always
- returns false .
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- The value for the key specified.
-
-
-
- Get or set a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
-
- Property Key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
-
- Property Value.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary
- to protect a writer from being closed by a client.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
- This method does nothing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers
-
-
-
- ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource.
- At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for
- multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a
- situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a
- ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple
- one-at-a-time lock, such as
-
- If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock
- implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore
- the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Acquires a reader lock
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the writer lock
-
-
-
- This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count on the writer lock
-
-
-
- ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count.
- When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
- The internal buffers are cleared and reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for system specific information.
-
-
-
- Utility class of static methods for system specific information.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Alexey Solofnenko
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize default values for private static fields.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly.
-
- The location of the assembly.
-
-
- This method does not guarantee to return the correct path
- to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to
- where the assembly was loaded from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the
- The fully qualified name for the
-
-
- This is equivalent to the Type.AssemblyQualifiedName property,
- but this method works on the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 as well as
- the full .NET runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the short name of the
- The short name of the
-
-
- The short name of the assembly is the
-
- Use this rather than Assembly.GetName().Name because that
- is not available on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do
- the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
- The file name of the assembly.
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly
- containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly
- then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the
- assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found
- in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified
- assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies
- will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
- A new Guid
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an
- the ArgumentOutOfRangeException object
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- The Compact Framework does not support the 3 parameter constructor for the
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup an application setting
-
- the value for the key, or null
-
-
- Configuration APIs are not supported under the Compact Framework
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
- The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the
- A new case-insensitive instance of the
-
-
- The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an empty array of types.
-
-
-
- The Type.EmptyTypes field is not available on
- the .NET Compact Framework 1.0.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Cache the host name for the current machine
-
-
-
-
- Cache the application friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
-
- Start time for the current process.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
- The system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
- The base directory path for the current
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the configuration file for the current
- The path to the configuration file for the current
-
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not have a concept of a configuration
- file. For this runtime, we use the entry assembly location as the root for
- the configuration file name.
-
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
- The path to the entry assembly.
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ID of the current thread.
-
- The ID of the current thread.
-
-
- On the .NET framework, the AppDomain.GetCurrentThreadId method
- is used to obtain the thread ID for the current thread. This is the
- operating system ID for the thread.
-
-
- On the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 it is not possible to get the
- operating system thread ID for the current thread. The native method
- GetCurrentThreadId is implemented inline in a header file
- and cannot be called.
-
-
- On the .NET Framework 2.0 the Thread.ManagedThreadId is used as this
- gives a stable id unrelated to the operating system thread ID which may
- change if the runtime is using fibers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The hostname or machine name
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The host name (Environment.MachineName ) for
- the current machine, or if neither of these are available
- then NOT AVAILABLE is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get this application's friendly name
-
-
- The friendly name of this application as a string
-
-
-
- If available the name of the application is retrieved from
- the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName .
-
-
- Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time for the current process.
-
-
-
- This is the time at which the log4net library was loaded into the
- AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime
- this is not the start time for the current process.
-
-
- The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its
- startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for
- the actual start time.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating, however this start time
- will be set per AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
- Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while
- outputting a string representation of an item.
-
-
- The default value is (null) . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
- Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
- The default value is NOT AVAILABLE . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialise the
-
-
-
- Format the string and arguments
-
- the formatted string
-
-
-
- Replaces the format item in a specified
-
- A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the
-
-
- This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the
- exception and arguments are returned in the result string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process an error during StringFormat
-
-
-
-
- Dump the contents of an array into a string builder
-
-
-
-
- Dump an object to a string
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemStringFormat class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The thread local data slot to use to store a PropertiesDictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doing so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The stack store.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
- Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after
- a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly.
- You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call
- the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- syntax.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from this stack.
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack.
-
-
- Remove the top context from this stack, and return
- it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an
- empty string (not
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message into this stack.
-
-
- An
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto this stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- The current context information.
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- Gets the current context information
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a cross thread portable version of this object
-
-
-
-
-
- The number of messages in the stack
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack
-
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack. That is
- the number of times
-
-
-
-
- Gets and sets the internal stack used by this
- The internal storage stack
-
-
- This property is provided only to support backward compatability
- of the
-
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Get the message.
-
- The message.
-
-
- Get the message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
- The full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Struct returned from the
-
-
- This struct implements the
-
-
-
-
- The ThreadContextStack internal stack
-
-
-
-
- The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
- The named stack
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to an
-
-
- The test is escaped either using XML escape entities
- or using CDATA sections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace invalid XML characters in text string
-
- A string that does not contain invalid XML characters.
-
-
- Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for
- details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets .
-
-
- This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string
- with the mask string specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text
-
- the number of times the substring occurs in the text
-
-
- The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself.
-
-
-
-
-
- Characters illegal in XML 1.0
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a Windows Account
-
-
-
- This
-
- How the impersonation is done depends on the value of
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the SecurityContext based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The security context will try to Logon the specified user account and
- capture a primary token for impersonation.
-
-
- The required
-
-
-
- Impersonate the Windows account specified by the
-
- An
-
-
- Depending on the
-
-
-
-
- Create a
- the
-
-
- Uses the Windows API call LogonUser to get a principal token for the account. This
- token is used to initialize the WindowsIdentity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
- The impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
-
- Impersonate either a user with user credentials or
- revert this thread to the credentials of the process.
- The value is one of the
-
- The default value is
-
- When the mode is set to
-
- When the mode is set to
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows username for this security context
-
-
- The Windows username for this security context
-
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
- The Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
-
- The default value for
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Sets the password for the Windows account specified by the
-
- The password for the Windows account specified by the
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- The impersonation modes for the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a user using the credentials supplied
-
-
-
-
- Revert this the thread to the credentials of the process
-
-
-
-
- Adds
-
-
- Helper class to expose the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Global Context.
-
-
-
- The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging
- information to be stored.
-
-
- The global context has a properties map and these properties can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of
- the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName;
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- The global context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides information about the environment the assembly has
- been built for.
-
-
-
- Version of the assembly
-
-
- Version of the framework targeted
-
-
- Type of framework targeted
-
-
- Does it target a client profile?
-
-
-
- Identifies the version and target for this assembly.
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Logical Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
- The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per
-
- The
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The logical thread stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class is used by client applications to request logger instances.
-
-
-
- This class has static methods that are used by a client to request
- a logger instance. The
-
- See the
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null .
-
-
- The logger found, or null if no logger could be found.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- repository.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- Get the currently defined loggers.
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- Get or create a logger.
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown a logger repository.
-
- Shuts down the default repository.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- default repository.
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the configuration of a repository
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
- Get the logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Get a logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Create a domain
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- Create a logger repository.
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the list of currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
- Get an array of all the
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified.
-
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
- The wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
-
-
- Create the
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- The wrapper map to use to hold the
-
-
-
- Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- The MDC class is similar to the mapped
- diagnostic contexts . A Mapped Diagnostic Context , or
- MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The MDC is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the context value identified by the
- The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found.
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- If the null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add an entry to the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Puts a context value (the
-
- If a value is already defined for the null then the key value mapping will be removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the key value mapping for the key specified.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all entries in the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument
- to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log
- output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple
- clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry
- from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs
- come into play.
-
-
- Note that NDCs are managed on a per thread basis. The NDC class
- is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the
- calling thread.
-
-
- How to push a message into the context
-
- using(NDC.Push("my context message"))
- {
- ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ...
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a clone of the stack of context information.
-
- A clone of the context info for this thread.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The results of this method can be passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Inherits the contextual information from another thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This thread will use the context information from the stack
- supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with
- the same contextual information as their parent threads. These
- contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that
- are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other.
- Call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from the stack.
-
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top
- of the stack.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Remove the top context from the stack, and return
- it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an
- empty string (not null ) is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message.
-
-
- An
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an NDC message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the context information for this thread. It is
- not required to call this method.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This method is not implemented.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context depth.
-
- The current context depth.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The number of context values pushed onto the context stack.
-
-
- Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then
- be restored using the
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging
- information to be stored.
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
- The thread context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The thread local stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net35-full/log4net.dll b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net35-full/log4net.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 06e778c..0000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net35-full/log4net.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net35-full/log4net.xml b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net35-full/log4net.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bee140..0000000
--- a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net35-full/log4net.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30205 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- log4net
-
-
-
-
- Appender that logs to a database.
-
-
-
- http://www.connectionstrings.com/ .
-
-
- Records are written into the database either using a prepared
- statement or a stored procedure. The System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify a prepared statement
- or to System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify a stored
- procedure.
-
-
- The prepared statement text or the name of the stored procedure
- must be set in the
-
- The prepared statement or stored procedure can take a number
- of parameters. Parameters are added using the
-
-
- An example of a SQL Server table that could be logged to:
-
- CREATE TABLE [dbo].[Log] (
- [ID] [int] IDENTITY (1, 1) NOT NULL ,
- [Date] [datetime] NOT NULL ,
- [Thread] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Level] [varchar] (20) NOT NULL ,
- [Logger] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Message] [varchar] (4000) NOT NULL
- ) ON [PRIMARY]
-
-
-
- An example configuration to log to the above table:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Lance Nehring
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a
- number of events before logging them. For example the
-
- Subclasses should override the
- The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic
- buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using
- the
- A
-
- The buffering appender can be configured in a true then the
- buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving
- in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer.
- In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This class provides the code for common functionality, such
- as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements.
-
-
-
- Implementors should consider extending the
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logging event in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log a message into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for appenders that support bulk logging.
-
-
-
- This interface extends the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log an array of events into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to delay activate a configured object.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then this method must be called
- after its properties have been set before the component can be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's
-
-
-
- If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method
- will call
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and release resources.
-
-
-
- Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method
- delegates the closing of the appender to the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Test if the logging event should we output by this appender
-
- true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored
-
- This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set
- on this appender and also against the filters specified on this
- appender.
-
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain.
-
-
-
- The Filters are organized in a linked list.
-
-
- Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the
- back of the filter chain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold.
-
-
-
- If there is no threshold set, then the return value is always true .
-
-
-
- true if the
-
-
-
- Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override
- this method if resources need to be released.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses of
-
-
- A subclass must implement this method to perform
- logging of the
- This method will be called by
-
- To restrict the logging of events in the appender
- override the
-
-
-
-
- Append a bulk array of logging events.
-
-
-
- This base class implementation calls the
-
- A sub class that can better process a bulk array of events should
- override this method in addition to
-
-
-
-
- Called before
-
-
- This method is called by
-
- This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks
- made before the event is passed to the
-
- A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to
- this base class if it is overridden.
-
-
- true if the call to
-
-
- Renders the
- The event rendered as a string.
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Where possible use the alternative version of this method
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Use this method in preference to
-
-
-
-
- The layout of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The name of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The level threshold of this appender.
-
-
-
- There is no level threshold filtering by default.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The first filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- Set to null initially.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The last filter in the filter chain.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this appender is closed.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method
-
-
-
-
- StringWriter used to render events
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderSkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the threshold
-
- The threshold
-
-
- All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored
- by the appender.
-
-
- In configuration files this option is specified by setting the
- value of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The filter chain.
-
- The head of the filter chain filter chain.
-
-
- Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list
- and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The layout of the appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Tests if this appender requires a
-
-
- In the rather exceptional case, where the appender
- implementation admits a layout but can also work without it,
- then the appender should return true .
-
-
- This default implementation always returns false .
-
-
-
- true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
- The default buffer size.
-
-
- The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events.
- This is set to 512 by default.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- SendBuffer method.
-
-
- Protected constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
-
-
- Flushes any events that have been buffered.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
- true to flush the buffer of lossy events
-
-
- Flushes events that have been buffered. If false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in true .
- In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the
-
-
- If true then the buffer will always
- be emptied by calling this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance.
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked
- as not
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Stores the
-
- The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the
-
- -
-
The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is
- marked as not lossy (see
-
- -
-
An
-
-
-
- Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the buffer.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override
-
-
-
-
- Sends the events.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events.
-
-
-
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
- Set to
-
-
-
- The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events.
-
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator that causes the buffer to be sent immediately.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event causes the entire
- buffer to be sent immediately. This field can be null , which
- indicates that event triggering is not to be done. The evaluator
- can be set using the true then an
-
-
-
- Indicates if the appender should overwrite events in the cyclic buffer
- when it becomes full, or if the buffer should be flushed when the
- buffer is full.
-
-
- If this field is set to true then an
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator filters discarded events.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event that is discarded should
- really be discarded or if it should be sent to the appenders.
- This field can be null , which indicates that all discarded events will
- be discarded.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy.
-
-
- true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before
- delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer
- to be send to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before
- a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set
- false to prevent logging events
- from being lost.
-
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the
- logging events.
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
-
- The
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will
- immediately be sent (see
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the
-
- The value of the
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately
- be sent (see
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if only part of the logging event data
- should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the
- event data to be fixed and serialized. This will improve performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
- The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the parent method to close the database
-
-
-
- Closes the database command and database connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Inserts the events into the database.
-
-
-
- Insert all the events specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the command.
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified.
-
-
-
- The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been
- configured not to use transactions. See
-
-
-
-
- Formats the log message into database statement text.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide
- more control over the format of the database statement.
-
-
- Text that can be passed to a
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- This method is called whenever a new IDbConnection is needed (i.e. when a reconnect is necessary).
-
- An
-
-
-
- Resolves the connection string from the ConnectionString, ConnectionStringName, or AppSettingsKey
- property.
-
-
- ConnectiongStringName is only supported on .NET 2.0 and higher.
-
- A connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the
- database. This method resolves the type specified in the
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method to return a different type
- if necessary.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command and initialize the parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Connects to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing command.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing connection.
-
-
- Calls the IDbConnection's
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we are using a command object
-
-
-
- Set to true when the appender is to use a prepared
- statement or stored procedure to insert into the database.
-
-
-
-
-
- The list of
-
-
- The list of
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The database command.
-
-
-
-
- Database connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The connectionStrings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- String type name of the
-
-
-
- The text of the command.
-
-
-
-
- The command type.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AdoNetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to
- the database.
-
-
- The database connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- The connections string is specific to the connection type.
- See
-
- Connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "DSN=MS Access Database;UID=admin;PWD=;SystemDB=C:\data\System.mdw;SafeTransactions = 0;FIL=MS Access;DriverID = 25;DBQ=C:\data\train33.mdb"
-
- Another connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;UID=;PWD=;"
-
- Connection string for MS Access via OLE DB:
- "Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;"
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The connectionStrings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
- This property requires at least .NET 2.0.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name of the
-
- The type name of the
-
-
- The type name of the ADO.NET provider to use.
-
-
- The default is to use the OLE DB provider.
-
-
- Use the OLE DB Provider. This is the default value.
- System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the MS SQL Server Provider.
- System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the ODBC Provider.
- Microsoft.Data.Odbc.OdbcConnection,Microsoft.Data.Odbc,version=1.0.3300.0,publicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089,culture=neutral
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for ODBC .NET Data Provider .
-
- Use the Oracle Provider.
- System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, System.Data.OracleClient, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for .NET Managed Provider for Oracle .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command text that is used to insert logging events
- into the database.
-
-
- The command text used to insert logging events into the database.
-
-
-
- Either the text of the prepared statement or the
- name of the stored procedure to execute to write into
- the database.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command type to execute.
-
-
- The command type to execute.
-
-
-
- This value may be either System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify
- that the System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify that the
-
-
- The default value is System.Data.CommandType.Text ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Should transactions be used to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- true if transactions should be used to insert logging events in
- the database, otherwise false . The default value is true .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether transactions should be used
- to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- When set a single transaction will be used to insert the buffered events
- into the database. Otherwise each event will be inserted without using
- an explicit transaction.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Should this appender try to reconnect to the database on error.
-
-
- true if the appender should try to reconnect to the database after an
- error has occurred, otherwise false . The default value is false ,
- i.e. not to try to reconnect.
-
-
-
- The default behaviour is for the appender not to try to reconnect to the
- database if an error occurs. Subsequent logging events are discarded.
-
-
- To force the appender to attempt to reconnect to the database set this
- property to true .
-
-
- When the appender attempts to connect to the database there may be a
- delay of up to the connection timeout specified in the connection string.
- This delay will block the calling application's thread.
- Until the connection can be reestablished this potential delay may occur multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Parameter type used by the
-
-
- This class provides the basic database parameter properties
- as defined by the
- This type can be subclassed to provide database specific
- functionality. The two methods that are called externally are
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class.
-
-
-
-
- Prepare the specified database command object.
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command object by adding
- this parameter to its collection of parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command.
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event using this parameters layout
- object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType
-
-
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this parameter.
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter. The parameter name
- must match up to a named parameter to the SQL stored procedure
- or prepared statement.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database type for this parameter.
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter. This property should
- be set to the database type from the
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the type from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the precision for this parameter.
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum number of digits used to represent the Value.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the precision from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the scale for this parameter.
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The number of decimal places to which Value is resolved.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the scale from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size for this parameter.
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the size from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences.
-
-
-
- AnsiColorTerminalAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific level of message to be set.
-
-
- This appender expects the terminal to understand the VT100 control set
- in order to interpret the color codes. If the terminal or console does not
- understand the control codes the behavior is not defined.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- When configuring the ANSI colored terminal appender, a mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan
- These color values cannot be combined together to make new colors.
-
-
- The attributes can be any combination of the following:
-
- Bright foreground is brighter Dim foreground is dimmer Underscore message is underlined Blink foreground is blinking (does not work on all terminals) Reverse foreground and background are reversed Hidden output is hidden Strikethrough message has a line through it
- While any of these attributes may be combined together not all combinations
- work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes
- no sense.
-
-
- Patrick Wagstrom
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Ansi code to reset terminal
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible display attributes
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the ANSI color attributes.
-
-
-
-
-
- text is bright
-
-
-
-
- text is dim
-
-
-
-
- text is underlined
-
-
-
-
- text is blinking
-
-
- Not all terminals support this attribute
-
-
-
-
- text and background colors are reversed
-
-
-
-
- text is hidden
-
-
-
-
- text is displayed with a strikethrough
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible foreground or background color values for
- use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The output can be in one for the following ANSI colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is black
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is magenta
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- An entry in the
-
-
- This is an abstract base class for types that are stored in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize any options defined on this entry
-
-
-
- Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialise based on their options
-
-
-
-
-
- The level that is the key for this mapping
-
-
- The
-
-
- Get or set the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a AppenderCollection instance.
-
-
- An AppenderCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- An empty readonly static AppenderCollection
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- AppenderCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given AppenderCollection .
-
- true if AppenderCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of AppenderCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the AppenderCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The specified AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the AppenderCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the AppenderCollection .
-
- An AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another AppenderCollection to the current AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- Return the collection elements as an array
-
- the array
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the AppenderCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the ASP.NET
-
-
-
- Diagnostic information and tracing messages that you specify are appended to the output
- of the page that is sent to the requesting browser. Optionally, you can view this information
- from a separate trace viewer (Trace.axd) that displays trace information for every page in a
- given application.
-
-
- Trace statements are processed and displayed only when tracing is enabled. You can control
- whether tracing is displayed to a page, to the trace viewer, or both.
-
-
- The logging event is passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace
- HttpContext.Current.Trace
- (
-
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The events are buffered in this appender until conditions are
- met to allow the appender to deliver the events to the attached
- appenders. See
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different
- thresholds and filters for the same appender at different locations
- within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching appenders to objects.
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- Add the specified appender. The implementation may
- choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Returns an attached appender with the null will be
- returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Gets a collection of attached appenders.
- If there are no attached appenders the
- implementation should return an empty
- collection rather than null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the events.
-
-
-
- Forwards the events to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this buffering appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes directly to the application's attached console
- not to the System.Console.Out or System.Console.Error TextWriter .
- The System.Console.Out and System.Console.Error streams can be
- programmatically redirected (for example NUnit does this to capture program output).
- This appender will ignore these redirections because it needs to use Win32
- API calls to colorize the output. To respect these redirections the
-
- When configuring the colored console appender, mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- combination of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan HighIntensity
-
-
- Rick Hobbs
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- The console output stream writer to write to
-
-
-
- This writer is not thread safe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible color values for use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is purple
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is intensified
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the true then the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Writes events to the system event log.
-
-
-
- The appender will fail if you try to write using an event source that doesn't exist unless it is running with local administrator privileges.
- See also http://logging.apache.org/log4net/release/faq.html#trouble-EventLog
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry can be
- set using the EventID property (
-
- The Category of the event log entry can be
- set using the Category property (
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
- When configuring the EventLogAppender a mapping can be
- specified to map a logging level to an event log entry type. For example:
-
-
- <mapping>
- <level value="ERROR" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Error" />
- </mapping>
- <mapping>
- <level value="DEBUG" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Information" />
- </mapping>
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and eventLogEntryType can be any value
- from the
- Error an error event Warning a warning event Information an informational event
-
-
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Thomas Voss
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an event log source
-
-
- Uses different API calls under NET_2_0
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Writes the event to the system event log using the
-
-
- If the event has an EventID property (see
-
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the equivalent
- The equivalent
-
- Because there are fewer applicable
-
-
-
- The log name is the section in the event logs where the messages
- are stored.
-
-
-
-
- Name of the application to use when logging. This appears in the
- application column of the event log named by
-
-
-
- The name of the machine which holds the event log. This is
- currently only allowed to be '.' i.e. the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to EventLogEntryType
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The event ID to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The event category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EventLogAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- The string name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- This is the name of the log as it appears in the Event Viewer
- tree. The default value is to log into the Application
- log, this is where most applications write their events. However
- if you need a separate log for your application (or applications)
- then you should set the
- This should not be used to distinguish your event log messages
- from those of other applications, the
-
-
-
-
- Property used to set the Application name. This appears in the
- event logs when logging.
-
-
- The string used to distinguish events from different sources.
-
-
- Sets the event log source property.
-
-
-
-
- This property is used to return the name of the computer to use
- when accessing the event logs. Currently, this is the current
- computer, denoted by a dot "."
-
-
- The string name of the machine holding the event log that
- will be logged into.
-
-
- This property cannot be changed. It is currently set to '.'
- i.e. the local machine. This may be changed in future.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The system security context used to write to the EventLog.
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the EventId to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the EventID property (
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The Category of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the Category property (
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and its event log entry type.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- Required property.
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to a file.
-
-
-
- Logging events are sent to the file specified by
- the
-
- The file can be opened in either append or overwrite mode
- by specifying the
-
- The layout's
-
- This appender will first try to open the file for writing when
-
- The
-
- All locking strategies have issues and you should seriously consider using a different strategy that
- avoids having multiple processes logging to the same file.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Rodrigo B. de Oliveira
- Douglas de la Torre
- Niall Daley
-
-
-
- Sends logging events to a
-
-
- An Appender that writes to a
-
- This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate
- writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that
- can open a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append.
-
-
-
- This method checks if an output target has been set and if a
- layout has been set.
-
-
- false if any of the preconditions fail.
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer
- before flushing the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed.
-
-
- Closed appenders cannot be reused.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Clears internal references to the underlying
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer
-
-
-
- This method is called when an event is logged and the
-
-
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logging events are not actually persisted if and when the application
- crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TextWriterAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end
- of each append operation.
-
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- append operation.
-
-
- If this option is set to false , then the underlying
- stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later
- time.
-
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in
- a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the
-
-
- The specified
-
- The
-
- Note: Logging to an unopened
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set the
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout, file and append mode.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout and file specified.
- The file will be appended to.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on the file appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This will cause the file to be opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes any previously opened file and calls the parent's
-
-
- Resets the filename and the file stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called to initialize the file writer
-
-
-
- Will be called for each logged message until the file is
- successfully opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Acquires the output file locks once before writing all the events to
- the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the previously opened file.
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- Calls
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- If there was already an opened file, then the previous file
- is closed first.
-
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer used for file output
-
-
-
- This implementation of
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to wrap the
- System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to
- wrap the
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we should append to the file
- or overwrite the file. The default is to append.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log file.
-
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the file stream.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics
-
-
-
-
- The locking model to use
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the FileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
- The path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
-
- If the path is relative it is taken as relative from
- the application base directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be
- appended to or overwritten.
-
-
- Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten.
-
-
-
- If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if
- it is set to true then the file will be appended to.
-
- The default value is true.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The default encoding set is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are three built in locking models,
-
- The default locking model is the
-
-
-
-
- Write only
-
-
-
- True asynchronous writes are not supported, the implementation forces a synchronous write.
-
-
-
-
- Exception base type for log4net.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Locking model base class
-
-
-
- Base class for the locking models available to the
-
-
-
-
- Open the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Helper method that creates a FileStream under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext.
-
-
-
- Typically called during OpenFile or AcquireLock.
-
-
- If the directory portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to close
-
- Does not set
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on
- behalf of.
-
-
- The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use.
-
-
- The value of this property will be set before
-
-
-
-
- Hold an exclusive lock on the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file once for writing and hold it open until
-
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the file lock for each write
-
-
-
- Opens the file once for each
-
-
-
-
- Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Provides cross-process file locking.
-
- Ron Grabowski
- Steve Wranovsky
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender forwards logging events to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different thresholds
- and filters for the same appender at different locations within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging event to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging events to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging events to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a local syslog service.
-
-
-
- This appender uses the POSIX libc library functions openlog , syslog , and closelog .
- If these functions are not available on the local system then this appender will not work!
-
-
- The functions openlog , syslog , and closelog are specified in SUSv2 and
- POSIX 1003.1-2001 standards. These are used to log messages to the local syslog service.
-
-
- This appender talks to a local syslog service. If you need to log to a remote syslog
- daemon and you cannot configure your local syslog service to do this you may be
- able to use the
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the
- string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the
- pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Open connection to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a log message.
-
-
-
- The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar
- to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported
- by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the
- format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format
- string to "%s" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Close descriptor used to write to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The log4net Level maps to a syslog severity using the
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facility defines which subsystem the logging comes from.
- This is set on the
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Stores logging events in an array.
-
-
-
- The memory appender stores all the logging events
- that are appended in an in-memory array.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Use the
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
- The events that have been logged
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Stores the
-
-
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
-
-
- The list of events that have been appended.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether only part of the logging event
- data should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the event
- data to be fixed and stored in the appender, hereby improving performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Logs entries by sending network messages using the
-
-
-
- You can send messages only to names that are active
- on the network. If you send the message to a user name,
- that user must be logged on and running the Messenger
- service to receive the message.
-
-
- The receiver will get a top most window displaying the
- messages one at a time, therefore this appender should
- not be used to deliver a high volume of messages.
-
-
- The following table lists some possible uses for this appender :
-
-
-
-
- Action
- Property Value(s)
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on the local machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a domain user account
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to all the names in a workgroup or domain
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message from the local machine to a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Note : security restrictions apply for sending
- network messages, see
-
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information
- using this appender from the local machine, named
- LOCAL_PC, to machine OPERATOR_PC :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The DNS or NetBIOS name of the server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
-
- The sender of the network message.
-
-
-
-
- The message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the appender.
-
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a buffer of information to a registered message alias.
-
-
-
- The following restrictions apply for sending network messages:
-
-
-
-
- Platform
- Requirements
-
- -
-
Windows NT
-
-
- No special group membership is required to send a network message.
-
-
- Admin, Accounts, Print, or Server Operator group membership is required to
- successfully send a network message on a remote server.
-
-
-
- -
-
Windows 2000 or later
-
-
- If you send a message on a domain controller that is running Active Directory,
- access is allowed or denied based on the access control list (ACL) for the securable
- object. The default ACL permits only Domain Admins and Account Operators to send a network message.
-
-
- On a member server or workstation, only Administrators and Server Operators can send a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For more information see Security Requirements for the Network Management Functions .
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is zero.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the sender of the message.
-
-
- The sender of the message.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the message is sent from the local computer.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
- The recipient of the message.
-
-
- This property should always be specified in order to send a message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
- DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
- For Windows NT 4.0 and earlier, the string should begin with \\.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the local computer is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the OutputDebugString system.
-
-
-
- OutputDebugStringAppender appends log events to the
- OutputDebugString system.
-
-
- The string is passed to the native OutputDebugString
- function.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
-
- The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to
- a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for for messages
- on UDP port 514.
-
-
- The syslog UDP protocol is not authenticated. Most syslog daemons
- do not accept remote log messages because of the security implications.
- You may be able to use the LocalSyslogAppender to talk to a local
- syslog service.
-
-
- There is an RFC 3164 that claims to document the BSD Syslog Protocol.
- This RFC can be seen here: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html.
- This appender generates what the RFC calls an "Original Device Message",
- i.e. does not include the TIMESTAMP or HOSTNAME fields. By observation
- this format of message will be accepted by all current syslog daemon
- implementations. The daemon will attach the current time and the source
- hostname or IP address to any messages received.
-
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a
- multicast group using an
-
-
- UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order.
-
-
- To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging
- events.
-
-
- When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding
- to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the
-
-
- This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent
- on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is
- encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such.
-
- IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0);
- UdpClient udpClient;
- byte[] buffer;
- string loggingEvent;
-
- try
- {
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080);
-
- while(true)
- {
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint);
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer);
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent);
- }
- }
- catch(Exception e)
- {
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString());
- }
-
-
- Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint
- Dim udpClient as UdpClient
- Dim buffer as Byte()
- Dim loggingEvent as String
-
- Try
- remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0)
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080)
-
- While True
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint)
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer)
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent)
- Wend
- Catch e As Exception
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString())
- End Try
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the
- IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gert Driesen
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
- The TCP port number assigned to
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using an UDP datagram.
-
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with
- this
-
-
- Disables the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the underlying
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to
- which the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number from which the
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the packet.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event
- will be sent.
-
-
-
- Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to
- 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so
- it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider
- supports multicasting.
-
-
- Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining
- the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined
- the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate
- them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest.
-
-
- Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below:
-
-
-
-
- IP Address
- Description
-
- -
-
224.0.0.1
-
-
- Sends a message to all system on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.2
-
-
- Sends a message to all routers on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.12
-
-
- The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges
- defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site .
-
-
- The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative
- addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically
- configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside
- of the local network.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
- The underlying
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to
- a local port.
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent.
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Syslog port 514
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
-
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The syslog severities.
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facilities
-
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to a remote logging sink.
-
-
-
- This Appender is designed to deliver events to a remote sink.
- That is any object that implements the
-
- The RemotingAppender buffers events before sending them. This allows it to
- make more efficient use of the remoting infrastructure.
-
- Once the buffer is full the events are still not sent immediately.
- They are scheduled to be sent using a pool thread. The effect is that
- the send occurs asynchronously. This is very important for a
- number of non obvious reasons. The remoting infrastructure will
- flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
- Because the events are sent asynchronously using pool threads it is possible to close
- this appender before all the queued events have been sent.
- When closing the appender attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but
- this will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If this appender is being closed because the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- The events are not sent immediately. They are scheduled to be sent
- using a pool thread. The effect is that the send occurs asynchronously.
- This is very important for a number of non obvious reasons. The remoting
- infrastructure will flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
-
-
- Override base class close.
-
-
-
- This method waits while there are queued work items. The events are
- sent asynchronously using
-
- This method attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but this
- method will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If the appender is being closed because the
-
-
-
-
- A work item is being queued into the thread pool
-
-
-
-
- A work item from the thread pool has completed
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- This method is designed to be used with the
-
-
-
- The URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
-
- The local proxy (.NET remoting) for the remote logging sink.
-
-
-
-
- The number of queued callbacks currently waiting or executing
-
-
-
-
- Event used to signal when there are no queued work items
-
-
- This event is set when there are no queued work items. In this
- state it is safe to close the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URL of the well-known object that will accept
- the logging events.
-
-
- The well-known URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
- The URL of the remoting sink that will accept logging events.
- The sink must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to deliver
-
- This interface must be implemented by a remoting sink
- if the
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
-
-
- Appender that rolls log files based on size or date or both.
-
-
-
- RollingFileAppender can roll log files based on size or date or both
- depending on the setting of the
-
- A of few additional optional features have been added:
-
- - Attach date pattern for current log file
- - Backup number increments for newer files
- - Infinite number of backups by file size
-
-
-
-
-
- For large or infinite numbers of backup files a
-
- When Date/Time based rolling is used setting
-
-
-
-
- Changing
-
-
-
- If Date/Time based rolling is enabled this appender will attempt to roll existing files
- in the directory without a Date/Time tag based on the last write date of the base log file.
- The appender only rolls the log file when a message is logged. If Date/Time based rolling
- is enabled then the appender will not roll the log file at the Date/Time boundary but
- at the point when the next message is logged after the boundary has been crossed.
-
-
-
- The
-
- When rolling a backup file necessitates deleting an older backup file the
- file to be deleted is moved to a temporary name before being deleted.
-
-
-
-
- A maximum number of backup files when rolling on date/time boundaries is not supported.
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Edward Smit
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RollingFileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes.
-
-
-
-
- Write out a logging event.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write out an array of logging events.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates and opens the file for logging. If
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Get the current output file name
-
- the output file name
-
- The output file name is based on the base fileName specified.
- If
-
-
-
- Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
-
-
-
-
- Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files
- that are similar to the base file name.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file
- pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
- - determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
- - initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher
- to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen.
- The highest count is either the first file (when count direction
- is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0).
- In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to extract a number from the end of the file name that indicates
- the number of the times the file has been rolled over.
-
-
- Certain date pattern extensions like yyyyMMdd will be parsed as valid backup indexes.
-
-
-
-
- Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for
- 'incremented' versions of the base file. Bumps the max
- count up to the highest count seen.
-
-
-
-
- Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied.
-
- The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied
-
- Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the
- most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point
- with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern
- supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day
- and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be
- and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check,
- scheduledFilename, and calls
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
- Resets curSizeRollBackups.
- If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile).
-
-
-
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
- true if the file exists
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
-
-
-
-
- Deletes the specified file if it exists.
-
-
-
- Delete a file if is exists.
- The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted.
- This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot
- be deleted, but it still can be moved.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll base on file size.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }. Moreover, File is
- renamed File.1 and closed.
-
-
- A new file is created to receive further log output.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
- This is called by
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time of the next window for the current rollpoint
-
- the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date
-
-
- Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method.
-
-
- The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant
- than the rollpoint from the current time. This should roll the time back to
- the start of the time window for the current rollpoint. Then we add 1 window
- worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the rollpoint.
-
-
-
-
-
- This object supplies the current date/time. Allows test code to plug in
- a method to control this class when testing date/time based rolling. The default
- implementation uses the underlying value of DateTime.Now.
-
-
-
-
- The date pattern. By default, the pattern is set to ".yyyy-MM-dd"
- meaning daily rollover.
-
-
-
-
- The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to
- or will be the file transferred to on roll over
- (based on staticLogFileName).
-
-
-
-
- The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename.
-
-
-
-
- Holds date of last roll over
-
-
-
-
- The type of rolling done
-
-
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB
-
-
-
-
- There is zero backup files by default
-
-
-
-
- How many sized based backups have been made so far
-
-
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
-
- The rolling mode used in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by date.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by size.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to always log to the same file.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
-
-
- FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly
-
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the strategy for determining the current date and time. The default
- implementation is to use LocalDateTime which internally calls through to DateTime.Now.
- DateTime.UtcNow may be used on frameworks newer than .NET 1.0 by specifying
-
-
- An implementation of the
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are two built strategies for determining the current date and time,
-
-
- The default strategy is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names
- when rolling over on date.
-
-
- The date pattern to be used for generating file names when rolling
- over on date.
-
-
-
- Takes a string in the same format as expected by
-
-
- This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over
- on date.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of backup files that are kept before
- the oldest is erased.
-
-
- The maximum number of backup files that are kept before the oldest is
- erased.
-
-
-
- If set to zero, then there will be no backup files and the log file
- will be truncated when it reaches
-
- If a negative number is supplied then no deletions will be made. Note
- that this could result in very slow performance as a large number of
- files are rolled over unless
-
- The maximum applies to each time based group of files and
- not the total.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size in bytes that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property is equivalent to
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB (10*1024*1024).
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property allows you to specify the maximum size with the
- suffixes "KB", "MB" or "GB" so that the size is interpreted being
- expressed respectively in kilobytes, megabytes or gigabytes.
-
-
- For example, the value "10KB" will be interpreted as 10240 bytes.
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB.
-
-
- If you have the option to set the maximum file size programmatically
- consider using the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling file count direction.
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
- Indicates if the current file is the lowest numbered file or the
- highest numbered file.
-
-
- By default newer files have lower numbers (
-
-
- The default file count direction is -1.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling style.
-
- The rolling style.
-
-
- The default rolling style is
-
- When set to false , otherwise
- the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling
- the file each time it is opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
- true if the file name extension should be preserved.
-
-
-
- By default file.log is rolled to file.log.yyyy-MM-dd or file.log.curSizeRollBackup.
- However, under Windows the new file name will loose any program associations as the
- extension is changed. Optionally file.log can be renamed to file.yyyy-MM-dd.log or
- file.curSizeRollBackup.log to maintain any program associations.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to
- the same file.
-
-
- true if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- By default file.log is always the current file. Optionally
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd for current formatted datePattern can by the currently
- logging file (or file.log.curSizeRollBackup or even
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd.curSizeRollBackup).
-
-
- This will make time based rollovers with a large number of backups
- much faster as the appender it won't have to rename all the backups!
-
-
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution.
- Well really once each time this appender is
- configured.
-
-
- Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to
- false on the RollingFileAppender , otherwise
- this appender would just be a normal file appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the size of the file
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based on both the size and date of the file
-
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log not based on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each minute
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each hour
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each day (midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each week
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each month
-
-
-
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send an e-mail when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors.
-
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Authentication and setting the server Port are only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
- For these features to be enabled you need to ensure that you are using a version of
- the log4net assembly that is built against the MS .NET 1.1 framework and that you are
- running the your application on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. On all other platforms only sending
- unauthenticated messages to a server listening on port 25 (the default) is supported.
-
-
- Authentication is supported by setting the
-
- To set the SMTP server port use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
- Send the email message
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be carbon copied (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be blind carbon copied.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the SMTP relay mail server to use to send
- the e-mail messages.
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Obsolete
-
-
- Use the BufferingAppenderSkeleton Fix methods instead
-
-
-
- Obsolete property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mode to use to authentication with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- Valid Authentication mode values are:
-
-
-
-
- The username to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The password to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening
-
-
- Server Port is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening. The default
- port is 25 . The Port can only be changed when running on
- the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the priority of the e-mail message
-
-
- One of the
-
-
- Sets the priority of the e-mails generated by this
- appender. The default priority is
-
- If you are using this appender to report errors then
- you may want to set the priority to
-
-
-
-
- Enable or disable use of SSL when sending e-mail message
-
-
- This is available on MS .NET 2.0 runtime and higher
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the reply-to e-mail address.
-
-
- This is available on MS .NET 2.0 runtime and higher
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Values for the
-
-
- SMTP authentication modes.
-
-
-
-
-
- No authentication
-
-
-
-
- Basic authentication.
-
-
- Requires a username and password to be supplied
-
-
-
-
- Integrated authentication
-
-
- Uses the Windows credentials from the current thread or process to authenticate.
-
-
-
-
- Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors. Rather than sending via smtp it writes a file into the
- directory specified by
-
-
- The configuration for this appender is identical to that of the SMTPAppender ,
- except that instead of specifying the SMTPAppender.SMTPHost you specify
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Niall Daley
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on this appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same
- as that used by the agent sending the messages.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages
-
-
-
- The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages
- back to the client.
- The output is provided in a telnet-friendly way so that a log can be monitored
- over a TCP/IP socket.
- This allows simple remote monitoring of application logging.
-
-
- The default
-
- Keith Long
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TelnetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the parent method to close the socket handler
-
-
-
- Closes all the outstanding connections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Create the socket handler and wait for connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The default value is 23 (the telnet port).
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Helper class to manage connected clients
-
-
-
- The SocketHandler class is used to accept connections from
- clients. It is threaded so that clients can connect/disconnect
- asynchronously.
-
-
-
-
-
- Opens a new server port on
-
-
- Creates a socket handler on the specified local server port.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a client to the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Remove a client from the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket
-
-
-
- On connection adds to the list of connections
- if there are two many open connections you will be disconnected
-
-
-
-
-
- Close all network connections
-
-
-
- Make sure we close all network connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this handler has active connections
-
-
- true if this handler has active connections
-
-
-
- This property will be true while this handler has
- active connections, that is at least one connection that
- the handler will attempt to send a message to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Create this
-
-
- Opens a stream writer on the socket.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the clients connection
-
-
-
- Close the socket connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string)
- method. The event's logger name is the default value for the category parameter
- of the Write method.
-
-
- Compact Framework Assert . When using the Compact Framework this
- appender will write to the
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a domain to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's domain to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target domain.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required domains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a repository to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's repository to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target repository.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required repositories.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
- The repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
- The name of the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to quickly configure a
-
-
- Allows very simple programmatic configuration of log4net.
-
-
- Only one appender can be configured using this configurator.
- The appender is set at the root of the hierarchy and all logging
- events will be delivered to that appender.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the BasicConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system with a default configuration.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net logging system using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the specified repository using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Base class for all log4net configuration attributes.
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be extended by
- specific configurators. This attribute allows the
- configurator to be parameterized by an assembly level
- attribute.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor used by subclasses.
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Abstract method implemented by a subclass. When this method is called
- the subclass should configure the
-
-
-
-
- Compare this instance to another ConfiguratorAttribute
-
- see
-
-
- Compares the priorities of the two
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging domain for the assembly.
-
-
-
- DomainAttribute is obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging domains. Each domain has its own
- logging repository. This attribute specified on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the domain. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging repository for the assembly.
-
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging repository. This attribute specified
- on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the repository. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Initialize the attribute with the name for the assembly's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the logging repository.
-
-
- The string name to use as the name of the repository associated with this
- assembly.
-
-
-
- This value does not have to be unique. Several assemblies can share the
- same repository. They will share the logging configuration of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
- The type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
-
- The type of the repository to create for the assembly.
- The type must implement the
-
- This will be the type of repository created when
- the repository is created. If multiple assemblies reference the
- same repository then the repository is only created once using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- If neither of the config has the same effect as not specifying the
-
- The
-
-
- Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once.
- When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration
- of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the
-
-
- If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from
- different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e.
- call the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Configure the repository using the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from the local file system
-
-
-
-
- Configure the specified repository using a
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from a URI
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfiguratorAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file.
-
-
- The filename of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with
- the application base directory (
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file.
-
-
- The extension of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified this is the extension for the configuration file.
- The path to the config file is built by using the application
- base directory (assembly file name and the config file extension.
-
-
- If the MyExt then
- possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or
- MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt .
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file.
-
-
- true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework
- will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time
- the file is modified.
-
-
- The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk.
- In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded
- from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk
- and therefore it may not be able to watch it.
-
-
- Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file
-
-
- The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section
- handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns
- the XML element that is the root of the section.
-
-
- Example of registering the log4net section handler :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- log4net configuration XML goes here
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the configuration section.
-
- The
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to
- the repository.
-
-
-
- Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the
- assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface used to create plugins.
-
-
-
- Interface used to create a plugin.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object.
-
- the new plugin instance
-
-
- Create and return a new plugin instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
- Where possible use the constructor that takes a
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute.
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the
-
- The plugin object.
-
-
-
- Returns a representation of the properties of this object.
-
-
-
- Overrides base class
-
- A representation of the properties of this object
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type for the plugin.
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name for the plugin.
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
- Where possible use the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Construct provider attribute with type specified
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Configures the SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- Creates a provider instance from the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SecurityContextProviderAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the provider to use.
-
-
- the type of the provider to use.
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration URI.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration data stream.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the specified repository using a log4net element.
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
- This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods
- to load the configuration from an
-
-
-
-
- Maps repository names to ConfigAndWatchHandler instances to allow a particular
- ConfigAndWatchHandler to dispose of its FileSystemWatcher when a repository is
- reconfigured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Class used to watch config files.
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification
- before reloading the config file.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the FileInfo used to configure the XmlConfigurator
-
-
-
-
- Holds the repository being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The timer used to compress the notification events.
-
-
-
-
- Watches file for changes. This object should be disposed when no longer
- needed to free system handles on the watched resources.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called by the timer when the configuration has been updated.
-
-
-
-
- Release the handles held by the watcher and timer.
-
-
-
-
- The implementation of the
-
-
- This
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not support retrieving assembly
- level attributes therefore unlike the DefaultRepositorySelector
- this selector does not examine the calling assembly for attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Interface used by the
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named
- The named
-
- Lookup a named
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository with the name specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
- An array of the
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository selector
-
-
-
- Create an new compact repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
- throw if
- throw if
-
-
-
- Get the
- The default
-
-
- The
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the named
- The named
-
-
- Get the named log4net-default-repository . Other repositories
- must be created using the
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the null then the
- default repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the repository specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the named repository already exists an exception will be thrown.
-
-
- If null then the default
- repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the CompactRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has been created
-
-
-
- Raises the LoggerRepositoryCreatedEvent
- event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- The default implementation of the
-
-
- Uses attributes defined on the calling assembly to determine how to
- configure the hierarchy for the repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository selector.
-
-
-
- Create an new repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
- The type of the
-
- The default values are to use the
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Returns the named repository. If null
- a
-
- Use
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- true to read and apply the assembly attributes
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the specified repository.
-
- The new repository.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Aliases a repository to an existing repository.
-
-
-
- The repository specified will be aliased to the repository when created.
- The repository must not already exist.
-
-
- When the repository is created it must utilize the same repository type as
- the repository it is aliased to, otherwise the aliasing will fail.
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Notifies the registered listeners that the repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the repository name and repository type for the specified assembly.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the repository using information from the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined plugins on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined aliases on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DefaultRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Defined error codes that can be passed to the
-
-
- Values passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- A general error
-
-
-
-
- Error while writing output
-
-
-
-
- Failed to flush file
-
-
-
-
- Failed to close file
-
-
-
-
- Unable to open output file
-
-
-
-
- No layout specified
-
-
-
-
- Failed to parse address
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers on an Exception type
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the type of the Exception
- passed to
-
- Drew Schaeffer
-
-
-
- Test if an
-
-
- Implementations of this interface allow certain appenders to decide
- when to perform an appender specific action.
-
-
- The action or behavior triggered is defined by the implementation.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Test if this event triggers the action
-
- true if this event triggers the action, otherwise false
-
- Return true if this event triggers the action
-
-
-
-
-
- The type that causes the trigger to fire.
-
-
-
-
- Causes subclasses of
-
-
-
- Default ctor to allow dynamic creation through a configurator.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an evaluator and initializes to trigger on
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the logging event Exception
- Type is false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the Exception Type of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- The type that triggers this evaluator.
-
-
-
-
- If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of
-
-
-
- Appenders may delegate their error handling to an
-
-
- Error handling is a particularly tedious to get right because by
- definition errors are hard to predict and to reproduce.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Interface for objects that require fixing.
-
-
-
- Interface that indicates that the object requires fixing before it
- can be taken outside the context of the appender's
-
-
- When objects that implement this interface are stored
- in the context properties maps
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a portable instance object that represents the current
- state of this object. The portable object can be stored
- and logged from any thread with identical results.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface that all loggers implement
-
-
-
- This interface supports logging events and testing if a level
- is enabled for logging.
-
-
- These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementor, ensure
- that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception
- to be thrown to the caller.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
- null to not log an exception.
-
-
- Generates a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers.
-
-
- All wrappers must implement this interface.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not
- be the same object as this object because of logger decorators.
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default set of levels recognized by the system.
-
-
-
- Each
-
- Levels have a numeric
-
- The levels that are recognized by log4net are set for each
-
- When logging at level INFO the actual level used is not LoggerRepository.LevelMap["INFO"] . The default value for this is
-
-
- Each level has a
-
- Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are:
-
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the
-
- A
-
-
- Returns the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares levels.
-
- true if the objects are equal.
-
- Compares the levels of
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code
-
- A hash code for the current
-
-
- Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data
- structures like a hash table.
-
-
- Returns the hash code of the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an
- indication of their relative values.
-
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
- This instance is less than
-
- -
-
Zero
- This instance is equal to
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
- This instance is greater than
- -or-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two specified
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- two values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
-
- -
-
Zero
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
- The name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
- The value of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
- The display name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance.
-
-
- A LevelCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- LevelCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given LevelCollection .
-
- true if LevelCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of LevelCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the LevelCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The specified LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the LevelCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection .
-
- An LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The threshold for triggering
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the event level
- is equal or higher than the false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- the threshold to trigger at
-
-
- The
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and Level object
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Mapping from level name to Level object. The
- level name is case insensitive
-
-
-
-
- Construct the level map
-
-
-
- Construct the level map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map
-
- the level in the map with the name specified
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map. The name of the level to lookup is taken
- from the
-
- If no level with the specified name is found then the
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a
- a Level from the map with the name specified
-
-
- Returns the null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
- all possible levels as a list of Level objects
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of caller location information.
-
-
-
- This class uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- When location information is not available the constant
- NA is returned. Current value of this string
- constant is ? .
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LocationInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
- The fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
- The file name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
- The line number of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
- The method name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information
-
-
- All available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stack frames from the stack trace of the caller making the log request
-
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
- This class is used by the wrapper managers (e.g.
-
- This manager also holds the log4net.RepositorySelector
- AppSetting in the applications config file to the fully qualified type name of the
- selector to use.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Hook the shutdown event
-
-
-
- On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the
- AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload > events.
- These are used to shutdown the log4net system as the application exits.
-
-
-
-
-
- Register for ProcessExit and DomainUnload events on the AppDomain
-
-
-
- This needs to be in a separate method because the events make
- a LinkDemand for the ControlAppDomain SecurityPermission. Because
- this is a LinkDemand it is demanded at JIT time. Therefore we cannot
- catch the exception in the method itself, we have to catch it in the
- caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Returns the default
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified assembly's repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to get pertinent version info.
-
- A string of version info.
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerManager class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the default repository selector
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository selector used by the
-
- The repository selector used by the
-
-
- The repository selector (
-
- The caller to
-
- This context is used by the selector to lookup a specific repository.
-
-
- For the full .NET Framework, the default repository is DefaultRepositorySelector ;
- for the .NET Compact Framework CompactRepositorySelector is the default
- repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
- This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- The logger that this object is wrapping
-
-
-
-
- Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not be the same object as this object
- because of logger decorators.
-
-
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Level of logging event.
-
-
-
- Level of logging event. Level cannot be Serializable
- because it is a flyweight. Due to its special serialization it
- cannot be declared final either.
-
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message.
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of thread
-
-
-
- The name of thread in which this logging event was generated
-
-
-
-
-
- The time the event was logged
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the user
-
-
-
- String representation of the user's windows name,
- like DOMAIN\username
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the identity.
-
-
-
- String representation of the current thread's principal identity.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Fix the MDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the NDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Fix the thread name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers location information
-
-
- CAUTION: Very slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers windows user name
-
-
- CAUTION: Slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the domain friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers principal name
-
-
- CAUTION: May be slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the exception text
-
-
-
-
- Fix the event properties. Active properties must implement
-
-
-
- No fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- All fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- Partial fields fixed
-
-
-
- This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of logging events.
-
-
-
- When an affirmative decision is made to log then a
-
-
- This class is of concern to those wishing to extend log4net.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the host name value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the user name value.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Except LoggingEvent are filled when actually needed. Call
-
- This method is called by the log4net framework
- to create a logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the repository is set.
-
-
-
-
- Write the rendered message to a TextWriter
-
-
-
- Unlike the
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
- Does a
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Calling false .
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Fixes instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
- true to not fix data that takes a long time to fix.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- The true . This setting will ignore the
-
- Set false to ensure that all
- settings are fixed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix the fields specified by the
-
-
- Only fields specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a composite property in this event
-
- the value for the property
-
-
- This event has composite properties that combine together properties from
- several different contexts in the following order:
-
- -
-
this events properties
-
- This event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all the composite properties in this event
-
- the
-
-
- See
-
- This method returns a single
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified Type of the calling
- logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method).
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The exception that was thrown.
-
-
- This is not serialized. The string representation
- is serialized instead.
-
-
-
-
- The repository that generated the logging event
-
-
- This is not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- The fix state for this event
-
-
- These flags indicate which fields have been fixed.
- Not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed)
-
-
- This is a seperate flag to m_fixFlags as it allows incrementel fixing and simpler
- changes in the caching strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time when the current process started.
-
-
- This is the time when this process started.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
- Tries to get the start time for the current process.
- Failing that it returns the time of the first call to
- this property.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating and therefore
- without the process start time being reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time of the logging event.
-
-
- The time of the logging event.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
- The name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the location information for this logging event.
-
-
- The location information for this logging event.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid message object.
- If the event is serialized the message object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the message the
-
-
- If there is no defined message object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid exception object.
- If the event is serialized the exception object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the exception the
-
-
- If there is no defined exception object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message, rendered through the
-
- The message rendered through the
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current thread.
-
-
- The name of the current thread, or the thread ID when
- the name is not available.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current user.
-
-
- The name of the current user, or NOT AVAILABLE when the
- underlying runtime has no support for retrieving the name of the
- current user.
-
-
-
- Calls WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name to get the name of
- the current windows user.
-
-
- To improve performance, we could cache the string representation of
- the name, and reuse that as long as the identity stayed constant.
- Once the identity changed, we would need to re-assign and re-render
- the string.
-
-
- However, the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() call seems to
- return different objects every time, so the current implementation
- doesn't do this type of caching.
-
-
- Timing for these operations:
-
-
-
- Method
- Results
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds
-
-
-
- This means we could speed things up almost 40 times by caching the
- value of the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name property, since
- this takes (8.04-0.20) = 7.84375 seconds.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
- The string name of the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
- Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get
- the name of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
- The AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
- This property is for events that have been added directly to
- this event. The aggregate properties (which include these
- event properties) can be retrieved using
-
- Once the properties have been fixed
-
-
-
-
- The fixed fields in this event
-
-
- The set of fields that are fixed in this event
-
-
-
- Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed.
- It is not possible to 'unfix' a field.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- This implementation of the
-
- This logger has methods to allow the caller to log at the following
- levels:
-
-
- -
-
DEBUG
-
- The DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
INFO
-
- The INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
WARN
-
- The WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
ERROR
-
- The ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
FATAL
-
- The FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
-
-
- The values for these levels and their semantic meanings can be changed by
- configuring the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into
- the log4net framework.
-
-
-
- Use the
-
- This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also
- has properties for determining if those logging levels are
- enabled in the current configuration.
-
-
- This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation
- specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual
- implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to
- do things differently.
-
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
- For some ILog interface log , when you write:
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in
- Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug
- enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this:
-
-
- private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled;
-
-
- Then when you come to log you can write:
-
-
- if (isDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way the debug enabled state is only queried once
- when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly
- variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant
- and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler.
-
-
- Of course if you use a static readonly variable to
- hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot
- change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging
- that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute
- speed or runtime flexibility.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG level. If this logger is
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO level. If this logger is
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN level. If this logger is
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR level. If this logger is
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL level. If this logger is
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG
- level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for DEBUG events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
-
- For some log Logger object, when you write:
-
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed, then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled())
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in IsDebugEnabled and once in
- the Debug . This is an insignificant overhead
- since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it
- takes to actually log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the INFO level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for INFO events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the WARN level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for WARN events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the ERROR level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for ERROR events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the FATAL level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for FATAL events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
- for example with operating system services. This can be used to impersonate
- a principal that has been granted privileges on the system resources.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- An null
-
-
- Impersonate this security context. Further calls on the current
- thread should now be made in the security context provided
- by this object. When the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- A configured component that interacts with potentially protected system
- resources uses a
-
- By default the
-
- This default behavior can be overridden by subclassing the
-
- An alternative is to use the log4net.Config.SecurityContextProviderAttribute
- This attribute can be applied to an assembly in the same way as the
- log4net.Config.XmlConfiguratorAttribute" . The attribute takes
- the type to use as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The default provider
-
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a SecurityContext for a consumer
-
- An impersonation context
-
-
- The default implementation is to return a
-
- Subclasses should override this method to provide their own
- behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
- The default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- The default provider is used by configured components that
- require a
-
- By default this is an instance of
-
- The default provider can be set programmatically by setting
- the value of this property to a sub class of
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers after specified number of seconds.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
- Robert Sevcik
-
-
-
- The default time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time of last check. This gets updated when the object is created and when the evaluator triggers.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the specified time period
- false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after.
- Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. This delegate
- is called from the
-
- The delegate to use is supplied to the
-
-
-
-
- Maps between logger objects and wrapper objects.
-
-
-
- This class maintains a mapping between
-
- New wrapper instances are created by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the specified logger
-
-
- If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null.
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper it it has previously been requested and
- returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then
- the
-
-
-
-
- Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the logger.
-
-
- This implementation uses the
-
-
-
-
- Called when a monitored repository shutdown event is received.
-
-
-
- This method is called when a
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for repository shutdown event.
-
-
-
-
- Map of logger repositories to hashtables of ILogger to ILoggerWrapper mappings
-
-
-
-
- The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects.
-
-
-
-
- Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the map of logger repositories.
-
-
- Map of logger repositories.
-
-
-
- Gets the hashtable that is keyed on
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render a
-
-
- Interface to abstract the rendering of a
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats the specified date as a string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601 .
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to render the date
- into a string using a precision up to the second. This method
- will be called at most once per second and the result will be
- reused if it is needed again during the same second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss,fff".
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Sub classes should override
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff"
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example,
- "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Angelika Schnagl
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats a DateTime in the format "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss"
- for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- The format info for the invariant culture.
-
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats the date specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats the
-
-
- Formats the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date using
-
-
- Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call
- the
-
-
-
-
- The format string used to format the
-
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- This filter drops all
-
-
- You can add this filter to the end of a filter chain to
- switch from the default "accept all unless instructed otherwise"
- filtering behavior to a "deny all unless instructed otherwise"
- behavior.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should extend this class to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should implement this interface to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Decide if the logging event should be logged through an appender.
-
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Points to the next filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the filter with the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Typically filter's options become active immediately on set,
- however this method must still be called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decide if the
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
- This method is marked abstract and must be implemented
- in a subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Always returns the integer constant
- Always returns
-
-
- Ignores the event being logged and just returns
-
-
-
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be dropped immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This filter is neutral with respect to the log event.
- The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision.
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be logged immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This is a very simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits two options true , if it is false then
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- flag to indicate if the filter should
-
-
-
- the
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Tests if the
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- This is a simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits three options true , if it is false
- then
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when matching a
-
-
-
- the minimum
-
-
-
- the maximum
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if the event should be logged.
-
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Set the minimum matched
-
-
- The minimum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the maximum matched
-
-
- The maximum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name.
-
-
-
- The works very similar to the true ,
- if it is false then
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The logger name string to substring match against the event
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in
- the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the
- logger name (using
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with layered properties the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string an event property
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the value for a
- specific event property
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The string to substring match against the message
-
-
-
-
- A string regex to match
-
-
-
-
- A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch)
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Initialize and precompile the Regex if required
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Sets the static string to match
-
-
-
- The string that will be substring matched against
- the rendered message. If the message contains this
- string then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- Sets the regular expression to match
-
-
-
- The regular expression pattern that will be matched against
- the rendered message. If the message matches this
- pattern then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- The key to use to lookup the string from the event properties
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The event property for the
-
-
-
-
- The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against.
-
-
-
- The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the
- properties collections the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Sets the "NDC" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer.
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the next pattern converter in the chains
-
- the next converter
-
-
- The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a sub class).
- Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting
-
-
-
- This method calls
-
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
-
-
- The option string to the converter
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an object to a
-
-
- Writes the Object to a writer. If the
-
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
- the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
- The formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
- The option for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
- false if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- false if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- If this converter handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the property should be set to true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this converter does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides access to the current HttpContext (
-
- This class handles the case when HttpContext.Current is null by writing
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net HttpContext item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
-
- Render the
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter pattern based on the
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception or the exception property specified
- by the Option value does not exist then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Recognized values for the Option parameter are:
-
-
- -
-
Message
-
- -
-
Source
-
- -
-
StackTrace
-
- -
-
TargetSite
-
- -
-
HelpLink
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the display name of the event
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for logger name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings
-
-
-
- This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string
- to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side.
- This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified.
-
-
- Subclasses should override the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the fully qualified string data
-
- the fully qualified name
-
-
- Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the
- precision is applied to it.
-
-
- Return the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
- Render the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the NamedPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the logger
-
- The fully qualified logger name
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event NDC
-
-
-
- Outputs the value of the event property named NDC .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event NDC to the output
-
-
-
- As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties
- this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converter to output the relative time of the event
-
-
-
- Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the relative time to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds.
- That is the number of milliseconds between the event
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects
-
- the time difference in milliseconds
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Adam Davies
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Michael Cromwell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the strack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the Name of the method
-
- This method was created, so this class could be used as a base class for StackTraceDetailPatternConverter
- string
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTracePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTraceDetailPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event thread name
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the ThreadName to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for the class name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the class
-
- The fully qualified type name for the caller location
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event user name
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- Uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event.
-
-
- This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple
- layouts (e.g.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format.
-
-
-
- This is the base implementation of the
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses must implement the
-
- Subclasses should set the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by layout objects
-
-
-
- An
-
- The layout can also supply
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
- If the caller does not have a
-
- StringWriter writer = new StringWriter();
- Layout.Format(writer, loggingEvent);
- string formattedEvent = writer.ToString();
-
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This is a MIME type e.g. "text/plain" .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handle exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The footer text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This method must be implemented by the subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method for easily formatting the logging event into a string variable.
-
-
- Creates a new StringWriter instance to store the formatted logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type is "text/plain"
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This base class uses the value "text/plain" .
- To change this value a subclass must override this
- property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this layout does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Constructs a ExceptionLayout
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- Part of the
-
- This method does nothing as options become effective immediately.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- Write the exception string to the
-
-
-
-
- Interface for raw layout objects
-
-
-
- Interface used to format a
-
- This interface should not be confused with the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adapts any
-
-
- Where an
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The layout to adapt
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new adapter
-
-
-
- Create the adapter for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- A flexible layout configurable with pattern string.
-
-
-
- The goal of this class is to conversion pattern .
-
-
- The conversion pattern is closely related to the conversion
- pattern of the printf function in C. A conversion pattern is
- composed of literal text and format control expressions called
- conversion specifiers .
-
-
- You are free to insert any literal text within the conversion
- pattern.
-
-
- Each conversion specifier starts with a percent sign (%) and is
- followed by optional format modifiers and a conversion
- pattern name . The conversion pattern name specifies the type of
- data, e.g. logger, level, date, thread name. The format
- modifiers control such things as field width, padding, left and
- right justification. The following is a simple example.
-
-
- Let the conversion pattern be "%-5level [%thread]: %message%newline" and assume
- that the log4net environment was set to use a PatternLayout. Then the
- statements
-
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestApp));
- log.Debug("Message 1");
- log.Warn("Message 2");
-
- would yield the output
-
- DEBUG [main]: Message 1
- WARN [main]: Message 2
-
-
- Note that there is no explicit separator between text and
- conversion specifiers. The pattern parser knows when it has reached
- the end of a conversion specifier when it reads a conversion
- character. In the example above the conversion specifier
- %-5level means the level of the logging event should be left
- justified to a width of five characters.
-
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
a
- Equivalent to appdomain
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the
- logging event was generated.
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-cache
-
-
- Used to output all cache items in the case of %aspnet-cache or just one named item if used as %aspnet-cache{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-context
-
-
- Used to output all context items in the case of %aspnet-context or just one named item if used as %aspnet-context{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-request
-
-
- Used to output all request parameters in the case of %aspnet-request or just one named param if used as %aspnet-request{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-session
-
-
- Used to output all session items in the case of %aspnet-session or just one named item if used as %aspnet-session{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
c
- Equivalent to logger
-
- -
-
C
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
class
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
d
- Equivalent to date
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
exception
-
-
- Used to output the exception passed in with the log message.
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
-
- -
-
F
- Equivalent to file
-
- -
-
file
-
-
- Used to output the file name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
l
- Equivalent to location
-
- -
-
L
- Equivalent to line
-
- -
-
location
-
-
- Used to output location information of the caller which generated
- the logging event.
-
-
- The location information depends on the CLI implementation but
- usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling
- method followed by the callers source the file name and line
- number between parentheses.
-
-
- The location information can be very useful. However, its
- generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided
- unless execution speed is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
level
-
-
- Used to output the level of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
line
-
-
- Used to output the line number from where the logging request
- was issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
logger
-
-
- Used to output the logger of the logging event. The
- logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by
- precision specifier , that is a decimal constant in
- brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the logger name will be
- printed. By default the logger name is printed in full.
-
-
- For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern
- %logger{2} will output "b.c".
-
-
-
- -
-
m
- Equivalent to message
-
- -
-
M
- Equivalent to method
-
- -
-
message
-
-
- Used to output the application supplied message associated with
- the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
mdc
-
-
- The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the
- combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility
- but is equivalent to property .
-
-
-
- -
-
method
-
-
- Used to output the method name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
n
- Equivalent to newline
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
ndc
-
-
- Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated
- with the thread that generated the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
p
- Equivalent to level
-
- -
-
P
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
properties
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output the an event specific property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the event properties
-
- The event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
r
- Equivalent to timestamp
-
- -
-
stacktrace
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktrace{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
stacktracedetail
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktracedetail{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...)
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
t
- Equivalent to thread
-
- -
-
timestamp
-
-
- Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start
- of the application until the creation of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
thread
-
-
- Used to output the name of the thread that generated the
- logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available.
-
-
-
- -
-
type
-
-
- Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller
- issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier
- can be optionally followed by precision specifier , that
- is a decimal constant in brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the class name will be
- printed. By default the class name is output in fully qualified form.
-
-
- For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the
- pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout".
-
-
- WARNING Generating the caller class information is
- slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is
- not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
u
- Equivalent to identity
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
w
- Equivalent to username
-
- -
-
x
- Equivalent to ndc
-
- -
-
X
- Equivalent to mdc
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the
- longer more descriptive pattern names.
-
-
- By default the relevant information is output as is. However,
- with the aid of format modifiers it is possible to change the
- minimum field width, the maximum field width and justification.
-
-
- The optional format modifier is placed between the percent sign
- and the conversion pattern name.
-
-
- The first optional format modifier is the left justification
- flag which is just the minus (-) character. Then comes the
- optional minimum field width modifier. This is a decimal
- constant that represents the minimum number of characters to
- output. If the data item requires fewer characters, it is padded on
- either the left or the right until the minimum width is
- reached. The default is to pad on the left (right justify) but you
- can specify right padding with the left justification flag. The
- padding character is space. If the data item is larger than the
- minimum field width, the field is expanded to accommodate the
- data. The value is never truncated.
-
-
- This behavior can be changed using the maximum field
- width modifier which is designated by a period followed by a
- decimal constant. If the data item is longer than the maximum
- field, then the extra characters are removed from the
- beginning of the data item and not from the end. For
- example, it the maximum field width is eight and the data item is
- ten characters long, then the first two characters of the data item
- are dropped. This behavior deviates from the printf function in C
- where truncation is done from the end.
-
-
- Below are various format modifier examples for the logger
- conversion specifier.
-
-
-
-
- Format modifier
- left justify
- minimum width
- maximum width
- comment
-
-
- %20logger
- false
- 20
- none
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20
- characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %-20logger
- true
- 20
- none
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger
- name is less than 20 characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %.30logger
- NA
- none
- 30
-
-
- Truncate from the beginning if the logger
- name is longer than 30 characters.
-
-
-
-
- %20.30logger false
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
- %-20.30logger
- true
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Note about caller location information. %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M
- all generate caller location information.
- Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
-
- This is a more detailed pattern.
- %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline
-
- A similar pattern except that the relative time is
- right padded if less than 6 digits, thread name is right padded if
- less than 15 characters and truncated if longer and the logger
- name is left padded if shorter than 30 characters and truncated if
- longer.
- %-6timestamp [%15.15thread] %-5level %30.30logger %ndc - %message%newline
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
- Currently set to the string "%message%newline"
- which just prints the application supplied message.
-
-
-
-
-
- A detailed conversion pattern
-
-
-
- A conversion pattern which includes Time, Thread, Logger, and Nested Context.
- Current value is %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline .
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
- This static map is overridden by the m_converterRegistry instance map
-
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternLayout only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
- Defines the builtin global rules.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern
-
-
-
- The default pattern just produces the application supplied message.
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- As per the
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern
-
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- When using this constructor the
-
-
-
-
- Create the pattern parser instance
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Parse the
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- Add a named pattern converter to this instance. This
- converter will be used in the formatting of the event.
- This method must be called before
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for the
-
-
- Used to convert objects to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types
- to a single target type. See
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Can the sourceType be converted to an
- true if the source type can be converted to
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the value to a
- the
-
-
- Convert the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawPropertyLayout
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the property for
- returns property value
-
-
- Looks up and returns the object value of the property
- named null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection.
-
-
- Value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection
-
-
-
- String name of the property to lookup in the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp
- in universal time use
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawUtcTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp
- in local time use
-
-
-
-
- A very simple layout
-
-
-
- SimpleLayout consists of the level of the log statement,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. For example,
-
- DEBUG - Hello world
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a SimpleLayout
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a simple formatted output.
-
-
-
- Formats the event as the level of the even,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The
- output is terminated by a newline.
-
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- The output of the external entity
- in a separate file to form a correct XML file.
-
-
- For example, if abc is the name of the file where
- the
-
- <?xml version="1.0" ?>
-
- <!DOCTYPE log4net:events SYSTEM "log4net-events.dtd" [<!ENTITY data SYSTEM "abc">]>
-
- <log4net:events version="1.2" xmlns:log4net="http://logging.apache.org/log4net/schemas/log4net-events-1.2>
- &data;
- </log4net:events>
-
-
- This approach enforces the independence of the
-
- The version attribute helps components to correctly
- interpret output generated by
-
- Alternatively the Header and Footer properties can be
- configured to output the correct XML header, open tag and close tag.
- When setting the Header and Footer properties it is essential
- that the underlying data store not be appendable otherwise the data
- will become invalid XML.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation
- to conform to a specific schema.
-
-
- Deriving classes must implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- The true , then the
- file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
- This method creates an
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if location information should be included in
- the XML events.
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace invalid chars with
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in
- the XML events.
-
-
- true if location information should be included in the XML
- events; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- If true , then the file
- name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with.
-
-
- Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the
- string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it
- to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more
- details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets
- Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names
- and the property values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the content type output by this layout.
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SmtpAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Builds a cache of the element names
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Override the base class
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all generated element names
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all element names
-
-
-
- The default prefix is log4net . Set this property
- to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string
- then no prefix will be written.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the message.
-
-
-
- By default the log message will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary
- data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be
- base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the property values.
-
-
-
- By default the properties will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain
- binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties
- will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements compatible with the log4j schema
-
-
-
- Formats the log events according to the http://logging.apache.org/log4j schema.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Actually do the writing of the xml
-
-
-
- Generate XML that is compatible with the log4j schema.
-
-
-
-
-
- The version of the log4j schema to use.
-
-
-
- Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- The default object Renderer.
-
-
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects and collections to strings.
-
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings
-
-
-
- Certain types require special case conversion to
- string form. This conversion is done by an object renderer.
- Object renderers implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows:
-
-
-
- Value
- Rendered String
-
- -
-
null
- "(null)"
-
-
- -
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: {a, b, c} .
-
-
- All collection classes that implement
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer).
-
-
- For example: key=value .
-
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Object.ToString()
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the array argument into a string
-
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the enumerator argument into a string
-
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- {a, b, c} .
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the DictionaryEntry argument into a string
-
-
-
- Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer). For example: key=value .
-
-
-
-
-
- Map class objects to an
-
-
- Maintains a mapping between types that require special
- rendering and the
-
- The object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render
- the object rendered as a string
-
-
- This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string.
- The alternative method
-
-
-
-
- Render
-
-
- Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified object type
-
- the renderer for
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified type
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
- Returns the renderer for the specified type.
- If no specific renderer has been defined the
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal function to recursively search interfaces
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
-
- Clear the map of renderers
-
-
-
- Clear the custom renderers defined by using
-
-
-
-
-
- Register an
-
-
- Register an object renderer for a specific source type.
- This renderer will be returned from a call to
-
-
-
-
- Get the default renderer instance
-
- the default renderer
-
-
- Get the default renderer
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repository plugins.
-
-
-
- Plugins define additional behavior that can be associated
- with a
-
- The log4net.Config.PluginAttribute can be used to
- attach plugins to repositories created using configuration
- attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches the plugin to the specified
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance.
-
-
- A PluginCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- PluginCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given PluginCollection .
-
- true if PluginCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of PluginCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the PluginCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The specified PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the PluginCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection .
-
- An PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
- The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
- The current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Map of repository plugins.
-
-
-
- This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are
- attached to a repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
- The
-
- If there already exists a plugin with the same name
- attached to the repository then the old plugin will
- be
-
-
-
-
- Removes a
-
-
- Remove a specific plugin from this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a
-
- The null if no plugin is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup a plugin by name. If the plugin is not found null
- will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all possible plugins as a list of
- All possible plugins as a list of
-
-
- Get a collection of all the plugins defined in this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name.
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this plugin.
-
-
-
-
- The repository this plugin is attached to.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
- The name of the plugin must not change one the
- plugin has been attached to a repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The repository for this plugin
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
-
-
-
- Plugin that listens for events from the
-
-
- This plugin publishes an instance of
-
- When an event is received it is relogged within the attached repository
- as if it had been raised locally.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Construct with sink Uri.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- When the plugin is shutdown the remote logging
- sink is disconnected.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RemoteLoggingServerPlugin class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URI of this sink.
-
-
- The URI of this sink.
-
-
-
- This is the name under which the object is marshaled.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers
-
-
- Internal class used to listen for logging events
- and deliver them to the local repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Logs the events to the repository.
-
-
-
- The events passed are logged to the
-
-
-
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance.
-
- null to indicate that this instance should live forever.
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance. This object should live forever
- therefore this implementation returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
- This default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface abstracts creation of
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- The
-
- Implement this interface to create new subclasses of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default internal subclass of
-
-
- This subclass has no additional behavior over the
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- Internal class used to provide implementation of
-
- This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the
- distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their
- evaluation. The
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- This constructor created a new
-
-
- This constructor is protected and designed to be used by
- a subclass that is not abstract.
-
-
- Loggers are constructed by
-
-
-
-
- Add
-
-
- Add
-
- If
-
-
-
-
- Look for the appender named as name
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null .
-
-
- Returns the named appender, or null if the appender is not found.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the named appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Deliver the
-
-
- Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at
- this . If no appenders could be found, emit a
- warning.
-
-
- This method calls all the appenders inherited from the
- hierarchy circumventing any evaluation of whether to log or not
- to log the particular log request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes all attached appenders implementing the
-
-
- Used to ensure that the appenders are correctly shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method. This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Generates a logging event and delivers it to the attached
- appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Logger class.
-
-
-
-
- The name of this logger.
-
-
-
-
- The assigned level of this logger.
-
-
-
- The level variable need not be
- assigned a value in which case it is inherited
- form the hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
- All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
- The hierarchy that this logger is a member of is stored
- here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper implementation of the
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if child loggers inherit their parents appenders
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable m_appenderAttachedImpl
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
- The parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
-
- Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy.
- The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
- true if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the effective level for this logger.
-
- The nearest level in the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a
- non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the
- root logger.
-
- The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as
- quickly as possible.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
- The hierarchy that this logger belongs to.
-
-
- This logger must be attached to a single
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- The assigned null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this logger
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the logger name.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new Logger
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Hierarchical organization of loggers
-
-
-
- The casual user should not have to deal with this class
- directly.
-
-
- This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and
- also maintaining the logger hierarchy. Implements the
-
-
- The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the
-
-
- In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor,
- then it creates a provision node for the ancestor and adds itself
- to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor add
- themselves to the previously created provision node.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Skeleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repositories.
-
-
-
- This interface is implemented by logger repositories. e.g.
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If the names logger exists it is returned, otherwise
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
- Shutting down a repository will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collection of internal messages captured during the most
- recent configuration process.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct the repository using specific properties
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with specified properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Return a new logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass.
- This base class implementation notifies the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this repository.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerRepositorySkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raise a configuration changed event on this repository
-
-
-
- Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should
- raise this event notification to notify listeners.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The string name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of this repository. The name is
- used to store and lookup the repositories
- stored by the
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Contains a list of internal messages captures during the
- last configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis
-
-
-
-
- Basic Configurator interface for repositories
-
-
-
- Interface used by basic configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appender
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure repository using XML
-
-
-
- Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified config
-
-
-
- The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by
- the implementation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties and a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Test if a logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array.
- The root logger is not included in the returned
- enumeration.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The Shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their
- default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this hierarchy.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured
-
- An array containing all the currently configured appenders
-
-
- Returns all the
-
- The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified
-
- true if the repository is disabled for the level argument, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will
- always return true .
-
-
- This method will return true if this repository is
- disabled for level object passed as parameter and
- false otherwise.
-
-
- See also the
-
-
-
-
- Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable
-
-
-
- This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal
- hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the
- logger hierarchy.
-
-
- You should really know what you are doing before
- invoking this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners
-
-
- Raises the logger creation event.
-
-
-
-
- Updates all the parents of the specified logger
-
-
-
- This method loops through all the potential parents of
-
-
- -
-
No entry for the potential parent of
-
- We create a ProvisionNode for this potential
- parent and insert
-
- -
-
The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent.
-
- The entry is
-
- -
-
The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent.
-
- We add
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace a
-
-
- We update the links for all the children that placed themselves
- in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a
- reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the
- children in 'pn'.
-
-
- We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'.
-
-
- If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of
- 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'.
-
-
- Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set
- c's parent field to log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
- Supports setting levels via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
- Supports setting property values via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Hierarchy class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event used to notify that a logger has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a logger is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Has no appender warning been emitted
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning
- about not having an appender warning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default
- The default
-
-
- The logger factory is used to create logger instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Value of the level
-
-
-
- If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked
- up for the current level with the same name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Name of the level
-
-
- The name of the level
-
-
-
- The name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Display name for the level
-
-
- The display name of the level
-
-
-
- The display name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used internally to accelerate hash table searches.
-
-
-
- Internal class used to improve performance of
- string keyed hashtables.
-
-
- The hashcode of the string is cached for reuse.
- The string is stored as an interned value.
- When comparing two
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct key with string name
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Stores the hashcode of the string and interns
- the string key to optimize comparisons.
-
-
- The Compact Framework 1.0 the
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code for the current instance.
-
- A hash code for the current instance.
-
-
- Returns the cached hashcode.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether two
-
- true if the specified false .
-
-
-
- Compares the references of the interned strings.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provision nodes are used where no logger instance has been specified
-
-
-
-
-
- A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of
- a logger that does not exist.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new provision node with child node
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- First, it cannot be assigned a null
- level. Second, since the root logger cannot have a parent, the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct a
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The root logger names itself as "root". However, the root
- logger cannot be retrieved by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RootLogger class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
- The assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Because the root logger cannot have a parent and its level
- must not be null this property just returns the
- value of
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- Setting the level of the root logger to a null reference
- may have catastrophic results. We prevent this here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct the configurator for a hierarchy
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse appenders by IDREF.
-
- The instance of the appender that the ref refers to.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an appender element.
-
- The appender instance or null when parsing failed.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the root logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the children of a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse the child elements of a <logger> element.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an object renderer.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a renderer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a level element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets a parameter on an object.
-
-
- The parameter name must correspond to a writable property
- on the object. The value of the parameter is a string,
- therefore this function will attempt to set a string
- property first. If unable to set a string property it
- will inspect the property and its argument type. It will
- attempt to call a static method called Parse on the
- type of the property. This method will take a single
- string argument and return a value that can be used to
- set the property.
-
-
-
-
- Test if an element has no attributes or child elements
-
- true if the element has any attributes or child elements, false otherwise
-
-
- Test if a Activator.CreateInstance .
-
- true if the type is creatable using a default constructor, false otherwise
-
-
- Look for a method on the
- the method info found
-
-
- The method must be a public instance method on the
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string value to a target type.
-
-
-
- An object of type null when the conversion could not be performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an object as specified in XML.
-
- The object or null
-
-
- Parse an XML element and create an object instance based on the configuration
- data.
-
-
- The type of the instance may be specified in the XML. If not
- specified then the
-
-
-
-
- key: appenderName, value: appender.
-
-
-
-
- The Hierarchy being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlHierarchyConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Writes name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The date and time is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone.
- To output the time in Universal time see
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date and time passed is in the local time zone.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentFolderPathPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the environment variable to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the IdentityPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern
-
-
-
- Writes the literal string value specified in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Set the next converter in the chain
-
- The next pattern converter
-
-
- Special case the building of the pattern converter chain
- for
-
-
-
-
- Write the literal to the output
-
-
-
- Override the formatting behavior to ignore the FormattingInfo
- because we have a literal instead.
-
-
- Writes the value of
-
-
-
-
- Convert this pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- This method is not used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a newline to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the system dependent line terminator to the output.
- This behavior can be overridden by setting the
-
-
- Option Value
- Output
-
- -
-
DOS
- DOS or Windows line terminator "\r\n"
-
- -
-
UNIX
- UNIX line terminator "\n"
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ProcessIdPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- This pattern converter reads the thread and global properties.
- The thread properties take priority over global properties.
- See
-
- If the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- A Pattern converter that generates a string of random characters
-
-
-
- The converter generates a string of random characters. By default
- the string is length 4. This can be changed by setting the
-
- The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters
- and numbers only.
-
-
- The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Shared random number generator
-
-
-
-
- Length of random string to generate. Default length 4.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RandomStringPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UserNamePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the UTC date time to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current date and time to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date is in Universal time when it is rendered.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for Boolean.
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to bool type.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Exception base type for conversion errors.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Register of type converters for specific types.
-
-
-
- Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between
- types.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor.
-
-
-
- This constructor defines the intrinsic type converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter instance for a specific type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookups the type converter to use as specified by the attributes on the
- destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the type converter.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- The type specified for the type converter must implement
- the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ConverterRegistry class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the encoding
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from a single type to arbitrary types.
- See
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the type supported by this converter can be converted to the
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the IPAddress
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Valid characters in an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. (Does not support subnets)
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternLayout
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Convert between string and
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the target type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternString
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the Type
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attribute used to associate a type converter
-
-
-
- Class and Interface level attribute that specifies a type converter
- to use with the associated type.
-
-
- To associate a type converter with a target type apply a
- TypeConverterAttribute to the target type. Specify the
- type of the type converter on the attribute.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type name
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- A straightforward implementation of the
-
-
- This is the default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Calls the DoAppende method on the
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup an attached appender by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- List of appenders
-
-
-
-
- Array of appenders, used to cache the m_appenderList
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderAttachedImpl class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders, or null if there
- are no attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The read only collection of all currently attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together.
-
-
-
- Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection
-
-
-
- Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added
- later.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary
-
- the flattened dictionary
-
-
- Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary
- containing the resultant values for the keys.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Looks up the value for the
-
- If none of the collections contain the specified key then
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for Context Properties implementations
-
-
-
- This class defines a basic property get set accessor
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types
-
-
-
- Pattern converter info class used during configuration by custom
- PatternString and PatternLayer converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern
-
-
-
- The name of the pattern in the format string
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the converter
-
-
-
- The value specified must extend the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclass of
-
-
- This writer counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The writer to forward messages to
-
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Flushes any buffered output
-
-
-
- Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written
- to the underlying device
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
-
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
- The format provider
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
- The line terminator to use
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
-
-
- The error handler instance to pass all errors to
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if this writer is closed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
- The error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
- true if this writer is closed, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
- The total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
-
- A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events.
-
-
-
- An array backed fixed size leaky bucket.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Appends a
- The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null .
-
-
- Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then
- null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped
- to make space for the new event, the event dropped is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer.
-
- The oldest logging event in the buffer
-
-
- Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it
- from the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array.
-
- An array of all the logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- If null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer.
-
- The maximum size of the buffer.
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of logging events in the buffer.
-
- The number of logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Adds an element with the provided key and value to the
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the
- false
-
- As the collection is empty the false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element with the specified key from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty dictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the element with the specified key.
-
- null
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored.
- If the index getter is called then null is returned.
- A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers
- in conversion modifiers.
-
-
-
- Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by
- the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Defaut Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
- The minimum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
- The maximum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled
- or not.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both
- storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied.
-
-
- This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently
- and are modified infrequently.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The read only copy of the properties.
-
-
-
- This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from
- reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property from the global context
-
-
-
- Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared
- with reading a value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the global context properties
-
-
-
-
- Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties
-
- the current global context properties
-
-
- This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class
- stores a readonly copy of the properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value.
- When the value is written a new read only copy of
- the properties is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Manages a mapping from levels to
-
-
- Manages an ordered mapping from
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialise a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
- If a
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the mapping for the specified level
-
- the null if no mapping found
-
-
- Lookup the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest
- mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the
-
-
- If no mapping could be found then null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize options
-
-
-
- Caches the sorted list of
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- This class stores its properties in a slot on the log4net.Util.LogicalThreadContextProperties .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Flag used to disable this context if we don't have permission to access the CallContext.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove the value for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doings so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the call context get data.
-
- The peroperties dictionary stored in the call context
-
- The
-
-
-
- Sets the call context data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LogicalThreadContextProperties class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Get or set the property value for the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly.
-
-
-
- Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is
- sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is
- doing.
-
-
- All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream
- whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output
- stream.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats Prefix, Source, and Message in the same format as the value
- sent to Console.Out and Trace.Write.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor that initializes logging by reading
- settings from the application configuration file.
-
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting
- controls internal debugging. This setting should be set
- to true to enable debugging.
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting
- suppresses all internal logging including error messages.
- This setting should be set to true to enable message
- suppression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raises the LogReceived event when an internal messages is received.
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal error messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard output stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard error stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default debug level
-
-
-
-
- In quietMode not even errors generate any output.
-
-
-
-
- The event raised when an internal message has been received.
-
-
-
-
- The Type that generated the internal message.
-
-
-
-
- The DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received.
-
-
-
-
- A string indicating the severity of the internal message.
-
-
- "log4net: ",
- "log4net:ERROR ",
- "log4net:WARN "
-
-
-
-
- The internal log message.
-
-
-
-
- The Exception related to the message.
-
-
- Optional. Will be null if no Exception was passed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging
- is enabled or disabled.
-
-
- true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise
- false .
-
-
-
- When set to true , internal debug level logging will be
- displayed.
-
-
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration
- file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. debugging is
- disabled.
-
-
-
-
- The following example enables internal debugging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output
- from internal logging, not even for errors.
-
-
- true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal
- logging, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be
- suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged.
- This option overrides the
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. internal logging is not
- disabled.
-
-
-
- The following example disables internal logging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Debug is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Warn is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Error is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subscribes to the LogLog.LogReceived event and stores messages
- to the supplied IList instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a native error code and message.
-
-
-
- Represents a Win32 platform native error.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the
- native Win32 FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier.
-
-
- The message corresponding with the specified message identifier.
-
-
-
- The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s)
- using the native FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return error information string
-
- error information string
-
-
- Return error information string
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats a message string.
-
- LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in
-
- The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a
- buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an
- already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message
- table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition
- in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier.
- The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded
- insert sequences if requested.
-
-
- To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message.
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output
- buffer, excluding the terminating null character.
-
-
- If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information,
- call
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
- The number of the native error.
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
- The message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance.
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current key from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an exception because the
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current value from the enumerator.
-
- The current value from the enumerator.
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current entry from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Get the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
- Private constructor for singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- null
-
- No impersonation is done and null is always returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists
- of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and
- ignoring all subsequent errors.
-
-
-
- The error message is processed using the LogLog sub-system.
-
-
- This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application
- from being flooded with error messages when logging fails.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the error handler back to its initial disabled state.
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Sends the error information to
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log an error
-
-
-
- Print a the error message passed as parameter on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- The date the error was recorded.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if it is the first error
-
-
-
-
- The message recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The exception recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The error code recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- String to prefix each message with
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OnlyOnceErrorHandler class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled. Logging is only enabled for the
- first error delivered to the
-
-
-
-
- The date the first error that trigged this error handler occured.
-
-
-
-
- The message from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
-
-
- The exception from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- May be
-
-
-
- The error code from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- Defaults to
-
-
-
- A convenience class to convert property values to specific types.
-
-
-
- Utility functions for converting types and parsing values.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to a
- The
-
-
- If true is returned.
- If false is returned.
- Otherwise,
-
-
-
-
- Parses a file size into a number.
-
- The
-
-
- Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a
- long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object.
-
-
- The object converted from a string or null when the
- conversion failed.
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try
- to convert the string value into the specified target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
- true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type.
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Instantiates an object given a class name.
-
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
- Performs variable substitution in string
- The result of the substitutions.
-
-
- The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and } .
-
-
- For example, if props contains key=value , then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}.");
-
-
-
- will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.".
-
-
- If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution
- defaults to an empty string.
-
-
- For example, if system properties contains no value for the key
- "nonExistentKey", then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]");
-
-
-
- will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []".
-
-
- An Exception is thrown if
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or
- more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object.
-
- true , ignore case; otherwise, regard case.
- An object of type
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OptionConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Most of the work of the
-
-
- The PatternParser processes a pattern string and
- returns a chain of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
- The head of a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
- the list of all the converter names
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches
-
-
-
- The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed literal
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed converter pattern
-
-
-
-
- Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter
- to the chain.
-
-
-
-
- The first pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- the last pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- The pattern
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types
-
-
-
- This map overrides the static s_globalRulesRegistry map.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the PatternParser class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
- The converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
-
-
- Sort strings by length
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This class implements a patterned string.
-
-
-
- This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded
- when the string is formatted.
-
-
- This class functions similarly to the PatternString
- does not render the properties of a specific
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain.
-
-
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the current date and time in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
env
-
-
- Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value
- of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable.
-
-
- The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
processid
-
-
- Used to output the system process ID for the current process.
-
-
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output a specific context property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- -
-
random
-
-
- Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of
- uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long.
- The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string.
-
-
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
- See the format modifiers supported by the patterns.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternString only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternString
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Initialize object options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the
- The
-
-
- Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses
- may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize
- custom conversion pattern name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Format the pattern to the
-
-
-
-
- Format the pattern as a string
-
- the pattern formatted as a string
-
-
- Format the pattern to a string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the pattern formatting string
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- String keyed object map.
-
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- String keyed object map that is read only.
-
-
-
- This collection is readonly and cannot be modified.
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The Hashtable used to store the properties data
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Copy Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Deserialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
- An array of all the keys.
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
- true if the dictionary contains the specified key
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
- The internal collection used to store the properties
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The number of properties in this collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- an enumerator
-
-
- Returns a
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- true if the collection contains the specified key
-
- Test if this collection contains a specified key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Store a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- false
-
-
-
- This collection is modifiable. This property always
- returns false .
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- The value for the key specified.
-
-
-
- Get or set a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
-
- Property Key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
-
- Property Value.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary
- to protect a writer from being closed by a client.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
- This method does nothing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers
-
-
-
- ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource.
- At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for
- multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a
- situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a
- ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple
- one-at-a-time lock, such as
-
- If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock
- implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore
- the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Acquires a reader lock
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the writer lock
-
-
-
- This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count on the writer lock
-
-
-
- ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count.
- When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
- The internal buffers are cleared and reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for system specific information.
-
-
-
- Utility class of static methods for system specific information.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Alexey Solofnenko
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize default values for private static fields.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly.
-
- The location of the assembly.
-
-
- This method does not guarantee to return the correct path
- to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to
- where the assembly was loaded from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the
- The fully qualified name for the
-
-
- This is equivalent to the Type.AssemblyQualifiedName property,
- but this method works on the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 as well as
- the full .NET runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the short name of the
- The short name of the
-
-
- The short name of the assembly is the
-
- Use this rather than Assembly.GetName().Name because that
- is not available on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do
- the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
- The file name of the assembly.
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly
- containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly
- then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the
- assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found
- in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified
- assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies
- will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
- A new Guid
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an
- the ArgumentOutOfRangeException object
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- The Compact Framework does not support the 3 parameter constructor for the
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup an application setting
-
- the value for the key, or null
-
-
- Configuration APIs are not supported under the Compact Framework
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
- The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the
- A new case-insensitive instance of the
-
-
- The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an empty array of types.
-
-
-
- The Type.EmptyTypes field is not available on
- the .NET Compact Framework 1.0.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Cache the host name for the current machine
-
-
-
-
- Cache the application friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
-
- Start time for the current process.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
- The system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
- The base directory path for the current
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the configuration file for the current
- The path to the configuration file for the current
-
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not have a concept of a configuration
- file. For this runtime, we use the entry assembly location as the root for
- the configuration file name.
-
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
- The path to the entry assembly.
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ID of the current thread.
-
- The ID of the current thread.
-
-
- On the .NET framework, the AppDomain.GetCurrentThreadId method
- is used to obtain the thread ID for the current thread. This is the
- operating system ID for the thread.
-
-
- On the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 it is not possible to get the
- operating system thread ID for the current thread. The native method
- GetCurrentThreadId is implemented inline in a header file
- and cannot be called.
-
-
- On the .NET Framework 2.0 the Thread.ManagedThreadId is used as this
- gives a stable id unrelated to the operating system thread ID which may
- change if the runtime is using fibers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The hostname or machine name
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The host name (Environment.MachineName ) for
- the current machine, or if neither of these are available
- then NOT AVAILABLE is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get this application's friendly name
-
-
- The friendly name of this application as a string
-
-
-
- If available the name of the application is retrieved from
- the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName .
-
-
- Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time for the current process.
-
-
-
- This is the time at which the log4net library was loaded into the
- AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime
- this is not the start time for the current process.
-
-
- The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its
- startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for
- the actual start time.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating, however this start time
- will be set per AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
- Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while
- outputting a string representation of an item.
-
-
- The default value is (null) . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
- Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
- The default value is NOT AVAILABLE . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialise the
-
-
-
- Format the string and arguments
-
- the formatted string
-
-
-
- Replaces the format item in a specified
-
- A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the
-
-
- This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the
- exception and arguments are returned in the result string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process an error during StringFormat
-
-
-
-
- Dump the contents of an array into a string builder
-
-
-
-
- Dump an object to a string
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemStringFormat class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The thread local data slot to use to store a PropertiesDictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doing so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The stack store.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
- Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after
- a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly.
- You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call
- the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- syntax.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from this stack.
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack.
-
-
- Remove the top context from this stack, and return
- it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an
- empty string (not
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message into this stack.
-
-
- An
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto this stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- The current context information.
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- Gets the current context information
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a cross thread portable version of this object
-
-
-
-
-
- The number of messages in the stack
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack
-
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack. That is
- the number of times
-
-
-
-
- Gets and sets the internal stack used by this
- The internal storage stack
-
-
- This property is provided only to support backward compatability
- of the
-
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Get the message.
-
- The message.
-
-
- Get the message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
- The full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Struct returned from the
-
-
- This struct implements the
-
-
-
-
- The ThreadContextStack internal stack
-
-
-
-
- The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
- The named stack
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to an
-
-
- The test is escaped either using XML escape entities
- or using CDATA sections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace invalid XML characters in text string
-
- A string that does not contain invalid XML characters.
-
-
- Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for
- details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets .
-
-
- This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string
- with the mask string specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text
-
- the number of times the substring occurs in the text
-
-
- The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself.
-
-
-
-
-
- Characters illegal in XML 1.0
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a Windows Account
-
-
-
- This
-
- How the impersonation is done depends on the value of
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the SecurityContext based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The security context will try to Logon the specified user account and
- capture a primary token for impersonation.
-
-
- The required
-
-
-
- Impersonate the Windows account specified by the
-
- An
-
-
- Depending on the
-
-
-
-
- Create a
- the
-
-
- Uses the Windows API call LogonUser to get a principal token for the account. This
- token is used to initialize the WindowsIdentity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
- The impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
-
- Impersonate either a user with user credentials or
- revert this thread to the credentials of the process.
- The value is one of the
-
- The default value is
-
- When the mode is set to
-
- When the mode is set to
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows username for this security context
-
-
- The Windows username for this security context
-
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
- The Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
-
- The default value for
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Sets the password for the Windows account specified by the
-
- The password for the Windows account specified by the
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- The impersonation modes for the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a user using the credentials supplied
-
-
-
-
- Revert this the thread to the credentials of the process
-
-
-
-
- Adds
-
-
- Helper class to expose the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Global Context.
-
-
-
- The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging
- information to be stored.
-
-
- The global context has a properties map and these properties can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of
- the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName;
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- The global context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides information about the environment the assembly has
- been built for.
-
-
-
- Version of the assembly
-
-
- Version of the framework targeted
-
-
- Type of framework targeted
-
-
- Does it target a client profile?
-
-
-
- Identifies the version and target for this assembly.
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Logical Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
- The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per
-
- The
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The logical thread stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class is used by client applications to request logger instances.
-
-
-
- This class has static methods that are used by a client to request
- a logger instance. The
-
- See the
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null .
-
-
- The logger found, or null if no logger could be found.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- repository.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- Get the currently defined loggers.
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- Get or create a logger.
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown a logger repository.
-
- Shuts down the default repository.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- default repository.
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the configuration of a repository
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
- Get the logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Get a logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Create a domain
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- Create a logger repository.
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the list of currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
- Get an array of all the
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified.
-
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
- The wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
-
-
- Create the
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- The wrapper map to use to hold the
-
-
-
- Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- The MDC class is similar to the mapped
- diagnostic contexts . A Mapped Diagnostic Context , or
- MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The MDC is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the context value identified by the
- The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found.
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- If the null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add an entry to the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Puts a context value (the
-
- If a value is already defined for the null then the key value mapping will be removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the key value mapping for the key specified.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all entries in the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument
- to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log
- output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple
- clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry
- from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs
- come into play.
-
-
- Note that NDCs are managed on a per thread basis. The NDC class
- is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the
- calling thread.
-
-
- How to push a message into the context
-
- using(NDC.Push("my context message"))
- {
- ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ...
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a clone of the stack of context information.
-
- A clone of the context info for this thread.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The results of this method can be passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Inherits the contextual information from another thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This thread will use the context information from the stack
- supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with
- the same contextual information as their parent threads. These
- contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that
- are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other.
- Call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from the stack.
-
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top
- of the stack.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Remove the top context from the stack, and return
- it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an
- empty string (not null ) is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message.
-
-
- An
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an NDC message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the context information for this thread. It is
- not required to call this method.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This method is not implemented.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context depth.
-
- The current context depth.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The number of context values pushed onto the context stack.
-
-
- Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then
- be restored using the
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging
- information to be stored.
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
- The thread context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The thread local stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net40-client/log4net.dll b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net40-client/log4net.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index cadbcd3..0000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net40-client/log4net.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net40-client/log4net.xml b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net40-client/log4net.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 51e5767..0000000
--- a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net40-client/log4net.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30000 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- log4net
-
-
-
-
- Appender that logs to a database.
-
-
-
- http://www.connectionstrings.com/ .
-
-
- Records are written into the database either using a prepared
- statement or a stored procedure. The System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify a prepared statement
- or to System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify a stored
- procedure.
-
-
- The prepared statement text or the name of the stored procedure
- must be set in the
-
- The prepared statement or stored procedure can take a number
- of parameters. Parameters are added using the
-
-
- An example of a SQL Server table that could be logged to:
-
- CREATE TABLE [dbo].[Log] (
- [ID] [int] IDENTITY (1, 1) NOT NULL ,
- [Date] [datetime] NOT NULL ,
- [Thread] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Level] [varchar] (20) NOT NULL ,
- [Logger] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Message] [varchar] (4000) NOT NULL
- ) ON [PRIMARY]
-
-
-
- An example configuration to log to the above table:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Lance Nehring
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a
- number of events before logging them. For example the
-
- Subclasses should override the
- The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic
- buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using
- the
- A
-
- The buffering appender can be configured in a true then the
- buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving
- in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer.
- In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This class provides the code for common functionality, such
- as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements.
-
-
-
- Implementors should consider extending the
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logging event in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log a message into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for appenders that support bulk logging.
-
-
-
- This interface extends the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log an array of events into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to delay activate a configured object.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then this method must be called
- after its properties have been set before the component can be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's
-
-
-
- If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method
- will call
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and release resources.
-
-
-
- Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method
- delegates the closing of the appender to the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Test if the logging event should we output by this appender
-
- true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored
-
- This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set
- on this appender and also against the filters specified on this
- appender.
-
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain.
-
-
-
- The Filters are organized in a linked list.
-
-
- Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the
- back of the filter chain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold.
-
-
-
- If there is no threshold set, then the return value is always true .
-
-
-
- true if the
-
-
-
- Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override
- this method if resources need to be released.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses of
-
-
- A subclass must implement this method to perform
- logging of the
- This method will be called by
-
- To restrict the logging of events in the appender
- override the
-
-
-
-
- Append a bulk array of logging events.
-
-
-
- This base class implementation calls the
-
- A sub class that can better process a bulk array of events should
- override this method in addition to
-
-
-
-
- Called before
-
-
- This method is called by
-
- This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks
- made before the event is passed to the
-
- A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to
- this base class if it is overridden.
-
-
- true if the call to
-
-
- Renders the
- The event rendered as a string.
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Where possible use the alternative version of this method
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Use this method in preference to
-
-
-
-
- The layout of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The name of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The level threshold of this appender.
-
-
-
- There is no level threshold filtering by default.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The first filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- Set to null initially.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The last filter in the filter chain.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this appender is closed.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method
-
-
-
-
- StringWriter used to render events
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderSkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the threshold
-
- The threshold
-
-
- All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored
- by the appender.
-
-
- In configuration files this option is specified by setting the
- value of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The filter chain.
-
- The head of the filter chain filter chain.
-
-
- Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list
- and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The layout of the appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Tests if this appender requires a
-
-
- In the rather exceptional case, where the appender
- implementation admits a layout but can also work without it,
- then the appender should return true .
-
-
- This default implementation always returns false .
-
-
-
- true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
- The default buffer size.
-
-
- The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events.
- This is set to 512 by default.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- SendBuffer method.
-
-
- Protected constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
-
-
- Flushes any events that have been buffered.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
- true to flush the buffer of lossy events
-
-
- Flushes events that have been buffered. If false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in true .
- In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the
-
-
- If true then the buffer will always
- be emptied by calling this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance.
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked
- as not
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Stores the
-
- The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the
-
- -
-
The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is
- marked as not lossy (see
-
- -
-
An
-
-
-
- Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the buffer.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override
-
-
-
-
- Sends the events.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events.
-
-
-
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
- Set to
-
-
-
- The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events.
-
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator that causes the buffer to be sent immediately.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event causes the entire
- buffer to be sent immediately. This field can be null , which
- indicates that event triggering is not to be done. The evaluator
- can be set using the true then an
-
-
-
- Indicates if the appender should overwrite events in the cyclic buffer
- when it becomes full, or if the buffer should be flushed when the
- buffer is full.
-
-
- If this field is set to true then an
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator filters discarded events.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event that is discarded should
- really be discarded or if it should be sent to the appenders.
- This field can be null , which indicates that all discarded events will
- be discarded.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy.
-
-
- true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before
- delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer
- to be send to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before
- a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set
- false to prevent logging events
- from being lost.
-
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the
- logging events.
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
-
- The
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will
- immediately be sent (see
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the
-
- The value of the
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately
- be sent (see
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if only part of the logging event data
- should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the
- event data to be fixed and serialized. This will improve performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
- The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the parent method to close the database
-
-
-
- Closes the database command and database connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Inserts the events into the database.
-
-
-
- Insert all the events specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the command.
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified.
-
-
-
- The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been
- configured not to use transactions. See
-
-
-
-
- Formats the log message into database statement text.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide
- more control over the format of the database statement.
-
-
- Text that can be passed to a
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- This method is called whenever a new IDbConnection is needed (i.e. when a reconnect is necessary).
-
- An
-
-
-
- Resolves the connection string from the ConnectionString, ConnectionStringName, or AppSettingsKey
- property.
-
-
- ConnectiongStringName is only supported on .NET 2.0 and higher.
-
- A connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the
- database. This method resolves the type specified in the
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method to return a different type
- if necessary.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command and initialize the parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Connects to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing command.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing connection.
-
-
- Calls the IDbConnection's
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we are using a command object
-
-
-
- Set to true when the appender is to use a prepared
- statement or stored procedure to insert into the database.
-
-
-
-
-
- The list of
-
-
- The list of
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The database command.
-
-
-
-
- Database connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The connectionStrings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- String type name of the
-
-
-
- The text of the command.
-
-
-
-
- The command type.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AdoNetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to
- the database.
-
-
- The database connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- The connections string is specific to the connection type.
- See
-
- Connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "DSN=MS Access Database;UID=admin;PWD=;SystemDB=C:\data\System.mdw;SafeTransactions = 0;FIL=MS Access;DriverID = 25;DBQ=C:\data\train33.mdb"
-
- Another connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;UID=;PWD=;"
-
- Connection string for MS Access via OLE DB:
- "Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;"
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The connectionStrings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
- This property requires at least .NET 2.0.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name of the
-
- The type name of the
-
-
- The type name of the ADO.NET provider to use.
-
-
- The default is to use the OLE DB provider.
-
-
- Use the OLE DB Provider. This is the default value.
- System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the MS SQL Server Provider.
- System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the ODBC Provider.
- Microsoft.Data.Odbc.OdbcConnection,Microsoft.Data.Odbc,version=1.0.3300.0,publicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089,culture=neutral
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for ODBC .NET Data Provider .
-
- Use the Oracle Provider.
- System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, System.Data.OracleClient, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for .NET Managed Provider for Oracle .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command text that is used to insert logging events
- into the database.
-
-
- The command text used to insert logging events into the database.
-
-
-
- Either the text of the prepared statement or the
- name of the stored procedure to execute to write into
- the database.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command type to execute.
-
-
- The command type to execute.
-
-
-
- This value may be either System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify
- that the System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify that the
-
-
- The default value is System.Data.CommandType.Text ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Should transactions be used to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- true if transactions should be used to insert logging events in
- the database, otherwise false . The default value is true .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether transactions should be used
- to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- When set a single transaction will be used to insert the buffered events
- into the database. Otherwise each event will be inserted without using
- an explicit transaction.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Should this appender try to reconnect to the database on error.
-
-
- true if the appender should try to reconnect to the database after an
- error has occurred, otherwise false . The default value is false ,
- i.e. not to try to reconnect.
-
-
-
- The default behaviour is for the appender not to try to reconnect to the
- database if an error occurs. Subsequent logging events are discarded.
-
-
- To force the appender to attempt to reconnect to the database set this
- property to true .
-
-
- When the appender attempts to connect to the database there may be a
- delay of up to the connection timeout specified in the connection string.
- This delay will block the calling application's thread.
- Until the connection can be reestablished this potential delay may occur multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Parameter type used by the
-
-
- This class provides the basic database parameter properties
- as defined by the
- This type can be subclassed to provide database specific
- functionality. The two methods that are called externally are
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class.
-
-
-
-
- Prepare the specified database command object.
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command object by adding
- this parameter to its collection of parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command.
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event using this parameters layout
- object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType
-
-
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this parameter.
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter. The parameter name
- must match up to a named parameter to the SQL stored procedure
- or prepared statement.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database type for this parameter.
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter. This property should
- be set to the database type from the
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the type from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the precision for this parameter.
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum number of digits used to represent the Value.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the precision from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the scale for this parameter.
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The number of decimal places to which Value is resolved.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the scale from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size for this parameter.
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the size from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences.
-
-
-
- AnsiColorTerminalAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific level of message to be set.
-
-
- This appender expects the terminal to understand the VT100 control set
- in order to interpret the color codes. If the terminal or console does not
- understand the control codes the behavior is not defined.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- When configuring the ANSI colored terminal appender, a mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan
- These color values cannot be combined together to make new colors.
-
-
- The attributes can be any combination of the following:
-
- Bright foreground is brighter Dim foreground is dimmer Underscore message is underlined Blink foreground is blinking (does not work on all terminals) Reverse foreground and background are reversed Hidden output is hidden Strikethrough message has a line through it
- While any of these attributes may be combined together not all combinations
- work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes
- no sense.
-
-
- Patrick Wagstrom
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Ansi code to reset terminal
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible display attributes
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the ANSI color attributes.
-
-
-
-
-
- text is bright
-
-
-
-
- text is dim
-
-
-
-
- text is underlined
-
-
-
-
- text is blinking
-
-
- Not all terminals support this attribute
-
-
-
-
- text and background colors are reversed
-
-
-
-
- text is hidden
-
-
-
-
- text is displayed with a strikethrough
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible foreground or background color values for
- use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The output can be in one for the following ANSI colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is black
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is magenta
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- An entry in the
-
-
- This is an abstract base class for types that are stored in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize any options defined on this entry
-
-
-
- Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialise based on their options
-
-
-
-
-
- The level that is the key for this mapping
-
-
- The
-
-
- Get or set the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a AppenderCollection instance.
-
-
- An AppenderCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- An empty readonly static AppenderCollection
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- AppenderCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given AppenderCollection .
-
- true if AppenderCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of AppenderCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the AppenderCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The specified AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the AppenderCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the AppenderCollection .
-
- An AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another AppenderCollection to the current AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- Return the collection elements as an array
-
- the array
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the AppenderCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The events are buffered in this appender until conditions are
- met to allow the appender to deliver the events to the attached
- appenders. See
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different
- thresholds and filters for the same appender at different locations
- within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching appenders to objects.
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- Add the specified appender. The implementation may
- choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Returns an attached appender with the null will be
- returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Gets a collection of attached appenders.
- If there are no attached appenders the
- implementation should return an empty
- collection rather than null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the events.
-
-
-
- Forwards the events to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this buffering appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes directly to the application's attached console
- not to the System.Console.Out or System.Console.Error TextWriter .
- The System.Console.Out and System.Console.Error streams can be
- programmatically redirected (for example NUnit does this to capture program output).
- This appender will ignore these redirections because it needs to use Win32
- API calls to colorize the output. To respect these redirections the
-
- When configuring the colored console appender, mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- combination of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan HighIntensity
-
-
- Rick Hobbs
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- The console output stream writer to write to
-
-
-
- This writer is not thread safe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible color values for use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is purple
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is intensified
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the true then the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Writes events to the system event log.
-
-
-
- The appender will fail if you try to write using an event source that doesn't exist unless it is running with local administrator privileges.
- See also http://logging.apache.org/log4net/release/faq.html#trouble-EventLog
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry can be
- set using the EventID property (
-
- The Category of the event log entry can be
- set using the Category property (
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
- When configuring the EventLogAppender a mapping can be
- specified to map a logging level to an event log entry type. For example:
-
-
- <mapping>
- <level value="ERROR" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Error" />
- </mapping>
- <mapping>
- <level value="DEBUG" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Information" />
- </mapping>
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and eventLogEntryType can be any value
- from the
- Error an error event Warning a warning event Information an informational event
-
-
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Thomas Voss
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an event log source
-
-
- Uses different API calls under NET_2_0
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Writes the event to the system event log using the
-
-
- If the event has an EventID property (see
-
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the equivalent
- The equivalent
-
- Because there are fewer applicable
-
-
-
- The log name is the section in the event logs where the messages
- are stored.
-
-
-
-
- Name of the application to use when logging. This appears in the
- application column of the event log named by
-
-
-
- The name of the machine which holds the event log. This is
- currently only allowed to be '.' i.e. the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to EventLogEntryType
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The event ID to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The event category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EventLogAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- The string name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- This is the name of the log as it appears in the Event Viewer
- tree. The default value is to log into the Application
- log, this is where most applications write their events. However
- if you need a separate log for your application (or applications)
- then you should set the
- This should not be used to distinguish your event log messages
- from those of other applications, the
-
-
-
-
- Property used to set the Application name. This appears in the
- event logs when logging.
-
-
- The string used to distinguish events from different sources.
-
-
- Sets the event log source property.
-
-
-
-
- This property is used to return the name of the computer to use
- when accessing the event logs. Currently, this is the current
- computer, denoted by a dot "."
-
-
- The string name of the machine holding the event log that
- will be logged into.
-
-
- This property cannot be changed. It is currently set to '.'
- i.e. the local machine. This may be changed in future.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The system security context used to write to the EventLog.
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the EventId to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the EventID property (
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The Category of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the Category property (
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and its event log entry type.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- Required property.
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to a file.
-
-
-
- Logging events are sent to the file specified by
- the
-
- The file can be opened in either append or overwrite mode
- by specifying the
-
- The layout's
-
- This appender will first try to open the file for writing when
-
- The
-
- All locking strategies have issues and you should seriously consider using a different strategy that
- avoids having multiple processes logging to the same file.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Rodrigo B. de Oliveira
- Douglas de la Torre
- Niall Daley
-
-
-
- Sends logging events to a
-
-
- An Appender that writes to a
-
- This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate
- writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that
- can open a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append.
-
-
-
- This method checks if an output target has been set and if a
- layout has been set.
-
-
- false if any of the preconditions fail.
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer
- before flushing the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed.
-
-
- Closed appenders cannot be reused.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Clears internal references to the underlying
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer
-
-
-
- This method is called when an event is logged and the
-
-
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logging events are not actually persisted if and when the application
- crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TextWriterAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end
- of each append operation.
-
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- append operation.
-
-
- If this option is set to false , then the underlying
- stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later
- time.
-
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in
- a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the
-
-
- The specified
-
- The
-
- Note: Logging to an unopened
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set the
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout, file and append mode.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout and file specified.
- The file will be appended to.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on the file appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This will cause the file to be opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes any previously opened file and calls the parent's
-
-
- Resets the filename and the file stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called to initialize the file writer
-
-
-
- Will be called for each logged message until the file is
- successfully opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Acquires the output file locks once before writing all the events to
- the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the previously opened file.
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- Calls
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- If there was already an opened file, then the previous file
- is closed first.
-
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer used for file output
-
-
-
- This implementation of
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to wrap the
- System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to
- wrap the
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we should append to the file
- or overwrite the file. The default is to append.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log file.
-
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the file stream.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics
-
-
-
-
- The locking model to use
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the FileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
- The path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
-
- If the path is relative it is taken as relative from
- the application base directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be
- appended to or overwritten.
-
-
- Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten.
-
-
-
- If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if
- it is set to true then the file will be appended to.
-
- The default value is true.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The default encoding set is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are three built in locking models,
-
- The default locking model is the
-
-
-
-
- Write only
-
-
-
- True asynchronous writes are not supported, the implementation forces a synchronous write.
-
-
-
-
- Exception base type for log4net.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Locking model base class
-
-
-
- Base class for the locking models available to the
-
-
-
-
- Open the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Helper method that creates a FileStream under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext.
-
-
-
- Typically called during OpenFile or AcquireLock.
-
-
- If the directory portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to close
-
- Does not set
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on
- behalf of.
-
-
- The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use.
-
-
- The value of this property will be set before
-
-
-
-
- Hold an exclusive lock on the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file once for writing and hold it open until
-
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the file lock for each write
-
-
-
- Opens the file once for each
-
-
-
-
- Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Provides cross-process file locking.
-
- Ron Grabowski
- Steve Wranovsky
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender forwards logging events to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different thresholds
- and filters for the same appender at different locations within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging event to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging events to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging events to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a local syslog service.
-
-
-
- This appender uses the POSIX libc library functions openlog , syslog , and closelog .
- If these functions are not available on the local system then this appender will not work!
-
-
- The functions openlog , syslog , and closelog are specified in SUSv2 and
- POSIX 1003.1-2001 standards. These are used to log messages to the local syslog service.
-
-
- This appender talks to a local syslog service. If you need to log to a remote syslog
- daemon and you cannot configure your local syslog service to do this you may be
- able to use the
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the
- string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the
- pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Open connection to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a log message.
-
-
-
- The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar
- to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported
- by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the
- format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format
- string to "%s" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Close descriptor used to write to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The log4net Level maps to a syslog severity using the
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facility defines which subsystem the logging comes from.
- This is set on the
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Stores logging events in an array.
-
-
-
- The memory appender stores all the logging events
- that are appended in an in-memory array.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Use the
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
- The events that have been logged
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Stores the
-
-
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
-
-
- The list of events that have been appended.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether only part of the logging event
- data should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the event
- data to be fixed and stored in the appender, hereby improving performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Logs entries by sending network messages using the
-
-
-
- You can send messages only to names that are active
- on the network. If you send the message to a user name,
- that user must be logged on and running the Messenger
- service to receive the message.
-
-
- The receiver will get a top most window displaying the
- messages one at a time, therefore this appender should
- not be used to deliver a high volume of messages.
-
-
- The following table lists some possible uses for this appender :
-
-
-
-
- Action
- Property Value(s)
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on the local machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a domain user account
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to all the names in a workgroup or domain
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message from the local machine to a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Note : security restrictions apply for sending
- network messages, see
-
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information
- using this appender from the local machine, named
- LOCAL_PC, to machine OPERATOR_PC :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The DNS or NetBIOS name of the server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
-
- The sender of the network message.
-
-
-
-
- The message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the appender.
-
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a buffer of information to a registered message alias.
-
-
-
- The following restrictions apply for sending network messages:
-
-
-
-
- Platform
- Requirements
-
- -
-
Windows NT
-
-
- No special group membership is required to send a network message.
-
-
- Admin, Accounts, Print, or Server Operator group membership is required to
- successfully send a network message on a remote server.
-
-
-
- -
-
Windows 2000 or later
-
-
- If you send a message on a domain controller that is running Active Directory,
- access is allowed or denied based on the access control list (ACL) for the securable
- object. The default ACL permits only Domain Admins and Account Operators to send a network message.
-
-
- On a member server or workstation, only Administrators and Server Operators can send a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For more information see Security Requirements for the Network Management Functions .
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is zero.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the sender of the message.
-
-
- The sender of the message.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the message is sent from the local computer.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
- The recipient of the message.
-
-
- This property should always be specified in order to send a message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
- DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
- For Windows NT 4.0 and earlier, the string should begin with \\.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the local computer is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the OutputDebugString system.
-
-
-
- OutputDebugStringAppender appends log events to the
- OutputDebugString system.
-
-
- The string is passed to the native OutputDebugString
- function.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
-
- The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to
- a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for for messages
- on UDP port 514.
-
-
- The syslog UDP protocol is not authenticated. Most syslog daemons
- do not accept remote log messages because of the security implications.
- You may be able to use the LocalSyslogAppender to talk to a local
- syslog service.
-
-
- There is an RFC 3164 that claims to document the BSD Syslog Protocol.
- This RFC can be seen here: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html.
- This appender generates what the RFC calls an "Original Device Message",
- i.e. does not include the TIMESTAMP or HOSTNAME fields. By observation
- this format of message will be accepted by all current syslog daemon
- implementations. The daemon will attach the current time and the source
- hostname or IP address to any messages received.
-
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a
- multicast group using an
-
-
- UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order.
-
-
- To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging
- events.
-
-
- When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding
- to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the
-
-
- This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent
- on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is
- encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such.
-
- IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0);
- UdpClient udpClient;
- byte[] buffer;
- string loggingEvent;
-
- try
- {
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080);
-
- while(true)
- {
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint);
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer);
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent);
- }
- }
- catch(Exception e)
- {
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString());
- }
-
-
- Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint
- Dim udpClient as UdpClient
- Dim buffer as Byte()
- Dim loggingEvent as String
-
- Try
- remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0)
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080)
-
- While True
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint)
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer)
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent)
- Wend
- Catch e As Exception
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString())
- End Try
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the
- IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gert Driesen
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
- The TCP port number assigned to
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using an UDP datagram.
-
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with
- this
-
-
- Disables the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the underlying
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to
- which the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number from which the
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the packet.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event
- will be sent.
-
-
-
- Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to
- 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so
- it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider
- supports multicasting.
-
-
- Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining
- the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined
- the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate
- them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest.
-
-
- Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below:
-
-
-
-
- IP Address
- Description
-
- -
-
224.0.0.1
-
-
- Sends a message to all system on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.2
-
-
- Sends a message to all routers on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.12
-
-
- The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges
- defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site .
-
-
- The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative
- addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically
- configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside
- of the local network.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
- The underlying
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to
- a local port.
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent.
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Syslog port 514
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
-
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The syslog severities.
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facilities
-
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to a remote logging sink.
-
-
-
- This Appender is designed to deliver events to a remote sink.
- That is any object that implements the
-
- The RemotingAppender buffers events before sending them. This allows it to
- make more efficient use of the remoting infrastructure.
-
- Once the buffer is full the events are still not sent immediately.
- They are scheduled to be sent using a pool thread. The effect is that
- the send occurs asynchronously. This is very important for a
- number of non obvious reasons. The remoting infrastructure will
- flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
- Because the events are sent asynchronously using pool threads it is possible to close
- this appender before all the queued events have been sent.
- When closing the appender attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but
- this will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If this appender is being closed because the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- The events are not sent immediately. They are scheduled to be sent
- using a pool thread. The effect is that the send occurs asynchronously.
- This is very important for a number of non obvious reasons. The remoting
- infrastructure will flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
-
-
- Override base class close.
-
-
-
- This method waits while there are queued work items. The events are
- sent asynchronously using
-
- This method attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but this
- method will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If the appender is being closed because the
-
-
-
-
- A work item is being queued into the thread pool
-
-
-
-
- A work item from the thread pool has completed
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- This method is designed to be used with the
-
-
-
- The URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
-
- The local proxy (.NET remoting) for the remote logging sink.
-
-
-
-
- The number of queued callbacks currently waiting or executing
-
-
-
-
- Event used to signal when there are no queued work items
-
-
- This event is set when there are no queued work items. In this
- state it is safe to close the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URL of the well-known object that will accept
- the logging events.
-
-
- The well-known URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
- The URL of the remoting sink that will accept logging events.
- The sink must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to deliver
-
- This interface must be implemented by a remoting sink
- if the
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
-
-
- Appender that rolls log files based on size or date or both.
-
-
-
- RollingFileAppender can roll log files based on size or date or both
- depending on the setting of the
-
- A of few additional optional features have been added:
-
- - Attach date pattern for current log file
- - Backup number increments for newer files
- - Infinite number of backups by file size
-
-
-
-
-
- For large or infinite numbers of backup files a
-
- When Date/Time based rolling is used setting
-
-
-
-
- Changing
-
-
-
- If Date/Time based rolling is enabled this appender will attempt to roll existing files
- in the directory without a Date/Time tag based on the last write date of the base log file.
- The appender only rolls the log file when a message is logged. If Date/Time based rolling
- is enabled then the appender will not roll the log file at the Date/Time boundary but
- at the point when the next message is logged after the boundary has been crossed.
-
-
-
- The
-
- When rolling a backup file necessitates deleting an older backup file the
- file to be deleted is moved to a temporary name before being deleted.
-
-
-
-
- A maximum number of backup files when rolling on date/time boundaries is not supported.
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Edward Smit
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RollingFileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes.
-
-
-
-
- Write out a logging event.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write out an array of logging events.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates and opens the file for logging. If
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Get the current output file name
-
- the output file name
-
- The output file name is based on the base fileName specified.
- If
-
-
-
- Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
-
-
-
-
- Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files
- that are similar to the base file name.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file
- pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
- - determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
- - initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher
- to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen.
- The highest count is either the first file (when count direction
- is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0).
- In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to extract a number from the end of the file name that indicates
- the number of the times the file has been rolled over.
-
-
- Certain date pattern extensions like yyyyMMdd will be parsed as valid backup indexes.
-
-
-
-
- Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for
- 'incremented' versions of the base file. Bumps the max
- count up to the highest count seen.
-
-
-
-
- Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied.
-
- The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied
-
- Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the
- most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point
- with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern
- supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day
- and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be
- and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check,
- scheduledFilename, and calls
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
- Resets curSizeRollBackups.
- If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile).
-
-
-
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
- true if the file exists
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
-
-
-
-
- Deletes the specified file if it exists.
-
-
-
- Delete a file if is exists.
- The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted.
- This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot
- be deleted, but it still can be moved.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll base on file size.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }. Moreover, File is
- renamed File.1 and closed.
-
-
- A new file is created to receive further log output.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
- This is called by
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time of the next window for the current rollpoint
-
- the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date
-
-
- Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method.
-
-
- The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant
- than the rollpoint from the current time. This should roll the time back to
- the start of the time window for the current rollpoint. Then we add 1 window
- worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the rollpoint.
-
-
-
-
-
- This object supplies the current date/time. Allows test code to plug in
- a method to control this class when testing date/time based rolling. The default
- implementation uses the underlying value of DateTime.Now.
-
-
-
-
- The date pattern. By default, the pattern is set to ".yyyy-MM-dd"
- meaning daily rollover.
-
-
-
-
- The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to
- or will be the file transferred to on roll over
- (based on staticLogFileName).
-
-
-
-
- The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename.
-
-
-
-
- Holds date of last roll over
-
-
-
-
- The type of rolling done
-
-
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB
-
-
-
-
- There is zero backup files by default
-
-
-
-
- How many sized based backups have been made so far
-
-
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
-
- The rolling mode used in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by date.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by size.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to always log to the same file.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
-
-
- FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly
-
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the strategy for determining the current date and time. The default
- implementation is to use LocalDateTime which internally calls through to DateTime.Now.
- DateTime.UtcNow may be used on frameworks newer than .NET 1.0 by specifying
-
-
- An implementation of the
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are two built strategies for determining the current date and time,
-
-
- The default strategy is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names
- when rolling over on date.
-
-
- The date pattern to be used for generating file names when rolling
- over on date.
-
-
-
- Takes a string in the same format as expected by
-
-
- This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over
- on date.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of backup files that are kept before
- the oldest is erased.
-
-
- The maximum number of backup files that are kept before the oldest is
- erased.
-
-
-
- If set to zero, then there will be no backup files and the log file
- will be truncated when it reaches
-
- If a negative number is supplied then no deletions will be made. Note
- that this could result in very slow performance as a large number of
- files are rolled over unless
-
- The maximum applies to each time based group of files and
- not the total.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size in bytes that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property is equivalent to
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB (10*1024*1024).
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property allows you to specify the maximum size with the
- suffixes "KB", "MB" or "GB" so that the size is interpreted being
- expressed respectively in kilobytes, megabytes or gigabytes.
-
-
- For example, the value "10KB" will be interpreted as 10240 bytes.
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB.
-
-
- If you have the option to set the maximum file size programmatically
- consider using the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling file count direction.
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
- Indicates if the current file is the lowest numbered file or the
- highest numbered file.
-
-
- By default newer files have lower numbers (
-
-
- The default file count direction is -1.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling style.
-
- The rolling style.
-
-
- The default rolling style is
-
- When set to false , otherwise
- the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling
- the file each time it is opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
- true if the file name extension should be preserved.
-
-
-
- By default file.log is rolled to file.log.yyyy-MM-dd or file.log.curSizeRollBackup.
- However, under Windows the new file name will loose any program associations as the
- extension is changed. Optionally file.log can be renamed to file.yyyy-MM-dd.log or
- file.curSizeRollBackup.log to maintain any program associations.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to
- the same file.
-
-
- true if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- By default file.log is always the current file. Optionally
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd for current formatted datePattern can by the currently
- logging file (or file.log.curSizeRollBackup or even
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd.curSizeRollBackup).
-
-
- This will make time based rollovers with a large number of backups
- much faster as the appender it won't have to rename all the backups!
-
-
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution.
- Well really once each time this appender is
- configured.
-
-
- Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to
- false on the RollingFileAppender , otherwise
- this appender would just be a normal file appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the size of the file
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based on both the size and date of the file
-
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log not based on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each minute
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each hour
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each day (midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each week
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each month
-
-
-
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send an e-mail when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors.
-
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Authentication and setting the server Port are only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
- For these features to be enabled you need to ensure that you are using a version of
- the log4net assembly that is built against the MS .NET 1.1 framework and that you are
- running the your application on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. On all other platforms only sending
- unauthenticated messages to a server listening on port 25 (the default) is supported.
-
-
- Authentication is supported by setting the
-
- To set the SMTP server port use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
- Send the email message
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be carbon copied (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be blind carbon copied.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the SMTP relay mail server to use to send
- the e-mail messages.
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Obsolete
-
-
- Use the BufferingAppenderSkeleton Fix methods instead
-
-
-
- Obsolete property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mode to use to authentication with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- Valid Authentication mode values are:
-
-
-
-
- The username to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The password to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening
-
-
- Server Port is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening. The default
- port is 25 . The Port can only be changed when running on
- the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the priority of the e-mail message
-
-
- One of the
-
-
- Sets the priority of the e-mails generated by this
- appender. The default priority is
-
- If you are using this appender to report errors then
- you may want to set the priority to
-
-
-
-
- Enable or disable use of SSL when sending e-mail message
-
-
- This is available on MS .NET 2.0 runtime and higher
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the reply-to e-mail address.
-
-
- This is available on MS .NET 2.0 runtime and higher
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Values for the
-
-
- SMTP authentication modes.
-
-
-
-
-
- No authentication
-
-
-
-
- Basic authentication.
-
-
- Requires a username and password to be supplied
-
-
-
-
- Integrated authentication
-
-
- Uses the Windows credentials from the current thread or process to authenticate.
-
-
-
-
- Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors. Rather than sending via smtp it writes a file into the
- directory specified by
-
-
- The configuration for this appender is identical to that of the SMTPAppender ,
- except that instead of specifying the SMTPAppender.SMTPHost you specify
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Niall Daley
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on this appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same
- as that used by the agent sending the messages.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages
-
-
-
- The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages
- back to the client.
- The output is provided in a telnet-friendly way so that a log can be monitored
- over a TCP/IP socket.
- This allows simple remote monitoring of application logging.
-
-
- The default
-
- Keith Long
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TelnetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the parent method to close the socket handler
-
-
-
- Closes all the outstanding connections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Create the socket handler and wait for connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The default value is 23 (the telnet port).
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Helper class to manage connected clients
-
-
-
- The SocketHandler class is used to accept connections from
- clients. It is threaded so that clients can connect/disconnect
- asynchronously.
-
-
-
-
-
- Opens a new server port on
-
-
- Creates a socket handler on the specified local server port.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a client to the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Remove a client from the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket
-
-
-
- On connection adds to the list of connections
- if there are two many open connections you will be disconnected
-
-
-
-
-
- Close all network connections
-
-
-
- Make sure we close all network connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this handler has active connections
-
-
- true if this handler has active connections
-
-
-
- This property will be true while this handler has
- active connections, that is at least one connection that
- the handler will attempt to send a message to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Create this
-
-
- Opens a stream writer on the socket.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the clients connection
-
-
-
- Close the socket connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string)
- method. The event's logger name is the default value for the category parameter
- of the Write method.
-
-
- Compact Framework Assert . When using the Compact Framework this
- appender will write to the
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a domain to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's domain to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target domain.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required domains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a repository to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's repository to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target repository.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required repositories.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
- The repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
- The name of the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to quickly configure a
-
-
- Allows very simple programmatic configuration of log4net.
-
-
- Only one appender can be configured using this configurator.
- The appender is set at the root of the hierarchy and all logging
- events will be delivered to that appender.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the BasicConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system with a default configuration.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net logging system using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the specified repository using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Base class for all log4net configuration attributes.
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be extended by
- specific configurators. This attribute allows the
- configurator to be parameterized by an assembly level
- attribute.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor used by subclasses.
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Abstract method implemented by a subclass. When this method is called
- the subclass should configure the
-
-
-
-
- Compare this instance to another ConfiguratorAttribute
-
- see
-
-
- Compares the priorities of the two
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging domain for the assembly.
-
-
-
- DomainAttribute is obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging domains. Each domain has its own
- logging repository. This attribute specified on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the domain. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging repository for the assembly.
-
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging repository. This attribute specified
- on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the repository. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Initialize the attribute with the name for the assembly's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the logging repository.
-
-
- The string name to use as the name of the repository associated with this
- assembly.
-
-
-
- This value does not have to be unique. Several assemblies can share the
- same repository. They will share the logging configuration of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
- The type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
-
- The type of the repository to create for the assembly.
- The type must implement the
-
- This will be the type of repository created when
- the repository is created. If multiple assemblies reference the
- same repository then the repository is only created once using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- If neither of the config has the same effect as not specifying the
-
- The
-
-
- Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once.
- When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration
- of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the
-
-
- If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from
- different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e.
- call the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Configure the repository using the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from the local file system
-
-
-
-
- Configure the specified repository using a
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from a URI
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfiguratorAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file.
-
-
- The filename of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with
- the application base directory (
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file.
-
-
- The extension of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified this is the extension for the configuration file.
- The path to the config file is built by using the application
- base directory (assembly file name and the config file extension.
-
-
- If the MyExt then
- possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or
- MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt .
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file.
-
-
- true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework
- will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time
- the file is modified.
-
-
- The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk.
- In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded
- from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk
- and therefore it may not be able to watch it.
-
-
- Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file
-
-
- The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section
- handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns
- the XML element that is the root of the section.
-
-
- Example of registering the log4net section handler :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- log4net configuration XML goes here
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the configuration section.
-
- The
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to
- the repository.
-
-
-
- Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the
- assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface used to create plugins.
-
-
-
- Interface used to create a plugin.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object.
-
- the new plugin instance
-
-
- Create and return a new plugin instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
- Where possible use the constructor that takes a
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute.
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the
-
- The plugin object.
-
-
-
- Returns a representation of the properties of this object.
-
-
-
- Overrides base class
-
- A representation of the properties of this object
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type for the plugin.
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name for the plugin.
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
- Where possible use the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Construct provider attribute with type specified
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Configures the SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- Creates a provider instance from the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SecurityContextProviderAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the provider to use.
-
-
- the type of the provider to use.
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration URI.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration data stream.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the specified repository using a log4net element.
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
- This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods
- to load the configuration from an
-
-
-
-
- Maps repository names to ConfigAndWatchHandler instances to allow a particular
- ConfigAndWatchHandler to dispose of its FileSystemWatcher when a repository is
- reconfigured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Class used to watch config files.
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification
- before reloading the config file.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the FileInfo used to configure the XmlConfigurator
-
-
-
-
- Holds the repository being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The timer used to compress the notification events.
-
-
-
-
- Watches file for changes. This object should be disposed when no longer
- needed to free system handles on the watched resources.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called by the timer when the configuration has been updated.
-
-
-
-
- Release the handles held by the watcher and timer.
-
-
-
-
- The implementation of the
-
-
- This
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not support retrieving assembly
- level attributes therefore unlike the DefaultRepositorySelector
- this selector does not examine the calling assembly for attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Interface used by the
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named
- The named
-
- Lookup a named
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository with the name specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
- An array of the
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository selector
-
-
-
- Create an new compact repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
- throw if
- throw if
-
-
-
- Get the
- The default
-
-
- The
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the named
- The named
-
-
- Get the named log4net-default-repository . Other repositories
- must be created using the
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the null then the
- default repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the repository specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the named repository already exists an exception will be thrown.
-
-
- If null then the default
- repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the CompactRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has been created
-
-
-
- Raises the LoggerRepositoryCreatedEvent
- event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- The default implementation of the
-
-
- Uses attributes defined on the calling assembly to determine how to
- configure the hierarchy for the repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository selector.
-
-
-
- Create an new repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
- The type of the
-
- The default values are to use the
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Returns the named repository. If null
- a
-
- Use
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- true to read and apply the assembly attributes
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the specified repository.
-
- The new repository.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Aliases a repository to an existing repository.
-
-
-
- The repository specified will be aliased to the repository when created.
- The repository must not already exist.
-
-
- When the repository is created it must utilize the same repository type as
- the repository it is aliased to, otherwise the aliasing will fail.
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Notifies the registered listeners that the repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the repository name and repository type for the specified assembly.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the repository using information from the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined plugins on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined aliases on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DefaultRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Defined error codes that can be passed to the
-
-
- Values passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- A general error
-
-
-
-
- Error while writing output
-
-
-
-
- Failed to flush file
-
-
-
-
- Failed to close file
-
-
-
-
- Unable to open output file
-
-
-
-
- No layout specified
-
-
-
-
- Failed to parse address
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers on an Exception type
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the type of the Exception
- passed to
-
- Drew Schaeffer
-
-
-
- Test if an
-
-
- Implementations of this interface allow certain appenders to decide
- when to perform an appender specific action.
-
-
- The action or behavior triggered is defined by the implementation.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Test if this event triggers the action
-
- true if this event triggers the action, otherwise false
-
- Return true if this event triggers the action
-
-
-
-
-
- The type that causes the trigger to fire.
-
-
-
-
- Causes subclasses of
-
-
-
- Default ctor to allow dynamic creation through a configurator.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an evaluator and initializes to trigger on
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the logging event Exception
- Type is false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the Exception Type of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- The type that triggers this evaluator.
-
-
-
-
- If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of
-
-
-
- Appenders may delegate their error handling to an
-
-
- Error handling is a particularly tedious to get right because by
- definition errors are hard to predict and to reproduce.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Interface for objects that require fixing.
-
-
-
- Interface that indicates that the object requires fixing before it
- can be taken outside the context of the appender's
-
-
- When objects that implement this interface are stored
- in the context properties maps
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a portable instance object that represents the current
- state of this object. The portable object can be stored
- and logged from any thread with identical results.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface that all loggers implement
-
-
-
- This interface supports logging events and testing if a level
- is enabled for logging.
-
-
- These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementor, ensure
- that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception
- to be thrown to the caller.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
- null to not log an exception.
-
-
- Generates a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers.
-
-
- All wrappers must implement this interface.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not
- be the same object as this object because of logger decorators.
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default set of levels recognized by the system.
-
-
-
- Each
-
- Levels have a numeric
-
- The levels that are recognized by log4net are set for each
-
- When logging at level INFO the actual level used is not LoggerRepository.LevelMap["INFO"] . The default value for this is
-
-
- Each level has a
-
- Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are:
-
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the
-
- A
-
-
- Returns the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares levels.
-
- true if the objects are equal.
-
- Compares the levels of
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code
-
- A hash code for the current
-
-
- Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data
- structures like a hash table.
-
-
- Returns the hash code of the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an
- indication of their relative values.
-
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
- This instance is less than
-
- -
-
Zero
- This instance is equal to
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
- This instance is greater than
- -or-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two specified
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- two values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
-
- -
-
Zero
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
- The name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
- The value of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
- The display name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance.
-
-
- A LevelCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- LevelCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given LevelCollection .
-
- true if LevelCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of LevelCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the LevelCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The specified LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the LevelCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection .
-
- An LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The threshold for triggering
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the event level
- is equal or higher than the false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- the threshold to trigger at
-
-
- The
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and Level object
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Mapping from level name to Level object. The
- level name is case insensitive
-
-
-
-
- Construct the level map
-
-
-
- Construct the level map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map
-
- the level in the map with the name specified
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map. The name of the level to lookup is taken
- from the
-
- If no level with the specified name is found then the
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a
- a Level from the map with the name specified
-
-
- Returns the null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
- all possible levels as a list of Level objects
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of caller location information.
-
-
-
- This class uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- When location information is not available the constant
- NA is returned. Current value of this string
- constant is ? .
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LocationInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
- The fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
- The file name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
- The line number of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
- The method name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information
-
-
- All available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stack frames from the stack trace of the caller making the log request
-
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
- This class is used by the wrapper managers (e.g.
-
- This manager also holds the log4net.RepositorySelector
- AppSetting in the applications config file to the fully qualified type name of the
- selector to use.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Hook the shutdown event
-
-
-
- On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the
- AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload > events.
- These are used to shutdown the log4net system as the application exits.
-
-
-
-
-
- Register for ProcessExit and DomainUnload events on the AppDomain
-
-
-
- This needs to be in a separate method because the events make
- a LinkDemand for the ControlAppDomain SecurityPermission. Because
- this is a LinkDemand it is demanded at JIT time. Therefore we cannot
- catch the exception in the method itself, we have to catch it in the
- caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Returns the default
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified assembly's repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to get pertinent version info.
-
- A string of version info.
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerManager class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the default repository selector
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository selector used by the
-
- The repository selector used by the
-
-
- The repository selector (
-
- The caller to
-
- This context is used by the selector to lookup a specific repository.
-
-
- For the full .NET Framework, the default repository is DefaultRepositorySelector ;
- for the .NET Compact Framework CompactRepositorySelector is the default
- repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
- This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- The logger that this object is wrapping
-
-
-
-
- Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not be the same object as this object
- because of logger decorators.
-
-
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Level of logging event.
-
-
-
- Level of logging event. Level cannot be Serializable
- because it is a flyweight. Due to its special serialization it
- cannot be declared final either.
-
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message.
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of thread
-
-
-
- The name of thread in which this logging event was generated
-
-
-
-
-
- The time the event was logged
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the user
-
-
-
- String representation of the user's windows name,
- like DOMAIN\username
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the identity.
-
-
-
- String representation of the current thread's principal identity.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Fix the MDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the NDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Fix the thread name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers location information
-
-
- CAUTION: Very slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers windows user name
-
-
- CAUTION: Slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the domain friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers principal name
-
-
- CAUTION: May be slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the exception text
-
-
-
-
- Fix the event properties. Active properties must implement
-
-
-
- No fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- All fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- Partial fields fixed
-
-
-
- This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of logging events.
-
-
-
- When an affirmative decision is made to log then a
-
-
- This class is of concern to those wishing to extend log4net.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the host name value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the user name value.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Except LoggingEvent are filled when actually needed. Call
-
- This method is called by the log4net framework
- to create a logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the repository is set.
-
-
-
-
- Write the rendered message to a TextWriter
-
-
-
- Unlike the
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
- Does a
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Calling false .
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Fixes instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
- true to not fix data that takes a long time to fix.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- The true . This setting will ignore the
-
- Set false to ensure that all
- settings are fixed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix the fields specified by the
-
-
- Only fields specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a composite property in this event
-
- the value for the property
-
-
- This event has composite properties that combine together properties from
- several different contexts in the following order:
-
- -
-
this events properties
-
- This event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all the composite properties in this event
-
- the
-
-
- See
-
- This method returns a single
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified Type of the calling
- logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method).
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The exception that was thrown.
-
-
- This is not serialized. The string representation
- is serialized instead.
-
-
-
-
- The repository that generated the logging event
-
-
- This is not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- The fix state for this event
-
-
- These flags indicate which fields have been fixed.
- Not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed)
-
-
- This is a seperate flag to m_fixFlags as it allows incrementel fixing and simpler
- changes in the caching strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time when the current process started.
-
-
- This is the time when this process started.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
- Tries to get the start time for the current process.
- Failing that it returns the time of the first call to
- this property.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating and therefore
- without the process start time being reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time of the logging event.
-
-
- The time of the logging event.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
- The name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the location information for this logging event.
-
-
- The location information for this logging event.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid message object.
- If the event is serialized the message object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the message the
-
-
- If there is no defined message object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid exception object.
- If the event is serialized the exception object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the exception the
-
-
- If there is no defined exception object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message, rendered through the
-
- The message rendered through the
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current thread.
-
-
- The name of the current thread, or the thread ID when
- the name is not available.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current user.
-
-
- The name of the current user, or NOT AVAILABLE when the
- underlying runtime has no support for retrieving the name of the
- current user.
-
-
-
- Calls WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name to get the name of
- the current windows user.
-
-
- To improve performance, we could cache the string representation of
- the name, and reuse that as long as the identity stayed constant.
- Once the identity changed, we would need to re-assign and re-render
- the string.
-
-
- However, the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() call seems to
- return different objects every time, so the current implementation
- doesn't do this type of caching.
-
-
- Timing for these operations:
-
-
-
- Method
- Results
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds
-
-
-
- This means we could speed things up almost 40 times by caching the
- value of the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name property, since
- this takes (8.04-0.20) = 7.84375 seconds.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
- The string name of the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
- Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get
- the name of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
- The AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
- This property is for events that have been added directly to
- this event. The aggregate properties (which include these
- event properties) can be retrieved using
-
- Once the properties have been fixed
-
-
-
-
- The fixed fields in this event
-
-
- The set of fields that are fixed in this event
-
-
-
- Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed.
- It is not possible to 'unfix' a field.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- This implementation of the
-
- This logger has methods to allow the caller to log at the following
- levels:
-
-
- -
-
DEBUG
-
- The DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
INFO
-
- The INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
WARN
-
- The WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
ERROR
-
- The ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
FATAL
-
- The FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
-
-
- The values for these levels and their semantic meanings can be changed by
- configuring the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into
- the log4net framework.
-
-
-
- Use the
-
- This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also
- has properties for determining if those logging levels are
- enabled in the current configuration.
-
-
- This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation
- specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual
- implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to
- do things differently.
-
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
- For some ILog interface log , when you write:
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in
- Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug
- enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this:
-
-
- private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled;
-
-
- Then when you come to log you can write:
-
-
- if (isDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way the debug enabled state is only queried once
- when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly
- variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant
- and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler.
-
-
- Of course if you use a static readonly variable to
- hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot
- change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging
- that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute
- speed or runtime flexibility.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG level. If this logger is
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO level. If this logger is
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN level. If this logger is
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR level. If this logger is
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL level. If this logger is
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG
- level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for DEBUG events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
-
- For some log Logger object, when you write:
-
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed, then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled())
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in IsDebugEnabled and once in
- the Debug . This is an insignificant overhead
- since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it
- takes to actually log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the INFO level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for INFO events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the WARN level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for WARN events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the ERROR level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for ERROR events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the FATAL level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for FATAL events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
- for example with operating system services. This can be used to impersonate
- a principal that has been granted privileges on the system resources.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- An null
-
-
- Impersonate this security context. Further calls on the current
- thread should now be made in the security context provided
- by this object. When the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- A configured component that interacts with potentially protected system
- resources uses a
-
- By default the
-
- This default behavior can be overridden by subclassing the
-
- An alternative is to use the log4net.Config.SecurityContextProviderAttribute
- This attribute can be applied to an assembly in the same way as the
- log4net.Config.XmlConfiguratorAttribute" . The attribute takes
- the type to use as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The default provider
-
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a SecurityContext for a consumer
-
- An impersonation context
-
-
- The default implementation is to return a
-
- Subclasses should override this method to provide their own
- behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
- The default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- The default provider is used by configured components that
- require a
-
- By default this is an instance of
-
- The default provider can be set programmatically by setting
- the value of this property to a sub class of
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers after specified number of seconds.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
- Robert Sevcik
-
-
-
- The default time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time of last check. This gets updated when the object is created and when the evaluator triggers.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the specified time period
- false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after.
- Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. This delegate
- is called from the
-
- The delegate to use is supplied to the
-
-
-
-
- Maps between logger objects and wrapper objects.
-
-
-
- This class maintains a mapping between
-
- New wrapper instances are created by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the specified logger
-
-
- If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null.
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper it it has previously been requested and
- returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then
- the
-
-
-
-
- Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the logger.
-
-
- This implementation uses the
-
-
-
-
- Called when a monitored repository shutdown event is received.
-
-
-
- This method is called when a
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for repository shutdown event.
-
-
-
-
- Map of logger repositories to hashtables of ILogger to ILoggerWrapper mappings
-
-
-
-
- The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects.
-
-
-
-
- Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the map of logger repositories.
-
-
- Map of logger repositories.
-
-
-
- Gets the hashtable that is keyed on
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render a
-
-
- Interface to abstract the rendering of a
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats the specified date as a string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601 .
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to render the date
- into a string using a precision up to the second. This method
- will be called at most once per second and the result will be
- reused if it is needed again during the same second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss,fff".
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Sub classes should override
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff"
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example,
- "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Angelika Schnagl
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats a DateTime in the format "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss"
- for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- The format info for the invariant culture.
-
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats the date specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats the
-
-
- Formats the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date using
-
-
- Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call
- the
-
-
-
-
- The format string used to format the
-
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- This filter drops all
-
-
- You can add this filter to the end of a filter chain to
- switch from the default "accept all unless instructed otherwise"
- filtering behavior to a "deny all unless instructed otherwise"
- behavior.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should extend this class to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should implement this interface to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Decide if the logging event should be logged through an appender.
-
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Points to the next filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the filter with the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Typically filter's options become active immediately on set,
- however this method must still be called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decide if the
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
- This method is marked abstract and must be implemented
- in a subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Always returns the integer constant
- Always returns
-
-
- Ignores the event being logged and just returns
-
-
-
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be dropped immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This filter is neutral with respect to the log event.
- The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision.
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be logged immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This is a very simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits two options true , if it is false then
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- flag to indicate if the filter should
-
-
-
- the
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Tests if the
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- This is a simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits three options true , if it is false
- then
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when matching a
-
-
-
- the minimum
-
-
-
- the maximum
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if the event should be logged.
-
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Set the minimum matched
-
-
- The minimum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the maximum matched
-
-
- The maximum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name.
-
-
-
- The works very similar to the true ,
- if it is false then
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The logger name string to substring match against the event
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in
- the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the
- logger name (using
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with layered properties the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string an event property
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the value for a
- specific event property
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The string to substring match against the message
-
-
-
-
- A string regex to match
-
-
-
-
- A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch)
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Initialize and precompile the Regex if required
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Sets the static string to match
-
-
-
- The string that will be substring matched against
- the rendered message. If the message contains this
- string then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- Sets the regular expression to match
-
-
-
- The regular expression pattern that will be matched against
- the rendered message. If the message matches this
- pattern then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- The key to use to lookup the string from the event properties
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The event property for the
-
-
-
-
- The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against.
-
-
-
- The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the
- properties collections the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Sets the "NDC" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer.
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the next pattern converter in the chains
-
- the next converter
-
-
- The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a sub class).
- Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting
-
-
-
- This method calls
-
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
-
-
- The option string to the converter
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an object to a
-
-
- Writes the Object to a writer. If the
-
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
- the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
- The formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
- The option for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
- false if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- false if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- If this converter handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the property should be set to true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this converter does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
-
- Render the
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter pattern based on the
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception or the exception property specified
- by the Option value does not exist then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Recognized values for the Option parameter are:
-
-
- -
-
Message
-
- -
-
Source
-
- -
-
StackTrace
-
- -
-
TargetSite
-
- -
-
HelpLink
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the display name of the event
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for logger name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings
-
-
-
- This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string
- to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side.
- This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified.
-
-
- Subclasses should override the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the fully qualified string data
-
- the fully qualified name
-
-
- Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the
- precision is applied to it.
-
-
- Return the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
- Render the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the NamedPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the logger
-
- The fully qualified logger name
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event NDC
-
-
-
- Outputs the value of the event property named NDC .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event NDC to the output
-
-
-
- As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties
- this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converter to output the relative time of the event
-
-
-
- Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the relative time to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds.
- That is the number of milliseconds between the event
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects
-
- the time difference in milliseconds
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Adam Davies
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Michael Cromwell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the strack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the Name of the method
-
- This method was created, so this class could be used as a base class for StackTraceDetailPatternConverter
- string
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTracePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTraceDetailPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event thread name
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the ThreadName to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for the class name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the class
-
- The fully qualified type name for the caller location
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event user name
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- Uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event.
-
-
- This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple
- layouts (e.g.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format.
-
-
-
- This is the base implementation of the
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses must implement the
-
- Subclasses should set the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by layout objects
-
-
-
- An
-
- The layout can also supply
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
- If the caller does not have a
-
- StringWriter writer = new StringWriter();
- Layout.Format(writer, loggingEvent);
- string formattedEvent = writer.ToString();
-
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This is a MIME type e.g. "text/plain" .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handle exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The footer text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This method must be implemented by the subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method for easily formatting the logging event into a string variable.
-
-
- Creates a new StringWriter instance to store the formatted logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type is "text/plain"
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This base class uses the value "text/plain" .
- To change this value a subclass must override this
- property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this layout does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Constructs a ExceptionLayout
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- Part of the
-
- This method does nothing as options become effective immediately.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- Write the exception string to the
-
-
-
-
- Interface for raw layout objects
-
-
-
- Interface used to format a
-
- This interface should not be confused with the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adapts any
-
-
- Where an
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The layout to adapt
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new adapter
-
-
-
- Create the adapter for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- A flexible layout configurable with pattern string.
-
-
-
- The goal of this class is to conversion pattern .
-
-
- The conversion pattern is closely related to the conversion
- pattern of the printf function in C. A conversion pattern is
- composed of literal text and format control expressions called
- conversion specifiers .
-
-
- You are free to insert any literal text within the conversion
- pattern.
-
-
- Each conversion specifier starts with a percent sign (%) and is
- followed by optional format modifiers and a conversion
- pattern name . The conversion pattern name specifies the type of
- data, e.g. logger, level, date, thread name. The format
- modifiers control such things as field width, padding, left and
- right justification. The following is a simple example.
-
-
- Let the conversion pattern be "%-5level [%thread]: %message%newline" and assume
- that the log4net environment was set to use a PatternLayout. Then the
- statements
-
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestApp));
- log.Debug("Message 1");
- log.Warn("Message 2");
-
- would yield the output
-
- DEBUG [main]: Message 1
- WARN [main]: Message 2
-
-
- Note that there is no explicit separator between text and
- conversion specifiers. The pattern parser knows when it has reached
- the end of a conversion specifier when it reads a conversion
- character. In the example above the conversion specifier
- %-5level means the level of the logging event should be left
- justified to a width of five characters.
-
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
a
- Equivalent to appdomain
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the
- logging event was generated.
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-cache
-
-
- Used to output all cache items in the case of %aspnet-cache or just one named item if used as %aspnet-cache{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-context
-
-
- Used to output all context items in the case of %aspnet-context or just one named item if used as %aspnet-context{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-request
-
-
- Used to output all request parameters in the case of %aspnet-request or just one named param if used as %aspnet-request{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-session
-
-
- Used to output all session items in the case of %aspnet-session or just one named item if used as %aspnet-session{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
c
- Equivalent to logger
-
- -
-
C
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
class
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
d
- Equivalent to date
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
exception
-
-
- Used to output the exception passed in with the log message.
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
-
- -
-
F
- Equivalent to file
-
- -
-
file
-
-
- Used to output the file name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
l
- Equivalent to location
-
- -
-
L
- Equivalent to line
-
- -
-
location
-
-
- Used to output location information of the caller which generated
- the logging event.
-
-
- The location information depends on the CLI implementation but
- usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling
- method followed by the callers source the file name and line
- number between parentheses.
-
-
- The location information can be very useful. However, its
- generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided
- unless execution speed is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
level
-
-
- Used to output the level of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
line
-
-
- Used to output the line number from where the logging request
- was issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
logger
-
-
- Used to output the logger of the logging event. The
- logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by
- precision specifier , that is a decimal constant in
- brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the logger name will be
- printed. By default the logger name is printed in full.
-
-
- For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern
- %logger{2} will output "b.c".
-
-
-
- -
-
m
- Equivalent to message
-
- -
-
M
- Equivalent to method
-
- -
-
message
-
-
- Used to output the application supplied message associated with
- the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
mdc
-
-
- The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the
- combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility
- but is equivalent to property .
-
-
-
- -
-
method
-
-
- Used to output the method name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
n
- Equivalent to newline
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
ndc
-
-
- Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated
- with the thread that generated the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
p
- Equivalent to level
-
- -
-
P
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
properties
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output the an event specific property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the event properties
-
- The event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
r
- Equivalent to timestamp
-
- -
-
stacktrace
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktrace{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
stacktracedetail
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktracedetail{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...)
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
t
- Equivalent to thread
-
- -
-
timestamp
-
-
- Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start
- of the application until the creation of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
thread
-
-
- Used to output the name of the thread that generated the
- logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available.
-
-
-
- -
-
type
-
-
- Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller
- issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier
- can be optionally followed by precision specifier , that
- is a decimal constant in brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the class name will be
- printed. By default the class name is output in fully qualified form.
-
-
- For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the
- pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout".
-
-
- WARNING Generating the caller class information is
- slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is
- not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
u
- Equivalent to identity
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
w
- Equivalent to username
-
- -
-
x
- Equivalent to ndc
-
- -
-
X
- Equivalent to mdc
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the
- longer more descriptive pattern names.
-
-
- By default the relevant information is output as is. However,
- with the aid of format modifiers it is possible to change the
- minimum field width, the maximum field width and justification.
-
-
- The optional format modifier is placed between the percent sign
- and the conversion pattern name.
-
-
- The first optional format modifier is the left justification
- flag which is just the minus (-) character. Then comes the
- optional minimum field width modifier. This is a decimal
- constant that represents the minimum number of characters to
- output. If the data item requires fewer characters, it is padded on
- either the left or the right until the minimum width is
- reached. The default is to pad on the left (right justify) but you
- can specify right padding with the left justification flag. The
- padding character is space. If the data item is larger than the
- minimum field width, the field is expanded to accommodate the
- data. The value is never truncated.
-
-
- This behavior can be changed using the maximum field
- width modifier which is designated by a period followed by a
- decimal constant. If the data item is longer than the maximum
- field, then the extra characters are removed from the
- beginning of the data item and not from the end. For
- example, it the maximum field width is eight and the data item is
- ten characters long, then the first two characters of the data item
- are dropped. This behavior deviates from the printf function in C
- where truncation is done from the end.
-
-
- Below are various format modifier examples for the logger
- conversion specifier.
-
-
-
-
- Format modifier
- left justify
- minimum width
- maximum width
- comment
-
-
- %20logger
- false
- 20
- none
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20
- characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %-20logger
- true
- 20
- none
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger
- name is less than 20 characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %.30logger
- NA
- none
- 30
-
-
- Truncate from the beginning if the logger
- name is longer than 30 characters.
-
-
-
-
- %20.30logger false
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
- %-20.30logger
- true
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Note about caller location information. %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M
- all generate caller location information.
- Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
-
- This is a more detailed pattern.
- %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline
-
- A similar pattern except that the relative time is
- right padded if less than 6 digits, thread name is right padded if
- less than 15 characters and truncated if longer and the logger
- name is left padded if shorter than 30 characters and truncated if
- longer.
- %-6timestamp [%15.15thread] %-5level %30.30logger %ndc - %message%newline
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
- Currently set to the string "%message%newline"
- which just prints the application supplied message.
-
-
-
-
-
- A detailed conversion pattern
-
-
-
- A conversion pattern which includes Time, Thread, Logger, and Nested Context.
- Current value is %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline .
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
- This static map is overridden by the m_converterRegistry instance map
-
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternLayout only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
- Defines the builtin global rules.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern
-
-
-
- The default pattern just produces the application supplied message.
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- As per the
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern
-
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- When using this constructor the
-
-
-
-
- Create the pattern parser instance
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Parse the
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- Add a named pattern converter to this instance. This
- converter will be used in the formatting of the event.
- This method must be called before
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for the
-
-
- Used to convert objects to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types
- to a single target type. See
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Can the sourceType be converted to an
- true if the source type can be converted to
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the value to a
- the
-
-
- Convert the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawPropertyLayout
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the property for
- returns property value
-
-
- Looks up and returns the object value of the property
- named null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection.
-
-
- Value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection
-
-
-
- String name of the property to lookup in the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp
- in universal time use
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawUtcTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp
- in local time use
-
-
-
-
- A very simple layout
-
-
-
- SimpleLayout consists of the level of the log statement,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. For example,
-
- DEBUG - Hello world
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a SimpleLayout
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a simple formatted output.
-
-
-
- Formats the event as the level of the even,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The
- output is terminated by a newline.
-
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- The output of the external entity
- in a separate file to form a correct XML file.
-
-
- For example, if abc is the name of the file where
- the
-
- <?xml version="1.0" ?>
-
- <!DOCTYPE log4net:events SYSTEM "log4net-events.dtd" [<!ENTITY data SYSTEM "abc">]>
-
- <log4net:events version="1.2" xmlns:log4net="http://logging.apache.org/log4net/schemas/log4net-events-1.2>
- &data;
- </log4net:events>
-
-
- This approach enforces the independence of the
-
- The version attribute helps components to correctly
- interpret output generated by
-
- Alternatively the Header and Footer properties can be
- configured to output the correct XML header, open tag and close tag.
- When setting the Header and Footer properties it is essential
- that the underlying data store not be appendable otherwise the data
- will become invalid XML.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation
- to conform to a specific schema.
-
-
- Deriving classes must implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- The true , then the
- file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
- This method creates an
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if location information should be included in
- the XML events.
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace invalid chars with
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in
- the XML events.
-
-
- true if location information should be included in the XML
- events; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- If true , then the file
- name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with.
-
-
- Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the
- string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it
- to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more
- details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets
- Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names
- and the property values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the content type output by this layout.
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SmtpAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Builds a cache of the element names
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Override the base class
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all generated element names
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all element names
-
-
-
- The default prefix is log4net . Set this property
- to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string
- then no prefix will be written.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the message.
-
-
-
- By default the log message will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary
- data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be
- base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the property values.
-
-
-
- By default the properties will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain
- binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties
- will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements compatible with the log4j schema
-
-
-
- Formats the log events according to the http://logging.apache.org/log4j schema.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Actually do the writing of the xml
-
-
-
- Generate XML that is compatible with the log4j schema.
-
-
-
-
-
- The version of the log4j schema to use.
-
-
-
- Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- The default object Renderer.
-
-
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects and collections to strings.
-
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings
-
-
-
- Certain types require special case conversion to
- string form. This conversion is done by an object renderer.
- Object renderers implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows:
-
-
-
- Value
- Rendered String
-
- -
-
null
- "(null)"
-
-
- -
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: {a, b, c} .
-
-
- All collection classes that implement
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer).
-
-
- For example: key=value .
-
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Object.ToString()
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the array argument into a string
-
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the enumerator argument into a string
-
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- {a, b, c} .
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the DictionaryEntry argument into a string
-
-
-
- Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer). For example: key=value .
-
-
-
-
-
- Map class objects to an
-
-
- Maintains a mapping between types that require special
- rendering and the
-
- The object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render
- the object rendered as a string
-
-
- This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string.
- The alternative method
-
-
-
-
- Render
-
-
- Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified object type
-
- the renderer for
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified type
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
- Returns the renderer for the specified type.
- If no specific renderer has been defined the
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal function to recursively search interfaces
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
-
- Clear the map of renderers
-
-
-
- Clear the custom renderers defined by using
-
-
-
-
-
- Register an
-
-
- Register an object renderer for a specific source type.
- This renderer will be returned from a call to
-
-
-
-
- Get the default renderer instance
-
- the default renderer
-
-
- Get the default renderer
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repository plugins.
-
-
-
- Plugins define additional behavior that can be associated
- with a
-
- The log4net.Config.PluginAttribute can be used to
- attach plugins to repositories created using configuration
- attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches the plugin to the specified
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance.
-
-
- A PluginCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- PluginCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given PluginCollection .
-
- true if PluginCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of PluginCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the PluginCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The specified PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the PluginCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection .
-
- An PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
- The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
- The current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Map of repository plugins.
-
-
-
- This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are
- attached to a repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
- The
-
- If there already exists a plugin with the same name
- attached to the repository then the old plugin will
- be
-
-
-
-
- Removes a
-
-
- Remove a specific plugin from this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a
-
- The null if no plugin is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup a plugin by name. If the plugin is not found null
- will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all possible plugins as a list of
- All possible plugins as a list of
-
-
- Get a collection of all the plugins defined in this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name.
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this plugin.
-
-
-
-
- The repository this plugin is attached to.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
- The name of the plugin must not change one the
- plugin has been attached to a repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The repository for this plugin
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
-
-
-
- Plugin that listens for events from the
-
-
- This plugin publishes an instance of
-
- When an event is received it is relogged within the attached repository
- as if it had been raised locally.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Construct with sink Uri.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- When the plugin is shutdown the remote logging
- sink is disconnected.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RemoteLoggingServerPlugin class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URI of this sink.
-
-
- The URI of this sink.
-
-
-
- This is the name under which the object is marshaled.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers
-
-
- Internal class used to listen for logging events
- and deliver them to the local repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Logs the events to the repository.
-
-
-
- The events passed are logged to the
-
-
-
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance.
-
- null to indicate that this instance should live forever.
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance. This object should live forever
- therefore this implementation returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
- This default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface abstracts creation of
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- The
-
- Implement this interface to create new subclasses of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default internal subclass of
-
-
- This subclass has no additional behavior over the
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- Internal class used to provide implementation of
-
- This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the
- distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their
- evaluation. The
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- This constructor created a new
-
-
- This constructor is protected and designed to be used by
- a subclass that is not abstract.
-
-
- Loggers are constructed by
-
-
-
-
- Add
-
-
- Add
-
- If
-
-
-
-
- Look for the appender named as name
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null .
-
-
- Returns the named appender, or null if the appender is not found.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the named appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Deliver the
-
-
- Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at
- this . If no appenders could be found, emit a
- warning.
-
-
- This method calls all the appenders inherited from the
- hierarchy circumventing any evaluation of whether to log or not
- to log the particular log request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes all attached appenders implementing the
-
-
- Used to ensure that the appenders are correctly shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method. This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Generates a logging event and delivers it to the attached
- appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Logger class.
-
-
-
-
- The name of this logger.
-
-
-
-
- The assigned level of this logger.
-
-
-
- The level variable need not be
- assigned a value in which case it is inherited
- form the hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
- All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
- The hierarchy that this logger is a member of is stored
- here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper implementation of the
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if child loggers inherit their parents appenders
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable m_appenderAttachedImpl
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
- The parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
-
- Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy.
- The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
- true if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the effective level for this logger.
-
- The nearest level in the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a
- non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the
- root logger.
-
- The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as
- quickly as possible.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
- The hierarchy that this logger belongs to.
-
-
- This logger must be attached to a single
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- The assigned null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this logger
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the logger name.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new Logger
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Hierarchical organization of loggers
-
-
-
- The casual user should not have to deal with this class
- directly.
-
-
- This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and
- also maintaining the logger hierarchy. Implements the
-
-
- The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the
-
-
- In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor,
- then it creates a provision node for the ancestor and adds itself
- to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor add
- themselves to the previously created provision node.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Skeleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repositories.
-
-
-
- This interface is implemented by logger repositories. e.g.
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If the names logger exists it is returned, otherwise
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
- Shutting down a repository will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collection of internal messages captured during the most
- recent configuration process.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct the repository using specific properties
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with specified properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Return a new logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass.
- This base class implementation notifies the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this repository.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerRepositorySkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raise a configuration changed event on this repository
-
-
-
- Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should
- raise this event notification to notify listeners.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The string name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of this repository. The name is
- used to store and lookup the repositories
- stored by the
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Contains a list of internal messages captures during the
- last configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis
-
-
-
-
- Basic Configurator interface for repositories
-
-
-
- Interface used by basic configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appender
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure repository using XML
-
-
-
- Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified config
-
-
-
- The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by
- the implementation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties and a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Test if a logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array.
- The root logger is not included in the returned
- enumeration.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The Shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their
- default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this hierarchy.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured
-
- An array containing all the currently configured appenders
-
-
- Returns all the
-
- The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified
-
- true if the repository is disabled for the level argument, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will
- always return true .
-
-
- This method will return true if this repository is
- disabled for level object passed as parameter and
- false otherwise.
-
-
- See also the
-
-
-
-
- Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable
-
-
-
- This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal
- hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the
- logger hierarchy.
-
-
- You should really know what you are doing before
- invoking this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners
-
-
- Raises the logger creation event.
-
-
-
-
- Updates all the parents of the specified logger
-
-
-
- This method loops through all the potential parents of
-
-
- -
-
No entry for the potential parent of
-
- We create a ProvisionNode for this potential
- parent and insert
-
- -
-
The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent.
-
- The entry is
-
- -
-
The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent.
-
- We add
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace a
-
-
- We update the links for all the children that placed themselves
- in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a
- reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the
- children in 'pn'.
-
-
- We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'.
-
-
- If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of
- 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'.
-
-
- Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set
- c's parent field to log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
- Supports setting levels via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
- Supports setting property values via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Hierarchy class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event used to notify that a logger has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a logger is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Has no appender warning been emitted
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning
- about not having an appender warning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default
- The default
-
-
- The logger factory is used to create logger instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Value of the level
-
-
-
- If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked
- up for the current level with the same name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Name of the level
-
-
- The name of the level
-
-
-
- The name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Display name for the level
-
-
- The display name of the level
-
-
-
- The display name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used internally to accelerate hash table searches.
-
-
-
- Internal class used to improve performance of
- string keyed hashtables.
-
-
- The hashcode of the string is cached for reuse.
- The string is stored as an interned value.
- When comparing two
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct key with string name
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Stores the hashcode of the string and interns
- the string key to optimize comparisons.
-
-
- The Compact Framework 1.0 the
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code for the current instance.
-
- A hash code for the current instance.
-
-
- Returns the cached hashcode.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether two
-
- true if the specified false .
-
-
-
- Compares the references of the interned strings.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provision nodes are used where no logger instance has been specified
-
-
-
-
-
- A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of
- a logger that does not exist.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new provision node with child node
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- First, it cannot be assigned a null
- level. Second, since the root logger cannot have a parent, the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct a
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The root logger names itself as "root". However, the root
- logger cannot be retrieved by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RootLogger class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
- The assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Because the root logger cannot have a parent and its level
- must not be null this property just returns the
- value of
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- Setting the level of the root logger to a null reference
- may have catastrophic results. We prevent this here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct the configurator for a hierarchy
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse appenders by IDREF.
-
- The instance of the appender that the ref refers to.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an appender element.
-
- The appender instance or null when parsing failed.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the root logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the children of a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse the child elements of a <logger> element.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an object renderer.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a renderer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a level element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets a parameter on an object.
-
-
- The parameter name must correspond to a writable property
- on the object. The value of the parameter is a string,
- therefore this function will attempt to set a string
- property first. If unable to set a string property it
- will inspect the property and its argument type. It will
- attempt to call a static method called Parse on the
- type of the property. This method will take a single
- string argument and return a value that can be used to
- set the property.
-
-
-
-
- Test if an element has no attributes or child elements
-
- true if the element has any attributes or child elements, false otherwise
-
-
- Test if a Activator.CreateInstance .
-
- true if the type is creatable using a default constructor, false otherwise
-
-
- Look for a method on the
- the method info found
-
-
- The method must be a public instance method on the
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string value to a target type.
-
-
-
- An object of type null when the conversion could not be performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an object as specified in XML.
-
- The object or null
-
-
- Parse an XML element and create an object instance based on the configuration
- data.
-
-
- The type of the instance may be specified in the XML. If not
- specified then the
-
-
-
-
- key: appenderName, value: appender.
-
-
-
-
- The Hierarchy being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlHierarchyConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Writes name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The date and time is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone.
- To output the time in Universal time see
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date and time passed is in the local time zone.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentFolderPathPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the environment variable to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the IdentityPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern
-
-
-
- Writes the literal string value specified in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Set the next converter in the chain
-
- The next pattern converter
-
-
- Special case the building of the pattern converter chain
- for
-
-
-
-
- Write the literal to the output
-
-
-
- Override the formatting behavior to ignore the FormattingInfo
- because we have a literal instead.
-
-
- Writes the value of
-
-
-
-
- Convert this pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- This method is not used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a newline to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the system dependent line terminator to the output.
- This behavior can be overridden by setting the
-
-
- Option Value
- Output
-
- -
-
DOS
- DOS or Windows line terminator "\r\n"
-
- -
-
UNIX
- UNIX line terminator "\n"
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ProcessIdPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- This pattern converter reads the thread and global properties.
- The thread properties take priority over global properties.
- See
-
- If the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- A Pattern converter that generates a string of random characters
-
-
-
- The converter generates a string of random characters. By default
- the string is length 4. This can be changed by setting the
-
- The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters
- and numbers only.
-
-
- The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Shared random number generator
-
-
-
-
- Length of random string to generate. Default length 4.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RandomStringPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UserNamePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the UTC date time to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current date and time to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date is in Universal time when it is rendered.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for Boolean.
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to bool type.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Exception base type for conversion errors.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Register of type converters for specific types.
-
-
-
- Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between
- types.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor.
-
-
-
- This constructor defines the intrinsic type converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter instance for a specific type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookups the type converter to use as specified by the attributes on the
- destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the type converter.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- The type specified for the type converter must implement
- the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ConverterRegistry class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the encoding
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from a single type to arbitrary types.
- See
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the type supported by this converter can be converted to the
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the IPAddress
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Valid characters in an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. (Does not support subnets)
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternLayout
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Convert between string and
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the target type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternString
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the Type
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attribute used to associate a type converter
-
-
-
- Class and Interface level attribute that specifies a type converter
- to use with the associated type.
-
-
- To associate a type converter with a target type apply a
- TypeConverterAttribute to the target type. Specify the
- type of the type converter on the attribute.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type name
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- A straightforward implementation of the
-
-
- This is the default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Calls the DoAppende method on the
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup an attached appender by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- List of appenders
-
-
-
-
- Array of appenders, used to cache the m_appenderList
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderAttachedImpl class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders, or null if there
- are no attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The read only collection of all currently attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together.
-
-
-
- Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection
-
-
-
- Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added
- later.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary
-
- the flattened dictionary
-
-
- Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary
- containing the resultant values for the keys.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Looks up the value for the
-
- If none of the collections contain the specified key then
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for Context Properties implementations
-
-
-
- This class defines a basic property get set accessor
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types
-
-
-
- Pattern converter info class used during configuration by custom
- PatternString and PatternLayer converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern
-
-
-
- The name of the pattern in the format string
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the converter
-
-
-
- The value specified must extend the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclass of
-
-
- This writer counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The writer to forward messages to
-
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Flushes any buffered output
-
-
-
- Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written
- to the underlying device
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
-
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
- The format provider
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
- The line terminator to use
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
-
-
- The error handler instance to pass all errors to
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if this writer is closed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
- The error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
- true if this writer is closed, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
- The total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
-
- A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events.
-
-
-
- An array backed fixed size leaky bucket.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Appends a
- The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null .
-
-
- Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then
- null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped
- to make space for the new event, the event dropped is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer.
-
- The oldest logging event in the buffer
-
-
- Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it
- from the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array.
-
- An array of all the logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- If null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer.
-
- The maximum size of the buffer.
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of logging events in the buffer.
-
- The number of logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Adds an element with the provided key and value to the
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the
- false
-
- As the collection is empty the false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element with the specified key from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty dictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the element with the specified key.
-
- null
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored.
- If the index getter is called then null is returned.
- A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers
- in conversion modifiers.
-
-
-
- Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by
- the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Defaut Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
- The minimum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
- The maximum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled
- or not.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both
- storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied.
-
-
- This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently
- and are modified infrequently.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The read only copy of the properties.
-
-
-
- This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from
- reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property from the global context
-
-
-
- Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared
- with reading a value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the global context properties
-
-
-
-
- Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties
-
- the current global context properties
-
-
- This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class
- stores a readonly copy of the properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value.
- When the value is written a new read only copy of
- the properties is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Manages a mapping from levels to
-
-
- Manages an ordered mapping from
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialise a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
- If a
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the mapping for the specified level
-
- the null if no mapping found
-
-
- Lookup the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest
- mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the
-
-
- If no mapping could be found then null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize options
-
-
-
- Caches the sorted list of
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- This class stores its properties in a slot on the log4net.Util.LogicalThreadContextProperties .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Flag used to disable this context if we don't have permission to access the CallContext.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove the value for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doings so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the call context get data.
-
- The peroperties dictionary stored in the call context
-
- The
-
-
-
- Sets the call context data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LogicalThreadContextProperties class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Get or set the property value for the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly.
-
-
-
- Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is
- sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is
- doing.
-
-
- All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream
- whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output
- stream.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats Prefix, Source, and Message in the same format as the value
- sent to Console.Out and Trace.Write.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor that initializes logging by reading
- settings from the application configuration file.
-
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting
- controls internal debugging. This setting should be set
- to true to enable debugging.
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting
- suppresses all internal logging including error messages.
- This setting should be set to true to enable message
- suppression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raises the LogReceived event when an internal messages is received.
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal error messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard output stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard error stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default debug level
-
-
-
-
- In quietMode not even errors generate any output.
-
-
-
-
- The event raised when an internal message has been received.
-
-
-
-
- The Type that generated the internal message.
-
-
-
-
- The DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received.
-
-
-
-
- A string indicating the severity of the internal message.
-
-
- "log4net: ",
- "log4net:ERROR ",
- "log4net:WARN "
-
-
-
-
- The internal log message.
-
-
-
-
- The Exception related to the message.
-
-
- Optional. Will be null if no Exception was passed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging
- is enabled or disabled.
-
-
- true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise
- false .
-
-
-
- When set to true , internal debug level logging will be
- displayed.
-
-
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration
- file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. debugging is
- disabled.
-
-
-
-
- The following example enables internal debugging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output
- from internal logging, not even for errors.
-
-
- true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal
- logging, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be
- suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged.
- This option overrides the
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. internal logging is not
- disabled.
-
-
-
- The following example disables internal logging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Debug is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Warn is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Error is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subscribes to the LogLog.LogReceived event and stores messages
- to the supplied IList instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a native error code and message.
-
-
-
- Represents a Win32 platform native error.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the
- native Win32 FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier.
-
-
- The message corresponding with the specified message identifier.
-
-
-
- The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s)
- using the native FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return error information string
-
- error information string
-
-
- Return error information string
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats a message string.
-
- LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in
-
- The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a
- buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an
- already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message
- table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition
- in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier.
- The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded
- insert sequences if requested.
-
-
- To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message.
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output
- buffer, excluding the terminating null character.
-
-
- If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information,
- call
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
- The number of the native error.
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
- The message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance.
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current key from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an exception because the
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current value from the enumerator.
-
- The current value from the enumerator.
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current entry from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Get the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
- Private constructor for singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- null
-
- No impersonation is done and null is always returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists
- of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and
- ignoring all subsequent errors.
-
-
-
- The error message is processed using the LogLog sub-system.
-
-
- This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application
- from being flooded with error messages when logging fails.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the error handler back to its initial disabled state.
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Sends the error information to
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log an error
-
-
-
- Print a the error message passed as parameter on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- The date the error was recorded.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if it is the first error
-
-
-
-
- The message recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The exception recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The error code recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- String to prefix each message with
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OnlyOnceErrorHandler class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled. Logging is only enabled for the
- first error delivered to the
-
-
-
-
- The date the first error that trigged this error handler occured.
-
-
-
-
- The message from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
-
-
- The exception from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- May be
-
-
-
- The error code from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- Defaults to
-
-
-
- A convenience class to convert property values to specific types.
-
-
-
- Utility functions for converting types and parsing values.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to a
- The
-
-
- If true is returned.
- If false is returned.
- Otherwise,
-
-
-
-
- Parses a file size into a number.
-
- The
-
-
- Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a
- long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object.
-
-
- The object converted from a string or null when the
- conversion failed.
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try
- to convert the string value into the specified target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
- true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type.
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Instantiates an object given a class name.
-
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
- Performs variable substitution in string
- The result of the substitutions.
-
-
- The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and } .
-
-
- For example, if props contains key=value , then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}.");
-
-
-
- will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.".
-
-
- If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution
- defaults to an empty string.
-
-
- For example, if system properties contains no value for the key
- "nonExistentKey", then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]");
-
-
-
- will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []".
-
-
- An Exception is thrown if
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or
- more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object.
-
- true , ignore case; otherwise, regard case.
- An object of type
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OptionConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Most of the work of the
-
-
- The PatternParser processes a pattern string and
- returns a chain of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
- The head of a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
- the list of all the converter names
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches
-
-
-
- The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed literal
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed converter pattern
-
-
-
-
- Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter
- to the chain.
-
-
-
-
- The first pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- the last pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- The pattern
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types
-
-
-
- This map overrides the static s_globalRulesRegistry map.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the PatternParser class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
- The converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
-
-
- Sort strings by length
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This class implements a patterned string.
-
-
-
- This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded
- when the string is formatted.
-
-
- This class functions similarly to the PatternString
- does not render the properties of a specific
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain.
-
-
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the current date and time in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
env
-
-
- Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value
- of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable.
-
-
- The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
processid
-
-
- Used to output the system process ID for the current process.
-
-
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output a specific context property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- -
-
random
-
-
- Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of
- uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long.
- The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string.
-
-
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
- See the format modifiers supported by the patterns.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternString only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternString
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Initialize object options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the
- The
-
-
- Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses
- may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize
- custom conversion pattern name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Format the pattern to the
-
-
-
-
- Format the pattern as a string
-
- the pattern formatted as a string
-
-
- Format the pattern to a string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the pattern formatting string
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- String keyed object map.
-
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- String keyed object map that is read only.
-
-
-
- This collection is readonly and cannot be modified.
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The Hashtable used to store the properties data
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Copy Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Deserialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
- An array of all the keys.
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
- true if the dictionary contains the specified key
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
- The internal collection used to store the properties
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The number of properties in this collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- an enumerator
-
-
- Returns a
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- true if the collection contains the specified key
-
- Test if this collection contains a specified key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Store a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- false
-
-
-
- This collection is modifiable. This property always
- returns false .
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- The value for the key specified.
-
-
-
- Get or set a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
-
- Property Key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
-
- Property Value.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary
- to protect a writer from being closed by a client.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
- This method does nothing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers
-
-
-
- ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource.
- At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for
- multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a
- situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a
- ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple
- one-at-a-time lock, such as
-
- If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock
- implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore
- the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Acquires a reader lock
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the writer lock
-
-
-
- This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count on the writer lock
-
-
-
- ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count.
- When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
- The internal buffers are cleared and reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for system specific information.
-
-
-
- Utility class of static methods for system specific information.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Alexey Solofnenko
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize default values for private static fields.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly.
-
- The location of the assembly.
-
-
- This method does not guarantee to return the correct path
- to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to
- where the assembly was loaded from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the
- The fully qualified name for the
-
-
- This is equivalent to the Type.AssemblyQualifiedName property,
- but this method works on the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 as well as
- the full .NET runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the short name of the
- The short name of the
-
-
- The short name of the assembly is the
-
- Use this rather than Assembly.GetName().Name because that
- is not available on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do
- the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
- The file name of the assembly.
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly
- containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly
- then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the
- assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found
- in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified
- assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies
- will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
- A new Guid
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an
- the ArgumentOutOfRangeException object
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- The Compact Framework does not support the 3 parameter constructor for the
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup an application setting
-
- the value for the key, or null
-
-
- Configuration APIs are not supported under the Compact Framework
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
- The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the
- A new case-insensitive instance of the
-
-
- The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an empty array of types.
-
-
-
- The Type.EmptyTypes field is not available on
- the .NET Compact Framework 1.0.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Cache the host name for the current machine
-
-
-
-
- Cache the application friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
-
- Start time for the current process.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
- The system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
- The base directory path for the current
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the configuration file for the current
- The path to the configuration file for the current
-
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not have a concept of a configuration
- file. For this runtime, we use the entry assembly location as the root for
- the configuration file name.
-
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
- The path to the entry assembly.
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ID of the current thread.
-
- The ID of the current thread.
-
-
- On the .NET framework, the AppDomain.GetCurrentThreadId method
- is used to obtain the thread ID for the current thread. This is the
- operating system ID for the thread.
-
-
- On the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 it is not possible to get the
- operating system thread ID for the current thread. The native method
- GetCurrentThreadId is implemented inline in a header file
- and cannot be called.
-
-
- On the .NET Framework 2.0 the Thread.ManagedThreadId is used as this
- gives a stable id unrelated to the operating system thread ID which may
- change if the runtime is using fibers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The hostname or machine name
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The host name (Environment.MachineName ) for
- the current machine, or if neither of these are available
- then NOT AVAILABLE is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get this application's friendly name
-
-
- The friendly name of this application as a string
-
-
-
- If available the name of the application is retrieved from
- the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName .
-
-
- Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time for the current process.
-
-
-
- This is the time at which the log4net library was loaded into the
- AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime
- this is not the start time for the current process.
-
-
- The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its
- startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for
- the actual start time.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating, however this start time
- will be set per AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
- Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while
- outputting a string representation of an item.
-
-
- The default value is (null) . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
- Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
- The default value is NOT AVAILABLE . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialise the
-
-
-
- Format the string and arguments
-
- the formatted string
-
-
-
- Replaces the format item in a specified
-
- A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the
-
-
- This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the
- exception and arguments are returned in the result string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process an error during StringFormat
-
-
-
-
- Dump the contents of an array into a string builder
-
-
-
-
- Dump an object to a string
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemStringFormat class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The thread local data slot to use to store a PropertiesDictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doing so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The stack store.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
- Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after
- a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly.
- You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call
- the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- syntax.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from this stack.
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack.
-
-
- Remove the top context from this stack, and return
- it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an
- empty string (not
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message into this stack.
-
-
- An
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto this stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- The current context information.
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- Gets the current context information
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a cross thread portable version of this object
-
-
-
-
-
- The number of messages in the stack
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack
-
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack. That is
- the number of times
-
-
-
-
- Gets and sets the internal stack used by this
- The internal storage stack
-
-
- This property is provided only to support backward compatability
- of the
-
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Get the message.
-
- The message.
-
-
- Get the message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
- The full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Struct returned from the
-
-
- This struct implements the
-
-
-
-
- The ThreadContextStack internal stack
-
-
-
-
- The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
- The named stack
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to an
-
-
- The test is escaped either using XML escape entities
- or using CDATA sections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace invalid XML characters in text string
-
- A string that does not contain invalid XML characters.
-
-
- Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for
- details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets .
-
-
- This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string
- with the mask string specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text
-
- the number of times the substring occurs in the text
-
-
- The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself.
-
-
-
-
-
- Characters illegal in XML 1.0
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a Windows Account
-
-
-
- This
-
- How the impersonation is done depends on the value of
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the SecurityContext based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The security context will try to Logon the specified user account and
- capture a primary token for impersonation.
-
-
- The required
-
-
-
- Impersonate the Windows account specified by the
-
- An
-
-
- Depending on the
-
-
-
-
- Create a
- the
-
-
- Uses the Windows API call LogonUser to get a principal token for the account. This
- token is used to initialize the WindowsIdentity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
- The impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
-
- Impersonate either a user with user credentials or
- revert this thread to the credentials of the process.
- The value is one of the
-
- The default value is
-
- When the mode is set to
-
- When the mode is set to
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows username for this security context
-
-
- The Windows username for this security context
-
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
- The Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
-
- The default value for
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Sets the password for the Windows account specified by the
-
- The password for the Windows account specified by the
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- The impersonation modes for the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a user using the credentials supplied
-
-
-
-
- Revert this the thread to the credentials of the process
-
-
-
-
- Adds
-
-
- Helper class to expose the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Global Context.
-
-
-
- The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging
- information to be stored.
-
-
- The global context has a properties map and these properties can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of
- the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName;
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- The global context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides information about the environment the assembly has
- been built for.
-
-
-
- Version of the assembly
-
-
- Version of the framework targeted
-
-
- Type of framework targeted
-
-
- Does it target a client profile?
-
-
-
- Identifies the version and target for this assembly.
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Logical Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
- The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per
-
- The
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The logical thread stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class is used by client applications to request logger instances.
-
-
-
- This class has static methods that are used by a client to request
- a logger instance. The
-
- See the
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null .
-
-
- The logger found, or null if no logger could be found.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- repository.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- Get the currently defined loggers.
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- Get or create a logger.
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown a logger repository.
-
- Shuts down the default repository.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- default repository.
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the configuration of a repository
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
- Get the logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Get a logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Create a domain
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- Create a logger repository.
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the list of currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
- Get an array of all the
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified.
-
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
- The wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
-
-
- Create the
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- The wrapper map to use to hold the
-
-
-
- Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- The MDC class is similar to the mapped
- diagnostic contexts . A Mapped Diagnostic Context , or
- MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The MDC is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the context value identified by the
- The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found.
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- If the null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add an entry to the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Puts a context value (the
-
- If a value is already defined for the null then the key value mapping will be removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the key value mapping for the key specified.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all entries in the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument
- to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log
- output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple
- clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry
- from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs
- come into play.
-
-
- Note that NDCs are managed on a per thread basis. The NDC class
- is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the
- calling thread.
-
-
- How to push a message into the context
-
- using(NDC.Push("my context message"))
- {
- ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ...
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a clone of the stack of context information.
-
- A clone of the context info for this thread.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The results of this method can be passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Inherits the contextual information from another thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This thread will use the context information from the stack
- supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with
- the same contextual information as their parent threads. These
- contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that
- are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other.
- Call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from the stack.
-
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top
- of the stack.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Remove the top context from the stack, and return
- it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an
- empty string (not null ) is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message.
-
-
- An
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an NDC message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the context information for this thread. It is
- not required to call this method.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This method is not implemented.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context depth.
-
- The current context depth.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The number of context values pushed onto the context stack.
-
-
- Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then
- be restored using the
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging
- information to be stored.
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
- The thread context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The thread local stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net40-full/log4net.dll b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net40-full/log4net.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e66c82..0000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net40-full/log4net.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net40-full/log4net.xml b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net40-full/log4net.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bee140..0000000
--- a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/lib/net40-full/log4net.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30205 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
- log4net
-
-
-
-
- Appender that logs to a database.
-
-
-
- http://www.connectionstrings.com/ .
-
-
- Records are written into the database either using a prepared
- statement or a stored procedure. The System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify a prepared statement
- or to System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify a stored
- procedure.
-
-
- The prepared statement text or the name of the stored procedure
- must be set in the
-
- The prepared statement or stored procedure can take a number
- of parameters. Parameters are added using the
-
-
- An example of a SQL Server table that could be logged to:
-
- CREATE TABLE [dbo].[Log] (
- [ID] [int] IDENTITY (1, 1) NOT NULL ,
- [Date] [datetime] NOT NULL ,
- [Thread] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Level] [varchar] (20) NOT NULL ,
- [Logger] [varchar] (255) NOT NULL ,
- [Message] [varchar] (4000) NOT NULL
- ) ON [PRIMARY]
-
-
-
- An example configuration to log to the above table:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Lance Nehring
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This base class should be used by appenders that need to buffer a
- number of events before logging them. For example the
-
- Subclasses should override the
- The BufferingAppenderSkeleton maintains a fixed size cyclic
- buffer of events. The size of the buffer is set using
- the
- A
-
- The buffering appender can be configured in a true then the
- buffer will not be sent when it is full, and new events arriving
- in the appender will overwrite the oldest event in the buffer.
- In lossy mode the buffer will only be sent when the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Abstract base class implementation of
-
-
- This class provides the code for common functionality, such
- as support for threshold filtering and support for general filters.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface for your own strategies for printing log statements.
-
-
-
- Implementors should consider extending the
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logging event in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log a message into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Interface for appenders that support bulk logging.
-
-
-
- This interface extends the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Log the array of logging events in Appender specific way.
-
-
-
- This method is called to log an array of events into this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to delay activate a configured object.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Activate the options that were previously set with calls to properties.
-
-
-
- This allows an object to defer activation of its options until all
- options have been set. This is required for components which have
- related options that remain ambiguous until all are set.
-
-
- If a component implements this interface then this method must be called
- after its properties have been set before the component can be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Finalizes this appender by calling the implementation's
-
-
-
- If this appender has not been closed then the Finalize method
- will call
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and release resources.
-
-
-
- Release any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by subclasses. This method
- delegates the closing of the appender to the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Performs threshold checks and invokes filters before
- delegating actual logging to the subclasses specific
-
-
-
- This method cannot be overridden by derived classes. A
- derived class should override the
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
- -
-
- Calls true .
-
-
-
-
- If all of the above steps succeed then the
-
-
-
-
- Test if the logging event should we output by this appender
-
- true if the event should be output, false if the event should be ignored
-
- This method checks the logging event against the threshold level set
- on this appender and also against the filters specified on this
- appender.
-
-
- The implementation of this method is as follows:
-
-
-
- -
-
- Checks that the severity of the
-
- -
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a filter to the end of the filter chain.
-
-
-
- The Filters are organized in a linked list.
-
-
- Setting this property causes the new filter to be pushed onto the
- back of the filter chain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
- Clears the filter list for this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if the message level is below this appender's threshold.
-
-
-
- If there is no threshold set, then the return value is always true .
-
-
-
- true if the
-
-
-
- Is called when the appender is closed. Derived classes should override
- this method if resources need to be released.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses of
-
-
- A subclass must implement this method to perform
- logging of the
- This method will be called by
-
- To restrict the logging of events in the appender
- override the
-
-
-
-
- Append a bulk array of logging events.
-
-
-
- This base class implementation calls the
-
- A sub class that can better process a bulk array of events should
- override this method in addition to
-
-
-
-
- Called before
-
-
- This method is called by
-
- This method can be overridden in a subclass to extend the checks
- made before the event is passed to the
-
- A subclass should ensure that they delegate this call to
- this base class if it is overridden.
-
-
- true if the call to
-
-
- Renders the
- The event rendered as a string.
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Where possible use the alternative version of this method
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the
-
-
- Helper method to render a
- If there is exception data in the logging event and
- the layout does not process the exception, this method
- will append the exception text to the rendered string.
-
-
- Use this method in preference to
-
-
-
-
- The layout of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The name of this appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The level threshold of this appender.
-
-
-
- There is no level threshold filtering by default.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
-
- It is assumed and enforced that errorHandler is never null.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The first filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- Set to null initially.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The last filter in the filter chain.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this appender is closed.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The guard prevents an appender from repeatedly calling its own DoAppend method
-
-
-
-
- StringWriter used to render events
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderSkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the threshold
-
- The threshold
-
-
- All log events with lower level than the threshold level are ignored
- by the appender.
-
-
- In configuration files this option is specified by setting the
- value of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The filter chain.
-
- The head of the filter chain filter chain.
-
-
- Returns the head Filter. The Filters are organized in a linked list
- and so all Filters on this Appender are available through the result.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
- The layout of the appender.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this appender.
-
- The name of the appender.
-
-
- The name uniquely identifies the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Tests if this appender requires a
-
-
- In the rather exceptional case, where the appender
- implementation admits a layout but can also work without it,
- then the appender should return true .
-
-
- This default implementation always returns false .
-
-
-
- true if the appender requires a layout object, otherwise false .
-
-
-
-
- The default buffer size.
-
-
- The default size of the cyclic buffer used to store events.
- This is set to 512 by default.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- SendBuffer method.
-
-
- Protected constructor to allow subclassing.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
-
-
- Flushes any events that have been buffered.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in
-
-
-
-
- Flush the currently buffered events
-
- true to flush the buffer of lossy events
-
-
- Flushes events that have been buffered. If false then events will only be flushed if this buffer is non-lossy mode.
-
-
- If the appender is buffering in true .
- In this case the contents of the buffer will be tested against the
-
-
- If true then the buffer will always
- be emptied by calling this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance.
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. If this appender is marked
- as not
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Stores the
-
- The buffer will be sent (i.e. passed to the
-
- -
-
The cyclic buffer is full and this appender is
- marked as not lossy (see
-
- -
-
An
-
-
-
- Before the event is stored in the buffer it is fixed
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the buffer.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override
-
-
-
-
- Sends the events.
-
-
-
- The subclass must override this method to process the buffered events.
-
-
-
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
- Set to
-
-
-
- The cyclic buffer used to store the logging events.
-
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator that causes the buffer to be sent immediately.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event causes the entire
- buffer to be sent immediately. This field can be null , which
- indicates that event triggering is not to be done. The evaluator
- can be set using the true then an
-
-
-
- Indicates if the appender should overwrite events in the cyclic buffer
- when it becomes full, or if the buffer should be flushed when the
- buffer is full.
-
-
- If this field is set to true then an
-
-
-
- The triggering event evaluator filters discarded events.
-
-
- The object that is used to determine if an event that is discarded should
- really be discarded or if it should be sent to the appenders.
- This field can be null , which indicates that all discarded events will
- be discarded.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- The events delivered to the subclass must be fixed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender is lossy.
-
-
- true if the appender is lossy, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- This appender uses a buffer to store logging events before
- delivering them. A triggering event causes the whole buffer
- to be send to the remote sink. If the buffer overruns before
- a triggering event then logging events could be lost. Set
- false to prevent logging events
- from being lost.
-
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the
- logging events.
-
-
- The size of the cyclic buffer used to hold the logging events.
-
-
-
- The
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is appended to this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will
- immediately be sent (see
- If true then an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the
-
- The value of the
-
-
- The evaluator will be called for each event that is discarded from this
- appender. If the evaluator triggers then the current buffer will immediately
- be sent (see
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if only part of the logging event data
- should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the
- event data to be fixed and serialized. This will improve performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
- The event fields that will be fixed before the event is buffered
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Public default constructor to initialize a new instance of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Override the parent method to close the database
-
-
-
- Closes the database command and database connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Inserts the events into the database.
-
-
-
- Insert all the events specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the command.
-
-
-
- Adds a parameter to the ordered list of command parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the events to the database using the transaction specified.
-
-
-
- The transaction argument can be null if the appender has been
- configured not to use transactions. See
-
-
-
-
- Formats the log message into database statement text.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by subclasses to provide
- more control over the format of the database statement.
-
-
- Text that can be passed to a
-
-
-
- Creates an
-
- This method is called whenever a new IDbConnection is needed (i.e. when a reconnect is necessary).
-
- An
-
-
-
- Resolves the connection string from the ConnectionString, ConnectionStringName, or AppSettingsKey
- property.
-
-
- ConnectiongStringName is only supported on .NET 2.0 and higher.
-
- A connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- Retrieves the class type of the ADO.NET provider.
-
-
-
- Gets the Type of the ADO.NET provider to use to connect to the
- database. This method resolves the type specified in the
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method to return a different type
- if necessary.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command and initialize the parameters.
-
-
-
-
- Connects to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing command.
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the existing connection.
-
-
- Calls the IDbConnection's
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we are using a command object
-
-
-
- Set to true when the appender is to use a prepared
- statement or stored procedure to insert into the database.
-
-
-
-
-
- The list of
-
-
- The list of
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The database command.
-
-
-
-
- Database connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The connectionStrings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- String type name of the
-
-
-
- The text of the command.
-
-
-
-
- The command type.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- Indicates whether to use transactions when writing to the database.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AdoNetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database connection string that is used to connect to
- the database.
-
-
- The database connection string used to connect to the database.
-
-
-
- The connections string is specific to the connection type.
- See
-
- Connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "DSN=MS Access Database;UID=admin;PWD=;SystemDB=C:\data\System.mdw;SafeTransactions = 0;FIL=MS Access;DriverID = 25;DBQ=C:\data\train33.mdb"
-
- Another connection string for MS Access via ODBC:
- "Driver={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};DBQ=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;UID=;PWD=;"
-
- Connection string for MS Access via OLE DB:
- "Provider=Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0;Data Source=C:\Work\cvs_root\log4net-1.2\access.mdb;User Id=;Password=;"
-
-
-
-
- The appSettings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
-
-
- The connectionStrings key from App.Config that contains the connection string.
-
-
- This property requires at least .NET 2.0.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name of the
-
- The type name of the
-
-
- The type name of the ADO.NET provider to use.
-
-
- The default is to use the OLE DB provider.
-
-
- Use the OLE DB Provider. This is the default value.
- System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the MS SQL Server Provider.
- System.Data.SqlClient.SqlConnection, System.Data, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
-
- Use the ODBC Provider.
- Microsoft.Data.Odbc.OdbcConnection,Microsoft.Data.Odbc,version=1.0.3300.0,publicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089,culture=neutral
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for ODBC .NET Data Provider .
-
- Use the Oracle Provider.
- System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, System.Data.OracleClient, Version=1.0.3300.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089
- This is an optional package that you can download from
- http://msdn.microsoft.com/downloads
- search for .NET Managed Provider for Oracle .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command text that is used to insert logging events
- into the database.
-
-
- The command text used to insert logging events into the database.
-
-
-
- Either the text of the prepared statement or the
- name of the stored procedure to execute to write into
- the database.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the command type to execute.
-
-
- The command type to execute.
-
-
-
- This value may be either System.Data.CommandType.Text ) to specify
- that the System.Data.CommandType.StoredProcedure ) to specify that the
-
-
- The default value is System.Data.CommandType.Text ).
-
-
-
-
-
- Should transactions be used to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- true if transactions should be used to insert logging events in
- the database, otherwise false . The default value is true .
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether transactions should be used
- to insert logging events in the database.
-
-
- When set a single transaction will be used to insert the buffered events
- into the database. Otherwise each event will be inserted without using
- an explicit transaction.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Should this appender try to reconnect to the database on error.
-
-
- true if the appender should try to reconnect to the database after an
- error has occurred, otherwise false . The default value is false ,
- i.e. not to try to reconnect.
-
-
-
- The default behaviour is for the appender not to try to reconnect to the
- database if an error occurs. Subsequent logging events are discarded.
-
-
- To force the appender to attempt to reconnect to the database set this
- property to true .
-
-
- When the appender attempts to connect to the database there may be a
- delay of up to the connection timeout specified in the connection string.
- This delay will block the calling application's thread.
- Until the connection can be reestablished this potential delay may occur multiple times.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Parameter type used by the
-
-
- This class provides the basic database parameter properties
- as defined by the
- This type can be subclassed to provide database specific
- functionality. The two methods that are called externally are
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Default constructor for the AdoNetAppenderParameter class.
-
-
-
-
- Prepare the specified database command object.
-
-
-
- Prepares the database command object by adding
- this parameter to its collection of parameters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event and set the parameter value in the command.
-
-
-
- Renders the logging event using this parameters layout
- object. Sets the value of the parameter on the command object.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to infer type rather than use the DbType
-
-
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of this parameter.
-
-
- The name of this parameter.
-
-
-
- The name of this parameter. The parameter name
- must match up to a named parameter to the SQL stored procedure
- or prepared statement.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the database type for this parameter.
-
-
- The database type for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The database type for this parameter. This property should
- be set to the database type from the
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the type from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the precision for this parameter.
-
-
- The precision for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum number of digits used to represent the Value.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the precision from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the scale for this parameter.
-
-
- The scale for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The number of decimal places to which Value is resolved.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the scale from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the size for this parameter.
-
-
- The size for this parameter.
-
-
-
- The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column.
-
-
- This property is optional. If not specified the ADO.NET provider
- will attempt to infer the size from the value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the terminal using ANSI color escape sequences.
-
-
-
- AnsiColorTerminalAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific level of message to be set.
-
-
- This appender expects the terminal to understand the VT100 control set
- in order to interpret the color codes. If the terminal or console does not
- understand the control codes the behavior is not defined.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- When configuring the ANSI colored terminal appender, a mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan
- These color values cannot be combined together to make new colors.
-
-
- The attributes can be any combination of the following:
-
- Bright foreground is brighter Dim foreground is dimmer Underscore message is underlined Blink foreground is blinking (does not work on all terminals) Reverse foreground and background are reversed Hidden output is hidden Strikethrough message has a line through it
- While any of these attributes may be combined together not all combinations
- work well together, for example setting both Bright and Dim attributes makes
- no sense.
-
-
- Patrick Wagstrom
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Ansi code to reset terminal
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible display attributes
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the ANSI color attributes.
-
-
-
-
-
- text is bright
-
-
-
-
- text is dim
-
-
-
-
- text is underlined
-
-
-
-
- text is blinking
-
-
- Not all terminals support this attribute
-
-
-
-
- text and background colors are reversed
-
-
-
-
- text is hidden
-
-
-
-
- text is displayed with a strikethrough
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible foreground or background color values for
- use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The output can be in one for the following ANSI colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is black
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is magenta
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- An entry in the
-
-
- This is an abstract base class for types that are stored in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
- Default protected constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize any options defined on this entry
-
-
-
- Should be overridden by any classes that need to initialise based on their options
-
-
-
-
-
- The level that is the key for this mapping
-
-
- The
-
-
- Get or set the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The color attributes for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a AppenderCollection instance.
-
-
- An AppenderCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- An empty readonly static AppenderCollection
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- AppenderCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the AppenderCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire AppenderCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given AppenderCollection .
-
- true if AppenderCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of AppenderCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the AppenderCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
-
- The specified AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the AppenderCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the AppenderCollection .
-
- An AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another AppenderCollection to the current AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a AppenderCollection .
-
- AppenderCollection .
- The new AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- Return the collection elements as an array
-
- the array
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the AppenderCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the AppenderCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the ASP.NET
-
-
-
- Diagnostic information and tracing messages that you specify are appended to the output
- of the page that is sent to the requesting browser. Optionally, you can view this information
- from a separate trace viewer (Trace.axd) that displays trace information for every page in a
- given application.
-
-
- Trace statements are processed and displayed only when tracing is enabled. You can control
- whether tracing is displayed to a page, to the trace viewer, or both.
-
-
- The logging event is passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the ASP.NET trace
- HttpContext.Current.Trace
- (
-
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Buffers events and then forwards them to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The events are buffered in this appender until conditions are
- met to allow the appender to deliver the events to the attached
- appenders. See
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different
- thresholds and filters for the same appender at different locations
- within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching appenders to objects.
-
-
-
- Interface for attaching, removing and retrieving appenders.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- Add the specified appender. The implementation may
- choose to allow or deny duplicate appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Returns an attached appender with the null will be
- returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Gets a collection of attached appenders.
- If there are no attached appenders the
- implementation should return an empty
- collection rather than null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the events.
-
-
-
- Forwards the events to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this buffering appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ColoredConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user. It also allows the color of a specific type of message to be set.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes directly to the application's attached console
- not to the System.Console.Out or System.Console.Error TextWriter .
- The System.Console.Out and System.Console.Error streams can be
- programmatically redirected (for example NUnit does this to capture program output).
- This appender will ignore these redirections because it needs to use Win32
- API calls to colorize the output. To respect these redirections the
-
- When configuring the colored console appender, mapping should be
- specified to map a logging level to a color. For example:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and ForeColor and BackColor can be any
- combination of the following values:
-
- Blue Green Red White Yellow Purple Cyan HighIntensity
-
-
- Rick Hobbs
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to color - done by the config file
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to color mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to write output to the error stream rather than the standard output stream
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to color value
-
-
-
-
- The console output stream writer to write to
-
-
-
- This writer is not thread safe.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- The enum of possible color values for use with the color mapping method
-
-
-
- The following flags can be combined together to
- form the colors.
-
-
-
-
-
- color is blue
-
-
-
-
- color is green
-
-
-
-
- color is red
-
-
-
-
- color is white
-
-
-
-
- color is yellow
-
-
-
-
- color is purple
-
-
-
-
- color is cyan
-
-
-
-
- color is intensified
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and the color it should be displayed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for the object
-
-
-
- Combine the
-
-
-
-
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped foreground color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped background color for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped background color for the specified level.
-
-
-
-
-
- The combined
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to the console.
-
-
-
- ConsoleAppender appends log events to the standard output stream
- or the error output stream using a layout specified by the
- user.
-
-
- By default, all output is written to the console's standard output stream.
- The
-
- NOTE: This appender writes each message to the System.Console.Out or
- System.Console.Error that is set at the time the event is appended.
- Therefore it is possible to programmatically redirect the output of this appender
- (for example NUnit does this to capture program output). While this is the desired
- behavior of this appender it may have security implications in your application.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The instance of the
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
- true to write to the console error stream
-
- When true , output is written to
- the standard error output stream. Otherwise, output is written to the standard
- output stream.
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to the console.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
- Target is the value of the console output stream.
- This is either "Console.Out" or "Console.Error" .
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the true then the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Writes events to the system event log.
-
-
-
- The appender will fail if you try to write using an event source that doesn't exist unless it is running with local administrator privileges.
- See also http://logging.apache.org/log4net/release/faq.html#trouble-EventLog
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry can be
- set using the EventID property (
-
- The Category of the event log entry can be
- set using the Category property (
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
- When configuring the EventLogAppender a mapping can be
- specified to map a logging level to an event log entry type. For example:
-
-
- <mapping>
- <level value="ERROR" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Error" />
- </mapping>
- <mapping>
- <level value="DEBUG" />
- <eventLogEntryType value="Information" />
- </mapping>
-
-
- The Level is the standard log4net logging level and eventLogEntryType can be any value
- from the
- Error an error event Warning a warning event Information an informational event
-
-
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Thomas Voss
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an event log source
-
-
- Uses different API calls under NET_2_0
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Writes the event to the system event log using the
-
-
- If the event has an EventID property (see
-
-
- There is a limit of 32K characters for an event log message
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the equivalent
- The equivalent
-
- Because there are fewer applicable
-
-
-
- The log name is the section in the event logs where the messages
- are stored.
-
-
-
-
- Name of the application to use when logging. This appears in the
- application column of the event log named by
-
-
-
- The name of the machine which holds the event log. This is
- currently only allowed to be '.' i.e. the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to EventLogEntryType
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The event ID to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The event category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EventLogAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- The string name of the log where messages will be stored.
-
-
- This is the name of the log as it appears in the Event Viewer
- tree. The default value is to log into the Application
- log, this is where most applications write their events. However
- if you need a separate log for your application (or applications)
- then you should set the
- This should not be used to distinguish your event log messages
- from those of other applications, the
-
-
-
-
- Property used to set the Application name. This appears in the
- event logs when logging.
-
-
- The string used to distinguish events from different sources.
-
-
- Sets the event log source property.
-
-
-
-
- This property is used to return the name of the computer to use
- when accessing the event logs. Currently, this is the current
- computer, denoted by a dot "."
-
-
- The string name of the machine holding the event log that
- will be logged into.
-
-
- This property cannot be changed. It is currently set to '.'
- i.e. the local machine. This may be changed in future.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The system security context used to write to the EventLog.
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the EventId to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The EventID of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the EventID property (
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Category to use unless one is explicitly specified via the LoggingEvent 's properties.
-
-
-
- The Category of the event log entry will normally be
- set using the Category property (
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the color it should be displayed as.
-
-
-
- Defines the mapping between a level and its event log entry type.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- Required property.
- The
-
-
-
-
- Appends logging events to a file.
-
-
-
- Logging events are sent to the file specified by
- the
-
- The file can be opened in either append or overwrite mode
- by specifying the
-
- The layout's
-
- This appender will first try to open the file for writing when
-
- The
-
- All locking strategies have issues and you should seriously consider using a different strategy that
- avoids having multiple processes logging to the same file.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Rodrigo B. de Oliveira
- Douglas de la Torre
- Niall Daley
-
-
-
- Sends logging events to a
-
-
- An Appender that writes to a
-
- This appender may be used stand alone if initialized with an appropriate
- writer, however it is typically used as a base class for an appender that
- can open a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method determines if there is a sense in attempting to append.
-
-
-
- This method checks if an output target has been set and if a
- layout has been set.
-
-
- false if any of the preconditions fail.
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- This method writes all the bulk logged events to the output writer
- before flushing the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close this appender instance. The underlying stream or writer is also closed.
-
-
- Closed appenders cannot be reused.
-
-
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
- Writes the footer and closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Clears internal references to the underlying
-
-
- Subclasses can override this method for an alternate closing behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Called to allow a subclass to lazily initialize the writer
-
-
-
- This method is called when an event is logged and the
-
-
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logging events are not actually persisted if and when the application
- crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TextWriterAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set whether the appender will flush at the end
- of each append operation.
-
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- append operation.
-
-
- If this option is set to false , then the underlying
- stream can defer persisting the logging event to a later
- time.
-
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results in
- a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the
-
-
- The specified
-
- The
-
- Note: Logging to an unopened
-
-
-
-
- Gets or set the
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- This is the
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout, file and append mode.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new appender using the layout and file specified.
- The file will be appended to.
-
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on the file appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This will cause the file to be opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes any previously opened file and calls the parent's
-
-
- Resets the filename and the file stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called to initialize the file writer
-
-
-
- Will be called for each logged message until the file is
- successfully opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes a log statement to the output stream if the output stream exists
- and is writable.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Acquires the output file locks once before writing all the events to
- the stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a footer as produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
- Writes a header produced by the embedded layout's
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
- Closes the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Closes the previously opened file.
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- Calls
-
-
-
-
- Sets and opens the file where the log output will go. The specified file must be writable.
-
-
-
- If there was already an opened file, then the previous file
- is closed first.
-
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer used for file output
-
-
-
- This implementation of
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to wrap the
- System.Security.Cryptography.CryptoStream .
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes that want to
- wrap the
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we should append to the file
- or overwrite the file. The default is to append.
-
-
-
-
- The name of the log file.
-
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the file stream.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- The stream to log to. Has added locking semantics
-
-
-
-
- The locking model to use
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the FileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
- The path to the file that logging will be written to.
-
-
-
- If the path is relative it is taken as relative from
- the application base directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag that indicates whether the file should be
- appended to or overwritten.
-
-
- Indicates whether the file should be appended to or overwritten.
-
-
-
- If the value is set to false then the file will be overwritten, if
- it is set to true then the file will be appended to.
-
- The default value is true.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The default encoding set is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are three built in locking models,
-
- The default locking model is the
-
-
-
-
- Write only
-
-
-
- True asynchronous writes are not supported, the implementation forces a synchronous write.
-
-
-
-
- Exception base type for log4net.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Locking model base class
-
-
-
- Base class for the locking models available to the
-
-
-
-
- Open the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Helper method that creates a FileStream under CurrentAppender's SecurityContext.
-
-
-
- Typically called during OpenFile or AcquireLock.
-
-
- If the directory portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to close
-
- Does not set
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- The file appender this locking model is attached to and working on
- behalf of.
-
-
- The file appender is used to locate the security context and the error handler to use.
-
-
- The value of this property will be set before
-
-
-
-
- Hold an exclusive lock on the output file
-
-
-
- Open the file once for writing and hold it open until
-
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock will be released when the file is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the file lock for each write
-
-
-
- Opens the file once for each
-
-
-
-
- Prepares to open the file when the first message is logged.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file in preparation for writing to it.
- Return a stream pointing to the file.
-
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file
-
-
-
- Release the lock on the file. No further writes will be made to the
- stream until
-
-
-
-
- Provides cross-process file locking.
-
- Ron Grabowski
- Steve Wranovsky
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
-
-
-
- Open the file specified and prepare for logging.
- No writes will be made until
-
-
-
-
- Close the file
-
-
-
- Close the file. No further writes will be made.
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquire the lock on the file
-
- A stream that is ready to be written to.
-
-
- Does nothing. The lock is already taken
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender forwards logging events to attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The forwarding appender can be used to specify different thresholds
- and filters for the same appender at different locations within the hierarchy.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the appender and releases resources.
-
-
-
- Releases any resources allocated within the appender such as file handles,
- network connections, etc.
-
-
- It is a programming error to append to a closed appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging event to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forward the logging events to the attached appenders
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging events to all the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds an
-
-
- If the specified
-
-
-
-
- Looks for the appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the specified name, or null .
-
-
-
- Get the named appender attached to this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all previously added appenders from this appender.
-
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
-
- Gets the appenders contained in this appender as an
-
-
- If no appenders can be found, then an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a local syslog service.
-
-
-
- This appender uses the POSIX libc library functions openlog , syslog , and closelog .
- If these functions are not available on the local system then this appender will not work!
-
-
- The functions openlog , syslog , and closelog are specified in SUSv2 and
- POSIX 1003.1-2001 standards. These are used to log messages to the local syslog service.
-
-
- This appender talks to a local syslog service. If you need to log to a remote syslog
- daemon and you cannot configure your local syslog service to do this you may be
- able to use the
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
- Close the syslog when the appender is closed
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Marshaled handle to the identity string. We have to hold on to the
- string as the openlog and syslog APIs just hold the
- pointer to the ident and dereference it for each log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Open connection to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Generate a log message.
-
-
-
- The libc syslog method takes a format string and a variable argument list similar
- to the classic printf function. As this type of vararg list is not supported
- by C# we need to specify the arguments explicitly. Here we have specified the
- format string with a single message argument. The caller must set the format
- string to "%s" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Close descriptor used to write to system logger.
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The log4net Level maps to a syslog severity using the
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facility defines which subsystem the logging comes from.
- This is set on the
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Stores logging events in an array.
-
-
-
- The memory appender stores all the logging events
- that are appended in an in-memory array.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Use the
-
- Julian Biddle
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
- The events that have been logged
-
-
- Gets the events that have been logged.
-
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
- Stores the
-
-
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
- Clear the list of events
-
-
-
-
- The list of events that have been appended.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating which fields in the event should be fixed
-
-
- By default all fields are fixed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether only part of the logging event
- data should be fixed.
-
-
- true if the appender should only fix part of the logging event
- data, otherwise false . The default is false .
-
-
-
- Setting this property to true will cause only part of the event
- data to be fixed and stored in the appender, hereby improving performance.
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the fields that will be fixed in the event
-
-
-
- The logging event needs to have certain thread specific values
- captured before it can be buffered. See
-
-
-
-
- Logs entries by sending network messages using the
-
-
-
- You can send messages only to names that are active
- on the network. If you send the message to a user name,
- that user must be logged on and running the Messenger
- service to receive the message.
-
-
- The receiver will get a top most window displaying the
- messages one at a time, therefore this appender should
- not be used to deliver a high volume of messages.
-
-
- The following table lists some possible uses for this appender :
-
-
-
-
- Action
- Property Value(s)
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on the local machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a user account on a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to a domain user account
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message to all the names in a workgroup or domain
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
Send a message from the local machine to a remote machine
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Note : security restrictions apply for sending
- network messages, see
-
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information
- using this appender from the local machine, named
- LOCAL_PC, to machine OPERATOR_PC :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The DNS or NetBIOS name of the server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
-
- The sender of the network message.
-
-
-
-
- The message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the appender.
-
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a buffer of information to a registered message alias.
-
-
-
- The following restrictions apply for sending network messages:
-
-
-
-
- Platform
- Requirements
-
- -
-
Windows NT
-
-
- No special group membership is required to send a network message.
-
-
- Admin, Accounts, Print, or Server Operator group membership is required to
- successfully send a network message on a remote server.
-
-
-
- -
-
Windows 2000 or later
-
-
- If you send a message on a domain controller that is running Active Directory,
- access is allowed or denied based on the access control list (ACL) for the securable
- object. The default ACL permits only Domain Admins and Account Operators to send a network message.
-
-
- On a member server or workstation, only Administrators and Server Operators can send a network message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- For more information see Security Requirements for the Network Management Functions .
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is zero.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the sender of the message.
-
-
- The sender of the message.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the message is sent from the local computer.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the message alias to which the message should be sent.
-
-
- The recipient of the message.
-
-
- This property should always be specified in order to send a message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
- DNS or NetBIOS name of the remote server on which the function is to execute.
-
-
-
- For Windows NT 4.0 and earlier, the string should begin with \\.
-
-
- If this property is not specified, the local computer is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the OutputDebugString system.
-
-
-
- OutputDebugStringAppender appends log events to the
- OutputDebugString system.
-
-
- The string is passed to the native OutputDebugString
- function.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
- Write the logging event to the output debug string API
-
-
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
- Stub for OutputDebugString native method
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Logs events to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
-
- The BSD syslog protocol is used to remotely log to
- a syslog daemon. The syslogd listens for for messages
- on UDP port 514.
-
-
- The syslog UDP protocol is not authenticated. Most syslog daemons
- do not accept remote log messages because of the security implications.
- You may be able to use the LocalSyslogAppender to talk to a local
- syslog service.
-
-
- There is an RFC 3164 that claims to document the BSD Syslog Protocol.
- This RFC can be seen here: http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc3164.html.
- This appender generates what the RFC calls an "Original Device Message",
- i.e. does not include the TIMESTAMP or HOSTNAME fields. By observation
- this format of message will be accepted by all current syslog daemon
- implementations. The daemon will attach the current time and the source
- hostname or IP address to any messages received.
-
-
- Syslog messages must have a facility and and a severity. The severity
- is derived from the Level of the logging event.
- The facility must be chosen from the set of defined syslog
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
- Rob Lyon
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Sends logging events as connectionless UDP datagrams to a remote host or a
- multicast group using an
-
-
- UDP guarantees neither that messages arrive, nor that they arrive in the correct order.
-
-
- To view the logging results, a custom application can be developed that listens for logging
- events.
-
-
- When decoding events send via this appender remember to use the same encoding
- to decode the events as was used to send the events. See the
-
-
- This example shows how to log receive logging events that are sent
- on IP address 244.0.0.1 and port 8080 to the console. The event is
- encoded in the packet as a unicode string and it is decoded as such.
-
- IPEndPoint remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0);
- UdpClient udpClient;
- byte[] buffer;
- string loggingEvent;
-
- try
- {
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080);
-
- while(true)
- {
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ref remoteEndPoint);
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer);
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent);
- }
- }
- catch(Exception e)
- {
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString());
- }
-
-
- Dim remoteEndPoint as IPEndPoint
- Dim udpClient as UdpClient
- Dim buffer as Byte()
- Dim loggingEvent as String
-
- Try
- remoteEndPoint = new IPEndPoint(IPAddress.Any, 0)
- udpClient = new UdpClient(8080)
-
- While True
- buffer = udpClient.Receive(ByRef remoteEndPoint)
- loggingEvent = System.Text.Encoding.Unicode.GetString(buffer)
- Console.WriteLine(loggingEvent)
- Wend
- Catch e As Exception
- Console.WriteLine(e.ToString())
- End Try
-
-
- An example configuration section to log information using this appender to the
- IP 224.0.0.1 on port 8080:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gert Driesen
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The default constructor initializes all fields to their default values.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The appender will be ignored if no
-
- The required property
- The TCP port number assigned to
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Sends the event using an UDP datagram.
-
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Closes the UDP connection and releases all resources associated with
- this
-
-
- Disables the underlying
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the underlying
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Exceptions are passed to the
-
-
-
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to
- which the logging event will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
-
-
- The TCP port number from which the
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The encoding to use for the packet.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- The IP address of the remote host or multicast group to which the logging event
- will be sent.
-
-
-
- Multicast addresses are identified by IP class D addresses (in the range 224.0.0.0 to
- 239.255.255.255). Multicast packets can pass across different networks through routers, so
- it is possible to use multicasts in an Internet scenario as long as your network provider
- supports multicasting.
-
-
- Hosts that want to receive particular multicast messages must register their interest by joining
- the multicast group. Multicast messages are not sent to networks where no host has joined
- the multicast group. Class D IP addresses are used for multicast groups, to differentiate
- them from normal host addresses, allowing nodes to easily detect if a message is of interest.
-
-
- Static multicast addresses that are needed globally are assigned by IANA. A few examples are listed in the table below:
-
-
-
-
- IP Address
- Description
-
- -
-
224.0.0.1
-
-
- Sends a message to all system on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.2
-
-
- Sends a message to all routers on the subnet.
-
-
-
- -
-
224.0.0.12
-
-
- The DHCP server answers messages on the IP address 224.0.0.12, but only on a subnet.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A complete list of actually reserved multicast addresses and their owners in the ranges
- defined by RFC 3171 can be found at the IANA web site .
-
-
- The address range 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 is reserved for administrative scope-relative
- addresses. These addresses can be reused with other local groups. Routers are typically
- configured with filters to prevent multicast traffic in this range from flowing outside
- of the local network.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number of the remote host or multicast group to which
- the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
- The underlying
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number from which the underlying
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The underlying
-
- Setting the value to 0 (the default) will cause the udp client not to bind to
- a local port.
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- Gets or sets
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the cached remote endpoint to which the logging events should be sent.
-
-
- The cached remote endpoint to which the logging events will be sent.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Syslog port 514
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- This instance of the
-
-
-
- Add a mapping of level to severity
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
-
-
- This method is called by the
-
-
- Writes the event to a remote syslog daemon.
-
-
- The format of the output will depend on the appender's layout.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the options for this appender
-
-
-
- Initialize the level to syslog severity mappings set on this appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
- A syslog severity.
-
-
- Translates a log4net level to a syslog severity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
- A syslog priority.
-
-
- Generate a syslog priority.
-
-
-
-
-
- The facility. The default facility is
-
-
-
- The message identity
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from level object to syslog severity
-
-
-
-
- Message identity
-
-
-
- An identifier is specified with each log message. This can be specified
- by setting the
-
-
-
-
- Syslog facility
-
-
- Set to one of the
-
-
-
- syslog severities
-
-
-
- The syslog severities.
-
-
-
-
-
- system is unusable
-
-
-
-
- action must be taken immediately
-
-
-
-
- critical conditions
-
-
-
-
- error conditions
-
-
-
-
- warning conditions
-
-
-
-
- normal but significant condition
-
-
-
-
- informational
-
-
-
-
- debug-level messages
-
-
-
-
- syslog facilities
-
-
-
- The syslog facilities
-
-
-
-
-
- kernel messages
-
-
-
-
- random user-level messages
-
-
-
-
- mail system
-
-
-
-
- system daemons
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages
-
-
-
-
- messages generated internally by syslogd
-
-
-
-
- line printer subsystem
-
-
-
-
- network news subsystem
-
-
-
-
- UUCP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- clock (cron/at) daemon
-
-
-
-
- security/authorization messages (private)
-
-
-
-
- ftp daemon
-
-
-
-
- NTP subsystem
-
-
-
-
- log audit
-
-
-
-
- log alert
-
-
-
-
- clock daemon
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- reserved for local use
-
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
- A class to act as a mapping between the level that a logging call is made at and
- the syslog severity that is should be logged at.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
- Required property.
- The mapped syslog severity for the specified level
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to a remote logging sink.
-
-
-
- This Appender is designed to deliver events to a remote sink.
- That is any object that implements the
-
- The RemotingAppender buffers events before sending them. This allows it to
- make more efficient use of the remoting infrastructure.
-
- Once the buffer is full the events are still not sent immediately.
- They are scheduled to be sent using a pool thread. The effect is that
- the send occurs asynchronously. This is very important for a
- number of non obvious reasons. The remoting infrastructure will
- flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
- Because the events are sent asynchronously using pool threads it is possible to close
- this appender before all the queued events have been sent.
- When closing the appender attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but
- this will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If this appender is being closed because the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- The events are not sent immediately. They are scheduled to be sent
- using a pool thread. The effect is that the send occurs asynchronously.
- This is very important for a number of non obvious reasons. The remoting
- infrastructure will flow thread local variables (stored in the
-
-
-
- Override base class close.
-
-
-
- This method waits while there are queued work items. The events are
- sent asynchronously using
-
- This method attempts to wait until all the queued events have been sent, but this
- method will timeout after 30 seconds regardless.
-
- If the appender is being closed because the
-
-
-
-
- A work item is being queued into the thread pool
-
-
-
-
- A work item from the thread pool has completed
-
-
-
-
- Send the contents of the buffer to the remote sink.
-
-
- This method is designed to be used with the
-
-
-
- The URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
-
- The local proxy (.NET remoting) for the remote logging sink.
-
-
-
-
- The number of queued callbacks currently waiting or executing
-
-
-
-
- Event used to signal when there are no queued work items
-
-
- This event is set when there are no queued work items. In this
- state it is safe to close the appender.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URL of the well-known object that will accept
- the logging events.
-
-
- The well-known URL of the remote sink.
-
-
-
- The URL of the remoting sink that will accept logging events.
- The sink must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Interface used to deliver
-
- This interface must be implemented by a remoting sink
- if the
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
- Delivers logging events to the remote sink
-
-
-
-
-
- Appender that rolls log files based on size or date or both.
-
-
-
- RollingFileAppender can roll log files based on size or date or both
- depending on the setting of the
-
- A of few additional optional features have been added:
-
- - Attach date pattern for current log file
- - Backup number increments for newer files
- - Infinite number of backups by file size
-
-
-
-
-
- For large or infinite numbers of backup files a
-
- When Date/Time based rolling is used setting
-
-
-
-
- Changing
-
-
-
- If Date/Time based rolling is enabled this appender will attempt to roll existing files
- in the directory without a Date/Time tag based on the last write date of the base log file.
- The appender only rolls the log file when a message is logged. If Date/Time based rolling
- is enabled then the appender will not roll the log file at the Date/Time boundary but
- at the point when the next message is logged after the boundary has been crossed.
-
-
-
- The
-
- When rolling a backup file necessitates deleting an older backup file the
- file to be deleted is moved to a temporary name before being deleted.
-
-
-
-
- A maximum number of backup files when rolling on date/time boundaries is not supported.
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
- Edward Smit
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RollingFileAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the quiet writer being used.
-
-
- This method can be overridden by sub classes.
-
-
-
-
- Write out a logging event.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write out an array of logging events.
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Performs any required rolling before outputting the next event
-
-
-
- Handles append time behavior for RollingFileAppender. This checks
- if a roll over either by date (checked first) or time (checked second)
- is need and then appends to the file last.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates and opens the file for logging. If
-
- This method will ensure that the directory structure
- for the
-
-
-
-
- Get the current output file name
-
- the output file name
-
- The output file name is based on the base fileName specified.
- If
-
-
-
- Determines curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
-
-
-
-
- Generates a wildcard pattern that can be used to find all files
- that are similar to the base file name.
-
-
-
-
- Builds a list of filenames for all files matching the base filename plus a file
- pattern.
-
-
-
-
- Initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
-
-
- Initializes based on existing conditions at time of
- - determine curSizeRollBackups (only within the current roll point)
- - initiates a roll over if needed for crossing a date boundary since the last run.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the work of bumping the 'current' file counter higher
- to the highest count when an incremental file name is seen.
- The highest count is either the first file (when count direction
- is greater than 0) or the last file (when count direction less than 0).
- In either case, we want to know the highest count that is present.
-
-
-
-
- Attempts to extract a number from the end of the file name that indicates
- the number of the times the file has been rolled over.
-
-
- Certain date pattern extensions like yyyyMMdd will be parsed as valid backup indexes.
-
-
-
-
- Takes a list of files and a base file name, and looks for
- 'incremented' versions of the base file. Bumps the max
- count up to the highest count seen.
-
-
-
-
- Calculates the RollPoint for the datePattern supplied.
-
- The RollPoint that is most accurate for the date pattern supplied
-
- Essentially the date pattern is examined to determine what the
- most suitable roll point is. The roll point chosen is the roll point
- with the smallest period that can be detected using the date pattern
- supplied. i.e. if the date pattern only outputs the year, month, day
- and hour then the smallest roll point that can be detected would be
- and hourly roll point as minutes could not be detected.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Sets initial conditions including date/time roll over information, first check,
- scheduledFilename, and calls
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
-
-
-
- Rollover the file(s) to date/time tagged file(s).
- Resets curSizeRollBackups.
- If fileIsOpen is set then the new file is opened (through SafeOpenFile).
-
-
-
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
- Renames file
-
-
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
- true if the file exists
-
-
- Test if a file exists at a specified path
-
-
-
-
-
- Deletes the specified file if it exists.
-
-
-
- Delete a file if is exists.
- The file is first moved to a new filename then deleted.
- This allows the file to be removed even when it cannot
- be deleted, but it still can be moved.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll base on file size.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }. Moreover, File is
- renamed File.1 and closed.
-
-
- A new file is created to receive further log output.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements file roll.
-
-
-
- If the maximum number of size based backups is reached
- (curSizeRollBackups == maxSizeRollBackups ) then the oldest
- file is deleted -- its index determined by the sign of countDirection.
- If countDirection < 0, then files
- {File.1 , ..., File.curSizeRollBackups -1 }
- are renamed to {File.2 , ...,
- File.curSizeRollBackups }.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups is equal to zero, then the
- File is truncated with no backup files created.
-
-
- If maxSizeRollBackups < 0, then File is
- renamed if needed and no files are deleted.
-
-
- This is called by
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time of the next window for the current rollpoint
-
- the start time for the next roll point an interval after the currentDateTime date
-
-
- Returns the date of the next roll point after the currentDateTime date passed to the method.
-
-
- The basic strategy is to subtract the time parts that are less significant
- than the rollpoint from the current time. This should roll the time back to
- the start of the time window for the current rollpoint. Then we add 1 window
- worth of time and get the start time of the next window for the rollpoint.
-
-
-
-
-
- This object supplies the current date/time. Allows test code to plug in
- a method to control this class when testing date/time based rolling. The default
- implementation uses the underlying value of DateTime.Now.
-
-
-
-
- The date pattern. By default, the pattern is set to ".yyyy-MM-dd"
- meaning daily rollover.
-
-
-
-
- The actual formatted filename that is currently being written to
- or will be the file transferred to on roll over
- (based on staticLogFileName).
-
-
-
-
- The timestamp when we shall next recompute the filename.
-
-
-
-
- Holds date of last roll over
-
-
-
-
- The type of rolling done
-
-
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB
-
-
-
-
- There is zero backup files by default
-
-
-
-
- How many sized based backups have been made so far
-
-
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
-
- The rolling mode used in this appender.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by date.
-
-
-
-
- Cache flag set if we are rolling by size.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to always log to the same file.
-
-
-
-
- Value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
-
-
- FileName provided in configuration. Used for rolling properly
-
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the strategy for determining the current date and time. The default
- implementation is to use LocalDateTime which internally calls through to DateTime.Now.
- DateTime.UtcNow may be used on frameworks newer than .NET 1.0 by specifying
-
-
- An implementation of the
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- There are two built strategies for determining the current date and time,
-
-
- The default strategy is
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the date pattern to be used for generating file names
- when rolling over on date.
-
-
- The date pattern to be used for generating file names when rolling
- over on date.
-
-
-
- Takes a string in the same format as expected by
-
-
- This property determines the rollover schedule when rolling over
- on date.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum number of backup files that are kept before
- the oldest is erased.
-
-
- The maximum number of backup files that are kept before the oldest is
- erased.
-
-
-
- If set to zero, then there will be no backup files and the log file
- will be truncated when it reaches
-
- If a negative number is supplied then no deletions will be made. Note
- that this could result in very slow performance as a large number of
- files are rolled over unless
-
- The maximum applies to each time based group of files and
- not the total.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size in bytes that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property is equivalent to
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB (10*1024*1024).
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach
- before being rolled over to backup files.
-
-
- The maximum size that the output file is allowed to reach before being
- rolled over to backup files.
-
-
-
- This property allows you to specify the maximum size with the
- suffixes "KB", "MB" or "GB" so that the size is interpreted being
- expressed respectively in kilobytes, megabytes or gigabytes.
-
-
- For example, the value "10KB" will be interpreted as 10240 bytes.
-
-
- The default maximum file size is 10MB.
-
-
- If you have the option to set the maximum file size programmatically
- consider using the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling file count direction.
-
-
- The rolling file count direction.
-
-
-
- Indicates if the current file is the lowest numbered file or the
- highest numbered file.
-
-
- By default newer files have lower numbers (
-
-
- The default file count direction is -1.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the rolling style.
-
- The rolling style.
-
-
- The default rolling style is
-
- When set to false , otherwise
- the appender would append to a single file rather than rolling
- the file each time it is opened.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve the file name extension when rolling.
-
-
- true if the file name extension should be preserved.
-
-
-
- By default file.log is rolled to file.log.yyyy-MM-dd or file.log.curSizeRollBackup.
- However, under Windows the new file name will loose any program associations as the
- extension is changed. Optionally file.log can be renamed to file.yyyy-MM-dd.log or
- file.curSizeRollBackup.log to maintain any program associations.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to always log to
- the same file.
-
-
- true if always should be logged to the same file, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- By default file.log is always the current file. Optionally
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd for current formatted datePattern can by the currently
- logging file (or file.log.curSizeRollBackup or even
- file.log.yyyy-mm-dd.curSizeRollBackup).
-
-
- This will make time based rollovers with a large number of backups
- much faster as the appender it won't have to rename all the backups!
-
-
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
- Style of rolling to use
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution
-
-
-
- Roll files once per program execution.
- Well really once each time this appender is
- configured.
-
-
- Setting this option also sets AppendToFile to
- false on the RollingFileAppender , otherwise
- this appender would just be a normal file appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the size of the file
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based only on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll files based on both the size and date of the file
-
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
- The code assumes that the following 'time' constants are in a increasing sequence.
-
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log not based on the date
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each minute
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log for each hour
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log twice a day (midday and midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each day (midnight)
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each week
-
-
-
-
- Roll the log each month
-
-
-
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
- This interface is used to supply Date/Time information to the
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
- The current time.
-
-
- Gets the current time.
-
-
-
-
-
- Send an e-mail when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors.
-
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Authentication and setting the server Port are only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
- For these features to be enabled you need to ensure that you are using a version of
- the log4net assembly that is built against the MS .NET 1.1 framework and that you are
- running the your application on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime. On all other platforms only sending
- unauthenticated messages to a server listening on port 25 (the default) is supported.
-
-
- Authentication is supported by setting the
-
- To set the SMTP server port use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
- Send the email message
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a comma- or semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be carbon copied (use semicolon on .NET 1.1 and comma for later versions).
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
- For .NET 1.1 (System.Web.Mail): A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
- For .NET 2.0 (System.Net.Mail): A comma-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses
- that will be blind carbon copied.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the SMTP relay mail server to use to send
- the e-mail messages.
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
- The name of the e-mail relay server. If SmtpServer is not set, the
- name of the local SMTP server is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Obsolete
-
-
- Use the BufferingAppenderSkeleton Fix methods instead
-
-
-
- Obsolete property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The mode to use to authentication with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- Valid Authentication mode values are:
-
-
-
-
- The username to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The password to use to authenticate with the SMTP server
-
-
- Authentication is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening
-
-
- Server Port is only available on the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
- The port on which the SMTP server is listening. The default
- port is 25 . The Port can only be changed when running on
- the MS .NET 1.1 runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the priority of the e-mail message
-
-
- One of the
-
-
- Sets the priority of the e-mails generated by this
- appender. The default priority is
-
- If you are using this appender to report errors then
- you may want to set the priority to
-
-
-
-
- Enable or disable use of SSL when sending e-mail message
-
-
- This is available on MS .NET 2.0 runtime and higher
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the reply-to e-mail address.
-
-
- This is available on MS .NET 2.0 runtime and higher
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Values for the
-
-
- SMTP authentication modes.
-
-
-
-
-
- No authentication
-
-
-
-
- Basic authentication.
-
-
- Requires a username and password to be supplied
-
-
-
-
- Integrated authentication
-
-
- Uses the Windows credentials from the current thread or process to authenticate.
-
-
-
-
- Send an email when a specific logging event occurs, typically on errors
- or fatal errors. Rather than sending via smtp it writes a file into the
- directory specified by
-
-
- The configuration for this appender is identical to that of the SMTPAppender ,
- except that instead of specifying the SMTPAppender.SMTPHost you specify
-
-
- The number of logging events delivered in this e-mail depend on
- the value of
-
- Niall Daley
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
- Sends the contents of the cyclic buffer as an e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate the options on this appender.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
-
-
-
- The security context to use for privileged calls
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a semicolon-delimited list of recipient e-mail addresses.
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
- A semicolon-delimited list of e-mail addresses.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
- The e-mail address of the sender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
- The subject line of the e-mail message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the path to write the messages to. This should be the same
- as that used by the agent sending the messages.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
-
- Unless a
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Appender that allows clients to connect via Telnet to receive log messages
-
-
-
- The TelnetAppender accepts socket connections and streams logging messages
- back to the client.
- The output is provided in a telnet-friendly way so that a log can be monitored
- over a TCP/IP socket.
- This allows simple remote monitoring of application logging.
-
-
- The default
-
- Keith Long
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the TelnetAppender class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the parent method to close the socket handler
-
-
-
- Closes all the outstanding connections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the appender based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Create the socket handler and wait for connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to each connected client.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the TCP port number on which this
-
- An integer value in the range
-
-
- The default value is 23 (the telnet port).
-
-
- The value specified is less than
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Helper class to manage connected clients
-
-
-
- The SocketHandler class is used to accept connections from
- clients. It is threaded so that clients can connect/disconnect
- asynchronously.
-
-
-
-
-
- Opens a new server port on
-
-
- Creates a socket handler on the specified local server port.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
- Sends a string message to each of the connected clients
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a client to the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Remove a client from the internal clients list
-
-
-
-
- Callback used to accept a connection on the server socket
-
-
-
- On connection adds to the list of connections
- if there are two many open connections you will be disconnected
-
-
-
-
-
- Close all network connections
-
-
-
- Make sure we close all network connections
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this handler has active connections
-
-
- true if this handler has active connections
-
-
-
- This property will be true while this handler has
- active connections, that is at least one connection that
- the handler will attempt to send a message to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
- Class that represents a client connected to this handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Create this
-
-
- Opens a stream writer on the socket.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
- Write a string to the client
-
-
-
-
-
- Cleanup the clients connection
-
-
-
- Close the socket connection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Appends log events to the
-
-
- The application configuration file can be used to control what listeners
- are actually used. See the MSDN documentation for the
-
-
- Events are written using the System.Diagnostics.Trace.Write(string,string)
- method. The event's logger name is the default value for the category parameter
- of the Write method.
-
-
- Compact Framework Assert . When using the Compact Framework this
- appender will write to the
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
- Writes the logging event to the
-
-
-
-
- Immediate flush means that the underlying writer or output stream
- will be flushed at the end of each append operation.
-
-
-
- Immediate flush is slower but ensures that each append request is
- actually written. If false , then there is a good chance that the last few
- logs events are not actually written to persistent media if and
- when the application crashes.
-
-
- The default value is true .
-
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the appender will
- flush at the end of each write.
-
-
- The default behavior is to flush at the end of each
- write. If the option is set tofalse , then the underlying
- stream can defer writing to physical medium to a later time.
-
-
- Avoiding the flush operation at the end of each append results
- in a performance gain of 10 to 20 percent. However, there is safety
- trade-off involved in skipping flushing. Indeed, when flushing is
- skipped, then it is likely that the last few log events will not
- be recorded on disk when the application exits. This is a high
- price to pay even for a 20% performance gain.
-
-
-
-
-
- The category parameter sent to the Trace method.
-
-
-
- Defaults to %logger which will use the logger name of the current
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This appender requires a
- true
-
- This appender requires a
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a domain to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's domain to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target domain.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required domains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a repository to alias to this assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- An assembly's logger repository is defined by its
-
- An assembly can alias another assembly's repository to its repository by
- specifying this attribute with the name of the target repository.
-
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may be used
- as many times as necessary to alias all the required repositories.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
- The repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
- The name of the repository to alias to this assemby's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to quickly configure a
-
-
- Allows very simple programmatic configuration of log4net.
-
-
- Only one appender can be configured using this configurator.
- The appender is set at the root of the hierarchy and all logging
- events will be delivered to that appender.
-
-
- Appenders can also implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the BasicConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system with a default configuration.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net logging system using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net system using the specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the specified repository using a Console.Out . The log messages are
- formatted using the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
- Initializes the
-
-
-
-
- Base class for all log4net configuration attributes.
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be extended by
- specific configurators. This attribute allows the
- configurator to be parameterized by an assembly level
- attribute.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor used by subclasses.
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Abstract method implemented by a subclass. When this method is called
- the subclass should configure the
-
-
-
-
- Compare this instance to another ConfiguratorAttribute
-
- see
-
-
- Compares the priorities of the two
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging domain for the assembly.
-
-
-
- DomainAttribute is obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging domains. Each domain has its own
- logging repository. This attribute specified on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the domain. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies the logging repository for the assembly.
-
-
-
- Assemblies are mapped to logging repository. This attribute specified
- on the assembly controls
- the configuration of the repository. The
-
- This attribute can only be specified on the assembly and may only be used
- once per assembly.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Initialize the attribute with the name for the assembly's repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the logging repository.
-
-
- The string name to use as the name of the repository associated with this
- assembly.
-
-
-
- This value does not have to be unique. Several assemblies can share the
- same repository. They will share the logging configuration of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
- The type of repository to create for this assembly.
-
-
-
- The type of the repository to create for the assembly.
- The type must implement the
-
- This will be the type of repository created when
- the repository is created. If multiple assemblies reference the
- same repository then the repository is only created once using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use RepositoryAttribute instead of DomainAttribute.
-
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- DOMConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- DOMConfigurator is obsolete. Use XmlConfigurator instead of DOMConfigurator.
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- AliasDomainAttribute is obsolete. Use AliasRepositoryAttribute instead of AliasDomainAttribute.
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- If neither of the config has the same effect as not specifying the
-
- The
-
-
- Log4net will only look for assembly level configuration attributes once.
- When using the log4net assembly level attributes to control the configuration
- of log4net you must ensure that the first call to any of the
-
-
- If you cannot guarantee the order in which log4net calls will be made from
- different assemblies you must use programmatic configuration instead, i.e.
- call the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- Configure the repository using the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from the local file system
-
-
-
-
- Configure the specified repository using a
-
-
-
- Attempt to load configuration from a URI
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfiguratorAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the filename of the configuration file.
-
-
- The filename of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified, this is the name of the configuration file to use with
- the application base directory (
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the extension of the configuration file.
-
-
- The extension of the configuration file.
-
-
-
- If specified this is the extension for the configuration file.
- The path to the config file is built by using the application
- base directory (assembly file name and the config file extension.
-
-
- If the MyExt then
- possible config file names would be: MyConsoleApp.exe.MyExt or
- MyClassLibrary.dll.MyExt .
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether to watch the configuration file.
-
-
- true if the configuration should be watched, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this flag is specified and set to true then the framework
- will watch the configuration file and will reload the config each time
- the file is modified.
-
-
- The config file can only be watched if it is loaded from local disk.
- In a No-Touch (Smart Client) deployment where the application is downloaded
- from a web server the config file may not reside on the local disk
- and therefore it may not be able to watch it.
-
-
- Watching configuration is not supported on the SSCLI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Class to register for the log4net section of the configuration file
-
-
- The log4net section of the configuration file needs to have a section
- handler registered. This is the section handler used. It simply returns
- the XML element that is the root of the section.
-
-
- Example of registering the log4net section handler :
-
-
-
-
-
-
- log4net configuration XML goes here
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the configuration section.
-
- The
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute that specifies a plugin to attach to
- the repository.
-
-
-
- Specifies the type of a plugin to create and attach to the
- assembly's repository. The plugin type must implement the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface used to create plugins.
-
-
-
- Interface used to create a plugin.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object.
-
- the new plugin instance
-
-
- Create and return a new plugin instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
- Where possible use the constructor that takes a
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Create the attribute with the plugin type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates the plugin object defined by this attribute.
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the
-
- The plugin object.
-
-
-
- Returns a representation of the properties of this object.
-
-
-
- Overrides base class
-
- A representation of the properties of this object
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type for the plugin.
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type for the plugin.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type name for the plugin.
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
-
- The type name for the plugin.
-
-
- Where possible use the
-
-
-
-
- Assembly level attribute to configure the
-
-
- This attribute may only be used at the assembly scope and can only
- be used once per assembly.
-
-
- Use this attribute to configure the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Construct provider attribute with type specified
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Configures the SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- Creates a provider instance from the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SecurityContextProviderAttribute class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the provider to use.
-
-
- the type of the provider to use.
-
-
-
- The provider specified must subclass the
-
-
-
-
- Use this class to initialize the log4net environment using an Xml tree.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the log4net system based on the
- application's configuration settings.
-
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Automatically configures the
-
-
- Each application has a configuration file. This has the
- same name as the application with '.config' appended.
- This file is XML and calling this function prompts the
- configurator to look in that file for a section called
- log4net that contains the configuration data.
-
-
- To use this method to configure log4net you must specify
- the log4net configuration section. See the
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using a log4net element
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration file.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration URI.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the specified configuration data stream.
-
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the log4net configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The log4net configuration file can possible be specified in the application's
- configuration file (either MyAppName.exe.config for a
- normal application on Web.config for an ASP.NET application).
-
-
- The first element matching <configuration> will be read as the
- configuration. If this file is also a .NET .config file then you must specify
- a configuration section for the log4net element otherwise .NET will
- complain. Set the type for the section handler to
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The following example configures log4net using a configuration file, of which the
- location is stored in the application's configuration file :
-
-
- using log4net.Config;
- using System.IO;
- using System.Configuration;
-
- ...
-
- XmlConfigurator.Configure(new FileInfo(ConfigurationSettings.AppSettings["log4net-config-file"]));
-
-
- In the .config file, the path to the log4net can be specified like this :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration data must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- Note that this method will NOT close the stream parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configures log4net using the file specified, monitors the file for changes
- and reloads the configuration if a change is detected.
-
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the
-
-
- The configuration file must be valid XML. It must contain
- at least one element called log4net that holds
- the configuration data.
-
-
- The configuration file will be monitored using a
-
- For more information on how to configure log4net using
- a separate configuration file, see
-
-
-
-
- Configures the specified repository using a log4net element.
-
-
-
- Loads the log4net configuration from the XML element
- supplied as
-
- This method is ultimately called by one of the Configure methods
- to load the configuration from an
-
-
-
-
- Maps repository names to ConfigAndWatchHandler instances to allow a particular
- ConfigAndWatchHandler to dispose of its FileSystemWatcher when a repository is
- reconfigured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Class used to watch config files.
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- The default amount of time to wait after receiving notification
- before reloading the config file.
-
-
-
-
- Holds the FileInfo used to configure the XmlConfigurator
-
-
-
-
- Holds the repository being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The timer used to compress the notification events.
-
-
-
-
- Watches file for changes. This object should be disposed when no longer
- needed to free system handles on the watched resources.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event handler used by
-
-
- This handler reloads the configuration from the file when the event is fired.
-
-
-
-
-
- Called by the timer when the configuration has been updated.
-
-
-
-
- Release the handles held by the watcher and timer.
-
-
-
-
- The implementation of the
-
-
- This
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not support retrieving assembly
- level attributes therefore unlike the DefaultRepositorySelector
- this selector does not examine the calling assembly for attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Interface used by the
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named
- The named
-
- Lookup a named
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- How the association between
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository with the name specified.
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
- An array of the
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository selector
-
-
-
- Create an new compact repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
- throw if
- throw if
-
-
-
- Get the
- The default
-
-
- The
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the named
- The named
-
-
- Get the named log4net-default-repository . Other repositories
- must be created using the
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the null then the
- default repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- As a named repository is not specified the default repository is
- returned. The default repository is named log4net-default-repository .
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the repository specified
-
- the repository created
-
-
- The
-
- If the named repository already exists an exception will be thrown.
-
-
- If null then the default
- repository type specified to the constructor is used.
-
-
- throw if
- throw if the
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the CompactRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has been created
-
-
-
- Raises the LoggerRepositoryCreatedEvent
- event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- The default implementation of the
-
-
- Uses attributes defined on the calling assembly to determine how to
- configure the hierarchy for the repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository selector.
-
-
-
- Create an new repository selector.
- The default type for repositories must be specified,
- an appropriate value would be
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
- The type of the
-
- The default values are to use the
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- Returns the named repository. If null
- a
-
- Use
-
-
-
-
- Create a new repository for the assembly specified
-
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the assembly specified.
-
- true to read and apply the assembly attributes
- The repository created.
-
-
- The
-
- The type of the
-
- The
-
- If a repository for the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new repository for the specified repository.
-
- The new repository.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Test if a named repository exists
-
- true if the repository exists
-
- Test if a named repository exists. Use
-
-
-
-
- Gets a list of
- an array of all known
-
-
- Gets an array of all of the repositories created by this selector.
-
-
-
-
-
- Aliases a repository to an existing repository.
-
-
-
- The repository specified will be aliased to the repository when created.
- The repository must not already exist.
-
-
- When the repository is created it must utilize the same repository type as
- the repository it is aliased to, otherwise the aliasing will fail.
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Notifies the registered listeners that the repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Raises the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the repository name and repository type for the specified assembly.
-
-
-
-
- Configures the repository using information from the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined plugins on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the attribute defined aliases on the assembly.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DefaultRepositorySelector class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
- Event to notify that a logger repository has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a new repository is created.
- The event source will be this selector. The event args will
- be a
-
-
-
-
- Defined error codes that can be passed to the
-
-
- Values passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- A general error
-
-
-
-
- Error while writing output
-
-
-
-
- Failed to flush file
-
-
-
-
- Failed to close file
-
-
-
-
- Unable to open output file
-
-
-
-
- No layout specified
-
-
-
-
- Failed to parse address
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers on an Exception type
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the type of the Exception
- passed to
-
- Drew Schaeffer
-
-
-
- Test if an
-
-
- Implementations of this interface allow certain appenders to decide
- when to perform an appender specific action.
-
-
- The action or behavior triggered is defined by the implementation.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Test if this event triggers the action
-
- true if this event triggers the action, otherwise false
-
- Return true if this event triggers the action
-
-
-
-
-
- The type that causes the trigger to fire.
-
-
-
-
- Causes subclasses of
-
-
-
- Default ctor to allow dynamic creation through a configurator.
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an evaluator and initializes to trigger on
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the logging event Exception
- Type is false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the Exception Type of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- The type that triggers this evaluator.
-
-
-
-
- If true, this evaluator will trigger on subclasses of
-
-
-
- Appenders may delegate their error handling to an
-
-
- Error handling is a particularly tedious to get right because by
- definition errors are hard to predict and to reproduce.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
- Handles the error and information about the error condition is passed as
- a parameter.
-
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Prints the error message passed as a parameter.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Interface for objects that require fixing.
-
-
-
- Interface that indicates that the object requires fixing before it
- can be taken outside the context of the appender's
-
-
- When objects that implement this interface are stored
- in the context properties maps
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a portable instance object that represents the current
- state of this object. The portable object can be stored
- and logged from any thread with identical results.
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface that all loggers implement
-
-
-
- This interface supports logging events and testing if a level
- is enabled for logging.
-
-
- These methods will not throw exceptions. Note to implementor, ensure
- that the implementation of these methods cannot allow an exception
- to be thrown to the caller.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
- null to not log an exception.
-
-
- Generates a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers
-
-
-
- Base interface for all wrappers.
-
-
- All wrappers must implement this interface.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Get the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not
- be the same object as this object because of logger decorators.
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
- Construct instance using
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Defines the default set of levels recognized by the system.
-
-
-
- Each
-
- Levels have a numeric
-
- The levels that are recognized by log4net are set for each
-
- When logging at level INFO the actual level used is not LoggerRepository.LevelMap["INFO"] . The default value for this is
-
-
- Each level has a
-
- Some of the predefined levels recognized by the system are:
-
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the
-
- A
-
-
- Returns the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares levels.
-
- true if the objects are equal.
-
- Compares the levels of
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code
-
- A hash code for the current
-
-
- Returns a hash code suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data
- structures like a hash table.
-
-
- Returns the hash code of the level
-
-
-
-
- Compares this instance to a specified object and returns an
- indication of their relative values.
-
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
- This instance is less than
-
- -
-
Zero
- This instance is equal to
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
- This instance is greater than
- -or-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether a specified
-
- true if false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a value indicating whether two specified
-
- true if the value of false .
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two specified
-
- A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the
- two values compared. The return value has these meanings:
-
-
- Value
- Meaning
-
- -
-
Less than zero
-
- -
-
Zero
-
- -
-
Greater than zero
-
-
-
-
-
- Compares two levels.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
- The name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
- The value of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the value of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
- The display name of this level.
-
-
-
- Gets the display name of this level.
-
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a LevelCollection instance.
-
-
- A LevelCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- LevelCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the LevelCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire LevelCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given LevelCollection .
-
- true if LevelCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of LevelCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the LevelCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
-
- The specified LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the LevelCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the LevelCollection .
-
- An LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another LevelCollection to the current LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a LevelCollection .
-
- LevelCollection .
- The new LevelCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the LevelCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the LevelCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers at a threshold level
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The threshold for triggering
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the event level
- is equal or higher than the false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- the threshold to trigger at
-
-
- The
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the level of the event
- passed to
-
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and Level object
-
-
-
- Mapping between string name and
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Mapping from level name to Level object. The
- level name is case insensitive
-
-
-
-
- Construct the level map
-
-
-
- Construct the level map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
- Clear the internal maps of all levels
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
- Create a new Level and add it to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
- Add a Level to the map
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map
-
- the level in the map with the name specified
-
-
- Lookup a named level from the map. The name of the level to lookup is taken
- from the
-
- If no level with the specified name is found then the
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a
- a Level from the map with the name specified
-
-
- Returns the null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
- all possible levels as a list of Level objects
-
-
- Return all possible levels as a list of Level objects.
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of caller location information.
-
-
-
- This class uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- When location information is not available the constant
- NA is returned. Current value of this string
- constant is ? .
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LocationInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
- The fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified class name of the caller making the logging
- request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
- The file name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the file name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
- The line number of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the line number of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
- The method name of the caller.
-
-
-
- Gets the method name of the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information
-
-
- All available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
- Gets all available caller information, in the format
- fully.qualified.classname.of.caller.methodName(Filename:line)
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the stack frames from the stack trace of the caller making the log request
-
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
-
- Static manager that controls the creation of repositories
-
-
- This class is used by the wrapper managers (e.g.
-
- This manager also holds the log4net.RepositorySelector
- AppSetting in the applications config file to the fully qualified type name of the
- selector to use.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances. Only static methods should be used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Hook the shutdown event
-
-
-
- On the full .NET runtime, the static constructor hooks up the
- AppDomain.ProcessExit and AppDomain.DomainUnload > events.
- These are used to shutdown the log4net system as the application exits.
-
-
-
-
-
- Register for ProcessExit and DomainUnload events on the AppDomain
-
-
-
- This needs to be in a separate method because the events make
- a LinkDemand for the ControlAppDomain SecurityPermission. Because
- this is a LinkDemand it is demanded at JIT time. Therefore we cannot
- catch the exception in the method itself, we have to catch it in the
- caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
-
- Return the default
- Return the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Returns the default
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the named logger does not exist in the
- specified assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified assembly's repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository for the repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
- Gets an array of all currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to get pertinent version info.
-
- A string of version info.
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- Called when the
-
-
- Called when the
-
- When the event is triggered the log4net system is
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerManager class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the default repository selector
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the repository selector used by the
-
- The repository selector used by the
-
-
- The repository selector (
-
- The caller to
-
- This context is used by the selector to lookup a specific repository.
-
-
- For the full .NET Framework, the default repository is DefaultRepositorySelector ;
- for the .NET Compact Framework CompactRepositorySelector is the default
- repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of the
-
-
- This class should be used as the base for all wrapper implementations.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Constructs a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- The logger that this object is wrapping
-
-
-
-
- Gets the implementation behind this wrapper object.
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Logger object may not be the same object as this object
- because of logger decorators.
-
-
- This gets the actual underlying objects that is used to process
- the log events.
-
-
-
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
-
- Portable data structure used by
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
- The logger name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Level of logging event.
-
-
-
- Level of logging event. Level cannot be Serializable
- because it is a flyweight. Due to its special serialization it
- cannot be declared final either.
-
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message.
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of thread
-
-
-
- The name of thread in which this logging event was generated
-
-
-
-
-
- The time the event was logged
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
- Location information for the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the user
-
-
-
- String representation of the user's windows name,
- like DOMAIN\username
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the identity.
-
-
-
- String representation of the current thread's principal identity.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
- The string representation of the exception
-
-
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
- String representation of the AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
-
- Flags passed to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Fix the MDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the NDC
-
-
-
-
- Fix the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Fix the thread name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers location information
-
-
- CAUTION: Very slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers windows user name
-
-
- CAUTION: Slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the domain friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Fix the callers principal name
-
-
- CAUTION: May be slow to generate
-
-
-
-
- Fix the exception text
-
-
-
-
- Fix the event properties. Active properties must implement
-
-
-
- No fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- All fields fixed
-
-
-
-
- Partial fields fixed
-
-
-
- This set of partial fields gives good performance. The following fields are fixed:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The internal representation of logging events.
-
-
-
- When an affirmative decision is made to log then a
-
-
- This class is of concern to those wishing to extend log4net.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the host name value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the thread identity value.
-
-
-
-
- The key into the Properties map for the user name value.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Except LoggingEvent are filled when actually needed. Call
-
- This method is called by the log4net framework
- to create a logging event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- This constructor is provided to allow a
-
- Use the
-
- This constructor sets this objects
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Ensure that the repository is set.
-
-
-
-
- Write the rendered message to a TextWriter
-
-
-
- Unlike the
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- The data in this event must be fixed before it can be serialized.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
- Does a
-
-
-
-
- Gets the portable data for this
- The
-
-
- A new
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Obsolete. Use
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- This event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
- Returns this event's exception's rendered using the
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- Calling false .
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Fixes instance fields that hold volatile data.
-
- true to not fix data that takes a long time to fix.
-
-
- Some of the values in instances of
-
- The true . This setting will ignore the
-
- Set false to ensure that all
- settings are fixed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Fix the fields specified by the
-
-
- Only fields specified in the
-
-
-
-
- Lookup a composite property in this event
-
- the value for the property
-
-
- This event has composite properties that combine together properties from
- several different contexts in the following order:
-
- -
-
this events properties
-
- This event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Get all the composite properties in this event
-
- the
-
-
- See
-
- This method returns a single
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The internal logging event data.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified Type of the calling
- logger class in the stack frame (i.e. the declaring type of the method).
-
-
-
-
- The application supplied message of logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The exception that was thrown.
-
-
- This is not serialized. The string representation
- is serialized instead.
-
-
-
-
- The repository that generated the logging event
-
-
- This is not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- The fix state for this event
-
-
- These flags indicate which fields have been fixed.
- Not serialized.
-
-
-
-
- Indicated that the internal cache is updateable (ie not fixed)
-
-
- This is a seperate flag to m_fixFlags as it allows incrementel fixing and simpler
- changes in the caching strategy.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time when the current process started.
-
-
- This is the time when this process started.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
- Tries to get the start time for the current process.
- Failing that it returns the time of the first call to
- this property.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating and therefore
- without the process start time being reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the time of the logging event.
-
-
- The time of the logging event.
-
-
-
- The TimeStamp is stored in the local time zone for this computer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
- The name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the logger that logged the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the location information for this logging event.
-
-
- The location information for this logging event.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The message object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the message object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid message object.
- If the event is serialized the message object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the message the
-
-
- If there is no defined message object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
- The exception object used to initialize this event.
-
-
-
- Gets the exception object used to initialize this event.
- Note that this event may not have a valid exception object.
- If the event is serialized the exception object will not
- be transferred. To get the text of the exception the
-
-
- If there is no defined exception object for this event then
- null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message, rendered through the
-
- The message rendered through the
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current thread.
-
-
- The name of the current thread, or the thread ID when
- the name is not available.
-
-
-
- The collected information is cached for future use.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the current user.
-
-
- The name of the current user, or NOT AVAILABLE when the
- underlying runtime has no support for retrieving the name of the
- current user.
-
-
-
- Calls WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name to get the name of
- the current windows user.
-
-
- To improve performance, we could cache the string representation of
- the name, and reuse that as long as the identity stayed constant.
- Once the identity changed, we would need to re-assign and re-render
- the string.
-
-
- However, the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() call seems to
- return different objects every time, so the current implementation
- doesn't do this type of caching.
-
-
- Timing for these operations:
-
-
-
- Method
- Results
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent() 10000 loops, 00:00:00.2031250 seconds
-
- -
-
WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name 10000 loops, 00:00:08.0468750 seconds
-
-
-
- This means we could speed things up almost 40 times by caching the
- value of the WindowsIdentity.GetCurrent().Name property, since
- this takes (8.04-0.20) = 7.84375 seconds.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
- The string name of the identity of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
- Calls System.Threading.Thread.CurrentPrincipal.Identity.Name to get
- the name of the current thread principal.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
- The AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
- Gets the AppDomain friendly name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
- Additional event specific properties.
-
-
-
- A logger or an appender may attach additional
- properties to specific events. These properties
- have a string key and an object value.
-
-
- This property is for events that have been added directly to
- this event. The aggregate properties (which include these
- event properties) can be retrieved using
-
- Once the properties have been fixed
-
-
-
-
- The fixed fields in this event
-
-
- The set of fields that are fixed in this event
-
-
-
- Fields will not be fixed if they have previously been fixed.
- It is not possible to 'unfix' a field.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- This implementation of the
-
- This logger has methods to allow the caller to log at the following
- levels:
-
-
- -
-
DEBUG
-
- The DEBUG level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
INFO
-
- The INFO level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
WARN
-
- The WARN level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
ERROR
-
- The ERROR level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
- -
-
FATAL
-
- The FATAL level. That is the level with that name defined in the
- repositories
-
-
-
- The values for these levels and their semantic meanings can be changed by
- configuring the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The ILog interface is use by application to log messages into
- the log4net framework.
-
-
-
- Use the
-
- This class contains methods for logging at different levels and also
- has properties for determining if those logging levels are
- enabled in the current configuration.
-
-
- This interface can be implemented in different ways. This documentation
- specifies reasonable behavior that a caller can expect from the actual
- implementation, however different implementations reserve the right to
- do things differently.
-
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Logs a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
- Log a message object with the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
- Log a formatted message string with the
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format method. See
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
- For some ILog interface log , when you write:
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, string construction and concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed (who isn't), then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in
- Alternatively if your logger is available statically then the is debug
- enabled state can be stored in a static variable like this:
-
-
- private static readonly bool isDebugEnabled = log.IsDebugEnabled;
-
-
- Then when you come to log you can write:
-
-
- if (isDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way the debug enabled state is only queried once
- when the class is loaded. Using a private static readonly
- variable is the most efficient because it is a run time constant
- and can be heavily optimized by the JIT compiler.
-
-
- Of course if you use a static readonly variable to
- hold the enabled state of the logger then you cannot
- change the enabled state at runtime to vary the logging
- that is produced. You have to decide if you need absolute
- speed or runtime flexibility.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the
-
- true if this logger is enabled for false otherwise.
-
-
- For more information see
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
- Construct a new wrapper for the specified logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
- Virtual method called when the configuration of the repository changes
-
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is DEBUG
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- DEBUG level. If this logger is
- DEBUG enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the DEBUG level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the DEBUG level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is INFO
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- INFO level. If this logger is
- INFO enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the INFO level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the INFO level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is WARN
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- WARN level. If this logger is
- WARN enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the WARN level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the WARN level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is ERROR
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- ERROR level. If this logger is
- ERROR enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the ERROR level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the ERROR level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- This method first checks if this logger is FATAL
- enabled by comparing the level of this logger with the
- FATAL level. If this logger is
- FATAL enabled, then it converts the message object
- (passed as parameter) to a string by invoking the appropriate
-
-
- WARNING Note that passing an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level
-
-
-
- Logs a message object with the FATAL level including
- the stack trace of the
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- The string is formatted using the
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Logs a formatted message string with the FATAL level.
-
-
-
- The message is formatted using the String.Format for details of the syntax of the format string and the behavior
- of the formatting.
-
-
- This method does not take an
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified name of this declaring type not the type of any subclass.
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the DEBUG
- level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for DEBUG events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- This function is intended to lessen the computational cost of
- disabled log debug statements.
-
-
- For some log Logger object, when you write:
-
-
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
-
-
- You incur the cost constructing the message, concatenation in
- this case, regardless of whether the message is logged or not.
-
-
- If you are worried about speed, then you should write:
-
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled())
- {
- log.Debug("This is entry number: " + i );
- }
-
-
- This way you will not incur the cost of parameter
- construction if debugging is disabled for log . On
- the other hand, if the log is debug enabled, you
- will incur the cost of evaluating whether the logger is debug
- enabled twice. Once in IsDebugEnabled and once in
- the Debug . This is an insignificant overhead
- since evaluating a logger takes about 1% of the time it
- takes to actually log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the INFO level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for INFO events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the WARN level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for WARN events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the ERROR level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for ERROR events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for the FATAL level.
-
-
- true if this logger is enabled for FATAL events,
- false otherwise.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used by log4net when interacting with protected resources
- for example with operating system services. This can be used to impersonate
- a principal that has been granted privileges on the system resources.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- An null
-
-
- Impersonate this security context. Further calls on the current
- thread should now be made in the security context provided
- by this object. When the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- A configured component that interacts with potentially protected system
- resources uses a
-
- By default the
-
- This default behavior can be overridden by subclassing the
-
- An alternative is to use the log4net.Config.SecurityContextProviderAttribute
- This attribute can be applied to an assembly in the same way as the
- log4net.Config.XmlConfiguratorAttribute" . The attribute takes
- the type to use as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The default provider
-
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
- Protected default constructor to allow subclassing
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a SecurityContext for a consumer
-
- An impersonation context
-
-
- The default implementation is to return a
-
- Subclasses should override this method to provide their own
- behavior.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
- The default SecurityContextProvider
-
-
-
- The default provider is used by configured components that
- require a
-
- By default this is an instance of
-
- The default provider can be set programmatically by setting
- the value of this property to a sub class of
-
-
-
-
- An evaluator that triggers after specified number of seconds.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
- Robert Sevcik
-
-
-
- The default time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold for triggering in seconds. Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
-
- The time of last check. This gets updated when the object is created and when the evaluator triggers.
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
-
- Create a new evaluator using the specified time threshold in seconds.
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Is this
- This method returns true , if the specified time period
- false
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after
-
-
- The time threshold in seconds to trigger after.
- Zero means it won't trigger at all.
-
-
-
- This evaluator will trigger if the specified time period
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle creation of new wrappers. This delegate
- is called from the
-
- The delegate to use is supplied to the
-
-
-
-
- Maps between logger objects and wrapper objects.
-
-
-
- This class maintains a mapping between
-
- New wrapper instances are created by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the specified logger
-
-
- If the logger is null then the corresponding wrapper is null.
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper it it has previously been requested and
- returns it. If the wrapper has never been requested before then
- the
-
-
-
-
- Creates the wrapper object for the specified logger.
-
- The wrapper object for the logger.
-
-
- This implementation uses the
-
-
-
-
- Called when a monitored repository shutdown event is received.
-
-
-
- This method is called when a
-
-
-
-
- Event handler for repository shutdown event.
-
-
-
-
- Map of logger repositories to hashtables of ILogger to ILoggerWrapper mappings
-
-
-
-
- The handler to use to create the extension wrapper objects.
-
-
-
-
- Internal reference to the delegate used to register for repository shutdown events.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the map of logger repositories.
-
-
- Map of logger repositories.
-
-
-
- Gets the hashtable that is keyed on
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats a "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render a
-
-
- Interface to abstract the rendering of a
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats the specified date as a string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify AbsoluteTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is ABSOLUTE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify DateTimeDateFormat in layouts. Current value is DATE .
-
-
-
-
- String constant used to specify ISO8601DateFormat in layouts. Current value is ISO8601 .
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to render the date
- into a string using a precision up to the second. This method
- will be called at most once per second and the result will be
- reused if it is needed again during the same second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Renders the date into a string. Format is "HH:mm:ss,fff".
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Sub classes should override
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Last stored time with precision up to the second, formatted
- as a string.
-
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff"
-
-
-
- Formats a "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example,
- "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Angelika Schnagl
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats a DateTime in the format "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss"
- for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- The format info for the invariant culture.
-
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
-
- Formats the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" .
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date without the milliseconds part
-
-
-
- Formats the date specified as a string: "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" .
-
-
- The base class will append the ",fff" milliseconds section.
- This method will only be called at most once per second.
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats the
-
-
- Formats the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- Formats the date using
-
-
- Uses the date format string supplied to the constructor to call
- the
-
-
-
-
- The format string used to format the
-
-
- The format string must be compatible with the options
- that can be supplied to
-
-
-
-
- This filter drops all
-
-
- You can add this filter to the end of a filter chain to
- switch from the default "accept all unless instructed otherwise"
- filtering behavior to a "deny all unless instructed otherwise"
- behavior.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Subclass this type to implement customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should extend this class to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface to provide customized logging event filtering
-
-
-
- Users should implement this interface to implement customized logging
- event filtering. Note that
-
- This abstract class assumes and also imposes that filters be
- organized in a linear chain. The
-
- The
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- If the value
-
- The philosophy of log4net filters is largely inspired from the
- Linux ipchains.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Decide if the logging event should be logged through an appender.
-
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Points to the next filter in the filter chain.
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the filter with the options set
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Typically filter's options become active immediately on set,
- however this method must still be called.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decide if the
- The decision of the filter
-
-
- If the decision is
-
- This method is marked abstract and must be implemented
- in a subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property to get and set the next filter
-
-
- The next filter in the chain
-
-
-
- Filters are typically composed into chains. This property allows the next filter in
- the chain to be accessed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Always returns the integer constant
- Always returns
-
-
- Ignores the event being logged and just returns
-
-
-
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
- The return result from
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be dropped immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This filter is neutral with respect to the log event.
- The remaining filters, if any, should be consulted for a final decision.
-
-
-
-
- The log event must be logged immediately without
- consulting with the remaining filters, if any, in the chain.
-
-
-
-
- This is a very simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits two options true , if it is false then
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- flag to indicate if the filter should
-
-
-
- the
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Tests if the
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- This is a simple filter based on
-
-
- The filter admits three options true , if it is false
- then
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when matching a
-
-
-
- the minimum
-
-
-
- the maximum
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if the event should be logged.
-
- see remarks
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Set the minimum matched
-
-
- The minimum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets the maximum matched
-
-
- The maximum level that this filter will attempt to match against the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the event's logger name.
-
-
-
- The works very similar to the true ,
- if it is false then
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The logger name string to substring match against the event
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- This filter will attempt to match this value against logger name in
- the following way. The match will be done against the beginning of the
- logger name (using
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a keyed string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with layered properties the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string an event property
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the value for a
- specific event property
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the rendered message
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate the behavior when we have a match
-
-
-
-
- The string to substring match against the message
-
-
-
-
- A string regex to match
-
-
-
-
- A regex object to match (generated from m_stringRegexToMatch)
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Initialize and precompile the Regex if required
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The rendered message is matched against the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- The default is true i.e. to
-
-
-
-
- Sets the static string to match
-
-
-
- The string that will be substring matched against
- the rendered message. If the message contains this
- string then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- Sets the regular expression to match
-
-
-
- The regular expression pattern that will be matched against
- the rendered message. If the message matches this
- pattern then the filter will match. If a match is found then
- the result depends on the value of
-
- One of
-
-
-
-
- The key to use to lookup the string from the event properties
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Check if this filter should allow the event to be logged
-
- see remarks
-
-
- The event property for the
-
-
-
-
- The key to lookup in the event properties and then match against.
-
-
-
- The key name to use to lookup in the properties map of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
-
- Simple filter to match a string in the
-
- As the MDC has been replaced with named stacks stored in the
- properties collections the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Sets the "NDC" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides the formatting functionality that
- derived classes need.
-
-
-
- Conversion specifiers in a conversion patterns are parsed to
- individual PatternConverters. Each of which is responsible for
- converting a logging event in a converter specific manner.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initial buffer size
-
-
-
-
- Maximum buffer size before it is recycled
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Evaluate this pattern converter and write the output to a writer.
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the appropriate way.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set the next pattern converter in the chains
-
- the next converter
-
-
- The PatternConverter can merge with its neighbor during this method (or a sub class).
- Therefore the return value may or may not be the value of the argument passed in.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the pattern converter to the writer with appropriate formatting
-
-
-
- This method calls
-
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
- Fast space padding method.
-
-
-
-
-
- The option string to the converter
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an dictionary to a
-
-
- Writes the
-
- {key1=value1, key2=value2, key3=value3}
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Write an object to a
-
-
- Writes the Object to a writer. If the
-
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
- the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
- Get the next pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
- The formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the formatting info for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
- The option for this converter
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the option value for this converter
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
- false if this converter handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- false if this converter handles the logging event exception
-
- If this converter handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the property should be set to true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this converter does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the event appdomain name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Abstract class that provides access to the current HttpContext (
-
- This class handles the case when HttpContext.Current is null by writing
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Derived pattern converters must override this method in order to
- convert conversion specifiers in the correct way.
-
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net HttpContext item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for items in the ASP.Net Cache.
-
-
-
- Outputs an item from the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write the ASP.Net Cache item to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
-
- Render the
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,yyyy" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter pattern based on the
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
- Write the exception text to the output
-
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
-
-
- If there is no exception or the exception property specified
- by the Option value does not exist then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
- Recognized values for the Option parameter are:
-
-
- -
-
Message
-
- -
-
Source
-
- -
-
StackTrace
-
- -
-
TargetSite
-
- -
-
HelpLink
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location file name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location info to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Daniel Cazzulino
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the display name of the event
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event level to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the caller location line number to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the value of the
-
-
-
-
- Converter for logger name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Converter to output and truncate '.' separated strings
-
-
-
- This abstract class supports truncating a '.' separated string
- to show a specified number of elements from the right hand side.
- This is used to truncate class names that are fully qualified.
-
-
- Subclasses should override the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the fully qualified string data
-
- the fully qualified name
-
-
- Overridden by subclasses to get the fully qualified name before the
- precision is applied to it.
-
-
- Return the fully qualified '.' (dot/period) separated string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
- Render the
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the NamedPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the logger
-
- The fully qualified logger name
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Writes the event message to the output
-
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the method name to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the caller location
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event NDC
-
-
-
- Outputs the value of the event property named NDC .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the event NDC to the output
-
-
-
- As the thread context stacks are now stored in named event properties
- this converter simply looks up the value of the NDC property.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converter to output the relative time of the event
-
-
-
- Converter to output the time of the event relative to the start of the program.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the relative time to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the relative time of the event in milliseconds.
- That is the number of milliseconds between the event
-
-
-
-
- Helper method to get the time difference between two DateTime objects
-
- the time difference in milliseconds
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Adam Davies
-
-
-
- Write the caller stack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Michael Cromwell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the strack frames to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the Name of the method
-
- This method was created, so this class could be used as a base class for StackTraceDetailPatternConverter
- string
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTracePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the StackTraceDetailPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event thread name
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the ThreadName to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for the class name
-
-
-
- Outputs the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the class
-
- The fully qualified type name for the caller location
-
-
- Returns the
-
-
-
-
- Converter to include event user name
-
- Douglas de la Torre
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Convert the pattern to the rendered message
-
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- Uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the TimeStamp to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- A Layout that renders only the Exception text from the logging event.
-
-
- This Layout should only be used with appenders that utilize multiple
- layouts (e.g.
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Extend this abstract class to create your own log layout format.
-
-
-
- This is the base implementation of the
-
-
-
-
- Subclasses must implement the
-
- Subclasses should set the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by layout objects
-
-
-
- An
-
- The layout can also supply
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
- If the caller does not have a
-
- StringWriter writer = new StringWriter();
- Layout.Format(writer, loggingEvent);
- string formattedEvent = writer.ToString();
-
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This is a MIME type e.g. "text/plain" .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handle exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
-
-
-
- The header text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- The footer text
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
-
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
- Empty default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- This method must be implemented by the subclass.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
- This method is called by an appender to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Convenience method for easily formatting the logging event into a string variable.
-
-
- Creates a new StringWriter instance to store the formatted logging event.
-
-
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
- The content type is "text/plain"
-
-
- The content type output by this layout.
-
-
- This base class uses the value "text/plain" .
- To change this value a subclass must override this
- property.
-
-
-
-
-
- The header for the layout format.
-
- the layout header
-
-
- The Header text will be appended before any logging events
- are formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- The footer for the layout format.
-
- the layout footer
-
-
- The Footer text will be appended after all the logging events
- have been formatted and appended.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if this layout handles exceptions
-
- false if this layout handles exceptions
-
- If this layout handles the exception object contained within
- false . Otherwise, if the layout ignores the exception
- object, then the layout should return true .
-
-
- Set this value to override a this default setting. The default
- value is true , this layout does not handle the exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Constructs a ExceptionLayout
-
-
-
-
-
- Activate component options
-
-
-
- Part of the
-
- This method does nothing as options become effective immediately.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the exception text from the logging event
-
-
-
- Write the exception string to the
-
-
-
-
- Interface for raw layout objects
-
-
-
- Interface used to format a
-
- This interface should not be confused with the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Implement this method to create your own layout format.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adapts any
-
-
- Where an
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The layout to adapt
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new adapter
-
-
-
- Create the adapter for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
- returns the formatted event
-
-
- Format the logging event as an object.
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
-
-
- A flexible layout configurable with pattern string.
-
-
-
- The goal of this class is to conversion pattern .
-
-
- The conversion pattern is closely related to the conversion
- pattern of the printf function in C. A conversion pattern is
- composed of literal text and format control expressions called
- conversion specifiers .
-
-
- You are free to insert any literal text within the conversion
- pattern.
-
-
- Each conversion specifier starts with a percent sign (%) and is
- followed by optional format modifiers and a conversion
- pattern name . The conversion pattern name specifies the type of
- data, e.g. logger, level, date, thread name. The format
- modifiers control such things as field width, padding, left and
- right justification. The following is a simple example.
-
-
- Let the conversion pattern be "%-5level [%thread]: %message%newline" and assume
- that the log4net environment was set to use a PatternLayout. Then the
- statements
-
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger(typeof(TestApp));
- log.Debug("Message 1");
- log.Warn("Message 2");
-
- would yield the output
-
- DEBUG [main]: Message 1
- WARN [main]: Message 2
-
-
- Note that there is no explicit separator between text and
- conversion specifiers. The pattern parser knows when it has reached
- the end of a conversion specifier when it reads a conversion
- character. In the example above the conversion specifier
- %-5level means the level of the logging event should be left
- justified to a width of five characters.
-
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
a
- Equivalent to appdomain
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the AppDomain where the
- logging event was generated.
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-cache
-
-
- Used to output all cache items in the case of %aspnet-cache or just one named item if used as %aspnet-cache{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-context
-
-
- Used to output all context items in the case of %aspnet-context or just one named item if used as %aspnet-context{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-request
-
-
- Used to output all request parameters in the case of %aspnet-request or just one named param if used as %aspnet-request{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
aspnet-session
-
-
- Used to output all session items in the case of %aspnet-session or just one named item if used as %aspnet-session{key}
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework or Client Profile assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
c
- Equivalent to logger
-
- -
-
C
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
class
- Equivalent to type
-
- -
-
d
- Equivalent to date
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
exception
-
-
- Used to output the exception passed in with the log message.
-
-
- If an exception object is stored in the logging event
- it will be rendered into the pattern output with a
- trailing newline.
- If there is no exception then nothing will be output
- and no trailing newline will be appended.
- It is typical to put a newline before the exception
- and to have the exception as the last data in the pattern.
-
-
-
- -
-
F
- Equivalent to file
-
- -
-
file
-
-
- Used to output the file name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
l
- Equivalent to location
-
- -
-
L
- Equivalent to line
-
- -
-
location
-
-
- Used to output location information of the caller which generated
- the logging event.
-
-
- The location information depends on the CLI implementation but
- usually consists of the fully qualified name of the calling
- method followed by the callers source the file name and line
- number between parentheses.
-
-
- The location information can be very useful. However, its
- generation is extremely slow. Its use should be avoided
- unless execution speed is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
level
-
-
- Used to output the level of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
line
-
-
- Used to output the line number from where the logging request
- was issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
logger
-
-
- Used to output the logger of the logging event. The
- logger conversion specifier can be optionally followed by
- precision specifier , that is a decimal constant in
- brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the logger name will be
- printed. By default the logger name is printed in full.
-
-
- For example, for the logger name "a.b.c" the pattern
- %logger{2} will output "b.c".
-
-
-
- -
-
m
- Equivalent to message
-
- -
-
M
- Equivalent to method
-
- -
-
message
-
-
- Used to output the application supplied message associated with
- the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
mdc
-
-
- The MDC (old name for the ThreadContext.Properties) is now part of the
- combined event properties. This pattern is supported for compatibility
- but is equivalent to property .
-
-
-
- -
-
method
-
-
- Used to output the method name where the logging request was
- issued.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller location information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
n
- Equivalent to newline
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
ndc
-
-
- Used to output the NDC (nested diagnostic context) associated
- with the thread that generated the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
p
- Equivalent to level
-
- -
-
P
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
properties
- Equivalent to property
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output the an event specific property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are added to events by loggers or appenders. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the event properties
-
- The event has
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
r
- Equivalent to timestamp
-
- -
-
stacktrace
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktrace{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3 > type2.MethodCall2 > type1.MethodCall1
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
stacktracedetail
-
-
- Used to output the stack trace of the logging event
- The stack trace level specifier may be enclosed
- between braces. For example, %stacktracedetail{level} .
- If no stack trace level specifier is given then 1 is assumed
-
-
- Output uses the format:
- type3.MethodCall3(type param,...) > type2.MethodCall2(type param,...) > type1.MethodCall1(type param,...)
-
-
- This pattern is not available for Compact Framework assemblies.
-
-
-
- -
-
t
- Equivalent to thread
-
- -
-
timestamp
-
-
- Used to output the number of milliseconds elapsed since the start
- of the application until the creation of the logging event.
-
-
-
- -
-
thread
-
-
- Used to output the name of the thread that generated the
- logging event. Uses the thread number if no name is available.
-
-
-
- -
-
type
-
-
- Used to output the fully qualified type name of the caller
- issuing the logging request. This conversion specifier
- can be optionally followed by precision specifier , that
- is a decimal constant in brackets.
-
-
- If a precision specifier is given, then only the corresponding
- number of right most components of the class name will be
- printed. By default the class name is output in fully qualified form.
-
-
- For example, for the class name "log4net.Layout.PatternLayout", the
- pattern %type{1} will output "PatternLayout".
-
-
- WARNING Generating the caller class information is
- slow. Thus, its use should be avoided unless execution speed is
- not an issue.
-
-
- See the note below on the availability of caller location information.
-
-
-
- -
-
u
- Equivalent to identity
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
- WARNING Generating caller WindowsIdentity information is
- extremely slow. Its use should be avoided unless execution speed
- is not an issue.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
w
- Equivalent to username
-
- -
-
x
- Equivalent to ndc
-
- -
-
X
- Equivalent to mdc
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- The single letter patterns are deprecated in favor of the
- longer more descriptive pattern names.
-
-
- By default the relevant information is output as is. However,
- with the aid of format modifiers it is possible to change the
- minimum field width, the maximum field width and justification.
-
-
- The optional format modifier is placed between the percent sign
- and the conversion pattern name.
-
-
- The first optional format modifier is the left justification
- flag which is just the minus (-) character. Then comes the
- optional minimum field width modifier. This is a decimal
- constant that represents the minimum number of characters to
- output. If the data item requires fewer characters, it is padded on
- either the left or the right until the minimum width is
- reached. The default is to pad on the left (right justify) but you
- can specify right padding with the left justification flag. The
- padding character is space. If the data item is larger than the
- minimum field width, the field is expanded to accommodate the
- data. The value is never truncated.
-
-
- This behavior can be changed using the maximum field
- width modifier which is designated by a period followed by a
- decimal constant. If the data item is longer than the maximum
- field, then the extra characters are removed from the
- beginning of the data item and not from the end. For
- example, it the maximum field width is eight and the data item is
- ten characters long, then the first two characters of the data item
- are dropped. This behavior deviates from the printf function in C
- where truncation is done from the end.
-
-
- Below are various format modifier examples for the logger
- conversion specifier.
-
-
-
-
- Format modifier
- left justify
- minimum width
- maximum width
- comment
-
-
- %20logger
- false
- 20
- none
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is less than 20
- characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %-20logger
- true
- 20
- none
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger
- name is less than 20 characters long.
-
-
-
-
- %.30logger
- NA
- none
- 30
-
-
- Truncate from the beginning if the logger
- name is longer than 30 characters.
-
-
-
-
- %20.30logger false
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Left pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
- %-20.30logger
- true
- 20
- 30
-
-
- Right pad with spaces if the logger name is shorter than 20
- characters. However, if logger name is longer than 30 characters,
- then truncate from the beginning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Note about caller location information. %type %file %line %method %location %class %C %F %L %l %M
- all generate caller location information.
- Location information uses the System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class to generate
- a call stack. The caller's information is then extracted from this stack.
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class is not supported on the
- .NET Compact Framework 1.0 therefore caller location information is not
- available on that framework.
-
-
-
-
- The System.Diagnostics.StackTrace class has this to say about Release builds:
-
-
- "StackTrace information will be most informative with Debug build configurations.
- By default, Debug builds include debug symbols, while Release builds do not. The
- debug symbols contain most of the file, method name, line number, and column
- information used in constructing StackFrame and StackTrace objects. StackTrace
- might not report as many method calls as expected, due to code transformations
- that occur during optimization."
-
-
- This means that in a Release build the caller information may be incomplete or may
- not exist at all! Therefore caller location information cannot be relied upon in a Release build.
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
-
- This is a more detailed pattern.
- %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline
-
- A similar pattern except that the relative time is
- right padded if less than 6 digits, thread name is right padded if
- less than 15 characters and truncated if longer and the logger
- name is left padded if shorter than 30 characters and truncated if
- longer.
- %-6timestamp [%15.15thread] %-5level %30.30logger %ndc - %message%newline
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Douglas de la Torre
- Daniel Cazzulino
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
-
-
-
- Default pattern string for log output.
- Currently set to the string "%message%newline"
- which just prints the application supplied message.
-
-
-
-
-
- A detailed conversion pattern
-
-
-
- A conversion pattern which includes Time, Thread, Logger, and Nested Context.
- Current value is %timestamp [%thread] %level %logger %ndc - %message%newline .
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
- This static map is overridden by the m_converterRegistry instance map
-
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternLayout only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
- Defines the builtin global rules.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the DefaultConversionPattern
-
-
-
- The default pattern just produces the application supplied message.
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- As per the
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternLayout using the supplied conversion pattern
-
-
-
- Note to Inheritors: This constructor calls the virtual method
-
-
- When using this constructor the
-
-
-
-
- Create the pattern parser instance
-
- The
-
-
- Creates the
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Parse the
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternLayout
-
-
-
- Add a named pattern converter to this instance. This
- converter will be used in the formatting of the event.
- This method must be called before
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for the
-
-
- Used to convert objects to the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from arbitrary types
- to a single target type. See
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Can the sourceType be converted to an
- true if the source type can be converted to
-
- Test if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the value to a
- the
-
-
- Convert the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
-
- Extract the value of a property from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawPropertyLayout
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the property for
- returns property value
-
-
- Looks up and returns the object value of the property
- named null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection.
-
-
- Value to lookup in the LoggingEvent Properties collection
-
-
-
- String name of the property to lookup in the
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in local time. To format the time stamp
- in universal time use
-
-
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
-
- Extract the date from the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a RawUtcTimeStampLayout
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- returns the time stamp
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The time stamp is in universal time. To format the time stamp
- in local time use
-
-
-
-
- A very simple layout
-
-
-
- SimpleLayout consists of the level of the log statement,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. For example,
-
- DEBUG - Hello world
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructs a SimpleLayout
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a simple formatted output.
-
-
-
- Formats the event as the level of the even,
- followed by " - " and then the log message itself. The
- output is terminated by a newline.
-
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- The output of the external entity
- in a separate file to form a correct XML file.
-
-
- For example, if abc is the name of the file where
- the
-
- <?xml version="1.0" ?>
-
- <!DOCTYPE log4net:events SYSTEM "log4net-events.dtd" [<!ENTITY data SYSTEM "abc">]>
-
- <log4net:events version="1.2" xmlns:log4net="http://logging.apache.org/log4net/schemas/log4net-events-1.2>
- &data;
- </log4net:events>
-
-
- This approach enforces the independence of the
-
- The version attribute helps components to correctly
- interpret output generated by
-
- Alternatively the Header and Footer properties can be
- configured to output the correct XML header, open tag and close tag.
- When setting the Header and Footer properties it is essential
- that the underlying data store not be appendable otherwise the data
- will become invalid XML.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements.
-
-
-
- This is an abstract class that must be subclassed by an implementation
- to conform to a specific schema.
-
-
- Deriving classes must implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Protected constructor to support subclasses
-
-
-
- The true , then the
- file name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string.
-
-
-
- Format the
-
- This method creates an
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Subclasses should override this method to format
- the
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if location information should be included in
- the XML events.
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace invalid chars with
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether to include location information in
- the XML events.
-
-
- true if location information should be included in the XML
- events; otherwise, false .
-
-
-
- If true , then the file
- name and line number of the statement at the origin of the log
- statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- The string to replace characters that can not be expressed in XML with.
-
-
- Not all characters may be expressed in XML. This property contains the
- string to replace those that can not with. This defaults to a ?. Set it
- to the empty string to simply remove offending characters. For more
- details on the allowed character ranges see http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets
- Character replacement will occur in the log message, the property names
- and the property values.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the content type output by this layout.
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
- As this is the XML layout, the value is always "text/xml" .
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XmlLayout.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SmtpAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize layout options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- Builds a cache of the element names
-
-
-
-
-
- Does the actual writing of the XML.
-
-
-
- Override the base class
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all generated element names
-
-
-
-
- The prefix to use for all element names
-
-
-
- The default prefix is log4net . Set this property
- to change the prefix. If the prefix is set to an empty string
- then no prefix will be written.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the message.
-
-
-
- By default the log message will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when the message contains binary
- data. By setting this to true the contents of the message will be
- base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Set whether or not to base64 encode the property values.
-
-
-
- By default the properties will be written as text to the xml
- output. This can cause problems when one or more properties contain
- binary data. By setting this to true the values of the properties
- will be base64 encoded. If this is set then invalid character replacement
- (see
-
-
-
-
- Layout that formats the log events as XML elements compatible with the log4j schema
-
-
-
- Formats the log events according to the http://logging.apache.org/log4j schema.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The 1st of January 1970 in UTC
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j
-
-
-
-
- Constructs an XMLLayoutSchemaLog4j.
-
-
-
- The LocationInfo option takes a boolean value. By
- default, it is set to false which means there will be no location
- information output by this layout. If the the option is set to
- true, then the file name and line number of the statement
- at the origin of the log statement will be output.
-
-
- If you are embedding this layout within an SMTPAppender
- then make sure to set the LocationInfo option of that
- appender as well.
-
-
-
-
-
- Actually do the writing of the xml
-
-
-
- Generate XML that is compatible with the log4j schema.
-
-
-
-
-
- The version of the log4j schema to use.
-
-
-
- Only version 1.2 of the log4j schema is supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- The default object Renderer.
-
-
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects and collections to strings.
-
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Implement this interface in order to render objects as strings
-
-
-
- Certain types require special case conversion to
- string form. This conversion is done by an object renderer.
- Object renderers implement the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the object
-
-
- Render the object
-
- The
-
- The default renderer supports rendering objects to strings as follows:
-
-
-
- Value
- Rendered String
-
- -
-
null
- "(null)"
-
-
- -
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace.
-
-
- For example: {a, b, c} .
-
-
- All collection classes that implement
-
-
- -
-
-
- Rendered as the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer).
-
-
- For example: key=value .
-
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Object.ToString()
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the array argument into a string
-
-
-
- For a one dimensional array this is the
- array type name, an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- int[] {1, 2, 3} .
-
-
- If the array is not one dimensional the
- Array.ToString() is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the enumerator argument into a string
-
-
-
- Rendered as an open brace, followed by a comma
- separated list of the elements (using the appropriate
- renderer), followed by a close brace. For example:
- {a, b, c} .
-
-
-
-
-
- Render the DictionaryEntry argument into a string
-
-
-
- Render the key, an equals sign ('='), and the value (using the appropriate
- renderer). For example: key=value .
-
-
-
-
-
- Map class objects to an
-
-
- Maintains a mapping between types that require special
- rendering and the
-
- The object using the appropriate renderers defined in this map.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor.
-
-
-
-
-
- Render
- the object rendered as a string
-
-
- This is a convenience method used to render an object to a string.
- The alternative method
-
-
-
-
- Render
-
-
- Find the appropriate renderer for the type of the
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified object type
-
- the renderer for
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the renderer for the specified type
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
- Returns the renderer for the specified type.
- If no specific renderer has been defined the
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal function to recursively search interfaces
-
- the renderer for the specified type
-
-
-
- Clear the map of renderers
-
-
-
- Clear the custom renderers defined by using
-
-
-
-
-
- Register an
-
-
- Register an object renderer for a specific source type.
- This renderer will be returned from a call to
-
-
-
-
- Get the default renderer instance
-
- the default renderer
-
-
- Get the default renderer
-
-
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repository plugins.
-
-
-
- Plugins define additional behavior that can be associated
- with a
-
- The log4net.Config.PluginAttribute can be used to
- attach plugins to repositories created using configuration
- attributes.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Attaches the plugin to the specified
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
-
-
-
- A strongly-typed collection of
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Creates a read-only wrapper for a PluginCollection instance.
-
-
- A PluginCollection wrapper that is read-only.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that is empty and has the default initial capacity.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that has the specified initial capacity.
-
- PluginCollection is initially capable of storing.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements are copied to the new collection.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the PluginCollection class
- that contains elements copied from the specified
-
-
-
- Allow subclasses to avoid our default constructors
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Copies the entire PluginCollection to a one-dimensional
-
-
-
-
- Adds a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The index at which the value has been added.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Creates a shallow copy of the
- A new
-
-
-
- Determines whether a given PluginCollection .
-
- true if PluginCollection ; otherwise, false .
-
-
- Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The zero-based index of the first occurrence of PluginCollection , if found; otherwise, -1.
-
-
-
-
- Inserts an element into the PluginCollection at the specified index.
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the first occurrence of a specific PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
-
- The specified PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element at the specified index of the PluginCollection .
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PluginCollection .
-
- An PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of another PluginCollection to the current PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection whose elements should be added to the end of the current PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Adds the elements of a PluginCollection .
-
- PluginCollection .
- The new PluginCollection .
-
-
-
- Sets the capacity to the actual number of elements.
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements actually contained in the PluginCollection .
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread-safe).
-
- true if access to the ICollection is synchronized (thread-safe); otherwise, false.
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
- The
-
- -or-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the collection has a fixed size.
-
- true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only.
-
- true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false . The default is false .
-
-
- Gets or sets the number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
- The number of elements the PluginCollection can contain.
-
-
-
-
- Supports type-safe iteration over a
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Type visible only to our subclasses
- Used to access protected constructor
-
-
-
-
- A value
-
-
-
-
- Supports simple iteration over a
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the Enumerator class.
-
-
-
-
- Advances the enumerator to the next element in the collection.
-
-
- true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element;
- false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection.
-
-
- The collection was modified after the enumerator was created.
-
-
-
-
- Sets the enumerator to its initial position, before the first element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current element in the collection.
-
-
- The current element in the collection.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Map of repository plugins.
-
-
-
- This class is a name keyed map of the plugins that are
- attached to a repository.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Adds a
-
-
- The
-
- If there already exists a plugin with the same name
- attached to the repository then the old plugin will
- be
-
-
-
-
- Removes a
-
-
- Remove a specific plugin from this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a
-
- The null if no plugin is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup a plugin by name. If the plugin is not found null
- will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets all possible plugins as a list of
- All possible plugins as a list of
-
-
- Get a collection of all the plugins defined in this map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new Plugin with the specified name.
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- This method is called to notify the plugin that
- it should stop operating and should detach from
- the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of this plugin.
-
-
-
-
- The repository this plugin is attached to.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the plugin.
-
-
- The name of the plugin.
-
-
-
- Plugins are stored in the
-
- The name of the plugin must not change one the
- plugin has been attached to a repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- The repository for this plugin
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets or sets the
-
-
-
-
- Plugin that listens for events from the
-
-
- This plugin publishes an instance of
-
- When an event is received it is relogged within the attached repository
- as if it had been raised locally.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Construct with sink Uri.
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches this plugin to a
-
-
- A plugin may only be attached to a single repository.
-
-
- This method is called when the plugin is attached to the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Is called when the plugin is to shutdown.
-
-
-
- When the plugin is shutdown the remote logging
- sink is disconnected.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RemoteLoggingServerPlugin class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the URI of this sink.
-
-
- The URI of this sink.
-
-
-
- This is the name under which the object is marshaled.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delivers
-
-
- Internal class used to listen for logging events
- and deliver them to the local repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Logs the events to the repository.
-
-
-
- The events passed are logged to the
-
-
-
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance.
-
- null to indicate that this instance should live forever.
-
- Obtains a lifetime service object to control the lifetime
- policy for this instance. This object should live forever
- therefore this implementation returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- The underlying
-
-
-
- Default implementation of
-
-
- This default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface abstracts creation of
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- The
-
- Implement this interface to create new subclasses of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new
- The
-
-
- Create a new
-
- Called by the
-
- If the null then the root logger
- must be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default internal subclass of
-
-
- This subclass has no additional behavior over the
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of
-
-
- Internal class used to provide implementation of
-
- This is one of the central classes in the log4net implementation. One of the
- distinctive features of log4net are hierarchical loggers and their
- evaluation. The
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Aspi Havewala
- Douglas de la Torre
-
-
-
- This constructor created a new
-
-
- This constructor is protected and designed to be used by
- a subclass that is not abstract.
-
-
- Loggers are constructed by
-
-
-
-
- Add
-
-
- Add
-
- If
-
-
-
-
- Look for the appender named as name
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null .
-
-
- Returns the named appender, or null if the appender is not found.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
-
- Remove all previously added appenders from this Logger instance.
-
-
- This is useful when re-reading configuration information.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- Remove the named appender passed as parameter form the list of appenders.
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method that is intended to be used
- by wrappers.
-
-
-
- Logs the specified logging event through this logger.
-
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if this logger is enabled for a given
-
- true if this logger is enabled for level , otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Test if this logger is going to log events of the specified
-
- This method must not throw any exception to the caller.
-
-
-
-
-
- Deliver the
-
-
- Call the appenders in the hierarchy starting at
- this . If no appenders could be found, emit a
- warning.
-
-
- This method calls all the appenders inherited from the
- hierarchy circumventing any evaluation of whether to log or not
- to log the particular log request.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes all attached appenders implementing the
-
-
- Used to ensure that the appenders are correctly shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- This is the most generic printing method. This generic form is intended to be used by wrappers
-
-
-
- Generate a logging event for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Generates a logging event and delivers it to the attached
- appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new logging event and logs the event without further checks.
-
-
-
- Delivers the logging event to the attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Logger class.
-
-
-
-
- The name of this logger.
-
-
-
-
- The assigned level of this logger.
-
-
-
- The level variable need not be
- assigned a value in which case it is inherited
- form the hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
-
-
-
- The parent of this logger.
- All loggers have at least one ancestor which is the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
-
-
-
- Loggers need to know what Hierarchy they are in.
- The hierarchy that this logger is a member of is stored
- here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Helper implementation of the
-
-
-
- Flag indicating if child loggers inherit their parents appenders
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock to protect AppenderAttachedImpl variable m_appenderAttachedImpl
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
- The parent logger in the hierarchy.
-
-
-
- Part of the Composite pattern that makes the hierarchy.
- The hierarchy is parent linked rather than child linked.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
- true if child loggers inherit their parent's appenders.
-
-
-
- Additivity is set to true by default, that is children inherit
- the appenders of their ancestors by default. If this variable is
- set to false then the appenders found in the
- ancestors of this logger are not used. However, the children
- of this logger will inherit its appenders, unless the children
- have their additivity flag set to false too. See
- the user manual for more details.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the effective level for this logger.
-
- The nearest level in the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Starting from this logger, searches the logger hierarchy for a
- non-null level and returns it. Otherwise, returns the level of the
- root logger.
-
- The Logger class is designed so that this method executes as
- quickly as possible.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
- The hierarchy that this logger belongs to.
-
-
- This logger must be attached to a single
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- The assigned null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
- A collection of the appenders in this logger
-
-
- Get the appenders contained in this logger as an
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the logger name.
-
-
- The name of the logger.
-
-
-
- The name of this logger
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
- The
-
-
- Gets the Logger instance is attached to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct a new Logger
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger creation event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides data for the
-
-
- A
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Hierarchical organization of loggers
-
-
-
- The casual user should not have to deal with this class
- directly.
-
-
- This class is specialized in retrieving loggers by name and
- also maintaining the logger hierarchy. Implements the
-
-
- The structure of the logger hierarchy is maintained by the
-
-
- In case a descendant is created before a particular ancestor,
- then it creates a provision node for the ancestor and adds itself
- to the provision node. Other descendants of the same ancestor add
- themselves to the previously created provision node.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Base implementation of
-
-
- Default abstract implementation of the
-
- Skeleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Interface implemented by logger repositories.
-
-
-
- This interface is implemented by logger repositories. e.g.
-
-
- This interface is used by the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If the names logger exists it is returned, otherwise
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Returns a named logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
- Shutting down a repository will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of the repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collection of internal messages captured during the most
- recent configuration process.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with default (empty) properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Construct the repository using specific properties
-
-
-
- Initializes the repository with specified properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the repository. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the repository as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Return a new logger instance.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository
-
-
-
- Shutdown the repository. Can be overridden in a subclass.
- This base class implementation notifies the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the repositories configuration to a default state
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this instance to their
- default state.
-
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this repository.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
- All the Appenders
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are configured as an Array.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LoggerRepositorySkeleton class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
- Adds an object renderer for a specific class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository is shutting down
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository is shutting down.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration reset
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has been reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Notify the registered listeners that the repository has had its configuration changed
-
-
-
- Notify any listeners that this repository's configuration has changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raise a configuration changed event on this repository
-
-
-
- Applications that programmatically change the configuration of the repository should
- raise this event notification to notify listeners.
-
-
-
-
-
- The name of the repository
-
-
- The string name of the repository
-
-
-
- The name of this repository. The name is
- used to store and lookup the repositories
- stored by the
-
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
- The threshold for all events in this repository
-
-
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
-
- RendererMap accesses the object renderer map for this repository.
-
-
- The RendererMap holds a mapping between types and
-
-
-
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
- The plugin map for this repository.
-
-
-
- The plugin map holds the
-
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
-
- Get the level map for the Repository.
-
-
- The level map defines the mappings between
- level names and
-
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
- Flag indicates if this repository has been configured.
-
-
-
-
-
- Contains a list of internal messages captures during the
- last configuration.
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository has been shutdown.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration reset.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been
- reset to default.
-
-
-
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
- Event to notify that the repository has had its configuration changed.
-
-
-
- Event raised when the repository's configuration has been changed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- Repository specific properties
-
-
- These properties can be specified on a repository specific basis
-
-
-
-
- Basic Configurator interface for repositories
-
-
-
- Interface used by basic configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appender
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- Configure the repository to route all logging events to the
- specified appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- Configure repository using XML
-
-
-
- Interface used by Xml configurator to configure a
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initialize the repository using the specified config
-
-
-
- The schema for the XML configuration data is defined by
- the implementation.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Construct with properties and a logger factory
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Test if a logger exists
-
- The Logger object with the name specified
-
-
- Check if the named logger exists in the hierarchy. If so return
- its reference, otherwise returns null .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array
-
- All the defined loggers
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the hierarchy as an Array.
- The root logger is not included in the returned
- enumeration.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
- the default factory.
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated and
- then linked with its existing ancestors as well as children.
-
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
-
- Shutting down a hierarchy will safely close and remove
- all appenders in all loggers including the root logger.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the
- application exists. Otherwise, pending logging events might be
- lost.
-
-
- The Shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their default.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in this hierarchy instance to their
- default. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
- Existing loggers are not removed. They are just reset.
-
-
- This method should be used sparingly and with care as it will
- block all logging until it is completed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log the logEvent through this hierarchy.
-
-
-
- This method should not normally be used to log.
- The
-
- The logEvent is delivered to the appropriate logger and
- that logger is then responsible for logging the event.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns all the Appenders that are currently configured
-
- An array containing all the currently configured appenders
-
-
- Returns all the
-
- The list returned is unordered but does not contain duplicates.
-
-
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Collect the appenders from an
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appender
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified appenders
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the log4net system using the specified config
-
-
-
- This method provides the same functionality as the
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if this hierarchy is disabled for the specified
-
- true if the repository is disabled for the level argument, false otherwise.
-
-
-
- If this hierarchy has not been configured then this method will
- always return true .
-
-
- This method will return true if this repository is
- disabled for level object passed as parameter and
- false otherwise.
-
-
- See also the
-
-
-
-
- Clear all logger definitions from the internal hashtable
-
-
-
- This call will clear all logger definitions from the internal
- hashtable. Invoking this method will irrevocably mess up the
- logger hierarchy.
-
-
- You should really know what you are doing before
- invoking this method.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return a new logger instance named as the first parameter using
-
- The logger object with the name specified
-
-
- If a logger of that name already exists, then it will be
- returned. Otherwise, a new logger will be instantiated by the
-
-
-
-
-
- Sends a logger creation event to all registered listeners
-
-
- Raises the logger creation event.
-
-
-
-
- Updates all the parents of the specified logger
-
-
-
- This method loops through all the potential parents of
-
-
- -
-
No entry for the potential parent of
-
- We create a ProvisionNode for this potential
- parent and insert
-
- -
-
The entry is of type Logger for the potential parent.
-
- The entry is
-
- -
-
The entry is of type ProvisionNode for this potential parent.
-
- We add
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace a
-
-
- We update the links for all the children that placed themselves
- in the provision node 'pn'. The second argument 'log' is a
- reference for the newly created Logger, parent of all the
- children in 'pn'.
-
-
- We loop on all the children 'c' in 'pn'.
-
-
- If the child 'c' has been already linked to a child of
- 'log' then there is no need to update 'c'.
-
-
- Otherwise, we set log's parent field to c's parent and set
- c's parent field to log.
-
-
-
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
-
- Define or redefine a Level using the values in the
-
- Supports setting levels via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
-
- Set a Property using the values in the
-
- Supports setting property values via the configuration file.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the Hierarchy class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Event used to notify that a logger has been created.
-
-
-
- Event raised when a logger is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Has no appender warning been emitted
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if we have already issued a warning
- about not having an appender warning.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy
-
-
-
- Get the root of this hierarchy.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the default
- The default
-
-
- The logger factory is used to create logger instances.
-
-
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
- A class to hold the value, name and display name for a level
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Value of the level
-
-
-
- If the value is not set (defaults to -1) the value will be looked
- up for the current level with the same name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Name of the level
-
-
- The name of the level
-
-
-
- The name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Display name for the level
-
-
- The display name of the level
-
-
-
- The display name of the level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Used internally to accelerate hash table searches.
-
-
-
- Internal class used to improve performance of
- string keyed hashtables.
-
-
- The hashcode of the string is cached for reuse.
- The string is stored as an interned value.
- When comparing two
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct key with string name
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Stores the hashcode of the string and interns
- the string key to optimize comparisons.
-
-
- The Compact Framework 1.0 the
-
-
-
-
- Returns a hash code for the current instance.
-
- A hash code for the current instance.
-
-
- Returns the cached hashcode.
-
-
-
-
-
- Determines whether two
-
- true if the specified false .
-
-
-
- Compares the references of the interned strings.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provision nodes are used where no logger instance has been specified
-
-
-
-
-
- A provision node holds a list of child loggers on behalf of
- a logger that does not exist.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create a new provision node with child node
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
- First, it cannot be assigned a null
- level. Second, since the root logger cannot have a parent, the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct a
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The root logger names itself as "root". However, the root
- logger cannot be retrieved by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RootLogger class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
- The assigned level value without walking the logger hierarchy.
-
-
- Because the root logger cannot have a parent and its level
- must not be null this property just returns the
- value of
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the assigned
-
- The
-
-
- Setting the level of the root logger to a null reference
- may have catastrophic results. We prevent this here.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initializes the log4net environment using an XML DOM.
-
-
-
- Configures a
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Construct the configurator for a hierarchy
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
- Configure the hierarchy by parsing a DOM tree of XML elements.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse appenders by IDREF.
-
- The instance of the appender that the ref refers to.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an appender element.
-
- The appender instance or null when parsing failed.
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents an appender and return
- the appender instance.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the root logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents the root logger.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses the children of a logger element.
-
-
-
- Parse the child elements of a <logger> element.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses an object renderer.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a renderer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parses a level element.
-
-
-
- Parse an XML element that represents a level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Sets a parameter on an object.
-
-
- The parameter name must correspond to a writable property
- on the object. The value of the parameter is a string,
- therefore this function will attempt to set a string
- property first. If unable to set a string property it
- will inspect the property and its argument type. It will
- attempt to call a static method called Parse on the
- type of the property. This method will take a single
- string argument and return a value that can be used to
- set the property.
-
-
-
-
- Test if an element has no attributes or child elements
-
- true if the element has any attributes or child elements, false otherwise
-
-
- Test if a Activator.CreateInstance .
-
- true if the type is creatable using a default constructor, false otherwise
-
-
- Look for a method on the
- the method info found
-
-
- The method must be a public instance method on the
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string value to a target type.
-
-
-
- An object of type null when the conversion could not be performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates an object as specified in XML.
-
- The object or null
-
-
- Parse an XML element and create an object instance based on the configuration
- data.
-
-
- The type of the instance may be specified in the XML. If not
- specified then the
-
-
-
-
- key: appenderName, value: appender.
-
-
-
-
- The Hierarchy being configured.
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the XmlHierarchyConfigurator class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository shutdown event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle logger repository configuration reset event notifications.
-
-
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
- Delegate used to handle event notifications for logger repository configuration changes.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
- Writes name of the current AppDomain to the output
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- The value of the
-
- Option value
- Output
-
- -
-
ISO8601
-
- Uses the "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss,fff" pattern.
-
-
- -
-
DATE
-
- Uses the "dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "06 Nov 1994 15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
ABSOLUTE
-
- Uses the "HH:mm:ss,fff" for example, "15:49:37,459" .
-
-
- -
-
other
-
- Any other pattern string uses the DateTimeFormatInfo Class .
-
-
-
-
-
- The date and time is in the local time zone and is rendered in that zone.
- To output the time in Universal time see
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current date to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date and time passed is in the local time zone.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the DatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Write an special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the special path environment folder path to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentFolderPathPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output writer.
- The value of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write an environment variable to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the environment variable to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the EnvironmentPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the current thread identity to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the IdentityPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Pattern converter for literal string instances in the pattern
-
-
-
- Writes the literal string value specified in the
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Set the next converter in the chain
-
- The next pattern converter
-
-
- Special case the building of the pattern converter chain
- for
-
-
-
-
- Write the literal to the output
-
-
-
- Override the formatting behavior to ignore the FormattingInfo
- because we have a literal instead.
-
-
- Writes the value of
-
-
-
-
- Convert this pattern into the rendered message
-
-
-
- This method is not used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a newline to the output
-
-
-
- Writes the system dependent line terminator to the output.
- This behavior can be overridden by setting the
-
-
- Option Value
- Output
-
- -
-
DOS
- DOS or Windows line terminator "\r\n"
-
- -
-
UNIX
- UNIX line terminator "\n"
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current process ID to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ProcessIdPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Property pattern converter
-
-
-
- This pattern converter reads the thread and global properties.
- The thread properties take priority over global properties.
- See
-
- If the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the property value to the output
-
-
-
- Writes out the value of a named property. The property name
- should be set in the
-
- If the null
- then all the properties are written as key value pairs.
-
-
-
-
-
- A Pattern converter that generates a string of random characters
-
-
-
- The converter generates a string of random characters. By default
- the string is length 4. This can be changed by setting the
-
- The random characters in the string are limited to uppercase letters
- and numbers only.
-
-
- The random number generator used by this class is not cryptographically secure.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Shared random number generator
-
-
-
-
- Length of random string to generate. Default length 4.
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the converter options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
- Write a randoim string to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the RandomStringPatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output writer
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
- Write the current threads username to the output
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UserNamePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Write the UTC date time to the output
-
-
-
- Date pattern converter, uses a
-
- See the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Write the current date and time to the output
-
-
-
- Pass the current date and time to the
-
- The date is in Universal time when it is rendered.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the UtcDatePatternConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Type converter for Boolean.
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to bool type.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Convert the source object to the type supported by this object
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Exception base type for conversion errors.
-
-
-
- This type extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Serialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
- An instance of the
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Register of type converters for specific types.
-
-
-
- Maintains a registry of type converters used to convert between
- types.
-
-
- Use the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor.
-
-
-
- This constructor defines the intrinsic type converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter instance for a specific type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Adds a converter for a specific type.
-
-
-
- Adds a converter
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- Gets the type converter to use to convert values to the destination type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookups the type converter to use as specified by the attributes on the
- destination type.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
-
- Creates the instance of the type converter.
-
-
- The type converter instance to use for type conversions or null
- if no type converter is found.
-
-
-
- The type specified for the type converter must implement
- the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ConverterRegistry class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Mapping from
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the encoding
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Interface supported by type converters
-
-
-
- This interface supports conversion from a single type to arbitrary types.
- See
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Test if the type supported by this converter can be converted to the
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Converts the
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the IPAddress
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Valid characters in an IPv4 or IPv6 address string. (Does not support subnets)
-
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternLayout
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Convert between string and
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- The string is used as the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the target type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the arguments
-
- the converted object
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the PatternString
-
-
- Creates and returns a new
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
-
- Supports conversion from string to
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Can the source type be converted to the type supported by this object
-
- true if the conversion is possible
-
-
- Returns true if the
-
-
-
-
- Overrides the ConvertFrom method of IConvertFrom.
-
- the Type
-
-
- Uses the
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- Attribute used to associate a type converter
-
-
-
- Class and Interface level attribute that specifies a type converter
- to use with the associated type.
-
-
- To associate a type converter with a target type apply a
- TypeConverterAttribute to the target type. Specify the
- type of the type converter on the attribute.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type name
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new type converter attribute for the specified type
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
- The string type name of the type converter
-
-
-
- The type specified must implement the
-
-
-
-
- A straightforward implementation of the
-
-
- This is the default implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Append on on all attached appenders.
-
- The number of appenders called.
-
-
- Calls the
-
-
-
-
- Calls the DoAppende method on the
-
-
- If the
-
-
-
-
- Attaches an appender.
-
-
-
- If the appender is already in the list it won't be added again.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an attached appender with the specified name.
-
-
- The appender with the name specified, or null if no appender with the
- specified name is found.
-
-
-
- Lookup an attached appender by name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes all attached appenders.
-
-
-
- Removes and closes all attached appenders
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the specified appender from the list of attached appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the appender with the specified name from the list of appenders.
-
- The appender removed from the list
-
-
- The appender removed is not closed.
- If you are discarding the appender you must call
-
-
-
-
-
- List of appenders
-
-
-
-
- Array of appenders, used to cache the m_appenderList
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the AppenderAttachedImpl class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets all attached appenders.
-
-
- A collection of attached appenders, or null if there
- are no attached appenders.
-
-
-
- The read only collection of all currently attached appenders.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class aggregates several PropertiesDictionary collections together.
-
-
-
- Provides a dictionary style lookup over an ordered list of
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Add a Properties Dictionary to this composite collection
-
-
-
- Properties dictionaries added first take precedence over dictionaries added
- later.
-
-
-
-
-
- Flatten this composite collection into a single properties dictionary
-
- the flattened dictionary
-
-
- Reduces the collection of ordered dictionaries to a single dictionary
- containing the resultant values for the keys.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Looks up the value for the
-
- If none of the collections contain the specified key then
- null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Base class for Context Properties implementations
-
-
-
- This class defines a basic property get set accessor
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Wrapper class used to map converter names to converter types
-
-
-
- Pattern converter info class used during configuration by custom
- PatternString and PatternLayer converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the name of the conversion pattern
-
-
-
- The name of the pattern in the format string
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the type of the converter
-
-
-
- The value specified must extend the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Subclass of
-
-
- This writer counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
-
- Adapter that extends
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The writer to forward messages to
-
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Closes the writer and releases any system resources associated with the writer
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
- Dispose this writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Flushes any buffered output
-
-
-
- Clears all buffers for the writer and causes any buffered data to be written
- to the underlying device
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a character buffer to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the wrapped TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
- The underlying
-
-
- Gets or sets the underlying
-
-
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
- The
-
-
- The Encoding in which the output is written
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
- The format provider
-
-
-
- Gets an object that controls formatting
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
- The line terminator to use
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the line terminator string used by the TextWriter
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new QuietTextWriter using a writer and error handler
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Closes the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
-
-
- The error handler instance to pass all errors to
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if this writer is closed
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
- The error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the error handler that all errors are passed to.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
- true if this writer is closed, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether this writer is closed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Creates a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Writes a character to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a buffer to the underlying writer and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Writes a string to the output and counts the number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Overrides implementation of
-
-
-
-
- Total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
- The total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the total number of bytes written.
-
-
-
-
-
- A fixed size rolling buffer of logging events.
-
-
-
- An array backed fixed size leaky bucket.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Appends a
- The event discarded from the buffer, if the buffer is full, otherwise null .
-
-
- Append an event to the buffer. If the buffer still contains free space then
- null is returned. If the buffer is full then an event will be dropped
- to make space for the new event, the event dropped is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get and remove the oldest event in the buffer.
-
- The oldest logging event in the buffer
-
-
- Gets the oldest (first) logging event in the buffer and removes it
- from the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pops all the logging events from the buffer into an array.
-
- An array of all the logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- Get all the events in the buffer and clear the buffer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer
-
-
-
- Clear the buffer of all events. The events in the buffer are lost.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the
- The
-
-
- If null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer.
-
- The maximum size of the buffer.
-
-
- Gets the maximum size of the buffer
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of logging events in the buffer.
-
- The number of logging events in the buffer.
-
-
- This number is guaranteed to be in the range 0 to
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
- The singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the empty collection.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Copies the elements of the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values are copied into the array.
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Adds an element with the provided key and value to the
-
-
-
- As the collection is empty no new values can be added. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Removes all elements from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Determines whether the
- false
-
- As the collection is empty the false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.
-
-
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Removes the element with the specified key from the
-
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be removed. A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the empty dictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating if access to the
-
- true if access to the false .
-
-
-
- For the true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of elements contained in the
-
- The number of elements contained in the
-
-
- As the collection is empty the 0 .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
- An object that can be used to synchronize access to the
-
-
- As the collection is empty and thread safe and synchronized this instance is also
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets a value indicating whether the
- true
-
- As the collection is empty true .
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets an
- An
-
-
- As the collection is empty a
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the element with the specified key.
-
- null
-
- As the collection is empty no values can be looked up or stored.
- If the index getter is called then null is returned.
- A
-
- This dictionary is always empty and cannot be modified.
-
-
-
- Contain the information obtained when parsing formatting modifiers
- in conversion modifiers.
-
-
-
- Holds the formatting information extracted from the format string by
- the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Defaut Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
- The minimum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the minimum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
- The maximum value.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the maximum value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled
- or not.
-
-
- A flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a flag indicating whether left align is enabled or not.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- This class implements a properties collection that is thread safe and supports both
- storing properties and capturing a read only copy of the current propertied.
-
-
- This class is optimized to the scenario where the properties are read frequently
- and are modified infrequently.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The read only copy of the properties.
-
-
-
- This variable is declared volatile to prevent the compiler and JIT from
- reordering reads and writes of this thread performed on different threads.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lock object used to synchronize updates within this instance
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property from the global context
-
-
-
- Removing an entry from the global context properties is relatively expensive compared
- with reading a value.
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear the global context properties
-
-
-
-
- Get a readonly immutable copy of the properties
-
- the current global context properties
-
-
- This implementation is fast because the GlobalContextProperties class
- stores a readonly copy of the properties.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Reading the value for a key is faster than setting the value.
- When the value is written a new read only copy of
- the properties is created.
-
-
-
-
-
- Manages a mapping from levels to
-
-
- Manages an ordered mapping from
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialise a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Add a
-
-
- If a
-
-
-
-
- Lookup the mapping for the specified level
-
- the null if no mapping found
-
-
- Lookup the value for the specified level. Finds the nearest
- mapping value for the level that is equal to or less than the
-
-
- If no mapping could be found then null is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize options
-
-
-
- Caches the sorted list of
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- This class stores its properties in a slot on the log4net.Util.LogicalThreadContextProperties .
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Flag used to disable this context if we don't have permission to access the CallContext.
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove the value for the specified
-
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
- Clear all the context properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary stored in the LocalDataStoreSlot for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doings so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the call context get data.
-
- The peroperties dictionary stored in the call context
-
- The
-
-
-
- Sets the call context data.
-
-
- The
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the LogicalThreadContextProperties class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Get or set the property value for the
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Outputs log statements from within the log4net assembly.
-
-
-
- Log4net components cannot make log4net logging calls. However, it is
- sometimes useful for the user to learn about what log4net is
- doing.
-
-
- All log4net internal debug calls go to the standard output stream
- whereas internal error messages are sent to the standard error output
- stream.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Formats Prefix, Source, and Message in the same format as the value
- sent to Console.Out and Trace.Write.
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
- Static constructor that initializes logging by reading
- settings from the application configuration file.
-
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Debug application setting
- controls internal debugging. This setting should be set
- to true to enable debugging.
-
-
- The log4net.Internal.Quiet application setting
- suppresses all internal logging including error messages.
- This setting should be set to true to enable message
- suppression.
-
-
-
-
-
- Raises the LogReceived event when an internal messages is received.
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal debug messages to the
- standard output stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net: ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal warning messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal warning messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:WARN ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal error messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes log4net internal error messages to the
- standard error stream.
-
-
-
- All internal debug messages are prepended with
- the string "log4net:ERROR ".
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard output stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Out and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Writes output to the standard error stream.
-
-
-
- Writes to both Console.Error and System.Diagnostics.Trace.
- Note that the System.Diagnostics.Trace is not supported
- on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- If the AppDomain is not configured with a config file then
- the call to System.Diagnostics.Trace may fail. This is only
- an issue if you are programmatically creating your own AppDomains.
-
-
-
-
-
- Default debug level
-
-
-
-
- In quietMode not even errors generate any output.
-
-
-
-
- The event raised when an internal message has been received.
-
-
-
-
- The Type that generated the internal message.
-
-
-
-
- The DateTime stamp of when the internal message was received.
-
-
-
-
- A string indicating the severity of the internal message.
-
-
- "log4net: ",
- "log4net:ERROR ",
- "log4net:WARN "
-
-
-
-
- The internal log message.
-
-
-
-
- The Exception related to the message.
-
-
- Optional. Will be null if no Exception was passed.
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net internal logging
- is enabled or disabled.
-
-
- true if log4net internal logging is enabled, otherwise
- false .
-
-
-
- When set to true , internal debug level logging will be
- displayed.
-
-
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Debug in the application configuration
- file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. debugging is
- disabled.
-
-
-
-
- The following example enables internal debugging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets a value indicating whether log4net should generate no output
- from internal logging, not even for errors.
-
-
- true if log4net should generate no output at all from internal
- logging, otherwise false .
-
-
-
- When set to true will cause internal logging at all levels to be
- suppressed. This means that no warning or error reports will be logged.
- This option overrides the
- This value can be set by setting the application setting
- log4net.Internal.Quiet in the application configuration file.
-
-
- The default value is false , i.e. internal logging is not
- disabled.
-
-
-
- The following example disables internal logging using the
- application configuration file :
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Debug is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Debug is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Warn is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Warn is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
- true if Error is enabled
-
-
-
- Test if LogLog.Error is enabled for output.
-
-
-
-
-
- Subscribes to the LogLog.LogReceived event and stores messages
- to the supplied IList instance.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Represents a native error code and message.
-
-
-
- Represents a Win32 platform native error.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
- Create an instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- The message for the specified error number is lookup up using the
- native Win32 FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Retrieves the message corresponding with a Win32 message identifier.
-
-
- The message corresponding with the specified message identifier.
-
-
-
- The message will be searched for in system message-table resource(s)
- using the native FormatMessage function.
-
-
-
-
-
- Return error information string
-
- error information string
-
-
- Return error information string
-
-
-
-
-
- Formats a message string.
-
- LocalAlloc function, and places the pointer to the buffer at the address specified in
-
- The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a
- buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an
- already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message
- table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition
- in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier.
- The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded
- insert sequences if requested.
-
-
- To prevent the usage of unsafe code, this stub does not support inserting values in the formatted message.
-
-
-
-
- If the function succeeds, the return value is the number of TCHARs stored in the output
- buffer, excluding the terminating null character.
-
-
- If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information,
- call
-
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
- The number of the native error.
-
-
-
- Gets the number of the native error.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
- The message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the message of the native error.
-
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance.
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current key from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an exception because the
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current value from the enumerator.
-
- The current value from the enumerator.
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- Gets the current entry from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- An always empty
-
-
- A singleton implementation of the
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to enforce the singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the enumerator can advance, if so advance
-
- false as the
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its false .
-
-
-
-
-
- Resets the enumerator back to the start.
-
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection
-
-
-
-
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
-
- Get the singleton instance of the
- The singleton instance of the
-
-
- Gets the singleton instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current object from the enumerator.
-
-
- Throws an
-
-
- As the enumerator is over an empty collection its
-
- The collection is empty and
-
-
-
- A SecurityContext used when a SecurityContext is not required
-
-
-
- The
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
- Singleton instance of
-
-
-
-
- Private constructor
-
-
-
- Private constructor for singleton pattern.
-
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate this SecurityContext
-
- null
-
- No impersonation is done and null is always returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implements log4net's default error handling policy which consists
- of emitting a message for the first error in an appender and
- ignoring all subsequent errors.
-
-
-
- The error message is processed using the LogLog sub-system.
-
-
- This policy aims at protecting an otherwise working application
- from being flooded with error messages when logging fails.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Ron Grabowski
-
-
-
- Default Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Reset the error handler back to its initial disabled state.
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Sends the error information to
-
-
-
-
- Log an Error
-
-
-
- Prints the message and the stack trace of the exception on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- Log an error
-
-
-
- Print a the error message passed as parameter on the standard
- error output stream.
-
-
-
-
-
- The date the error was recorded.
-
-
-
-
- Flag to indicate if it is the first error
-
-
-
-
- The message recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The exception recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- The error code recorded during the first error.
-
-
-
-
- String to prefix each message with
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OnlyOnceErrorHandler class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled
-
-
-
- Is error logging enabled. Logging is only enabled for the
- first error delivered to the
-
-
-
-
- The date the first error that trigged this error handler occured.
-
-
-
-
- The message from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
-
-
- The exception from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- May be
-
-
-
- The error code from the first error that trigged this error handler.
-
-
- Defaults to
-
-
-
- A convenience class to convert property values to specific types.
-
-
-
- Utility functions for converting types and parsing values.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to a
- The
-
-
- If true is returned.
- If false is returned.
- Otherwise,
-
-
-
-
- Parses a file size into a number.
-
- The
-
-
- Parses a file size of the form: number[KB|MB|GB] into a
- long value. It is scaled with the appropriate multiplier.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object.
-
-
- The object converted from a string or null when the
- conversion failed.
-
-
-
- Converts a string to an object. Uses the converter registry to try
- to convert the string value into the specified target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
- true if there is a conversion from the source type to the target type.
- Checks if there is an appropriate type conversion from the source type to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
- The converted object.
-
-
- Converts an object to the target type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Instantiates an object given a class name.
-
-
- An instance of the
-
-
- Checks that the
-
-
-
-
- Performs variable substitution in string
- The result of the substitutions.
-
-
- The variable substitution delimiters are ${ and } .
-
-
- For example, if props contains key=value , then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of key is ${key}.");
-
-
-
- will set the variable s to "Value of key is value.".
-
-
- If no value could be found for the specified key, then substitution
- defaults to an empty string.
-
-
- For example, if system properties contains no value for the key
- "nonExistentKey", then the call
-
-
-
- string s = OptionConverter.SubstituteVariables("Value of nonExistentKey is [${nonExistentKey}]");
-
-
-
- will set s to "Value of nonExistentKey is []".
-
-
- An Exception is thrown if
-
-
-
-
- Converts the string representation of the name or numeric value of one or
- more enumerated constants to an equivalent enumerated object.
-
- true , ignore case; otherwise, regard case.
- An object of type
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the OptionConverter class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Most of the work of the
-
-
- The PatternParser processes a pattern string and
- returns a chain of
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
- The head of a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
- Parses the pattern into a chain of pattern converters.
-
-
-
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
- the list of all the converter names
-
-
- Build the unified cache of converters from the static and instance maps
-
-
-
-
-
- Internal method to parse the specified pattern to find specified matches
-
-
-
- The matches param must be sorted such that longer strings come before shorter ones.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed literal
-
-
-
-
- Process a parsed converter pattern
-
-
-
-
- Resets the internal state of the parser and adds the specified pattern converter
- to the chain.
-
-
-
-
- The first pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- the last pattern converter in the chain
-
-
-
-
- The pattern
-
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types
-
-
-
- This map overrides the static s_globalRulesRegistry map.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the PatternParser class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
- The converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
- Get the converter registry used by this parser
-
-
-
-
-
- Sort strings by length
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- This class implements a patterned string.
-
-
-
- This string has embedded patterns that are resolved and expanded
- when the string is formatted.
-
-
- This class functions similarly to the PatternString
- does not render the properties of a specific
-
- The recognized conversion pattern names are:
-
-
-
- Conversion Pattern Name
- Effect
-
- -
-
appdomain
-
-
- Used to output the friendly name of the current AppDomain.
-
-
-
- -
-
date
-
-
- Used to output the current date and time in the local time zone.
- To output the date in universal time use the %utcdate pattern.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %date{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %date{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %date{ISO8601} or %date{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
env
-
-
- Used to output the a specific environment variable. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %env{COMPUTERNAME} would include the value
- of the COMPUTERNAME environment variable.
-
-
- The env pattern is not supported on the .NET Compact Framework.
-
-
-
- -
-
identity
-
-
- Used to output the user name for the currently active user
- (Principal.Identity.Name).
-
-
-
- -
-
newline
-
-
- Outputs the platform dependent line separator character or
- characters.
-
-
- This conversion pattern name offers the same performance as using
- non-portable line separator strings such as "\n", or "\r\n".
- Thus, it is the preferred way of specifying a line separator.
-
-
-
- -
-
processid
-
-
- Used to output the system process ID for the current process.
-
-
-
- -
-
property
-
-
- Used to output a specific context property. The key to
- lookup must be specified within braces and directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %property{user} would include the value
- from the property that is keyed by the string 'user'. Each property value
- that is to be included in the log must be specified separately.
- Properties are stored in logging contexts. By default
- the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of machine on
- which the event was originally logged.
-
-
- If no key is specified, e.g. %property then all the keys and their
- values are printed in a comma separated list.
-
-
- The properties of an event are combined from a number of different
- contexts. These are listed below in the order in which they are searched.
-
-
- -
-
the thread properties
-
- The
-
- -
-
the global properties
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- -
-
random
-
-
- Used to output a random string of characters. The string is made up of
- uppercase letters and numbers. By default the string is 4 characters long.
- The length of the string can be specified within braces directly following the
- pattern specifier, e.g. %random{8} would output an 8 character string.
-
-
-
- -
-
username
-
-
- Used to output the WindowsIdentity for the currently
- active user.
-
-
-
- -
-
utcdate
-
-
- Used to output the date of the logging event in universal time.
- The date conversion
- specifier may be followed by a date format specifier enclosed
- between braces. For example, %utcdate{HH:mm:ss,fff} or
- %utcdate{dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss,fff} . If no date format specifier is
- given then ISO8601 format is
- assumed (
-
- The date format specifier admits the same syntax as the
- time pattern string of the
-
- For better results it is recommended to use the log4net date
- formatters. These can be specified using one of the strings
- "ABSOLUTE", "DATE" and "ISO8601" for specifying
- %utcdate{ISO8601} or %utcdate{ABSOLUTE} .
-
-
- These dedicated date formatters perform significantly
- better than
-
-
- -
-
%
-
-
- The sequence %% outputs a single percent sign.
-
-
-
-
-
- Additional pattern converters may be registered with a specific
-
- See the format modifiers supported by the patterns.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal map of converter identifiers to converter types.
-
-
-
-
- the pattern
-
-
-
-
- the head of the pattern converter chain
-
-
-
-
- patterns defined on this PatternString only
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the global registry
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Constructs a PatternString
-
-
-
- Initialize a new instance of
-
-
-
-
- Initialize object options
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
-
-
-
- Create the
- The
-
-
- Returns PatternParser used to parse the conversion string. Subclasses
- may override this to return a subclass of PatternParser which recognize
- custom conversion pattern name.
-
-
-
-
-
- Produces a formatted string as specified by the conversion pattern.
-
-
-
- Format the pattern to the
-
-
-
-
- Format the pattern as a string
-
- the pattern formatted as a string
-
-
- Format the pattern to a string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- This version of the method is used by the configurator.
- Programmatic users should use the alternative
-
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
- Add a converter to this PatternString
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the pattern formatting string
-
-
- The pattern formatting string
-
-
-
- The ConversionPattern option. This is the string which
- controls formatting and consists of a mix of literal content and
- conversion specifiers.
-
-
-
-
-
- String keyed object map.
-
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- String keyed object map that is read only.
-
-
-
- This collection is readonly and cannot be modified.
-
-
- While this collection is serializable only member
- objects that are serializable will
- be serialized along with this collection.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- The Hashtable used to store the properties data
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Copy Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Deserialization constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
- An array of all the keys.
-
-
- Gets the key names.
-
-
-
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
- true if the dictionary contains the specified key
-
-
- Test if the dictionary contains a specified key
-
-
-
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
- Serializes this object into the
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
- The internal collection used to store the properties
-
-
-
- The hashtable used to store the properties
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- The number of properties in this collection
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Because this class is sealed the serialization constructor is private.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- an enumerator
-
-
- Returns a
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Remove the entry with the specified key from this dictionary
-
-
-
-
-
- See
- true if the collection contains the specified key
-
- Test if this collection contains a specified key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
- Remove all properties from the properties collection
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
-
- Store a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
- The value of the property with the specified key.
-
-
-
- The property value will only be serialized if it is serializable.
- If it cannot be serialized it will be silently ignored if
- a serialization operation is performed.
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- false
-
-
-
- This collection is modifiable. This property always
- returns false .
-
-
-
-
-
- See
-
- The value for the key specified.
-
-
-
- Get or set a value for the specified
-
- Thrown if the
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- See
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
- A class to hold the key and data for a property set in the config file
-
-
-
-
-
- Override Object.ToString to return sensible debug info
-
- string info about this object
-
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
- Property Key
-
-
-
- Property Key.
-
-
-
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
- Property Value
-
-
-
- Property Value.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- This writer is used in special cases where it is necessary
- to protect a writer from being closed by a client.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Create a new ProtectCloseTextWriter using a writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
- Attach this instance to a different underlying
-
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
-
-
-
- Does not close the underlying output writer.
- This method does nothing.
-
-
-
-
-
- Defines a lock that supports single writers and multiple readers
-
-
-
- ReaderWriterLock is used to synchronize access to a resource.
- At any given time, it allows either concurrent read access for
- multiple threads, or write access for a single thread. In a
- situation where a resource is changed infrequently, a
- ReaderWriterLock provides better throughput than a simple
- one-at-a-time lock, such as
-
- If a platform does not support a System.Threading.ReaderWriterLock
- implementation then all readers and writers are serialized. Therefore
- the caller must not rely on multiple simultaneous readers.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Acquires a reader lock
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Acquires the writer lock
-
-
-
- This method blocks if another thread has a reader lock or writer lock.
-
-
-
-
-
- Decrements the lock count on the writer lock
-
-
-
- ReleaseWriterLock decrements the writer lock count.
- When the count reaches zero, the writer lock is released.
-
-
-
-
-
- A
-
-
- A
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
- Create an instance of
-
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
- Override Dispose to prevent closing of writer
-
-
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
-
-
-
- Reset this string writer so that it can be reused.
- The internal buffers are cleared and reset.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for system specific information.
-
-
-
- Utility class of static methods for system specific information.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
- Alexey Solofnenko
-
-
-
- Private constructor to prevent instances.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize default values for private static fields.
-
-
-
- Only static methods are exposed from this type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the assembly location path for the specified assembly.
-
- The location of the assembly.
-
-
- This method does not guarantee to return the correct path
- to the assembly. If only tries to give an indication as to
- where the assembly was loaded from.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the fully qualified name of the
- The fully qualified name for the
-
-
- This is equivalent to the Type.AssemblyQualifiedName property,
- but this method works on the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 as well as
- the full .NET runtime.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the short name of the
- The short name of the
-
-
- The short name of the assembly is the
-
- Use this rather than Assembly.GetName().Name because that
- is not available on the Compact Framework.
-
-
- Because of a FileIOPermission security demand we cannot do
- the obvious Assembly.GetName().Name. We are allowed to get
- the
-
-
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
- The file name of the assembly.
-
-
- Gets the file name portion of the
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified, it will be loaded from the assembly
- containing the specified relative type. If the type is not found in the assembly
- then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the
- assembly that is directly calling this method. If the type is not found
- in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Loads the type specified in the type string.
-
- true to throw an exception if the type cannot be loaded.
- true to ignore the case of the type name; otherwise, false
- The type loaded or null if it could not be loaded.
-
-
- If the type name is fully qualified, i.e. if contains an assembly name in
- the type name, the type will be loaded from the system using
-
-
- If the type name is not fully qualified it will be loaded from the specified
- assembly. If the type is not found in the assembly then all the loaded assemblies
- will be searched for the type.
-
-
-
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
- A new Guid
-
-
- Generate a new guid
-
-
-
-
-
- Create an
- the ArgumentOutOfRangeException object
-
-
- Create a new instance of the
-
- The Compact Framework does not support the 3 parameter constructor for the
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Parse a string into an
- true if the string was able to be parsed into an integer
-
- Attempts to parse the string into an integer. If the string cannot
- be parsed then this method returns false . The method does not throw an exception.
-
-
-
-
-
- Lookup an application setting
-
- the value for the key, or null
-
-
- Configuration APIs are not supported under the Compact Framework
-
-
-
-
-
- Convert a path into a fully qualified local file path.
-
- The fully qualified path.
-
-
- Converts the path specified to a fully
- qualified path. If the path is relative it is
- taken as relative from the application base
- directory.
-
-
- The path specified must be a local file path, a URI is not supported.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a new case-insensitive instance of the
- A new case-insensitive instance of the
-
-
- The new Hashtable instance uses the default load factor, the CaseInsensitiveHashCodeProvider, and the CaseInsensitiveComparer.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets an empty array of types.
-
-
-
- The Type.EmptyTypes field is not available on
- the .NET Compact Framework 1.0.
-
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemInfo class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Cache the host name for the current machine
-
-
-
-
- Cache the application friendly name
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
-
- Start time for the current process.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
- The system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
- Gets the system dependent line terminator.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
- The base directory path for the current
-
-
- Gets the base directory for this
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the configuration file for the current
- The path to the configuration file for the current
-
-
- The .NET Compact Framework 1.0 does not have a concept of a configuration
- file. For this runtime, we use the entry assembly location as the root for
- the configuration file name.
-
-
- The value returned may be either a local file path or a URI.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
- The path to the entry assembly.
-
-
- Gets the path to the file that first executed in the current
-
-
-
-
- Gets the ID of the current thread.
-
- The ID of the current thread.
-
-
- On the .NET framework, the AppDomain.GetCurrentThreadId method
- is used to obtain the thread ID for the current thread. This is the
- operating system ID for the thread.
-
-
- On the .NET Compact Framework 1.0 it is not possible to get the
- operating system thread ID for the current thread. The native method
- GetCurrentThreadId is implemented inline in a header file
- and cannot be called.
-
-
- On the .NET Framework 2.0 the Thread.ManagedThreadId is used as this
- gives a stable id unrelated to the operating system thread ID which may
- change if the runtime is using fibers.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The hostname or machine name
-
-
-
- Get the host name or machine name for the current machine
-
-
- The host name (Environment.MachineName ) for
- the current machine, or if neither of these are available
- then NOT AVAILABLE is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get this application's friendly name
-
-
- The friendly name of this application as a string
-
-
-
- If available the name of the application is retrieved from
- the AppDomain using AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName .
-
-
- Otherwise the file name of the entry assembly is used.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the start time for the current process.
-
-
-
- This is the time at which the log4net library was loaded into the
- AppDomain. Due to reports of a hang in the call to System.Diagnostics.Process.StartTime
- this is not the start time for the current process.
-
-
- The log4net library should be loaded by an application early during its
- startup, therefore this start time should be a good approximation for
- the actual start time.
-
-
- Note that AppDomains may be loaded and unloaded within the
- same process without the process terminating, however this start time
- will be set per AppDomain.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when a null is encountered.
-
-
-
- Use this value to indicate a null has been encountered while
- outputting a string representation of an item.
-
-
- The default value is (null) . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NullText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Text to output when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
-
- Use this value when an unsupported feature is requested.
-
-
- The default value is NOT AVAILABLE . This value can be overridden by specifying
- a value for the log4net.NotAvailableText appSetting in the application's
- .config file.
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
-
- Utility class that represents a format string.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Initialise the
-
-
-
- Format the string and arguments
-
- the formatted string
-
-
-
- Replaces the format item in a specified
-
- A copy of format in which the format items have been replaced by the
-
-
- This method does not throw exceptions. If an exception thrown while formatting the result the
- exception and arguments are returned in the result string.
-
-
-
-
-
- Process an error during StringFormat
-
-
-
-
- Dump the contents of an array into a string builder
-
-
-
-
- Dump an object to a string
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the SystemStringFormat class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Properties collection for the
-
-
- Class implements a collection of properties that is specific to each thread.
- The class is not synchronized as each thread has its own
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The thread local data slot to use to store a PropertiesDictionary.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
- Remove a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
- Clear all properties
-
-
-
-
-
- Get the PropertiesDictionary for this thread.
-
- the properties for this thread
-
-
- The collection returned is only to be used on the calling thread. If the
- caller needs to share the collection between different threads then the
- caller must clone the collection before doing so.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
- The value for the property with the specified key
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the value of a property
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stack for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- The stack store.
-
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held in this stack.
- Only call this if you think that this tread is being reused after
- a previous call execution which may not have completed correctly.
- You do not need to use this method if you always guarantee to call
- the using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- syntax.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from this stack.
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top of this stack.
-
-
- Remove the top context from this stack, and return
- it to the caller. If this stack is empty then an
- empty string (not
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message into this stack.
-
-
- An
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto this stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("Stack_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an ThreadContext Stack message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- The current context information.
-
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
- Gets the current context information
-
-
- Gets the current context information for this stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Get a portable version of this object
-
- the portable instance of this object
-
-
- Get a cross thread portable version of this object
-
-
-
-
-
- The number of messages in the stack
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack
-
-
-
- The current number of messages in the stack. That is
- the number of times
-
-
-
-
- Gets and sets the internal stack used by this
- The internal storage stack
-
-
- This property is provided only to support backward compatability
- of the
-
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
- Inner class used to represent a single context frame in the stack.
-
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Get the message.
-
- The message.
-
-
- Get the message.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
- The full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
- Gets the full text of the context down to the root level.
-
-
-
-
-
- Struct returned from the
-
-
- This struct implements the
-
-
-
-
- The ThreadContextStack internal stack
-
-
-
-
- The depth to trim the stack to when this instance is disposed
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
- Returns the stack to the correct depth.
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
-
- Implementation of Stacks collection for the
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Internal constructor
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
-
-
- The fully qualified type of the ThreadContextStacks class.
-
-
- Used by the internal logger to record the Type of the
- log message.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
- The named stack
-
-
-
- Gets the named thread context stack
-
-
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
-
- Utility class for transforming strings.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- Write a string to an
-
-
- The test is escaped either using XML escape entities
- or using CDATA sections.
-
-
-
-
-
- Replace invalid XML characters in text string
-
- A string that does not contain invalid XML characters.
-
-
- Certain Unicode code points are not allowed in the XML InfoSet, for
- details see: http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#charsets .
-
-
- This method replaces any illegal characters in the input string
- with the mask string specified.
-
-
-
-
-
- Count the number of times that the substring occurs in the text
-
- the number of times the substring occurs in the text
-
-
- The substring is assumed to be non repeating within itself.
-
-
-
-
-
- Characters illegal in XML 1.0
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a Windows Account
-
-
-
- This
-
- How the impersonation is done depends on the value of
-
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
- Default constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Initialize the SecurityContext based on the options set.
-
-
-
- This is part of the
-
- If any of the configuration properties are modified then
-
-
- The security context will try to Logon the specified user account and
- capture a primary token for impersonation.
-
-
- The required
-
-
-
- Impersonate the Windows account specified by the
-
- An
-
-
- Depending on the
-
-
-
-
- Create a
- the
-
-
- Uses the Windows API call LogonUser to get a principal token for the account. This
- token is used to initialize the WindowsIdentity.
-
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
- The impersonation mode for this security context
-
-
-
- Impersonate either a user with user credentials or
- revert this thread to the credentials of the process.
- The value is one of the
-
- The default value is
-
- When the mode is set to
-
- When the mode is set to
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows username for this security context
-
-
- The Windows username for this security context
-
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Gets or sets the Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
- The Windows domain name for this security context
-
-
-
- The default value for
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- Sets the password for the Windows account specified by the
-
- The password for the Windows account specified by the
-
-
- This property must be set if
-
-
-
-
- The impersonation modes for the
-
-
- See the
-
-
-
-
- Impersonate a user using the credentials supplied
-
-
-
-
- Revert this the thread to the credentials of the process
-
-
-
-
- Adds
-
-
- Helper class to expose the
-
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
- Constructor
-
-
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
- Revert the impersonation
-
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Global Context.
-
-
-
- The GlobalContext provides a location for global debugging
- information to be stored.
-
-
- The global context has a properties map and these properties can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- By default the log4net:HostName property is set to the name of
- the current machine.
-
-
-
-
- GlobalContext.Properties["hostname"] = Environment.MachineName;
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- The global context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
- The global properties map.
-
-
-
-
-
- Provides information about the environment the assembly has
- been built for.
-
-
-
- Version of the assembly
-
-
- Version of the framework targeted
-
-
- Type of framework targeted
-
-
- Does it target a client profile?
-
-
-
- Identifies the version and target for this assembly.
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Logical Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext provides a location for LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
- The Logical Thread Context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Logical Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current call context.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Logical Thread Context is managed on a per
-
- The
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- LogicalThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(LogicalThreadContext.Stacks["LDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a LogicalThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The LogicalThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The logical thread stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
- This class is used by client applications to request logger instances.
-
-
-
- This class has static methods that are used by a client to request
- a logger instance. The
-
- See the
-
- Simple example of logging messages
-
- ILog log = LogManager.GetLogger("application-log");
-
- log.Info("Application Start");
- log.Debug("This is a debug message");
-
- if (log.IsDebugEnabled)
- {
- log.Debug("This is another debug message");
- }
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the default repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns null .
-
-
- The logger found, or null if no logger could be found.
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the specified repository) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger found, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- repository.
-
-
-
-
- Returns the named logger if it exists.
-
-
-
- If the named logger exists (in the repository for the specified assembly) then it
- returns a reference to the logger, otherwise it returns
- null .
-
-
-
- The logger, or null if the logger doesn't exist in the specified
- assembly's repository.
-
-
-
- Get the currently defined loggers.
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the default repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
-
- Returns all the currently defined loggers in the specified assembly's repository.
-
-
- The root logger is not included in the returned array.
-
- All the defined loggers.
-
-
- Get or create a logger.
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieves a logger named as the
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Retrieves or creates a named logger.
-
-
-
- Retrieve a logger named as the
-
- By default, loggers do not have a set level but inherit
- it from the hierarchy. This is one of the central features of
- log4net.
-
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Get the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shorthand for
-
- Gets the logger for the fully qualified name of the type specified.
-
- The logger with the name specified.
-
-
-
- Shuts down the log4net system.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in all the
- default repositories.
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Shutdown a logger repository.
-
- Shuts down the default repository.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- default repository.
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository for the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
-
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
-
- Shuts down the repository specified.
-
-
-
- Calling this method will safely close and remove all
- appenders in all the loggers including root contained in the
- repository. The repository is looked up using
- the
-
- Some appenders need to be closed before the application exists.
- Otherwise, pending logging events might be lost.
-
-
- The shutdown method is careful to close nested
- appenders before closing regular appenders. This is allows
- configurations where a regular appender is attached to a logger
- and again to a nested appender.
-
-
-
-
- Reset the configuration of a repository
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
-
- Resets all values contained in this repository instance to their defaults.
-
-
-
- Reset all values contained in the repository instance to their
- defaults. This removes all appenders from all loggers, sets
- the level of all non-root loggers to null ,
- sets their additivity flag to true and sets the level
- of the root logger to
-
-
-
- Get the logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Get a logger repository.
-
- Returns the default
-
-
- Gets the
-
- The
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
-
- Returns the default
- The default
-
-
- Gets the
-
-
-
- Create a domain
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
- Create a logger repository.
-
- Creates a repository with the specified repository type.
-
- The
-
-
- The
-
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name.
-
-
-
- Creates the default type of
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository with the specified name and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
- The specified repository already exists.
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- CreateDomain is obsolete. Use CreateRepository instead of CreateDomain.
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Creates a repository for the specified assembly and repository type.
-
-
-
- The
-
- The
-
-
-
- Gets the list of currently defined repositories.
-
-
-
- Get an array of all the
-
- An array of all the known
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper object for the logger specified.
-
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- Looks up the wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
- The wrapper objects for the loggers specified.
-
-
-
- Create the
- The wrapper for the logger specified.
-
-
-
- The wrapper map to use to hold the
-
-
-
- Implementation of Mapped Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- The MDC class is similar to the mapped
- diagnostic contexts . A Mapped Diagnostic Context , or
- MDC in short, is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The MDC is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Gets the context value identified by the
- The string value held for the key, or a null reference if no corresponding value is found.
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- If the null will be returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Add an entry to the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Puts a context value (the
-
- If a value is already defined for the null then the key value mapping will be removed.
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the key value mapping for the key specified.
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove the specified entry from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Clear all entries in the MDC
-
-
-
-
- The MDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Properties .
-
-
-
- Remove all the entries from this thread's MDC
-
-
-
-
-
- Implementation of Nested Diagnostic Contexts.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- A Nested Diagnostic Context, or NDC in short, is an instrument
- to distinguish interleaved log output from different sources. Log
- output is typically interleaved when a server handles multiple
- clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- Interleaved log output can still be meaningful if each log entry
- from different contexts had a distinctive stamp. This is where NDCs
- come into play.
-
-
- Note that NDCs are managed on a per thread basis. The NDC class
- is made up of static methods that operate on the context of the
- calling thread.
-
-
- How to push a message into the context
-
- using(NDC.Push("my context message"))
- {
- ... all log calls will have 'my context message' included ...
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically removed
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
- Gert Driesen
-
-
-
- Initializes a new instance of the
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
- Clears all the contextual information held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Clears the stack of NDC data held on the current thread.
-
-
-
-
-
- Creates a clone of the stack of context information.
-
- A clone of the context info for this thread.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The results of this method can be passed to the
-
-
-
-
- Inherits the contextual information from another thread.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This thread will use the context information from the stack
- supplied. This can be used to initialize child threads with
- the same contextual information as their parent threads. These
- contexts will NOT be shared. Any further contexts that
- are pushed onto the stack will not be visible to the other.
- Call
-
-
-
-
- Removes the top context from the stack.
-
-
- The message in the context that was removed from the top
- of the stack.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Remove the top context from the stack, and return
- it to the caller. If the stack is empty then an
- empty string (not null ) is returned.
-
-
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context message.
-
-
- An
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Pushes a new context onto the context stack. An using keyword to scope the
- context.
-
-
- Simple example of using the Push method with the using keyword.
-
- using(log4net.NDC.Push("NDC_Message"))
- {
- log.Warn("This should have an NDC message");
- }
-
-
-
-
-
- Removes the context information for this thread. It is
- not required to call this method.
-
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- This method is not implemented.
-
-
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- Forces the stack depth to be at most
-
-
-
-
- Gets the current context depth.
-
- The current context depth.
-
-
-
- The NDC is deprecated and has been replaced by the ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"] .
-
-
-
- The number of context values pushed onto the context stack.
-
-
- Used to record the current depth of the context. This can then
- be restored using the
-
-
-
-
- The log4net Thread Context.
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext provides a location for thread specific debugging
- information to be stored.
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
- The thread context has a properties map and a stack.
- The properties and stack can
- be included in the output of log messages. The
-
- The Thread Context provides a diagnostic context for the current thread.
- This is an instrument for distinguishing interleaved log
- output from different sources. Log output is typically interleaved
- when a server handles multiple clients near-simultaneously.
-
-
- The Thread Context is managed on a per thread basis.
-
-
- Example of using the thread context properties to store a username.
-
- ThreadContext.Properties["user"] = userName;
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Property called 'user'");
-
-
- Example of how to push a message into the context stack
-
- using(ThreadContext.Stacks["NDC"].Push("my context message"))
- {
- log.Info("This log message has a ThreadContext Stack message that includes 'my context message'");
-
- } // at the end of the using block the message is automatically popped
-
-
- Nicko Cadell
-
-
-
- Private Constructor.
-
-
-
- Uses a private access modifier to prevent instantiation of this class.
-
-
-
-
-
- The thread context properties instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread context stacks instance
-
-
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
- The thread properties map
-
-
-
- The ThreadContext properties override any
-
-
-
-
- The thread stacks
-
-
- stack map
-
-
-
- The thread local stacks.
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/log4net.2.0.0.nupkg b/packages/log4net.2.0.0/log4net.2.0.0.nupkg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1eae88e..0000000
Binary files a/packages/log4net.2.0.0/log4net.2.0.0.nupkg and /dev/null differ